THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


( 


GIFT  OF 

WILLIAM  A.  NITZE 


THE   QUARTER-CENTENNIAL    PUBLICATIONS 
OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  MEMBERS 

OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1902-1916 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO  PRESS 
CHICAGO.  ILLINOIS 


THE  BAKER  &  TAYLOR  COMPANY 

NEW  YORK 

THE  J.  K.  GILL  COMPANY 

PORTLAND 

THE  CUNNINGHAM,  CURTISS  &  WELCH  COMPANY 

LOB  ANOELES 

THE  CAMBRIDGE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

LONDON  AND  EDINBURGH 

THE  MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA 

TOKYO,  OSAKA,  KYOTO,  FUKDOKA,  SENDAl 

THE  MISSION  BOOK  COMPANY 

BHANGHAI 


Xlbe  XIlnit>er9tt\7  ot  Cbtcaoo 


PUBLICATIONS  of  the  MEMBERS 

of  the  UNIVERSITY 

1902-1916 


Compiled  on  the   Twenty-fifth   Anniversary  of  the 

Foundation  of  the  University  by  a  Committee 

of  THE  Faculty 


Julius  Stieglitz,  Chairman 
Charles  R.  Baskervill         Charles  H.  Junn 


Robert  R.   Bensley 
Rollin  T.  Chamberlin 
James  A.  Field 
Ernst  Freund 
Edgar  J.  Goodspeed 
Edwin  O.  Jordan 

Gordon  J.  Laing,  Secretary  and  Editor 


Frank  R.  Lillie 
Andrew  C.  McLaughlin 
Robert  A.  Millikan 
Addison  W.  Moore 
Eliakim  H.   Moore 


Forest  Ray  Moulton 

William  A.  Nitze 

Paul  Shorey 

Albion  W.  Small 

Frank  B.  Tarbell 

Francis  A.  Wood 


/  .'"^ 

i''  «'"■  .''T ''.*"!  U- 

fe 

1 

'•^s,^ . 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO  PRESS 
CHICAGO,   ILLINOIS 


Copyright  1917  By 
The  University  of  Chicago 


All  Rights  Reserved 


Published  November  1917 


CompoMd  anri  I'rlntcd  Ry 

The  Universlly  of  Chlcairo  Press 

Cblcago,  Uliooi*,  U.S.A. 


PREFACE 

This  volume  is  a  continuation  of  the  decennial  bibliography'  of  the 
University  of  Chicago,  and  contains  the  published  work  of  members 
of  the  institution  from  July  i,  1902,  to  June  30,  1916.  Each  person's 
list  is  confined  to  the  period  of  his  connection  with  the  University.  So 
far  as  membership  in  the  Faculty  is  concerned,  this  period  is  indicated 
by  the  dates  in  brackets  after  the  name;  and  the  appearance,  in  any- 
one's list,  of  publications  of  earlier  date  implies  connection  with  the  Uni- 
versity in  some  other  capacity  than  that  of  member  of  the  Faculty. 
For  example,  many  instructors  are  graduates  of  the  University  and 
published  books  or  articles  while  they  were  students.  Such  work  is 
included.  On  the  other  hand,  some  publications  are  listed  which  bear  a 
date  later  than  the  author's  connection  with  the  University.  In  these 
cases  the  work  was  done  during  his  term  of  residence,  though  not  pub- 
lished till  later.  This  is  very  common  among  the  Doctors  of  Philosophy, 
who  under  the  University  regulations  are  not  required  to  print  their 
theses  till  two  years  after  graduation.  Books  and  articles  which  were  in 
the  hands  of  publishers  on  June  30,  1916,  were  accepted  by  the  Com- 
mittee, and,  as  many  of  these  have  been  published  while  this  volume 
was  going  through  the  press,  the  date  1917  not  infrequently  appears. 

The  publications  of  members  of  institutions  affiliated  with  the 
University  of  Chicago  are  not  included,  except  where,  as  in  the  Otho  S.  A. 
Sprague  Memorial  Institute,  the  work  has  been  done  in  the  laboratories 
or  libraries  of  the  University.  Where  persons  hold  concurrent  appoint- 
ments in  the  University  and  some  other  institution,  only  those  writings 
are  listed  which  may  reasonably  be  credited  to  the  former. 

After  each  individual's  name  is  given  his  position  in  the  University, 
followed,  in  the  case  of  those  who  have  resigned,  by  the  title  of  the 
position  now  held.  The  academic  record  inserted  does  not  aim  to  give 
a  comj)lcle  statement  of  all  stages  of  advancement  or  honors,  but  in- 
cludes only  the  most  notable.  A  conspectus  of  editorial  activities  and 
of  affiliations  with  commissions,  surveys,  etc.,  precedes  the  biblio- 
graphical list  proper.     The  latter  includes  books,  articles,  and  reviews, 

'  Publications  of  the  Members  of  the  University  of  Chicago.  "The  Decennial  Publi- 
cations," First  Series,  Vol.  II.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1904. 


r>1.36.^ 


viii  PREFACE 

the  titles  being  arranged  chronologically  within  their  respective  groups. 
Of  the  reviews  only  the  more  important  have  been  cited  with  full  biblio- 
graphical detail. 

Where  an  instructor  is  a  member  of  more  than  one  department  or 
has  been  transferred  from  one  department  to  another,  his  list  is  given 
under  the  department  with  which  he  is  more  closely  identified  or  to 
which  he  now  belongs.  No  one's  list  is  divided,  even  articles  on  general 
educational  questions  or  on  other  subjects  not  immediately  connected 
with  the  author's  specialty  being  included  with  his  departmental  writings. 
The  names  of  Doctors  of  Philosophy  or  of  graduate  students  given 
among  the  members  of  the  Faculty  are  not  repeated  in  the  doctoral  or 
student  lists. 

The  Committee  wishes  to  express  its  appreciation  of  the  assistance 
rendered  by  the  members  of  the  Faculty  who  acted  as  advisers  for  their 
departments  and  whose  co-operation  has  greatly  facilitated  the  compila- 
tion of  the  volume. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

The  Departments  pace 

Philosophy 3 

Psychology         1 1 

Education 22 

Pohtical  Economy 35 

Political  Science 5^ 

Histor>' 54 

History  of  Art 66 

Sociology  and  Anthropology 68 

Household  Administration 83 

Comparative  Religion 86 

Oriental  Languages  and  Literatures 89 

New  Testament  and  Early  Christian  Literature 105 

Comparative    Philology,    General    Linguistics,    and    Indo-Iranian 

Philology 118 

Greek.  Language  and  Literature 121 

Latin  Language  and  Literature 131 

Romance  Languages  and  Literatures 143 

Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures 152 

English  Language  and  Literature 166 

General  Literature 182 

Mathematics 183 

Astronomy  and  Astrophysics 213 

Physics 251 

Chemistry 267 

Geology  and  Paleontology 291 

Geography 313 

Zoology 3-1 

Anatomy 34^ 

Physiology 358 

Botany 393 

Patholog\' 421 

Hygiene  and  Bacteriology 436 

Public  Speaking 446 

Physical  Culture  and  Athletics          446 

ix 


X  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

The  Professional  Schools  page 

The  Divinity  School 449 

Old  Testament  Literature  and  Interpretation 449 

New  Testament  and  Early  Christian  Literature 449 

Systematic  Theology 449 

Church  History 455 

Practical  Theology 458 

Sociology 464 

The  Law  School 468 

The  School  of  Education • 478 

Graduate  Department  of  Education 478 

'   College  of  Education 478 

The  University  High  School 489 

The  University  Elementary  School 497 

Administrative  Officers 501 

Index 507 


THE  DEPARTMENTS 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHILOSOPHY 

James  Hayden  Tufts  [1892-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department 

of  Philosophy. 

A.B.  Amherst,  1S84;  D.B.  Yale,  1889;  Ph.D.  Freiburg  i.  B.,  1892;  LL.D.  .Am- 
herst, IQ04;  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy,  Chicago,  1892-94;  Associate 
Professor, //»/</.,  1894-1900;  Dean  of  the  Senior  Colleges,  ibid.,  1899-1904,  1907- 
8;    Professor,  ibid.,  1900-;   Head  of  the  Department  of  Philosoi)hy,  ibid.,  1905-. 

President,  Western  Philosophical  Association,  1906,  19 14;  President,  American 
Philosophical  .Vssociation,  1914. 

Editor,  of  the  School  Review,  1906-9;  of  the  International  Journal 
of  Ethics,  1914-;  of  Studies  in  Philosophy  and  Psychology,  by  Former 
Students  of  Charles  Edward  Carman.  8vo,  xxiv+411.  Boston: 
Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  1906;  and  of  Letters,  Lectures,  and  Addresses 
of  Charles  Edward  Carman.  8vo,  xiii+616.  Boston:  Houghton 
Mifflin  Co.,  1909. 

The  Individual  and  His  Relation  to  Society  as  Reflected  in  British  Ethics. 
Part  II:  "The  Individual  in  Economic  and  Social  Relations." 
Svo,  58.  University  of  Chicago  Contributions  to  Philosophy,  Vol.  I, 
No.  6,  1904;  published  also  as  Monograph  Supplement  of  Psycho- 
logical Review,  1904. 

Ethics  (with  John  Dewey).  American  Science  Series.  Svo,  xiii+618. 
New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1908. 

The  Social  Standpoint,  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scien- 
tific Methods,  I  (1904),  197-200. 

The  Liberal  and  the  Practical  in  Education,  Monson  Academy  Cen- 
tennial Proceedings  (1904),  12-18. 

Social  Psycholog\'  in  Small's  Ceneral  Sociology,  Psychological  Bulletin, 

II  (1905),  393-98. 

Some  Contributions  of  Psychology  to  the  Conception  of  Justice 
(President's  .\ddress  before  the  Western  Philosophical  Association), 
PhUosophical  Review,  XV  (1906),  361-79;  published  also  in  Michigan 
Law  Revirw,  V  (1906),  79-93. 

Westermarck  on  the  Origin   of   ^Nloral   Ideas,    Psychological  Bulletin, 

III  (1906),  400-403. 

On  Moral  Evolution,  in  Studies  in  Philosophy  and  Psychology,  by 
Former  Students  of  Charles  Edward  Carman  (1906),  3-39. 

3 


4  PUBLICATIONS 

On   the  Psychology  of  the  Family,  Psychological  Bulletin,  IV  (1907), 
371-74- 

The  Adjustment  of  the  Church  to  the  Psychological  Conditions  of  the 
Present,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XII  (1908),  177-88. 

Ethical  Value,  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scientific 
Methods,  V  (1908),  517-22. 

How  Far  Is  Formal  Systematic  Instruction  Desirable  in  Moral  Training 
in  the  Schools  ?  Religious  Education,  III  (1908),  121-25. 

The  American  College  and  Life,  Science,  XXIX  (1909),  407-14. 

Darwin  and  Evolutionary  Ethics,  Psychological  Review,  XVT  (1909), 
195-206. 

The  Problem  of  Moral  Education  in  the  Public  Schools  as  Affected 
by  the  Changed  Conditions  in  Industry  and  Home  Life,  Religious 
Education,  IV  (1909),  343-48. 

The  Present  Task  of  Ethical  Theory,  International  Journal  of  Ethics, 
XX  (1910),  141-52. 

The  Ultimate  Test  of  Religious  Truth:  Is  It  Historical  or  Philo- 
sophical? American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIV  (19 10),  16-24. 

Recent  Literature  on  Social  Psychology,  Psychological  Bulletin,  VII 
(1910),  406-12. 

Recent  Discussions  of  Moral  Evolution,  Harvard  Theological  Review, 
V  (1912),  157-79. 

The  University  and  the  Advance  of  Justice,  University  of  Chicago 
Magazine,  V  (1913),  186-98. 

The  Use  of  Legal  Material  in  Teaching  Ethics,  Journal  of  Philosophy, 
Psychology,  and  Scientific  Methods,  IX  (19 13),  460-62. 

The  Teaching  of  Ideals,  School  Review,  XXII  (1914),  326-33. 
Ethics  in  High  Schools  and  Colleges,  Religious  Education,  IX  (1914), 
454-59- 

The  Present  Significance  of  Scholarship,  Washington  University  Record, 
X  (1914),  No.  II,  1-12. 

Ethics  of  States,  Philosophical  Review,  XXIV  (191 5),  131-49. 

Why  Should  Law  and  Philosophy  Get  Together  ?  International  Journal 
of  Ethics,  XXV  (1915), 188-95. 


departm?:nt  ov  miilosophy  5 

The  Test  of  Religion.  In  University  of  Chicago  Sermons  (edited  by 
T.  G.  Scares;  Chicago:  University  Press,  1915),  pp.  89-106. 

The  Ethics  of  the  Family,  Annual  Report  of  National  Conference  of 
Charities  and  Corrections  (1915),  24-37;  published  also  in  Inter- 
national Journal  of  Ethics,  XXVI  (1916),  223-40. 

Reviews  of:  Ward,  Pure  Sociology,  Philosophical  Kevirw,  XIII, 
347-51;  Lipps,  Grundlcgung  der  Aesthctik,  ibid.,  677-81;  Croce, 
Philosophy  of  the  Practical,  ibid.,  XXIV,  321-25;  Sumner,  Folkways, 
Psychological  Bulletin,  IV,  384-88;  EUwood,  Sociology  in  Its  Psycho- 
logical Aspects,  ibid.,  IX,  461-65;  Ross,  Social  Psychology',  Journal  of 
Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scientific  Methods,  VI,  357-61.  Other 
reviews  in  Philosophical  Review,  X,  179-80,  329-31,  574,  674-78; 
XIV,  717-20;  XVII,  199-202;  XX,  317-20;  Psychological  Bulletin,  I, 
394-96,  474-76;  III,  404-8;  V,  391-94;  VI,  118-20;  International 
Journal  of  Ethics,  XX,  358-61 ;  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XV,  148- 
51;  Harvard  Law  Review,  XXVI,  279-80. 

John  Dewey  [1894-1904],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of 

Philosophy;    Director  of  the  School  of  Education;    Head  of  the 

Department  of  Philosophy,  Columbia  University. 

A.B.  Vermont,  1879;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1884;  LL.D.  Wisconsin,  1904; 
Instructor  in  Philosophy,  Michigan,  1S84-86;  .'\ssistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1886-88; 
Professor  of  Philosophy,  Minnesota,  1SS8-S9;  Professor  of  Philosophy,  Michigan, 
1889-94;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Philosophy,  Chicago,  1S94- 
1904;  Director  of  the  School  of  Education,  ibid.,  1902-4. 

President  of  the  .\merican  Psychological  .\ssociation,  1899-1900. 

Shortening  the  Years  of  Elementary  Schooling,  School  Revirw,  XI  (1903), 
17-20. 

Emerson,  Philosopher  of  Democracy,  International  Journal  of  Ethics, 
XIII  (1903),  405-13- 

The  Psychological  and  the  Logical  in  Teaching  Geometry,  Educational 
Review,  XXVI  (1903),  38 7-99. 

George  Herbert  Mead  [1894-],  Professor  of  Philosophy. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1883;  .\ssistant  Professor  of  Philosophy,  Michigan,  1893-94; 
Assistant  Professor,  Chicago,  1894-1902;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1902-7; 
Professor,  ibid.,  1907-. 

Editor  of  the  Social  Psychology  number  of  the  Psychological  Bulletin, 
December  i,  191 2. 

A  Report  on  Vocational  Training  in  Chicago  and  in  Other  Cities  (with 
E.  \.  Wreidt  and  W.  J.  Bogan).  8vo,  xiii+315.  Chicago:  City 
Club,  1912;   now  published  by  the  University  of  Chicago  Press. 


6  PUBLICATIONS 

Science  in  the  High  School,  School  Renew,  XIV  (1906),  237-49. 

Imagination  in  Wundt's  Treatment  of  Myth  and  Religion,  Psychological 
Bulletin,  III  (1906),  393-99. 

The  Teaching  of  Science  in  College,  Science,  XXIV  (1906),  390-97. 

The  Educational  Situation  in  the  Chicago  PubUc  Schools,  City  Club 
Bulletin,  I  (1907),  131-38. 

Concerning   Animal   Perception,    Psychological   Review,   XIV    (1907), 

383-90- 
The  Philosophic  Basis  of  Ethics,  International  Journal  of  Ethics,  XVIII 

(1908),  311-23. 

Educational  Aspects  of  Trade  Schools,  Union  Labor  Advocate,  VIII 
(1908),  19-21. 

The  Social  Settlement:  Its  Basis  and  Function,  University  Record,  XII 
(1908),  108-10. 

Social  Psychology  the  Counterpart  of  Physiological  Psychology,  Psycho- 
logical Bulletin,  VI  (1909),  401-8. 

What  Social  Objects  Must  Psychology  Presuppose  ?  Journal  of  Phi- 
losophy, Psychology,  and  Scientific  Methods,  VII  (19 10),  174-80. 

Psychology  of  Social  Consciousness  Implied  in  Instruction,  Science, 
XXXI  (1910),  688-93. 

The  Social  Self,  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scientific  Methods, 

X  (1913).  374-80. 

The  Psychology  of  Internationalism,  Survey,  XXXIII  (1915),  604-7. 

Natural  Rights  and  the  Theory  of  the  Political  Institution,  Journal  of 
Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scientific  Methods,  XII  (1915),  141-55. 

Madison — University  of  Wisconsin  in  the  PoHtical  Agitation  of  19 14,  in 
the  W.  H.  Allen  Survey  in  19 15,  and  in  the  Legislative  Fight  of 
1915,  Survey,  XXXV  (1915),  349-Si»  354-6i. 

Reviews  of:  Draghicesco,  Du  rdle  de  I'individu  dans  le  dctermi- 
nisme  social,  Psychological  Bulletin,  II,  399-405;  Jacoby,  Selection  chez 
I'homme,  ibid.,  407-12;  Bergson,  L'Evolution  Crcatrice,  Psychological 
Bulletin,  IV,  379-84. 

Addison  Webster  Moore  [1895-],  Professor  of  Philosophy. 

A.B.  DcPauw,  1890;    Ph.D.  ChicaRO,  i8q8;    Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy, 
ibid.,  IQ02-4;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1904-9;   Professor,  ibid.,  1909-. 

President,  Western  Philosophical  Association,  191 2. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHILOSOPHY  7 

Pragmatism  and  lis  Critics.  Svo,  xi-l-283.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1910. 

Some  Logical  Aspects  of  Purpose.  In  Dewey,  Studies  in  Logical  Theory. 
Decennial  Publications  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  Second  Series, 
XI  (1903),  chap,  xi,  341-82. 

Humanism,  Monist,  XIV  (1904),  747-52. 

"Experience"  and  Subjectivism,  Philosophical  Review,  XV  (1906), 
182-86. 

The  Function  of  Thought,  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scien- 
tific Methods,  III  (1906),  518-22. 

Anti-Pragmatism,  ibid.,  VI  (1909),  291-95. 

Reply  to  Professor  Pratt,  ibid.,  VIII  (191 1),  403-7. 

Bergson  and  Pragmatism,  Philosophical  Review,  XXI  (191 2),  397-414. 

Thought  and  Its  Function,  Mind,  N.S.,  LII  (1912),  233-37. 

Isolated  Knowledge,  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scientific 
Methods,  XI  (1914),  393-408. 

Pragmatism,  Science,  and  Truth,  Philosophical  Review,  XXIV  (1915), 
631-38. 

Reviews  of:  The  University  of  California  Publications,  Vol.  I: 
Philosophy,  Psychological  Bulletin,  III,  iS-25;  Baldwin,  Thoughts  and 
Things,  ibid.,  IV,  81-88;  Santayana,  The  Life  of  Reason,  Journal  of 
Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scientific  Methods,  III,  211-21;  Santayana, 
Reason  in  Science,  /6/J.,  469-71;  Studies  in  Philosophy  (Carman  Com- 
memorative Volume),  ibid.,  531-37.  Other  reviews  in  Philosophical 
/?fmw,  XIII,  569-72;  XVII,  669-772;  XXI,  833-34;  American  Journal 
of  Theology,  XIII,  477-78;  XVIII,  312-13 ;  School  Revinc,  X\TI,  582-83; 
Psychological  Bulletin,  VII,  302-3;  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology, 
and  Scientific  Methods,  VIII,  717-18;  Science,  XXXIII,  775-77;  Inter- 
national Journal  of  Ethics,  XXV,  554-56. 

Edward   Scribner   Ames    [1896-7;     1900-],    Assistant    Professor   of 

Philosophy. 

A.B.  Drake,  1SS9;  D.B.  Yale,  1S92;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1S95;  Professor  of  Phi- 
losophy and  Pedagogy,  Butler,  1897-1900;  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy, 
Chicago,  1909-. 

The  Psychology  of  Religious  E.xperience.  8vo,  xii+42S.  Boston: 
Houghton  Mifllin  Co.,  19 10. 

The  Higher  Individualism.     162.     Boston:  Houghton  Milllin  Co.,  1915. 


8  PUBLICATIONS 

Theology  from  the  Standpoint  of  Functional  Psychology,  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  X  (1906),  219-32. 

Social  Consciousness  and  Its  Object,  Psychological  Bulletin,  VIII  (191 1), 
407-16. 

Psychology  of  Religion,  Cyclopedia  of  Education,  V  (1913),  143-44. 

The  Survival  of  Asceticism  in  Education,  American  Physical  Education 
Review,  XIX  (1914),  10-18. 

Mystic  Knowledge,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIX  (1915),  250-67. 

Prayer.  In  University  of  Chicago  Sermons  (edited  by  T.  G.  Soares; 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1915),  pp.  165-80. 

Myron  Lucius  Ashley  [1905-],  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of  Phi- 
losophy;   Head  of  Department  of  Psychology,  Chicago  Normal 
College. 
Ph.B.  Northwestern,  1894;  A.M.  Harvard,  1900;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1901. 

The  Nature  of  Hypothesis.  Doctor's  thesis.  In  Dewey,  Studies  in 
Logical  Theory.  Decennial  Publications  of  the  University  of 
Chicago,  Second  Series,  XI  (1903),  chap,  vii,  143-82. 

William  Kelley  Wright  [1907-9],  Associate  in  Philosophy;  Assistant 

Professor  of  Philosophy,  Dartmouth  College. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1899;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1906;   Instructor  in  Philosophy,  Indiana, 
1906 ;  Instructor  in  Philosophy,  Texas,  1906-7 ;  Associate  in  Philosophy,  Chicago, 

1907-9. 

The  Ethical  Significance  of  Feeling,  Pleasure,  and  Happiness  in  Modern 
Non-Hedonistic  Systems.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  95.  Philosophic 
Studies,  No.  I.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1907. 

Happiness  as  an  Ethical  Postulate,  Philosophical  Review,  XVII  (1908), 
518-28. 
Reviews  in:  Psychological  Bulletin,  IV,  390,  396-99;  V,  25-26. 

Elizabeth  Kemper  Adams,  Ph.D.  1904;  Professor  of  Education,  Smith 
College. 

The  Aesthetic  Experience;  Its  Meaning  in  a  Functional  Psychology. 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  114.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1907. 

Matilde  Castro,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  (elect)  of  Education,  and 
Director  of  the  Phebe  Anna  Thome  Model  School,  Bryn  Mawr 
College. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHILOSOPHY  9 

The  Respective  Standpoints  of  Psychology  and  Logic.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  77.  Philosophic  Studies,  No.  4.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1913- 

George  Tilden  Colman,  Ph.D.  1914;  Instructor  in  Philosophy,  Mac- 
Kenzie  College,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

Important  Factors  in  the  Transition  from  Individualistic  Ethical  Ideals 
of  the  Seventeenth  Century  to  Social  Ideals  of  the  Nineteenth  Century. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  no.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publish- 
ing Co.     In  Press. 

John  Forsyth  Crawford,  Ph.D.  1913;  Professor  of  Philosophy,  Beloit 
College. 

Relation  of  Inference  to  Fact  in  MiWs  Logic.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  50. 
Philosophic  Studies,  No.  5.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1916. 

Clarence  Herbert  Hamilton,  Ph.D.  1914;  Professor  of  Philosophy 
and  Psychology,  University  of  Nanking,  Nanking,  China. 

A  Psychological  Interpretation  of  Mysticism.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  85. 
Privately  printed,  1916. 

Frederick  Goodrich  Henke,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Philosophy 
and  Education,  Allegheny  College,  Meadville,  Pa. 

A  Study  in  the  Psychology  of  Ritualism.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  vii+96. 
Chicago:   University  Press,  19 10. 

E.xperiments  on  Tactual  Sensations  of  the  White  Rat  (with  E.  S. 
Bogardus),  Journal  of  Animal  Behavior,  I  (1911),  125-37. 

Elijah  Jordan,  Ph.D.  1911;  Professor  of  Philosophy,  Butler  College, 
Indianapolis,  Ind. 

The  Conslitutive  and  Regulative  Principles  in  Kant.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Svo,  53.     Chicago:  University  Press,  191 2. 

Irving  King,  Ph.D.  1904;  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City. 

The  Psychology  of  Child  Development.  Svo,  ix-f-'65.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1903. 

The  Dijjcrentiatioti  of  the  Religious  Consciousness.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Svo,  iv+72.     New  York:   Macmillan  Co.,  1905. 


lo  PUBLICATIONS 

Ethel  May  Kitch,  Ph.D.  1914;  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy, 

Oberlin  College. 
Origin  and  Development  of  Subjectivity  in  Hindu  Thought.     Doctor's 

thesis,     8vo,  82.     Philosophic  Studies,  No.  7.     Chicago:  University 

Press,  191 7. 

Irving  Elgar  Miller,  Ph.D.  1904;  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 
and  Education,  University  of  Rochester. 

The  Significance  of  the  Mathematical  Element  in  the  Philosophy  of  Plato. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  iii+96.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1904. 

Homer  Blosser  Reed,  Ph.D.  1912;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
and  Philosophy,  University  of  Idaho,  Moscow. 

The  Morals  of  Monopoly  and  Competition.  Doctor's  thesis.  iii-}-i43. 
Menasha,  Wis. :  George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1916. 

Ella  Harrison  Stokes,  Ph.D.  19 10;  Professor  of  Philosophy  and 
Education,  Penn  College,  Oskaloosa,  Iowa. 

The  Conception  of  a  Kingdom  of  Ends  in  Augustine,  Aquinas,  and  Leibniz. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  iv+129.     Chicago:    University  Press,  191 2. 

Anna  Louise  Strong,  Ph.D.  1908;  United  States  Children's  Bureau, 
Washington,  D.C. 

The  Psychology  of  Prayer.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  122.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1909. 

Dagny  Gtjnhilda  Sunne,  Ph.D.  1909;  Instructor  in  Psychology,  New- 
comb  College,  Tulane  University,  New  Orleans. 

Some  Phases  in  the  Development  of  the  Subjective  Point  of  View  during 
the  Post- Aristotelian  Period.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  96.  Philosophic 
Studies,  No.  3.     Chicago:   University  Press,  19 11. 

Julia  Jessie  Taft,  Ph.D.  1913;  State  Charities  Aid  Association,  New 
York  City. 

The  Woman  Movement  from  the  Point  of  View  of  Social  Consciousness. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  x+62.  Philosophic  Studies,  No.  6.  Chi- 
cago: University  Press,  1916, 

Ernest  Lynn  Talbert,  Ph.D.  1909;  Extension  Assistant  Professor 
of  Psychology,  University  of  Chicago;  Director  of  Admissions  and 
Secretary  of  the  Faculty,  University  of  Cincinnati. 


UKl'ARTMKNT  OF  PSYCHOLOGY  II 

Dualism    of    Fact    and    Idea.     r3oclor'.s    thesis.     8vo,    52,     Chicago: 
University  Press,  19 10. 

Opportunities  in  School  and  Industry.     Svo,  64.     Chicago:    University 
Press,  1912. 

Two  Modern  Social  Philosophies,  International  Journal  of  El/tics,  XXI 
(1910),  68-82. 

Recent  Treatments  of  Social  Grouping,  Psychological  Bulletin,   \1II 

(1911),  417-27- 
The  Play  Attitude  and  the  School  Fraternity,  Popular  Science  Monthly 

(1915),  472-77- 

Reviews  of:  Leuba,  Psychology  of  Religion,  Philosophical  Review^ 
XXYII  (1913),  424-31.  Other  re\-ie\vs  in  Psychological  Bulletin,  VIII, 
428-32;  X,  471-75;  XI,  47S-81;   Philosophical  Rcviru.>,XXlll,  ^-j2-j^. 

Benjamin  Whitman  Van  Riper,  Ph.D.  191 2;   Assistant  Professor  of 
Psychology,  Pennsylvania  State  College. 

Some  Views  of  the  Time  Problem.     Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  99.     Menasha, 
Wis.:   George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1916. 

Charles  Edgar  Witter,  Ph.D.   191 2;    Principal  of  the  Bryan  Hill 
School,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Pragmatic  Elements  in  Kanfs  Philosophy.     Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  iv+  76. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  19 13. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  PSYCHOLOGY 


James  Rowland  Angell  [1894-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department 

of  Psychology;   Director  of  the  Psychological  Laboratory;   Dean  of 

the  Faculties  of  Arts,  Literature,  and  Science. 

A. B.  Michigan,  1890;  .\.^L /7»/</.,  1891;  Litt.D.  Vermont,  1915;  .\ssistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Experimental  Psychology,  Chicago,  1 894-1901;  .Associate  Professor, 
ibid.,  1Q01-4;  Professor  and  Director  of  the  Psychological  Laboratory',  ibid., 
1904-;  Head  of  the  Department  of  Psychology,  ibid.,  1905-;  Dean  of  the  Senior 
Colleges,  ibid.,  1908-11;  Dean  of  the  Faculties  of  .\rts,  Literature,  and  Science, 
ibid.,  191 1-. 

President  of  the  .\merican  Psychological  .Association,  1906;  appointed  Exchange 
Professor  at  the  Sorbonnc,  1914. 

Co-operating  Editor,  Baldwin's  Dictionary  of  Philosophy  and  Psy- 
chology,  1901-2;    Editor  of  the  Psychological  Monographs,  1909-. 


12  PUBLICATIONS 

Report  to  the  American  Psychological  Association  of  the  Committee 
on  Standardizing  Tests,  Psychological  Bulletin,  y{igo8),;^'j,$S;  Report 
to  the  same  Association  (with  President  Sanford  of  Clark  College) 
on  The  Teaching  of  Psychology  in  Colleges  and  Universities  with 
Laboratories,  Psychological  Monographs,  XII  (1910),  No.  51,  94; 
Report  to  the  same  Association  on  Standardizing  Tests  for  Mental 
Imagery,  Psychological  Monographs,  XIII  (1911),  62-108;  Report 
(with  other  members  of  a  commission)  of  the  United  States  Bureau 
of  Education  Survey  of  the  Higher  Institutions  of  the  State  of  Iowa, 
1916. 

Psychology.     8vo,  vii+402.     New  York:    Henry  Holt  &  Co.,   1904; 
4th  ed.,  rewritten  and  enlarged,  8vo,  468,  1908. 

Chapters  from  Afodern  Psychology.     8vo,  vii+308.     New  York:   Long- 
mans, Green,  &  Co.,  19 12. 

Psychology  and  Social  Welfare,  Chautauquan,  XL  (1905),  453-59- 

Christian  Science  from  a  Psychologist's  Point  of  View,  World  To-Day, 
VIII  (1905),  403-6. 

Psychology  at  the  St.  Louis  Congress,  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology, 
and  Scientific  Methods,  II  (1905),  533-46. 

Recent  Discussion  of  Feeling,  ibid.,  Ill  (1906),  169-74. 

The  Province  of  Functional  Psychology,  Psychological   Review,  XIV 
(1907),  61-91. 

Articles  on  Psychology,  Cyclopedia  Americana,  1907. 

Doctrine  of  Formal  Discipline  in  the  Light  of  the  Principles  of  General 
Psychology,  Educational  Review,  XXXVI  (1908),  1-14. 

The  Influence  of  Darwin  on  Psychology,  Psychological  Review,  XVI 
(1909),  152-69. 

Contributions  on  Psychology,  The  Cyclopedia  of  Education.     New  York: 
Macmillan  Co.,  1910. 

WilHam  James,  Psychological  Review,  XVIII  (191 1),  78-82. 

Imageless  Thought,  ibid.,  295-323. 

Entrance  Requirements  at  the  University  of  Chicago,  Science  (191 1), 

945-50- 
Combination  of  the  Certificate  and  Examination  System,  School  Review, 

XX  (1912),  145-68. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PSYCHOLOGY  13 

The  University  Today,  University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  VI  (19 13),  124- 

28,  147-56. 
Professor  Watson  and  the  Image,  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology, 

and  Scientific  Methods,  X  (1913),  609. 

Duplication  of  School  and  College  Work,  School  Review,  XXI  (1913), 
i-io. 

Beha\'ior  as  a  Category  of  Psychology,  Psychological  Review,  XX  (19 13), 

255-70- 
The  Junior-College  Movement  in  High  Schools,  School  Review,  XXIII 

(1915),  2S9-302. 

A  Reconsideration  of  James's  Theory  of  Emotion,  Psychological  Review, 
XXIII  (1916),  251-61. 

Reviews  of:  Pierce,  Studies  in  Auditory  and  Visual  Space,  Psycho- 
logical Review,  IX,  307-403;  Stratton,  Experimental  Psychology  and 
Culture,  Psychological  Bulletin,  I,  21-25;  Pfiinder,  Einftihrung  in  die 
Psychologic,  Philosophical  Review,  XIV,  242-43;  Titchener,  Experi- 
mental Psychology,  Manual  Laboratory  Practice.  Vol.  II,  Quantitative 
Experiments:  Part  I,  Students'  Manual;  Part  II,  Instructor's  Manual, 
American  Journal  of  Psychology,  XVII,  585-93;  Jastrow,  The  Sub- 
conscious, Dial,  XLI,  106-9;  James,  Pragmatism,  International  Journal 
of  Ethics,  X\TII,  226-35;  Judd,  I,  Psychology,  General  Introduction; 
II,  Laboratory  Manual;  III,  Laboratory  Equipment,  Philosophical 
Review,  XVII,  432-39;  Titchener,  Textbook  of  Psychology,  \'ol.  I,  Psy- 
chological Rcvirw,  XIX,  319-23;  Titchener,  Textbook  of  Psychology', 
Vols.  I  and  II,  Philosophical  Review,  XX,  545-51;  Cannon,  Bodily 
Changes  in  Pain,  Hunger,  Fear  and  Rage;  and  Crile,  Origin  and  Nature 
of  Emotions,  Science,  XLII,  696-700;  Dunlap,  Outline  of  Psycho- 
biology,  Psychological  Bulletin,  XII,  420-21. 

Harvey  C.arr  [1908-],  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 

S.B.  Colorado,  1901;  S.M.  ibid.,  1902;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1905;  .Assistant  Professor 
of  Psychology,  ibid.,  1908-16;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Review  Editor,  Journal  of  Animal  Behavior,  1914-;  .\dvisory  Editor, 
Journal  of  E.v  peri  mental  Psychology,  1916-. 

A  Visual  Illusion  of  Motion  during  Eye  Closure.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psy- 
chological Monographs,  VTI.  3,  Whole  No.  31.  8vo,  127.  Lan- 
caster, Pa.:  Psychological  Review  Co.,  1906. 

A  Study  of  Certain  Relations  of  Accommodation  and  Convergence  to  the 
Judgment  of  the  Third  Dimension  (with  Jessie  .\llen).  Psychological 
Reviac,  XIII  (1906),  25S-75. 


14  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Pendular  Whiplash  Illusion  of  Motion,  Psychological  Review,  XIV 
(1907),  169-S0. 

Apparent  Control  of  the  Position  of  the  Visual  Field,  ibid.,  357-82. 

Voluntary  Control  of  the  Distance  Location  of  the  Visual  Field,  ibid., 
XV  (190S),  139-49- 

Unusual  Illusions  Occurring  in  Psycholeptical  Attacks  of  Hysterical 
Origin,  Journal  of  Abnormal  Psychology,  II  (190S),  260-71. 

Orientation  in  the  White  Rat  (with  J.  B.  Watson),  Journal  of  Compara- 
tive Neurology  and  Psychology,  XVIII  (1908),  27-44. 

Visual  Illusions  of  Depth,  Psychological  Review,  XVI  (1909),  219-56. 

The  Autokinetic  Sensation,  ibid.,  XVII  (1910),  42-75. 

Human  Reactions  in  a  ]Maze  (with  V.  C.  Hicks),  Journal  of  Animal 
Behavior,  II  (1912),  98-125. 

Some  Novel  Experiences,  Psychological  Review,  XIX  (191 2),  59-65. 

Principles  of  Selection  in  Animal  Learning,  ibid.,  XXI  (1914),  157-65. 

A  Critique  of  the  Head  Theory  of  Cutaneous  Sensitivity,  ibid.,  XXIII 
(1916),  262-78. 

Reviews  of:  Thorndike,  Animal  Intelligence,  Journal  of  Animal 
Behavior,  II,  441-46;  Watson,  Behavior,  Psychological  Bulletin,  X,  308- 
12.  OxhtT  XQ\\&^?,  in  Psychological  Bulletin,  VI,  2go;  VIII,  235-39;  ^^t 
257-60;  X,  261-65;  XII,  216-18. 

Joseph  Wanton  Hayes  [1909-],  Assistant  Professor   of   Psychology. 

A.B.  Amherst,  1903;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1911;  Associate  in  Psychology,  ibid.,  1909- 
11;  Instructor,  z6/(i.,  1911-16;  Assistant  Professor,  26 /J.,  1916-. 

A  Horizontal-Vertical  Illusion  of  Brightness  in  Foveal  Vision  Apparent 
in  Astronomical  Observations  of  the  Relative  Luminosity  of  Twin  Stars. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Psychological  Monographs,  XX.  i,  Whole  No.  85. 
8vo,  126.     Lancaster,  Pa.:   Psychological  Review  Co.,  1915. 

Ernest  Lynn  Talbert  [1903-5;  191 1-],  Extension  Assistant  Professor 
of  Psychology;  Director  of  Admissions  and  Secretary  of  the  Faculty, 
University  of  Cincinnati.  See  under  Department  of  Philosophy, 
p.  10. 

John  Broadus  Watson  [1903-8],  Assistant  Professor  of  Experimental 
Psychology;  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Director  of  the  Psycho- 
logical Laboratory,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 

A.M.  Furman  University,  1897;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1903;  Assistant  in  Experi- 
mental P.sychology,  ibid.,  1903-4;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1904-8;  Assistant  Professor, 
ibid.,  1908. 


DEPARTMKXT  OK  PS^'C•HOLOGY  1 5 

Editor,  Comparative  Psychology  Numbers,  Psychological  Bulletin, 
III  (1906),  and  V  (1908). 

Animal  Education.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  122.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1903. 

Kinaesthetic  and  Organic  Sensations:  Their  Rule  in  the  Reactions  of  the 
White  Rat  to  the  Maze.  Psychological  Monographs,  V'lII.  2,  Whole 
No.  33.  Svo,  vi+ioo.  Lancaster,  Pa.:  Psychological  Review  Co., 
1907. 

Some  Unemphasized  Aspects  of  Comparative  Psychology,  Journal  of 
Comparative  Neurology  and  Psychology,  XIV  (1904),  360-63. 

The  Effect  of  the  Bearing  of  Young  upon  the  Body-Weight  and  the 
Weight  of  the  Central  Nervous  System  of  the  Female  White  Rat, 
ibid.,  XV  (1905),  514-24- 

The  Xccd  of  an  Experimental  Station  for  the  Study  of  Certain 
Problems  in  Animal  Behavior,  Psychological  Bulletin,  III  (1906), 
149-56. 

A  Comparison  of  the  White  Rat  with  Man  in  Respect  to  the  Growth  of 
the  Entire  Body  (with  H.  H.  Donaldson  and  E.  H.  Dunn),  Boas 
Anniversary  Volume,  New  York  (1906),  5-26. 

Condition  of  Noddy  and  Sooty  Tern  Colony,  Bird  Key,  Tortugas,  Fla., 
Bird  Lore,  IX  (1907),  307-16. 

Imitation  in  Monkeys,  Psychological  Bulletin,  V  (190S),  169-79. 

Behavior  of  Noddy  and  Sooty  Terns,  Carnegie  Publication  loj,  190S, 
pp.  187-255. 

Orientation  in  the  White  Rat  (witii  II.  A.  Carr),  Journal  of  Comparative 
Neurology  and  Psychology,  XVIII  (190S),  27-44. 

Experiments  Bearing  upon  Color  \'ision  in  Monkeys,  ibid.,  XIX  (1909), 
1-28. 

Reviews  of:  Yerkes,  Dancing  Mouse,  Journal  of  Philosophy, 
Psychology,  and  Scientific  Methods,  V,  184-S9;  Baird,  Color  Sensitivity 
of  the  Peripheral  Retina,  Psychological  Bulletin,  II,  3S0-S5.  Other 
reviews  in  Psychological  Bulletin,  II,  1.^4-49;  III,  172-74;  Science, 
XXVIII,  151-54;  Journal  of  Political  Econo)ny,  Xll,  ^s,^-6i;  Journal 
of  Comparative  Neurology  atul  Psychology,  XVI,  470-72;  X\'III, 
329-31- 


1 6  PUBLICATIONS 

Ellsworth  Paris  [1913;  1914-15],  Instructor  in  Psychology;  Associ- 
ate Professor  of  Psychology,  State  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City. 

S.B.  Texas  Christian  University,  1894;  A.M.  ibid.,  1906;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1914; 
Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Psychology,  Texas  Christian  University,  1906-11; 
Assistant  in  Psychology,  Chicago,  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy, 
State  University  of  Iowa,  1913-14;  Instructor  in  Psychology,  Chicago,  1914-15. 

The  Origin  of  Punishment,  International  Journal  of  Ethics,  XXV  (1914" 

i5)»  54-67- 

RE\aEWS  in:    International  Journal  of  Ethics,  XXV,  113-14,  271, 
272,  597;  Psychological  Bulletin,  XI,  463-66. 

Warner  Fixe  [1897-1903],  Instructor  in  Experimental  Psychology; 

Stuart  Professor  of  Ethics,  Princeton  University. 

A.B.  Haverford,  1889;  Ph.D.  Pennsylvania,  1894;  Instructor  in  Philosophy, 
Williams  College,  1894-96;  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  ibid.,  1S95-97;  Docent  in 
Philosophy,  Chicago,  1897-98;  Assistant  in  Psychology,  ibid.,  1898-1901; 
Instructor  in  Experimental  Psychology,  ibid.,  1902-3. 

An  Introductory  Study  of  Ethics.  i2mo,  xi+374.  New  York:  Long- 
mans, Green,  &  Co.,  1903. 

The  Place  of  Pleasure  and  Pain  in  the  Functional  Psychology,  Psycho- 
logical Review,  X  (1903),  633-44. 

Reviews  in:  American  Journal  of  Theology,  VI,  534-35j  536-37> 
616,  634. 

Harry  Dexter  Kitson  [1914-],  Instructor  in  Psychology. 

A.B.  Hiram  College,  1909;  Ph.  D.  Chicago,  1915;  Assistant  in  Psychology, 
Minnesota,  1912-13;  Associate  in  Psychology,  Chicago,  1914-15;  Instructor, 
ibid.,  1915-. 

How  to  Use  Your  Mind.  i2mo,  x-f  226.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott 
Co.,  1916. 

The  Scientific  Study  of  the  College  Student.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psycho- 
logical Monographs,  XXIII.  i.  Whole  No.  98.  8vo,  So.  Lancaster, 
Pa.:  Psychological  Review  Co.,  1917. 

The  Role  of  Association  in  Lip-Reading,  Volta  Review,  XVI  (i9i4)» 
619-20. 

Rational  Buying  and  the  Public  Schools,  Manual  Training  and  Vocational 
Education,  XVI  (1914),  214-18. 

Suggestions  toward  a  Tenable  Theory  of  Vocational  Guidance,  ibid. 
(1915),  265-70. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  rSYCilULUGY  17 

Psychological  Tests  for  Lii)-Reading  Ability,  Volla  Review,  XVII  (1915), 
471-76. 

Psychological  Tests  and  Vocational  Guidance,  School  Rrcicu.',  XXIV 
(1916),  207-14. 

Reviicw  of:  Gowin,  The  Executive  and  His  Control  of  Men:  A 
Study  in  Personal  Efficiency,  Journal  oj  Polilical  Economy,  XXIV, 
310-11. 

Walter  Van  Dyke  Bingham  [igo6-S],  Associate  in  Psychology;  Pro- 
fessor of  Psychology,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  Pittsburgh. 

A.B.  Beloit,  1901;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1908;  Associate  in  Psychology,  Chicago, 
1906-8. 

Studies  in  Melody.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psychological  Monographs,  XII. 
3,  Whole  No.  50.  8vo,vi4-88.  Lancaster,  Pa.:  Psychological  Re- 
view Co.,  19 10. 

The  Role  of  the  Tympanic  Mechanism  in  Audition,  Psychological  Review^ 
XIV  (1907),  229-43. 

Karl  Tinsley  Waugh  [1907-9],  Associate  in  Psycholog>';    Professor 

of  Psychology  and  Philosophy,  Beloit  College. 

.^.B.  Ohio  Wesleyan,  1900;  Ph.D.  Harvard,  1907;  Professor  of  Philosophy  and 
Mathematics,  Claflin  University,  1901-4;  .\ssistant  in  Philosophy,  Harvard, 
1906-7;  Associate  in  Psychology,  Chicago,  1907-9. 

Review  of:  Washburn,  Animal  Mind,  Psychological  Bulletin,  V, 
205-9.  Other  reviews  in  Journal  of  Abnormal  Psychology,  II,  1S6-S7; 
Psychological  Bullclin,  VH,  240-41. 

Henry  Foster  Adams  [1910-11],  Assistant  in  Psychology;   Instructor 

in  Psychology,  University  of  Michigan. 

Ph.B.  Wesleyan,  1905;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1910;  .Vssistant  in  Psychology,  ibid., 
1910-11. 

AiUokinctic  Sensations.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psychological  Monographs, 
XIV.  2,  Whole  No.  59.  Svo,  44.  Lancaster,  Pa.:  Psychological 
Review  Co.,  191 2. 

A  Set  of  Blind  Rats  Which  Could  Not  Learn  the  IVIaze,  Journal  of 
Animal  Behavior,  III  (1903),  300-302. 

Edwina  Abbott  (Mrs.  Austin  M.  Cowan),  Ph.D.  1913;  Wichita,  Kan. 

The  Ejjcct  of  Adaptation  on  the  Temperature  DijTerence  Limen.  Doctor's 
tJiesis.  Psychological  Monographs,  X\T.  2,  Whole  No.  oS.  Svo,  30. 
Lancaster,  Pa.:    Psychological  Review  Co.,  1914. 


1 8  PUBLICATIONS 

Jessie  Blount  Allen  (Mrs.  W.  W.  Charters),  Ph.D.  1904;  Colum- 
bia, Mo. 

The  Associative  Processes  of  the  Guinea  Pig;  A  Study  of  the  Psychical 
Development  of  an  Animal  with  a  Nervous  System  Well  Medullated 
at  Birth.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology  and 
Psychology,  XIV  (1904),  293-359. 

A  Study  of  Certain  Relations  of  Accommodation  and  Convergence  to 
the  Judgment  of  the  Third  Dimension  (with  H.  A.  Carr),  Psycho- 
logical Review,  XIII  (1906),  25S-75. 

Jasper  Converse  Barnes,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Dean  and  Professor  of  Psy- 
chology, INIaryville  College,  Maryville,  Tenn. 

Voluntary  Isolation  of  Control  in  a  Natural  Muscle  Group.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Psychological  Monographs,  XXII,  Whole  No.  93.  8vo,  50. 
Lancaster,  Pa.:   Psychological  Review  Co.,  1916. 

June  Etta  Downey,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  of  Philosophy,  University 

of  Wyoming,  Laramie. 
Control  Processes  in  Modified  Hand-Writing:  An  Experimental  Study. 

Doctor's  thesis.     Psychological  Monographs,  IX.  i.  Whole  No.  37. 

8vo,  vii-i-i4S.    Lancaster,  Pa.:   Psychological  Review  Co.,  1908. 

Gr.-^ce  Maxwell  Fesnald,  Ph.D.  1907;  Instructor  in  Psychology, 
State  Normal  School,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

The  Effect  of  Achromatic  Conditions  on  the  Color  Phenomena  of  Peripheral 
Vision.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psychological  Monographs,  X.  3,  Whole 
No.  42.  Svo,  iv4-9i.  Lancaster,  Pa.:  Psychological  Review  Co., 
1909. 

Mabel  Ruth  Fernald,  Ph.D.  1910;  Psychologist  and  Director,  Labo- 
ratory of  Social  Hygiene,  Bedford  Hills,  New  York. 

The  Diagnosis  of  Mental  Imagery.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psychological 
Monographs,  XIV.  i.  Whole  No.  58.  Svo,  iv-l-i69.  Lancaster, 
Pa.:    Psychological  Rewiew  Co.,  191 2. 

Kate  Gordon,  Ph.D.  1903;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology,  Car- 
negie Inslilule  of  Technology,  Pittsburgh. 

The  Psychology  of  Meaning.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  84.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1903. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PSYCHOLOGY  19 

Meaning  in  Memory'  and  Attention,  Psychological  Review,  X  (1903), 
76-91. 

Mary  Holmes  Stevens  Hayes,  Ph.D.  19 10;  Associate  Psychologist, 
Laboratory  of  Social  Hygiene,  Bedford  Hills,  New  York. 

A  Study  of  Cutaneous  After-Sensations.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psychological 
Monographs,  XIV.  3,  Whole  No.  60.  8vo,  89.  Lancaster,  Pa.: 
Psychological  Review  Co.,  19 12. 

Walter  Samuel  Hunter,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Professor  of  Psychology,  Univer- 
sity of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

The  Delayed  Reaction  in  Animals  and  Children.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo, 
86.     Boston:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 

A  Note  on  the  Behavior  of  the  White  Rat,  Journal  of  Animal  Behavior, 
II  (1912),  137-41. 

Roberts  Bishop  Owen,  Ph.D.  1914;  Lecturer  in  Philosophy,  Columbia 
University. 

Recognition:  A  Logical  and  Experimental  Study.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Psychological  Monographs,  XX.  2,  Whole  No.  86.  8vo,  154.  Lan- 
caster, Pa.:  Psychological  Review  Co.,  1915. 

Louis  Augustus  Pechstein,  Ph.D.  1916;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Psychology,  University  of  Rochester. 

Whole  vs.  Part  Methods  in  Motor  Learning.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psycho- 
logical Monographs,  XXIH.  2,  Whole  No.  99.  iii+80.  Lancaster, 
Pa.:  Psychological  Review  Co.,  191 7. 

Fleming  Allen  Clay  Perrin,  Ph.D.  1913;  Instructor  in  Psycholog>-, 
University  of  Pittsburgh. 

An  Experimental  and  Introspective  Study  of  the  Human  Learning  Process 
in  the  Maze.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psychological  Monographs,  X\'I.  4, 
Whole  No.  70.  Svo,  97.  Lancaster,  Pa.:  Psychological  Review 
Co.,  1914. 

Harvey  Andrew  Peterson,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  Psycholog>', 
Illinois  State  Normal  University,  Normal. 

The  Influence  of  Complexity  and  Dissimilarity  on  Memory.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Psychological  Monographs,  XII.  2,  Whole  No.  49.  Svo,  87. 
Lancaster,  Pa.:   Psychological  Review  Co.,  1909. 


20  PUBLICATIONS 

Joseph  Peterson,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professorial  Lecturer  in  Psychology, 
University  of  Minnesota. 

Combination  Tones  and  Other  Related  Auditory  Phenomena.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Psychological  Monographs,  IX.  3,  Whole  No.  39.  8vo,  136. 
Lancaster,  Pa.:   Psychological  Review  Co.,  1908. 

Carl  Leo  Stahr  Rahn,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Instructor  in  Psychology,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois. 

Translation  of  Clever  Hans  from  the  German  of  Oskar  Pfungst.  Svo, 
274.    New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1911. 

The  Relation  of  Sensation  to  Other  Categories  in  Contemporary  Psychology: 
A  Study  in  the  Psychology  of  Thinking.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psycho- 
logical Monographs,  XVI.  i.  Whole  No.  67.  Svo,  vi+131.  Lan- 
caster, Pa.:   Psychological  Review  Co.,  1913. 

Florence  Ella  Richardson,  Ph.D.  1908;  Professor  of  Psychology, 
Drake  University,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

A  Study  of  Sensory  Control  in  the  Rat.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psycho- 
logical Monographs,  XII.  i.  Whole  No.  48.  8vo,  iv+124.  Lan- 
caster, Pa.:  Psychological  Review  Co.,  1909. 

Sarah  Margaret  Ritter,  Ph.D.  1916;  Instructor  in  Psychology, 
Winthrop  College,  Rock  Hill,  S.C. 

The  Vertical-Horizontal  Illusion.  An  Experimental  Study  of  Meridional 
Disparities  in  the  Visual  Field.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psychological 
Monographs,  XXIII.  4,  Whole  No.  10 1,  iii-fiio.  Lancaster,  Pa.: 
Psychological  Review  Co.,  191 7. 

Arthur  Howard  Sutherland,  Ph.D.  1909;  Instructor  in  Psychology, 
Yale  University. 

Critique  of  Word  Association  Reactions.  An  Experimental  Study. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  44.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publish- 
ing Co.,  1913. 

Helen  Bradford  Thompson  (Mrs.  Paul  Wooley),  Ph.D.  1900; 
Director  of  Cincinnati  Survey  of  Working  Children,  Cincinnati, 
Ohio. 

Psychological  Norms  in  Men  and  Women.  Doctor's  thesis,  vii+188. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1903. 


DKrAKT-MKN'T  OF  PSYCHOLOGY  21 

Stella  Burnham  Vincknt,  PilD.  191 2;  Instructor  in  Psychology, 
Chicago  Normal  College. 

The  Function  of  the  Vibrissae  in  the  Behavior  of  the  White  Rat.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Animal  Behavior  Monographs,  I  (1905),  No.  5,  iv+85. 

The  Mammalian  Eye,  Journal  of  Animal  Behavior,  II  (1912),  249-55. 

The  Tactile  Hair  of  the  White  Rat,  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology 
and  Psychology,  XXIII  (1913),  1-27  (with  4  plates). 

The  White  Rat  and  the  Maze  Problem,  I,  The  Introduction  of  a  \'isual 
Control,  Journal  of  Animal  Behavior,  V  (1915),  23-43;  II,  The 
Introduction  of  an  Olfactory  Control,  ibid.,  140-57;  III,  The 
Introduction  of  a  Tactual  Control,  ibid.,  175-85;  IV,  The  Number 
and  Distribution  of  Errors.     A  Comparative  Study,  ibid.,  367-74. 

Clara  Jean  Weidensall,  Ph.D.,  19 10;  New  York,  N.Y. 

Studies  in  Rhythm.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  40.  Cincinnati:  Bohnett  & 
Co.,  1916. 

Clarence  Stone  Yoakum,  Ph.D.  1908;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Philosophy, 
University  of  Texas,  Austin. 

An  Experimental  Study  of  Fatigue.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psychological 
Monographs,  XI.  3,  Whole  No.  46.  Svo,  vi+130.  Lancaster,  Pa.: 
Psychological  Review  Co.,  1909, 

Some  Experiments  upon  the  Behavior  of  Squirrels,  Journal  of  Compara- 
tive Neurology  and  Psychology,  XIX  (1909),  541-6S. 

Emory  S.  Bogardus.    See  under  Department  of  Sociology,  p.  81. 

F.  M.  Gregg  and  C.  A.  McPheeters,  Graduate  Students. 

Behavior  of  Raccoons  to  a  Temporal  Series  of  Stimuli,  Journal  of  Animal 
Behavior,  III  (1913),  241-59. 

Frederick  Goodrich  Henke.  See  utuicr  Department  of  Philosophy, 
p.  9. 

Vinnie  C.  Hicks,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Relative  \'alue  of  the  Different  Curves  of  Learning,  Journal  of 
Animal  Behavior,  I  (191 1),  138-56. 

R.  L.  Kelly,  Graduate  Student. 

Psychophysical  Tests  of  Normal  and  Abnornial  Cliildren — \  Compara- 
tive Study,  Psychological  Review,  X  (1903),  34S-72. 


22  PUBLICATIONS 

C.  R.  Squire,  Graduate  Student. 

Fatigue:  Suggestions  for  a  New  Method  of  lnvestiga,tion,  Psychological 
Review,  X  (1903),  56-75. 

Anna  Wyczolkowska,  Graduate  Student. 

Study  of  Certain  Phenomena  Concerning  the  Limit  of  Beats,  ibid., 
XIII  (1906),  378-87. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION 

Charles  Hubbard  Judd  [1909-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education;   Director  of  the  School  of  Education. 

A.B,  Wesleyan,  1894;  Ph.D. Leipzig,  1896;  LL.D.  Miami,  1909;  LL.D.  Wesleyan, 
1913;  Professor  of  Experimental  Psychology,  New  York,  1898-1901;  Professor 
of  Psychology  and  Education,  Cincinnati,  1901-2;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psy- 
chology, Yale,  1904-7;  Professor  and  Director  of  the  Psychological  Laboratory, 
ibid.,  1907-9;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Education  and  Director 
of  the  School  of  Education,  Chicago,  1909-, 

Member,  Council  of  American  Psychological  Association,  1907-8;  President, 
American  Psychological  Association,  1909;  President,  National  Society  of  College 
Teachers  of  Education,  19 10  and  1915-16;  Member,  National  Council  of  Educa- 
tion, 191 I-. 

Editor,  Department  of  Psychology,  Monroe's  Cyclopedia  of  Educa- 
tion, 1908-13;  Editor,  Elementary  School  Journal,  1909-;  Member, 
Editorial  Board,  School  Review,  1909-. 

Secretary  of  the  Commission  of  the  North  Central  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools,  1913-;  pubUcations:  (i)  List  of 
Approved  Colleges  and  Universities  in  the  North  Central  Association 
of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  for  1913,  School  Review  Mono- 
graphs, No.  4  (1913),  8vo,  32;  (2)  A  Study  of  the  Colleges  and  High 
Schools  in  the  North  Central  Association,  United  States  Bureau  of 
Education  Bulletin,  No.  630  (1915),  5-30;  (3)  Proceedings  of  the 
North  Central  Association,  1913,  1914,  1915- 

Psychology  of  High  School  Subjects.  8vo,  ix4-  515.  Boston :  Ginn  &  Co., 
1915- 

The  Training  of  Teachers  in  England,  Scotland,  and  Germany.  8vo,  86. 
Washington:  United  States  Bureau  of  Education  Bulletin,  No.  609, 
1915- 

Measuring  the  Work  of  the  Public  Schools.  i2mo,  290.  Cleveland:  The 
Survey  Committee  of  the  Cleveland  Foundation,  19 16. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCA'IIOX  23 

Standardizing  Slate  Normal  Schools  (with  S.  Chester  Parker).  Svo, 
141.  Washington:  United  States  Bureau  of  Education  Bulletin, 
No.  12,  1916. 

A  Course  in  Form  Study,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  X  (1909),  32-39, 

The  Department  of  Education  in  American  Universities,  School  Review, 
XVIII  (1909),  593-60S. 

Evolution  and  Consciousness,  Psychological  Review,  XVII  (1910),  77-97. 

On  Scientific  Study  of  High-School  Problems,  School  Review,  X\'III 
(1910),  84-98. 

Numerous  Contributions  to  Monroe's  Cyclopedia  of  Education,  Vols.  I-V 
(1910-13).     New  York:    Macmillan  Co. 

Studies  in  the  Principles  of  Education  (series  of  five  articles).  Elementary 
School  Teacher,  XII  (1911-12),  34-39,  82-90,  176-S5,  206-14,  278-86. 

Reasons  for  Modifying  Entrance  Requirements,  Education,  VIII  (191 2), 
1-12. 

Meaning  of  Science  in  Secondary  Schools,  School  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, XII  (1912),  87-9S. 

Intelligence  as  Distinguished  from  Instinct  (abstract  of  paper),  Psycho- 
logical Bulletin,  IX  (1912),  51-52. 

The  Meaning  of  Secondary  Education,  School  Review,  XXI  (1913), 
11-25. 

Psychological  Characteristics  of  the  Intermediate  Grades,  School 
Review  Monographs,  III  (1913),  1-6. 

The  Cultivation  of  Initiative  in  Teachers,  Report  of  Department  of  Superin- 
tendence, National  Education  Association  (1913),  55-65. 

A  Seven- Year  Elementary  School,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  XIII 
(1913),  274-86. 

The  Status  of  Secondary  Education,  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Educa- 
tion of  the  United  States,  I  (1913),  67-94. 

Reading  Tests,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  XIV  (1914),  365-73. 

Some  Observations  in  German  Schools,  ibid.,  437-44. 

The  Junior  High  School,  School  Revirw,  XXIII  (1915),  25-33. 

Protection  of  Professional  Interests,  Proceedings  of  the  Department  of 
Superintendence,  National  Education  Association  (1915),  21-25, 


24  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Junior  High  School,  School  Review,  XXIV  (1916),  249-60;  pub- 
lished also  in  Proceedings  of  the  National  Education  Association 
(1916),  917-25. 

REV^EWS  in:  Elementary  School  Teacher,  X,  305,  405-6;  XII,  93, 
141,  242,  290-91;  XIII,  43,  107-9,  199-200,  248,  304,  405,  456;  XIV, 
445-46,  491-93;  Elementary  School  Journal,  XV,  XVI;  School  Review, 
XXIII,  201-2,  204-6. 

John  Dewey  [1894-1904],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of 
Philosophy;  Director  of  the  School  of  Education;  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Philosophy,  Columbia  University.  See  under 
Department  of  Philosophy,  p.  5. 

Franklin  Winslow  Johnson  [1905-],  Principal  of  the  University  High 
School;  Lecturer  in  Secondary  Education.  See  under  University 
High  School,  p.  489. 

Nathaniel  Butler  [1893-95;  1901-],  Professor  of  Education;  Director 
of  Co-operation   with    Secondary   Schools;    Dean  of    University 

College. 

A.B.  Colby,  1873;  A.M.  iUd.,  1876;  D.D.  ibid.,  1895;  LL.D.  ibid.,igos;  LL.D. 
Georgetown  College,  1913;  Professor  of  Rhetoric  and  English  Literature,  the  Old 
University  of  Chicago,  1884-86;  Professor  of  Latin,  Illinois,  1886-89;  Professor 
of  English  Language  and  Literature,  ibid.,  1889-92;  Director  of  the  University 
Extension  Division,  Chicago,  1893-95;  President,  Colby,  1895-1901;  Professor 
of  Education  and  Director  of  Co-operation  with  Secondary  Schools,  Chicago, 
1901-;    Dean  of  University  College,  1916-. 

Chairman  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  the  Relations  between  the 
University  of  Chicago  and  Co-operating  Secondary  Schools;  report 
in  School  Review,  XIX  (191 1),  124-27. 

The  Aim  in  the  High  School — The  Development  of  the  Many-sided 
Interest,  or  Special  Preparation  for  Life,  School  Review,  XIV  (1906), 
135-42. 

The  Moral  and  Religious  Element  in  Education,  Religious  Education,  I 
(1906),  88-93. 

Parents'  Associations,  School  Review,  XVI  (1908),  78-88. 

A  Unique  School  System,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  VIII  (1908),  565-67. 

The  Meaning  of  Industrial  Education,  Report  on  Industrial  and  Com- 
mercial Education  to  the  Chicago  Association  of  Commerce  (1909),  3-8. 

The  Teacher  as  a  Constructive  Moral  Force,  Religious  Education,  IV 
(1909).  55^^o- 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION  25 

Private  Education  in  the  Mifidle  West,  World  To-Day,  XIX  (iqio), 
863-71. 

The  Twenty-fourth  Annual  Conference  of  Academies  and  High  Schools  in 
Relations  with  the  University  of  Chicago,  School  Review,  XX  (191 2), 
383-400. 

The  Function  of  the  College,  Colby  Alumnus  Magazine,  I  (191 2),  146-51. 

Vocational  Guidance  for  Boys  in  Chicago,  Annual  Report  of  the  Chicago 
Association  of  Commerce  (1913),  55-59. 

The  Twenty-fifth  Annual  Conference  of  Academies  and  High  Schools  in 
Relations  with  tlie  University  of  Chicago,  School  Review,  XXI  (1913), 
398-411. 

Industrial  Education  and  Vocational  Guidance,  Annual  Report  of  the 
Chicago  Association  of  Commerce  (1913),  61-63. 

Continuous  [University]  Sessions,  Cyclopedia  of  Education,  V,  451-52. 

University  Extension,  ibid.,  684-87. 

Impress  of  Oriental  Christians  on   Un-Christian  America,  Standard, 

LXI  (1914),  589- 
Has  the  Church  a  Message  for  the  Modern  World?    In  University  of 

Chicago  Sermons    (edited  by  T.   G.   Soares;    Chicago:    University 

Press,  1915),  pp.  255-68. 

Educational  Opportunities  in  Chicago,  Advance  (Chicago),  LXVII 
(1915),  1218-19. 

Liberal  Education  and  the  Time-Spirit,  Proceedings  of  the  Fifty-first 
Convocation  of  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York  (1915),  S7-105; 
published  also  in  University  Record,  I  (1915),  159-72. 

Reviews  in:  Biblical  World,  XX,  159-60;  XXI,  392-94;  Ele- 
mentary School  Teacher,  III,  135-37;  School  Review,  XIV,  67;  XV, 
472-73';  XXIV,  484-S5;  5/(2w</ar(/,LVI,  623,  1038;  LVII,  358. 

S.\MUEL  Chester  Parker  [1909-],  Professor  of  Education. 

A.B.  Cincinnati,  igoi;  Professor  of  Education,  Miami,  iqo3-<);  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Hducation,  Chicago,  1909-13;  Dean  of  the  College  of  Kducation,  ibid., 
1911-16;    Professor,  //;/</.,  1913-. 

Editor  of  the  Yearbooks  of  the  National  Society  for  the  Study  of 
Education,  1911-15. 

A  Text  Book  in  the  History  of  Modern  Elementary  Education.  8vo, 
x.\iv-f-505.     Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1912. 


26  PUBLICATIONS 

Methods  of  Teaching  in  High  Schools.  Royal  8vo,  xxv+529.  Boston: 
Ginn  &  Co.,  1915. 

Standardizing  State  Normal  Schools  (with  C.  H.  Judd).  8vo,  141. 
Washington:  United  States  Bureau  of  Education  Bulletin,  No.  12, 
1916. 

History  of  the  College  Curriculum  of  Miami  University:  A  Study  in  the 
History  of  Higher  Education,  Miami  University  Bulletin,  IX  (1910), 
1-39- 

The  Present  Status  of  Education  as  a  Science:  Educational  Methods, 
School  Review  Monographs,  II  (191 2),  135-50. 

The  Training  of  Teachers,  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Education  of  the 
United  States,  I  (1915),  169-85. 

Reviews  in:  Elementary  School  Teacher,  X,  44-45,  304-5,  456-57; 
XI,  39-40;  XII,  241-42,  341-42,  441;  XIII,  198-99;  School  Review, 
XVIII,  567-69;  XXII,  419;  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XV,  705-6, 
849-50. 

Walter  Sargent  [1909-],  Professor  of  Art  Education.  See  under  Col- 
lege of  Education,  p.  482. 

John  Franklin  Bobbitt  [1909-],  Associate  Professor  of  School  Adminis- 
tration. 

A.B.  Indiana,  1901;  Ph.D.  Clark,  1909;  Assistant  Professor  of  School  Adminis- 
tration, Chicago,  1913-16;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Member  of  (i)  South  Bend  (Indiana)  Survey;  Report,  8vo,  102. 
South  Bend:  School  Board,  1914;  (2)  San  Antonio  (Te.xas)  Survey: 
Report,  Svo,  256.  San  Antonio:  School  Board,  1915;  (3)  Cleve- 
land Survey:  What  the  Schools  Teach  and  Might  Teach.  i2mo,  no. 
Cleveland:  Survey  Committee,  191 5;  (4)  Denver  Survey:  General 
Organization  and  Administration.  Svo,  120.  Denver:  Survey 
Committee,  1916;   (5)  Grand  Rapids  (Michigan)  Survey. 

Supervision  of  City  Schools,  Twelfth  Yearbook  of  the  National  Society 
for  the  Study  of  Education,  Part  I  (1913),  Svo,  96. 

Literature  in  the  Elementary  Curriculum  (with  A.  C.  Boyce  and  M.  L. 
Perkins),  Elementary  School  Teacher,  XIV  (19 13),  15S-66. 

The  School  Survey:  Finding  Standards  of  Current  Practice,  Elementary 
School  Journal,  XV  (1914),  41-54. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION  2^ 

Walter  Fenno  Dearborn  [1909-12],  Associate  Professor  of  Education; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Harvard  University. 

A.B.  Wesleyan,  iqoo;  A.M.  ibid.,  1903;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  1905;  Instructor  in 
Kducation,  Wisconsin,  1905-7;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1907-9;  Associate 
Professor  of  Education,  Chicago,  1909-12. 

The  Relative  Standing  of  Pupils  in  the  High  School  and  in  the  University, 
Bulletin  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  No.  312;  High  School 
Series,  No.  6  (1909),  pp.  44. 

School  and  University  Grades,  Bulletin  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin, 
No.  368;  High  School  Series,  No.  9  (1910),  pp.  59. 

Qualitative  Elimination  from  School,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  X 
(1909),  1-13. 

Problems  in  the  Psychology  of  Reading,  Science,  XXXI  (19 10),  593. 

Experiments  in  Learning,  Journal  of  Educational  Psychology,  I  (1910), 
373-88. 

Experimental  Education,  School  Review  Monographs,  I  (191 1),  6-14. 

Reviews  in:    School   Review,   XVH,   509-11;    Elementary  School 
Teacher,  X,  94-96. 

Frank  Nugent  Freejian  [1909-],  Associate  Professor  of  Educational 

Psychology. 

A.B.  Wesleyan,  1904;  Ph.D.  Yale,  1908;  .\cting  Professor  of  Psycholog>'  and 
Education,  Washington  College,  Maryland,  1907;  Assistant  Professor  of  Educa- 
tional Psychology,  Chicago,  1913-17;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1917-. 

Member    of  the    Editorial  Board,  School  Review,   1911-16;   Mem- 
ber of  the  Editorial  Board,  Elementary  School  Journal,  1916-. 
Co-operating  Investigator  with  Committee  on  Economy  of  Time  of 
Department  of  Superintendence,  1914. 

The  Teaching  of  HandiVriting.  i2mo,  155.  Boston:  Houghton  Mirtlin 
Co.,  1914. 

E.xperimcntal  Analysis  of  the  Writing  Movement,  Psychological  Mono- 
graphs, XV'II.  4.  Svo,  54.  Lancaster,  Pa.:  Psychological  Review 
Co.,  1914. 

The  Psychology  of  the  Commo}i  Branches.  i6mo,  274.  Boston:  Hough- 
ton Milllin  Co.,  1916. 

Experimental   Education:     Laboratory    Manual,    and    Typical    Results. 

i6mo,  viii+217.     Boston:    Houghton  Mitllin  Co.,  1916. 


28  PUBLICATIONS 

Manual  Training  in  the  Service  of  Physics,  School  Review,  XVII  (1909), 
609-17. 

Untersuchungen  iiber  den  Aufmerksamkeitsumfang  und  die  Zahlauffas- 
sung  bei  Kindern  und  Envachsenen,  Padagogisch-psychologische 
Arbeiten,  I  (1910),  88-168. 

Tests,  Psychological  Bulletin,  VIII  (191 1),  21-24. 

Experiments  on  the  Perception  of  Number  in  Children  and  Adults 
(abstract),  ibid.,  43-44. 

Some  Issues  in  the  Teaching  of  Handwriting,  Elementary  School  Teacher, 
XII  (1912),  1-7,  53-59. 

Grouped  Objects  as  a  Concrete  Basis  for  the  Number  Idea,  ibid.,  306-14. 

Problems  and  Methods  of  Investigation  in  Handwriting,  Journal  of 
Educational  Psychology,  III  (191 2),  181-90. 

Tests,  Psychological  Bulletin,  IX  (1912),  215-22. 

Current  Methods  of  Teaching  Handwriting,  Elementary  School  Teacher, 
XII  (1912),  427-36,  481-93;  XIII  (1912),  25-40. 

Tests,  Psychological  Bulletin,  X  (1913),  271-74. 

Some  Practical  Studies  of  Handwriting,  Elementary  School  Teacher ^ 

XIV  (1913),  167-79- 

Writing,  Psychology,  Pedagogy,  and  Hygiene,  Cyclopedia  of  Education, 
V  (1913),  822-27, 

Minimum  Standards  and  Current  Practices  in  Handwriting,  Fourteenth 
Yearbook,  National  Society  for  the  Study  of  Education  (1915),  61-77. 

An  Analytical  Scale  for  Judging  Handwriting,  Elementary  School  Journal, 

XV  (1915),  432-41. 

Tests,  Psychological  Bulletin,  XII  (1915),  1S7-88. 

Handwriting  Tests  for  Use  in  School  Surveys,  Elementary  School  Journal, 

XVI  (1916),  299-301. 

Reviews  in:  Elementary  School  Teacher,  X,  404-5;  XI,  40-41, 
501-2;  XII,  189,  344;  XIV,  190,  297;  School  Review,  XIX,  132-33, 
419-20;  XX,  204-5;  XXII,  569-72;  XXIII,  567-69;  Psychological 
Bulletin,  XIII,  36-38. 

Marcus  Wilson  Jernegan  [1902-6;  1908-],  Associate  Professor  of 
History.     Sec  wider  Department  of  History,  p.  60. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION  29 

Frank  Mitchell  Leavitt  [1910-],  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial 
Education. 

Principal,  Manual  Training  Schook,  Boston,  1892-1906;  Associate  Professor  of 
Industrial  Kducation,  Chicago,  1910-. 

Secretary,  Department  of  Manual  Training,  National  Education  Association, 
1904,  1905;  President,  ibid.,  1906,  1907;  President,  Eastern  Manual  Training 
Association,  190S;  President,  Illinois  .Manual  Arts  Association,  191 2,  1913; 
President,  National  Vocational  Guidance  Association,  1914. 

Associate  Editor,  Manual  Training  atid  Vocational  Education. 
Member,  Commission  on  the  Reorganization  of  Secondary  Education 
of  the  National  Education  Association. 

Examples  of  Industrial  Education.  8vo,  325.  Boston:  Ginn  &  Co., 
1912. 

Prevocational  Education  in  the  Public  Schools  (with  Edith  Bro\vn).  8vo, 
v+245.     Boston:    Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  1915. 

The  Relation  of  the  Movement  for  Vocational  and  Industrial  Training 
to  the  Secondary  Schools,  School  Review,  XIX  (191 1),  S5-95. 

The  Relation  of  the  Present  Movement  for  Vocational  Education  to  the 
Teaching  of  the  Mechanic  Arts,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  XII 
(191 1),  158-68. 

The  Reorganization  of  School  Systems,  ibid.,  225-36. 

The  Independent  Industrial  School  of  Newton,  Massachusetts,  Voca- 
tional Education,  I  (1912),  243-57. 

Vocational  Education  in  the  Boston  Public  Schools,  ibid.,  316-31. 

Vocational  Purpose  in  the  Manual-Training  High  School,  Indianapolis, 
Ind.,  ibid.,  II  (1912),  36-52. 

The  Need,  Purpose,  and  Possibilities  of  Industrial  Education  in  the 
Elementary  School,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  XIII  (191 2),  80-90. 

Some  Sociological  Phases  of  the  Movement  for  Industrial  Education, 
American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XVTII  (191 2),  352-60. 

The  Continuation  Scliool:  Cincinnati's  E.xamples,  Vocational  Education^ 
II  (1913),  218-34. 

Vocational  Guidance  and  the  Manual  Arts,  Manual  Training  Magazine, 

XIV  (19 13),  423-30- 
The  Reorganization  of  Secondary  Education  (III),  Journal  of  Edtuation, 

LXXVII  (1913),  44-45- 
The  Grand  Rapids  Conventions,  School  Rrcieiv,  XXI  (1913),  69S-704. 


30  PUBLICATIONS 

Vocational  Education,  Survey,  XXXI  (1913),  353. 

Co-operation  of  the  Schools  in  Reducing  Child  Labor,  Vocational  Edu- 
cation, III  (19 14),  344-50, 

To  Be  Educated  or  Not  to  Be  Educated,  Industrial  Arts  Magazine,  II 
(1914),  189-92. 

Adaptation  of  Regular  School  Subjects  to  the  Needs  of  Prevocational 
Boys,  Elementary  School  Journal,  XV  (1914),  185-90. 

Natural  Growth  in  Industrial  Education,  Industrial  Arts  Magazine,  III 
(1915),  1-4. 

The  School  Phases  of  Vocational  Guidance,  School  Review,  XXIII  (19 15), 
687-96. 

Reviews  in:  School  Review,  XIX,  208-9,  35o~5i;  ^^>  206-9; 
XXII,  207,  281;  XXIII,  139,  501,  565;  Survey,  XXXI,  528-29; 
XXXIII,  65S;  XXXIV,  544;  Elementary  School  Teacher,  XIV,  295- 
96;   Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXIV,  84-86. 

George  Herbert  Locke  [1899-1905],  Associate  Professor  of  Educa- 
tion; Chief  Librarian,  Public  Library,  Toronto,  Canada.  See 
under  College  of  Education,  p.  485. 

Herman  Campbell  Stevens  [1913-],  Associate  Professor  of  Education. 

A.B.  Michigan,  1901;  Ph.D.  Cornell,  1905;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1913; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology,  Washington,  1905-11;  Associate  Professor, 
ibid.,  19H-13;  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Chicago,  1913-. 

Member  of  the  Chicago  City  Council  Crime  Commission,  and  author 
of  the  following  articles  in  the  Commission's  Report  (1915):  (i)  The 
Examination  of  Sixty-five  Female  Prisoners  of  the  House  of  Correc- 
tion, pp.  96-99;  (2)  The  E.xamination  of  Sixty-three  Juvenile 
DeUnquents  in  the  John  Worthy  School,  pp.  106-13. 

Visual  Sensations  Caused  by  a  Magnetic  Field  (with  C.  E.  Magnusson), 
Philosophical  Magazine,  XXNlll  (1914),  18S-207. 

Mongolian  Ifliocy  and  Syphilis,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, LXIV  (1914),  1636-40. 

Eugenics  and  Feeblemindedness,  Journal  of  Criminal  Law,  VI  (1915), 
190-98. 

The  Spinal  Fluid  in  Mongolian  Idiocy,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  LXVI  (19 16),  1373-75. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION  31 

A  Survey  of  Retarded  School  Children,  School  Review,  XXIV  (1916), 
450-61. 

Reviews  of:  Birnbaum,  Die  Psychopathischcn  Verbrecher,  Inter- 
national Journal  of  Ethics,  XXV,  255-99;  Locomotor  P'unctions,  Psycho- 
logical Bulletin,  XII,  41 1-14;  Healy,  The  Individual  Dehnquent,  Journal 
of  Criminal  Law,  VI,  849-60. 

WiLLARD  Clark  Gore  [1902-16],  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology, 

the  College  of  Education. 

Ph.B.  Michigan,  1894;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1901;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology, 
Chicago,  1902-16. 

Editor  of  the  School  Review,  1906-13. 

Image  and  Idea  in  Logic.  In  Dewey's  Studies  in  Logical  Theory. 
Decennial  Publications  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  Second  Series, 
XI  (1903),  chap,  viii,  184-202. 

Notes  on  the  Psychological  Observation  of  Children,  Elementary  School 
Teacher,  III  (1903),  307-17. 

Academic  and  Professional  Training  of  Teachers,  I,  II,  ibid.,  517-23, 

632-37- 
Manual  Training  and  Manual  Labor,  ibid.,  V  (1904),  77-81. 

Image  or  Sensation?  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology,  atui  Scientific 
Methods,  I  (1904),  434-41;  II  (1905),  97-101. 

Externality  and  Inhibition,  ibid.,  XI  (1914),  377-S2. 

Annual  reviews  of  publications  on  Memory,  Concept,  Judgment, 
Logic  (Theory),  Psychological  Bulletin,  IX,  337-42;  X,  347-51;  XI, 
324-29;    XII,  354-59- 

Other  reviews  in:  Psychological  Bulletin,  XI,  10S-12;  Elementary 
School  Teacher,  IV,  254-56;  School  Review,  XIII,  352-54;  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  XVII,  459-62;  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology, 
and  Scientific  Methods,  XI,  1^7-39;  International  Journal  of  Ethics, 
XXVI,  125-26. 

William  Scott  Gray  [1914-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Education;  Dean 

of  the  College  of  Education. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1913;  Ph.D.    ibid.,  1916;    .Assistant  in  Education,  ibid.,  1914-15; 
Instructor,  ibid.,  1915-17;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1917-. 

Studies  of  Elementary-School  Reading.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  157. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  191 7. 

Methods  of  Testing  Reading,  I,  Elementary  School  Journal,  X\T  (1916), 
231-46;   II,  ibid.,  2S1-9S. 


32  PUBLICATIONS 

Harold  Ordway  Rugg  [1915-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 

S.B.  Dartmouth,  1908;  Ph.D.  Illinois,  1915;  Instructor  in  Education,  Chicago, 
1915-17;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1917-. 

Teacher's  Marks  and  Working  System,  Educational  Administration  and 
Supervision,  I  (1915),  117-42. 

Katharine  E.  Dopp  [1902-],  Extension  Instructor  in  Education. 

Ph.B.  Michigan,  1893;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1902;  Assistant  in  Pedagogy,  State 
Normal  School,  Oshkosh,  Wis.,  1899-1900;  Extension  Associate  in  Education, 
Chicago,  1902-5;   Extension  Instructor  in  Education,  ibid.,  1905-. 

The  Place  of  Industries  in  Elementary  Education.  Doctor's  thesis, 
ist  ed.,  1903;    2d  ed.,  vi+270,  1905.     Chicago:  University  Press. 

Industrial  and  Social  History  Series: 

The  Tree-Dwellers.     i2mo,  160.     Chicago:    Rand,  McNally  &  Co., 

1903. 
The  Early  Cave-Men.     i2mo,  184.     Chicago:  Rand,  McNally  &  Co., 

1904. 
The  Later  Cave-M en.     i2mo,  197.     Chicago:  Rand,  McNally  &  Co., 

1906. 
The  Early  Sea  People.     1 2mo,  2  24.     Chicago :  Rand,  McNally  &  Co., 

1912.     2d  ed.,  1913. 

Clarence  Truman  Gray  [1915-17],  Research  Instructor  in  Education; 
Instructor  in  Education,  University  of  Texas,  Austin. 
A.B.  Indiana,  1904;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1916. 

Variations  in  Grades  of  High-School  Pupils.  8vo,  120.  Baltimore: 
Warwick  &  York,  191 2. 

Jonathan  French  Scott  [1910-13],  Instructor  in  the  History  of  Educa- 
tion; Cambridge,  Mass. 

A.B.  Rutgers,  1902;  A.M.  ibid.,  1905;  Instructor  in  History,  Bowdoin,  1909-10; 
Instructor  in  the  History  of  Education,  Chicago,  1910-13. 

An  Investigation  in  Regard  to  the  Conditions  of  Labor  and  Manufacture 
in  Massachusetts,  1860-70,  Transactions  of  the  Wisconsin  Academy 
of  Science,  Arts,  and  Letters,  XVII  (1909,  issued  November,  191 1), 
167-86. 

Apprenticeship  under  the  English  Gild  System,  Elementary  School 
Teacher,  XIII  (1913),  180-88. 

Decline  in  the  English  Apprenticeship  System,  ibid.,  445-54. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION  33 

LiLLA  EsTELLE  Appleton,  Ph.D.  iqoq;  Fellow  in  Laboratory  Research, 
The  Training  School,  Vineland,  N.J. 

A  Comparative  Sttidy  of  the  Play  Activities  of  Adult  Savages  and  Civilized 
Children.  An  Investigation  of  the  Scientific  Basis  of  Education. 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  iv+g4.     Chicago:    University  Press,  igio. 

Fred  Carleton  Ayer,  Ph.D.  1915;  Professor  of  School  Administration, 
University  of  Oregon,  Eugene. 

The  Psychology  of  Drawing  with  Special  Reference  to  Laboratory  Teaching. 
Doctor's  thesis,  ismo,  ix+i^^.  Baltimore:  Warwick  &  York, 
1916. 

John  Addison  Clement,  Ph.D.  1911;  Professor  of  Education,  DePauw 
University,  Greencastle,  Ind. 

Standardization  of  the  Schools  of  Kansas.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  130. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  19 12. 

Joseph  Kinmont  Hart,  Ph.D.  1909;  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
University  of  Washington,  Seattle. 

A  Critical  Study  of  Current  Theories  of  Moral  Education.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Svo,  48.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1910. 

Leonard  V.  Koos,  Ph.D.  1916;  Associate  Professor  of  Education, 
University  of  Washington,  Seattle. 

The  Administration  of  Secondary-School  Units.  Doctor's  thesis.  Supple- 
mentary Educational  Monographs,  No.  3.  Svo,  i.\-fi94.  Chicago: 
University  Press,    19 17. 

Walter  Scott  Monroe,  Ph.D.  1915;  Professor  of  School  Administra- 
tion, Kansas  State  Normal  School,  Emporia. 

The  Development  of  Arithmetic  as  a  School  Subject.  Doctor's  thesis. 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education  Bulletin,  No.  10  (191 7), 
1-170. 

Clara  Schmitt,  Ph.D.  1914;  Child  Study  Expert,  Board  of  Education, 
Chicago. 

Standardization  of  Tests  for  Defective  ChUdrcn.  Doctor's  thesis.  Psy- 
chological Monographs,  XIX.  Whole  No.  S3.  Svo,  iSi.  Lan- 
caster, Pa.:   Psychological  Review  Co.,   1915. 


34  PUBLICATIONS 

Retardation  Statistics  of  Three  Chicago  Schools,  Elementary  School 
Teacher,  X  (1910),  47S-92. 

The  Teaching  of  the  Facts  of  Sex  in  the  PubHc  Schools,  Pedagogical 
Seminary,  XVII   (1910),   229-41. 

The  Binet  Simon  Tests  of  Mental  AbiHty,  ibid.,  XIX  (1912),  186-200. 

Daniel  Ambrose  Tear,  Ph.D.  1906;  Principal,  Gladstone  School, 
Chicago. 

The  Logical  Basis  of  Educational  Theory  from  the  Standpoint  of  "Instru- 
mental" Logic.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  58.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  190S. 

RoLLA  Milton  Tryon,  Ph.D.  1915.  See  wider  College  of  Education, 
p.  486. 

Lewis  Atherton,  Graduate  Student. 

Literary  Selections  Most  Frequently  Memorized  in  the  Elementary 
Schools,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  XIV  (1914),  208-17. 

Josephine  H.  Bowden,  Graduate  Student. 
Learning  to  Read,  ibid.,  XII  (191 2),  21-33. 

E.  E.  Campbell,  Graduate  Student. 

A  Study  of  Retardation  and  Class  Standing  on  the  Basis  of  Home 
Language  Used  by  Pupils,  ibid.,  XIV  (i9i4)>  264-82;   331-47. 

Ralph  E.  Carter,  Graduate  Student. 

Correlation  of  Elementary  Schools  and  High  Schools,  ibid.,  XII  (1912), 
109-18. 

Mary  L.  Dougherty,  Graduate  Student. 

On  the  Binet  Tests,  Journal  of  Educational  Psychology,  IV  (1913),  33S-52. 

Herschel  T.  Manuel,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Use  of  an  Objective  Scale  for  Grading  Handwriting,  Elementary 
School  Journal,  XV  (1914-15),  269-78. 

E.  E.  Oberholtzer,  Graduate  Student. 

Testing  the  Efficiency  of  Reading  in  the  Grades,  ibid.,  XV  (1915), 
313-22. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY  35 

M.  L.  Perkins,  Graduate  Siufknt, 

Literature  in  the  Elementary  Curriculum  (with  J.  F.  Bobbitt  and  A.  C. 
Boyce),  Elementary  School  Teacher,  XIV  (1913),  158-66. 

C.  A.  Phillips,  Graduate  Student. 

Development  of  Methods  in  Teaching  Elementary  Geography,  ibid., 
X  (1910),  427-39,  501-15. 

Carrie  Ransom  Squire,  Graduate  Student. 

Graded  Mental  Tests,  Journal  of  Educational  Psychology,  III  (191 2), 
363-So,  430-43 »  493-506. 

Otilv  Bowm.\n  Staples,  Graduate  Student. 

Is  There  a  Relation  between  the  Amount  of  Schooling  and  Financial 
Success  in  Later  Life?  Elementary  School  Teacher,  X  (1910),  261-69. 

K.  D.  Waldo,  Graduate  Student. 

Tests  in  Reading  in  Sycamore  School,  Elementary  School  Journal,  XV 
(1915),  251-68. 


THE  DEPART]\IENT  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY 

James  Laurence  Laughlin  [1892-19x6],  Professor  and  Head  of  the 

Department  of  Political  Economy.     Retired. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1873;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1876;  Doctor  honoris  causa,  Giessen,  1906; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Economy,  Harvard,  1883-88;  Professor  of  Polit- 
ical Economy  and  Finance,  Cornell,  1890-92;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Political  Economy,  Chicago,  1892-1916. 

Member,  Cobden  Club;  Member,  L'Institut  International  de  Statistiquc; 
Member,  Indianapolis  Monetary  Commission,  1898;  Exchange  Professor  in 
Berlin,  1906;  Delegate,  Pan-.\merican  Scientific  Congress,  190S-9;  Chairman, 
Executive  Committee,  National  Citizens  League  for  the  Promotion  of  a  Sound 
Banking  System,  1911-13. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  1S92- 
1916. 

Principles  of  Money.     Svo,  xvi-(-55o.     New  York:    Charles  Scribncr's 
Sons,  1903. 

Reciprocity  (with  H.  Parker  Willis).     8vo,  .vii+5S3.     New  York:  Baker 
&  Taylor  Co.,  1903. 


36  PUBLICATIONS 

Industrial  America:  Berlin  Lectures  of  igo6.  8vo,  x+261.  New 
York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1906. 

Aus  dent  amerikanischen  Wirtschaftsleben.  i2mo,  ii+i6o.  Leipzig: 
B.  G.  Teubner,  1907. 

Guaranty  of  Bank  Deposits.  8vo,  16.  Chicago:  Johnson,  Koch,  and 
Quin,  190S. 

Banking  Reform.  8vo,  xiv+428.  Chicago:  National  Citizens  League, 
1912. 

Life  and  Character  of  Hermann  E.  von  Hoist,  University  Record,  VHI 
(1903),  161-68. 

The  Currency  Situation,  World  To-Day,  V  (1903),  1405-9. 

The  New  International  Silver  Movement,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 
XI  (1903),  448-49. 

The  Quantity  Theory  and  Its  Critics:  A  Rejoinder,  ibid.,  621-25. 

Hobson's  Theory  of  Distribution,  ibid.,  XII  (1904),  305-26. 

A  Theory  of  Prices,  Publications  of  the  American  Economic  Association, 
Third  Series,  VI  (1904),  66-83. 

Large  Fortunes,  Atlantic  Monthly,  XCVI  (1905),  40-46. 

Present  Monetary  Problems,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  XLVII  (1905), 
209-21. 

Hope  for  Labor  Unions,  Scribner's  Magazine,  XXXVIII  (1905),  627-33. 

Orchards  in  the  Desert,  World  To-Day,  IX  (1905),  1319-23. 

Academic  Liberty,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIV  (1906),  41-43. 

Union  versus  Higher  Wages,  ibid.,  129-42. 

Currency  Reform,  ibid.,  XV  (1907),  603-10. 

Guaranty  of  Bank  Deposits,  Proceedings  of  the  Eighteenth  Annual  Con- 
vention of  the  Illinois  Bankers'  Association,  Chicago,  October,  1908, 
10-85. 

Guaranty  of  Bank  Deposits,  Scribner's  Magazine,  XLIV  (1908),  101-9. 
The  Aldrich-Vreeland  Act,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XVI  (1908), 

489-513- 
A  Reply  to  Current  Socialism,  Journal  of  Commerce  and  Commercial 

Bulletin,  January  4,  1909. 


DEPARTMENT  01'  POLriTCAL  ECONOMY  37 

Government  vs.  Bank  Issues,  Scribner's  Magazine,  XLV  (1909),  265-71. 

Valuation  of  Railways,  ibid.,  434-41. 

Socialism  a  Philosophy  of  Failure,  ibid.,  613-21. 

The  Abolition  of  Poverty,  ibid.,  752-60. 

Gold  and  Prices,  iSgo-igoj,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XVll  (1909), 

257-71- 
Social  Settlements,  Scribner^s  Magazine,  XL VI  (1909),  341-49. 
Strike  at  Iquique,  Journal  oj  Political  Economy,  XVII  (1909),  641-43. 
Discussion  on  the  Teaching  of  Elementary  Economics,  ibid.,  704-6. 
The  Increased  Cost  of  Living,  Scribner^s  Magazine,  XLVII   (1910), 

539-50- 
The  People's  Investments,  Proceedings  of  the  Association  of  Life  Insurance 

Presidents,  Chicago,  IV  (1910),  118-27. 

Banknotes  and  Lending  Power,  Journal  of  Political  Econotny,  XVIII 
(19 10),  777-92;  published  also  in  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of 
Political  Science,  I  (191 1),  199-206. 

Causes  of  the  Changes  in  Prices  since  1896,  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Economic  Association,  Fourth  Series,  No.  2  (191 1),  26-36. 

Women  and  Wealth,  Scribner's  Magazine,  XLIX  (191 1),  199-206. 

Investments  for  Women,  Rollins  Magazine,  I  (191 1),  4-8. 

The  Economic  Seminar,  Proceedings  of  the  Second  Conference  on  the  Teach- 
ing of  Economics,  University  of  Chicago,  1911,  101-6. 

Canadian  Reciprocity,  Proceedings  of  the  Western  Economic  Society,  I 
(1911),  115-21. 

The  FutiUty  of  Socialism,  Columbian  (191 1),  631-37. 

Banking  Reform  and  the  National  Reserve  Association,  Banker  and 
Investor  Magazine  (1911),  325-32. 

Monopoly  of  Labor,  Atlantic  Monthly,  CXII  (1913),  444-53. 

Banking  and  Currency  Act  of  igi^,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXll 

(1914),  293-3 1«,  405-35- 
The  European  War  and  American  Banking,  Journal  of  the  Canadian 

Bankers^  Association  (1915),  S9-93. 

Business  and  Democracy,  Atlantic  Monthly,  CX\'I  (1915),  S9-9S. 


38  PUBLICATIONS 

Capitalism  and  Social  Discontent,  North  American  Review,  CCIII 
(1916),  403-12. 

Economic  Liberty:  Convocation  Address,  University  Record,  New 
Series,  II  (1916),  57-72. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIII,  272-73,  479-80, 
611-12;  XVI,  629-31;  XVII,  305-6,  383;  XIX,  150,  356-57,  432; 
Harvard  Graduates^  Magaziiie,  XIII,  537-39,  742-43. 

Leon  Carroll  Marshall  [1907-],  Professor  of  Political  Economy; 

Dean  of  the  Senior  Colleges  and  of  the  School  of  Commerce  and 

Administration. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1901;  Professor  of  Economics,  Ohio  Wesleyan,  1903-7;  Assistant 
Professor  of  Political  Economy,  Chicago,  1907-8;  Associate  Professor,  ibid., 
1908-11;  Dean  of  the  School  of  Commerce  and  Administration,  ibid.,  1909-; 
Professor,  ibid.,  191 1-;  Dean  of  the  Senior  Colleges,  191 1-. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 

1907-;  Member  of  the  Editorial  Board  of  the  series,  Materials  for 

the  Study  of  Economics;  Editor  of  the  series.  Materials  for  the  Study 

of  Business. 

Outlines  of  Economics  (joint  author),  ist  ed.,  1910;  2d  ed.,  1911; 
3d  ed.,  1912.     i6mo,  xvi-l-144.     Chicago:   University  Press. 

Materials  for  the  Study  of  Elementary  Economics  (joint  editor),  ist  ed., 
1913;  2d  rev.  ed.,  1915.  8vo,  xviii-l-928.  Chicago:  University 
Press. 

The  Commodities  Clause,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XVII  (1909), 
448-60. 

The  Teaching  of  Economics,  ibid.,  715-19. 

The  Bibliography  of  Economics  in  the  United  States,  Papers,  Biblio- 
graphical Society  of  America,  IV  (1910),  73-82. 

Professor  Taussig's  Theory  of  Wages,  American  Economic  Association 
Quarterly,  XI  (1910),  161-67. 

Report  of  the  Committee  on  the  Teaching  of  Economics  in  the  United 
States,  Proceedings  of  the  Second  Conference  on  the  Teaching  of  Eco- 
nomics (University  of  Chicago,  191 1),  106-36;  published  also  in 
Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIX  (1911),  760-89. 

Sequence  in  Economics  Courses  at  the  University  of  Chicago,  ibid., 
XXI  (1913),  18-33. 

The  College  of  Commerce  and  Administration  of  the  University  of 
Chicago,  ibid.,  97-110. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  ECOXOMY  39 

Reviews  in:    Journal  of  Political  Economy,  X\'1I,  42-43,  167,  377- 
78;    Economic  Bulletin,  li,  133-35. 

Ernest  Ritson  Dewsnup  [1904-7],  Professorial  Lecturer  on  Railways, 

and  Curator  of  the  Museum  of  Commerce;    Professor  of  Railway 

Administration,  University  of  Illinois. 

B.A.  Victoria  University,  Manchester,  1895;  M.A.  ibid.,  iQoo;  Warburton 
Prizeman  in  Local  Ciovernmcnt  and  Stanley  Jevons  Student  in  Kconomic 
Research;  Sikes  Lecturer  in  Economics  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Higher 
Commercial  Kducalion,  Technical  College  of  Huddersfield,  England,  1899-1903; 
Lecturer  in  Railway  Transjjort,  University  of  Manchester,  1903-4;  Professorial 
Lecturer  on  Railways  and  Curator  of  the  Museum  of  Commerce,  Chicago,  1904-7. 

Eellow  of  the  Royal  Statistical  Society. 

Railway   Organization   and    Working.     Svo,    xi-|-49S,     Chicago:     Uni- 
versity Press,  1906. 

The  Housing  Problem  in  England.     Svo,  \'ii-(-327.     Manchester,  Eng- 
land:  University  Press,  1907. 

Railway  Education,  Proceedings  oj  St.  Louis  Railway  Club,  X  (1906), 
12-26. 

Reviews  in:    Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIV,  59-61,  119-22, 
185-86,  187;  XV,  179-81,  555-58. 

John  Maurice  Clark  [191 5-],  Associate  Professor  of  Political  Economy. 

A.B.  Amherst,  1905;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  1910;  Instructor  in  Economics,  CoIch 
rado  College,  190S-10;  .\ssociate  Professor  of  Economics,  Amherst,  1910-15; 
Associate  Professor,  Chicago,  191 5-. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  1915-. 

The  Concept  of  Value,  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics,  XXIX  (19 15), 

663-73- 
A  Rejoinder,  ibid.,  709-23. 

The  Changing  Basis  of  Economic  Responsibility,  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XXIV  (1916),  209-29. 

Herhert  Joseph  Davenport  [1902-8],  Associate  Professor  of  Political 

Economy;  Professor  of  Economics,  Cornell  University. 

Ph.B.  South  Dakota,  1894;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1898;  Instructor  in  Political  Economy, 
Chicago,  190J-4;  .Vssistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1904-7;  .\ssociate  Professor,  ibid., 
1907-8. 

Member   of   the   Editorial   Board,   Journal  of  Political   Economy, 

1902-8. 


40  PUBLICATIONS 

Value  atid  Distribution.     i2mo,  576.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1 90S. 

Scope  and  Method  of  Grammar,  Education,  XXIII  (1902),   161-71, 
208-21. 

Relation  of  Business  Profits  to  Industrial  Depression,  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XI  (1903),  629-31. 

Capital  as  a  Competitive  Concept,  ibid.,  XIII  (1904),  33-47. 

The  Theory  of  Interest  and  Tendency  Rates,  Rand  McNally^s  Bankers^ 
Monthly,  XXIX  (1905),  313-17. 

Cost  History  and  Cost  Theory,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIII 

(1905),  449-52- 
Doctrinal  Tendencies:   Fetter,  Flux,  Seager,  Carver,  Yale  Review,  XIV 

(1905)^  300-324- 
A  New  Text:  Seligman:   "Social  Value,"  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 

XIV  (1906),  143-69- 

Morality,  Charity,  State  Insurance,  ibid.,  392-95. 

Taxation  in  Missouri,  ibid.,  XV  (1907),  491-92. 

Can  Industrial  Insurance  Be  Cheapened?  ibid.,  542-45. 

The  Taxation  of  Dividends,  ibid.,  552-54. 

Tax  Legislation  by  Constitutional  Amendment,  ibid.,  611-14. 

A  Permissive  Habitation  Tax,  ibid.,  614-19. 

The  Working  of  Restricted  Credit,  ibid.,  XVI  (190S),  26-30. 

Employer's  LiabiUty  in  Insurance  Theory,  ibid.,  157-59. 

Reviews  of:  Walsh,  Fundamental  Problem  in  Monetary  Science, 
Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XII,  137-44;  Carver,  Distribution  of 
Wealth,  ibid.,  XIII,  138-44;  Fisher,  The  Rate  of  Interest,  ibid.,  XV, 
635-41.    Other  reviews  in  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XII,  574-77. 

James  Alfred  Field  [1908-],  Associate  Professor  of  Political  Economy. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1903;  Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Economy,  Chicago,  1910-13; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1913-. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Tiosird,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  190S-; 
Managing  Editor,  ibid.,  1909-10,  191 1-;  Chairman  of  the  Editorial 
Board  of  the  series,  Materials  for  the  Study  of  Economics  (7  vol- 
umes published). 
The  Progress  of  Eugenics.  8vo,  71.  Cambridge:  Harvard  University 
Press,  19 II. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY  41 

Outlines  of  Economics  (joint  author),  ist  ed.,  19 10;  2d  ed.,  191 1 ;  3d  ed., 
1912.     i6mo,  .xvi+144.     Chicago:    University  Press. 

Materials  for  the  Study  of  Elementary  Economics  (joint  editor),  ist  ed., 
1913;  2d  rev.  ed.,  1915.  8vo,  .\viii-f-928.  Chicago:  University 
Press. 

How  Far  Should  Members  of  the  Family  Be  Individualized  ?  Publications 
of  American  Sociological  Society,  III  (1908),  194-96;  published  also 
in  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XIV  (1909),  810-12. 

The  Early  Propagandist  Movement  in  English  Population  Theory, 
Bulletin  of  the  American  Economic  Association,  Fourth  Series,  I, 
No.  2  (191 1),  207-36. 

The  Western  Economic  Society,  Nation,  XCII  (191 1),  574-75. 

The  Western  Economic  Society,  ibid.,  XCIII  (191 1),  464-65;  XCIV 
(1912),  257-58. 

Eugenics  and  Demography,  Proceedings  of  the  XV  I nternational  Congress 
of  Hygiene  and  Demography,  VI  (191 2),  209-13. 

Eugenics,  Bliss'  Encyclopedia  of  Social  Reform,  rev.  ed.     In  Press. 

Publicity  by  Prosecution:  A  Commentary  on  the  Birth-Control  Propa- 
ganda, Survey,  XXXV  (1916),  599-601. 

The  Beginnings  of  the  Birth-Control  Movement,  Surgery,  Gynecology, 
and  Obstetrics,  XXIII  (1916),  185-88. 

Reviews  in:  American  Economic  Review,  II,  677-7S;  IV,  436- 
38;  V,  373-75;  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XVII,  102-3,  4S0-S1,  732- 
Si;  XVIII,  70-71,  228-30,  563-64;  XIX,  605-6;  XXIV,  408-9;  and 
in  Nation. 

William  Hill  [1893-19 12],  Associate  Professor  of  Political  Economy; 
Bethany  College,  Bethany,  W.Va. 

A.B.  Harvard,  i.Sgi ;  A.M.  ibid.,  1.S02;  Instructor  in  Political  Economy,  Harvard, 
1893;  -Associate  in  Political  Economy,  Chicago,  1893-94;  Instructor,  il>iJ.,  1S94- 
97;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1897-1908;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1908-13. 

Director  of  the  .Agricultural  Guild,  1908-13. 

Conditions  in  the  Cattle  Industry,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIII 
(1904),  1-12. 

Reviews  IN':    Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIV,  122-24,  184-S5. 


42  PUBLICATIONS 

fRoBERT  Franklin  Hoxie  [1906-16],  Associate  Professor  of  Political 

Economy. 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1893;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1905;  Acting  Professor  of  Political  Economy, 
Cornell  College,  Iowa,  1897-98;  Acting  Professor  of  Political  Economy  and 
Political  Science,  Washington  and  Lee,  1901-2;  Assistant  Professor  of  Political 
Economy,  Chicago,  1908-12;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  19 12-16. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board, /oz/r«c/  of  Political  Economy,  1906-16. 

Investigator    for    the   United    States    Commission   on    Industrial 

Relations,  1914-15;   publication:   Scientific  Management  and  Labor 

(Questionnaire).     404.     Cooperstown,  N.Y.:    A.  H.  Crist,  1914. 

Scientific  Management  and  Labor,    x+302.     New  York:  D.  Appleton  & 
Co.,  1915. 

The  Economics  of  Colonial  Expansion,  Southern  Collegian  (1902),  S7-99, 
161-77. 

The  American   Colonial   Policy  and   the   Tariff,   Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XI  (1903),  198-219. 

Fetter's  Theory  of  Value,  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics,  XIX.  (1905), 
210-30. 

The   Demand    and    Supply   Concepts.     Doctor's    thesis.    Journal   of 
Political  Economy,  XIV  (1906),  337-61,  401-26. 

Historical  Method  vs.  Historical  Narrative,  ibid.,  568-72. 

Sociology  and  the  Other  Social  Sciences:  A  Rejoinder,  American  Journal 
of  Sociology,  XII  (1907),  739-55. 

Trade  Union  Point  of  View,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XV  (1907), 

345-63- 
The  Failure  of  the  Telegraphers'  Strike,  ibid.,  545-47. 

Is  Class  Conflict  in  America  Growing  and  Is  It  Inevitable?  American 
Journal  of  Sociology,  XIII  (1908),  776-81. 

The  Convention  of  the  Socialist  Party,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 
XVI  (1908),  442-50. 

President  Gompers  and  the  Labor  Vote,  ibid.,  693-700. 

The  Teaching  of  Economics,  ibid.,  XVII  (1909),  711-13. 

The  Rising  Tide  of  Socialism:  A  Study,  ibid.,  XIX  (191 1),  609-31. 

Unionism  and  Unionism,  Survey,  XXVII  (1911),  1425-26. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY  43 

The  Socialist  Party  in  the  November  Elections,  Journal  of  Pulitical 
Economy,  XX  (19 12),  205-23. 

The  Socialist  Party  and  American  Convention  Methods,  ibid.,  738-44. 

Springs  of  Conflicting  Action,  Survey,  XXX  (1913),  5.So-<Si. 

The  Truth  about  the  I.W.W.,  Journal  oj  Political  Economy,  XXI  (19 13), 

7«5-97. 
The  Problem  of  Syndicalism,  American  Economic  Review  Supplement, 

IV,  No.  I  (1914),  136-44. 

Trade  Unionism  in  the  United  States:    General  Character  and  Types, 
Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXII  (1914),  201-17. 

Trade  Unionism  in  the  United  States:  The  Essence  of  Unionism  and  the 
Interpretation  of  Union  T>'pes,  ibid.,  464-81. 

The  Theory  of  Unionism:   The  Principle  of  Uniformity,  in  Hamilton's 
Current  Economic  Problems,  602-5.    Chicago:  University  Press,  1915. 

Scientific    Management    and    Social  Welfare,   Survey,  XXXV    (1916), 
673-80,  685-S6. 

What  Is  College  For?   University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  \TII  (1916), 
262-65. 

Scientific  Management  and  Labor  Welfare,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 
XXIV  (1916),  833-54. 

Why    Organized    Labor    Opposes    Scientific    Management,   Quarterly 
Journal  of  Economics,  XXXI  (1916),  62-S6. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  X\',  122-23,  181-S2, 
497-98,  641-42;  XVI,  47-4S,  540-42;  XIX,  895-96;  XX,  432-33; 
XXI,  969-70;  Philosophical  Review,  XV,  442,  668-70;  American  £fO- 
nomic  Review,  11,  s79-^o,  654;  111,932-34;  IV,  397-99,  433. 

Alvin  Saun'ders  Johnson  [1909-11],  Associate  Professor  of  Political 

Economy;   Editorial  Staff,  The  New  Republic,  New  York  City. 

A.B.  Nebraska,  iSg;;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  1902;  .\djunct  Professor,  ibid.,  IQ05-6; 
Professor  of  Kconomics,  Nebraska,  1906-8;  Professor  of  Economics,  Texas,  iqoS- 
lo;  .\cting  Associate  Professor  of  Political  Economy,  Chicago,  1909;  .\ssociatc 
Professor,  ibid.,  1910-11. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 
1909-10;   Managing  Editor,  ibid.,  1910-11. 

Introduction  to  Economics.     8vo,  .\ii-}-404.     Boston:   D.  C.  Heath  &  Co., 

1909. 


44  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Incidence  of  the  Federal  Corporation  Tax,  South  Atlantic  Quarterly, 
IX  (1910),  35-42;  hiternational  Y ear-Book  (Tariff)  (1909),  6S6-91. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XYIl,  644-47;  XVIII, 
477-79;  Political  Science  Quarterly,  XXIV,  712-15. 

Chester  Whitney  Wright  [1907-],  Associate  Professor  of  Political 

Economy. 

A.B.  Harv'ard,  1901;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1906;  Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Economy, 
Chicago,  1910-13;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1913-. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  1907-; 
Member  of  the  Editorial  Board  of  the  series,  Materials  for  the  Study 
of  Econojnics. 

Wool-Growing  and  the  Tariff.  8vo,  xiii+362.  Boston:  Houghton 
Mifflin  Co.,  1910. 

Outlines  of  Economics  (joint  author),  ist  ed.,  1910;  2d  ed.,  1911; 
3d  ed.,  19 1 2.     i6mo,  xvi+144.     Chicago:   University  Press. 

Materials  for  the  Study  of  Elementary  Economics  (joint  editor),  ist  ed., 
1913;  2d  rev.  ed.,  1915.  8vo,  xviii+928.  Chicago:  University 
Press. 

The  Teaching  of  United  States  Economic  History,  Educational  Bi-Monthly 
(1911),  574-88. 

The  Trust  Problem — Prevention  versus  Alleviation,  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XX  (1912),  574-87. 

The  Economics  of  Governmental  Price  Regulation,  American  Economic 
Review,  III  (1913),  126-31. 

Review  or:  Beer,  The  Old  Colonial  System,  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XXI,  662-67.  Other  reviews  in  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 
XVI,  42-44,  172-73,  458-59;  XVII,  303-4,  3^2-^3,  730-31;  XVIII, 
233-34,  264-66,  319-22,  561-62,  751-52;  XX,  95-96,  425-27,  863-65; 
XXI,  965-66;  XXII,  492-95,  597;  XXIII,  80-82;  American  Historical 
Review,  XVII,  632-34,  861-63;  XIX,  900-902;  XXII,  3S4-S6;  Dial, 
LII,  274-75;  LIV,  458-60. 

John  Cummings  [1903-10],  Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Economy; 

Washington  D.C. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1891;  A.M.  ibid.,  1892;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1S94;  Instructor  in 
Economics,  Harvard,  1894-1900;  Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Economy, 
Chicago,  1903-10. 

Occupations  in  the  Twelfth  Census,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIII 
(1904),  66-76. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY  45 

Chicago  Teamsters'  Strike,  ibid.,  536-73. 

Eighteenth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Economic  Association, 
ibid.,  XIV  (1906),  47-48. 

The   Trade-Union   Programme   of  Enlightened  Selfishness,  ibid.,  XV 

(1907),  149-65- 
Mortality  Statistics,  ibid.,  367-70. 
The  Conversion  of  the  Economist,  ibid.,  XVII  (1909),  206-19. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIV,  181-84,  333~34i 
396-99,  454-59>  5^0-23,  575^79-  641-45;  ^V,  57-58,  242-44. 

Walton  H.\le  Hamilton  [1914-15],  Assistant  Professor  of  Political 

Economy;   Amherst  College. 

A.B.  Texas,  1907;  Ph.D.  Michigan,  IQ13;  Assistant  Professor  of  Political 
Economy,  ibid.,  1913-14;  Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Economy,  Chicago, 
1914-15- 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  1914- 

15;    Member  of  the  Editorial  Board  of  the  series,  Materials  for  the 

Study  of  Economics. 

Current  Economic  Problems.      8vo,  xxxix+789.     Chicago:   University 
Press,  1915. 

Economic  Theory  and  "Social  Reform,"  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 
XXIII  (1915'),  562-84. 

Review  of:  H.  W.  Laidler,  Boycotts  and  the  Labor  Struggle,  Inter- 
national Journal  of  Ethics,  XX\',  543-47.  Other  reviews  in  American 
Economic  Rcvirj.',  IV,  614-17;   Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Quarterly,  II. 

Henry  Ran'd  Hatfield  [1S9S-1904],  Assistant  Professor  of  Political 

Economy;    Dean  of  the  College  of  Commerce  and  Administration; 

Professor  of  Accountancy,  University  of  California. 

A.B.  Northwestern,  1892;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1897;  Instructor  in  Political  Economy 
and  Psychology,  Washington  University,  1S94.-9S;  Instructor  in  Commerce, 
Chicago,  1898-1902;   Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Economy,  ibid.,  1902-4. 

Editor  of  American  Commerce  and  Finance.  8vo,  viii-|-3S7.  Chi- 
cago: University  Press,  1905;  and  Lectures  on  Commerce.  Svo, 
viii-l-387.     Chicago:    University  Press,  igo6. 

Hugo    Richard    Meyer    [1905-6],    Assistant    Professor    of    Political 

Economy. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1892;  .\.M.  ibid.,  1894;  .\ssistant  Professor  of  Political  Economy, 
Chicago,  1905-6. 


46  PUBLICATIONS 

Government  Regulation  of  Railway  Rates:  A  Study  of  the  Experience  of  the 
United  States,  Germany,  France,  Austria-Hungary,  Russia,  and 
Australia.     8vo,  xxvii+486.     New  York:    Macmillan  Co.,  1905. 

Municipal  Ownership  in  Great  Britain.  8vo,  xii+340.  New  York; 
Macmillan  Co.,  1906. 

Rate  Making  by   Government,   Railroad  Gazette,  XXXVIII   (1905), 

497-503- 
Municipal  Ownership  in  Great  Britain,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 

XIII  (1905),  481-505- 

Danger  of  Increasing  Commission's  Power,  Moody^s  Magazine,  I  (1906), 
197-200. 

Railroad  Rates  as  Protective  Tariffs,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 

XIV  (1906),  1-13. 

A  Reply  to  Professor  B.  H.  Meyer,  Privy  Councilor  Von  der  Leyden, 
Professor  Willard  Fisher,  ibid.,  193-223. 

The  Disastrous  Results  in  Italy  of  State  Railroad  Building,  ibid.,  362-69. 

Government  Regulation  of  Railway  Rates,  Publications  of  the  American 
Economic  Association,  Third  Series,  VII  (1906),  61-68,  10S-12. 

Harold   Glenn  Moulton   [1910-],   Assistant  Professor  of  Political 

Economy. 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1907;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1914;  Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Economy, 
ibid.,  191 4-. 

Secretary  of  the  Western  Economic  Society,  1914-. 

Member  of   the  Editorial  Board,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 

1910-;  Member  of  the  Editorial  Board  of  the  series.  Materials  for 

the  Study  of  Economics. 

Waterways  versus  Railways.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  xviii+468.  Bos- 
ton; Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  19 12. 

Principles  of  Money  and  Banking,  Developed  by  Selected  Materials  and 
Explanatory  Introductions.  8vo,xl+ 283+502.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1916. 

Exercises  and  Questions  on  Money  and  Banking.  i2mo,  95.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1916. 

The  Illinois  Water  Power  Scheme,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XVIII 
(1910),  381-87. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY  47 

Discussion  on  Water  Transportation,  Bulletin  oj  American  Economic 
Association,  Fourth  Series,  No.  2  (191 1),  199-202. 

Some  Aspects  of  the  Waterways  Question,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 

XXII  (1914),  239-53. 

The  New  Currency  Act,  Business  Woman  s  Magazine,  I  (1914),  70-73. 

A  National  Movement  for  Co-operative  Marketing  and  Farm  Credit, 
Survey,  XXXII  (1914),  307-8. 

The  Cost  of  the  Erie  Barge  Canal,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXIII 
(1915),  49^500- 

Formal  .Argumentation.  In  Boynton's  Principles  of  Composition,  241-73. 
Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1915. 

The  Sensitive  Mechanism  of  Credit.  In  Hamilton's  Current  Economic 
Problems,  202-6.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1915. 

Inelasticity  of  Credit  under  the  National  Banking  System,  ibid.,  249-50. 

Emergency  Elasticity  of  Credit,  ibid.,  255-56. 

A  Setback  for  the  Waterways  Movement,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 

XXIII  (1915),  961-71. 

Review  of:  Final  Rejjort  of  the  National  Waterways  Commission, 
American  Economic  Review,  II,  956-60.  Other  reviews  in  Journal  of 
Political  Economy,  XIX,  246;  XX,  86-S9;  XXII,  399-400,  811-13; 
XXIII,  92-94,  517-20;   American  Economic  Review,  II,  355-57. 

Thorstein  B.  Veblen  [1893-1906],  Assistant  Professor  of  Political 
Economy;  Professor  of  Economics,  University  of  Missouri,  Colum- 
bia, Mo. 

.'\.R.  Carlcton  College,  1880;  Ph.D.  Yale,  1SS4;  Instructor  in  Political  Economy, 
Chicago,  1896-1900;   Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1900- 1906. 

Managing  Editor  of  the  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  1900-1906. 

The  Theory  of  Business  Enterprise.  Svo,  vii+400.  New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  1904. 

An  Early  E.xperiment  in  Trusts,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XII 
(1904),  270-79. 

Credit  and  Prices,  ibid.,  XIII  (1905),  460-72. 

The  Place  of  Science  in  Modern  Civilization,  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  XI  (1906),  585-609. 


48  PUBLICATIONS 

Re\t:e\v  of:  Sombart,  Der  Moderne  Kapitalismus,  Journal  of 
Political  Economy,  XI,  300-305.  Other  reviews  in  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XI,  130-31,  146-48,  306,  311-15,  324-26,  655-58;  XIII,  120- 
22;   136,  319-20. 

Carson  S.  Duncan  [1915-],  Lecturer  on  Commercial  Organization. 

A.B.  Wabash,  igoi;  A.M.  Columbia,  1905;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913;  Assistant 
Professor  of  English,  Ohio  State,  1906-14;  Professor  of  English,  ibid.,  1914-15; 
Lecturer  on  Commercial  Organization,  Chicago,  1915-. 

The  New  Science  and  English  Literature  in  the  Classical  Period.  Doctor's 
thesis.  8vo,  191.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co., 
1913- 

The  Paternalism  of  Public  Service  Commissions,  Forum,  LIII  (1915), 
101-6. 

Supervised  Utilities  and  the  Investor,  Moody s  Magazine,  XVIII  (1915), 

339-41- 
The  Economics  and  Legality  of  Premium  Giving,  Journal  of  Political 

Economy,  XXIV  (1916),  921-50. 

John  BeNxVet  Canning  [1914-],  Instructor  in  Political  Economy  in 

the  School  of  Commerce  and  Administration. 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1913;  Special  Assistant  in  Political  Economy,  ibid.,  1914;  Assist- 
ant in  Political  Economy,  ibid.,  1914-15;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

The  Function  of  the  Modern  Business  Corporation,  in  Hamilton's 
Current  Economic  Problems,  191-94.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1915- 

The  Meaning  of  Student  Marks,  School  Review,  XXIV  (1916),  196-202. 

Robert  Morris  [1904-7],  Instructor  in  Political  Economy. 

A.B.  Nashville,  1897;  LL.B.  West  Virginia  University,  1899;  Instructor  in 
Political  Economy,  Chicago,  1904-7. 

The  Causes  of  Industrial  Crises,  Banker's  Monthly,  XXXI  (1905), 
79-82. 

Reviews  in:    Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIV,  62,  1 24-26,  254-55. 

Homer  Hoyt  [1915-],  Assistant  in  Political  Economy. 

A.B.  Kansas,  1913;  A.M.  ibid.,  1913;  Assistant  in  Political  Economy,  Chicago, 
1915-- 

The  Social  Function  of  Law.     In  Hamilton's  Current  Economic  Problems, 

654-58.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1915. 


DEPARTMENT  01'  TOLIl  UAL  ECONOMY  49 

The  Relation  of  tlie  Literacy  Test  to  a  Constructive  Immigration  Prob- 
lem, Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXIV  (1916),  445-73. 

Review  in:    Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXII,  920-23. 

Edgar  Hutchinson  Johnson  [1909-10],  Assistant  in  Political  Economy; 

Professor  of  History  and  Economics,  Emory  College,  O.xford,  Ga. 

S.B.  Emory  College,  1891;  A.M.  Harvard,  1903;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1910;  Pro- 
fessor of  History  and  Economics,  Emory  College,  1900- 1909;  .\ssistant  in  Political 
Economy,  Chicago,  1909-10. 

The  Economics  of  Henry  George's  "Progress  and  Poverty."  Doctor's 
thesis.     Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XVHI  (1910),  714-35. 

Method  of  Ta.xing  the  Unearned  Increment,  Quarterly  Journal  of 
Economics,  XXIV  (1910),  759-62. 

Reviews  in:    School  Review,  X\'III,  20S-9;    Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XVHI,  839-41. 

Duncan  Ale.\.a.nder   M.\cGibbon   [191 2-13],   Assistant   in   Political 

Economy;     Professor   of   Economics,   Brandon   College,    Brandon, 

Manitoba. 

A.B.  McMaster,  1908;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;  .\ssistant  in  Political  Economy, 
ibid.,  1912-13. 

French  SociaUsm  Today,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIX  (1911), 
36-46,  9S-110. 

Grain  Legislation  Affecting  Western  Canada,  ibid.,  XX  (1912),  224-53. 
Reviews  in:    Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XX,  XXI,  and  XXIV. 

Edith  Abbott,  Ph.D.  1905.     See  under  Department  of  Sociology,  p.  79. 

Donald  Elliott  Bridgman,  Ph.D.  1907;    Attorney,  New  York  City. 

An  Examination  into  the  Economic  Causes  of  Large  Fortunes  in  This 
Country.     Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  So.     St.  Paul:  Pioneer  Co.,  1909. 

William  John  .\lexander  Donald,  Ph.D.  1914;  Lecturer  in  Economics 
and  Sociology,  McMaster  University,  Toronto. 

The  Canadian  Iron  and  Steel  Industry.  A  Study  in  the  Economic  History 
of  a  Protected  Industry.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  .\v+376.  New  York: 
Houghton  Mirtlin  Co.,  1915. 

Land  Grants  for  Internal  Improvement  in  the  L'nited  States,  Journal  of 
Political  Economy,  XiX  (1911),  404-10. 


50  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Growth  and  Distribution  of  Canadian  Population,  Journal  of 
Political  Economy,  XXI  (19 13),  296-312. 

Canadian  Financial  Problems,  ibid.,  XXIII  (1915),  753-90. 

Reviews  in:   Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIX,   146-48,  506-7. 

Earl  Dean  Howard,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  Economics,  Northwestern 
University. 

The  Development  of   Government  in  Industry,  Illinois  Law  Review, 

X  (1916),  567-73- 

Isaac  Lippincott,  Ph.D.  1912;  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics, 
Washington  Universit}^,  St.  Louis. 

A  History  of  Manufactures  in  the  Ohio  Valley  to  the  Year  i860.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  vii+214.     New  York:  Knickerbocker  Press,  19 14. 

James  Dysart  Magee,  Ph.D.  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics, 
University  of  Cincinnati. 

The  World's  Production  of  Gold  and  Silver  from  1493  to  1905,  Journal 
of  Political  Economy,  XVIII  (1910),  50-58. 

Food  Prices  and  the  Cost  of  Living,  ibid.,  294-308. 

The  Italian  Banking  System,  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Political 
Science,  I  (1911),  431-42. 

The  Degree  of  Correspondence  between  Two  Series  of  Index  Numbers, 
Quarterly  Publications  of  the  American  Statistical  Association,  XIII 
(1912),  174-81. 

Money  and  Prices:  A  Statistical  Study  of  Price  Movements.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXI  (1913),  681-7 11,  798-818. 

Albert  Newton  Merritt,  Ph.D.  1906;  Secretary  of  the  Commercial 
Exchange  of  Chicago. 

Federal  Regulation  of  Railway  Rates.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  xii+240. 
Boston:  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  1906. 

Oscar  Douglas  Skelton,  Ph.D.  1908;  Professor  of  Political  Science, 
Queen's  University,  Kingston,  Canada. 

Socialism:  A  Critical  Analysis.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  1x4-329.  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.:   The  Riverside  Press,  191 1. 


I 


DEPAR'rMKNT  OF  POLiriCAL  SCIENCE  51 

George  Asbury  Stephens,  Ph.D.  1909;    Associate  Professor  of  Eco- 
nomics, University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln. 

The    New    Apprenticeship.     Doctor's     thesis.     Journal    of    Politkal 
Economy,  XIX  (1911),   17-35. 

William  Walker  Swanson,  Ph.D.  igo8;  Assistant  Professor  of  Eco- 
nomics, Queen's  University,  Kingston,  Canada. 

The  Establishment  of  the  National  Banking  System.     Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  117.     Kingston:   The  Jackson  Press,  19 10. 

Murray  Siiipman  Wildman,  Ph.D.  1904;  Professor  and  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Economics,  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University. 

Money  Inflation  in  the  United  States.     Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  ix-f238. 
Chicago:  Privately  printed,  1905. 

Anna  Pritchett  Youngman,  Ph.D.   1908;    Instructor  in  Economics, 
Wellesley  College. 

The  Economic  Causes  of  Great  Fortunes.    Doctor's  thesis.     i2mo,  185. 
New  York:  The  Bankers  Publishing  Co.,  1909. 

M.  Chase  Going,  Graduate  Student. 

German  War  Finance,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXIV  (1916), 
513-46. 

Lewis  C.  Sorrell,  Graduate  Student. 

Dislocations  in  the  Foreign  Trade  of  the  United  States  Resulting  from  the 
European  War,  ibid.,  25-75. 

S.  Roy  Weaver,  Graduate  Student. 

The  First  Negotiations  for  Reciprocity  in  North  America,  ibid.,  XIX 
(1911),  411-15.  

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Ernst  Freund  [1894-],  Professor  of  Jurisprudence  and  Public  Law. 
See  under  Law  School,  p.  471. 

Charles  Edvv.\rd  Merriam  [1900-],  Professor  of  Political  Science. 

A.B.  Lenox,  1893;   Ph.D.  Columbia,  1900;   .\ssistant  Professor  of  Political  Sci- 
ence, Chicago,  1Q05-7;  .\ssociatc  Professor,  ibid.,  1907-1 1 ;  Professor,  ibid.,  iqi  i-. 

Associate  Editor,  Political  Scietue  Review;  Associate  Editor,  National 
Municipal  Review. 


52  PUBLICATIONS 

Secretaty,  Chicago  Harbor  Commission  (Report,  383  pp.,  1909); 
Chairman,  Chicago  Commission  on  City  Expenditures  (Reports, 
1909-11);  Director,  Chicago  Bureau  of  Public  Efficiency,  1909-11; 
Chairman,  Executive  Committee,  ibid.,  1911-14  (Reports,  1909-11, 
1911-14);  Member,  Chicago  Waste  Commission  (Report,  1914); 
Chairman,  Chicago  Crime  Commission  (Report,  196  pp.,  1915). 

A  History  of  American  Political  Theories.  i2mo,  xv+364.  New  York: 
Macmillan  Co.,  1903. 

Municipal  Revenues  of  Chicago.  8vo,  xiii+i6i.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1906. 

Primary  Elections.    Svo,  xi+308.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1908. 

State  Government,  New  York  State  Library  Bulletin  Review  of  Legislation 
(1902),  711-16;  (1903),  C1-9;   (1904),  C1-15. 

State  Central  Committees,  Political  Science  Quarterly,  XIX   (1904), 

224-33- 
Sovereignty,  New  International  Encyclopedia,  XIV  (1904),  16,  17. 
The  State,  ibid.,  147,  148. 

The  Chicago  Primary  System,  Publications  of  the  Michigan  Political 
Science  Association,  VI  (1905),  118-24. 

Review  of  State  Legislation  in  1905,  New  York  State  Library  Bulletin, 
VII  (1906),  1-40. 

Review  of  State  Legislation,  ibid.,  153-66. 

Hobbes'  Doctrine  of  the  State  of  Nature,  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Political  Science  Association  (1906),  151-57. 

The  Chicago  Charter  Convention,  American  Political  Science  Review, 
II  (1907),  1-14. 

Revenues  and  Expenditures  of  American  and  European  Cities,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  Magazine,  II  (19 10),  141-47. 

Citizenship,  ibid..  Ill  (191 1),  275-82. 

Work  and  Accomplishments  of  Chicago  Commission  on  City  Expendi- 
tures, City  Club  Bulletin,  IV  (191 1),  195-208. 

Chicago  Commission  on  City  Expenditures:  Investigations  as  a  Means  of 
Securing  Administrative  Efficiency,  Annals  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Political  and  Social  Science,  XLI  (19 12),  281-303. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  SCIENCE  53 

Outlook,  for  Social  Politics  in  the  United  States,  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  VII  (191 2),  113-25. 

Primary,  Cyclopaedia  of  American  Government  (McLaughlin  and  Hart, 

eds.),  II  (1914),  49-51- 
Direct  Primary,  ibid.,  51-55. 

The  Case  for  Home  Rule,  A  nnals  of  the  A  merican  A  cademy  of  Political  and 
Social  Science,  LVII  (19 15),  170-74. 

The  Political  Philosoj^hy  of  John  C.  Calhoun.  In  Studies  in  Southern 
History  and  Politics  {(:dhcd  hy  ].  W.  Garner;  New  York:  Columbia 
University  Press,  1915),  chap,  .xiii,  pp.  319-38. 

Budget  Making  in  Chicago,  Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political 
and  Social  Science,  LXII  (1915),  270-76. 

Findings  and  Recommendations  of  the  Chicago  Council  Committee  on 
Crime,  Journal  of  Criminal  Law  and  Criminology,  VI  (1915),  345-62. 

Reviews  in:  Political  Science  Quarterly,  XVIII,  331-32,  693-95; 
XXII,  355-56;  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  IX,  723-24;  Annals  of 
the  American  Academy,  and  American  Historical  Review. 

Walter  Fairleigh  Dodd  [1915-],  Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science. 

A.B.  Florida  State,  1898;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1905;   .Associate  Professor  of  Political 
Science,  Illinois,  1910-15;  Associate  Professor,  Chicago,  1915-. 

Member,  Editorial  Board,  .1  merican  Political  Science  Review,  191  i-i  2. 

The  State  Governments  of  the  American  Revolution.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Partly  published  in  Revision  and  Amendment  of  State  Constitutions. 
Baltimore:   Johns  Hopkins  University  Press,  1910. 

Augustus  Raymond  Hatton  [1905-8],  E.xtension  Associate  Professor  of 
Political  Science;    Professor  of  Political  Science,  Western  Reserve 
University,  Cleveland. 
Ph.B.  Franklin,  1898;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1907. 

Digest  of  City  Charters.  8vo,  .\.xi+35i.  Chicago:  Chicago  Charter 
Convention,  1906. 

The  Liquor  TrafBc  and  City  Government,  Proceedings  of  the  National 
Municipal  League  (1908),   421-43. 

Alleyne  Ireland  [1905-6],  Professorial  Lecturer  on  Colonial  Politics, 
HistoPk',  and  Commerce;  Boston,  Mass. 

The  Province  of  Burma:  A  Study  Undertaken  for  the  University  of  Chicago. 
2  vols.,  973;   looi.     Boston:  Houghton  Milllin  Co.,  1907. 


54  PUBLICATIONS 

Frederick    Dennison    Bramhall    [1908-],    Instructor    in    Political 

Science. 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1902;  Legislative  Reference  Librarian,  New  York  State  Library, 
1907-8;  Instructor,  Chicago,  1908-. 

Political  Phases  of  the  Liquor  Problem  in  Chicago,  Proceedings  of  Buffalo 
Conference  for  Good  City  Government  (1910),  423-38. 

Eldon  Cobb  Evans,  Ph.D.  1915. 

The  Australian  Ballot  in  the  United  States.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo, 
iv+i02.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1917. 

Samuel  MacClintock,  Ph.D.  1908;  Secretary,  LaSalle  Extension 
University,  Chicago. 

Aliens  under  the  Federal  Laws  of  the  United  States.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Svo,  120.     Chicago:  Illinois  Law  Review,  1909. 

Susan  Wade  Peabody,  Ph.D.  1908;  Chicago,  111. 

Historical  Study  of  Legislation  Regarding  Public  Health  in  the  States  of 
New  York  and  Massachusetts.  Doctor's  thesis.  158.  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  Supplement  No,  4,  1909. 

Jeremiah  Simeon  Young,  Ph.D.  1902;  Professor  of  Political  Science, 
University  of  Minnesota. 

A  Political  and  Constitutional  Study  of  the  Cumberland  Road.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Svo,  106.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1902. 

Pan  Hui  Lo,  Graduate  Student. 

Study  of  Chinese  Jurisprudence,  Illinois  Law  Review,  VI  (191 2),  456-76, 
518-33-  

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY 

Andrew  Cunningham  McLaughlin  [1906-],  Professor  and  Head  of 

the  Department  of  History,  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Church 

History. 

A.B.  Michigan,  1882;  LL.B.  ibid.,  1885;  LL.D.  ibid.,  1912;  Assistant  Professor 
of  History,  ibid.,  1888;  Professor  of  American  History,  ibid.,  1891-1906;  Pro- 
fessor and  Head  of  the  !)ci)artmcnt  of  History,  Chicago,  190O-;  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Church  History,  ibid.,  1908-. 

Director,  Bureau  of  Historical  Research  of  Carnegie  Institution,  1903-5. 


DEPARTMENT  OV  HISTORY  55 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  American  Historical  Review,  1898- 
1914;  Manaji^inp;  Editor,  ibid.,  1901-5;  Editor  (with  A.  B.  Hart)  of 
the  Cyclopaedia  of  American  Government,  Vols.  I,  II,  III,  4to,  732, 
773,  785.     New  York:    i).  Applcton  &  Co.,  1914-. 

A  History  of  the  United  States  for  Schools  (with  C.  H.  Van  Tyne).  Svo, 
xviii+430.     New  York:   D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  191 1. 

The  Study  of  History  in  Secondary  Schools  (with  C.  H.  Haskins,  J.  II. 
Robinson,  and  James  Sullivan).  Svo,  69.  New  York:  Macmillan 
Co.,  1911. 

The  Courts,  the  Constitution,  and  Parties.  Svo,  299.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1912. 

A  History  of  the  American  Nation.  Svo,  562.  New  York:  D.  Appleton 
&  Co.,  1913,  new  ed.,  revised  and  largely  rewritten. 

The  Uses  of  an  Historical  Society,  Proceedings  of  the  Historical  Society  of 
North  Dakota,  I  (1907),  53-69. 

Introduction  to  The  Diary  of  James  K.  Polk,  xi-xx.  Chicago:  A.  C. 
McClurg  &  Co.,  19 10. 

Democracy  and  the  Constitution,  Proceedings  of  the  American  Anti- 
quarian Society  for  October,  IQ12. 

Articles  on  Federal  Convention,  Sources  of  the  Constitution,  Articles  of 
Confederation,  Courts  and  Unconstitutional  Legislation,  Political 
Parties,  and  many  other  subjects  in  Cyclopaedia  of  American  Govern- 
ment, Vols.  I,  II,  III. 

American  History  and  American  Democracy,  American  Historical  Review, 
XX  (1915),  255-76. 

The  Meaning  of  the  Civil  War,  University  Record,  I  (1915),  13S-4S. 

Reviews  in:     American  Historical  Review,  XII,   179-S0,  430-31; 

xni,  367-69. 

James  H.  Bre.vsted,  Professor  of  Eg>'ptology  and  Oriental  Histor>'. 
See  under  Department  of  Oriental  Languages  and  Literatures,  p.  90. 

William  Edward  Dodd  [190S-],  Professor  of  American  History. 

S.B.  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1895;  S.M.  ibid.,  1S97;  Ph.D.  Leipzig, 
1900;  Professor  of  History,  Randolph-Macon,  1900-1908;  Professor  of  .\raeri- 
can  Histor>',  Chicago,  1908-. 

Editor  of  the  Riverside  History  of  the  United  States.  i2mo.  Four 
volumes.     Boston:    Houghton  Mitllin  Co.,  1915. 


56  PUBLICATIONS 

Statesmen  of  the  Old  South.  i2mo,  xi+242.  New  York:  Macmillan 
Co.,  1911. 

Expansion  and  Conflict.  Vol.  II  in  the  Riverside  History  of  the  United 
States.     i2mo,  328.     Boston:  Houghton  MifiBlin  Co.,  1915. 

The  Fight  for  the  Northwest,  i860,  American  Historical  Review,  XVI 

(1911),  774-89- 

The  West  and  the  War  with  Mexico,  Journal  of  the  Illinois  Historical 
Society,  III  (1912),  1-16. 

Profitable  Fields  of  Investigation  in  American  History,  1S15-1860, 
American  Historical  Review,  XVIII  (1913),  522-36. 

fGEORGE  Stephen  Goodspeed  [1892-1905],  Professor  of  Compara- 
tive Religion  and  Ancient  History.  See  under  Department  of 
Comparative  Religion,  p.  87. 

John  Franklin  Jameson  [1901-5],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  History;  Director,  Department  of  Historical  Research, 
Carnegie  Institution,  Washington. 

A.B.  Amherst,  1879;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1882;  LL.D.  Amherst,  1898; 
LL.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1902;  Professor  of  History,  Brown,  1888-1901;  Professor 
and  Head  of  the  Department  of  History,  Chicago,  1901-5. 

Managing  Editor,  American  Historical  Review,  1895-1901,  1905-; 
Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  ibid.,  1902-. 

Studies  in  the  History  of  the  Federal  Convention  of  1787,  Annual  Report 
of  the  American  Historical  Association,  I  (1902),  87-167. 

St.  Eustatius  in  the  American  Revolution,  American  Historical  Review, 

vni  (1903),  6S3-708. 

Professor  von  Hoist  as  a  Historian,  University  Record,  VIII  (1903), 
156-60. 

The  Age  of  Erudition,  ibid.,  X  (1905),  19-28;  published  also  in  the 
volume  Representative  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Orations  (Boston:  Houghton 
Mifflin  Co.,  1915),  326-43. 

Ferdinand  Schevill  [1892-],  Professor  of  Modern  History. 

A.B.  Yale,  1889;  Ph.D.  Freiburg,  1892;  Assistant  Professor  of  History,  Chicago, 
1809-1904;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1904-9;  Professor  of  Modern  History, 
ibid.,  1909-. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY  57 

A  Political  History  of  Modern  Europe.     8vo,  607.     Xew  York:   Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,   1907. 

Siena:  The  Story  of  a  Mediaeval  Commune.     Svo,  .\ii-f-433.     Xew  York: 
Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1909. 

The   Making   of  Modern   Germany.     Svo,    .\i-f-259.     Chicago:     A.    C. 
McClurg  &  Co.,  1916. 

The  Podesta  of  Siena,  American  Historical  Review,  IX  (1904),  247-64. 

San  Galgano:  a  Cistercian  Abbey  of  the  Middle  Ages,  American  His- 
torical Review,  XIV  (1908),  22-37. 

Reviews  in:  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XI,  579;  American 
Historical  Review,  VIII,  1 10-12;  IX,  357-58;  X,  3S5-87;  XI,  138-40; 
XII,  864-69;  XVI,  625-27;  XIX,  627-29,  876-77;  XX,  638-40, 

Edwin   Erle   Sparks    [1S95-190S],   Professor   of   American   History; 

President  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  College. 

A.B.  Ohio  State,  1884;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1899;  Lecturer  in  American  History, 
American  Society  for  the  Extension  of  University  Teaching,  1892-95;  Lecturer, 
Chicago,  1895-96;  .\ssistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1897-1901;  Associate  Professor, 
ibid.,  1901-4;  Professor  of  American  History,  ibid.,  1905-8. 

Editor  of  The  Lincoln-Douglas  Debates  of  iSj8.  i2mo,  xi-f627. 
Springfield,  111.:   Illinois  Historical  Society,  1908. 

United  States  of  America.     i2mo,  2  vols.,  425,  385.     X'ew  York:   G.  P. 
Putnam's  Sons,  1904. 

Narrative  of  Johnsons    Captivity.     i2mo,  36.     Cleveland:    Burroughs 
Brothers,  1905. 

Last  Tiuo  Journeys  of  Father  Marquette.     Svo,  30.     Chicago:  Atkinson, 
Mentzer  &  Grover,  1906. 

Rutherford  B.  Hayes:    An  Appreciation.     i6mo,  27.     Columbus,  Ohio: 
State  University,  1907. 

National  Development.    i2mo,  x+378.    New  York:  Harper  &  Bros.,  1907. 

Apropos  of  a  Statue  of  Frederick  the  Great  for  America,  Chautauquan, 
XXXV  (1902),  507-11. 

Irrigation  and  the  American  Frontier,  ibid.,  56S-72. 

Week's  Centennial  in  Chicago,  Harper's  Weekly,  XL VII  (1903),  1552-53. 

Movement    of    the    Peoi)le,    West    Virginia   School   Journal,   XXXII 
(1903),  7-9. 


58  PUBLICATIONS 

United  States:  The  Westward  Movement,  Encyclopedia  Americana, 
XVI  (1904). 

Collaboration  of  History  and  Geography,  Elementary  School  Teacher, 
IV  (1904),  461-65. 

Beginnings  of  Chicago,  Journal  of  Western  Engineers,  VIII   (1904), 

357-70- 
The  Conference  on  the  Relation  of  Geography  to  History,  Annual  Report 

of  the  American  Historical  Association  (190S),  55. 

Reviews  in:  American  Historical  Review,  VIII,  539-41;  XI,  442- 
43;  Dial,  XL,  229;  XXV,  462-65;  Annals  of  the  American  Academy, 
XXI,  161-62. 

Benjamin  Terry  [189 2-],  Professor  of  EngKsh  History. 

A.B.  Colgate,  1878;  Ph.D.  Freiburg  i.  B.,  1892;  LL.D.  Colgate,  1903;  Professor 
of  Civil  History,  ibid.,  1885-89;  Professor  of  History  and  Political  Science,  ibid., 
1889-92;  Professor  of  Mediaeval  and  English  History,  Chicago,  1892-1910; 
Dean  of  the  Senior  Colleges,  ibid.,  1895-99;  Professor  of  English  History,  ibid., 
1910-. 

A  History  of  England  for  Schools.  8vo,  xxvi-l-622.  Chicago:  Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co.,  1903. 

Die  Heimstattengesetz-Bewegung:  V,  Die  Heimstattengesetze  und 
die  Burger  auslandischer  Geburt.  Vierteljahrschrift  der  Deutsch- 
Amerikanischen  Gesellschaft,  III  (April,  1903),  24-40;  VI,  Die 
Neu-Abgrenzung  der  Parteien  und  das  Heimstattengesetz,  ibid. 
(July,  1903),  i-ii. 

Reviews  of:  Ramsey,  The  Angevin  Empire,  American  Historical 
Review,  IX,  549-54;  Armitage-Smith,  John  of  Gaunt,  ibid.,  XI,  645- 
48;  Adams,  Origin  of  the  EngUsh  Constitution,  ibid.,  XVIII,  567-71. 
Other  reviews  in  American  Historical  Review,  VIII,  380-81;  X,  917-1S; 
XII,  613-15;  XIX,  859;  World  To-Day,  IX,  440;  X,  217,  440,  552; 
XI,  1219;  XII,  441-42,  582,  646. 

James  Westfall  Thompson  [1895-],  Professor  of  Mediaeval  History. 

A.B.  Rutgers,  1892;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1895;  Assistant  Professor  of  European 
History,  ibid.,  1904-8;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1908-13;  Professor  of  Medi- 
aeval History,  ibid.,  1913-. 

Editor   of    Mignet's  French  Revolution.     8vo,    xi-l-527.     Philadel- 
phia: John  D.  Morris  &  Co.,  1907. 

Reference  Studies  in  Mediaeval  History,  ist  cd.,  1907.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press;  2fl  ed.,  revised  and  enlarged,  1914.  i2mo,  xvii+ 
233.     Chicago:  [)u1;lishcd  by  the  author. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY  59 

The  Wars  of  Religion  in  France:  The  Huguenots,  Catherine  dc  Medici,  and 
Philip  II.  ist  ed.,  1909;  2d  ed.,  1916.  8vo,  635.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press. 

The  Frankfort  Book  Fair.     204.     The  Caxton  Club  of  Chicago,  1911. 

Some  Famous  Historical  Collections  in  Paris,  Literary  Collector,  \'II 
(1903),  129-34. 

Vergil  in  Mediaeval  Culture,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  X  (1906), 
648-62. 

Napoleon  as  a  Booklover,  Atlantic  Monthly,  XCVIII  (1906),  1 10-18. 

On  the  Identity  of  Bernard  of  Cluny,  Journal  of  Theological  Studies, 

VIII  (1907),  394-401. 
Book-huiUing  as  a  Sport,  Caxton  Club  Year  Book,  (190S),  71-107. 
Achille  Luchaire,  Nation,  LXXXVII  (1908),  513,  514. 

Some  Economic  Factors  in  the  Revocation  of  the  Eklict  of  Nantes,  Ameri- 
can Historical  Review,  XIV  (1908),  38-51. 

Anti-Loyalist   Legislation   during   the   American   Revolution,   Illinois 

Law  Review,  III  (1908),  81-90,  147-71. 
The  Alleged  Persecutions  of  the  Christians  at  Lyons  in  177,  American 

Journal  of  Theology,  XVI  (1912),  365-84;   XVII  (1913),  249-5S. 

Profitable  Fields  of  Investigation  in  Mediaeval  History,  American 
Historical  Rev^icw,  XVIII  (1913),  490-503. 

The  Mendacity  of  History,  Xorth  American  Review,  CXCIX  (1914), 

910-21. 
The  Commerce  of  France  in  the  Ninth  Century.     Journal  of  Political 

Economy,  XXIII  (19 15),  857-87. 

The  German  Church  and  the  Conversion  of  the  Baltic  Slavs,  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  XX  (1916),  205-30,  372-S9. 

Reviews  of:  The  Cambridge  Modern  History:  Vol.  VIII,  The 
French  Revolution,  Annals  of  the  American  Academy,  XX\',  139-43; 
Lavisse,  Histoire  de  France  depuis  les  origines  jusqu'a  la  revolution: 
I,  Tableau  de  la  geographic  de  la  France;  II,  Le  Chrislianisme,  les 
Bariiares,  Merovingiens,  et  Carolingiens,  American  Historical  Rr^'irw, 
VIII,  342-47.  Other  reviews  in  American  Historical  Rfi'ltic,  III,  742- 
43;  Vill,  119-20,  577-79;  IX,  147-4S;  X,387-S9;  XI,  360-61,  376-77, 
656-59;  XII,  619-21,  691-92;  XIII,  859-61;  XIV,  343-44;  XV,  364- 

66,838-39;  XVI,  117-18,343-45;  XVII,  870-71;  XVIII,  163-64, 359- 

61,  575-77,  791-9-2;  ^1^,  ^"^71-74;  XX,  137-39. 


6o  '  PUBLICATIONS 

George  Elliott  Howard  [1903-4],  Professorial  Lecturer  on  History; 

Professor  of  Political  Science  and  Sociology,  University  of  Nebraska. 

A.B.  Nebraska,  1879;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1894;  Professor  of  History,  Nebraska,  1879-91; 
Professor  of  American  and  Institutional  Historj',  and  Head  of  the  Department  of 
History,  Leland  Stanford  Junior,  1891-1901 ;  Professor  of  American  History,  Cor- 
nell, 1902;  Professorial  Lecturer  on  History,  Chicago,  1903-4. 

A  History  of  Matrimonial  Institutions.  3  vols.,  Svo.  Vol.  I,  xv+474; 
Vol.  II,  XV+59S;  Vol.  Ill,  xv-l-450.  Chicago:  University  Press; 
Callaghan  &  Co.,  1904. 

Biographical  Sketch  of  Amos  Griswold  Warner,  Notes  Supplementary  to 
Johns  Hopkins  University  Studies,  XXII  (1904),  7-10. 

Marriage  and  Divorce  in  the  United  States,  Encyclopedia  Americana, 
X  (1904). 

Reviews  in:    American  Historical  Review,  IX,  544-47. 

Marcus  Wilson  Jernegan  [1902-6;    1908-],  Associate  Professor  of 

History. 

A.B.  Brown,  1896;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1906;  Assistant  Professor  of  History,  ihid.f 
191 2-16;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

An  Unsolved  Problem  in  Secondary  Education,  Educational  Bi-Monthly, 
III  (1908),  II 1-22. 

The  Debates  in  the  Irish  House  of  Commons,  1 776-1 789,  English  His- 
torical Review,  XXIV  (1909),  104-6. 

Discussion  of  the  Report  of  the  Committee  of  Seven,  Proceedings  of  the 
North  Central  History  Teachers^  Association  (1909),  20-22. 

Junior  College  History  in  the  University  of  Chicago,  History  Teacher's 
Magazine,  I  (1910),  169-70. 

Factors  Influencing  the  Development  of  American  Education  before 
the  Revolution,  Proceedings  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  Historical 
Association,  V  (1911-12),  190-206. 

A  Forgotten  Slavery  of  Colonial  Days,  Harper's  Magazine,  CXXVII 
(1913),  745-75- 

Articles  on  Colonial  Unions  Previous  to  1775,  King's  Province,  Mason 
and  Dixon's  Line,  New  Sweden,  Cyclopaedia  of  American  Govern- 
ment, Vols.  I,  II,  III  (1914). 

The  Beginnings  of  Public  Education  in  New  England,  School  Review 

XXIII  (1915),  319-30, 361-S0. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY  6i 

Slavery  and  Conversion  in  the  American  Colonies,  American  Historical 
Review,  XXI  (19 16),  504-28. 

Reviews  in:  American  Historical  Review,  XIII,  660-61,  910-11; 
XIV,  ,^91-92;  XV,  648-49;  XVII,  674-75;  XVIII,  589-92.  629- 
30;  XIX,  689-90,  8SQ-90;  XX,  4.^7-38;  XXI,  634-35;  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  XVI,  305-7;  School  Review,  XIII,  739;  XIV,  458, 
459;  XVII,  132-33;  XVIII,  147;  XIX,  421,  422. 

CoNYERS  Read  [1910-],  Associate  Professor  of  History. 

A.B.  Harvard,  iqo.^;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1908;  B.Litt.  Oxford,  iQio;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  History,  Chicago,  1912-15;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1915-- 

Factions  in  the  EngUsh  Privy  Council  under  Elizabeth,  Annual  Report 
of  the  American  Historical  Association  (1911),  109-19. 

Walsingham  and  Burghlcy  in  Queen  Elizabeth's  Privy  Council,  English 
Historical  Review,  XXVIII  (1913),  34-58. 

English  Foreign  Trade  under  Elizabeth,  ibid.,  XXIX  (1914),  515-25. 

The  Fame  of  Sir  Edward  StafTord,  American  Historical  Revirw,  XX 
(1915),  292-313. 

Reviews  of:  Tawney,  The  Agrarian  Problem  in  the  Si.xteenth 
Century,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXI,  362-67;  Newton, 
The  Colonizing  Activities  of  the  Enghsh  Puritans:  The  Last  Phase  of 
the  Elizabethan  Struggle  with  .Spain,  ibid.,  XXII,  589-92;  Williams, 
Maritime  Enterprise,  ibid.,  916-19;  Gras,  The  Evolution  of  the  P^nglish 
Corn  Market  from  the  Twelfth  to  the  Eighteenth  Century,  ibid.,  XXIV, 
191-94.  Other  reviews  in  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXI,  83-S5; 
XXII,  70S-9;  XXIII,  289-92;  American  Historical  Rcvien',  X\TI,  656, 
872;  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XV,  475-76. 

Francis  Wayland  Shepardson  [1892-1917],  Associate  Professor  of 

American  History;   Director  of  Registration  and  Education  of  the 

State  of  Illinois. 

A.B.  Dcnison,  1882;  Ph.D.  Yale,  1892;  LL.D.  Denison,  1906;  .Assistant  Professor 
of  .-Vmerican  Histor>-,  Chicago,  1897-1901;  .\ssociate  Professor,  ibid.,  1901-17; 
Dean  of  the  Senior  Colleges,  ibid.,  1904-7. 

Lecturer  on  .Vmerican  History,  Teachers'  .Vssembly,  Baguio,  Philippine  Islands, 
1911,  1914. 

Editor    of    The    University   Extension    World,    1893-97;     Editorial 

Writer,  Chicago  Daily  Tribune,  1906-10. 

The  Amenities  of  Presidential  Campaigns,  World  To-Day,  VII  (1904), 
1314-22. 

John  Paul  Jones,  ibid.,  VIII  (1905),  605-S. 


62  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Historic  Setting  of  Gran\dlle,  Old  Northwest  Genealogical  Quarterly 

(i905)>  235-44. 
William  Rainey  Harper,  University  Record,  X  (1906),  76-79. 
William  Rainey  Harper,  Biblical  World,  XXVII  (1906),  162-66. 
Rescuing  Cuba  from  Europe,  World  To-Day,  XI  (1906),  1197-99. 
The  Roosevelt  Regime,  ibid.,  XVI  (1909),  265-68. 

Review  in:    America^i  Historical  Review,  XVIII,  820-21. 

Oliver  Joseph  Thatcher  [1892-1906],  Associate  Professor  of  Mediaeval 

and  English  History;   Beaumont,  Cal. 

A.B.  Wilmington,  1878;  Ph.D.  ihid.,  1894;  Instructor  in  Ecclesiastical  History, 
United  Presbyterian  Theological  Seminary,  1888-90;  Professor,  ihid.,  1890-92; 
Extension  Instructor  in  History,  Chicago,  1892-93;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid., 
1893-94;  Associate  Professor  of  Mediaeval  and  English  History,  ibid.,  1894-1906. 

A  Source  Book  for  Mediaeval  History.  Selected  Documents  Illustrating 
the  History  of  Europe  in  the  Middle  Age  (with  E.  H.  McNeal).  8vo, 
xLx-(-6i9.     New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1905. 

Carl  Frederick  Huth,  Jr.  [1910-],  Assistant  Professor  of  History. 

A.B.  Wisconsin,  1904;  A.M.  ibid.,  1905;  Instructor  in  History,  Chicago,  1910-14; 
Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1914-. 

Joint  Editor  of  a  series  of  maps  for  the  study  of  Ancient  History, 
pubHshed  1916-17  by  the  Denoyer-Geppert  Co.,  Chicago. 
Luther  in  the  Light  of  Recent  Research;    a  translation  of  Heinrich  Boeh- 
mer's  work.     8vo,  ii+323.     New  York:  Christian  Herald  Publish- 
ing Co.,  1916. 

Review  of:  Zimmerman,  The  Greek  Commonwealth,  Journal  of 
Political  Economy,  XX,  516-20.  Other  reviews  in  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XIX,  803-4;  Classical  Philology,  VII,  116-18. 

Earl  Evelyn  Sperry  [1909-11],  Assistant  Professor  of  History;  Pro- 
fessor of  European  History,  Syracuse  University. 

Ph.B.  Syracuse,  1898;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  1903;  Instructor  in  History,  Syracuse, 
1902-5;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1905-8;  Professor,  ibid.,  1908-9;  Assistant 
Professor  of  History,  Chicago,  1909-11. 

Reviews  of:  Smith,  The  Life  and  Letters  of  Martin  Luther, 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  XV,  643;  Stoeckius,  Forschungen  zur 
Lebensordnung  der  Gesellschaft  Jesu  im  16.  Jahrhundert,  ibid.,  473-75. 

Curtis  Howe  Walker  [1909-],  Assistant  Professor  of  History. 

A.B.  Yale,  1899;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1905;  Assistant  Professor  of  History,  Chicago, 
1911-. 


DKPARTMEXT  OF  HISTORY  63 

The  Trend  in  the  Modern  Interpretation  of  Early  Church  History, 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  XVI  (1912),  614-33. 

Communication:    Concerning  the  Date  of  Sumner's  First  Course  on 
Sociology,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XX  (1915),  829-30. 

Reviews  of:  Gwatkin,  Early  Church  History  to  a.d.  313;  Flick, 
The  Rise  of  the  Mediaeval  Church,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XV, 
635-41;  D'Ales,  L'Edit  de  Calliste.  Etude  sur  les  ori^nnes  de  la 
penitence  chn'lienne,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIX,  125-29; 
\V.  G.  Sumner,  The  Challenge  of  Facts,  Yale  Review,  V  (1915),  215-17. 
Other  reviews  in  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIV,  472-73;  XVII, 
437-39»  630-31. 

tJosEPii  Parker  Warren  [1902-10],  Assistant  Professor  of  History. 

A.B.  Harvard,  i8q6;  A.M.  ibid.,  1897;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1902;  Instructor  in  History, 
Lcland  Stanford  Junior,  1901;  Instructor,  Chicago,  1902-9;  Assistant  Professor, 
ibid.,  1909-10. 

The  Confederation  and  the  Shays  Rebellion,  American  Historical  Review, 
XI  (1905),  42-67. 

Dice  Robins  Anderson  [1908-9],  Instructor  in  History;    Head  of  the 

Department  of  History  and  Political  Science,  Richmond  College, 

Virginia. 

A.B.  Randolph-Macon,  1900;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1912;  President,  Willie  Halsell 
College,  I.T.,  1906-7;   Instructor  in  History,  Chicago,  1908-9. 

William    Branch    Giles:     A    Biography.     Doctor's    thesis.     Svo,    221. 
Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  19 15. 

Julian  Pleasant  Bretz  [1906-8],  Instructor  in  History;   Professor  of 

American  History,  Cornell  University. 

A.B.  William  Jewell  College,  1899;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1906;  Assistant  in  History, 
ibid.,  1906-7;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1907-S. 

Some  Aspects  of  Postal  E.xtension  into  the  West,  Annual  Report  of  the 
American  Historical  Association  (1909),  141-50. 

Reviews  in:  Atnerican  Historical  Review,  XV,  424,  61S-19;  X\TII, 
145-47- 

Andrew  Edward  Harvey  [1909-],  Instructor  in  History. 

.\.B.  Princeton,  i8q8;  D.B.  Union  Theological  Seminar}-,  1001;  Ph.D.  Marburg 
University,  1906;  Instnictor  in  European  History,  Leland  Stanford  Junior, 
1907-8;  Instructor  in  History,  Chicago,  1909-. 

t  Deceased. 


64  PUBLICATIONS 

Economic  Self-interest  in  the  German  Anti-Clericalism  of  the  Fifteenth 
and  Sixteenth  Centuries,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIX  (19 15), 
509-28. 

Review  of:  Vedder,  The  Reformation  in  Germany,  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  XIX,  129-33.  Other  reviews  in  American  Journal 
of  Theology,  XVI,  473-75»  48S-89. 

Edward  Benjamin  Krehbiel  [1907-9],  Instructor  in  History;     Pro- 
fessor of  European  History,  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University. 
A.B.  Kansas,  1902;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1906;  Instructor  in  History,  ibid.,  1907-9. 

The  Interdict,  Its  History  and  Its  Operation,  with  Especial  Attention  to  the 
Time  of  Pope  Innocent  III.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  viii-f-184. 
Washington,  D.C.:  American  Historical  Association,  1909. 

Reviews  in:  American  Historical  Review,  XIII,  546-66;  XIV, 
168-69,  567-69;  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XII,  291-95;  XIII, 
300-302. 

t Agnes  M.  Wergeland  [1900-190 2],  Instructor  in  History. 

Slavery  in  Germanic  Society  during  the  Middle  Ages,  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  IX  (1900-1901),  9S-120,  398-422;  X  (1900-1902),  230-54. 

Catharine  Caroline  Cleveland,  Ph.D.  1914;  Chicago. 

The  Great  Revival  in  the  West,  lygj-iSo^.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  xii-1- 
215.     Chicago:    University  Press,  19 16. 

Frances  Gardiner  Davenport,  Ph.D.  1904;  Assistant,  Department 
of  Historical  Research,  Carnegie  Institution,  Washington. 

The  Economic  Development  of  a  Norfolk  Manor,  1086-1565.  Doctor's 
thesis.  8vo,  x-f-105-i-cii.  Cambridge,  England:  University  Press, 
1906. 

Elmer  Cummings  Griffith,  Ph.D.  1902;  Professor  of  History  and 
Political  Science,  William  Jewell  College,  Liberty,  Mo. 

The  Rise  and  Development  of  the  Gerrymander.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo, 
124.     Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1907. 

Congressional  Representation  in  South  Dakota,  Nation,  LXXV  (1902), 
343-44. 

t  Deceased 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY  65 

Cleo  Carson  Hkarox,  Ph. I).  1913;  Professor  of  IIist(iry,  Ripon 
College. 

Nullification  in  Mississippi,  Publications  of  the  Mississippi  Historical 
Society,  XII  (191 2),  37-71. 

Mississippi  and  the  Compromise  of  1S50.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ibid.,  XIV 
(1913),  7-229. 

Reginald  Charles  McGrane,  Ph.D.  1915;  Instructor  in  History, 
University  of  Cincinnati. 

The  Crisis  of  iSjj.     Doctor's  thesis.     In  Press. 

Edgar  Holmes  McNeal,  Ph.D.  1902;  Assistant  Professor  of  European 
Histor}',  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Minores  and  Mediocres  in  the  Germanic  Tribal  Laws.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  130.     Privately  printed,  1905. 

William  Ray  Manning,  Ph.D.  1904;  Adjunct  Professor  of  History, 
University  of  Te.xas,  Austin, 

The  Nookta  Sound  Controversy.  Doctor's  thesis.  Washington:  Govern- 
ment Printing  OfBce;  also  in  Report  of  the  American  Historical 
Association,  1904,  279-478. 

David  Richard  Moore,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Mediaeval  and 
Modern  European  History,  Oberlin  College. 

Canada  and  the  United  States,  181^-iSjo.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo, 
131.     Chicago:   Jennings  and  Graham,  1910. 

Charles  Oscar  Paullin,  Ph.D.  1904;  Member  of  Staff,  Department 
of  Historical  Research,  Carnegie  Institution,  Washington. 

First  Elections  under  the  Constitution,  loiva  Journal  of  History  and 
Politics,  II  (1904),  T>-2>2>- 

The  Xavy  of  the  American  Revolution:  Its  Administration,  Its  Policy, 
and  Its  Achievements.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  549.  Cedar  Rapids, 
Iowa:   Republican  Printing  Co.,  1906. 

Theodore  Calvin  Pease,  Ph.D.  1914;  Associate  in  History,  University 
of  Illinois. 

The  County  Archives  of  the  Slate  of  Illinois,  cxli+730.  Published  by 
the  Trustees  of  the  Illinois  State  Historical  Library,  Springfield,  1915. 


66  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Leveller  Movement.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  vii4-4o6.  Washing- 
ton, D.C.:  American  Historical  Association,  1916. 

Reviews  in:    Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Review,  I,  444,  586, 
58S,  592. 

MiLO  Milton  Quaife,  Ph.D.  1908;  Secretary,  Wisconsin  State  Historical 
Society,  Madison. 

The  Doctrine  of  the  Non-intervention  with  Slavery  in  the  Territories. 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  150.     Chicago:  M.  C.  Chamberlin  Co.,  19 10. 

James  Garfield  Randall,  Ph.D.  1911;  Professor  of  History  and 
Economics,  Roanoke  College. 

The  Confiscation  of  Property  during  the  Civil  War.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo, 
71.     Indianapolis:   Mutual  Printing  and  Lithographing  Co.,  19 13. 

Elmer  Arthur  Riley,  Ph.D.  1911;  Professor  of  Economics  and  Soci- 
ology, Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  Delaware. 

The  Development  of  Chicago  and  Vicinity  as  a  Manufacturing  Center 
Prior  to  1880.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  139.  Chicago:  McElroy 
PubHshing  Co.,  1911. 

C.  Henry  Smith,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  of  Social  Science,  Bluf^'ton 
College,  Bluffton,  Ohio. 

Mennonites  of  America.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  147.  Scottdale,  Pa.: 
Mennonite  Publishing  House,  1909. 

Schuyler  Baldwin  Terry,  Ph.D.  1910;  Lee,  Higginson  and  Co.,  Chi- 
cago. 

The  Financing  of  the  Hundred  Years^  War,  ijjy-ij6o.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  XX+196.     London:   School  of  Economics,  1914. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  HISTORY  OF  ART  ,  ^1 

Frank  Bigelow  Tareell  [1892-],  Professor  of  Classical  Archaeology. 

A.B.  Yale,  1873;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1879;  Assistant  Professor  of  Greek  and  Instructor 
in  Logic,  ibid.,  1882-87;  Associate  Professor  of  Greek,  Chicago,  1892-94;  Pro- 
fessor of  Classical  Archaeology,  ibid.,  1894-. 

Annual  Director  of  the  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  at  Athens,  1888-89; 
Secretary,  ibid.,  1892-93. 

Member  of  Board  of  Editors,  Studies  in  Classical  Philology,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  1895-1907;  and  of  Classical  Philology,  1906-. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  THE  IIIS'IORV  OE  ART  67 

Catalogue  of  Bronzes,  etc.,  in  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History.  8vo,  52. 
Chicago:    Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  igog. 

A  Signed  Proto-Corinthian  Lecythus  in  the  Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts, 
Revue  archeologique,  XL  (igo2),  41-46. 

Some  Present  Problems  in  the  History  of  Greek  Sculpture,  American 
Journal  of  Archaeology,  VIII  (1904),  442-59. 

The  Form  of  the  Chlamys,  Classical  Philology,  I  (1906),  283 -89. 

The  Palm  of  Victory,  ibid..  Ill  (1908),  264-72. 

Architecture  on  Attic  Vases,  American  Journal  of  Archaeology ,  XIV 
(1910),  42S-33. 

A  Marble  Head  of  Antinous  Belonging  to  Mr.  Charles  L.  Hutchinson 
of  Chicago,  Art  in  America,  II  (1913),  68-71. 

The  Pont  du  Card,  Art  and  Archaeology,  II  (1915),  45-47. 

James  Henry  Breasted  [1S94-],  Professor  of  Eg\TDtology  and  Oriental 
History.  See  under  Department  of  Oriental  Languages  and  Litera- 
tures, p.  90. 

George  Breed  Zug  [1903-13],  Assistant  Professor  of  the  Histor}'  of 
Art;  Assistant  Professor  of  Modern  Art,  Dartmouth  College. 

A.B.  Amherst  CoUcrc,  1893;  Student,  Harvard,  Berlin,  Paris,  Rome,  1893-IQ03; 
Instructor  in  the  History  of  Art,  Chicago,  1903-8;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid., 
1908-13. 

Masters  of  the  Early  and  Late  Renaissance,  Dial,  XXXVIII  (1905), 
320-22. 

Dutch  Art  and  Artists  (nine  articles),  Chautauquan,  LII-LIV,  September, 
1908 — May,  1909. 

Richard  Offn'er  [1915-],  Instructor  in  the  History  of  Art. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1912;  Ph.D.  Vienna,  1914;  Instructor  in  the  History  of  Art, 
Chicago,  1915-. 

La  Vergine  col  Bambino  del  Chiodarolo,  LWrte,  XVHI  (191 5),  226-2S. 
Reviews  in:  Classical  Philology,  XI,  347-49;  Dial,  LXII,  66. 

Caroline  Louise  R.wsom  (Mrs.  Gr.\nt  Williams),  Ph.D.  1905; 
Toledo,  Ohio. 

Couches  and  Beds  of  the  Greeks,  Etruscans,  and  Romans.  Doctor's  thesis. 
4V0,  128.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1905. 


68  PUBLICATIONS 

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Albion  Woodbury  Small  [1892-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Sociology;  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Litera- 
ture. 

A.B.  Colby,  1876;  LL.D.  ibid.,  1900;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1889;  Professor  of 
History  and  Political  Economy,  Colby,  1881-88;  President  of  Colby,  1889-92; 
Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Sociology,  Chicago,  1892-;  Dean  of 
the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Literature,  Chicago,  1905-. 

Vice-President  and  Member  of  Organizing  Committee,  International  Congress  of 
Arts  and  Science,  St.  Louis  Exposition,  1904;  President,  American  Sociological 
Society,  191 2-14. 

Editor,  Americal  Journal  of  Sociology,  1895-. 

General  Sociology:  An  Exposition  of  the  Main  Development  in  Sociological 
Theory,  from  Spencer  to  Ratzenhofer.  8vo,  xiv+739.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1905. 

Adam  Smith  and  Modern  Sociology:  A  Study  in  the  Methodology  of  the 
Social  Sciences.     8vo,  250.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1907. 

The  Cameralists,  the  Pioneers  of  German  Social  Polity.  8vo,  xxv-|-6o6. 
Chicago:   University  Press,  1909. 

Abraham  Lincoln,  the  Prophet  of  Democracy.  27.  Louisville,  Ky.: 
Temple  Adath  Israel,  1909. 

The  Meaning  of  Social  Science,  vii+309.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1910. 

Between  Eras:  From  Capitalism  to  Democracy,  xv-l-431.  Kansas  City, 
Mo.:  Intercollegiate  Press,  19 13. 

The  Primary  Concepts  of  Sociology,  American  Journal  of  Sociology, 
VIII  (1902-3),  197-250. 

What  Is  a  Sociologist?  ibid.,  468-77. 

Coeducation  at  the  University  of  Chicago,  Proceedings  of  the  National 
Education  Association  (1903),  288-97. 

Immoral  Morality,  Independent,  LV  (1903),  710-14. 

Translation  of  Simmel's  Sociology  of  Conflict,  American  Journal  of  Soci- 
ology, IX  (1903-4),  490-525*  672-89,  798-811. 

Notes  on  Ward's  Pure  Sociology,  ibid.,  404-7,  567-75,  703-7. 

Will  Germany  War  with  Us?  Collier^ s  Weekly,  December  10,  1904. 

The  Remaining  Issue,  Newspaper  Enterprise  Association,  Cleveland,  1904. 


* 


DEPARTMKXr  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  AN  THkOrOLOGY       69 

Premises  of  Practical  Sociology-,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  X 
(1904-S),  26-46. 

The  Subject  Matter  of  Sociology,  ibid.,  281-98. 

Christianity  and  National  Needs,  Home  Mission  Monthly,  XX\'II  (1905), 
21-24. 

The  Sociology  of  Advertising,  Publisher  and  Advertiser,  I  (1905),  14-19. 

Research  Ideals,  University  of  Chicago  Record,  X  (1905),  87. 

A  Decade  of  Sociology,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XI  (1905-6), 
i-io. 

Translation  of  Simmel's  .1  Contribution  to  the  Sociology  of  Religion, 
ibid.,  359-76. 

Translation  of  Simmel's  The  Sociology  of  Secrecy  and  Secret  Societies, 
ibid.,  441-98. 

William  Rainey  Harper  as  University  President,  Biblical  World,  XX\'II 
(1906),  216-19. 

William  Rainey  Harper:  The  Man,  University  of  Chicago  Record,  XI 
(1906),  65. 

The  Social  Value  of  the  Academic  Career,  ibid.,  21-31. 

The  Relation  between  Sociology  and  Other  Sciences,  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  XII  (1906-7),  11-31. 

The  American  Sociological  Society,  ibid.,  579-87. 

Points  of  Agreement  among  Sociologists,  ibid.,  633-49. 

Sociology,  Nelson^ s  Cyclopedia,  1907. 

Introduction  to  F.  E.  Dewhurst's  Investment  of  Truth,  ix-xv.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1907. 

Are  the  Social  Sciences  Answerable  to  Common  Principles  of  Method? 
I,  II,  III,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XIII  (1907-8),  1-19; 
200-223;  392-401. 

Ratzenhofer's  Sociology,  ibid.,  A},2>~i^- 

The  Doctor's  Dissertation,  Proceedings  of  Ninth  Annual  Conference, 
Association  of  American  Universities  (190S),  41-73. 

Personal  Qualities  of  Professor  Mashkc,  University  of  Chicago  Record, 
XII  (190S),  157-59. 


70  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Meaning  of  Sociology,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XIV  (1908-9), 
1-14. 

Is  the  Family  on  Trial  ?  ibid.,  806-10. 

The  Vindication  of  Sociology,  ibid.,  XV  (1909-1910),  1-15. 

Professor  Ford's  View  of  Sociology,  ibid.,  259. 

The  Sociological  Stage  in  the  Evolution  of  the  Social  Sciences,  ibid., 
681-97. 

Translation  of  Simmel's  How  Is  Society  Possible?  ibid.,  XVI  (1910-11), 

372-91- 
The  "Social  Forces"  Error,  ibid.,  639-41. 

Discussion  of  Report  of  Committee  on  Teaching,  ibid.,  789-90. 

Socialism  in  the  Light  of  Social  Science,  ibid.,  XVII  (1911-12),  804-19. 

William  Rainey  Harper  (Address  at  Dedication  of  the  Harper  Memorial 
Library),  University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  IV  (1912),  311- 12. 

General  Sociology,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XVIII  (191 2-13), 

200-214. 

The  Present  Outlook  of  Social  Science,  ibid.  (1913),  433-69. 

Is  It  Possible  for  American  Sociologists  to  Agree  on  a  Constructive 
Program?  Proceedings  of  the  American  Sociological  Society,  VIII 
(1913),  159-62. 

Lester  Frank  Ward,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XIX  (1913-14), 
75-7S. 

A  Vision  of  Social  Efficiency,  ibid.,  433-45. 

Shall  Science  Be  Sterilized?  ibid.,  650-53. 

The  "Social  Concept"  Bugbear,  ibid.,  653-56. 

The  Ford  Motor  Company  Incident,  ibid.,  656-58, 

The  Social  Gradations  of  Capital,  ibid.,  721-52. 

The  Evolution  of  a  Social  Standard,  ibid.,  XX  (1914-15),  10-17. 

Bonds  of  Nationality,  ibid.,  629-83. 

Nationalism  and  State  Socialism,  Publications  of  the  American  Sociological 
Society,  X  (191 5),  93-96. 

National  Preparedness — American,  American  Journal  of  Sociology, 
XXI  (1915-16),  601-10. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY       71 

Fifty  Years  of  Sociology  in  the  United  States,  1865-1915,  ibid.,  721-864. 

Reviews  of:  Miinsterberg,  Die  Amerikaner,  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  X,  245-52;  Ross,  Foundations  of  Sociology,  ibid.,  XI,  129-32; 
Benlley,  Progress  of  Government,  ibid.,  XV,  69S-706;  Hohhouse,  Social 
Evolution  and  Political  Theory,  ibid.,  X\TI,  546-48;  Patten,  Recon- 
struction of  Economic  Theory,  ibid.,  XVTII,  580-83;  Rauschenhusch, 
Christianizing  the  Social  Order;  V^aughn,  Socialism  from  the  Christian 
Standpoint,  ibid.,  808-11;  Ward,  Glimpses  of  Cosmos,  I,  II,  III,  ibid., 
XIX,  659-64;  and  others. 

fCnARLES  Richmond  Henderson,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Sociology  in  the  Divinity  School.  See  under  Divinity 
School,  p.  464. 

Marion  Talbot,  Professor  of  Household  Administration.  See  ufider 
Department  of  Household  Administration,  p.  83. 

William  Isaac  Thomas  [1894-],  Professor  of  Sociology. 

A.B.  Tennessee,  1884;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  i8q6;  .\djunct  Professor  of  English  and 
Modern  Languages,  Tennessee,  1887-88;  Professor  of  English,  Oberlin,  1889-94; 
Professor  of  Sociology,  ibid.,  1894-95;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology,  Chicago, 
1896-1900;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1900-1910;   Professor,  ibid.,  1910-. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  American  Journal  of  Sociology. 

Sex  and  Society.     8vo,  325.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1907. 

Source  Book  for  Social  Origins.  Royal  Svo,  xvi+932.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1909. 

The  Origin  of  Society  and  of  the  State.  Svo,  72.  Chicago:  Zalaz 
Corporation,  1915. 

The  Sexual  Element  in  Sensibility,  Psychological  Review,  XI  (1904), 
61-67. 

The  Psychology  of  Race  Prejudice,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  IX 
(1903-4),  593-611. 

Is  the  Human  Brain  Stationary?  Forum,  XXX\T  (1904),  305-20. 

Der  Mangel  an  Generalisalionsvcrmogen  bei  den  Negern,  Zeitschrift 
far  Socialwisscnschaft,  \\\  (1904),  215-21. 

The  Pro\incc  of  Social  Psychology,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  X 
(1904-5),  445-55- 

t  Deceased. 


72  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Adventitious  Character  of  Women,  American  Journal  oj  Sociology^ 
XII  (1906-7),  32-42. 

The  Mind  of  Woman  and  the  Lower  Races,  ibid.,  435-69. 
The  Significance  of  the  Orient  for  the  Occident,  ibid.,  XIII  (1907-8), 
729-55- 

The  Psychology  of  the  Yellow  Journal,  American  Magazine,  LXV  (1908), 
491-96. 

Race  Psychology:  Standpoint  and  Questionnaire,  with  Particular  Refer- 
ence to  the  Immigrant  and  the  Negro,  American  Journal  of  Sociology, 

XVII  (1911-12),  725-75. 

Education  and  Racial  Traits,  Southern  Workman,  XLI  (1912),  37S-86. 

The  Prussian-Polish  Situation:  An  Experiment  in  Assimilation,  American 
Journal  of  Sociology,  XIX  (1913-14),  624-39. 

George  Edgar  Vincent  [1894-19 ii].  Professor  of  Sociology;  Dean  of 

the  Faculties  of  Arts,  Literature,  and  Science;  President,  Rockefeller 

Foundation. 

A.B.  Yale,  1885;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1896;  Assistant  in  Sociology,  Chicago,  1894-95; 
Instructor,  ibid.,  1895-96;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1896-1900;  Associate 
Professor,  ibid.,  1900-1904;  Dean  of  the  Junior  Colleges,  ibid.,  1900-1907;  Pro- 
fessor of  Sociology,  ibid.,  1904-11;  Dean  of  the  Faculties  of  Arts,  Literature,  and 
Science,  ibid.,  1907-11. 

Vice-Principal,  Chautauqua  System,  1888-1911;  President,  Chautauqua  Insti- 
tution, 1907-15. 

Literary  Editor,  Chautauqua  Press,  1886;  Member  of  the  Editorial 

Board,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  1895-1911. 

The  University  of  Chicago,  Outlook,  LXXI  (1902),  839-51. 

The  Evolution  of  a  Reading  Course,  Chaulauquan,  XXXVII  (1903), 
382-85. 

Laws  of  Hammurabi,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  IX  (1903-4),  736-54. 

The  Development  of  Sociology,  ibid.,  X  (1904-5),  145-60. 

A  Laboratory  Experiment  in  Journalism,  ibid.,X.I  (1905-6),  297-311. 

Conformity  and  Heresy,  Methodist  Review,  LXXXVIII  (1906),  771-84. 

Varieties  of  Sociology,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XII  (1906-7), 
i-io. 

The  Individualizing  Duty  of  the  Library,  Public  Libraries,  XIII  (1908), 
391-97- 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY       73 

The  Standard  of  Undergraduate  Scholarship,  University  of  Chicago  Maga- 
zine, I  (1908),  17-22. 

Rivalry  of  Social  Groups,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  X\'I  (1910- 
11),  469-84. 

Sociology.     Article  in  Encyclopedia  Americana  (ed.  191 1). 

Purpose  and  Spirit  of  the  University,  Science,  XXXIII  (191 1),  977-84. 

Reviews  of:  Sumner,  Folkways,  American  Journal  of  Sociology, 
XIII,  414-19;  Ross,  Social  Psychology,  lAiJ.,  XIV,  681-87.  Other  re- 
views in  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XII,  122-25;  XIV,  841-42; 
Political  Science  Quarterly,  XXII,  741-43. 

Charles  Zueblin  [1S92-1908],  Professor  of  Sociology;  Lecturer,  Boston, 
Mass. 

Ph.B.  Northwestern,  1887;  D.B.  Yale,  1889;  Secretary,  Chicago  Society  for 
University  Extension,  1892;  Secretary  of  Class  Work,  Extension  Division, 
Chicago,  1892-93;  Secretary' of  Lecture-Study, //'/(/.,  1894;  Extension  Instructor 
in  Sociology,  ibid.,  1892-95;  Extension  .\ssistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1895-96; 
Associate  Professor  of  Sociology,  Chicago,  1896-1902;   Professor,  ibid.,  1902-8. 

A  Decade  of  Civic  Development.     i2mo,  i8S.     Chicago:  University  Press, 

1905. 

The  Religion  of  a  Democrat.     i2mo,  192.     New  York:   B.  \V.  Huebsch, 
1 90S. 

The  Civic  Renascence:   A  Series  of  Nine  Articles,  Chautauquan,  \'ols. 
XXXVIII,  XXXIX  (1903-4). 

The  Overspecialized  Business  Man,  New  York  Sunday  Times,  March  24, 
1907. 

The  Constraint  of  Orthodoxy,  Unity,  LIX  (1907),  217-21. 

The    Evolution    of    the    American    Municipality,    News-Book,    XIX 
(1908),  5,  6. 

Review  in:     Political  Science  Quarterly,  XXIII,  339-40. 

Robert  Ezra  P.-vrk  [1913-],  Professorial  Lecturer  in  Sociology. 

Ph.B.  Michigan,  1887;  Ph.D.  Heidelberg,  1904;  .Assistant  in  Philosophy,  Harvard, 
1903-5;   Professorial  Lecturer  in  Sociolog>',  Chicago,  1913-. 

The  Principles  of  Human  Behavior.     No.  6  in  Studies  in  Social  Science, 
edited  by  W.  I.  Thomas.     62.     Chicago:  Zalaz  Corporation,  1915. 

Racial  Assimilation  in  Secondary  Groups:  with  Special  Reference  to  the 
Negro,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XIX  (1913-14),  606-23. 


74  PUBLICATIONS 

The  City:  Suggestions  for  the  Investigation  of  Human  Behavior  in  the 
City  Environment,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XX  (1914-15), 
577-612. 

Review  of:  Evans,  Black  and  White  in  the  Colored  States,  Journal 
of  Political  Economy,  XXIV,  304-6.  Other  reviews  in  American  Journal 
of  Sociology,  XX,  274-76,  546-4S;  XXI,  418-19,  420. 

Scott  Elias  William  Bedford  [1911-],  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology. 

A.B.  Baker,  1902;  L.H.D.  Vermont,  1911;  Assistant  Professor  of  History,  Baker, 
1902-5;  Professor  of  Sociology,  Miami,  1908-11;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology, 
Chicago,  1911-16;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Secretary  and  Treasurer,  American  Sociological  Society,  191 1-. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  American  Journal  of  Sociology;  Managing 

Editor,  Papers  and  Proceedings  of  the  American  Sociological  Society, 

1912-. 

Review  of:  Bartlett,  The  Better  Country,  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  XVII,  269-70.  Other  reviews  in  the  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  XIX,  417,  687;  XX,  125;  XXI,  704-5;   XXII,  96-97,  99. 

George  Amos  Dorsey  [1905-15],  Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology. 

A.B.  Denison,  1888;  Ph.D.  Harvard,  1894;  LL.D.  Denison,  1909;  Professor  of 
Comparative  Anatomy,  Northwestern,  1900-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Anthro- 
pology, Chicago,  1905-9;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1909-15. 

Assistant  Curator  of  Somatology,  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  1896-97; 
Curator,  Department  of  Anthropology,  ibid.,  1897-;  Hon.  Commissioner  to 
Peru  and  Ecuador,  World's  Columbian  Exposition,  1891-92;  President,  American 
Folk-Lore  Society,  1902;  President,  Geographic  Society  of  Chicago,  1908. 

Mythology  of  the  Pawnee.  Svo,  546.  Washington:  Carnegie  Insti- 
tution, 1907. 

American  Association  of  Museums,  American  Anthropologist,  New 
Series,  VIII  (1906),  424-26. 

Legend  of  the  Teton  Sioux  Medicine  Pipe,  Journal  of  American  Folk 
Lore,  XIX  (1906),  326-30. 

Skidi  Rite  of  Human  Sacrifice,  Proceedings  of  the  International  Congress 
of  Americanists,  Twenty-fifth  Session,  Quebec,  I  (1906),  65-71. 

Social  Organization  of  the  Skidi  Pawnee,  ibid.,  71-79. 

A  Pawnee  Ritual  of  Instruction,  Boas  Memorial  Volume  (1907), 350-53. 

The  Problems  of  Somatology,  Proceedings  of  the  St.  Louis  Congress  of 

Arts  and  Science,  X  (1907),  498-509. 
Ceremony,  Handbook  of  American  Indians,  Part  I,  Bulletin  30,  Bureau 

of  Ethnology  (1907),  226-29. 


DErARTMKNT  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  AN'I  UROPOLOGY       75 

The  Sun  Dance,  ibid.,  Part  II. 

The  Anthropological  Exhibits  at  the  American  Museums  of  Natural 
History,  Science,  XX V  (1907),  584-89. 

Frederick  Starr  [1S92-],  Associate  Professor  of  Anthropoloj^', 

A.B.  Lafayette,  1882;  S.M.  and  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1885;  Sc.D.  ibid.,  1907;  Professor 
of  IJiological  Science,  Coe  College,  1884-87;  Assistant  Professor  of  .\nthropology, 
Chicago,  1892-95;  Associate  Professor,  j7>/</.,  1895-. 

In  charge  of  Department  of  Ethnology,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
1889-91. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  American  Journal  of  Sociology; 
Editor  of  the  Narrative  of  the  E.xpedilion  Despatched  to  Musahdu  by 
the  Liber ian  Government  under  Benjamin  J.  U.  Anderson  in  iSy^. 
8vo,  43.     Moravia:    Privately  printed,  19 12. 

The  Ainu  Group  at  the  St.  Louis  Exposition.  i6mo,  iv4-ii8.  Chicago: 
Open  Court  Co.,  1904. 

Readings  from  Modern  Mexican  Authors.  i6mo,  420.  Chicago:  Open 
Court  Co.,  1904. 

The  Truth  about  the  Congo.  i6mo,  viii-f-129.  Chicago:  Forbes  &  Co., 
1907. 

In  Indian  Me.xico.     Svo,  xi-f-425.     Chicago:  Forbes  &  Co.,  1908. 

A  Bibliography  of  Congo  Languages.  8vo,  97.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1908, 

Ethnographic  Notes  from  the  Congo  Free  State:  An  African  Miscellany. 
Svo,  127.  Reprinted  from  Proceedings  of  the  Davenport  Academy  of 
Science,  XII  (1909),  90-222. 

Philippine  Studies.  I.  A  Little  Book  of  Filipino  Riddles.  i6mo,  153. 
Yonkers,  N.Y''.:   World  Publishing  Co.,  1909. 

Japanese  Proverbs  and  Pictures.  Svo,  iv-l-50.  Tokyo:  Privately 
printed,  19 10. 

Congo  Natives — An  Ethnographic  .Ubum.  Svo,  38,  pi,  130.  Chicago: 
Privately  printed,  19 12. 

Liberia:  History,  Description,  Problems.  i6mo,  277.  Chicago:  Pri- 
vately printed,  1913. 

In  Mcmoriam  Manuel  Gonzales,  iSS^igi2.  Svo,  S.  Chicago:  Pri- 
vately printed,  19 13. 


76  PUBLICATIONS 

Mexico  and  the  United  States.  8vo,  440.  Chicago:  The  Bible  House, 
1914. 

Exhibition  of  Objects  Illustrating  the  History  and  Condition  of  the  Republic 
of  Liberia,  March  23  to  April  4.  8vo,  42.  Chicago:  Privately 
printed,  19 14. 

Catalogue  of  the  Liberian  Exhibit  at  the  Lincoln  Jubilee  and  Half-Century 
Anniversary  of  Negro  Freedom.  8vo,  8.  Chicago:  Privately 
printed,    19 15. 

The  Old  Geographer  Matsuura  Takeshiro.  8vo,  19.  Tokyo:  Privately 
printed,  19 15. 

The  American  on  the  Tokaido.  i6mo,  83  (English),  202  (Japanese). 
Tokyo:  Dai  Nippon  Publishing  House,  19 16. 

Indian  Mexico,  World  To-Day,  VIII  (1905),  502-9. 

Congo  Museum,  ibid.,  X  (1906),  487-93. 

The  Cornplanter  Medal  for  Iroquois  Research,  Open  Court,  XXII  (1908), 
316-18. 

Rude  Stone  Implements  from  the  Congo  Free  State,  Wisconsin  Archae- 
ologist, VII  (1908),  111-15. 

Note  on  the  Survivors  from  the  Cargo  of  the  Negro  Slave  Yacht 
"Wanderer,"  American  Anthropologist,  X  (1908),  621-23. 

Japanese  Riddles,  Transactions  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Japan,  XXXVIII 
(1910),  1-49. 

The  Rebus  and  Its  Kin  in  Japan,  Japan  Magazine,  I  (19 10),  1-6. 

Charles  Staniland  Wake,  American  Anthropologist,  XII  (1910),  343-44. 

The  Congo  Free  State  and  Congo  Beige,  Journal  of  Race  Development,  I 
(1911),  383-99. 

Lolo  Objects  in  the  Public  Museum,  Milwaukee,  Bulletin  of  the  Public 
Museum,  City  of  Milwaukee,  I  (1911),  209-20. 

Reviews  of:  Anthropological  Literature,  American  Anthropologist, 
II,  160-66;  Dennett,  At  the  Back  of  the  Black  Man's  Mind,  ibid.,  IX, 
595-99;  Van  Overbcrgh,  Collection  de  monographies  ethnographiques, 
ibid.,  XI,  303-7.  Other  reviews  in  American  Anthropologist,  IX,  593-95, 
599-602;  X,  446-51;  XI.  297-303;  XVII,  735-42;  Dial,  XXXIX, 
166-68;  XLII,  336-3S;  XLV,  244-45,  248-50;  American  Antiquarian 
and  Oriental  Journal  (Department  of  Oriental  Review),  XXVII,  361- 
62;   XXX,  122-27,  185-89;  and  many  others. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY       77 

Ernest  Watson  Burgess  [1916-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 

A.B.  Kingfisher  College,  1908;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Sociology,  Kansas,  1913-15;  Assistant  Professor  of  Kconomics  and  Sociology, 
Ohio  State  University,  1915-16;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology,  Chicago, 
1916-. 

The  Function  of  Socialization  in  Social  Evolution.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo, 
vii-f-237.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1916. 

Ira  Woods  Howertii  [1894-1912],  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology; 
Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of  the  University  Extension, 
University  of  California. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1893;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1897;  E.xtcnsion  Lecturer  in  Sociology  and 
Political  Economy,  ibid.,  1894-95;  Assistant  in  Sociology,  ibid.,  1895-96;  Secre- 
tary, University  Extension  Class-Study  Department,  ibid.,  1896-1900;  Instructor 
in  Sociolog>',  ibid.,  1896-1902;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1902-12. 

Secretary,  Illinois  Educational  Commission,  1908-10;  publications, 
(Springfield,  111.):  Report,  272;  and  the  following  bulletins:  Xo.  i, 
A  Tentative  Plan  for  a  State  Board  of  Education,  Ty'S>;  No.  2,  A  Tenta- 
tive Plan  for  a  County  Board  of  Education  with  Suggestions  in  Regard 
to  the  County  Super intendency,  53;  No.  3,  A  Tentative  Plan  for  the 
Certification  of  Teachers,  32;  No.  4,  A  Tentative  Plan  for  Making  the 
Township  the  Unit  of  Organization,  47;  No.  5,  Tentative  Recommenda- 
tions Concerning  County  Teachers'  Institutes,  57;  No.  6,  .1  Revision  of 
the  General  School  Law  of  Illinois,  87;  No.  7,  Minimum  Salaries  for 
Teachers,  37;  No.  8,  Bills  for  Providing  (i)  A  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, (2)  The  Certification  of  Teachers,  (3)  Township  Organization  of 
Rural  Schools,  8;  No.  9,  Preliminary  Report  to  the  General  Assem- 
bly, 47. 

The  Art  of  Education.     237.     New  York:   Macmillan  Co.,  191 2. 
What    Is  Religion?      International  Journal   of  Ethics,    XIII   (1903), 
185-206. 

The  Civic  Problem  from  a  Sociological  Standpoint,  American  Journal 
of  Sociology,  XI  (1905-6),  207-18. 

The  Industrial  Millennium,  International  Journal  of  Ethics,  X\'I  (1906), 
190-9S. 

The  Social  Question  of  Today,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XII 
(1906-7),  254-6S. 

War  and  Social  Economy,  International  Journal  of  Ethics,  X\TI  (1907), 

70-78. 


78  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Classification  of  the  Arts,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXX  (1907), 
429-36. 

Education  and  Social  Adjustment,  Education,  XXVII  (1907),  556-60. 

The  Social  Ideal,  International  Journal  of  Ethics,  XVIII  (190S),  205-20. 

The  Place  of  Education  among  the  Arts,  Educational  Foundations,  XX 
(190S),  194-205. 

The  Physical  Welfare  of  School  Children,  School  and  Home  Education^ 
XXVIII  (1909),  364-66. 

Normal  Training  for  Rural  Teachers,  ihid.,  XXIX  (1910),  341-45. 
Instruction  by  Correspondence,  ibid.,  XXX  (1910),  22-27;  Cyclopedia  of 

Education,  II,  211-13. 
Educational  Forces,  Educational  Foundations,  XXII  (19 10),  65-70. 
Classification  of  the  Sciences,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  IX  (191 1),  165-71. 

Medical  Inspection  in  the  Boston  Public  Schools,  School  and  Home 
Education,  XXXI  (191 1),  24-26. 

Wealth  and  Welfare,  Twentieth  Century  Magazine,  X  (1912),  459-67. 

Competition,  Natural  and  Industrial,  International  Journal  of  Ethics, 
XXII  (191 2),  399-419- 

The  First  Magazine,  School  and  Home   Education,  XXXIII   (191 2), 
99-102. 

Annie  Marion  MacLean  [1900-],  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of 

Sociology. 

A.B.  Acadia,  1893;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1900;  Professor  of  Sociology,  Adelphi  College, 
1906-12;  Professor  of  Sociology,  National  Training  School  of  YAV.C.A.  (New 
York),  1906-12. 

Director,  Sociological  Investigation  Committee  of  National  Board  of  Y.W.C.A., 
1907-9. 

Modern  Methods  of  Charily  (with  C.  R.  Henderson  and  others).     New 
York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1903. 

Wage-Earning  Women,    xv+202.     New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1910. 

Women  Workers  and  Society,     xii+135.     National  Social  Science  Series. 
Chicago:   McClurg  &  Co.,  1916. 

The  Sweatshop  in  Summer,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  IX  (1903-4), 
289-309. 

Significance  of  the  Canadian  Migration,  ibid.,  X  (1904-5),  814-23. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY       79 
Nova  Scotia's  Crusade  against  Tuberculosis,  Charities,  XIV  (1904-5), 

Progressive  Club  of  Working  Women,  ibid.,  XV  (1905-6),  299-302. 

Women  in  Pennsylvania  Coal  Fields,  American  Journal  of  Sociology, 
XIV  (1908-9),  329-51. 

With  Oregon  Hop  Pickers,  ibid.,  XV  (1909-10)  83-95. 

The  Eleanor  Clubs  of  Chicago,  Survey,  XXXII  (1914),  60-61. 

Trade  Unionism  versus  Welfare  Work  for  Women,  Popular  Science 
Monthly,  LXXXVII  (1915),  50-55. 

The  Plight  of  the  Rich  Man  in  a  Democracy,  American  Journal  of  Soci- 
ology, XXI  (19 15-16),  339-44- 

Fifty  Years  of  the  Y.W.C.A.,  Survey,  XXXV  (1916),  481-4S4. 

Edith  Abbott  [1909-10;  1914-],  Lecturer  in  Methods  of  Social  Inves- 
tigation. 

A.B.  Nebraska,  1901;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1905;  Instructor  in  Economics,  Wellesley, 
1907-8;  Associate  Director,  Department  of  Social  Investigation  and  Staff 
Lecturer,  Chicago  School  of  Civics  and  Phihinthropy  1908-;  Special  Lecturer 
in  Political  Economy,  Chicago,  1909-10;  Lecturer  in  Sociologj',  Chicago,  1914-. 

Statistician    for    Chicago    Crime    Commission,     1914:     Report   on 

"Statistics  Relating   to  Crime  in  Chicago,"  in   the  Report  of  the 

Council  Committee  on  Crime  of  the  City  of  Chicago.     Chicago:  City  of 

Chicago,  1915. 

Women  in  Industry:  A  Study  in  A  mcrican  Economic  History.  Svo,  400. 
New  York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1910. 

The  Delinquent  Child  and  the  Home  (with  Sophonisba  P.  Breckinridge). 
Svo,  355.     New  York:  Charities  Publication  Committee,  191 2. 

The  Real  Jail  Problem.     15.     Juvenile  Protective  Association,  1915. 

Truancy  and  N on- Attendance  in  the  Chicago  Schools  (with  Sophonisba 
P.  Breckinridge).  i2mo,  .\iv+472.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1917. 

Wage  Statistics  in  the  Twelfth  Census,  Journal  of  Political  Economy, 
XII  (1904),  339-61. 

The  Wages  of  Unskilled  Labor  in  the  United  States,  1S50-1900.  Doc- 
tor's thesis.     Ibid.,  XIII  (1905),  321-67. 

Progress  of  the  Minimum  Wage  in  England,  ibid.,  XXIII  (1915),  26S-77. 


8o  PUBLICATIONS 

A  Forgotten  Minimum  Wage  Bill,  Life  and  Labor,  V  (1915),  13-17. 

Are  Women  a  Force  for  Good  Government?  An  Analysis  of  the 
Returns  in  the  Recent  Municipal  Election  in  Chicago,  National 
Municipal  Review,  IV  (19 15),  437-47. 

Education  for  Social  Work,  chap,  xiii  in  Annual  Report  of  the  United 
States  Commissioner  of  Education,  I  (1915),  345-59. 

Field  Work  in  Schools  of  Philanthropy,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Con- 
ference of  Charities  and  Correction,  XLII  (1915),  615-22. 

The  Woman  Voter  and  the  Spoils  System  in  Chicago,  National  Municipal 
Review,  V  (1916),  460-65. 

Reviews  in:    Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XY,  563-65;   XXIII, 
400-401;   American  Economic  Review,  IV,  163-66;   VI,  148. 

B.  Warren  Brown  [1915-],  Instructor  in  Sociology. 

A.B.  Beloit,  1907;  Instructor  in  Economics,  Fargo  College,  1910;  Professor,  ibid., 
1911;  Research  Assistant,  International  Prison  Committee,  1914-15;  Instructor 
in  Sociology,  Chicago,  1915-. 

Parole  as  an  Institution  of  the  Future,  American  Journal  of  Criminal 
Law.    In  Press. 

Review  in:    Journal  of  Sociology,  XXI,  702-3. 

Mary  E.  McDowell  [1894-],  Head  Resident  of  the  University  of 
Chicago  Settlement;    Special  Instructor  in  Sociology. 
Member  of  the  City  Waste  Commission,  1913;    Report:    Chicago 
Health  Department. 

For  a  National  Investigation  of  Women,  Independent,  LXII  (1907), 
24,  25. 

Play  a  Child's  Right — and  Playgrounds  a  City's  Duty,  Epworth  Herald, 
May  I,  1909,  17-19. 

The  Girl's  Bill,  Survey,  XXII  (1909),  509-14. 

The  National  Woman's  Trade  Union  League,  ibid.,  XXIII  (1909),  101-8. 

How  Casual  Work  Undermines  Family  and  Neighborhood  Life 
(Abstract),  Proceedings  of  the  National  Conference  of  Charities  and 
Correction,  Buffalo,  N.Y.,  June,  1909. 

When  Poverty  Keeps  Step  with  Old  Age,  Continent,  XLIII  (191 2), 
1831-32. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY       8i 

The  University  of  Chicago  SeLllemenl,  University  of  Chicago  Magazine, 

V  (1913).  148-51- 

RoMANZO  Colfax  Adams,  Ph.D.  1904;  Professor  of  Economics  and 
Sociology,  Nevada  State  University,  Reno. 

The  Nature  of  the  Social  Unity:  An  Examination  of  the  Theory  That 
Society  Is  a  Psychic  Unity.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  X  (1904),  20S-27. 

LuTiLER  Lee  Bernard,  Ph.D.  1910;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology, 
University  of  Missouri,  Columbia. 

The  Transition  to  an  Objective  Standard  of  Social  Control.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  96.     Chicago:   University  Press,  191 1. 

Emory  Stephen  Bogardus,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Professor  and  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Sociology,  University  of  Southern  California,  Los 
Angeles. 

Relation  of  Fatigue  to  Industrial  Accidents.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Sociology,  XVII  (1911-12),  206-22,  351-74,  512-39. 

Experiments  on  Tactual  Sensations  of  the  White  Rat  (with  F.  G. 
Henke),  Journal  of  Animal  Behavior,  I  (1911),  125-37. 

Manuel  Conrad  Elmer,  Ph.D.  1914;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology, 
University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

Social  Surveys  of  Urban  Communities.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  73. 
Menasha,  Wis.:    George  Banta  PubUshing  Co.,  1914. 

Frances  Fenton  (Mrs.  L.  L.  Bernard),  Ph.D.  1910;  Columbia,  Mo. 

The  Influence  of  Newspaper  Presentations  upon  the  Growth  of  Crime  and 
Other  Anti-Social  Activity.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  96.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  191 1. 

Herbert  E.\ston  Fleming,  Ph.D.  1905;  Chicago. 

The  Literary  Interests  of  Chicago.     Doctor's  thesis.     American  Journal 

of  Sociology,  XI  (1905-6),  377-40S,  499-531.  784-S15;  ^H  (1906-7). 

6S-118. 

Hector  MacPherson,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Economics,  Oregon 
Agricultural  College,  Corvallis. 


82  PUBLICATIONS 

Co-operative  Credit  Associations  in  the  Province  of  Quebec.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  96.     Kingston,  Ontario:  Jackson  Press,  1910. 

Eben  Mumford,  Ph.D.  1906;  State  Leader  of  Farm  Management, 
Field  Studies  and  Demonstrations,  East  Lansing,  Mich. 

The  Origins  of  Leadership.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  XII  (1906-7),  216-40,  367-97,  500-531. 

Cecil  Clare  North,  Ph.D.  1908;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology, 
Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

The  Sociological  Implications  of  Ricardo's  Economics.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  69.     Chicago:  University  Press,  19 15. 

Mabel  Carter  Rhoades,  Ph.D.  1906;  Professor  of  Economics  and 
Sociology,  Wells  College,  Aurora,  N.Y. 

A  Case  Study  of  Dehnquent  Boys  in  the  Juvenile  Court  of  Chicago. 
Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XIII  (1907-8), 
56-78. 

Thomas  James  Riley,  Ph.D.  1904;  General  Secretary,  Bureau  of  Chari- 
ties, Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

A  Study  of  the  Higher  Life  of  Chicago.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  136. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1905. 

Edwin  Hardin  Sutherland,  Ph.D.  19 13;  Professor  of  Sociology, 
William  Jewell  College,  Liberty,  Mo. 

Unemployed  and  Public  Employment  Agencies,  Report  of  the  Mayor's 
Commission  on  Unemployment  (Chicago,  1914),  95-175. 

Erville  Bartlett  Woods,  Ph.D.  1906;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology, 
Dartmouth  College. 

The  Work  of  American  Prison  Societies,  Journal  of  Prison  Discipline  and 
Philanthropy  (1903),  63-72. 

Progress  as  a  Sociological  Concept.  Doctor's  thesis.  American 
Journal  of  Sociology,  XII  (1906-7),  779-821. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HOUSEHOLD  ADMINISTRATION  83 

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  HOUSEHOLD  ADMINISTRATION 

Marion    Talbot    [1892-],    Professor    of    Household    Administration; 

Dean  of  Women. 

A.B.  Boston,  18S0;  S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1888;  LL.D. 
Cornell,  1004;  Lecturer,  Lasell  Seminarv',  iS88-gi;  Instructor  in  Domestic 
Science,  Wellesley  College,  1890-92;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sanitary  Science, 
Chicago,  18Q2-95;  Dean  of  Women,  ibid.,  1892-;  Associate  Professor  of  House- 
hold Administration,  ibid.,  1895-1905;   Professor,  ibid.,  1905-. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  1895-. 

The  Education  of  Women.     8vo,  ix+255.     Chicago:    University  Press, 
1910. 

House  Sanitation.     8vo,   viii-t-ii6.     Boston:     Whitcomb   &   Barrows, 
1912. 

The  Modern  Household  (with  S.  P.  Breckinridge).     8vo,  vi+93.     Boston: 
Whitcomb  &  Barrows,  191 2. 

The  Opportunity  of  the  Teacher,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  IV  (1904), 

729-34- 
Housekeeping  Old  and  New,  World  To-Day,  IX  (1905),  1306-9. 

Effect  on  Woman  of  Economic  Independence — Educational  Aspects, 
American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XIV  (1909),  619-22. 

Dormitory  Life  for  College  Women,  Religious  Education,  IV  (1909), 
41-46. 

Unveiling  of  the  Alice  Freeman  Palmer  Memorial  Tablet,  University  of 
Chicago  Magazine,  II  (19 10),  257-58. 

The  College,  the  Girl,  and  the  Parent,  North  American  Rcviciv,  CXCII 

(1910),  349-5>'^- 
Eminence  of  Women  in  Science,  Science,  XXXIII  (1910),  866. 

Entrance  Requirements  and  Curriculum  of  the  University  of  Chicago, 
Journal  of  the  Association  of  Collegiate  Alumnae,  V  (191 2),  291-94. 

Fraternities  in  Women's  Colleges,  Century  Magazine,  LXXXV  (1913), 

527-2S. 

Housing  in  Relation  to  Health,  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  Academy  of 

Science,  VI  (1913),  62-66. 
Household  Management,  Woman  Citizen  s  Library,  XII  (1914),  300S-82. 
Address  at  Laying  of  Cornerstone  of  Ida  Noycs  Hall,  University  Record, 

I  (1915).  134-36. 


84  PUBLICATIONS 

A  Study  of  Student  Diet,  Journal  of  Home  Economics,  VII  (1915),  409-16. 

Reviews  in:  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XYI,  i28-2g;  XVIII, 
579;  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  X.Y11,  481-82,  S41-43;  XXI,  169-70; 
School  Review,  XXIV,  79-80. 

SoPHONiSBA  Preston  Breckinridge  [1899-],  Assistant  Professor  of 

Social  Economy  in  the  Department  of  Household  Administration; 

Assistant  Dean  of  Women. 

S.B.  Wellesley,  1888;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1901;  J.D.  ibid.,  1904;  Assistant  Dean  of 
Women,  ibid.,  1902-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Household  Administration,  ibid., 
1909-10;  Assistant  Professor  of  Social  Economy,  ibid.,  1910-;  Dean,  Chicago 
School  of  Civics  and  Philanthropy,  1908-. 

Editor  of  The  Child  in  the  City  (Papers  Presented  at  Chicago  Child- 
Welfare  Exhibit).  8vo,  xiii-l-502.  Chicago:  Chicago  School  of 
Civics  and  Philanthropy,  191 2, 

Handbook  for  the  Housekeepers  of  Chicago.     i2mo,  32.     Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1907. 

Employment  for  Children  (with  Edith  Abbott  and  Anne  S.  Davis).     8vo, 
56.     Chicago:  Chicago  School  of  Civics  and  Philanthropy,  1911. 

The  Delinquent  Child  and  the  Home  (with  Edith  Abbott).     8vo,  355. 
New  York:  Charities  Publication  Committee,  191 2. 

The  Modern  Household  (with  Marion  Talbot).     8vo,  vi-l-93.     Boston: 
Whitcomb  &  Barrows,  191 2. 

Truancy  and  N on- Attendance  in  the  Chicago  Schools  (with  Edith  Abbott). 
i2mo,  xiv-l-472.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1917. 

Specie  Contracts,  Sound  Currency,  XI  (1904),  1-12. 

Two  Decisions  Relating  to  Organized  Labor,  Journal  of  Political  Econ- 
omy, XIII  (1905),  593-97- 

Employment  of  Women  in  Industries  (with  Edith  Abbott),  ibid.,  XIV 
(1906),  14-40. 

Legislative  Control  of  Women's  Work,  ibid.,  107-9. 

Housewife  and  Maid  at  Law,  Bulletin  of  Inlermunicipal  Research  Com- 
mittee, II  (1906),  7-9. 

Child-Labor  Legislation,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  IX  (1909),  511-16. 

The  Illinois  Ten-Hour  Law,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XVIII  (1910), 
465-70. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HOUSEHOLD  ADMLMSTRAI  lOX  85 

Neglected  Widowhood  in  the  Juvenile  Court,  American  Journal  of  Soci- 
ology, XVI  (1910-11),  53-87- 

Chicago  Housing  Conditions  (with  Edith  Abbott): 

I.  Housing  of  Xon-Familv  Groups  of  Working  Men,  ibid.,  145-70. 

II.  Families  in  Furnished  Rooms,  ibid.,  2S9-30S. 

III.  Back  of  the  Yards,  ibid.,  433-68. 

The  Community  and  the  Child,  Survey,  XXV  (191 1),  782-86. 

Securing  and  Training  Social  Workers,  National  Conference  of  Charities, 
XXXVIII  (191 1),  365-70. 

Chicago  Housing  Conditions,  IV:  The  West  Side  Revisited  (with  Edith 
Abbott),  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XVII  (1911-12),  1-34. 

Women  in  Industry:  The  Chicago  Stockyards  (with  Edith  Abbott), 
Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XIX  (191 1)  632-54. 

Beginnings  of  Child  Labor  Legislation,  Survey,  XXVII  (1911),  1044-45. 

Chicago  Housing  Conditions,  V:  South  Chicago  at  the  Gates  of  the 
Steel  Mills  (with  Edith  Abbott),  American  Journal  of  Sociology, 
XVII  (1911-12),  145-76. 

Color  Line  in  the  Housing  Problem,  Survey,  XXIX  (1913),  575-76. 

The  Care  of  Needy  Families  in  Their  Homes,  Studies  in  Chicago  Philan- 
thropy, III  (1914),  1-6. 

Guidance  by  the  Development  of  Placement  and  Follow-up  Work, 
U.S.  Bureau  of  Education  Bulletin,  No.  14  (1914),  59-64. 

Some  Aspects  of  the  Public  School  from  a  Social  Worker's  Point  of 
View,  Journal  of  the  Proceedings  and  Addresses  of  the  National 
Education   Association,    1914,  pp.  45-51. 

Political  F^quality  of  Women  and  Women's  Wages,  Annals  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  L\T  (1914), 
122-34. 

A  Recent  Case  on  Women  and  the  Legal  Profession,  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XXIII  (1915),  64-70. 

Revikws  of:  Flexner  and  Baldwin,  The  Juvenile  Courts  and 
Probation,  International  Journal  of  Ethics,  XX\',  405-9;  \'an  Kleeck, 
Working  Girls  in  Evening  Schools,  School  Review,  XXIII,  041-43.  Other 
reviews  in  Survey,  XIII,  511-13;  XXXII,  345;  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XIII,  295-98;  XIX,  S01-3;  American  Journal  of  Sociology, 
XVII,  414-17;    >«^>^,  ^3^-35- 


86  PUBLICATIONS 

Alice  Peloubet  Norton  [1901-13],  Assistant  Professor  of  Household 

Administration. 

A.B.  Smith,  1882;  A.M.  ibid.,  1897;  Lecturer  on  Home  Sanitation,  Lasell  Semi- 
nary, 1893-99;  Lecturer  Y.W.C.A.  School  of  Domestic  Science,  Boston,  1895- 
1900;  Assistant  Professor  of  the  Teaching  of  Home  Economics,  School  of 
Education,  Chicago,  1901-4;  Assistant  Professor  of  Household  Administration, 
Chicago,  1904-13. 

Editor  of  The  Journal  of  Home  Economics. 

The  Selection  of  Food:  A  Reading  Course  for  Farmers^  Wives.  8vo,  8. 
Ithaca:   Cornell  University,  1906. 

Food  and  Dietetics.  8vo,  227.  Chicago:  American  School  of  Home 
Economics,  1907;    2d  ed.,  1911. 

Food  for  Children.    8vo,  15.     Chicago:  Child  Welfare  Exhibit,  191 1. 

Experiments  in  Cooking  for  Children  (four  articles),  House  Beautiful, 
1902-3. 

Household  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School,  Elementary  School  Teacher, 
IV  (1904),  716-19. 

A  Lesson  in  Cooking  in  the  Elementary  School  (with  Jessie  P.  Rich), 
Journal  of  Home  Economics,  II  (1910),  601-4. 

Differentiation  of  College  Work  for  Men  -and  Women,  Smith  Alumnae 
Quarterly,  November,  1914,  pp.  12-15. 

fEDNA  Daisy  Day,  Ph.D.  1906. 

Digestibility  of  Starch  of  Different  Sorts  as  Affected  by  Cooking.  Doctor's 
thesis.  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture.  Office  of  Experiment 
Stations,  Bulletin  202  (190S),  42. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  COMPARATIVE  RELIGION 

George  Burman  Foster  [1S95-],  Professor  of  the  Philosophy  of  Reli- 
gion. 

A.M.  West  Virginia,  1884;  Ph.D.  (hon.)  Denison,  1892;  Professor  of  Philosophy, 
McMaster,  1892-95;  Associate  Professor  of  Systematic  Theology,  Chicago,  1895- 
97;  Professor,  ibid.,  1897-1905;  Professor  of  the  Philosophy  of  Religion,  ibid., 
1905-. 

The  Finality  of  the  Christian  Religion.     8vo,  xi-l-518.     Chicago:    Uni- 
versity Press,  1906. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  COMrARA'H\E  RELIGION  87 

The  Function  of  Relipon  in  Man^s  Struj^iilc  for  Existence.  xi+2g3. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1909. 

Modern  Estimates  of  Jesus,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  IX  (1905), 

333-37- 
Concerning  Immortality,  Biblical  World,  XXVII  (1906),  123-32. 

Pragmatism  anrl  Knowledge,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XI  (1907), 
591-96. 

Concerning  the  Religious  Basis  of  Ethics,  ibid.,  XII  (1908),  211-30. 

Battle  of  the  Jargons,  Outlook,  XCII  (1909),  530. 

Concerning  Authority,  Me//;o(/w/   Quarterly  Review,  LX  (191 1),  62-78. 

Tolstoi,  ibid.,  LXII  (1913),  699-708. 

Concerning  the  Truth  of  Religious  Ideas,  Biblical  World,  XLI  (1913), 
65-67. 

Status  and  Vocation  of  Our  Colored  People,  Survey,  XXIX  (1913), 
567-69. 

Modern  Militarism  at  the  Judgment  Bar,  Standard,  LXI  (1914),  5-6,  11. 

The  Philosophy  of  Feminism,  Forum,  LII  (1914),  10-22. 

Function  of  Death  in  Human  Experience.  In  University  of  Chicago 
Sermons  (edited  by  T.  G.  Scares),  pp.  333-48.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1915. 

Contributions  of  Critical  Scholarship  to  Ministerial  Efficiency,  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  XX  (1916),  161-78. 

Reviews  is:  American  Journal  of  Theolo^x,  Yll,  VIII,  IX,  X,  XII, 
XIII.  XVII,  XIX;  Biblical  World,  XXI,  XLI. 

t  George  Stephen  Goodspeed  [1S92-1905],  Professor  of  Comparative 

Religion  and  Ancient  History. 

A.B.  Brown,  1880;  D.B.  Baptist  Union  Theological  Seminan.',  18S3;  Ph.D.  Yale, 
i8qi ;  .-Xssociate  Professor  of  Comparative  Religion  and  .\ncicnt  History,  Chicago, 
1892-Q8;   Professor,  ibid.,  1898-1905. 

A  History  of  the  Ancient  World  for  High  Schools  and  Academics.  Svo, 
4S3.     New  York:    Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1904. 

Men  Who  .\Li(le  Israel,  Biblical  World,  XXIX  (1907),  34-40,  133-37, 
361-69;   XXX  (1907),  202-7,  266-74. 

Review  in:    Nation,  LXXVI  (1903),  236. 
t  Deceased. 


88  PUBLICATIONS 

t  Charles  Cuthbert  Hall  [1902-3;    1906-7],  Professorial  Lecturer  on 

the  Barrows  Lectureship. 

A.B.  Williams,  1872;  D.D.  University  of  New  York,  1890;  Harvard,  1897;  Yale, 
1901;  LL.D.  Union  University,  1905;  President,  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
1897-1908;  Barrows  Lecturer  in  India,  University  of  Chicago,  1902-3;  Haskell 
Lecturer,  ibid.,  1903;  Barrows  Lecturer  in  India  (second  appointment),  1906-7. 

Christian  Belief  Interpreted  by  Christian  Experience.  The  Barrows 
Lectures  for  1902-3.  8vo,  xli+255.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1905. 

Christ  and  the  Eastern  Soul.  The  Barrows  Lectures  for  1906-7.  8vo, 
xli-f-2o8.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1909. 

Laetitia  Moon  Conard   [1915-],   Extension  Assistant   Professor  of 
Comparative  Rehgion. 
A.B.  Smith,  1894;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1899. 

The  Idea  of  God  Held  by  North  American  Indians,  American  Journal 
of  Theology,  VII  (1903),  635-46. 

A  Visit  to  Quinault  Indian  Graves,  Open  Court,  XIX  (1905),  737-44- 

Edmund  Buckley    [1894-1907],    Docent    in    Comparative    Religion; 

Kramer,  Ind. 

A.B.,  A.M.  Michigan,  1884;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1894;  Professor  of  Philosophy, 
Doshisha  College,  Kyoto,  Japan,  1886-92;  Docent  in  Comparative  Religion, 
Chicago,  1894-1907. 

Shintoism,  New  International  Encyclopedia,  XV  (1903),  776. 

Landscape  Gardening,  Encyclopedia  Americana,  IX  (1904). 

Religion,  ibid.,  XIII  (1904). 

Science  of  Religion,  Biblical  World,  XXIII  (1904),  256-62,  349-57- 

Reviews  of:     Gulick,  Evolution  of  the  Japanese,  American  Journal 
of  Sociology,  IX,  716-21;  Hearn,  Japan,  ibid.,  X,  545-50- 

Andrew  Peter  Fors,  Ph.D.  1904;  Clergyman,  Chicago. 

The  Ethical  World-Conception  of  the  Norse  People.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  57.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1904. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  ORlEN'l  AL  LANGUAGES  89 

THE   DEPARTMENT  OF   ORIENTAL   LANGUAGES   AND 
LITERATURES 

fWiLLiAM  Rain'ey  Harper  [iSgi-1906],  President  of  the  University; 

Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Semitic  Languages  and 

Literatures. 

A.B.  MuskinRum  CoIIcrc,  1870;  Ph.D.  Yale,  1875;  D.D.  Colby,  1891;  LL.D. 
Nebraska,  1S03,  Tulane,  1901,  Yale,  iqoi,  Johns  Hopkins,  1902,  Baylor,  1903, 
Wisconsin,  1904,  Toronto,  IQ04;  Principal,  Masonic  College,  1875-76;  Tutor 
in  Preparatory  Department,  Denison,  1876-79;  Principal,  ibid.,  1879-80;  Pro- 
fessor of  Hebrew  and  Connate  Languapes,  Baptist  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
1879-86;  Professor  of  Semitic  Languages,  Yale,  1886-91;  Woolsey  Professor  of 
Biblical  Literature,  ibid.,  1889-91;  President  of  the  University  of  Chicago, 
1891-1906. 

Principal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature,  1889-1906;  Principal, 
Chautauqua  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  1885-91;  Principal,  Chautauqua  System, 
1 89 1 -98;  Chairman  of  the  E.xccutive  Board  of  the  Religious  Education  Asso- 
ciation, 1903-6. 

Founder  (1SS2)  and  Editor  of  the  Uebrew  Student,  which  became 
successively  the  Old  Testament  Student,  the  Old  and  New  Testament 
Student,  and  the  Biblical  World;  Founder  (1884)  and  Editor  of 
Uebraica,  which  subsequently  became  the  American  Journal  of 
Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures;  Collaborating  Editor  of  the 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  1897-1906;  Chairman  of  the  editorial 
committee  of  Christendom  and  of  the  World  To-Day;  General 
Editor  of  Ancient  Records;  Editor  (with  E.  D.  Burton)  of  the  Con- 
structive Bible  Studies. 

Religion  and  the  Higher  Life.     i6mo,  viii-i-iS4.     Chicago:    University 
Press,  1904. 

The  Structure  of  the  Text  of  the  Book  of  Amos.     4to,  t,^.     Chicago:   Uni- 
versity Press,  1904. 

The    Trend    in    Higher    Education.     i6mo,    ix-f-390.     Chicago:     Uni- 
versity Press,  1905. 

The  Structure  of  the  Text  of  the  Book  of  Hosea.     4to,  51.     Chicago:   L'ni- 
versity  Press,  1905. 

Amos  and  Hosea  (International  Critical  Commentary).     Crown  Svo, 
clx.\xi-f-424.     New  York:   Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1905. 

The  Priestly   Element   in  the  Old    Testament.     3d   ed.    Svo,  viii+292. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  1905. 

t  Deceased. 


90  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Prophetic  Element  in  the  Old  Testament.  8vo,  viii+142.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1905. 

The  High  School  of  the  Future,  School  Review,  XI  (1903),  1-3. 

James  Henry  Breasted  [1S94-],  Professor  of  Egyptology  and  Oriental 
History;  Chairman,  Department  of  Oriental  Languages  and  Litera- 
tures;  Director  of  Haskell  Oriental  Museum. 

A.B.  Northwestern,  1888;  Ph.D.  Berlin,  1894;  Hon.  D.B.  Chicago  Theological 
Seminary,  1898;  Assistant  Director,  Haskell  Oriental  Museum,  Chicago,  1895- 
1901;  Assistant  Professor  of  Egyptology,  ibid.,  1898-1902;  Director  of  Haskell 
Oriental  Museum,  ibid.,  1901-;  Associate  Professor  of  Egyptology  and  Semitic 
Languages,  ibid.,  1902-5;  Professor  of  Egyptology  and  Oriental  History,  ibid., 
1905-;  Chairman,  Department  of  Oriental  Languages  and  Literatures,  ibid., 
191S- 

Director  of  the  Egyptian  Expedition  of  the  University  of  Chicago  in  the  Sudan, 
1905-7;  Corresponding  Member  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Berlin,  1907;  Morse 
Lecturer,  Union  Theological  Seminary,  191 2;  Ann  Mary  Brown  Lecturer,  Brown 
University,  191 2-13. 

Co-operating  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  1902-;  Member  of  Editorial  Board,  American  Journal 
of  Theology,  191 2-;  Co-operating  Editor,  Biblical  World,  1899-; 
Editor  of  Ancient  Records  of  Egypt;  Collaborator  on  Egyptian 
Dictionary  of  Royal  Academies  of  Germany,  at  Berlin,  1899-1900. 

Egypt:  A  Journey  through  the  Land  of  the  Pharaohs.  Svo,  350.  New 
York:   Underwood  &  Underwood,  1905. 

A  History  of  Egypt;  from  the  Earliest  Times  to  the  Persian  Conquest.  Svo, 
xxx-f-634.  New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1905;  2d  ed.,  1909. 
German  ed.,  4to,  xvi-1-478.  Berlin:  Karl  Curtius,  1910.  Braille 
ed.  (for  the  blind),  London:  1910.  Russian  ed.,  Moscow:  M.  &  S. 
Sabaschnikoff,  19 14. 

Ancient  Records  of  Egypt,!.  Svo,  xUi-f-344.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1906. 

Ancient  Records  of  Egypt,  II.  Svo,  xxviii-f  428.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1906. 

Ancient  Records  of  Egypt,  111.  Svo,  xxviii-l-279.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1906. 

Ancient  Records  of  Egypt,  IV .  Svo,  xxviii-f  520.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1906. 

The  Temples  of  Lower  Nubia.  4to,  64.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1906. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ORIENTAL  LANGUAGES  91 

Ancient  Records  of  Egypt,  v.  8vo,  ix4-205.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1907. 

A  History  of  the  Ancient  Egyptians.  8vo,  ix-f-46g.  New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  1908. 

The  Monuments  of  Sudanese  Nubia.  4to,  no.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1 90S. 

Development  of  Religion  and  Thought  in  Ancient  Egypt.  Lectures  deliv- 
ered on  the  Morse  Foundation  at  Union  Theological  Seminary.  8vo, 
xix+379-     New  York:   Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  191 2. 

A  Short  Ancient  History.     8vo,  314.     Boston:    Ginn  &  Co.,  1915. 

Ancient  Times — A  History  of  the  Early  World.  Svo,  742.  Boston: 
Ginn  &  Co.,  1916. 

A  City  of  Ikhenaton  in  Nubia,  ibid.,  XL  (1902),  106-13. 

The  Philosophy  of  a  Alemphite  Priest,  The  Open  Court,  X\TI  (1903), 

45^-79- 
The  Earliest  Occurrence  of  the  Name  of  Abram,  American  Journal  of 

Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XXI  (1904),  22-36. 

The  Eleventh  Dynasty,  Abhandlungen  der  K'oniglich-Preiissischen 
Akadcmie,  in  "Aegyptische  Chronologie"  von  Eduard  Meyer  (1904), 
1 56-6 1 ;  also  in  the  A  merican  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Litera- 
tures, XXI  (1905),  1 10-14. 

The  Report  of  Wenamon,  ibid.,  100-109. 

When  Did  the  Hittites  Enter  Palestine?  ibid.,  153-58. 

New  Light  on  the  History  of  the  Eleventh  Dynasty,  ibid.,  163-66. 

Exploration  and  Discovery,  Biblical  World,  XXVI  (1905),  67-69. 

The  Earliest  Fixed  Date  in  History,  ibid.,  XXVIII  (1906),  108-12. 

Recovery  and  Decipherment  of  the  Monuments  of  Ancient  Ethiopia, 
ibid\,  XXXII  (1908),  376-S5. 

The  Temple  of  Soleb,  A  New  Form  of  Egyptian  Architecture,  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Archaeology,  XIII  (1909),  53-54. 

The  University  of  Chicago  on  the  Nubian  Nile,  University  of  Chicago 
Magazine,  I  (1909),  193-202. 

A  Reading  Journey  through  Egypt,  Chautauquan,  LVI  (1909),  45"75. 
203-26,  342-70;  LVII  (1909-10),  49-7S,  206-37,  363-86;  L\1II 
(1910),  40-63,  184-212,  333-60. 


92  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Royal  Feud  in  the  Wadi  Haifa  Temple,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of 
Biblical  Archaeology  (igog),  269-79;  3  plates,  5  cuts. 

The  Royal  Feud  in  the  Wadi  Haifa  Temple:  A  Rejoinder,  American 
Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XXVI  (19 10),  162-68. 

The  EarUest  Social  Prophet,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIV  (1910), 
114-16. 

The  "  Field  of  Abram"  in  the  Geographical  List  of  Sheshonk  I,  Journal  of 
the  American  Oriental  Society,  XXXI  (191 1),  290-95. 

The  Physical  Processes  of  Writing  in  the  Early  Orient  and  Their  Relation 
to  the  Origin  of  the  Alphabet,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages 
and  Literatures,  XXXI  (19 16),  230-49. 

Reviews  or:  Hall,  The  Ancient  History  of  the  Near  East,  American 
Historical  Review,  XIX,  58 2-86;  a  more  detailed  review  of  the  same 
book  (with  remarks  on  Western  Asia  by  Daniel  David  Luckenbill), 
American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XXX,  125-37. 
Other  reviews  in  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures, 
XXI,247-So;  XXIII,  264-67;  XXV,3i9;  XXVI,  123, 133-36;  XXVII, 
346-47;  XXDC,  229;  Nation,  LXXXIII,  291-92;  LXXXVII,  606-7; 
LXXXIX,  20-21;  XC,  520,  560-61;  XCII,  151-52;  XCIII;  XCIV, 
496-97,  588-89;  XCV,  192-93;  C,  24-25;  American  Journal  of  The- 
ology, XIV,  119-20,  441-43;  XVI,  452-54;  American  Historical  Review, 
XVII,  109-1 1 ;  Jourtial  of  Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scientific  Methods, 
IX,  585-87;  Classical  Philology,  II;   III,  119;  V. 

fRoBERT  Francis  Harper  [1892-1914],  Professor  of  the  Semitic  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures. 

A.B.  Old  University  of  Chicago,  1883;  Ph.D.  Leipzig,  1886;  LL.D.  Muskingum 
College,  1902;  Instructor  in  Semitic  Languages,  Yale,  1887-88,  1889-91;  Associ- 
ate Professor  of  the  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  Chicago,  1892-1900; 
Professor,  ibid.,  1900-1914;  Acting  Head  of  the  Department  of  Semitic  Languages 
and  Literatures,  1906-13. 

Assyriologist  to  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Expedition  of  the  Babylonian 
Exploration  Fund,  1888-89;  Director,  Oriental  Exploration  Fund  for  Babylonia, 
1903-14;  Director,  American  School  for  Oriental  Study  and  Research  in 
Palestine,  1908-9. 

Co-operating  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 

Literatures,  1891-1902;    Managing  Editor,  ibid.,  1902-6;     Editor, 

ibid.,    1906-14;   Co-operating    Editor,    Biblical  World,    1893-1914; 

Member  of  Editorial  Board,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  1897- 

1914. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ORIENTAL  LANGUAGES  93 

Editor  (with  Francis  Brown  and  George  F.  Moore)  of  Old  Testament 
and  Semitic  Studies  in  Memory  of  William  Rainey  Harper.  Two 
vols.  Royal  8vo,  I,  xxxiv4-4oo;  II,  vi+438.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1908. 

The  Code  of  Hammurabi.  8vo,  xv-l-192.  98  plates.  Chicaj^o:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1904. 

Assyrian  and  Babylonian  Letters  Belonging  to  the  Kouyunjik  Collections 
of  the  British  Museum.  Part  IX,  8vo,  xxvi+120  plates  (1909); 
Part  X,  8vo,  xvi-f  120  plates  (1911);  Part  XI,  Svo,  xvi-f  120  plates 
(1911);  Part  XII,  Svo,  xviii-|-i2o  plates  (1913);  Part  XIII,  Svo, 
XX -f  120  plates  (1913);  Part  XIV,  Svo,  xvi+120  plates  (1914). 
Chicago:  University  Press;    London:  Cambridge  University  Press. 

Assyriological  Notes,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  XIX  (1903),  228-32. 

Report  from  Bismya,  ibid.,  207,  208,  269,  270. 

Assyrian  and  Babylonian  Prayers,  Biblical  World,  XXIII  (1904), 
279-S6. 

Babylonian  Penitential  Psalms,  ibid.,  366-75. 

Exploration  and  Discovery  (Bismya),  ibid.,  2g$-gy,  449-51. 

Prayers  from  the  Neo-Babylonian  Historical  Inscriptions,  ibiJ., 
428-34. 

Notes  on  the  Code  of  Hammurabi,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Lan- 
guages, XXII  (1905),  1-2S. 

Review  of:    Johns,   Assyrian   Deeds  and   Documents,  American 
Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XIX,  iiS-22. 

James  Richard  Jewett  [1902-11],  Professor  of  the  Arabic  Language 

and  Literature;    Professor  of  Arabic,  Harvard  University. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1884;  Ph.D.  Strassburp,  1890;  Instructor  in  Semitic  LanpuaRes, 
Harvard,  18S7-S8;  Instructor  in  Semitic  Languages,  Hrown,  1890-91 ;  .-\ssociate 
Professor  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Oriental  History,  ibid.,  1891-95;  Professor 
of  Semitic  Languages  and  Histor>',  Minnesota,  1895-1902;  Professor  of  Arabic 
Language  and  Literature,  Chicago,  igoj-ii. 

Co-operating  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  1902-n. 

Mir'dt  az-Zamdn.     4to,  xiv-l-529.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1907. 


94  PUBLICATIONS 

Ira  Maurice  Price  [1892-],  Professor  of  the  Semitic  Languages  and 

Literatures;  Secretary  of  the  Department. 

A.B.  Denison,  1879;  ^.B.  Baptist  Union  Theological  Seminary,  1882;  Ph.D. 
Leipzig,  1886;  LL.D.  Denison,  1903;  Professor  of  Greek  and  Modern  Languages, 
University  of  Des  Moines,  1879-80;  Professor  of  Hebrew  and  Cognate  Languages, 
Baptist  Union  Theological  Seminary,  1888-92;  Associate  Professor,  of  Semitic 
Languages  and  Literatures,  Chicago,  1892-1900;   Professor,  ibid.,  1900-. 

Secretary  of  the  Oriental  Exploration  Fund,  1903-;  Gay  Lecturer,  Southern 
Baptist  Theological  Seminary,  1906. 

Co-operating  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  1S91-;  Member  of  Editorial  Board,  American  Journal 
of  Theology,  1897-;    Co-operating  Editor,  Biblical  World,  1893-. 

A  Syllabus  of  Old  Testament  History,  6th  ed.,  1903;  7th  ed.,  1908; 
8th  ed.,  1912;  9th  ed.,  1915.  8vo,  xix+202.  New  York:  Fleming 
H.  Revell  Co.  Spanish  ed..  New  York:  Sociedad  Americana  de 
Tratados,  19 15. 

Some  Literary  Remains  of  Rim-Sin  (Arioch),  King  of  Larsa,  about 
2285  B.C.    4to,  28,  with  5  plates.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1904. 

The  Monuments  and  the  Old  Testament,  4th  ed.,  revised,  with  Appendix 
on  the  Laws  of  Hammurabi,  5th  ed.,  1907;  Chicago:  Christian 
Culture  Press;  6th  ed.,  Philadelphia:  American  Baptist  PubUcation 
Society,  1909. 

The  Ancestry  of  Our  English  Bible,  ist  and  2d  eds.,  1907;  3d  ed.,  1909; 
4th  ed.,  1910;  5th  ed.,  191 1.  i2mo,  xxiv+418.  Philadelphia: 
Sunday  School  Times  Company.  Spanish  ed.,  New  York:  Sociedad 
Americana  de  Tratados,  191 5. 

Training  the  Teacher;  A  Bible  Course  for  Teachers  (with  A.  F.  Schauffler). 
12  mo,  144.  Philadelphia:  Sunday  School  Times  Company,  1908. 
Indian  ed.,  Jubbulpore,  India:  India  Sunday  School  Union,  1913; 
translation  into  Tamil,  ibid.,  19 16;  translation  into  Bengali,  ibid., 
1916;  translation  into  Burmese,  Rangoon:  American  Baptist 
Mission  Press,  1916. 

Sundry  Articles  on  Old  Testament  Antiquities  and  History,  Jewish  Ency- 
clopedia, II-XI  (1902-6). 

Sundry  Articles  on  Explorations  in  the  Orient,  Biblical  World,  XXIII 

(1904),  7-15, 64-65, 146-48;  XXIV  (1904),  305-10- 

Four  Babylonian  Seal  Cylinders,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages 
and  Literatures,  XX  (1904),  109-15. 

An  Ancient  Babylonian  Ax-Head  Inscription,  ibid.,  XXI  (1905),  173-78. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  ORIENTAL  LAN(]UAGES  95 

Assyriology,  Encyclopedia  Americana,  II  (191 2). 

Some  Phases  of  the  Literature  of  the  Old  Testament  and  the  Literature 
of  the  Ancient  Orient,  Baptist  Review  and  Expositor,  III  (1906), 
248-63. 

Some  Phases  of  the  Ethical  Character  of  the  Old  Testament  and  the 
Ethics  of  Oriental  Peoples,  ibid.,  368-82. 

Some  Cassite  and  Other  Cylinder  Seals,  Old  Testament  and  Semitic  Studies 
in  Memory  of  William  Rainey  Harper,  I  (1908),  383-400. 

Thirty-four  Articles  on  Assyrian,  Babylonian,  and  Phoenician  History 
and  Topography,  Standard  Dictionary  of  the  Bible  (one  vol.),  1909. 

ApocrN^pha,  Hastinf!;s'  Dictionary  of  the  Bible  (one  vol.).  New  York: 
Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1909. 

Translation  of  Twenty-nine  Inscriptions  in  J.  Pierpont  Morgan's  Library, 
Cylinders  and  Other  Oriental  Seals  (catalogued  by  William  Hayes 
Ward),  1909. 

Translations  of  Babylonian  and  Assyrian  Seals  in  The  Seal  Cylinders  of 
Western  Asia,  by  William  Hayes  Ward,  published  by  the  Carnegie 
Institution,  1909. 

Some  Seals  in  the  Goucher  Collection,  American  Journal  of  Semitic 
Languages  and  Literatures,  XXVI  (1910),  169-76. 

The  Just  Shall  Live  by  Faith,  Biblical  World,  XXXV  (1910),  39-45. 

And  He  Believed  in  Jehovah  and  He  Reckoned  It  to  Him  for  Righteous- 
ness, ibid.,  267-72. 

The  Hebrew  Text  of  the  Old  Testament,  ibid.,  XXXVII  (191 1),  247-54. 

Translation  of  Jeremiah,  Ezekiel,  and  Daniel  from  the  Hebrew,  in  T/te 
Holy  Bible,  An  Improved  Edition  (published  by  the  American  Baptist 
Publication  Society,  Philadelphia,  191 2),  S54-929,  937-1024. 

The  Animal  Dux  in  the  Sumerian  Inscriptions,  Journal  of  the  Ameri- 
can Oriental  Society,  XXXIII  (1913),  402-4. 

Committee  on  Religious  Education,  Encyclopedia  of  Sunday  Schools  and 
Religious  Education,  I  (1915),  280-S2. 

History  of  the  International  Graded  Lessons,  ibid.,  II  (1915),  469-77. 

Some   Methods  of  Old   Testament  E.xegetes  before  Modern  Times, 
Biblical  World,  XLVII  (1916),  237-43. 


96  PUBLICATIONS 

Some  Methods  and  Problems  of  the  Modern  Old  Testament  Exegetes, 
Biblical  World,  XLVII  (1916),  298-305. 

Some  Observations  on  the  Financial  Importance  of  the  Temple  in  the 
First  Dynasty  of  Babylon,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages 
and  Literatures,  XXXII  (1916),  250-60. 

Reviews  of:  Thureau-Dangin,  Recueil  de  Tablettes  Chaldeennes, 
American  Joiirnal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XXI,  251-54; 
Combe,  Histoire  du  culte  de  Sin  au  Babylonie  et  en  Assyrie,  ibid.,  XXVI, 
309-11;  De  Genouillac,  La  Trouvaille  de  Drehem;  De  Genouillac, 
Tablettes  de  Drehem;  Langdon,  Tablets  from  the  Archives  of  Drehem, 
ibid.,  XXVIII,  211-15;  Hussey,  Sumerian  Tablets  in  the  Harvard 
Semitic  Museum,  ibid.,  XXIX,  234-36.  Other  reviews  in  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  IX,  516-19;  XIV,  443-45;  XVI,  1 14-16,  287-90; 
XVII,  119-20;  XIX,  143-45,  312-14;  American  Journal  of  Semitic 
Languages  and  Literatures,  XXVl,  igS-200;  XXIX,  63,  143-44;  XXXI, 
227;  Biblical  World,  XXXIII,  208-11;  XXXVI,  136-37,  283-86;  XL, 
425-28;  American  Historical  Review,  XXI,  840-41;  Dial,  XL VIII, 
149-51- 

John  Merlin  Powis  Smith  [1899-],  Professor  of  Old  Testament  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures. 

A.B.  Des  Moines,  1893;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1899;  Literary  Secretary  to  President 
William  Rainey  Harper,  1899- 1906;  Assistant  Professor  of  Semitic  Languages 
and  Literatures,  Chicago,  1908-12;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1912-15;  Professor 
of  Old  Testament  Languages  and  Literatures,  ibid.,  1915-. 

Editor,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  1915-; 
Collaborating  Editor,  ibid.,  1907-15;  Secretary  (with  E.  J.  Good- 
speed),  Board  of  Editors,  Biblical  World,  1906-12;  Collaborating 
Editor,  ibid.,  1913-;  Member,  Editorial  Board,  American  Journal 
of  Theology,  1907-. 

Books  for  Old  Testament  Study.  An  Annotated  List  for  Popular  and 
Professional  Use.     8vo,  70.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1908. 

The  Universal  Element  in  the  Psalter  (Outline  Bible-Study  Course  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature).  Royal  8vo,  40.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1908. 

Biblical  Ideas  of  Atonement:  Their  History  and  Significance  (with  E.  D. 
Burton  and  G.  B.  Smith).  i2mo,  viii+335.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1909. 

A  Critical  and  Exegetical  Commentary  on  the  Books  of  Micah,  Zephaniah, 
a»</A^a/?Mm  (International  Critical  Commentary).  8vo,  363.  New 
York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1911. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ORIENTAL  LANGUAGES  97 

A  Critical  atui  Exegetical  Commentary  on  the  Book  of  Malachi  (Inter- 
national Critical  Commentary).  8vo,  87.  New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  1912. 

A  Commentary  on  the  Books  of  A  mos,  Ilosea,  and  Micah.  iSmo,  vii-f-  216. 
New  York:   Macmilhm  Co.,  19 14. 

The  Prophet  ami  II is  Problems.  i2mo,  xiv+244.  New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  1914. 

Heinrich  Ewald  and  the  Old  Testament,  Biblical  World,  XXII  (1903), 
407-15- 

Comparative  Translations  (of  I  Kings  8:21;  Exod.  20:7;  Ps.  19:12,  13; 
Eccles.  11:  i;  Job  19:25-27;  Isa.  9:6;  Gen.  3:15;  Hab.  2:2-4; 
Jer.  31:33,  34;  Ps.  16:8,  11;  Isa.  26:3),  ibid.,  XXI,  XXII,  XXIII, 
XXIV  (1903,1904),  139,  302,  447;    139,  301,  449;    130,  2.S7,  443; 

126,  283. 

The  Structure  of  Obadiah,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  a7id 
Literatures,  XXII  (1906),  131-38. 

The  Rise  of  Individualism  among  the  Hebrews,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  X  (1906),  251-66. 

The  Strophic  Structure  of  the  Book  of  Micah,  American  Journal  of  Semitic 
Languages  and  Literatures,  XXIV  (190S),  187-208;  also  in  Old 
Testament  and  Semitic  Studies  in  Memory  of  William  Raincy  Harper, 

n,  415-38. 

The  Jewish  Temple  at  Elephantine,  Biblical  World,  XXXI  (190S), 
448-59. 

Books  of  Samuel,  Hastings'  Dictionary  of  the  Bible  (one  vol.),  823-25. 
New  York:   Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1909. 

Wisdom,  ibid.,  975-76. 

A  Note  on  Malachi  2: 15(7,  American  Journal  of  Semilic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  XXVIII  (1912),  204-6. 

The  Old  Testament  and  Vital  Religion,  Biblical  World,  XLI  (1913), 

373-81. 
The  Religion  of  the  Hebrews  and   Modern  Scholarship,  ibid.,  XLH 

(1913),  234-39,  305-8,  373-77;   XLIII  (1914),  44-4S. 

The  Deutcronomic  Tilhc,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  X\'III  (1914), 
119-20. 


98  PUBLICATIONS 

3^12^  "15^123 ,  Zeitschrift  fur  die  alttestamentUche  Wissenschaft,  XXXIV 
(1914),  219-24. 

Religion  and  War  in  Israel,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIX  (1915), 

17-31- 
A  Note  on  Hos.  4:2,  ibid.,  275-76. 

The  Study  of  the  Old  Testament  and  of  the  Religion  of  Israel.  In  A 
Guide  to  the  Study  of  the  Christian  Religion  (edited  by  G.  B.  Smith; 
Chicago:   University  Press,  19 16),  83-161. 

Some  Problems  in  the  Early  History  of  the  Hebrew  Religion,  American 
Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XXXII  (1916),  81-97. 

The  Effect  of  the  Disruption  upon  the  Hebrew  Thought  of  God,  ibid., 
XXXII  (1916),  261-69. 

Reviews  of  :  ReHgion  and  Mythology  in  the  Old  Testament  (Marti, 
Baentsch,  Gressmann),  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XI,  316-22; 
Gesenius,  Hebraisches  und  Aramaisches  Handworterbuch  liber  das  Alte 
Testament,  i5te  Auflage,  ibid.,  XIV,  446-48;  Lehmann-Haupt,  Israel: 
seine  Entwicklung  im  Rahmen  der  Weltgeschichte,  ibid.,  XV,  466-69; 
Gesenius,  Hebraisches  und  Aramaisches  Handworterbuch  liber  das 
Alte  Testament,  i6th  ed.,  ibid.,  XX,  1 13-15.  Other  reviews  in  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  VIII,  391-93;  IX,  521-22,  743-50;  X,  318-27; 
XII,  644-50;  XIII,  428-34;  XV,  469-70;  XVI,  456-59;  XVII,  107-15, 
270-73,  622-24;  XVIII,  427-30;  XIX,  284-85;  XX,  111-13;  Biblical 
PForW,  XX,  481-82;  XXI,  225-26;  XXII,  153;  XXV,  236-37;  XXXII, 
219-20,  361-62;    XXXIII,  283-85;    XXXV,  209-11;    XXXVI,  282; 

xxxvm,  282-85,430-33;  XLiH,  59-61;  xLvn,  195-97. 

Herbert  Lockwood  Willett  [1896-],  Professor  of  Semitic  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures. 

A.B.  Bethany,  1886;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1896;  Non-Rcsident  Professor  of  Hebrew 
and  Old  Testament  Literature,  Bethany,  1892-93;  Dean  of  the  Disciples'  Divinity 
House,  Chicago,  1896-;  Assistant  Professor  of  the  Semitic  Languages  and  Litera- 
tures, i6i<i.,  1900-1909;  Associate  Professor,  iWcJ.,  1909-15;  Professor,  zWd.,  1915-. 

Editor,  Christian  Century. 

Member,   Vice  Commission  of  Chicago;    Report,  Social  Evil  in 

Chicago,  191 1. 

Studies  in  the  First  Book  of  Samuel.  i2mo,  xxxviii+305.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1909. 

The  Teaching  of  the  Books  (with  James  M.  Campbell).  i2mo,  337. 
New  York:   Fleming  II.  Revell  Co.,  191 5. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ORIENTAL  LANGUAGES  99 

Moral  Leaders  of  Israel.  Vol.  I,  i2mo,  255.  Chicago:  Disciples  Pub- 
lishing Society,  igi6.     Vol.  II  in  press. 

Religious  Education  as  Affected  by  the  Historical  Study  of  the  Bible, 
Proceedings  of  the  Religious  Education  Association,  I  (1903),  88-99. 

Jerusalem,  Biblical  World,  XXVI  (1905),  325-35. 

Religious  and  Social  Ideals  of  Israel  (Outline  Bible-Study  Courses  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature),  ibid.,  XLVI  (1915),  258-63, 
326-33>  398-404;  XLVII,  63-70,  133-42,  207-14,  279-86,  351-58, 
421-27. 

Paul  Nicolas  Milyoukov  [1903,  1904,  1905],  Professorial  Lecturer  on 

Russian  Institutions. 

Abiturientencxamen,  Moscow,  1877;  A.M.  Examination,  1885;  Private  Decent 
in  Russian  History,  University  of  Moscow,  1886-95;  Professor  Ordinarius  in 
History',  University  of  Sofia,  Bulgaria,  1897-98;  Professorial  Lecturer  on  Russian 
Institutions  on  the  Crane  Foundation,  Chicago,  1903,  1904,  and  1905. 

Russia  afui  Its  Crisis.    8vo,  xiv-l-589.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1905. 

Samuel  Northrup  Harper  [1905-9;    1915-],  Assistant  Professor  of 

the  Russian  Language  and  Institutions. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1902;  Dipl6m6  dc  I'ficole  des  Langues  Orientales,  Paris,  1905; 
Associate  in  Russian,  Chicago,  1905-9;  Lecturer  in  Russian  Institutional  History, 
Liverpool,  1911-13;  Assistant  Professor  of  the  Russian  Language  and  Institu- 
tions, Chicago,  1915-. 

English  edition  of  Boyer  and  Speranski's  Russian  Reader.  Svo,  .xii-f 
386.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1906. 

The  New  Electoral  Law  for  the  Russian  Duma.  i6mo,  56.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1908. 

Daniel  David  Luckexbill   [1907-],  Assistant   Professor  of  Semitic 

Languages  and  Literatures. 

A.B.  Pennsylvania,  1903;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1907;  Assistant  Professor  of  Seraitics, 
ibid.,  1915-- 

Collaborating  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 

Literatures,  1915-;  Advisory  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Theology, 

1916-. 

A  Study  of  the  Temple  Documents  from  the  Cassite  Period.  Doctor's 
thesis.  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures, 
XXIII  (1907),  280-322. 

The  Temples  of  Babylonia  and  Assyria,  ibid.,  XXIV  (190S),  291-322. 


loo  PUBLICATIONS 

A  Neo-Babylonian  Catalogue  of  Hymns,  American  Journal  of  Semitic 
Languages  and  Literatures,  XXVI  (191  o),  27-32. 

Some  Hittite  and  Mitannian  Personal  Names,  ibid.,  96-104. 

The  Excavations  in  Palestine,  Biblical  World,  XXXV  (1910),  21-32; 
97-106. 

The  Early  Religion  of  Palestine,  ibid.,  296-308;  365-79. 

Benhadad  and  Hadadezer,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  XXVII  (191 1),  267-84. 

Education  in  Ancient  Egypt,  Cyclopedia  of  Education,  II  Ci9ii)>  423-26. 

Systems  of  Writing,  Chapter  in  Vol.  VI  of  the  Foundation  Library  for 
Young  People  (191 1). 

Hadadezer,  King  of  Syria,  Expository  Times,  XXIII  (191 2),  282-84. 

Inscriptions  of  Early  Assyrian  Rulers,  American  Journal  of  Semitic 
Languages  and  Literatures,  XXVIII  (191 2),  153-203. 

Jadanan  and  Javan  (Danaans  and  lonians),  Zeitschrift  fiir  Assyriologie, 

xxvn  (1913),  92-99. 

The  Hittites,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XVIII  (1914),  24-58. 

Two  Inscriptions  of  Mesilim,  King  of  Kish,  American  Journal  of  Semitic 
Languages  and  Literatures,  XXX  (1914),  219-23. 

Notes  on  Some  Texts  from  the  Cassite  Period,  ibid.,  XXXI  (1915), 
79-87. 

Notes  on  the  Brussels  Vocabulary,  Revue  d* Assyriologie,  XI  (1914), 
197. 

A  Letter  of  Rim-Sin,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Litera- 
tures, XXXII  (1916),  98-101. 

Reviews  of:  Patton,  etc.,  Biblical  and  Theological  Studies  (with 
G.  B.  Smith  and  S.  J.  Case),  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XVII,  94-102; 
Rogers,  Cuneiform  Parallels  to  the  Old  Testament,  ibid.,  263-67; 
Koldewey,  Das  wiedererstehende  Babylon,  ibid.,  XVIII,  420-25;  Hall, 
Ancient  History  of  the  Near  East  (with  J.  H.  Breasted),  American 
Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XXX,  125-37;  Poebel, 
Historical  and  Grammatical  Texts  (with  G.  A.  Barton),  ibid.,  223-27. 
Other  reviews  in  Biblical  World,  XXXIV,  211-13,  422-26;  XXXV, 
134-40;  Classical  Philology,  VII,  257;  IX,  342;  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XII,  463-64;  XIV,  314;  XVII,  299-301;  American  Journal 
of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XXIX,  231-33;  XXXI,  168, 
222-23;   XXXII,  309-11. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ORIENTAL  LANGUAGES  loi 

William  Muss-Aknolt  [1S93-1903],  Assistant  Professor  of  Biblical 

Philology;    Boston  Public  Library. 

D.B.  TheoloRical  Seminary  of  the  Reformed  Dutch  Church,  New  Brunswick, 
N.J.,  1882;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  i8S8;  Professor  of  .Xncient  LanKua>;es,  New 
Windsor  College,  Md.,  i8S8-(>o;  Instructor  in  New  Testament  (ireck,  Johns 
Ho[)kins,  1801-93;  ;\cting  Professor  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Hellenistic 
Greek,  Michigan,  1893;  Instructor  in  Biblical  Philology,  Chicago,  1893-1902; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biblical  Philology,  ibid.,  1902-3. 

Collaborating  Editor  of  the  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages 
and  Literatures,  1902-3. 

A  Concise  Dictionary  of  the  Assyrian  Language  (Assyrian-English- 
German),  Parts  XII-XIX.  8vo,  705-1202  (completing  Vol.  IIj. 
Berlin:  Reuther  &  Reichard,  1902-5. 

Cherubim,  Jeunsh  Encyclopedia,  IV  (1903),  13-16. 

Flood,  ibid.,  V  (1903),  411-15. 

Lexicographical  Notes,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  XX  (1904),  223-34. 

Supar  ^'"^'^'^  suparsik  (u)  ^'^'"*''  saksupp(bb)ar,  ibid.,  186-93. 

Reviews  of:  Geffcken,  Komposition  und  Entstehungszeit  der 
Oracula  Sibyllina,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  VII,  336-42.  Other 
reviews  in  American  Journal  of  Theology,  III,  180-S4;  VI,  816-21, 
829-30;   VII,  336-42;    IX,  178-S0. 

Martin  Sprengling  [1915-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Semitic  Languages 

and  Literatures. 

.\.B.  Northwestern  College,  Watertown,  Wis.,  1894;  Professor  of  Classical 
Languages  and  Literatures,  ibid.,  1910-12;  Instructor  in  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Harvard,  1912-15;  Assistant  Professor  of  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Chicago,  1915-. 

Antonius  Rhetor  on  Versification,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages 
and  Literatures,  XXXII  (1916),  145-216. 

America,  Arabic,  and  Islam,  Biblical  World,  XLVII  (1916),  371-S0. 

Severus  bar  Shakko's  Poetics,  Part  II,  American  Journal  of  Semitic 
Languages  and  Literatures,  XXXII  (1916),  293-308. 

Zur  Prioritiit  des  Apocopatus,  Zeitschrift  fiir  der  Deutschen  Morgcn- 
Idndschen  Gesellschaft.     In   Press. 

Reviews  of:  Karst,  Euscbius'  Chronik  aus  dem  Armcnischcn, 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  XX,  295-97.  Other  reviews  in  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  XIX,  622-24. 


102  PUBLICATIONS 

Reginald  Campbell  Thompson  [1907-9],  Assistant  Professor  of  Semitic 

Languages. 

M.A.  Cambridge,  1898;  Assistant,  Department  of  Egyptian  and  Assyrian 
Antiquities,  British  Museum,  1899-1905;  conducted  excavations  at  Nineveh, 
1904-5;  Survey  Department  of  Civil  Service  of  Anglo-Egyptian  Sudan,  1906; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Semitic  Languages,  Chicago,  1907-9. 

Semitic  Magic:  Its  Origins  and  Development.  8vo,  286.  London: 
Luzac  &  Co.,  1908. 

The  Folklore  of  Mossoul,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology, 
XXVIII  (1907),  165-74;  XXLX  (1907),  282-88,  323-31;  XXX 
(1908),  30-33. 

Assyrian  Prescriptions  for  Diseases  of  the  Head,  American  Journal  of 
Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XXIV  (1907),  1-6,  323-53. 

An  Assyrian  Incantation  against  Rheumatism,  Proceedings  of  the  Society 
of  Biblical  Archaeology,  XXX  (190S),  63-69,  145-52,   245-51. 

The  City  of  Mosul,  Spectator  (London),  No.  4155  (1908),  256. 

The  Ancient  Gold  Mines  at  Gebet  in  the  Eastern  Sudan,  Man,  VIII 

(1908),  70-72. 

A  Late  Babylonian  Letter,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archae- 
ology, XXXI  (1909),  169-71. 

Thomas  George  Allen,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Chicago. 

Horus  in  the  Pyramid  Texts.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  76.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1916. 

Reviews  in:  Z>ia/,L VI,  382-84;  LVII,  23,301;  LVIII,  347-48;  LX, 

83-84. 

Caroline  May  Breyfogle,  Ph.D.  1912;  Dean  of  Women  and  Professor 
of  Biblical  Literature,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

The  Social  Status  of  Woman  in  the  Old  Testament,  Biblical  World, 
XXXV  (1910),  106-16. 

The  Religious  Status  of  Woman  in  the  Old  Testament,  ibid.,  405-19. 

The  Hebrew  Sense  of  Sin  in  the  Pre-exilic  Period.  Doctor's  thesis. 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  XVI  (191 2),  542-60. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ORIENTAL  LANGUAGES  103 

fWiLLiAM  Caldwell,  Ph.D.  1904. 

The  Idea  of  Creation:  Its  Origin  and  Its  Value.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo, 
48.     Fort  Worth:    Keystone  Printing  Co.,  1909. 

Rebecca  Corvvin,  Pir.D.  1909;  Professor  of  Biblical  Literature,  Central 
College  for  Women,  Lexington,  Mo, 

The  Verb  and  the  Sentence  in  Chronicles,  Ezra  and  Xehemiah.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  51.     Borna  near  Leipzig:   Robert  Xoske,  1909. 

Carl  Gaensslk,  Ph.D.  19 14;  Professor  of  Greek  and  Latin,  Concordia 
College,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

The  Hebrew  Particle  "lUJS^.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  142.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  19 15. 

Allen  Howard  Godbey,  Ph.D.  1905;  Pastor,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Political,  Religious  and  Social  Antiquities  of  the  Sargonid  Period. 
Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  XXI  (1905),  65-82. 

Ivan  Lee  Holt,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  Old  Testament  Literature 
and  Chairman  of  the  Theological  Faculty,  Southern  Methodist 
University,  Dallas,  Tex. 

Tablets  from  the  R.  Campbell  Thompson  Collection  in  Haskell  Oriental 
Museum.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures,  XX VH  (191 1),  193-232. 

Robert  J.vmes  George  McKnight,  Ph.D.  1907;  Wilkinsburg,  Pa. 

Selected  Letters  from  Sargonid  Period  mth  Philological  Xotes.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  19.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1909. 

Isaac  George  Matthews,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Professor  of  Old  Testament 
Interpretation,  McMaster  University,  Toronto. 

The  Jewish  Apologetic  to  the  Grecian  World  in  the  Apocryphal  and  Pseu- 
depigraphical  Literature.  Thy  Sons,  0  Zion,  Against  Thy  Sons,  0 
Greece. — Zech.  q:ij.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  iv+72.  Chicago:  L'ni- 
versity  Press,  19 14. 

t  Deceased. 


I04  PUBLICATIONS 

Theophile  James  Meek,  Ph.D.  1915;  Matthew  Robb  Professor  of  Bib- 
lical History  and  Literature,  James  Millikin  University,  Decatur,  111. 

Cuneiform  Bilingual  Hymns,  Prayers  and  Penitential  Psalms,  iv+146. 
Leipzig:   J.  C.  Hinrichs,  1913. 

The  Sabbath  in  the  Old  Testament,  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature, 

XXXIII  (1914),  201-12. 
Critical  Notes,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures, 

XXXI  (1915),  286-87. 

Old  Babylonian  Business  and  Legal  Documents  (the  RFH  Collection). 
Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  XXXIII  (1917),  203-44. 

Reviews  in:    American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Litera- 
tures, XXXI,  288-89,  290-91. 

George  Alfred  Peckham,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  Hebrew  and  Old 
Testament,  Hiram  College,  Hiram,  Ohio. 

An  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Obadiah.    Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  27. 
Chicago:   University  Press,  19 10. 

John  Rothwell  Slater,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  English  Literature, 
University  of  Rochester,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

The  Sources  of  Tyndale's  Version  of  the  Pentateuch.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  56.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1906. 

David  Edward  Thomas,  Ph.D.  1913;  Professor  of  Old  Testament 
Languages  and  Literature,  Alberta  College,  and  Special  Lecturer  in 
Hebrew,  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton,  Canada. 

The  Psychological  Approach  to  the  Study  of  Prophecy.  Doctor's 
thesis.     American  Journal  of  Theology,  XVIII  (1914),  241-56. 

Olaf  Alfred  Toffteen,  Ph.D.  1905;  Rector  of  Scandia  Academy, 
Chicago. 

Researches  in  Assyrian  and  Babylonian  Geography,  Part  I.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  59.     Chicago:  University  Press,  190S. 

Leroy  Waterman,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Professor  of  Scmitics,  University  of 
Michigan. 

Textual  Notes  on  the  Letters  of  the  Sargon  Period,  American  Journal  of 
Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XXVIII  (191 2),  134-43. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  NEW  TESTAMENT  LITERATURE       105 

Some  Kouyunjik  Letters  and  Related  Texts.     Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid., 

XXIX  (1913),  1-36. 
Business  Documents  of  the  Hammurabi  Period,  ibid.,  XXIX  (1913), 

145-204,  2S8-303. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  NEW  TESTAMENT  AND  EARLY 
CHRISTIAN  LITERATURE 

Ernest  DeWitt  Burton  [1S92-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  New  Testament  and  Pearly  Christian  Literature;  Director 
of  University  Libraries. 

A.B.  Denison,  1876;  D.D.  ibid.,  1897;  D.D.  Oberlin,  1912;  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  New  Testament  Interpretation,  Newton  Theological  Institution,  1883- 
86;  Professor,  ibid.,  1886-92;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  New 
Testament  and  Early  Christian  Literature,  Chicago,  1892-;  Director  of  Uni- 
versity Libraries,  ibid.,  1910-. 

Associate  Editor,  Biblical  World,  1893- 1906;  Editor-in-Chief,  ibid., 
1907-12;  Collaborating  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Theology, 
1897-1904;  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  ibid.,  1905-6;  with 
G.  B.  Smith,  1906-8;  Managing  Editor  (with  others),  ibid.,  1909- 
15;  Editor  (with  W.  R.  Harper),  "Constructive  Bible  Studies," 
1901-5;  Sole  Editor,  ibid.,  1906-15;  Editor  (with  S.  Mathews  and 
T.  G.  Soares),  "University  of  Chicago  Publications  in  Religious 
Education,"  1915-;  Editor  of  "Historical  and  Linguistic  Studies 
in  Literature  Related  to  the  New  Testament";  Editor  of  the  "Pub- 
lications of  the  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature,"  1905-. 

Chairman  of  the  Commission  on  Library  Building  and  Policy  of  the 
University  of  Chicago,  1902 :  report  in  the  "  Decennial  Publications  of 
the  University  of  Chicago";  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature,  1905-;  Chair- 
man of  the  Oriental  Educational  Commission  of  the  University  of 
Chicago,  1908-9;  Member  of  the  Commission  on  Education  of  the 
World  Missionary  Conference,  Edinburgh,  19 10:  Vol.  HI  of  the 
Reports  of  the  Conference;  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Education  of 
the  Northern  Baptist  Convention,  191 1-:  annual  reports;  Member 
of  the  Commission  on  Education  of  the  Congress  on  Christian 
Work  in  Latin  America,  191 5-16:  volume  in  the  Reports  of  the 
Congress. 
A  Short  Introduction  to  the  Gospels.  i2mo,  viii+144.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1904. 


io6  PUBLICATIONS 

Stiidies  in  the  Gospel  According  to  Mark.  i2mo,  xxx+248.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1904. 

A  Harmony  of  the  Gospels  for  Historical  Study  (with  W.  A.  Stevens). 
3d  ed.  rev.     8vo,  293.     New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1904. 

Some  Principles  of  Literary  Criticism  and  Their  Application  to  the 
Synoptic  Problem.  University  of  Chicago  Decennial  Publications, 
V  (1904),  193-264. 

Biblical  Ideas  of  Atonement,  Their  History  and  Significance  (with  J.  M.  P. 
Smith  and  Gerald  B.  Smith).  8vo,  343.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1909. 

The  Expansion  of  Christianity  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (with  A.  K. 
Parker).    4to,  48.     Chicago:   University  Press,  19 13. 

The  Origin  and  Teaching  of  the  New  Testament  Books  (with  Fred  Merri- 
field).     i2mo,  102.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1914. 

A  Harmony  of  the  Synoptic  Gospels  [in  English]  (with  E.  J.  Goodspeed). 
8vo,  xv+300.     New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1916. 

The  Present  Problems  of  New  Testament  Study,  American  Journal 
of  Theology,  IX  (1905),  201-37;  published  also  in  Proceedings  of 
St.  Louis  Congress  of  Arts  and  Science,  II  (1906),  585-615. 

The  Biblical  Teaching  Concerning  Divorce,  Biblical  World,  XXIX  (1907) 
121-27,  191-200. 

Supply  of  Educated  Men  for  the  Ministry,  ibid.,  447-50. 

The  Relation  of  Bibhcal  to  Systematic  Theology,  ibid.,  XXX  (1907), 

418-28. 

Redemption  from  the  Curse  of  the  Law:  An  Exposition  of  Gal.  3 :  13,  14, 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  XI  (1907),  624-46. 

Sin,  Guilt,  Condemnation,  Biblical  World,  XXXI  (190S),  184-93. 

Quotations  (in  the  New  Testament),  Hastings'  Dictionary  of  the  Bible 
(one  vol.),  779-80.     New  York:    Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1909. 

The  Status  of  Christian  Education  in  India,  American  Journal  of  The- 
ology, XIV  (1910),  169-91. 

China's  Far  West,  World  To-Day,  XVIII  (1910),  69-84. 

Good  and  Bad  in  the  Western  Invasion  of  China,  ibid.,  251-61. 

Education  Old  and  New  in  China,  ibid.,  378-85. 


DEPARTMEXT  OF  NEW  TESTAMENT  LITERATURE       107 

Religion  and  Ethics  in  the  Thought  of  the  Apostle  Paul:  Gal.  5:  16, 
Biblical  World,  XXXVI  (1910),  307-15. 

The  Place  of  the  New  Testament  in  a  Theological  Curriculum,  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  XVI  (191 2),  1 8 1-95. 

Some  Phases  of  the  Synoptic  Problem,  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature, 
XXXI,  Part  II  (1912),  95-113. 

The  Office  of  Apostle  in  the  Early  Church,  American  Journal  of  Theology, 
XVI  (1912),  561-88. 

Some  Implications  of  Paulinism,  Biblical  World,  XL  (1912),  403-12. 

Spirit,  Soul,  and  Flesh,  I,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XVII  (1913), 
563-98;  II,  ibid.,  XVIII  (1914),  59-So;  III,  ibid.,  395-414,  571" 
99;  IV,  ibid.,  XX  (1916),  391-413;  V,  ibid.,  563-96. 

The  Salt  of  the  Earth.  In  University  of  Chicago  Sermons  (edited  by 
T.  G.  Scares;  Chicago:  University  Press,  1915),  pp.  37-54. 

The  Study  of  the  Xew  Testament  (with  E.  J.  Goodspeed).  Chap.  IV  of 
A  Guide  to  the  Study  of  the  Christian  Religion  (edited  by  G.  B.  Smith; 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1916),  pp.  163-238. 

Reviews  in:    American  Journal  of  Theology,  X,  115-17;    Biblical 
World,  XXXV,  204-7. 

Shirley  Jackson  Case  [190S-],  Professor  of  Early  Church  History  and 

Xew  Testament  Interpretation. 

A.B.  .\cadia,  1893;  D.B.  Yale,  1904;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1906;  Professor  of  the  Histor>' 
and  Philosophy  of  Religion,  Cobb  Divinity  School,  1906-8;  .Assistant  Professor 
of  New  Testament  Interpretation,  Chicago,  1908-13;  Associate  Professor,  ibid., 
1913-15;   Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

Managing  Editor   (with   Gerald   B.   Smith),  American  Journal  of 

Theology,  191 2-. 

The  Historicity  of  Jesus.  i2mo,  vii-f  352.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1912. 

The  Evolution  of  Early  Christianity.  i2mo,  .X+3S6.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1914. 

The  Historical  Method  in  the  Study  of  Religion,  Vale  Divinity  Quar- 
terly, IV  (1908),  121-33. 

The  Circumstances  of  Jesus'  Baptism,  Biblical  World,  XXXI  (190S), 

300-302. 

Was  Christianity  a  Xew  Religion?  ;7'/(/.,  XXXII  (1908),  417-27. 


io8  PUBLICATIONS 

The  First  Christian  Community,  Biblical  World,  XXXIII  (1909),  54-64. 

The  Resurrection  Faith  of  the  First  Disciples,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XIII  (1909),  169-92. 

The  Origin  and  Purpose  of  the  Gospel  of  Matthew,  Biblical  World, 
XXXIV  (1909),  391-402. 

The  Legalistic  Element  in  Paul's  Religion,  ibid.,  XXXV  (1910),  151-58. 

The   Religion   of   Jesus,  American   Journal  of  Theology,  XIV  (1910), 

234-52. 
The  Missionary  Idea  in  Early  Christianity,  Biblical  World,  XXXVI 

(1910),  113-25. 

Modern  Belief  about  Jesus,  ibid.,  XXXVII  (1911),  7-18. 

The  Scribes'  Interpretation  of  the  Old  Testament,  ibid.,  XXXVIII 
(1911),  28-40. 

The  New  Testament  Writers'  Interpretation  of  the  Old  Testament,  ibid., 
92-102. 

To  Whom  Was  "Ephesians"  Written?  ibid.,  315-20. 

Jesus  in  the  Light  of  Modern  Scholarship,  ibid.,  262-71,  331-40,  409-15; 
XXXIX  (1912),  55-62. 

The  Nature  of  Primitive  Christianity,  American  Journal  of  Theology, 
XVII  (1913),  63-79. 

The  RehabiHtation  of  Pharisaism,  Biblical  World,  XLI  (1913),  92-98. 

The  Problem  of  Christianity's  Essence,  American  Journal  of  Theology, 

XVII  (1913),  541-62. 
Christianity  and  the  Mystery  Religions,  Biblical  World,  XLIII  (1914), 

3-16. 

Divorce  and  Remarriage  in  the  Teaching  of  Jesus,  ibid.,  XLV  (1915), 
18-22. 

The  Religion  of  Lucretius,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIX  (1915), 

92-107. 
Religion  and  War  in  the  Graeco-Roman  World,  ibid.,  179-99. 
John  Mark,  Expository  Times,  XXVI  (1915),  372-76. 

The  Authority  of  the  Spirit  in  the  Religion  of  Paul.  In  University  of 
Chicago  Sermons  (edited  by  T.  G.  Soares;  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1915),  pp.  145-64- 


DEPARTMENT  OF  NEW  TESTAMENT  LITERATURE       109 

Allegory,  Dictionary  of  the  Apostolic  Church,  I  (1916),  50. 

Interpretation,  ibid.,  619-20. 

The  Stiuly  of  Early  Christianity.  Chap.  V  of  A  Guide  to  the  Study  of 
the  Christian  Religion  (edited  by  G.  B.  Smith;  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1 916),  pp.  239-326. 

Review  of:  Preuschen,  Vollstiindiges  griechisch-deutsches  Hand- 
worterbuch  zu  den  Schriften  des  Neuen  Testaments,  American  Journal 
of  Theology,  XIV,  296-99.  Other  reviews  in  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XII,  4S6-S7;  XIII,  1 14-16,  119-20,  290-302,  459-63;  XIV, 
448-51,  458-62;  XV,  116-21,  286-89,  291-92,  626-28;  XVII,  122-28, 
279-91,  431-32,  627-30;  XVIII,  147-48,  300-301,  433-35.  440-45,  609- 
16;  XIX,  457-59.  472-75;  599-602;  XX,  126-27,  143-44;  Biblical 
World,  XXXIII,  137-39,  212-14;  XXXIV,  64-67,  355-57;  XXXVIII, 
428;  XXXIX,  356;  Classical  Philology,  IV,  282-83;  I^>  223-24; 
Harvard  Theological  Review,  VII,  625. 

Edgar  Johnson  Goodspeed  [1898-],  Professor  of  Biblical  and  Patristic 

Greek. 

A.B.  Denison,  1890;  D.B.  Chicago,  1897;  PhT)-  ibid.,  1898;  Assistant  Director 
Haskell  Oriental  Museum,  Chicago,  1902-;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1902-5;  Assistant 
Professor,  ibid.,  1905-10;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1910-15;  Professor,  ibid., 
1915-- 

Secretary  (with  J.  M.  P.  Smith)  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Biblical 
World,  1907-12. 

The  Martyrdom  of  Cyprian  and  Justa.  Historical  and  Linguistic 
Studies,  First  Series,  Vol.  I,  Part  II.  8vo,  21.  Chicago:  Univer- 
sity Press,  1903. 

Ancient  Sermons  for  Modern  Times:  Asterius  (with  Galusha  Anderson). 
i2mo,  157.     Boston:    Pilgrim  Press,  1904. 

Homeric  Vocabularies  (with  W.  B.  Owen),  ist  ed.,  1906;  2d  ed.,  1909. 
i2mo,  viii-f  62.     Chicago:  University  Press. 

Inde.x  Patristicus.     8vo,  viii-f  262.     Leipzig:   J.  C.  Hinrichs,  1907. 

The  Tebtunis  Papyri,  Part  II  (with  B.  P.  Grcnfell  and  A.  S.  Hunt). 
4to,  .\v-l-4S5.     London:    Henry  Frowde,  1907. 

Chicago  Literary  Papyri.  8vo,  vii-f-50.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1908. 

The  Life  of  Sever  us,  Patriarch  of  Antioch  (Patrologia  Orientalis,  1\',  Xo.  6). 
4to,  1 58.     Paris:    Firmin-Didot,   190S. 


no  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.    {The  Bible  for  Home  and  School.)    1 2mo,  xi-|- 
132.    New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1908. 

The  Toronto  Gospels.    Historical  and  Linguistic  Studies,  First  Series, 
Vol.  II,  Part  II.     8vo,  22.     Chicago:   University  Press,  191 1. 

Index  Apologeticus.     8vo,  viii+300.     Leipzig:   J.  C.  Hinrichs,  1912. 

A  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  Manuscripts  in  the  Libraries  of  the  University  of 
Chicago.     8vo,  xi4-i2S.     Chicago:  University  Press,  191 2. 

The  Freer  Gospels.    Historical   and  Linguistic  Studies,   First  Series, 
Vol.  II,  Part  III.     8vo,  66.     Chicago:  University  Press,  19 14. 

The  Bixby   Gospels,  ibid.,   First  Series,  Vol.   II,   Part  IV.     Svo,  34. 
Chicago:    University  Press,   19 15. 

Die   dltesten    Apologeten:    Texte    mit    kurzen    Einleitungen.      xi+380. 
Gottingen:   Vandenhoeck  &  Ruprecht,  1915. 

The  Story  of  the  New  Testament.     i6mo,  xii+150.     Chicago:  University 
Press,  19 16. 

A  Harmony  of  the  Synoptic  Gospels  [in  EngUsh]  (with  Ernest  D.  Burton). 
8vo,  xv+300.     New  York:    Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1916. 

A  Fourth  Century  Deed,  Biblia,  XV  (1903),  333-37. 

The  Book  with  Seven  Seals,  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature,  XXII  (1903), 
70-74. 

The  Ayer  Mathematical  Papyrus  (with  plate),  American  Mathematical 
Monthly,  X  (1903),  133-35. 

The  Oldest  Greek  Book  in  the  World,  Biblia,  XVI  (1903),  72-74. 

Did  Alexandria  Influence  the  Nautical  Language  of  St.  Luke  ?  Expositor, 
VIII  (Sixth  Scries)  (1903),  130-41. 

A  Medical  Papyrus  Fragment  (with  p\a.te),  American  Journal  of  Philology, 

XXIV  (1903),  327-29- 

Alexandrian  Hexameter  Fragments  (with  plate).  Journal  of  Hellenic 
Studies,  XXIII  (1903),  237-47. 

The  Epistle  of  Pelagia,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  XX  (1904),  95-108. 

An  Ethiopic  Manuscript  of  John's  Gospel,  ibid.,  182-85. 

A  Toledo  Manuscript  of  Laodiceans,  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature, 
XXIII  (1904),  76-78. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  NEW  TESTAMENT  LITERATURE       in 

Greek  Ostraca  in  America,  American  Journal  of  Philology,  XXV  (1904), 

45-58- 
The  Madrid  Manuscri])t  of  Laodiceans,  American  Journal  of  Theology, 

VIII  (1904),  536-39- 

Ethiopic  Manuscripts  in  the  Collection  of  Wilberforce  Eames,  American 
Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures,  XX  (1904),  234-44. 

The  Story  of  Eugenia  and  Philip,  ibid.,  XXI  (1905),  37-56. 

Fresh  Papyri  from  O.xyrhynchus  (with  plates),  Biblical  World,  XXV 
(1905),  228-32. 

The  Dialof^ue  of  Timothy  and  Acjuila,  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature, 
XXIV  (1905),  sS-78. 

The  Original  Conclusion  of  the  Gospel  of  Mark,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  IX  (1905),  484-90. 

Greek  Documents  in  the  Museum  of  the  New  York  Historical  Society, 
Melanges  Nicole  (1905),  Geneva,  177-91. 

A  New  Glimpse  of  Greek  Tense-Movements  in  New  Testament  Times, 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  X  (1906),  102-3. 

A  Group  of  Greek  Papyrus  Texts,  Classical  Philology,  I  (1906),  167-75. 

Tertag  and  Sarkis:   An  Armenian  Folk-Tale,  from  the  Ethiopic,  Ameri- 
can Antiquarian,  XXVIII  (1906),  133-40. 

The  Beirut  Syriac  Gospels,  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature,  XXV  (1906), 
58-81. 

The  Harvard  Gospels,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  X  (1906),  6S7-700. 

Two   Supposed   Hebraisms   in   Mark,   Biblical   World,  XXIX    (1907), 
311-12. 

Field  Museum  Inscriptions,  Classical  Philology,  II  (1907),  277-So. 

Greek  Ostraca  in  the  Haskell  Museum,  American  Journal  of  Archaeology, 

XI  (1907),  441-44- 

The  New  Gospel  Fragment  from  O.xyrhynchus,  Biblical  World,  XXXI 
(1908),  142-46. 

The  Detroit  Manuscripts  of  the  Septuagint  and  New  Testament,  ibid., 
218-26. 

The  Syntax  of  I  Cor.  7:18,  27,  .1  mcricau  Journal  of  Theology,  XII  (190S), 
249-50. 


112  PUBLICATIONS 

Greek  Life  from  the  Papyri,  Outlook,  LXXXLX  (1908),  566-71. 

A  Paris  Fragment  of  Pseudo-Chrysostom,  American  Journal  of  Theology, 
XII  (1908),  443-44. 

New  Biblical  Manuscripts  for  America,  Independent,  LXV  (1908),  596- 
601. 

Karanis  Accounts,  Classical  Philology,  III  (1908),  428-34. 

The  Freer  Gospels  and  Shenute  of  Atripe,  Biblical  World,  XXXIII  (1909), 
201-6. 

The  Nestorian  Tablet,  ibid.,  279-82. 

New  Textual  Materials  from  Oxyrhynchus,  ibid.,  344-46. 

The  Teima  Stone,  ibid.,  424-25. 

The  Epistles  to  the  Thessalonians,  ibid.,  XXXIV  (1909),  48-56. 

The  Greek  Text  of  Mark  7:11,  Expository  Times,  XX  (1909),  471-72. 

Notes  on  the  Freer  Gospels,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIII  (1909), 

597-603. 
Paul's  Voyage  to  Italy,  Biblical  World,  XXXIV  (1909),  337-45. 
The  Harrison  Papyri,  Classical  Philology,  V  (19 10),  320-22. 
Biblical  Texts  from  the  Papyri,  Biblical  World,  XXXVI  (1910),  67-68. 

A  Lost  Manuscript  of  Justin,  Zeitschrift  fiir  die  N eutestamentliche  Wis- 
senschaft,  XI  (19 10),  243-44. 

The  Old  University  of  Chicago  in  1867,  Journal  of  the  Illinois  State  His- 
torical Society,  III  (1910),  52-57. 

The  Freer  Manuscript  of  Deuteronomy- Joshua,  Biblical  World,  XXXVI 
(1910),  204-9. 

Professor  Sanders'  Deuteronomy- Joshua,  ibid.,  XXXVII  (191 1),  199. 

The  New  Testament  of  161 1  as  a  Translation,  ibid.,  271-77. 

The  Making  of  the  New  Testament,  ibid.,  379-90. 

New  Testament  Manuscripts  in  America,  ibid.,  420-24. 

First  Clement  Called  Forth  by  Hebrews,  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature, 
XXX  (191 1),  157-60. 

A  Fourth  Century  Odyssey,  Classical  Journal,  VII  (1911-12),  185-86. 

The  Vocabulary  of  Luke  and  Acts,  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature,  XXXI 

(1912),  92-94. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  NEW  TESTAMENT  LITER.-\TURE       1 13 

The  Washington  Manuscript  of  the  Gospels,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XVII  (1913),  240-49. 

Professor  Harnack  and  the  Paris  Manuscript  of  Justin,  ibid.,  411-16. 

A  New  Testament  Anniversary:  1514-1914,  Biblical  H'orUI,  XLIII 
(1914),  164-67. 

The   Divinity   School,    University   of  Chicago   Magazine,   VII    (19 15), 

133-41- 
Ostraca,  International  Standard  Encyclopedia,  IV,  2202-3.      Chicago: 

Howard-Severance  Co.,  1915. 

Papyri,  ibid.,  223S-43. 

Riches  and  Life.  In  University  of  Chicago  Sermons  (edited  by  T.  G. 
Soares;   Chicago:  University  Press,  1915),  pp.  219-32. 

Recent  Discoveries  in  Early  Christian  Literature,  Biblical  World,  XLV^I 

(1915).  339-4^- 
The  Salutation  of  Barnabas,  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature,  XXXIV 

(1915),  162-65. 

The  Study  of  the  New  Testament  (with  Ernest  D.  Burton).  Chap.  IV 
of  A  Guide  to  the  Study  of  the  Christian  Religion  (edited  by  G.  B. 
Smith;   Chicago:  University  Press,  1916),  pp.  163-238. 

Shailer  M.\thews  [1894-],  Professor  of  Historical  and  Comparative 
Theology.     See  under  Department  of  Systematic  Theology,  p.  449, 

Clyde  Weber  Votaw  [1S92-],  Professor  of  New  Testament  Literature. 

A.B.  Amherst,  1888;  D.B.  Yale,  1891;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1896;  Reader  and 
Instructor  in  New  Testament  Literature,  ibid.,  1892-1900;  .Assistant  Professor, 
ibid.,  1900-1907;  .Acting  Professor  of  Xew  Testament  Literature  and  Inter- 
pretation, Chicago  Theological  Seminar>',  1905-7;  Associate  Professor  of  New 
Testament  Literature,  Chicago,  1907-17;  Professor,  iWrf.,  191 7-. 

Associate  Editor,  Biblical  World,  1S96-1905;  Associate  Editor.  Avier- 
i<:an  Journal  of  Theology,  1S97-1915. 

Editor  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Religious  Education  Association,  for 
1903,  8vo,  430;  for  1904,  Svo,  650.  Chicago:  The  Religious  Educa- 
tion Association. 

Books  for  New  Testament  Study,  2d  ed.,  1905;  3d  ed.,  1911.  Svo,  64. 
Chicago:    University  Press. 

The  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  Hastings'  Dictionary  of  the  Bible,  V  (1904), 
1-45- 


114  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Temple  at  Jerusalem  in  Jesus'  Day,  Biblical  World,  XXIII  (1904), 
169-79. 

The  Newly  Discovered  Sayings  of  Jesus,  ibid.,  XXIV  (1904),  261-77. 

The  Oxyrhynchus  Sayings  of  Jesus  in  Relation  to  the  Gospel-Making 
Movement  of  the  First  and  Second  Centuries,  Journal  of  Biblical 
Literature,  XXIV,  Part  I  (1905),  79-90. 

The  Field  of  Religious  Education  in  America,  Biblical  World,  XXV 

(i905)>  347-60. 
The  Modern  Jewish  View  of  Jesus,  ibid.,  XXVI  (1905),  101-19. 
The  Chronology  of  Jesus'  Public  Ministry,  ibid.,  425-30. 

The  Apocalypse  of  John,  ibid.,  XXXI  (1908),  32-40,  290-99;  XXXII 
(1908),  39-50,  314-28. 

Religion  and  MoraHty  in  the  Sunday  School,  ibid.,  XXXIV  (1909), 

159-72. 
Moral  Training  in  the  Public  Schools,  ibid.,  295-306. 
Jesus'  Ideal  of  Life,  ibid.,  XXXV  (1910),  46-56. 

Four  Principles  Underlying  Religious  Education,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XIV  (19 10),  589-607. 

Peter  and  the  Keys  of  the  Kingdom,  Biblical  World,  XXXVI  (1910), 
8-25. 

Survey  on  the  Progress  of  Moral  and  Religious  Education  in  the  Ameri- 
can Home,  Religious  Education,  VI  (191 1),  1-30. 

The  Gospels  and  Contemporary  Biographies,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XIX  (1915),  45-73>  217-49. 

The  Ethical  Teaching  of  Jesus,  Biblical  World,  XL VI  (1915),  249-57, 
319-25,  3S9-97;  XLVII  (1916),  54-62. 

Fred    Merrifield    [191  i-],  Assistant  Professor  of  New  Testament 

History  and  Interpretation. 

A.B.  Chicago,  i8g8;   D.B.  ibid.,  1901;  Instructor  in  New  Testament  History  and 
Interpretation,  t7»M/.,  1911-16;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

The  Origin  and  Teaching  of  the  New  Testament  Books  (with  Ernest  D. 
Burton).     i2mo,  102.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1914. 

The  Origin  and  Growth  of  Early  Christianity.  Chicago:  University 
Press.     In  Press. 


DEPARTMFA'T  OF  XKW  TESTAMENT  LITERATURE       115 

Henry  Burton  Sharman  [1908-ro],  Instructor  in  New  Testament 

History  and  Interpretation;  Chicago. 

S.B.Toronto,  i8qi;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1906;  Instructor  in  New  Testament  History 
and  Interpretation,  ibid.,  1908-10. 

The  Teaching  of  Jesus  about  the  Future.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  .xiv-l-382. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1909. 

The  Expanding  Church,  Biblical  World,  XXXIII  (1909),  123-29. 

Reviews  of:  Miiller,  Geschichtskerne  in  den  Evangelien  nach 
modernen  Forschungcn:  Marcus  und  Matthiius;  Wendling,  Ur-Marcus, 
Versuch  einerWicderherstcllung  der  iiltesten  Mitteilungen  iiber  das  Leben 
Jesu;  Burkitt,  The  Gosj)el  History  and  Its  Transmission,  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  XI,  680-85.  Other  reviews,  ibid.,  XIII,  123, 
124,  289. 

Frank  Grant  Lewis  [1907-S],  Associate  in  New  Testament  Inter- 
pretation; Librarian,  Crozer  Theological  Seminary  and  American 
Baptist  Historical  Society,  Chester,  Pa. 

A.B.  Brown,  1893;  D.B.  Rochester  Theological  Seminary,  1907;  Ph.D.  Chicago, 
1907;  Associate  in  New  Testament  Interpretation,  ibid.,  1907-8. 

The  Irenaeus  Testimony  to  the  Fourth  Gospel:  Its  Extent,  Meaning,  and 
Value.     Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  62.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1908. 

Phases  of  the  Johannine  Problem,  Biblical  World,  XXK  (1907),  470-72. 

Jesus'  Attitude  toward  the  Old  Testament:  An  Exposition  of  Mark 
7: 1-23,  ibid.,  XXXI  (190S),  131-37. 

The  Origin  of  the  Fourth  Gospel,  ibid.,  462-63. 

Paul's  Earlier  Relation  with  the  Corinthians,  Ilomilctic  Revirw,  LXIX 
(190S),  228-29. 

Reviews  in:  Biblical  World,  XXX,  235-37,  2S9-90,  470-72; 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  XI,  368;  XII,  492,  525-26. 

Hamilton  Ford  Allen,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  in  Washington  and 
Jefferson  College,  Washington,  Pa. 

The  Infinitive  in  Polybius  Compared  with  the  Infinitive  in  Biblical  Greek. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Historical  and  Linguistic  Studies,  Second  Series, 
\'ol.  I,  Part  I\'.     8vo,  60.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1907. 

John  William  B.viley,  Ph.D.  1904;  President  of  Central  College, 
Pella,  Iowa. 


Ii6  PUBLICATIONS 

Does  Hellenism  Contribute  Constituent  Elements  to  PauVs  Christology? 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  90.     Chicago:  George  K.  HazHtt  &  Co.,  1905. 

Jewish  Apocalyptic  Literature,  Biblical  World,  XXV  (1905),  30-42. 

Reviews   of:    Works  on  Early  Christian  Catechisms,  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  IX,  768-73. 

Henry  Beach  Carre,  Ph.D.  1913;  Professor  of  Biblical  Theology  and 
English  Exegesis  in  Vanderbilt  University. 

PauVs  Doctrine  of  Redemption.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  xi4-i75.  New 
York:   Macmillan  Co.,  19 14. 

Reviews  in:    Biblical  World,  XXXII,  145-46;   XXXIV,  426-28; 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIII,  125-27. 

William  Duncan  Ferguson,  Ph.D.  1906;  Professor  in  Albany  College, 
Albany,  Ore. 

The  Legal  and  Governmental  Terms  Common  to  the  Macedonian  Greek 
Inscriptions  and  the  New  Testament,  with  a  Complete  Index  of  the 
Macedonian  Inscriptions.  Doctor's  thesis.  Historical  and  Lin- 
guistic Studies,  Second  Series,  Vol.  II,  Part  III.  8vo,  109.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  19 13. 

John  Cowper  Granbery,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  Sociology  and 
Economics,  Southwestern  University,  Georgetown,  Tex. 

Outline  of  New  Testament  Christology;  A  Study  of  Genetic  Relationships 
within  the  Christology  of  the  New  Testament  Period.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Historical  and  Linguistic  Studies,  Second  Series,  Vol.  II,  Part  I. 
8vo,  128.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1909. 

Alphonzo  Augustus  Hobson,  Ph.D.  1903;  Waltham,  Mass. 

The  Diatessaron  of  Tatian  and  the  Synoptic  Problem;  Being  an  Investiga- 
tion of  the  Diatessaron  for  the  Light  Which  It  Throws  upon  the  Solution 
of  the  Problem  of  the  Origin  of  the  Synoptic  Gospels.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Historical  and  Linguistic  Studies,  Second  Series,  Vol.  I,  Part  III. 
8vo,  82.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1904. 

Harris  Lachlan  MacNeill,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  in  Brandon  Col- 
lege, Brandon,  Manitoba. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  NEW  TESTAMENT  LITERATURE       117 

The  Chrislology  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  Including  Its  Relation  lo  the 
Developing  Christology  of  the  Primitive  Church.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Historical  and  Linguistic  Studies,  Second  Series,  Vol.  II,  Part  IV. 
8vo,  148.     Ciiicat^o:    University  Press,  19 14. 

Frederick  Owen  Norton,  Ph.D.  1906;  Dean  of  the  Collcj^cs,  Drake 
University,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

A  Lexicographical  and  Historical  Study  of  SuxOi'/Kr]  from  the  Earliest 
Times  to  the  End  of  the  Classical  Period.  Doctor's  thesis.  His- 
torical and  Linguistic  Studies,  Second  Series,  Vol.  I,  Part  VI.  8vo, 
72.    Chicago:    University  Press,  1908. 

Ernest  William  Parsons,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Professor  in  Rochester  Theo- 
logical Seminary,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

A  Historical  Examination  of  Some  Non-Markan  Elements  in  Luke. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Historical  and  Linguistic  Studies,  Second  Series, 
Vol.  II,  Part  VI.     8vo,  80.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1914. 

Benjamin  Willard  Robinson,  Ph.D.  1904;  Professor  of  New  Testament 
Interpretation,  Chicago  Theological  Seminary. 

Some  Elements  of  Forcefulness  in  the  Comparisons  of  Jesus  with  Com- 
parative Tables  of  Metaphors  from  the  Deutero-Isaiah  and  Paul. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Biblical  Literature,  XXIII  (1904), 
106-79. 

Henry  Barton  Robison,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor,  Christian  University, 
Canton,  Mo. 

Syntax  of  the  Participle  in  the  Apostolic  Fathers  in  the  Editio  Minor 
of  Gebhart-IIarnack-Zahn.  Doctor's  thesis.  Historical  and  Lin- 
guistic Studies,  Second  Series,  Vol.  II,  Part  V.  Svo,  46.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  19 13. 

Alonzo  Rosecrans  Stark,  Ph.D.  1911;  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

The  Christology  in  the  Apostolic  Fathers.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  .\-|-6o. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1912. 

Calvin  Klopp  Staudt,  Ph.D.  1907;  Assistant  Professor,  Whitworth 
College,  Tacoma,  Wash. 


ii8  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Idea  of  the  Resurrection  in  the  Ante-Nicene  Period.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Historical  and  Linguistic  Studies,  Second  Series,  Vol.  I,  Part  VIII. 
8vo,  go.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1909. 

Effie  Freeman  Thompson,  Ph.D.  1907;  Kingston,  N.Y. 

McTavo€<i>  and  fierafxiKcL  in  Greek  Literature  until  100  A.D.,  Including 
Discussion  of  Their  Cognates  and  of  Their  Hebrew  Equivalents. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Historical  and  Linguistic  Studies,  Second  Series, 
Vol.  I,  Part  V.     8vo,   30.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1908. 

Dean  Rockwell  Wickes,  Ph.D.  1912;  North  China  Union  College, 
Tungchow,  Peking,  China. 

The  Sources  of  Luke^s  Perean  Section.  Doctor's  thesis.  Historical 
and  Linguistic  Studies,  Second  Series,  Vol.  II,  Part  II.  8vo,  88. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  1912. 

Charles  Br.\y  Willl\ms,  Ph.D.  1908;  Professor,  Southwestern  Baptist 
Theological  Seminary,  Seminary  Hill,  Fort  Worth,  Tex. 

The  Participle  in  the  Book  of  Acts.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  80.  Chicago; 
University  Press,  1909. 

Irving  Francis  Wood,  Ph.D.  1903;  Professor  of  Biblical  Literature 
and  Comparative  Religion,  Smith  College. 

The  Spirit  of  God  in  Biblical  Literature;  A  Study  in  the  History  of  Religion. 
Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  ii+280.  New  York:  A.  C.  Armstrong 
&  Son,  1904. 

What  Shall  the  Adult  Bible  Class  Do  with  the  Modern  Biblical 
Scholarship?  Biblical  World,  XXI  (1903),  375-78. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  COMPARATIVE  PHILOLOGY, 

GENERAL  LINGUISTICS,  AND  INDO-IRANIAN 

PHILOLOGY 

Carl  Darling  Buck   [1892-],   Professor    of    Comparative    Philology 

and  Head  of  the  Department. 

A.B.  Yale,  1886;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1889;  Litt.D.  Athens,  1912;  Assistant  Professor 
of  Sanskrit  and  Indo-European  Comparative  Philology,  Chicago,  1892-94; 
Associate  I'rofcssor,  ibid.,  1894-1900;  Professor,  ibid.,  1900-;  Head  of  the 
Department,  ibid.,  1903-. 

President,  American  Philological  Association,  1916. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  COMI'ARATI\E  I'lIlLOLOGY  119 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Studies  in  Classical  Philology, 
University  of  Chicago,  1895-1907;  and  of  Classical  Philology, 
1906-. 

Elementarbuch  dcr  oskisch-umbrischcn  Dialekte  (Sammlung  indogerma- 
nischer  Lchrbiicher,  hcruusgt-gebcn  von  Uirt,  7.  Band).  i6mo,  xii-|- 
235.     Heitlclbcrg:  Carl  Winter,  1905. 

Introduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Greek  Dialects.  Grammar,  Selected 
Inscriptions,  and  Glossary,     xv-l-320.     Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1910. 

Indo-European  or  Indo-Germanic ?  Classical  Review,  X\TII  (1904), 
399-401. 

Notes  on  Certain  Forms  of  the  Greek  Dialects,  ibid.,  XIX  (1905), 
242-50,  2S6. 

The  General  Linguistic  Conditions  in  Ancient  Italy  and  Greece,  Classical 
Journal,  I  (1905-6),  99-110. 

Relations  of  Comparative  Grammar  to  Other  Branches  of  Learning,  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  St.  Louis  Congress  of  Arts  and  Science,  III  (1906),  32-52. 

The  Interrelations  of  the  Greek  Dialects,  Classical  Philology,  II  (1907), 
241-76. 

Greek  Dialect  Notes,  Glotta,  Zeitschrift  fiir  griechische  und  latcinische 
Sprache,  I  (1908),  128-32. 

An  Archaic  Boeotian  Inscription,  Classical  Philology,  IV  (1909),  76-80. 

Studies  in  Greek  Noun-Formation,  Introductory  N^ote,  ibid.,  V  (1910), 

323-25- 
On  a  New  Argive  Inscription,  ibid.,  V  (191 1),  219-20. 
The  Delphian  Stadium  Inscription,  ibid.,  \1\  (191 2),  78-81. 
A  New  Epigram  from  Thessaly,  ibid.,  351-53. 

The  Interstate  Use  of  the  Greek  Dialects,  ibid.,  \'II1  (1913),  133-59- 
Hidden  QuaiUilies  Again,  Classical  RcviriC,  XXVII  (1913),  122-26. 
Ho-o-e  as  Evidence  for  esse,  ibid.,  XXVIII  (1914),  157-58. 

Is  the  SulTix  of  /iuo-t'Ato-o-a,  etc.,  of  Macedonian  Origin  ?  Classical  Philol- 
ogy, IX  (1914),  370-73- 

Lesbian  ui  for  a  and  7;,  ibid.,  X  (1915),  215-16. 


I20  PUBLICATIONS 

Words  of  Speaking  and  Saying  in  the  Indo-European  Languages,  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Philology,  XXXVI  (1915),  1-18;  ibid.,  XXXVII 
(1916),  125-54. 

Language  and  the  Sentiment  of  NationaHty,  American  Political  Science 
Review,  X  (19 16),  44-69. 

Note  on  the  Inscriptions  of  Halae,  Classical  Philology,  XI  (19 16),  210-13. 

Review  of:  Thumb,  Handbook  of  the  Modern  Greek  Vernacular, 
Classical  Philology,  IX,  85-96.  Other  reviews,  ibid.,  1,  89,  195,  299; 
II,  123;   III,  102-3,  361,  362;   VII,  120,  255,  37S;  X,  229-30. 

Francis  Asbury  Wood  [189  7-],  Professor  of  Germanic  Philology. 
See  under  Department  of  Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures, 
p.  154. 

Walter  Eugene  Clark  [1908-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Sanskrit. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1903;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1904;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sanskrit,  Cliicago, 

1915-- 

Reviews  in:    American  Journal  of  Theology,  XVII,  462-63,  463- 

64;  XIX,  122-24, 124-25,  475-76, 616-18;  XX,  139-41, 301-4, 305- 

John  Jacob  Meyer  [1900-190S],  Associate  in  Sanskrit  and  Indo- 
European  Philology;  Assistant  Professor  of  German.  See  under 
Department  of  Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures,  p.  159. 

Ghen-ichiro  Yoshioka  [1902-7],  Docent  in  Japanese;  Professor  of 
English  and  Comparative  Philology,  Waseda  University,  Tokyo, 
Japan. 

Ph.B.  Northwestern,  1902;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1907;   Decent  in  Japanese,  Chicago, 
1892-97. 

A  Semantic  Study  of  the  Verbs  of  Doing  and  Making  in  the  Indo-European 
Languages.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  46.  Tokyo,  Japan:  Tokyo 
Tsukiji  Type  Foundry,  190S. 

Carlos  Everett  Conant,  Ph.D.  1911 ;  Professor  of  Modern  Languages, 
University  of  Chattanooga,  Chattanooga,  Tenn. 

The  Names  of  Philippine  Languages,  Anthropos,  IV  (1909),  1069-74. 

The  RGH  Law  in  Philippine,  Journal  of  American  Oriental  Society, 
XXXI  (19 10),  70-85. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GREEK  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE      121 

Consonant  Changes  and  Vowel  Harmony  in  Chamorro,  Anlhropos,  VI 
(1911),  136-46. 

Monosyllabic  Roots  in  Pampanga,  Journal  of  American  Oriental  Society, 

XXXI  (191 1 ),  3''^9-94- 
The  Pepet  Law  in  Philippine  Languages.     Doctor's  thesis.     Anlhropos, 

VII  (1912),  920-47. 

Review  in:    Anthropos,  VI,  659-60. 

William  Cyrus  Gunnerson,  Ph.D.  1904;  Principal,  Dozier  School, 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 

History  of   U -Stems  in  Greek.    Doctor's   thesis.     8vo,   72.     Chicago: 
University  Press,  1905. 

Ivy  Kellerman  (Mrs.  Edwin  C.  Reed),  Ph.D.  1904;  Washington,  D.C. 

On  the  Syntax  of  Some  Prepositions  in  the  Greek  Dialects.     Doctor's  thesis. 
Svo,  79.    Lancaster,  Pa.:  New  Era  Printing  Co.,  1904. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  GREEK  LANGUAGE 
AND  LITERATURE 

Paul  Shorey  [1892-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Greek. 

A.B.  Har\-arcl,  1878;  Ph.D.  Munich,  1884;  LL.D.  Iowa  College,  1905;  Litt.D. 
Wisconsin,  1911;  LL.D.  Missouri,  1913;  Litt.D.  Brown,  1914;  LL.D.  Johns 
Hopkins,  19 15;  LL.D.  Michigan,  1915;  LL.D.  Colorado,  191 7;  Professor  of 
Greek,  Hr>n  Mawr,  1885-92;  Professor  of  Greek,  Chicago,  1892-;  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Greek,  ibid.,  1896-. 

Associate  Director,  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  in  Athens,  1901-2; 
President,  .Vmerican  Philological  .Association,  1910;  Percy  TurnbuU  Lecturer  on 
Poetry,  Johns  Hopkins,  1912;  Harvard  Lecturer  on  Classical  Subjects,  1912; 
Roosevelt  Exchange  Professor,  Berlin,  1913-14;  Harris  Lecturer,  Northwestern 
University,  1916;   Member,  American  Institute. 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Studies  in  Classical  Philology, 
University  of  Chicago,  1S95-1907;  Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors, 
Classical  Philology,  1906-;    Managing  Editor,  ibid.,  190S-. 

Horace,  Odes  and  Epodes  (edited  with  introduction  and  notes  by  Paul 
Shorey.  Revised  by  Paul  Shorey  and  Gordon  J.  Laing).  Svo, 
xx\vi-|-5i7.     Boston:    Benjamin  H.  Sanborn  &  Co.,  1910. 

Articles:  Herodotus,  Homer,  Isocrates,  Lucian,  Plato,  Sappho,  Si- 
monides,  Socrates,  Sophocles,  Xenophon,  Xew  International  Encyclo- 
paedia, 1904. 


122  PUBLICATIONS 

Are  the  Degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Philosophy,  and 
Bachelor  of  Letters  to  Be  Preserved  or  to  Be  Merged  in  the  Degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Arts?  Journal  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Fifth  Annual 
Conference  of  the  Association  of  American  Universities  (1904),  63-75. 

Relations  of  Classical  Literature  to  Other  Branches  of  Learning,  Congress 

of  Arts  and  Science,  St.  Louis,  III  (1904),  370-S5. 

Plato  and  Minucius  Felix,  Classical  Review,  XVIII  (1904),  302-3. 

Note  on  Simplicius  De  caelo,  ibid.,  XIX  (1905),  205. 

Note  on  Plato  Republic  566E,  ibid.,  438-39. 

Plato  and  His  Lessons  for  Today,  Independent,  LX  (1906),  253-56. 

Discipline  in  Modern  Education,  Bookman,  XXIII  (1906),  96-100. 

The  Influence  of  the  Classics  on  American  Literature,  Chautauquan, 
XLIII  (1906),  121-32. 

Note  on  Xenophon  Anabasis  i.  7.  5,  Classical  Journal,  I  (1905-6),  155. 

Philology  and  Classical  Philology,  ibid.,  169-96. 

A  Case  of  lotacism  in  Themistius,  Classical  Philology,  I  (1906),  81. 

A  Greek  Source  of  Milton,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXI  (1906),  192. 

Note  on  Plato  Republic  488D,  Classical  Review,  XX  (1906),  247-48. 

Note  on  Horace  Ars  Poetica  95  and  Proclus  on  the  Plain  Style,  Classical 
Philology,  I  (1906),  293-94. 

Himerius  Oration  i  and  Horace  Ars  Poetica  12S,  ibid.,  415. 

Emendation  of  Plato  Charmides  i68b,  ibid.,  II  (1907),  340. 

Note  on  Plato  Crito  496-50/!,  Classical  Journal,  II  (1906-7),  80,  81. 

The  Meaning  of  ovoiv  Sio/xai,  ibid.,  171-72. 

Word-Accent  in  Greek  and  Latin  Verse,  ibid.,  219-24. 

Benjamin  Jowett,  Teacher,  Platonist,  and  Scholar,  Chautauquan,  XL VI 
(1907),  205-15. 

The  Equivocations  of  Pragmatism,  Dial,  XLIII  (1907),  273-75. 

The  Force  of  KatVot,  Classical  Journal,  III  (1907-8),  27-30. 

A   Few  Parallels  from   the  Classics,   Modern  Philology,  V  (1907-8), 

143-44- 
Some  Ideals  of  Education  in  Plato's  Republic,  Educational  Bi-Monthly, 

II  (190S),  208-22. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GREEK  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE     123 

Choriambic  Dimeter  and  the  Rehabilitation  of  the  Antispast,  Trans- 
actions of  the  American  Philological  Association,  XXXVIII  (190S), 
57-88. 

Eduard  Zeller,  Nation,  LXXXVI  (1908),  326-27. 

Notes  on  the  Text  of  Alcinous  EtoraywyT/,  Classical  Philology,  III 
(190S),  97. 

An  Emendation  of  Aelian,  ibid.,  loi. 

Varia,  ibid.,  198,  199. 

The  Service  of  Humanistic  Studies  to  the  Technical  School,  Bulletin  of 
Pennsylvania  State  College,  June,  1908,  54-69. 

Note  on  Plato  Philebus,  11  B,  C,  Classical  Philology,  HI  (190S),  343-45. 

Notes  on  the  Text  of  Simplicius  De  caelo,  ibid.,  345. 

Emendations  of  Themistius'  Paraphrase  of  Aristotle's  Physics,  ibid., 

447-49- 
Note   on  Thucydides  ii.  15.  4,  ibid.,  IV  (1909),  81,  82. 

Note  on  Diogenes  Laertius  iv.  59,  ibid.,  86. 

On  Aristotle  De  part.  an.  iv.  15,  ibid.,  203. 

Hippias  Paidagogos,  School  Review,  XVII  (1909),  i-io. 

The  Spirit  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  University  of  Chicago  Magazine, 
I  (1909),  229-45. 

The  Poet  of  Science,  Dial,  XL VI  (1C09),  17-19. 

orvyyei^s  6<^6akfi6<:^  Classical  Philology,  IV  (1909),  323. 

Emendation  of  Crates  Epistle  xix,  ibid.,  323. 

Aeschylus  Fr.  207  and  the  Satyr  Chorus,  ibid.,  433-36. 

SpeUing  Reform  in  Extremis,  Dial,  XLVH  (1909),  321-23. 

A  Greek  Analogue  of  the  Romance  Adverb,  Classical  Philology,  V  (1910), 

83-96. 
<^vo-iv,  iJLtXtTr},  (TTKTTrjfir),  Transactions  of  the  American  Philological  Associa- 

tionXL  (1909),  185-201. 

Integer  Vitae  Once  More,  Classical  Journal,  V  (1909-10),  317-21. 

The  Spirit  of  Greek  Athletics,  Chaulauquan,  L\1I  (1910),  255-73. 

The  Abiding  Power  of  Greek  Philosophy.  Introiiucuon  to  \'ol.  I\'  of 
The  Culture  of  the  Classics.     New  York:  \'inccnl  Parke  &  Co.,  1910. 


124  PUBLICATIONS 

Homer  Iliad  24.  367  and  Plato  Republic  492C,  Classical  Philology,  V 
(1910),  220-21. 

The  Unity  of  the  Human  Spirit,  Oberlin  Alumni  Magazine,  VI  (19 10), 
343-62;  published  also  in  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Addresses.  Boston: 
Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  1915. 

Mill  Revealed  in  His  Letters,  Dial,  XL VIII  (191  o),  417-19. 

The  So-called  "Archon  Basileus"  and  Plato  Menexenus  238D,  Classical 
Philology,  V  (1910),  361-62. 

Emendation  of  Herodian  -n-epl  (rxqiJ^o-roiv,  ibid.,  368. 

The  Meaning  of  kwXos  in  Plato  Rep.  424A,  ibid.,  505-7, 

The  Case  of  the  Classics,  School  Review,  XVIII  (19 10),  585-617;  pub- 
lished also  in  F.  W.  Kelsey's  Latin  and  Greek  in  American  Edu- 
cation. New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  191 1;  and  in  Mitteilungen  des 
Vereins  der  Freunde  des  humanistischen  Gymnasiums,  Wien  und 
Leipzig  (1911),  52-71. 

Note  on  Xenophanes  Fr.  18  (Diels)  and  Isocrates  Panegyricus  32,  Clas- 
sical Philology,  VI  (191 1),  88-89. 

Solon's  Trochaics  to  Phokos,  ibid.,  216-18. 

American  Scholarship,  Nation,  XCII  (191 1),  466-69;  published  also  in 
Classical  Weekly,  IV  (191 1),  226-30;  and  in  Fifty  Years  of  American 
Education,  400-413.     Boston:  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  191 5. 

An  Educational  Culture-Bouillon,  School  Review,  XX  (1912),  73-80. 

Reply  to  Professor  Bagley,  ibid.,  417-21. 

Finis  Controversiae,  ibid.,  563. 

The  Study  of  Greek  Literature.  In  Greek  Literature,  1-33.  New  York: 
Columbia  University  Press,  191 2. 

Note  on  Lucretius  iii.  59  IT.,  Classical  Philology,  VII  (1912),  353-54. 

Emendation  of  Theophrastus  De  sens.  64  (Diels'  Vorsokratiker^  375,  44), 
ibid.,  485-86. 

Emendation  of  Olympiodorus,  Scholia  in  Platonis  Phaedonem  (Finckh, 
p.  39, 1.  9),  ibid.,  VIII  (1913),  90. 

Note  on  Aristotle  Metaphysics  ioS6b,  32-37,  ibid.,  90-92. 

The  Rendering  of  Greek  Verse:  A  Reply,  ibid.,  217-20. 

dvTi(TTpo<f)r]  avv  dvTi^c'o-ci,  ibid.,   228-29. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GREEK  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE      125 

Emendation  of  Julian  Oralio  v.  179C,  ibid.,  229-30. 

Gomperz's  Greek  Thinkers  (Aristotle),  Nation,  XCVI  (1913),  77-79. 

Die  Amerikanische  Hoflnung  (inaugural  address  of  Roosevelt  Exchange 
Professor),  Berliner  Akademische  Nachrichten,  VIII  (1913),  31. 

Note  on  Aristotle's  De  anima  403a  23,  Classical  Philology,  IX  (1914),  191. 

Note  on  Aristotle's  De  anima  405a  3,  ibid.,  316-17. 

Plato's  Laws  and  the  Unity  of  Plato's  Thought,  Part  I,  ibid.,  345-69. 

Hope   (Greek  and  Roman),  Hastings'  Encyclopaedia  of  Religion   and 
Ethics,  VI  (19 14),  780. 

Derwahre  Emerson,  Internationale  Monatsschriftfiir  Wissenschaft,  Kunst, 
und  Technik,  VIII  (1914),  1417. 

Note  on  the  Sixth  Platonic  Epistle,  Classical  Philology,  X  (191 5),  87-88. 

Emendation  of  Sextus  Empiricus  tt^os  ypa/x/Aart/cou?  126,  ibid.,  218-19. 

Emendation  of  Plato  Gorgias  503D,  ibid.,  325. 

Emendation  of  Maximus  of  Tyre  xvii.  8,  ibid.,  452-53. 

The  Place  of  the  Languages  and  Literatures  in  the  College  Curriculum. 
In  The  American  College.     New  York:   Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1915. 

Nationale  Kultur  und  klassische  Bildung,  Mitteilungen  des  Vereins  der 
Freunde  des  humanistischen  Gymnasiums,  Wien  und  Leipzig,  191 5. 

Isocrates,  Hastings'  Encyclopaedia  of  Religion  and  Ethics,  VII  (1915),  438. 

Religion  in  Greek  and  Roman  Philosophy,  ibid.     In  Press. 

Notes  on  Sextus  Empiricus  ^rpo?  /aovcn/covs   21,  Classical  Philology,  XI 
(1916),  99. 

Emendation  of  Plato  Laws  795B,  ibid.,  213-15. 

Note  on  Stobaeus  Eclog.  ii.  104.  6W,  ibid.,  t,2>'^. 

REvaEWS  in:  Classical  Philology,  I,  295;  II,  120-22,  128,  233-35, 
359.  476,  497-98;  HI,  211-12,  348-49.  354.  360-61,  459,  461-62;  IV, 
106-8,    109-10,    238-40,    240,   361-64,   304,   491-94.   494-97.   497-98; 

VII,  114,  115,  379-Si,  487-90.  490-92,  504,  505;  VIII,  99,  121,  123, 
232,  234,  235,  239,  361,  387,  502;  IX,  98,  202-5;  ^.  96-98,  230-31, 
231,  334-35,  464,  482,  4S3-86;    XI,  hi;    Classical  Weekly,  I,  38-39; 

VIII,  173-74  and  many  others  in  Xation,  Classical  Journal,  Philo- 
sophical Revirw,  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology,  and  Scientific 
Methods,  American  Historical  Rcvirw,  Classical  Weekly,  and  Dial. 


126  PUBLICATIONS 

Robert  Johnson  Bonner  [1903-],  Professor  of  Greek. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1890;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1904;  Professor  of  Latin,  John  B.  Stetson 
University,  1900-1903;  Assistant  Professor  of  Greek,  Chicago,  1908-10;  Associate 
Professor,  ibid.,  1910-13;   Professor,  ibid.,  1913-. 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Classical  Philology,  1910-. 

Greek    Composition    for    Schools.     8vo,    viii4-248.     Chicago:     Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co.,  1903. 

Evidence   in   Athenian   Courts.    Doctor's   thesis.     8vo,    98.     Chicago: 
University  Press,  1905. 

Elementary  Greek   (with  T.  C.  Burgess).     8vo,  xviii+237.     Chicago: 
Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1907. 

Note  on  Rapuit  in  V'lrgW  A  eneid  i.  176,  ClassicalJ  ournal,  I  (1905-6),  49,  50. 

Did  Women  Testify  in  Homicide  Cases  at  Athens  ?  Classical  Philology ^ 
I  (1906),  127-32. 

The  Jurisdiction  of  Athenian  Arbitrators,  ibid.,  II  (1907),  407-18. 

The  Legal  Setting  of  Plato's  Apology,  ibid..  Ill  (190S),  169-77. 

The  Use  and  Effect  of  Attic  Seals,  ibid.,  399-407. 

The  Mutual  Intelligibility  of  Greek   Dialects,  Classical  Journal,  IV 
(1908-9),  356-63. 

The  New  Greek  Historian,  ibid.,  V  (1909-10),  353-59. 

The  Name  "Ten  Thousa.nd,"  Classical  Philology,  V  (1910),  97-99. 

The  Boeotian  Federal  Constitution,  ibid.,  405-17. 

Administration  of  Justice  in  the  Age  of  Homer,  ibid.,  VI  (191 1),  12-36. 

Administration  of  Justice  in  the  Age  of  Hesiod,  ibid.,  VII  (191 2),  17-23. 

Xenophon,  Anabasis  iv.  8.  27,  Classical  Journal,  VII  (1911-12),  184-85. 

The  Organization  of  the  Ten  Thousand,  ibid.,  356-63. 

Evidence  in  the  Areopagus,  Classical  Philology,  VII  (191 2),  450-59. 

The  Minimum  Vote  in  Ostracism,  ibid.,  VIII  (1913),  223-25. 

Xenophon 's  Comrades  in  Arms,  Classical  Journal,  X  (1914-15),  195-205. 

The  Four  Senates  of  the  Boeotians,  Classical  Philology,  X  (1915),  381-85. 

The  Institution  of  Athenian  Arbitrators,  ibid.,  XI  (1916),  191-95. 

Reviews  in:  Classical  Philology,  II,  345-46;  III,  115-17,  357-58; 
IV,  331-32;  VI,  104-5,  490-91;  VII,  252-53,  376-77,  408;  VIII,  128, 
128-29;  X,  112-13;  Classical  Journal,  II,  iig-40. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GREEK  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE      127 

Edward  Capps  [1S92-1907],  Professor  of  Greek;    Professor  of  Greek, 

Princeton  University. 

A.H.  Illinois  CoIleRc,  1887;  Ph.D.  Yale,  1891;  Tutor  in  Latin,  ibid.,  1891-92; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Greek,  Chicago,  1892-96;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1896- 
1900;  Professor,  ibid.,  19CXJ-1907. 

Managing  Editor,  Classical  Philology,  1906-7;    Editor  (with  H.  W. 

Johnston)  of  the  "Lake  Classical  Series"  (Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.), 

1906-. 

The  "Nemesis"  of  the  Younger  Cratinus,  Harvard  Studies,  XV  (1904), 
6i-75- 

The    Roman    Fragments    of    Athenian    Comic    Didascaliac,    Classical 
Philology,  I  (1906),  201-21. 

The  "More  Ancient  Dionysia"  at  Athens— Thucydides  ii.    15,  ibid., 
II  (1907),  25-42. 

Epigraphical   Prol)lems   in   the   History   of  Attic   Comedy,   American 
Journal  of  Philology,  XXVTII  (1907),  179-99. 

Review  of:  Wilhelm,  L^rkundcn  dramatischer  AufifUhrungen  in 
Athcn,  Ayncrican  Journal  of  Philology,  XXVIII,  S2-90.  Other  reviews 
in  Classical  Philology,  I,  193-94,  425-26,  43S-40;   II,  123. 

Henry  Washixgton  Prescott  [1909-],  Professor  of  Classical  Philolog>'. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1895;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1901;  Assistant  Professor  of  Classical  Philology, 
California,  1904-9;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1909;  Associate  Professor  of 
Classical  Philology,  Chicago,  1909-11;   Professor,  ibid.,  191 1-. 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Classical  Philology,  1909-. 

Marginalia  on  the  Hellenistic  Poets,  Classical  Philology,  IV  (1909), 
320-22. 

Plautus'  Trinummus  675,  ibid.,  V  (1910),  103-4. 

The  Versus  Lnconditi  of  Pap.  Oxyrhynch.  219,  ibid.,  15S-6S. 

Three  PuerSctnes  in  Plautus,  Harvard  Studies  in  Classical  Philology, 
XXI  (1910),  31-50. 

An  Epigram  of  Posidippus,  Classical  Philology,  V  (1910),  494-501. 

Apuleius  Metamorphoses  ii.  29,  ibid.,  VI  (191 1),  90. 

Marginalia  on  .\puleius'  Metamorphoses,  ibid.,  345-50. 

The  Position  of  "Deferred"  Nouns  and  Adjectives  in  Epic  and  Dramatic 
Verse,  ibid.,  VII  (1912),  35-58- 


128  PUBLICATIONS 

Plautus  Mercator  59:  convicium  or  coniurium?    Classical  Philology,  VII 
(1912),  81-82. 

Plautus  Mercator  59  and  Lambinus'  Note,  ibid.,  251. 

Hellenistic    Literature.     In    Greek    Literature,    229-66.    New    York: 
Columbia  University  Press,  19 12. 

The  Amphitruo  of  Plautus,  Classical  Philology,  VIII  (1913),  14-22. 

i^a  poov.  Classical  Quarterly,  VII  (1913),  176-87. 

The  Interpretation  of  Roman  Comedy,  Classical  Philology,  XI  (1916), 
125-47. 

Frank  Bigelow  Tarbell,  Professor  of   Classical  Archaeology.    See 
under  Department  of  History  of  Art,  p.  66. 

Clarence  Fassett  Castle  [1892-],  Associate  Professor  of  Greek  on 

the  Edward  Olson  Foundation. 

A.B.  Denison,  1880;  Ph.D.  Yale,  1888;   Professor  of  Greek,  Bucknell,  1882-92; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Greek,  Chicago,  1892-95;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1895-. 

An  Enlarged  Platform,  Classical  Journal,  II  (1906-7),  263-65. 

Review  in:    Classical  Journal,  II,  185-86. 

George  Miller  Calhoun  [1909-11],  Assistant  in   Greek;    Adjunct 
Professor  of  Greek,  University  of  Texas,  Austin. 
A.B.  Chicago,  1906;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  191 1;  Assistant  in  Greek,  ibid.,  1909-11. 
Athenian  Clubs  in  Politics  and  Litigation.     Doctor's  thesis.     8vo, 
172.     Austin:   University  of  Texas  Bulletin,  1913. 

Roy  Caston  Flickinger  [1902-3],  Assistant  in  Greek;   Professor  of 

Greek  and  Latin,  Northwestern  University. 

A.B.  Northwestern,   1899;    Ph.D.  Chicago,   1904;    Assistant  in  Greek,  ibid., 
1902-3. 

Plutarch  as  a  Source  of  Information  on  the  Greek  Theater.     Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  64.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1904. 

Roger  Miller  Jones  [191 2-13],  Assistant  in  Greek;    Instructor  in 
Classics,  Grinnell  College,  GrinncU,  la. 
A.B.  Denison,  1905;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913;   Assistant  in  Greek,  ibid.,  1912-13. 

The  Platonism  of  Plutarch.     Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  153.     Menasha,  Wis.: 
George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1916. 

Note  on  Plutarch's  Moralia,  720C,  Classical  Philology,  VII  (1914),  76. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GREEK  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE      1 29 

Frank  E^gleston  Rodbins  [1910-11],  Assistant  in  Greek;   Instructor 
in  Greek,  University  of  Michigan. 
A.H.  W'csleyun,  1906;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  191 1;   Assistant  in  Greek,  ibid.,  1910-11. 

The  Ilexaemeral  Literature;  a  Study  of  the  Greek  and  Latin  Commentaries 
on  Genesis.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  104.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  191 2. 

The  Relation  between  Codices  B  and  F  of  PUny's  Letters,  Classical 
Philology,  V  (1910),  4^7-75. 

Tables  of  Contents  in  the  Manuscripts  of  Pliny's  Letters,  ibid.,  476-S7. 

Albert  Augustus  Trever  [1911-12],  Assistant  in  Greek;    Professor 

of  Greek,  Lawrence  College,  Appleton,  Wis. 

A.B.  Lawrence  College,  1896;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913;  Instructor  in  Hebrew, 
DcPauw.  1900-1902;  Professor  of  Greek,  Lawrence  College,  1904;  Assistant  in 
Greek,  Chicago,  1911-12. 

History  of  Greek  Economic  Thought.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  162.  Chi- 
cago:  University  Press,  1916. 

Ethel  Ella  Beers,  Ph.D.  1912;   Parker  High  School,  Chicago. 

Euripides  and  Later  Greek  Thought.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  113. 
Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1914. 

Hazel  Louise  Brown,  Ph.D.  191  i ;  Township  High  School,  Har\ey,  IlL 

Extemporary  Speech  in  Antiquity.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  184.  Me- 
nasha, Wis.:   George  Banta  PubHshing  Co.,  1914. 

Frank  Winans  Dignan,  Ph.D.  1905;  LaSalle  Extension  University, 
Chicago. 

The  Idle  Actor  in  Aeschylus.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  43.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1905. 

Emily  Helen  Dutton,  Ph.D.  1913;  Professor  of  Latin  and  Greek, 
Tennessee  College,  Murfreesboro,  Tenn. 

Studies  in  Greek  Prepositional  Phrases.  Sia.  uTro,  t\.  tk.  iv.  Doctor's 
thesis.  vi-|-2n.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co., 
1916. 


I30  PUBLICATIONS 

John  Leonard  Hancock,  Ph.D.  1913;  Instructor  in  Latin  and  Greek, 
University  of  Arkansas,  Fayetteville. 

Studies  in  Stichomythia.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  97.  Chicago:  Univer- 
sity Press,  1916. 

Anne  Bates  Hersman,  Ph.D.  1907;  Hyde  Park  High  School,  Chicago. 

Studies  in  Greek  Allegorical  Interpretation:  /,  Sketch  of  Allegorical 
Interpretation  before  Plutarch;  II,  Plutarch.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo, 
64.     Chicago:  Blue  Sky  Press,  1906. 

John  Emory  Hollingsworth,  Ph.D.  1913;  Professor  of  Greek  and 
Latin,  Missouri  Valley  College,  Marshall,  Mo. 

Antithesis  in  the  Attic  Orators  from  Antiphon  to  Isaeus.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  ix4-87.     Menasha,  Wis.:   George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1915. 

Arthur  Leslie  Keith,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Latin,  Carleton  Col- 
lege, Northfield,  Minn. 

Simile  and  Metaphor  in  Greek  Poetry  from  Homer  to  Aeschylus.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Svo,  138.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co., 
1914. 

Geneva  Misener,  Ph.D.,  1903;  Assistant  Professor  of  Classics,  Univer- 
sity of  Alberta,  Edmonton,  Canada. 

The  Meaning  of  yap.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  75.  Baltimore:  Lord 
Baltimore  Press,  1904. 

Kelley  Rees,  Ph.D.  1906;  Professor  of  Classics,  Reed  College,  Port- 
land, Ore. 

The  So-called  Rule  of  Three  Actors  in  the  Classical  Greek  Drama. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  86.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1908. 

David  M.  Robinson,  Ph.D.  1904;  Professor  of  Classical  Archaeology 
and  Epigraphy,  and  Lecturer  on  Greek  Literature,  Johns  Hopkins 
University. 

Notes  on  the  Delian  Choregic  Inscriptions,  American  Journal  of  Phil- 
ology, XXV  (1904),  184-91. 

A  New  Sinopean,  Berliner  philologische  Wochenschrift,  XXIV  (1904), 
1566-77. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  LATIN  LANGUAGE  131 

Terra  Cotta  Finds  at  Corinth  in  1903,  American  Journal  of  Archaeology, 
IX  (1905),  72. 

Ancient  Sinope:  An  Historical  Account,  with  a  Prosopographia  Sino- 
pensis  and  an  Appendix  of  Inscriptions.  Doctor's  thesis.  American 
Journal  of  Philology,  XX\'1I  (1906),  125-53,  245-79. 

LaRue  Van  Hook,  Ph.D.  1904;  Associate  Professor  of  Classical 
Philology,  Columbia  University. 

The  Metaphorical  Terminology  of  Greek  Rhetoric  and  Literary  Criticism. 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  51.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1905. 

A  Stamped  Tile  from  Amjclae,  Berliner  philologische  Wochenschrift, 
XXIV  (1904),  1469. 


THE   DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  LATIN  LANGUAGE  AND 
LITERATURE 

William  Gardner  Hale  [1892-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Latin. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1870;  LL.D.  Union  College,  1895;  LL.D.  Princeton,  i8q6;  LL.D. 
St.  Andrews,  1907;  LL.D.  Aberdeen,  1907;  Professor  of  the  Latin  Language  and 
Literature,  Cornell,  1880-92;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Latin, 
Chicago,  1892-. 

Corresponding  Member,  German  Archaeological  Institute  of  Berlin,  .\thens,  and 
Rome;  President,  .American  Philological  .\ssociation,  1892-93;  Director,  .Ameri- 
can School  of  Classical  Studies  in  Rome,  1S95-96;  Chairman,  Managing  Com- 
mittee, ibid.,  1895-99;  Member  of  the  Executive  Committee,  Classical  .Association 
of  the  Middle  West  and  South,  1905-;  Honorary  Member,  Cambridge  [Englandl 
Philological  Society,  1907;  Vice-President,  [Englishl  Classical  Association, 
1907-. 

Associate  Editor,  Classical  Review,  1889-;  Associate  Editor,  Classical 
Quarterly,  1907-;  Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Studies  in  Classical 
Philology,  University  of  Chicago,  1S95-1907,  and  of  Classical  Philol- 
ogy, 1906-;  Member,  Board  of  Advisors  of  Loeb  Classical  Library, 
1910;  formerly  Honorary  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Archaeology; 
formerly  Joint  Edhov, Cornell  University  Studies  in  Classical  Philology. 

Chairman  of  the  Latin  Auxiliary  Committee  of  Twelve,  1S94-96; 
Member  of  the  Committee  of  Twelve  of  the  American  Philological 
Association  on  College  Entrance  Requirements,  1S96-99;  Member 
of  the  Committee  on  College  Entrance  Requirements  in  Latin, 
1909;  Chairman  of  the  Joint  Committee  of  the  National  Education 
Association,  the  Modern  Language  Association  of  America,  and  the 


132  PUBLICATIONS 

American  Philological  Association  on  Grammatical  Nomenclature, 
191 1-;  Author  of  parts  of  the  Committee's  Report  on  Grammatical 
Nomenclature.     8vo,  viii+65.     Chicago:   University  Press,  19 14. 

A  First  Latin  Book,  ist  ed.,  1907;  rev.  ed.,  1912.  i2mo,  354.  Chicago 
and  Boston:  Atkinson,  Mentzer  &  Grover. 

Latin  Prose  Composition,  Based  on  Caesar  (with  Charles  H.  Beeson  and 
Wilbert  L.  Carr).  i2mo,  137.  Chicago  and  Boston:  Atkinson, 
Mentzer  &  Grover,  19 10. 

Table  and  Explanations  of  the  Uses  of  the  Latin  Subjunctive  in  "An 
Experiment  in  the  Teaching  of  First  and  Second  Year  Latin," 
Classical  Journal,  I  (1905-6),  7-18. 

Catullus  Once  More,  Classical  Review,  XX  (1906),  160-64. 

A  Century  of  Metaphysical  Syntax,  Proceedings  of  St.  Louis  Congress 
of  Arts  and  Science,  III  (1906),  191-202. 

An  Unrecognized  Construction  of  the  Latin  Subjunctive:  The  Second 
Person  Singular  in  General  Statements  of  Fact,  Classical  Philology, 
I  (1906),  21-42. 

The  Quantitative  Pronunciation  of  Latin,  and  Its  Meaning  for  Latin 
Versification,  Classical  Journal,  II  (1906-7),  loi-io. 

Indoeuropaische  Modus-Syntax:  eine  Kritik  und  ein  System,  Verhand- 
lungen  der  Versammlung  deutscher  Philologen  und  Schulmdnner  in 
Basel  (1908),  155-56. 

The  Heritage  of  Unreason  in  Syntactical  Method,  Proceedings  of  the 
[English]  Classical  Association  for  1907,  V  (1908),  1-12. 

Relative  Standards  in  Science  and  in  Syntax,  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Philological  Association,  XXXIX  (1908),  xxx-xxxiii. 

The  Manuscripts  of  Catullus,  Classical  Philology,  III  (1908),  233-56. 

Benzo  of  Alexandria  and  Catullus,  ibid.,  V  (1910),  56-65. 

Latin  Composition.  I:  As  the  College  Conceives  It,  School  Review, 
XVIII  (1910),  225-40. 

Latin  Composition.  II:    As  the  Manuals  Conceive  It,  ibid.,  297-318. 

Conflicting  Terminology  for  Identical  Conceptions  in  the  Grammars  of 
Indo-European  Languages,  Proceedings  of  the  American  Philological 
Association,  XL  (19 10),  xl-xliii. 


DKl'ARTMKX'r  01"  'IHK  LATIN  LAN(iUAC;E  133 

The  Harmonizinji;  of  Grammatical  Nomenclature,  with  Especial  Refer- 
ence to  Mood-Syntax.  I,  Publications  of  the  Modern  Language 
Association  of  America,  XXVI  (1911),  379-41;  II,  ibid.,  XXVII 
(1912),  419-60. 

The  Practical  Value  of  Humanistic  Studies,  School  Review,  XIX  (191 1), 
657-79;  published  also  in  University  Bulletin,  University  of  Michigan, 
XIII  (1912),  36-58. 

The  Harmonizing  of  Grammatical  Nomenclature  in  High-School  Study, 
School  Review,  XIX  (191 1),  361-82. 

The  Closing  of  the  Symposium  on  Grammatical  Nomenclature,  ibid.y 
630-42. 

Note  on  the  Work  of  the  Joint  Committee  of  Fifteen  on  Grammatical 
Terminology,  ibid.,  XX  (19 12),  46-52. 

(The  foregoing  three  articles  are  reprinted  in  the  University  Bulletin, 
University  of  Michigan,  XIII  [191 2],  3-24,  45-57.  58-64-) 

The  Classification  of  Sentences  and  Clauses,  School  Review,  XXI  (191 2), 

388-97. 
Origin  of  the  Distinction   of  Tenses  in   Latin  Prohibitions,  Indoger- 

manischc  Forschungcn,  XXXI  (19 12),  Festschrift  in  honor  of  Ber- 

thold  Delbriick,  272-75. 

Address  at  the  Laying  of  the  Cornerstone  of  the  Classics  Building, 
June  9,  1914,  Classical  Journal,  X  (1914-15),  387-95. 

Co-operation  in  the  Classroom,  ibid.,  XI  (191 5-16),  262-77. 

Reviews  of:     Stahl,  Syntax  des  griechischen  Verbums,  Classical 
Philology,  IV,  439-47;    Bennett,  Syntax  of  Early  Latin,  \'oI.  I,  ibid., 

VI,  367-74- 

Fraxk  Frost  Abbott  [1S91-190S],  Professor  of  Latin;    Professor  of 

Latin,  Princeton  University, 

A.B.  Yale,  1SS2;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1S91;  .\ssociate  Professor  of  Latin,  Chicago,  1891- 
94;  Professor  of  Latin, //)/</.,  1894-1908. 

Professor  of  Latin  in  the  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  in  Rome,  1901-2, 
Meml)er  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Classical  Philology,  1906-. 

A  Short  History  of  Rome.  1 2mo,  304.  Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co., 
190O. 

Hatuibook  for  the  Study  of  Roman  History.  48.  Chicago:  Scott,  Fores- 
man  &  Co.,  1900. 


134  PUBLICATIONS 

Roman  Political  Institutions  (new  ed.).    450.     Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1908. 

The  Evolution  of  the  Modern  Forms  of  the  Letters  of  Our  Alphabet, 
Modern  Philology,  II  (1904-5),  307-19. 

The   Constitutional  Argument   in   the   Fourth   Catilinarian   Oration, 
Classical  Journal,  II  (1906-7),  123-25. 

The  Use  of  Language  as  a  Means  of  Characterization  in  Petronius, 

Classical  Philology,  II  (1907),  43-50. 

The  Theory  of  Iambic  Shortening,  ibid.,  98- 100. 

Notes  upon  MSS  containing  Persius  and  Petrus  Diaconus,  ibid.,  331-33. 

The  Accent  in  Vulgar  and  Formal  Latin,  ibid.,  444-60. 

Municipal  Politics  in  Pompeii,  Classical  Journal,  III  (1907-8),  58-66. 

Some  Spurious  Inscriptions  and  Their  Authors,  Classical  Philology,  III 
(1908),  22-30. 

Notes  on  Latin  Accent,  ibid.,  loi,  203-5. 

Reviews  in:  Classical  Philology,  I,  183-87;  II,  359-60,  470-73; 
III,  120-21;  Classical  Journal,  I,  208;  II,  315-16;  III,  38-39,  292-93; 
American  Historical  Remew,  XII,  351-52. 

George    Lincoln    Hendrickson    [1895-1907],    Professor    of    Latin; 

Professor  of  Latin  and  Greek  Literature,  Yale  University. 

A.B.  Johns  Hopkins,  1887;  L.H.D.  Western  Reserve,  1902;  Professor  of  Latin, 
Colorado  College,  1889-91;  Professor  of  Latin,  Wisconsin,  1891-96;  Professor  of 
Latin,  Chicago,  1895-1907. 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Classical  Philology,  1906-. 

The  Peripatetic  Mean  of  Style  and  the  Three  Stylistic  Characters, 
American  Journal  of  Philology,  XXV  (1904),  125-46. 

Zu  Catulls  gStem  Gedicht,  Rheinisches  Museum  fiir  Philologie,  LIX 
(1904),  478. 

The  Origin  and  Meaning  of  the  Ancient  Characters  of  Style,  American 
Journal  of  Philology,  XXVI  (1905),  249-90. 

Notes  on  Tacitus  Dialogus  20.  10,  Classical  Philology,  I  (1906),  81. 

The  De  Analogia  of  Julius  Caesar;  Its  Occasion,  Nature,  and  Date,  with 
Additional  Fragments,  ibid.,  97-120. 

A  Note  on  Seneca  Epp.  Mor.  82,  20,  ibid.,  412. 

Literary  Sources  in  Cicero's  Brutus,  and  the  Technique  of  Citation  in 
Dialogue,  American  Journal  of  Philology,  XXVII  (1906),  184-99. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  LATIN  LANGUAGE  135 

Chaucer  and  Petrarch :  Two  Notes  on  the  Clerkes  Talc,  Modern  Philology, 
IV  (1906-7),  179-92. 

Horace's  Propempticon  io\\xg\\,ClassicalJ  ournal,  III  (1907-8),  100-105. 

Review  of:  Kroll,  Die  Altertumswissenschaft  im  letzten  Viertel- 
jahrhundert,  Classical  Philology,  II,  230-34.  Other  reviews  in  Classical 
Philology,  I,  09,  304;  II,  307. 

Gordon  Jennings  Laing  [1899-],  Professor  of  Latin. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1891;   Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1896;   Assistant  Professor  of  Latin, 
Chicago,  1Q02-7;  Associate  Professor, /6/(/.,  1907-13;  Professor,  16/^.,  1913-. 

Professor  of  Latin  in  the  .\merican  School  of  Classical  Studies  in  Rome,  191 1-12. 
Managing  Editor  of  the  Classical  Journal,  1905-8;    Member  of  the 
Board  of  Editors,  Classical  Philology,  1906- ;    General  Editor,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  Press,  190S-;  Editor  of  Publications  of  the  Mem- 
bers of  the  University  of  Chicago,  igo2-i6. 

Selections  from  Ovid.  Svo,  ,\l-|-3oo.  Xew  York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co., 
1905. 

First  Latin  Lessons  (with  ;M.  Smith).  i2mo,  X4-246.  Boston:  AUyn 
&  Bacon,  1908. 

The  " Phormio"  of  Terence.  i2mo,  x-[-9i.  Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman 
&  Co.,  190S. 

Shorey^s  Odes  atid  Epodes  of  Horace  (revised  in  collaboration  with 
Paul  Shorey).  Svo,  .\x.xvi+5i7.  Boston:  Benjamin  H.  Sanborn 
Co.,  1910. 

Translation  of  Alberico  Gcntili's  Trcs  Libri  de  Legationihiis.  In 
Classics  of  Inter  national  Laiv  (Carnegie  Endowment).  O.xford  Uni- 
versity Press,  American  Branch.     In  Press. 

Roman  Milestones  and  the  Capita  Viarum,  Transactions  of  the  American 
Philological  Association,  X.XX.IK  (1908),  15-34. 

Legend  of  the  Trojan  Settlement  in  Latium,  Classical  Journal,  VI 
(1910-11),  51-64. 

Roman  Prayer  and  Its  Relation  to  Ethics,  Classical  Philology,  VI  (1911), 
180-96. 

Tertullian  and  the  Pagan  Cults,  Proceedings  of  the  American  Philological 
Association,  XLIV  (19 13),  .xxxv-vii. 

The  Culls  of  the  City  of  Rome  as  Seen  in  the  Inscriptions,  Aftwrican 
Journal  of  Archaeology,  X\TII  (1914),  S0-81. 


136  PUBLICATIONS 

Roman  Priests  and  Priesthoods,  Hsistings^  Encyclopaedia  of  Religion  and 
Ethics,  s.v.  "Priest,"  pp.  324-34. 

Reviews  in:  Classical  Review,  XIX,  232-34;  American  Journal 
of  Philology,  XXVI,  330-42;  Dial,  XL VI,  11 2-14;  Classical  Philol- 
ogy, IV,  216-17,  230;  VIII,  iia-13,  129-30,  249-51;  Classical  Journal, 
VI,  91-92,  142-43,  190-92;  IX,  406-7,  40S-9;  Classical  Weekly,  VI,  69, 
117-19. 

Elmer  Truesdell  Merrill  [1908-],  Professor  of  Latin. 

B.A.  Wesleyan,  1881;  LL.D.  St.  Andrews,  1911;  Professor  of  Latin,  University 
of  Southern  California,  1887-88;  Robert  Rich  Professor  of  Latin,  Wesleyan,  1888- 
1905;  Professor  of  Latin,  Trinity  College,  Hartford,  Connecticut,  1905-8; 
Professor  of  Latin,  Chicago,  1908-. 

Professor  of  Latin  in  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  in  Rome,  1898-99; 
Acting  Chairman  and  Chairman,  Managing  Committee,  ibid.,  1899-1901;  Presi- 
dent, American  Philological  Association,  1906-7. 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Classical  Philology,  190S-;  Con- 
tributing Editor,  American  Journal  of  Archaeology,  1908.- 

C.  Plini  Caecili  Secundi  Epistularum  Libri  ix.  Svo,  350.  Leipzig: 
B.  G.  Teubner.     In  Press. 

CatulliVeronensis  Liber.    i2mo,  200.    Leipzig:  B.  G.  Teubner.    In  Press. 

Plin.  Ep.  ii.  12.  4,  Classical  Philology,  IV  (1909),  202, 

The  City  of  Servius  and  the  Pomerium,  ibid.,  420-32. 

Zur  friihen  Ueberlieferungsgeschichte  des  Briefwechsels  zwischen  Phnius 
und  Trajan,  Wiener  Studien,  XXXI  (1909),  250-58.  Summary  in 
Verhandlungen  d.  joien  Versammlufig  deutschen  Philologen  u.  Schul- 
mdnner,  Leipzig,  19 10. 

On  the  Eight-Book  Tradition  of  PUny's  Letters  in  Verona,  Classical 
Philology,  V  (1910),  175-88. 

On  the  Early  Printed  Editions  of  Phny's  Correspondence  with  Trajan, 
ibid.,  451-66. 

Justice  in  the  Age  of  Homer,  ibid.,  VI  (191 1),  484-85. 

On  Caes.  B.C.  i.  2.  6  ante  certam  diem,  ibid.,  VII  (1912),  248-50. 

The  Case  of  the  Marcelli  (Cic.  De  or.  i.  176),  ibid.,  484-85. 

Cicero  to  Basilus  (Fam.  vi.  15),  ibid.,  VIII  (1913),  4S-56. 

On  Cic.  Fam.  xv.  20,  Vcrg.  ( ?)  Catal.  10,  and  Vcntidius,  ibid.,  389-400. 

Execution  of  a  Vestal  and  Ritual  Marriage,  ibid.,  IX  (1914),  317-22. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  LATIN  LANGUAGE  137 

The  Tradition  of  Pliny's  Letters,  ibid.,  X  (1915),  8-25. 

On  the  Date  of  Cic.  Fam.  xi.  i,  ibid.,  241-59. 

Cicero  and  Bithynicus,  ibid.,  432-37. 

An  Ancient  Roman  Game,  Classical  Journal,  XI  (1915-16),  365-66. 

Plautus  Amph.  551  fl.  and  Simultaneous  Action  in  Roman  Comedy, 
Classical  Philology,  XI  (1916),  340-41. 

The  "Uncial"  in  Jerome  and  Lupus,  /6/(f.,  452-57. 

Notes  on  Catullus,  Classical  Quarterly,  X  (1916),  125-29. 

On  Certain  Ancient  Errors  in  Geographical  Orientation,  Classical 
Journal,  XII  (1916-17),  88-101. 

Reviews  in:  Classical  Philology,  IV,  214-16,  449-50;  V,  124-27; 
Vn,  134-35;  IX,  210-12,  220-21,  464;  X,  99-101;  Classical 
Journal,  IV,  sSi'SS;  V,  189-92,  335-36;  VI,  95,  185-88,  222-23; 
VIII,  125-26,  371-73;  IX,  1S0-81,  362;  X,  183-85,  424-25,427-31; 
and  many  others  in  Nation,  LXXXVII,  LXXXVIII,  LXXXIX,  XC, 
XCI,  XCII,  XCIV,  XCV,  XCVII. 

Frank  Justus  Miller  [1892-],  Professor  of  Latin. 

A.B.  Denison,  1870;  Ph.D.  Yale,  1892;  LL.D.  Denison,  1909;  Professor  of  Latin, 
Clinton  College,  1880-81;  Assistant  Professor  of  Latin,  Chicago,  1894-1901; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1901-9;    Professor,  ibid.,  1909-. 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Classical  Philology,  1907-;  Mana- 
ging Editor,  Classical  Journal,  190S-. 

Second  Latin  Book  (with  C.  H.  Beeson).  i2mo,  532+112.  Chicago: 
Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1904. 

The  Tragedies  of  Seneca:  Translated  into  English  Verse.  8vo,  534. 
Chicago:   University  Press,  1907. 

Two  Dramatizations  from  Vergil.  Svo,  vi+120.  Chicago:  L'niversity 
Press,  1908. 

Ovid,  Metamorphoses.  With  an  English  Translation.  2  vols.  i2mo, 
xv+967.  Loeb  Classical  Library.  London:  William  Heinemann; 
New  York:   G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1916. 

Seneca's  Tragedies.  With  an  English  Translation.  2  vols.  i2mo, 
xxiv+1046.  Loeb  Classical  Library.  London:  William  Heine- 
mann; New  York:   G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1916. 

In  Vergil's  Italy,  Chautauquan,  XXX\'  (1902),  308-75. 


138  PUBLICATIONS 

Classical  Training  in  a  German  Gymnasium,  School  Review,  XII  (1904), 
96-108. 

The  Topical  Method  in  the  Study  of  Vergil,  Classical  Journal,  III 
(1907-8),  141-49- 

Evidences  of  Incompleteness  in  the  Aeneid  of  Vergil,  ibid.,  IV  (1908-9), 
341-55- 

Some  Features  of  Ovid's  Style:  I.  Personification  of  Abstractions, 
ibid.,  XI  (1915-16),  516-34. 

Reviews  in:  Classical  Journal,  1,  57-58,  90-91;  VI,  188-89,  311- 
12;  VIII,  269-71,  315;  IX,  85,  86,  181-82;  XI,  380;  Classical  Weekly, 
III,  7. 

Henry  Washington  Prescott,  Professor  of  Classical  Philology.  See 
under  Department  of  Greek,  p.  127. 

Charles  Henry  Beeson  [1906-],  Associate  Professor  of  Latin. 

A.B.  Indiana,  1893;  Ph.D.  Munich,  1907;  Assistant  Professor  of  Latin,  Chicago, 
1909-11;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  191 1-. 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  Classical  Philology,  1913-. 

Second  Latin  Book  (with  F.  J.  Miller).  i2mo,  532+112.  Chicago: 
Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1904. 

Eegemonius,  Acta  Archelai,  herausgegeben  im  Auftrage  der  Kirchen- 
vater-Commission  der  konigl.  preussischen  Akademie  der  Wissen- 
schaften.    4to,  liv+133.     Leipzig:    J.  C.  Hinrichs,  1906. 

Latin  Prose  Composition,  Based  on  Caesar  (with  William  Gardner  Hale 
and  Wilbert  L.  Carr).  i2mo,  137.  Chicago  and  Boston:  Atkin- 
son, Mentzer  &  Grover,  19 10. 

Isidor-Studicn  in  Quellen  und  Untersuchungen  zur  lateinischen  Philologie 
des  Miltelalters,  begrundet  von  Ludwig  Traube.  Vierter  Band. 
Zweites  Heft.     4to,  174.     Miinchen:  C.  H.  Beck,  19 13. 

New  Second  Latin  Book  (with  H.  F.  Scott).  i2mo,  542+117.  Chicago: 
Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1916. 

Isidor's  Instilutionum  Disciplinae  and  Pliny  the  Younger,  Classical 
Philology,  VIII  (191 2),  93-98. 

Reviews  in:  Classical  Philology,  V,  231-32;  VI,  241-42;  VII, 
92-94,  103-4;  VIII,  131-32,  492-93;  X,  89-92,  106-8,  225-26. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  LAILN  LANGUAGE  139 

Susan  Helen  Ballou  [189S-1915],  Instructor  in  Latin;    Professor  of 

Latin,  Western  State  Normal  School,  Kalamazoo,  Mich. 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1897;  Ph.D.  Giessen,  191 1;  Assistant  in  Latin,  Chicago,  1898- 
1900;  Associate, /t;d.,  1901-7;  Instructor,  »7>i</.,  1907-15. 

De  Clausulis  a  Flaxno  Vopisco  Syracusio  Scriptore  Ilistoriac  Augustae 
Adhibitis.     8vo,  106.     Weimar:   R.  Wagner  Sohn,  1912. 

The  Manuscript  Tradition  of  the  Historia  Augusta.     Svo,  89,  3  plates. 
Leipzig:   B.  G.  Teubner,  1914. 

The  MSS  of  the  Ilistoria  Aiigusta,  Classical  Philology,  III  (190S),  273-77. 

Edward  Ambrose  Bechtel  [1898-1908],  Instructor  in  Latin;    Pro- 
fessor of  Classical  Languages,  Tulane  University. 

AM.  Johns  Hopkins,  1888;  Ph.D.  ChicuKO,  1900;  Instructor  in  Latin,  North- 
western, 1894-97;  .Assistant  in  Latin,  Chicago,  1898-1900;  Associate,  ibid., 
1900-1902;    Instructor,  ibid.,  1902-08. 

Livy:   The  War  ivith  Hannibal.     i2mo,  174.     Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman 
&  Co.,  1905. 

Finger-Counting  among  the  Romans  in  the  Fourth  Century,  Classical 
Philology,  IV  (1909),  25-31. 

Reviews   in:    Classical  Journal,   I,   93-94;    III,    207;    Classical 
Philology,  II,  361-62,  492. 

Tenney  Fr.\nk  [1901-5],  Associate  in  Latin;   Professor  of  Latin,  Bryn 
Mawr  College. 

A.B.  Kansas,  1898;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1903;  .\ssistant  in  Latin,  ibid.,  1901-3; 
Associate,  ibid.,  1904-5. 

Attraction  of  Mood  in  Early  Latin.     Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  59.     Lan- 
caster, Pa.:  New  Era  Printing  Co.,  1904. 

The  Influence  of  the  Infinitive  upon  Verbs  Subordinated  to  It,  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Philology,  XXV  (1904),  42S-66. 

Review  in:    Classical  Rcvirw,  XVIII,  411- 12. 

Frederick  Warren  Sanford  [1904-5],  Assistant  in  Latin;   .Assistant 

Professor  of  Latin,  University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln. 

S.B.  Illinois  College,  1890;  .\.B.  ibid.,  1894;  Professor  of  Latin,  Illinois  College, 
1897-1903;   .Assistant  in  Latin,  Chiaigo,  1904-5. 

Caesar,  Gallic  War,  Books  I-V  (with  H.  W.  Johnston).     i2mo,  lvii-}-45S. 
Boston:    Benjamin  II.  Sanborn  &  Co.,  1900. 


I40  PUBLICATIONS 

Berthold  Louis  Ullman  [190S-9],  Assistant  in  Latin;    Professor  of 
Latin,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 
A.B.  Chicago,  1903;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1908;  Assistant  in  Latin,  ibid.,  1908-9. 

The  Identification  of  the  MSS  of  Catullus  Cited  in  Statius'  Edition  of  1566. 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  64.     Chicago:  Published  by  the  author,  1908. 

The  Book  Division  of  Propertius,  Classical  Philology,  IV  (1909),  45-51. 

Additions  and  Corrections  to  CIL,  ibid.,  190-98. 

Review  in:    Classical  Philology,  IV,  334-35. 

Harold  Lucius  Axtell,  Ph.D.  1906;  Professor  of  Latin  and  Greek, 
University  of  Idaho,  Moscow. 

Deification  of  Abstract  Ideas  in  Roman  Literature  and  Inscriptions. 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  100.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1907. 

Review  in:    Classical  Philology,  VIII,  500. 

fBERNARD  CaMILLUS  BoNDURANT,  Ph.D.   I905. 

Decimus  Junius  Brutus  Albinus;  A  Historical  Study.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  113.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1907. 

Alice  Freda  Braunlich,  Ph.D.  1913;  Instructor  in  Latin  and  Ger- 
man, Frances  Shimer  School,  Mount  Carroll,  111. 

Note  on  Propertius  II,  24,  1-16,  Classical  Philology,  IX  (1914),  196-99. 

Note  on  Apuleius  Metamorphoses  ii.  30,  ibid.,  X  (1915),  454-55. 

A  Theory  of  the  Origin  of  Hypotaxis,  Indogermanische  Forschungen, 
XXXV  (1915),  237-44. 

Frederick  William  Clark,  Ph.D.  19 13;  Professor  of  Latin  and  Greek, 
University  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

The  Influence  of  Sea-Power  on  the  History  of  the  Roman  Republic.  Doctor's 
thesis.  8vo,  xi-|-ii2.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing 
Co.,  1915. 

Clinton  C.  Conrad,  Ph.D.  1914;  Head  of  the  Department  of  Latin 
and  Mathematics,  University  High  School,   Oakland,  Cal. 

The  Technique  of  Continuous  Action  in  Roman  Comedy.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  85.    Menasha,  Wis.:   George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1915. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  LATIX  LANGUAGE  141 

On  the  Meaning  of  Biduum  in  Certain  Phrases,  Classical  Philology,  IX 
(1914),  78-83. 

Review  in:    Classical  Philology,  IX,  466-67. 

Norman  Wentworth  DeWitt,  Ph.D.  1906;  Professor  of  Latin  Litera- 
ture, Victoria  College,  Toronto. 

The  Dido  Episode  in  the  Aeneid  of  Virgil.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  78. 
Toronto:    William  Briggs,  1907. 

James  Burnette  Eskridge,  Ph.D.  1912;  President,  Southwestern 
State  Normal,  Weatherford,  Okla. 

The  Influence  of  Cicero  upon  Augustine  in  the  Development  of  His  Ora- 
torical Theory  for  the  Training  of  the  Ecclesiastical  Orator.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Svo,  58.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Pubhshing  Co., 
1912. 

Warren  Stone  Cordis,  Ph.D.  1904;  Professor  of  EngHsh,  John  B. 
Stetson  University,  De  Land,  Fla. 

The  Estimates  of  Moral  Values  Expressed  in  Cicero's  Letters.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Svo,  102.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1905. 

Mason  D.  Gray,  Ph.D.  19 12;  Head  of  the  Classical  Department,  East 
High  School,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Co-ordination  of  Latin  with  the  Other  Subjects  of  the  High-School 
Curriculum,  Classical  Journal,  VH  (1911-12),  196-203,  33S-4S. 

Mary  Jackson  Kennedy,  Ph.D.  1905;  Constantinople  College,  Con- 
stantinople, Turkey. 

The  Literary  Work  of  Ammianus.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  65.  Lan- 
caster, Pa.:  New  Era  Printing  Co.,  1912. 

John  Strayer  McIntosh,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  Latin  and  Greek, 
Southern  Methodist  University,  Dallas,  Tex. 

A  Study  of  Augustine's  Versions  of  Genesis.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo, 
X4-130.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1912. 

Mary  Bradford  Peaks,  Ph.D.  1905;  Lawyer,  165  Broadway,  New 
York  Citv. 


142  PUBLICATIONS 

Caesar's  Movements  from  January  21  to  February  14,  49  B.C.,  Classical 
Review,  XVIII  (1904),  346-49. 

The  General  and  Military  Administration  of  Noricum  and  Raetia. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Studies  in  Classical  Philology  of  the  University  of 
Chicago,  IV  (1907),  161-230. 

Review  in:    Classical  Philology,  I,  309-11. 


Keith  Preston,  Ph.D.  1914;  Assistant  Professor  of  Latin,  North- 
western University. 

Studies  in  the  Diction  of  the  Sermo  Amatorius  in  Roman  Comedy. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  67.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George Banta  Publishing 
Co.,  1916. 

On  Terence  Andria,  971-72,  Classical  Philology,  IX  (1914),  201. 

Some  Sources  of  Comic  Effect  in  Petronius,  ibid.,  X  (1915),  260-69. 

Reviews  in:   Classical  Philology,  VII,  S07-8;    VIII,  499,  500;   X, 
349,  350- 

Evan  Taylor  Sage,  Ph.D.  1908;  Assistant  Professor  of  Latin,  Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh. 

The  Pseudo-Ciceronian  Consolatio.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  64.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  19 10. 

Draper  Talman  Schoonover,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  of  Latin  and 
Registrar,  Marietta  College,  Marietta,  Ohio. 

A  Study  of  Cn.  Domitius  Corbulo  as  Found  in  the  Annals  of 
Tacitus.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  vii+55.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1909. 

Judson  Allen  Tolman,  Ph.D.  1911;  President  of  Howard  Payne 
College,  Brownwood,  Tex. 

A  Study  of  the  Sepulchral  Inscriptions  in  Buecheler's  Carmina  Epigraphica 
Latina.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  ix+120.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1 9 10. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES  143 

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES 
AND  LITERATURES 

William  Albert  Nitze  [1909-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department 

of  Romance  Languages  and  Literatures. 

A.B.  Johns  Hopkins,  1894;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  iSgg;  Associate  I'rofessor  of  Romance 
LanRuaKcs,  Amherst,  1903-5;  Professor,  ibid.,  1905-8;  I'rofessor  of  Romance 
Languages,  California,  1908-9;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of 
Romance  Languages  and  Literatures,  Chicago,  1909-. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Modern  Philology,  1910-;  and  of  The 
Modern  Language  Journal,  1917-. 

Corneille's  Polyeude  (joint  editor).  xxxii+ii8.  New  York:  Henry 
Holt  &  Co.,  1909. 

Corneille's //orace  (joint  editor),  xxxi+122.  New  York:  Henry  Holt 
&  Co.,  1909. 

Corneille's  Cid  (joint  editor),  xxxii  +  143.  New  York:  Henry  Holt  & 
Co.,  1909. 

The  French  Verb:  lis  Forms  and  Tense  Uses  (with  E,  H.  Wilkins). 
8vo,  46.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1 914. 

The  Fisher  King  in  the  Grail  Romances,  Publications  of  the  Modern 
Language  Association,  XXIV  (1909),  365-418. 

The  Fountain  Defended:  "Por  la  costume  maintenir  |  De  vostre  fon- 
tainne  deffandre." — Yvain,  vss.  1848  ff..  Modern  Philology,  VII 
(1909-10),  145-64- 

The  Castle  of  the  Grail,  Studies  in  Honor  of  A.  Marshall  Elliott,  I  (191 1), 

19-51- 
The  Sister's  Son  and  the  Conte  del  Graal,  Modern  Philology,  IX  (1911-1 2), 

291-322. 

The  French  Requirement  for  Entrance  to  the  University,  University  of 
Chicago  Magazine,  IV  (1912),  95-99. 

Symbolistic  Poetry  in  France,  North  American  Revird',  CXCVII  (1913), 
802-18. 

The  Romance  of  Erec,  Son  of  Lac,  Modern  Philology,  XI  (1913-14), 
445-89. 

Sans  et  matiere  dans  les  ceuvres  de  Chretien  de  Troves,  Romania,  XT>IV 
(1915),  14-37- 


144  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Report  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Grammatical  Nomenclature, 
School  Review,  XXIV  (191 6),  188-95. 

Concerning  the  Word  Graal,  Great,  Modern  Philology,  XIII  (1915-16), 
681-85. 

Reviews  of:  Williams,  Essai  sur  la  composition  du  roman  gallois 
Peredur,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXV,  246-52;  Foulet,  Roman  de 
Renard,  ibid.,  XXX,  145-49,  189-95;  Farnsworth,  Uncle  and  Nephew 
in  the  Old  French  Chansons  de  Geste,  American  Journal  of  Sociology, 
XIX,  667-70;  Schoerpperle,  Tristan  and  Isolt,  Journal  of  English  and 
Germanic  Philology,  XIII,  444-49. 

Thomas  Atkinson  Jenkins  [1901-],  Professor  of  French  Philology. 

A.B.  Swarthmore,  1887;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1894;  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Romance  Languages,  Vanderbilt,  1896-1900;  Professor  of  French,  Swarthmore, 
1900-1901;  Assistant  Professor  of  Romance  Languages  and  Literatures,  Chicago, 
1901-2;  Associate  Professor  of  French  Philology,  ibid.,  1902-11;  Professor, 
ibid.,  191 1-. 

Chairman,  Central  Division,  Modern  Language  Association  of  America,  1912-13. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Modern  Philology,  1908-;   Joint  editor, 

Studies  in  Honor  of  A.  Marshall  Elliott.     Vols.  1, 11.     8vo,  450,  334. 

Baltimore:    Johns  Hopkins  University  Press,  191 1. 

Longer  French  Poems  (with  an  Introductory  Treatise  on  French  Versifi- 
cation).    i2mo,  xlii+175.     New  York:   D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1904. 

Eructavit:  An  Old  French  Metrical  Paraphrase  of  Psalm  XLIV.  Pub- 
lished from  all  the  known  manuscripts  and  attributed  to  Adam  de 
Perseigne.  8vo,  xlv+128.  Halle:  Gesellschaft  fiir  romanische 
Literatur,  1909. 

Eugenie  Grandet,  par  Honore  de  Balzac  (prepared  for  class  use,  with 
introduction,  notes,  and  vocabulary).  i2mo,  xx+308.  New  York: 
Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1915. 

Gaston  Paris:  The  Scholar  and  the  Man,  University  Record,  VII  (1903), 
186-94. 

On  the  Pronominal  Object  with  parler,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XX 
(1905),  99-102. 

A  Brief  for  French  in  the  High  School,  School  Review,  XIII  (1905),  77-83. 

A  New  Fragment  of  the  Old  French  Gui  de  Warewic,  Modern  Philology, 
VII  (1909-10),  593-96. 

Old  French  M elite  =  Ma\t3i,  Romania,  XXXIX  (1910),  83-86. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES  145 

Le  Contenz  dou  }fonde  l)y  Rcnaud  d'Andon  (13th  centur>'),  Studies  in 
Honor  of  A.  Marshall  Elliott,  1  (191 1),  53-79. 

La  Chanson  de  Bele  Doe  dans  Guillaume  de  Dole,  Romania,  XL  (191 1), 
452-54- 

French  Etymologies:  harnais,  lanihe,  cocii,  contretemps,  hanse,  enor, 
desnir,  feire,  Escalibor,  Modern  Philology,  X  (1912-13),  439-50. 

Scholarship  and  Public  Spirit,  Publications  of  the  Modern  Language 
Association,  XXIX  (1914),  Ixxxvii-cxvi. 

On  the  Text  of  the  "Bataille  des  VII  Arts,"  Modern  Philology,  XIII 
(1915-16),   188-92. 

An  Etymon  for  English  "Gun,"  ibid.,  239-40. 

Reviews  in:    Modern  Language  Notes,  XVII,  52-53;    XXII,  152, 
194-96;  XXVI,  148-51. 

Karl  Pietsch  [1896-],  Professor  of  Romance  Philology. 

Ph.D.  Halle,  1887;  .Vssistant  Professor  of  Romance  Languages,  Chicago,  1900- 
1901;  Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Philology,  ibid.,  1901-10;  Professor,  ibid., 
1910-. 

Corresponding  Member,  Royal  Spanish  .\cademy,  1910. 
Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Modern  Philology,  1908-. 

The  Spanish  Particle  he.  Modern  Philology,  II  (1904-5),  197-224. 

Notes  on  Spanish  Folklore,  ibid.,  V  (1907-8),  97-103. 

Don  Quixote  I,  Prologo:  Non  bene  pro  toto  libertas  venditur  auro, 
Modern  Language  Notes,  XXIV  (1909),  55-56. 

Notes  on  Baist,  Grammatik  der  spanischcn  Sprache^,  1906.,  ibid.,  163-66. 

Spanish  Etymologies:  (i)  Anviso;  (2)  Fr.  par  ccvur,  Sp.  de  coro; 
(3)  Duccho,  Modern  Philology,  VII  (1909-10),  49-60. 

Span,  cortesa.  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXV  (1910),  209-10. 

Zur  spanischen  Grammatik.  I.  Vom  auslautenden,  unbetonten  y, 
Zeitschriftfiir  romanische  Philologic,  XXXI\'  (1910),  641-50;  XXXV 
(1911),  167-79. 

Zur  spanischen  Grammatik .  1 1 .  Verbale  Kurzformen,  Modern  Language 
Notes,  XX\T  (1911),  97-104. 

Duccho  Once  More,  Modern  Philology,  IX  (1911-12),  417-20. 


146  PUBLICATIONS 

Zur  spanischen  Grammatik.  III.  Imperativ  anakoluthisch  im  ab- 
hangigen  Satze.  IV.  Der  Imperativ  fes,  Modern  Language  Notes, 
XXVII  (1912),  167-74. 

Zur  spanischen  Grammatik.  V.  5er+Adverb.  VI.  Formen  des  Pras. 
Ind.  in  der  Funkzion  eines  Imperativs,  Modern  Philology,  X 
(1912-13),  1-17. 

Concerning  Ms.  2-G-5  of  the  Palace  Library  at  Madrid,  ibid.,  XI  (1913- 
14),  1-18. 

On  the  Language  of  the  Spanish  Grail  Fragments.  I,  ibid.,  XIII  (1915- 
16),  369-78,  625-46. 

Ernest  Hatch  Wilkins  [191 2-],  Professor  of  Romance  Languages. 

A.B.  Amherst,  1901;    Ph.D.  Harvard,  1910;    Associate  Professor  of  Romance 
Languages,  Chicago,  1912-16;  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Modern  Philology,  1914-. 

Member  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Grammatical  Nomenclature  as 

Appointee  of  the  Modern  Language  Association,  191 1-. 

Dantis  Alagherii  Operum  Latinorum  Concordantiae  (edited  in  collabora- 
tion witli  E.  K.  Rand),  8vo,  viii+577.  Oxford:  Clarendon  Press, 
1912. 

Italian  Short  Stories  (edited  in  collaboration  with  R,  Altrocchi).  i6mo, 
v+206.     Boston:  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  1912. 

The  French  Verb:  Its  Forms  and  Tense  Uses  (with  W.  A.  Nitze).  8vo,  46. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  19 14. 

French  Verb  Blank.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1914. 

Grattdgent's  Italian  Grammar  (new  edition,  with  Exercises  and  Vocabu- 
laries by  E.  H.  Wilkins).  8vo,  vi+184.  Boston:  D.  C.  Heath  & 
Co.,  1915. 

The  Enamorment  of  Boccaccio,  Modern  Philology,  XI  (1913-14),  39-55. 

The  Discussion  of  the  Date  of  the  Birth  of  Boccaccio,  Romanic  Review, 

IV  (1913).  343-51- 

The  Poetry  of  Carducci,  Amherst  Graduates  Quarterly,  II  (1913),  317-26. 

A  Note  on  Guinizelli's  "  Al  cor  gentil,"  Modern  Philology,  XII  (1914-15), 

325-30- 
The  Derivation  of  the  Canzone,  ibid.,  527-58. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES  147 

The  Invention  of  the  Sonnet,  ibid.,  XIII  (1915-16),  463-94. 

The  Enueg  in  Petrarch  and  in  Shakespeare,  ibid.,  495-96. 

Review  of:  Vossler,  Italienische  Literatur  der  Gegenwart, 
Modern  Language  Notes,  XXX,  217-20.  Other  reviews  in  Modern 
Language  Notes,  XXIX,  2^-25;  Romanic  Revirw,  IV,  130-33;  Nation, 
XCVI,  265-66,  310-11;  XCVII,  312-13;  XCVIII,  13,  273-75,  302-3; 
XCIX,  410-n;  0,472-73;  CII,  no. 

Edwin  Preston  Dargan  [1911-],  Associate  Professor  of  French  Litera- 
ture. 

Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1906;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Romance  Languages,  \'irginia, 
1907-10;  Assistant  Professor  of  French,  California,  1910-11;  .\ssistant  Professor 
of  French  Literature,  Chicago,  1911-15;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

The  Poetry  of  Sully  Prudhomme,  Studies  in  Honor  of  A.Marshall  Elliott, 
I  (1911),  195-20S. 

Shakespeare  and  Ducis,  Modern  Philology,  X  (1912-13),  137-78. 

Frederic  Mistral,  Nation,  XCVIII  (1914),  360. 

The  Prince  de  Ligne,  ibid.,  CI  (1915),  71-72. 

Paul  Hervieu,  ibid.,  624-25. 

Balzac  and  Cooper:   Les  Chouans,  Modern  Philology,  XIII  (1915-16), 

193-213- 
Trissino,  a  Possible  Source  for  the  Pleiade,  ibid.,  685-88. 

Reviews  of:  Recent  Publications  concerning  Montesquieu,  Modern 
Language  Notes,  XXX,  253-60;  Lanson,  Lamartine:  Meditations 
Poetiques,  Nation,  CII,  336-37 ;  Henning,  Representative  French  Lyrics, 
Modern  Language  Notes,  XXIX,  190-92. 

Elizabeth  Wallace  [1S93-],  Associate  Professor  of  French  Literature. 

S.B.  Wellesley,  1886;  Assistant  Professor  of  French  Literature,  Chicago,  1905-13; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1913-. 

Oflicier  d'Acad^mic,  1905;  Traveling  Fellow,  International  Institute,  Madrid, 
1910-11. 

A  Garden  of  Paris.     Svo,  xii+ig^"^.     Chicago:    A.  C.  McClurg  &  Co., 
1911. 

Mark  Twain  and  the  Happy  Islatul.     lOmo,  xii+139.     Chicago:   A.  C. 
McClurg  &  Co.,  1913. 

The  Spanish  Drama  of  Today,  Atlantic  Monthly,  CII  (190S),  537-66. 


148  PUBLICATIONS 

Rudolph  Altrocchi  [191 5-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Romance  Languages. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1908;    Ph.D.  ibid.,  1914;   Assistant  Professor  of  Romance  Lan- 
guages, Chicago,  1915-. 

An  Old  Italian  Version  of  the  Legend  of  Saint  Alexius,  Romanic  Review, 

VI  (1915),  353-63- 

D'Annunzio  as  an  Orator,  Nation,  CI  (19 15),  4. 

Review  of:    Hoare,  Italian  Dictionary,  Modern  Language  Notes, 
XXXI,  418-25. 

Earle  Brownell  Babcock  [i 906-1 5I,  Assistant  Professor  of  French; 

Professor    of    Romance    Languages    and    Literatures,    New    York 

University, 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1903;  Ph.D.,  ibid.,  1915;  Assistant  Professor  of  French,  Chicago, 
1910-15. 

The  Use  of  Phonetics  in  Teaching  Elementary  French,  School  Review^ 
XXI  (1913),  608-17. 

The  Direct  Method.  Is  It  Profitable?  University  of  Illinois  School  of 
Education  Bulletin,  XI  (1913),  220-24. 

Algernon  Coleman  [1913-],  Assistant  Professor  of  French. 

A.B.  Virginia,  1901;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of  French, 
Chicago,  1915-. 

Western  Business  Manager,  The  Modern  Language  Journal,  1915-. 

Flaubert'' s  Literary  Development  in  the  Light  of  His  ^^ Memoir es  d'un  fou, 
Novembre,'"  and  "Education  sentimentale"  (1845),  Elliott  Mono- 
graphs,No.  I.    8vo,xv4-i53.    Baltimore:  Johns  Hopkins  Press,  1914. 

Sources  and  Structure  of  Flauberfs  "Salammbo"  (with  P.  B.  Fay). 
Elliott  Monographs,  No.  2.  8vo,  55.  Baltimore:  Johns  Hopkins 
Press,  1 9 14. 

Reviews   in:    Modern  Language  Notes,  XXIX,    181-85;    School 
Review,  XXIV,  166-67. 

Henri  Charles  Edouard  David  [1902-],  Assistant  Professor  of  French 

Literature. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1902;  A.M.  ibid.,  1905;  Assistant  Professor  of  French  Literature, 
ibid.,  1910-. 

Le  degre  de  Maitre,  degre  des  aspirants  a  I'enseignement  du  franfais, 
Compte  rendu  du  Congrh  de  langue  et  de  literature  frangaise  (New 
York,  March,  1913),  54-62. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ROM  ANTE  LANGUAGES  149 

Chez  A^ous.  A  French  First  Reader  with  Practical  Hints  on  Syntax 
and  Idiom.     8vo,  393.     New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  19 14. 

"Faeneste"  et  "la  Chronique  du  regne  de  Charles  IX,"  Rome  d'histoire 
litieraire  de  la  France,  XXIX  (191 2),  8S4-94. 

Theophile  Gauticr:  Le  Pavilion  sur  I'eau:  Sources  et  traitement,  Modern 
Philology,  XIII  (1915-16),  391-416,  647-68. 

Ralph   Emerson   House    [1906-],   Assistant   Professor   of   Romance 

Languages. 

B.L.  Missouri,  1900;  A.M.  ibid.,  iqoo;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1909;  Professor  of  Latin 
and  Modern  Languages,  Territorial  Normal  School  of  Oklahoma,  1900-1904; 
Professor  of  Modern  Languages,  Utah,  1904-6;  Instructor  in  Romance  Lan- 
guages, Chicago,  1906-16;   .Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Trois  Contes  de  Theuriet  (with  E.  B.  Babcock).  School  edition.  New 
York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.     In  Press. 

The  Comedia  Radiana  of  Agustin  Ortiz.  Doctor's  thesis.  Modern 
Philology,  VII  (1909-10),  507-56. 

The  1536  Text  of  the  Egloga  of  Juan  de  Paris,  Modern  Language  Notes, 
XXVIII  (1913),  28-29. 

The  Sources  of  Bartolome  Palau's  Farsa  Sdamantina,  Romanic  Review, 
IV  (1913),  311-22. 

Review  of:  Cronan,  Teatro  espafiol  del  siglo  XVI,  Modern  Language 
Notes,  XXX,  121-23;  Coester,  A  Spanish  Grammar,  School  Review, 
XXII,  703. 

Maxime  Ingres  [1901-5],  Assistant  Professor  of  French. 

B.-es-Lettres,  University  de  France,  .\cad6mie  de  Paris;  Professor  of  French 
Language  and  Literature,  McGill  University,  1 894-1900;  .\ssistant  Professor 
of  French,  Chicago,  1901-5;    Director,   .\lliance  Frangaise,  1901. 

French  by  Correspondence,  University  Record,  VII  (1903),  144-46. 

The  Teaching  of  French,  School  Review,  XII  (1904),  491-501. 

Theodore  Lee  Neff  [1896-],  Assistant  Professor  of  French. 

Ph.B.  DePauw,  1883;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1896;  .Assistant  Professor  of  Modern 
Languages,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1890-94;  Assistant  Professor  of  French, 
Chicago,  1 90S-. 

Ren&  Bazin:  Le  Ble  qui  Ihe.  Edited  for  class  use,  with  Introduction 
Notes  and  Vocabulary,  ijmo,  xxv-l-300.  New  York:  Henry 
Holt  &  Co.,  1914. 


I50  PUBLICATIONS 

fERXEST  Jean  Dubedout  [1903-6],  Instructor  in  French  Literature. 

B-es-Lettres,  1885;  Licencie-es-Lettres,  1888;  Dr.-es-Lettres,  Sorbonne,  Paris, 
1901;  Professeur  de  Grammaire  Superieure,  College  de  Tivoli,  Bordeaux,  1889- 
93;  Professeur  de  Litterature  Franfaise,  College  de  Ignace,  Paris,  1893-99; 
Professeur  de  Rhetorique,  College  S.  Joseph,  Paris,  1900-1901;  Instructor  in 
French  Literature,  Chicago,  1903-6. 

Romantisme  et  Protestantisme,  Modern  Philology,  I  (1903-4),  117-33. 

Les  "Discours"  de  Ronsard,  ibid.,  437-56. 

Shakespeare  et  Voltaire,  "Othello"  et  "Zaire,"  ibid..  Ill   (1905-6), 

305-15- 

Shirley  Gale  Patterson  [1910-11],  Instructor  in  French;  Assistant 
Professor  of  Romance  Languages,  Dartmouth  College. 

A.B.Amherst,  1906;  Ph.D.  Cornell,  1911;  Assistant  in  French,  Chicago,  1910-11; 
Instructor  in  Romance  Languages  and  Literatures,  ibid.,  191 1. 

A  Note  on  a  Borrowing  from  Chretien  de  Troyes,  Modern  Language 
Notes,  XXVI  (191 1),  73-74. 

Franck  Louis  Schoell  [1913-],  Instructor  in  Romance  Languages. 

Paris,  Agreg6  des  Lettres,  1912;  Instructor  in  Romance  Languages,  Chicago, 
19 13- 

Une  source  nouvelle  de  Chapman:  Francisci  Petrarchae  De  Contemptu 
Mundi,  Revue  Germanique,  IX  (1913),  428-33. 

A  New  Source  of  Sir  Gyles  Goosecappe,  Modern  Philology,  XI  (1913-14), 

547-58. 

George  Chapman  and  the  Italian  Neo-Latinists  of  the  Quattrocento, 
ibid.,  XIII  (1915-16),  215-38. 

Review  in:  Revue  Germanique,  X,  96-98. 

Milton  Alexander  Buchanan  [1904-6],  Associate  in  Romance  Lan- 
guages; Professor  of  Italian  and  Spanish,  University  of  Toronto. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1901;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1906;  Assistant  in  Romance  Languages, 
Chicago,  1904-5;   Associate  in  Romance  Languages,  ibid.,  1905-6. 

Mira  de  Amescua^s  El  Esclavo  del  demonio;  A  Critical  Text,  with  Intro- 
duction and  Notes.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  144.  Baltimore:  J.  H. 
Furst  Co.,  1905. 

El  Libro  de  las  Trufas  de  los  Pleitos  de  Julio  Cesar,  Modern  Language 
Notes,  XIX  (1904),  255. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES  151 

"Echar  un  cigarro,"  ibid.,  255. 

A  Neglected  Edilion  of  La  Leyenda  del  Abad  Don  Juan  de  Montemayor, 
Modern  Philology,  II  (1904-5),  377-Si. 

Notes  on  the  Spanish  Drama:  Lope,  Mira  de  Amescua  and  Moreto, 
Modern  Language  Notes,  XX  (1905),  38-41. 

A  Neglected  Version  of  Quevedo's  "Romance"  on  Oq^heus,  ibid., 
n6-i8. 

Pan  y  Toros,  ibid.,  145-4S. 

Partinuples  de  Bles.  An  Episode  in  Tirso's  Amar  por  Senas.  Lope's 
La  Viuda  valenciana,  ibid.,  XXI  (1906),  3-8. 

Sebastian  Mey's  Pabular io,  ibid.,  167-71. 

Henry  Raymond  Brush*,  Ph.D.,  1911;  Professor  and  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Romance  Languages,  University  of  North  Dakota. 

La  Bataille  de  Trente:  A  Middle-French  Poem  of  the  Fourteenth  Cen- 
tury. Doctor's  thesis.  Modern  Philology,  IX  (1911-12),  511-44; 
ibid.,  X  (1912-13),  82-136. 

AuRELio  Macedonio  Espinosa,  Ph.D.  1909;  Associate  Professor  of 
Romance  Languages,  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University. 

Studies  in  New  Mexican  Spanish,  Part  I:  "Phonolog\'."  Doctor's 
thesis.     Revue  de  Dialectologie  Romane,  I  (1909). 

Henry  Emil  Haxo,  Ph.D.  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of  French  and 
Spanish,  University  of  Montana,  Missoula. 

Denis  Piramus:  "La  Vie  Seint  Edmunt,"  Twelfth  Centur\-.  Doctor's 
thesis.    Mo(/er»  PAiVo/ogy,  XII  (1914-15),  S5-106;  559-83. 

Florence  Nightingale  Jones,  Ph.D.  1903;  Chicago. 

Beaumarchais  and  Plautus:  The  Sources  of  the  ^' Barbier  de  Sh'ille." 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  29.     Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  190S. 

George  Fitch  McKibben',  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  Romance  Lan- 
guages, Denison  University,  Granville,  Ohio. 

The  " Eructavit,''  an  Old  French  Poem:  The  Author's  Environment,  His 
Argument  and  Materials.  Doctor's  tliesis.  Svo,  45.  Baltimore: 
J.  II.  Furst  Co.,  1907. 


152  PUBLICATIONS 

George  Tyler  Northup,  Ph.D.  1906;  Assistant  Professor  of  Italian 
and  Spanish,  University  of  Toronto;  Associate  Professor  (elect)  of 
Spanish  Literature,  University  of  Chicago, 

El  Libro  de  los  Gatos,  a  Text  with  Introduction  and  Notes.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Modern  Philology,  V  (1907-8),  477-554. 

Charles  Frederick  Ward,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Instructor  in  Romance  Lan- 
guages, Rice  Institute,  Houston,  Tex. 

The  Epistles  on  the  "Romance  of  the  Rose"  and  Other  Documents  in 
the  Debate.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  oj 
Canada,  Third  Series,  IV  (1910),  191-204. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GERMANIC  LANGUAGES 
AND  LITERATURES 

Starr  Willard  Cutting  [1892-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures. 

A.B.Williams,  1881;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1892;  Principal,  Deerfield  Academy, 
1881-86;  Professor  of  Modern  Languages,  South  Dakota,  1888-90;  Professor  of 
German  and  French  {locum  leiicns),  Earlham  College,  1891-92;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  German,  Chicago,  1892-94;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1894-1900; 
Professor  of  German  Literature,  ibid.,  1 900-1 906;  Head  of  the  Department  of 
Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures,  ibid.,  1906-. 

President,  Central  Division  of  the  Modern  Language  Association  of  America, 
1901-2. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Modern  Philology. 

Thiergen,  Am  deutschen  Herde.  With  English  Notes.  8vo,  iv+146. 
Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1905. 

Gutzkow's  "  Uriel  Akosta"  (with  A.  C.  von  Noe).  i2mo,  xv-f-105.  New 
York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  191 1. 

Hechtenberg,  Der  Briefstil  im  17.  Jahrhundert,  ein  Beitrag  zur  Fremd- 
worterfrage,  Modern  Langtiage  Notes,  XIX  (1904),  55-57. 

Ueber  Schillers  Geistesverwandtschaft  mit  Amcrika.  In  Zur  Wiirdigung 
Schiller s  in  A  mcrika:  Erinnerungsbldtter  an  die  hundertste  Wicderkehr 
von  Schillers  Todcstag,  26-27.  Chicago:  Koelling  &  Klappenbach, 
1905. 

Ueber  den  Gebrauch  von  Lehrbiichern  beim  Unterricht  in  der  deutschen 
Spraclie,  Pddagogischc  Monatshejle,  VI  (1905),  219-26. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GERMANIC  LANGUAGES  153 

Fiirhrechen:    Walthcr  von  dcr  Vogelweide  ioj-14  (Wilmanns'),  Modern 
Language  Xotes,  XXII  (1907),  224. 

Concerning  Schiller's  Treatment  of  Fate  and  Dramatic  Guilt  in  His 
Braut  von  Messina,  Modern  Philology,  V  (1907-8),  347-60. 

Ueber  Schillers  Dramatik,  Monatshcjte  fitr  deutsche  Sprache  und  Piida- 
gogik,  IX  (190S),  108-20. 

The  Relation  of  the  Doctorate  to  Teaching,  University  of  Chicago  Maga- 
zine, I  (1909),  203-5. 

Concerning  the  Teaching  of  German  Literature  in  High  Schools  and 
Academies,  School  Review,  XIX  (191 1),  217-24. 

The  Teaching  of  Foreign  Modern  Literatures  in  Our  Schools,  Educa- 
tional Bi-Monthly,  VII  (1912-13),  97-103. 

Gutzkow  and  Young  Germany,  German  Classics  of  the  XlXlh  and  XXth 
Centuries,  VII  (1913),  241-51. 

An  American  Estimate  of  Salient  Features  of  Modern  German  Life, 
Germanistic  Society  Quarterly  (1914),  124-33. 

Notes  on  Walther  von  der  Vogelweide,  Modern  Philology,  XII  (1914-15), 
101-8. 

Reviews  of:  Thomas'  Life  of  Schiller,  Atlantic  Monthly,  LXXXIX, 
570-74;  Kiihnemann,  Schiller,  Dial,  XL,  41-45;  Heller,  Studies  in 
Modern  German  Literature,  Bulletin  of  the  \Vashingto7i  University  Asso- 
ciation, V,  iSS-95;  Bert  John  Vos,  Schiller's  Wilhelm  Tell,  Modern 
Language  Notes,  XXVI,  219-23.  Other  reviews  in  Modern  Language 
Notes,  XXIV,  21-24;  Monatshefte  fiir  deutsche  Sprache  und  Pddagogik, 
XI,  190-91. 

Martin  Sciiijtze  [1901-],  Professor  of  German  Literature. 

Ph.D.  Pennsylvania,  1899;  Professor  of  German,  Beaver  College,  1894-95; 
Assistant  Professor  of  German  Literature,  Chicago,  1907-11;  .Associate  Pro- 
fessor, ibid.,  1911-15;   Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

Cru.y:  Actatis  and  Other  Poems.     8vo,  54.     Boston:  Richard  G.  Badger, 
1904. 

The  Services  of  Naturalism  to  Life  and  Literature.     Svo,  20.     Chicago: 
Trillium  Press,  H.  Bevans,  1905.     A  reprint  from  Seu-anec  Rn'irw, 

XI  (1903),  425-45- 

Hero  and  Leandcr  (a  Tragedy).     Svo,  176.     Xew  York:   IIenr>'  Holt  & 
Co.,  190S. 


154  PUBLICATIONS 

Judith  (a  Tragedy).     8vo,  306.     New  York:  Henty  Holt  &  Co.,  1910. 

Grillparzer,  Franz.  Des  Meeres  und  der  Liebe  Wellen.  Edited  with 
notes  and  a  study  of  the  art  of  Grillparzer.  ist  ed.,  191 2;  rev.  ed., 
1915.     i6mo,  lxxxv+156.     New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co. 

Songs  and  Poems.  Large  8vo,  127.  Chicago:  Laurentian  Publishers, 
1914. 

Goethe^ s  Poems.  Edited  with  notes  and  an  essay  on  the  "Development 
of  Goethe's  Lyrical  Art  and  View  of  Life."  i6vo,  lxxxi+277.  Bos- 
ton:   Ginn  &  Co.,  1916. 

Studies  in  German  Romanticism,  Modern  Philology,  IV  (1906-7),  507-58. 

Gustav  Freytag,  Theorist  of  the  Drama  and  Playwright,  The  Drama, 
No.  9  (1913),  1-28. 

Karl  Immermann  and  His  Drama  "Merlin,"  German  Classics  of  the 
XlXth  and  XXth  Centuries,  VII  (1913),  153-62. 

Francis  Asbury  Wood  [1903-],  Professor  of  Germanic  Philology. 

A.B.  Northwestern,  1880;  L.H.D.  ibid.,  1910;  Ph.D.,  Chicago,  1895;  Professor 
of  German,  Cornell,  1897-1903;  Assistant  Professor  of  Germanic  Philology, 
Chicago,  1905-9;   Associate  Professor,  ibid,,  1909-14;   Professor,  ibid.,  1914-. 

Editor,   "Linguistic   Studies   in   Germanic";    Member,   Board   of 

Editors,  Modern  Philology,  1908-. 

Indo-European  a^:  aH:  a^u:  A  Study  in  Ablaut  and  Word-Formation. 
8vo,  viiH-i59.     Strassburg:   Karl  J.  Triibner,  1905. 

Uebersichlstabellen  zu  Lautentsprechungen  und  zur  Kasusbildung  des 
N omens  und  Adjektivs  im  Germanischen.  8vo,  20.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  191 1. 

The  '^  Hildebrandslied^'  Translated  from  the  Old  High  German  into  English 
Alliterative  Verse.     i2mo,  iv+ii.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1914. 

The  Indo-European  Base  ghero-.  Modern  Philology,  I  (1903-4),  235-45. 

Some  Derived  Meanings,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XIX  (1904),  1-5. 

Germanic  Etymologies,  Modern  Philology,  II  (1904-5),  471-76. 

Etymological  Notes,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XX  (1905),  41-44. 

Diirfen  and  Its  Cognates,  ibid.,  102-4. 

How  Are  Words  Related?  Indogermanische  Forschungcn,  XVIII  (1905), 
1-49. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GERMANIC  LANGUAGES  155 

The  Origin  of  Color-Names,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XX.  (1905),  225-29. 
Etymological  Notes,  ibid.,  XXI  (1906),  39-42. 

Etymological  Miscellany,  American  Journal  of  Philology,  XXVII  (1906), 

59-64 
Etymological  Notes,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXI  (1906),  226-29. 

Studies  in  Germanic  Strong  Verbs,  Modern  Philology,  IV  (1906-7),  489- 
500. 

Some  Disputed  Etymologies,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXII   (1907), 
118-22. 

Rime-Words    and    Rime-Ideas,    Indogermanische    Forschungcn,    XXII 
(1907),  133-71. 

Etymological  Notes,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXII  (1907),  234-36. 

Studies  in  Germanic  Strong  Verbs,  II,  Modern  Philology,  V  (1907-S), 
265-90. 

Greek  and  Latin  Etymologies,  Classical  Philology,  III  (190S),  74-S6. 

Etymological  Notes,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXIII  (190S),  147-49. 

Etymological  Notes,  ibid.,  XXIV  (1909),  47-49. 

Studies  in  Germanic  Strong  Verbs,  III,  Modern  Philology,  VI  (190S-9), 

441-5^- 
Greek  and  Latin  Etymologies,  Classical  Philology,  V  (1910),  303-S. 

Elckcrlijc-Everyman:    The  Question  of  Priority  (with  John  M.  Manly), 
Modern  Philology,  VIII  (1910-11),  269-302. 

Etymological  Notes,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXVI  (191 1),  165-67. 

Iteratives,  Blends,  and  "  Streckformen,"  Modern  Philology,  IX  (191  i-i  2), 

157-94- 
Etymologische  Miszellen,  Zeitschrift  fiir  vcrglcicheruie  Sprachforschung, 

XLV  (1912),  61-71. 

Old  High  German  Notes,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XX\II  (1912),  17S-79. 

Some  English  Blends,  ibid.,  179. 

Notes  on  Latin  Etymologies,  Classical  Philology,  VII  (1912),  302-34. 

Kontaminationsbildungen  und  haplologische  Mischformen,  Journal  of 
English  and  Germanic  Philoloiiy,  XI  (1912),  295-32S. 


156  PUBLICATIONS 

Some  Parallel  Formations  in  English,  Hesperia:  Ergdnzungsreihe,  I.  Heft, 
I  (1913),  1-72. 

Language  and  Nonce-Words,  Dialect  Notes,  IV  (1913),  42-44. 

Germanic  Etymologies,  Modern  Philology,  XI  (1913-14),  315-38. 

Etymological  Notes,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXIX  (1914),  69-72. 

Greek  and  Latin  Etymologies,  Classical  Philology,  IX  (1914),  145-59. 

Germanic  Etymologies,  Journal  of  English  and  Germanic  Philology,  XIII 

(1914),  499-507- 
An  Old  Frisian  Poem,  Modern  Philology,  XII  (1914-15),  477-80. 
Notes  on  Old  High  German  Texts,  ibid.,  495-502. 

So-called  Prothetic  y  and  w  in  English,  Journal  of  English  and  Germanic 
Philology,  XIV  (1915),  389-92. 

Old  English  eo,  ea,  eo(w),  ea{w),  aw  in  Middle  and  New  English,  ibid., 
499-518. 

Some  Latin  Etymologies,  Classical  Philology,  XI  (1916),  208-10. 

Some  Verb-Forms  in   Germanic,  Modern  Philology,  XIV   (1916-17), 
121-28. 

Reviews  of  :  Prellwitz,  Etymologisches  Worterbuch  der  griechischen 
Sprache,  2te  Auflage,  Classical  Philology,  II,  352-56;  Feist,  Etymologi- 
sches Worterbuch  der  gotischen  Sprache,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXV, 
72-76;  Falk  und  Torp,  Wortschatz  der  germanischen  Spracheinheit, 
ibid.,  213-23.  Other  reviews  in  Journal  of  English  and  Germanic  Philol- 
ogy, XU,  150-52;  XIV,  585-88. 

Philip  Schuyler  Allen  [1898-],  Associate  Professor  of  German  Litera- 
ture. 

A.B.  Williams,  1891;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1897;  Assistant  Professor  of  German  Litera- 
ture, ibid.,  1903-9;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1909-. 

Managing  Editor,  Modern  Philology,  1903-8. 

Easy  German  Stories  (mihM.a.xBa.it).     8vo,  viii-f-243.     Chicago:  Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co.,  1903. 

German  Stories.    8vo,  viii+245.    Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1903. 

Goethe's  "Hermann  und  Dorothea."     i2mo,  x+285.     Boston:    Ginn  & 
Co.,  1905. 

Goethe's  " I phigenieauf  Tauris."     i6mo,  xl+286.     Boston:  Ginn  &  Co., 
1906. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  GERMANIC  LANGUAGES  157 

Lessing's  "Minna  von  Barnhelm."  i6mo,  2S5.  New  York:  Charles  E. 
Merrill  Co.,  1907. 

Schiller's  "Die  Jungfrau  von  Orleans^  Svo,  x.\.\v+334.  Boston: 
Ginn  &  Co.,  1910. 

Herein  I  First  German  Readings.  Svo,  x+289.  New  York,  Henry 
Holt  &  Co.,  1910, 

Daheim.  A  German  First  Reader.  Svo,  xii-l-230.  New  York:  Henr>' 
Holt  &  Co  ,  1911. 

ninls  on  the  Teaching  of  German  Conversation.  Svo,  36.  Boston:  Ginn 
&  Co.,  1912. 

First  German  Composition.  Svo,  xxxii-}-2  24.  New  York:  Henry  Holt 
&  Co.,  1912. 

Easy  German  Conversation  (with  Paul  H.  Phillipson).  Svo,  liii-f2  29. 
New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  19 14. 

German  Life.    Svo,  viii+212.     New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1914. 

French  Life  (with  Franck  L.  Schoell).  Svo,  viii+226.  New  York: 
Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  191 5. 

A  First  German  Grammar  (with  Paul  H.  Phillipson).  Svo,  xix+435. 
Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1916. 

An  den  Ufern  des  Rheins.  Svo,  vi-l-306.  New  York:  Henr>'  Holt  &  Co., 
1916. 

Turteltaul)e,  Modcrji  Language  Notes,  XIX  (1904),  175-77. 

The  Origins  of  German  Minnesang,Jl/o(/£'rnP/fz7o/ogy,ni  (1905-6), 41 1-44. 

A  Venetian  Folk  Song,  ibid.,  IV  (1906-7),  2 7 5-7 S. 

Mediaeval  Latin  Lyrics,  Parts  I-IV,  ibid.,  V  (1907-8),  423-76;  VI 
(i9oS-9),3-43;   137-S0;  301-16. 

The  Mediaeval  Mimus,  Part  I,  ibid.,  VII  (1909-10),  329-44. 

The  Mediaeval  Mimus,  Part  II,  ibid.,  VIII  (1910-11),  1-44. 

Notes  on  Mediaeval  Lyrics,  ibid.,  IX  (1911-12),  427-30. 

Charles  Goettscii  [1903-],  Associate  Professor  of  German  Philology. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1901 ;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  IQ06;  .\ssistant  Professor  of  German,  ibid.,  1910- 

16;  .Vssociate  Professor  of  German  Philology,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Ablaut  Relations  in  the  Weak  Verb  in  Gothic,  Old  High  German,  and 
Middle  High  German.  Doctor's  thesis.  Parti.  Modern  Philology, 
V  (1907-S),  569-616;  Part  II.     Ibid.,  VI  (190S-9),  229-56. 


158  PUBLICATIONS 

Syllabus  for  a  Three- Year  High-School  Course  in  German  (joint  author). 
School  Review,  XXIII  (1915),  479-81. 

Chester  Nathan  Gould  [1908-],  Assistant  Professor  of  German  and 
Scandinavian  Literature. 

A.B.  Minnesota,  1896;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1907;  Assistant  Professor  of  German  and 

Scandinavian  Literature,  ihid.,  191 1-. 

President,  Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Scandinavian  Study,  1915-. 

The  Syntax  of  AT  and  ON  in  Gothic,  Old  Saxon,  and  Old  High  German. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  82.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing 
Co.,  1916. 

The  Source  of  an  Interpolation  in  the  Hjalmters  Saga  ok  Olvis,  Modern 
Philology,  VII  (1909-10),  207-16. 

Camillo   von  Klenze   [1893-1906],  Associate   Professor  of   German 

Literature;    Head  of  the  Department  of  German,  College  of  the 

City  of  New  York. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1886;  Ph.D.  Marburg,  1890;  Instructor  in  Romance  Languages, 
Cornell,  1890-91;  Instructor  in  Germanic  Languages,  ibid.,  1891-93;  Instructor 
in  German,  Chicago,  1893-96;  Assistant  Professor  of  German  Literature,  ibid., 
1896-1902;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1902-6. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Modern  Philology,  1903-6. 

The  Interpretation  of  Italy  during  the  Last  Two  Centuries.  A  Contribution 
to  the  Study  of  Goethe's  ''  Italienische  Reise.''  Decennial  Publica- 
tions of  the  University  of  Chicago.  Second  Series,  XVII.  Svo, 
XV-I-157.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1907. 

Goethe's  Successors  in  Italy,  Publications  of  the  Modern  Language  Associa- 
tion, XIX  (1904),  23-26. 

Die  Behandlung  Venedigs  in  der  deutschen  Novelle  in  und  seit  Schiller's 
Geisterseher,  Chicago's  Gedenkfeicr-Souvenir  (1905),  85-94. 

Die  Ausfuhr  deutscher  Privatbibliotheken  nach  Amerika,  Beilage  zur 
Allgemeinen  Zeitung  (1905),  181-82. 

The  Growth  of  Interest  in  the  Early  Italian  Masters,  Modern  Philology, 
IV  (1906-7),  206-74. 

Hans  Ernst  Gronow  [1905-],  Assistant  Professor  of  German. 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1905;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1908;  Assistant  Professor  of  German,  ibid., 
1914-. 

Reviews  of:  Bebel,  My  Life,  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXII, 
281-82;  Kayser  and  Monteser,  Foundations  of  German,  School 
Review,  XVIII,  433-34. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GERMANIC  LANGUAGES  159 

fPAUL   OsKAR    Ki:rn    [1895-1908],   Assistant    Professor   of   Germanic 

Philology. 

Arbiturientcnexamcn,  Berlin,  1877;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1897;  Associate  in  Germanic 
Philology,  ibid.,  1895-96;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1896-1902;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid., 
1902-8. 

Should  Teachers  of  German  Aim  at  Some  Acquaintance  with  the  His- 
torical Development  of  the  German  Language?  School  Review,  X 
(1902),  60-68. 

The  Question  of  Translation  in  the  Teaching  of  Modern  Languages, 
ibid.,  XIII  (1905),  293-306. 

Realien  im  neusprachlichen  Unterricht,  Pddagogischc  Monatshefte,  VI 
(1905),  226-38. 

Phonetics  in  the  Classroom,  School  Remew,  XV  (1907),  54-60. 

The  Study  of  Cognates  as  an  Aid  in  the  Acquisition  of  a  Vocabular\-,  ibid., 
XVI  (190S),  109-12. 

Eine  Rechenstunde  im  deutschen  Unterricht,  Monatshefte  fur  deutsche 
Sprache  und  Pddagogik,  IX  (1908),  68-71;    100-104. 

Reviews  in:  School  Review, yilll,s^-SA\  ^IV,  154-55;  XV,309-io. 
John  Jacob  Meyer  [1900-],  Assistant  Professor  of  German. 

A.B.  Concordia  College,  1891;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1900;  .Associate  in  Sanskrit, 
ibid.,  1901-8;  Instructor  in  German,  ibid.,  1908-10;  .Assistant  Professor,  ibid., 
1910-. 

Kshemcndras  Samayamdtrika.  Svo,  Iviii,  loS.  Leipzig:  Lotus- Verlag, 
1903. 

Damodaragiiptas  Kuttanimaiam.  Svo,  iv-f-156.  Leipzig:  LotUb-\'erlag, 
1903. 

Kavyasamgraha.  Metrische  Ubersetzungen.  8vo,  221.  Leipzig:  Lotus- 
Verlag,  1903. 

Asanka  ....  und  andcre  Dichtungcn.  8vo,  202.  Leipzig:  Lotus- 
Verlag,  1903. 

F6licie,  Liebes- und  Wanderlieder.  Svo,  ix-l-184.  Dresden:  E.  Pierson, 
1906. 

Gedichte  von  IT.  .1.  Koskcnniemi,  aus  dcm  Finnischcn  iibcrsctzt.  Svo, 
67-i-ix.     Dresden:   E.  Pierson,  190S. 

t  Deceased. 


i6o  PUBLICATIONS 

Am  Strand  gefunden.  Gedichte.  8vo,  91+viii.  Dresden:  E.  Pierson, 
1908. 

Hindu  Tales.    Royal  Svo,  x+305.    London:   Luzac  &  Co.,  1909. 

Vom  Land  der  tausend  Seeen.  Svo,  vi+6s9.  Leipzig:  Georg  Wigand, 
1910. 

Das  Engadin.  Rhapsodic  eines  Naturkneipanten.  Svo,  24.  Samaden: 
Engadin  Press  Co.,  191 2. 

Isoldes  Gottesurteil.    Svo,  290.     Berlin:  H.  Barsdorf,  1914. 

Das  Weib  im  altindischen  Epos.  Svo,  xviii+440.  Leipzig:  WiUielm 
Heims,  1915. 

Hindu  Chips  for  Readers  of  Goethe,  Modern  Philology,  V  (1907-8),  39-41. 

A  Modern  Finnish  Cain,  ibid.,  VII  (1909-10),  221-23. 

Adolf  Carl  von  Noe  [1904-],  Assistant  Professor  of  German  Literature. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1900;    Ph.D.  ibid.,  1905;    Instructor  in  German,  ibid.,  1905-10; 
Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1910-. 

Editor,  Bulletin  of  the  Bibliographical  Society  of  America,  1 910-12; 

Papers,  ibid.,  1910-14. 

Goethe  und  das  junge  Deutschland.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  72.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1910. 

Gutzkow's  "Uriel  Akosta"  (with  Starr  W.  Cutting).  i2mo,  xv+105. 
New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  191 1. 

Lance  sur  fautre.  Modern  Philology,  I  (1903-4),  295-301. 

Lance  sur  fautre,  ibid.,  395. 

Heinrich  Laube,  Die  Glocke,  I  (1906),  243-47. 

Das  Deutschtum  in  Osterreich,  ibid.,  363-64. 

Why  Should  the  Teacher  of  German  Have  a  Knowledge  of  Phonetics? 
School  Review,  XV  (1907),  46-48. 

Die  Stellung  des  College  im  amerikanischen  Unterrichtssystem,  Inter- 
nationale Wochenschrift  fiir  Wissenschaft,  Kunst,  und  Technik  (Ber- 
lin), II  (1908),  917-22. 

Die  Universitiit  von  Chicago,  Die  Glocke,  III  (1908),  65-69. 

A  Goethe  Library,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXIV  (1909),  160. 

Die  Osterreicher  in  den  Vercinigten  Staaten,  Osterreichischc  Rundschau, 
XX  (1909),  69-71. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GERMANIC  LANGUAGES  i6i 

Leitgedanken  zum  Professorenaustausch,  Internationale  Wochenschriji, 
III  (1909),  937-42. 

Recent  German  Books  on  America,  Papers  oj  the  Bibliographical  Society 
of  America,  IV  (1909),  93-119. 

Osterreichs  Jugend  in  amerikanischer  Beleuchtung,  Kdrpcrliche  Er- 
ziehung,  VI  (1910),  70-72. 

Student  Organizations  in  German  Universities,  Sigma  Chi  Quarterly, 
XXX  (1910),  6-17. 

Angewandte  Psychologic  und  Schule  in  Amerika,  Dokumente  des  Fort- 
schrilts,  III  (1910),  665-67. 

Zur  Frage  der  Coeducation  in  Amerika,  ibid.,  667-69. 

Von  amerikanischen  Bibliographien,  Blatter  Jiir  die  gesammten  Social- 
wissenschaften,  VI  (19 10),  62-63. 

Englische  Zeitschriften  aus  und  uber  Mittel-  und  Stidamerika,  ibid.,  64. 

Die  "Germanistic  Society  of  America,"  ibid.,  96. 

The  International  Institutes  for  the  Bibliography  of  Social  Sciences, 
Medicine,  Jurisprudence,  and  Technology  in  Berlin,  Papers  of  the 
Bibliographical  Society  of  America,  V  (1910),  97-107. 

La  coeducation  dans  les  colleges  americains,  Les  documents  du  progrh, 
Revue  internationale,  V  (191 1),  442-44. 

The  New  Classification  of  Languages  and  Literatures  by  the  Library  of 
Congress,  Papers  of  the  Bibliographical  Society  of  America,  VI 
(1911),  59-65. 

Die  Beziehungen  zwischen  Staat  und  Kirche  in  Amerika,  Dokumente  des 
Fortschritts,  V  (191 2),  267-69. 

Das  Civilservice-System  in  den  Vereinigten  Staaten  von  Xord-.\merika, 

ibid.,  537-39- 
Amerikanische  Forschungsinstitut,  ibid.,  573-75. 

Institutions  et  recherches  scientifiques  en  Amerique,  Les  documents  du 
progrh,  Revtie  Internationale,  VII  (1913),  330-32. 

Les  rapports  entre  I'eglise  et  I'etat  en  Amerique,  ibid.,  447-50. 

Die  Entgermanisierung  Amerikas,  Volkscrzichcr  (Berlin), XVHI  (1914), 
1 28. 

Problems  of  Austria-Hungar>',  University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  Y\  (1914), 
219-22. 


i62  PUBLICATIONS 

Military  Drill  in  the  University,  University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  VIII 
(1916),  102-3. 

Reviews  in:  School  Review,  XIV,  618-19,  696-97;  XV,  240,  421; 
XVII,  212,  442,  513-14;  XVIII,  584;  Bulletin  of  the  Bibliographical 
Society  of  America,  IV,  14,  50-51;  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXII, 
102-3. 

TiEMEN  DE  Vries  [1911-12],  Lecturer  on  Dutch  Institutions;  Lecturer, 

Evanston,  111. 

LL.D.  Free  University  of  Amsterdam,  1898;  Lecturer  on  Dutch  Institutions, 
Chicago,  1911-12. 

Dutch  History,  Art,  and  Literature  for  Americans.     Lectures  delivered 

at  the  University  of  Chicago.     8vo,  210.     Grand  Rapids:  Eerdmans- 

Sevensma  Co.,  191 2. 

•jToRiLD  Washington  Arnoldson  [1905-6],  Instructor  in  German  and 

Scandinavian  Literatures. 

A.B.  Monmouth  College,  1900;  A.M.  ibid.,  1906;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1914;  Instructor 
in  Modern  Languages,  University  of  Utah,  1901-4;  Professor,  ibid.,  1904-5; 
Instructor  in  German  and  in  Scandinavian  Literatures,  Chicago,  1905-6. 

Farts  of  the  Body  in  Older  Germanic  and  Scandinavian.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Linguistic  Studies  in  Germanic,  No  2.  8vo,  xii-l-217.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  191 5. 

Jacob  Harold  Heinzelmann  [1910-13],  Instructor  in  German;    Pro- 
fessor of  German,  University  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 
A.B.  lUinois,  1902;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1908;   Instructor  in  German,  ibid.,  1910-13. 

The  Influence  of  the  German  Volkslied  on  Eichendorffs  Lyric.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  iv+92.    Leipzig:   Gustav  Foch,  19 10. 

Eichendorf!  and  the  Volkslied,  Modern  Philology,  VI  (1908-9),  511-15. 

A  Bibliography  of  German  Translations  of  Pope  in  the  Eighteenth 

Century,  Bulletin  of  the  Bibliographical  Society  of  America,  IV  (191 2), 

Pope  in  Germany  in  the  Eighteenth  Century,  Modern  Philology,  X.  (191 2- 
13),  317-64. 

Paul  Herman  Phillipson  [1909-],  Instructor  in  German. 

A.M.  Western  Reserve,  1901;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  191 1;  Instructor  in  German,  t6i<i., 

1913- 
Easy  German  Conversation  (with  P.  S.  Allen).     8vo,    liii-l-229.     New 

York:   Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1914. 

fDeceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GERMANIC  LANGUAGES  163 

First  German  Grammar  (with  P.  S.  Allen).  Svo,  xix-+-436.  Boston: 
Ginn  &  Co.,  1915. 

Germany's  Isolation  (translated  from  the  German  of  Paul  Rohrbach). 
Svo,  .\vii+i86.     Chicago:  A.  C.  McClurg  &  Co.,  1915. 

In  Deutschland.  A  cultural  reader.  Svo,  vi+225.  Boston:  Ginn  & 
Co.     In  Press. 

Aus  August  Daniel  von  Binzers  Lcben.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  iii-l-120. 
In  Press. 

A  German  Adaptation  of  the  "  Blue  Bells  of  Scotland,"  Modern  Language 
Notes,  XXV  (1910),  89. 

The  Direction  of  Thought  in  the  Wartburglieder  of  181 7,  ibid.,  XXVI 
(i9ii),Si-S3. 

The  Last  Days  of  Joseph  Christian  von  Zedlitz,  Modern  Philology,  IX 
(1911-12),  151-55. 

Notes  on  Heine,  ibid.,  XIII  (191 5-16),  123-28. 
John  Conrad  Weigel  [1913-],  Instructor  in  German. 

A.B.  Lombard  College,  190S;   Instructor  in  Physics,  ibid.,  1907-8;   Professor  of 
German,  ibid.,  1908-9;   Instructor  in  German,  Chicago,  1913-. 

The  Reorganization  of  Teachers'  Training  in  German  in  Our  Colleges  and 
Universities,  Monatshefte  filr  deutsche  Sprache  und  Pddagogik,  XVII 
(1916),  Part  I,  16-20;  Part  II,  34-44. 

Henrietta  Katherine  Becker  (Mrs.  Camillo  von  Klenze)  [1903-6], 
Associate  in  German;  New  York  City. 
A.B.  Chicago,  1900;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1903;  .\ssociate  in  German,  ibid.,  1904-6. 

Kleist  and  Ilebel:  A  Comparative  Study.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  71. 
Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1904. 

Elements  of  German,  ist  ed.,  1903;  rev.  ed.,  1910.  Chicago:  Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co. 

Leonard  Bloomfield  [190S-9],  Assistant  in  German;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Comparative  Philology  and  German,  University  of  Illinois. 
A.B.  Harvard,  1906;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1909;  Assistant  in  German,  ibid.,  190S-9. 

A  Semasiologic  Differentiation  in  Germanic  Secondary-  Ablaut.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Modern  Philology,  VII  (1909-10),  245-SS,  345-S2. 


1 64  PUBLICATIONS 

Milton  D.  Baumgartner,  Ph.D.  1913;  Armstrong  Professor  of  Germanic 
Languages,  Butler  College,  Indianapolis. 

On  Drydeti's  Relation  to  Germany  in  the  Eighteenth  Century.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  87.    Lancaster,  Pa. :  New  Era  Printing  Co.,  1914. 

Frank  Adolph  Bernstorff,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Instructor  in  German, 
Northwestern  University. 

Handhook  of  German  Grammar .     i2mo,  155.    Boston:  Ginn&Co.,  1912. 

The  Use  of  the  Word  " Derselbe''  from  the  Classic  Period  of  German  Litera- 
ture to  the  Present  Day.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  78.  Menasha,  Wis. : 
George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  19 14. 

Charles  Boyle  Campbell,  Ph.D.  191 2 ;  Professor  of  Modern  Languages, 
Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College,  Tex. 

Concerning  the  Pronominal  Antecedent  and  the  Form  of  the  Accompanying 
Relative  Pronoun  in  Modern  German  Prose.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo, 
115.    Berlin:   Emil  Ebering,  19 13. 

Willis  Arden  Chamberlin,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  German  Language 
and  Literature,  Denison  University,  Granville,  Ohio. 

Periodic  and  Loose  Sentences  in  Schiller^s  Historical  Works.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  52.     Weimar:  R.  Wagner  Sohn,  1910. 

Peter  A.  Claassen,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  Modern  Languages, 
Central  University,  Danville,  Ky. 

The  Fate-Question  in  the  Dramas  and  Dramatical  Concepts  of  Schiller  in 
Contrast  to  the  Real  So-called  Fate-Dramas.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo, 
126.    Leipzig:  Reinhold  Berger,  19 10. 

Bertha  Reed  Coffman,  Ph.D.  1913;  University  of  Montana,  Missoula. 

The  Influence  of  English  Literature  on  Friedrich  von  Hagedorn.  Doc- 
tor's  thesis.     Modern  Philology,  XII    (1914-15),   313-24,   503-20; 

XIII  (1915-16),  75-96. 

RoscoE  Myrl  Ihrig,  Ph.D.  1914;  Associate  Professor  of  Modern 
Languages,  School  of  Applied  Science,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, Pittsburgh. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GERMANIC  LANGUAGES  165 

The  Semantic  Development  of  Words  for  "  Walk,^'  "Run,"  in  the  Germanic 
Languages.  Doctor's  thesis.  Linguistic  Studies  in  Germanic,  Xo.  4, 
8vo,  X+168.     Chicago:  University  Press,  191 6. 

George  Pullen  Jackson,  Ph.D.  191  i  ;  Assistant  Professor,  University  of 
North  Dakota,  Grand  Forks. 

Traces  of  Gleim's  Grenadierlieder  in  1S09  Modern  Language  Xotes, 
XXVI  (1911),  112-13. 

Francis  Waldemar  Kraciier,  Ph.D.  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of 
German  Language  and  Literature,  State  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa 

City. 

Dramatische  Mitlcidsmitiel  im  moderncn  deutschen  Drama.  Erster  Teil. 
"VVesen  des  Alitleids.  Das  Mitleid  bei  Lessing."  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  149.     Leipzig:   Wilhelm  Schunke,  1913. 

Samuel  Kroesch,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  German,  Whitman  College, 
Walla  Walla,  Wash. 

The  Semasiological  Development  of  Words  for  "Perceive,"  etc.,  in 
the  Older  Germanic  Dialects.  Doctor's  thesis.  Modern  Philology, 
VIII  (1910-11),  461-510. 

Louise  Mallinckrodt  Kueffner,  Ph.D.  1909;  A.ssistant  Professor  of 
German,  Vassar  College. 

The  Development  of  the  Historic  Drama:  Its  Theory  and  Practice.  A 
Study  Based  Chiefly  on  the  Dramas  of  Elizabethan  England  and  of 
Germany.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  93.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1910. 

William  Ferdinand  Luebke,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Assistant  Professor  of 
German,  State  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City. 

The  Language  of  Berthold  von  Chiemsee  in  Teu'tsche  Theologey.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Part  I,  Modern  Philology,  X  (191 2-13),  207-63;  Part  II, 
ibid.,  XII  (1914-15),  277-96;  Part  III,  ibid.,  457~7S- 

George  Abraham  Mulfinger,  Ph.D.  1902;  Professor  of  German 
Language  and  Literature,  Allegheny  College,  Meadville,  Pa. 

Ferdinand  Kurnbcrgcr's  Roman,  '' Der  Amerikamiide,"  dessen  Quellen  und 
Verhaltniss  zu  Lenaus  " Amerikareise.'^  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  53. 
Philadelphia:    German  American  Annals  Press,  1903. 


1 66  PUBLICATIONS 

Walter  Raleigh  Myers,  Ph.D.  1909;  Assistant  Professor  of  German, 
University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis. 

The  Technique  of  Bridging  Gaps  in  the  Action  of  German  Drama  since 
Gottsched.    Doctor's    thesis.    Modern   Philology,  VIII  (1910-11), 

217-6S;  363-98- 

Alfred  Isaac  Roehm,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  German,  State  Normal 
College,  Oshkosh,  Wis. 

Bibliographie  und  Kritik  der  deutschen  Ubersetzungen  aus  der  ameri- 
kanischen  Dichtung.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  62.  Leipzig:  August 
Hoffman,  1910. 

Henry  Otto  Schwabe,  Ph.D.  1913;  Instructor  in  German,  University  of 
Michigan, 

The  Semantic  Development  of  Words  for  Eating  and  Drinking  in  the  Ger- 
manic Dialects.  Doctor's  thesis.  Linguistic  Studies  in  Germanic, 
No.  I.     Svo,  xii+iio.     Chicago:  University  Press,  191 5. 

Marion  Lee  Taylor,  Ph.D.  1908;  Instructor  in  German,  High  Schools, 
New  York  City. 

A  Study  of  the  Technique  in  Konrad  Ferdinand  Meyer's  "Novellen." 
Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  iv+109.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1909. 

Edward  John  Williamson,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professorof  Modern  Languages, 
Hobart  College,  Geneva,  N.Y. 

Grillparzer' s  Altitude  toward  Romanticism.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  76. 
Chicago:   University  Press,  1910. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE 
AND  LITERATURE 

John  Matthews  Manly  [1898-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department 

of  English. 

A.M.  Furman,  1883;  A.M.  Harvard,  1889;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1890;  LL.D.  Furman, 
1912;  Litt.D.  Brown,  1914;  Acting  Assistant  Professor  of  the  Knglish  Language 
and  Literature,  Brown  University,  1891;  Associate  Professor  of  the  English 
Language  and  Literature,  ibid.,  1891-92;  Professor  of  the  LngHsh  Language,  ibid., 
1892-98;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Knglish,  University  of  Chicago, 
I 898-. 

Exchange  Professor  at  the  University  of  Gottingcn,  1909. 
Managing  Editor,  Modern  Philology,  1908-. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EXGLISH  LANGUAGE  ANT^  LITERATURE      167 

English  Poetry  (i  170-1892).  8vo,  xxviii+s8o.  Boston:  Ginn  &  Co., 
1907. 

Bailey-Manly  Speller  (with  E.  R.  Bailey),  Svo,  xi+178.  Boston: 
Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  1908. 

English  Prose  (11  Tfj-iSgo).     Svo,  .xix+544.     Boston:  Glnn  &  Co.,  1909. 

Lessons  in  the  Speaking  and  Writing  of  English  (with  E.  R.  Bailey). 
2  vols,  ist  ed.,  1912,  xv+299,  xiii+356;  seventh-grade  ed.,  1914, 
Vol.  I,  viii-(-203,  Vol.  II,  entirely  rewritten,  ix-f283;  Indiana  ed., 
1916,  Vol.  I,  XV+ 196,  Vol.  II,  revised,  xx+450.  New  York:  D.  C. 
Heath  &  Co. 

Manual  for  Writers  (with  J.  A.  Powell).  Svo,  vii+226.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  19 13. 

English  Prose  and  Poetry  (i  137-1892).  Royal  Svo,  xi+792.  Boston: 
Ginn  &  Co.,  1916. 

Narrative  Writing  in  Anglo-Saxon  Times,  Reader,  VH  (1905),  102-9. 

The  Lost  Leaf  of  Piers  the  Plowman,  Modern  Philology,  III  (1905-6), 

359-66. 
Literary  Forms  and  the  New  Theory  of  the  Origin  of  Species,  ibid.,  IV 

(1906-7),  577-95- 
The  Influence  of  the  Tragedies  of  Seneca  upon  the  Early  English  Drama. 

In  F.  J.  Miller's  The  Tragedies  of  Seneca,  3-10.     Chicago:  University 

Press,  1907. 

Familia  Goliae,  Modern  Philology,  V  (1907-S),  201-9. 

A  Knight  There  Was,  Transactions  of  the  American  Philological  Asso- 
ciation, XXX\TII  (1908),  S9-107. 

Piers  the  Plowman  and  Its  Sequence  (with  a  Bibliography),  Cambridge 
History  of  English  Literature,  II  (1908),  1-42,   432-37. 

The  Authorship  of  Piers  Plowman  with  a  Terminal  Note  on  the  Lost  Leaf, 
Modern  Philology,  \TI  (1909-10),  83-104. 

English  Literature  (from  Chaucer  to  the  Renaissance).  In  Encyclopaedia 
Britannica,  nth  ed.,  IX  (1910),  611-14. 

The  ChiUlren  of  the  Chapel  Royal  and  Their  Masters,  Cambridge  History 
of  English  Literature,  \T  (1910),  314-29,  522-23. 

The  Stanza-Forms  of  Sir  Thopas,  Modern  Philology,  \TII  (1910-11), 
141-44. 


1 68  PUBLICATIONS 

Elckerlijc-Everyman:  The  Question  of  Priority,  Modern  Philology,  VIII 
(1910-11),  269-78. 

A  Contribution  to  Frederick  James  Furnivall:  A  Volume  of  Personal 
Record,  112-1^.     Oxford:  University  Press,  191 1. 

Memoir  of  William  Vaughn  Moody.  In  the  Poems  and  Plays  of  William 
Vaughn  Moody.    Boston:  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  191 2. 

The  Merry  Devill  of  Edmonton  (Text,  Introduction,  and  Notes)  in 
Gayley's  Representative  English  Comedies,  II  (191 2),  503-72. 

What  Is  Chaucer's  House  of  Fame?  In  Anniversary  Papers  by  Pupils 
of  George  Lyman  Kittredge,  73-81.     Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1913. 

What  Is  the  Parlement  of  Foules  ?  In  Studien  zur  englischen  Philologie, 
L  (1913)  {Festschrift  fiir  L.  Morsbach),  279-90. 

Note  on  the  Envoy  of  Truth,  Modern  Philology,  XI  (1913-14),  226. 

A  Contribution  to  the  London  Shakespeare  Memorial  Volume  Entitled 
Homage  to  Shakespeare  (edited  by  Professor  Israel  Gollancz;  Oxford: 
University  Press,  1916),  pp.  353-55. 

Reviews  of:  Root,  The  Poetry  of  Chaucer,  School  Review,  XVI 
59-61;  Tunison,  Dramatic  Traditions  of  the  Dark  Ages,  American 
Historical  Review,  VIII,   124-26. 

Frederic  Ives  Carpenter  [1895-1911],  Professor  of  English;    Bar- 

rington,  111. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1885;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1895;  Docent  in  English,  ibid.,  1895-97; 
Instructor,  ibid.,  1897-1902;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1902-4;  Associate  Pro- 
fessor, ibid.,  1904-10;   Professor,  ibid.,  1910-11. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Modern  Philology,  1903-. 

Romance  Ascribed  to  Milton,  Dial,  XXXIV  (1903),  238-39. 

Reviews  of  :  Various  books  in  Nation. 

Robert  Herrick  [1893-],  Professor  of  English. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1890;  Assistant  Professor  of  Rhetoric,  Chicago,  1895-1901; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1901-5;   Professor  of  English,  ibid. ,\igo$-. 

Hawthorne's  "Twice  Told  Tales"  (with  Robert  W.  Bruere).  i6mo,  540. 
Chicago:   Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1903. 

Their  Child.     i6mo,  150.     New  York:   Macmillan  Co.,  1903. 

The  Common  Lot.     i2mo,  425.     New  York:   Macmillan  Co.,  1904. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATLUE     169 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  for  Schools  (with  L,  T,  Damon).  Rev.  ed., 
8vo,  435.     Chicago:   Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1905. 

The  Memoirs  of  an  American  Citizen.     1 2mo,  351.     New  York:  Macmil- 

lan  Co.,  1905. 
The  Master  of  the  Inn.     161110,84.     New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons, 

1908. 
Together.     i6mo,  595.     New  York:   Macmillan  Co.,  1908. 
A  Life  for  a  Life.     i2nio,  433.     New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1910. 
The  Healer.     i2mo,  455.     New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  191 1. 
One  Woman  s  Life.     lamo,  405.     New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1913. 
The  Great  Adventure.     i2mo,  408.     New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1913. 
Clark's  Field.     i2mo,  478.     Boston:   Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  1914. 
The  World  Decision.     i6mo,  253.     Boston:  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  1916. 
The  Conscript  Mother.    New  York:   Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1916. 
Weekly  articles  in  the  Chicago  Sunday  Tribune,  1915-. 

Robert  Morss  Lovett  [1893-],  Professor  of  English;    Dean  of  the 

Junior  Colleges. 

AM.  Harvard,  1892;  .Assistant  Professor  of  English,  Chicago,  1896-1904;  .Asso- 
ciate Professor,  ibid.,  1904-9;  Dean  of  the  Junior  Colleges,  1907-;  Professor, 
ibid.,  1909-. 

Richard  Gresham.     8vo,  300.     New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1904. 

A  First  View  of  English  Literature  (with  W.  V.  Moody).     Svo,  376. 

New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1905. 
A  Winged  Victory.     8vo,  421.     New  York:  Duffield  &  Co.,  1907. 

Shakespeare's  "Julius  Caesar."  16  mo,  129.  The  Tudor  Shakespeare. 
New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  19 13. 

Cowards.  A  play.  Drama,  August,  19 17.  Produced  at  the  Fine  Arts 
Theater,  Chicago,  February,  1914. 

Historical  and  Biographical  Background  in  the  Teaching  of  Literature, 
Journal  of  the  Michigan  Schoolmaster's  Club  (1907),  72-Si. 

Si.x  articles  on  modern  literature:  Zola,  Le  Rcve;  Rostand,  Cyrano  de 
Bergerac;  Maeterlinck,  The  Intruder,  and  The  Blind;  HaujUmann, 
The  Sunken  Bell;  Sudermann,  Es  War;  Ibsen,  .1  DolVs  House, 
Studies  in  European  Literature.  Chautauqua:  Chautauqua  Press, 
190S. 


lyo  PUBLICATIONS 

Myra  Reynolds  [1894-],  Professor  of  English  Literature. 

A.B.  Vassar,  1880;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1895;  Assistant  Professor  of  EngHsh  Liter- 
ature, Chicago,  1897-1902;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1903-11;  Professor,  ibid., 
1911-. 

Selections  from  the  Poems  of  Alfred  Tennyson.  With  Introduction  and 
Notes.     i6nio,  363.     Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1904. 

The  Treatment  of  Nature  in  English  Poetry  between  Pope  and  Wordsworth. 
2d  ed.,  with  new  chapters  on  "Gardening  and  Landscape  Painting." 
8vo,  vii+388.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1909. 

Selections  from  the  Poems  and  Plays  of  Robert  Browning.  With  Intro- 
duction and  Notes.  8vo,  425.  Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co., 
1910. 

Albert  Harris  Tolman  [1893-],  Professor  of  Enghsh  Literature. 

A.B.  Williams,  1877;  Ph.D.  Strassburg,  1889;  L.H.D.  Williams,  1916;  Pro- 
fessor of  English,  Ripon,  1884-93;  Assistant  Professor  of  English  Literature, 
Chicago,  1893-1907;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1907-14;  Professor,  ibid.,  1914-. 

The  Views  about  Hamlet,  and  Other  Essays.  8vo,  x-{-/[ot,.  Boston: 
Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  1904. 

Questions  on  Shakespeare:  Part  I,  Introductory.  i6mo,  xvi-l-215. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  1910. 

Questions  on  Shakespeare:  Part  II,  The  First  Histories,  Poems,  Comedies. 
i6mo,  x+354.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1910. 

Questions  upon  each  of  the  following  plays  have  appeared  in  a  separate 
pamphlet.  With  the  exception  of  one  play  these  Questions  are  pub- 
lished only  in  pamphlet  form:  A  Midsummer-Night's  Dream  (reprinted 
from  Part  II),  i6mo, ix-l-40;  /  Henry  IV,  i6mo,  Lx+57;  //  Henry  IV, 
i6mo,  ix+51;  The  Merchant  of  Venice,  i6mo,  Lx-t-59;  Much  Ado  about 
Nothing,  i6mo,  ix-l-52;  As  You  Like  It,  i6mo,  ix-l-56;  Twelfth  Night, 
i6mo,  ix-l-51;  The  Tempest,  i6mo,  ix-l-54. 

Alternation  in  the  Staging  of  Shakespeare's  Plays,  Modern  Philology, 
VI  (1908-9),  517-34- 

American  Folk-Songs,  Dial,  L  (191 1),  261-63. 

Is  Shakespeare  Aristocratic?  Publications  of  the  Modern  Language  Asso- 
ciation of  America,  XXIX  (1914),  277-98. 

Some  Songs  Traditional  in  the  United  States,  Journal  of  American  Folk- 
Lore,  XXIX  (1916),  155-97. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITER,\TURE     171 

Reviews  of:  Liddell  (editor),  The  Elizabethan  Shakspere,  \'ol.  I, 
Macbeth;  Schmidt,  Shakespeare-Lexicon,  3d  ed.;  Lanier,  Shakspere  atid 
His  Forerunners;  Hazlitt,  Shakes  pear;  Dial,  XXXV  (1903),  165-69. 
Other  reviews  in:  Elementary  School  Teacher,  III,  467-68;  School 
Review,  XIV,  697-9S. 

William  Cleaver  Wilkinson  [1892-],  Professor  Emeritus  of  Poetry  and 

Criticism. 

A.B.  Rochester,  1S57;  D.D.  ibid.,  1873;  LL.D.  Baylor,  1Q04;  Professor  of 
Modern  Languages,  Rochester,  1863-64;  Professor  of  Ilomiletic-s  and  Pastoral 
Theology,  Rochester  Theological  Seminary,  1872-81;  Professor  of  Poetry  and 
Criticism,  Chicago,  1892-. 

Modern  Masters  of  Pulpit  Discourse.  Svo,  viii-l-526.  New  York:  Funk 
&  Wagnalls  Co.,  1905. 

The  Epic  of  Moses.  Part  I,  The  Exodus.  Svo,  395.  Part  II,  The 
Wandering  in  the  Wilderness.  Svo,  329.  Chicago:  A.  J.  Scott  & 
Co.,  1905. 

Poems.    Svo,  xii-f-412.    Chicago:  A.  J.  Scott  &  Co.,  1905. 

Some  New  Literary  Valuations.  Svo,  411.  New  York:  Funk  &  Wag- 
nalls Co.,  1909. 

The  Good  of  Life,  and  Other  Little  Essays.  Svo,  392.  New  York:  Funk 
&  Wagnalls  Co.,  1910. 

Daniel  Webster:  A  Vindication,  with  Other  Historical  Essays.  Svo,  419. 
New  York:  Funk  &  Wagnalls  Co.,  191 1. 

Paul  and  the  Revolt  against  Him.  Svo,  25S.  Philadelphia:  Griffith  & 
Rowland  Press,  1914. 

Concerning   Jesus   Christ,  the   Son   of  God.     Philadelphia:     Griffith  & 
Rowland  Press.     In  Press, 

Are  the  Resurrection  Narratives  Legendary  ?  Atnerican  Journal  of  The- 
ology, X  (1906),  628-47. 

Matthew  Arnold  as  Poet  Tried  by  His  Sohrab  and  Rustum,  North  A  meri- 
can  Review,  CLXXXVIII  (190S),  666-81. 


Charles  Read  Baskervill  [190S-],  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

.\.R.  Vandcrhilt,  1S06;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  191 1;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  De 
ment  of  English,  Central  State  Normal  School,  Kdmond,  Ukla.,  1903-5;  .\ssi 
Professor  of  Knglish,  Chicago,  191 2-15;  .\ssociate  Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Modern  Philology,  1914-. 


172  PUBLICATIONS 

English  Elements  in  Jonson^s  Early  Comedy.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  x4- 
328.  Austin,  Tex.:  Bulletin  of  the  University  of  Texas,  No.  178, 
1911. 

Some  Parallels  to  Bartholomew  Fair,  Modern  Philology,  VI  (1908-9), 
109-27. 

The  Sources  of  Jonson's  VjLsque  of  Christmas  and  Lovers  Welcome  at 
Welbeck,ibid.,  257-69. 

The  Source  of  the  Main  Plot  of  Shirley's  Love  Tricks,  Modern  Language 
Notes,  XXIV  (1909),   loo-ioi. 

Source  and  Analogues  of  "How  a  Man  May  Choose  a  Good  Wife  from  a 
Bad,"  Publications  of  the  Modern  Language  Association  of  America, 
XXIV  (1909),  711-30. 

Sidney's  Arcadia  and  The  Try  all  of  Chevalry,  Modern  Philology,  X 
(1912-13),  197-201. 

Bandello  and  The  Broken  Heart,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXVIII  (1913), 
51-52. 

The  Early  Fame  of  The  Shepheards  Calender,  Publications  of  the  Modern 
Language  Association  of  America,  XXVIII  (1913),  291-313. 

A  Forerunner  of  Warburton's  Cook,  Modern  Philology,  XIII  (1915- 
16),  52. 

John  Rastell's  Dramatic  Activities,  ibid.,  557-60. 

Reviews  of:  Feuillerat,  John  Lyly,  Contribution  a  I'histoire  de  la 
Renaissance  en  Angleterre,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXVII,  147-52; 
Cambridge  History  of  English  Literature,  Vols.  V  and  VI,  The  Drama 
to  1642,  Journal  of  English  and  Germanic  Philology,  XI,  476-88;  Briggs, 
Sejanus,  by  Ben  Jonson,  ibid.,  XIII,  366-68;  Boas,  University  Drama 
in  the  Tudor  Age,  ibid.,  XIV,  620-24. 

Francis  Adelbert  Blackburn  [1892-1913],  Associate  Professor  of  the 

English  Language.     Retired;  Hollywood,  Cal. 

A.B.  Michigan,  1868;  Ph.D.  Leipzig,  1892;  Professor  of  Ancient  Languages, 
Albion,  1870-71;  Assistant  Professor  of  the  English  Language,  Chicago,  1892-96; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1896-1913. 

Editor  of  Exodus  and  Daniel:  Two  Old  English  Poems.  i6mo,  xxxvi+ 
234.     Boston:   D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  1907. 

A  Neglected  Branch  of  the  Teaching  of  English,  Publications  of  the 
Modern  Language  Association  of  America,  XXI  (1906),  39-69. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE      173 

The  Use  in  Old  English  Literature  of  the  Ai)()cryphal  Passage  in  the 
Third  Chapter  of  the  Hook  of  Daniel,  International  Journal  0/ 
Apocrypha,  No.  19  (1909),  69-73. 

Note  on  Beowulf  1591-1617,  Modern  Philology,  IX  (1911-12),  555-66. 

Percy  Holmes  Boynton  [1903-],  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

A.B.  Amherst,  1897;  A.M.  Harvard,  1898;  Acting  .Assistant  Professor  of  Knglish, 
Washington  University,  1903;   Assistant  Professor  of  English,  Chicago,  1909-14; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1914-. 
Secretary  of  Instruction,  Chautauqua  Institution,  1903-16. 

Associate  Editor,  Amherst  Graduates'  Quarterly,  1913-15;  Associate 
Editor,  English  Journal,  191 1-. 

A  First  View  of  English  and  American  Literature  (with  W.  V.  Moody 
and  R.  M.  Lovett).  8vo,  475.  New  York:  Charles  Scribner's 
Sons,  1909. 

London  in  English  Literature.  i2mo,  xii -1-344.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1913. 

Principles  of  Compositioji.     8vo,  xii-l-388.     Boston:    Ginn  &  Co.,  1915. 

Suggestions  for  the  English  Literature  Section  of  a  High-School  Library, 
School  Review,  XX  (191 2),  111-16. 

Sorting  College  Freshmen,  English  Journal,  II  (1913),  73-So. 

The  American  Undergraduate — Past  and  Present,  Nation,  X.CIX  (1914), 
316-20. 

Democracy  in  Emerson's  Journals,  New  Republic,  I  (1914),  25,  26. 

Emerson's  Feeling  toward  Reform,  ibid.,  II  (1915),  16-18. 

Emerson's  Solitude,  ibid.,  Ill  (1915),  68-70. 

A  Colonial  Farmer's  Letters  (Crevecoeur),  ibid.,  16S-70. 

What  Has  Happened  to  Summer?  (Popular  Education),  ibid.,  IV 
(1Q15),  280-82. 

Walt  Whitman's  Idea  of  the  State,  ibid.,  VI  (1916),  139-41. 

American  Neglect  of  American  Literature,  Nation,  CII  (1916),  478-80. 

Review  of:  Brook,  .\mcrica's  Coming  of  Age,  Dial,  LX,  18-19. 
Other  reviews  in  Amherst  Graduates'  Quarterly,  II,  164-65;  English 
Journal,  II,  203-4;  Nation,  C,  84;  CI,  207-8;  New  Republic,  V,  230. 


174  PUBLICATIONS 

Tom  Peete  Cross  [1913-],  Associate  Professor  of  English  and  Celtic. 

A.B.  Hampden-Sidney,  1899;  Ph.D.  Harvard,  1906;  Professor  of  English, 
Sweet  Briar,  1911-12;  Professor  of  English,  North  Carolina,  1912-13;  Associate 
Professor  of  English  and  Celtic,  Chicago,  1913-. 

The  Celtic  Fee  in  Launfal,  Kitiredge  Anniversary  Papers  (1913),  377-87. 

The  Celtic  Origin  of  the  Lay  of  Yonec,  Studies  in  Philology  (University  of 
North  Carolina),  XI  (19 13),  26-60. 

The  Celtic  Elements  in  the  Lays  of  Lanval  and  Graelent,  Modern  Philology 
XII  (1914-15),  585-644. 

Laegaire  mac  Crimthann's  Visit  to  Fairyland,  ibid.,  XIII  (1915-16), 
731-39- 

James  Weber  Linn  [1899-],  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1897;  Assistant  Professor  of  English,  ibid.,  1907-11;  Associate 
Professor,  ibid.,  191 1-, 

Editor,  University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  1913-. 

Essentials  of  English  Composition.  i6mo,  230.  New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  191 2. 

Examples  of  English  Composition.  i6mo,  x+246.  New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  1913. 

George  Linnaeus  Marsh  [1902-],  Extension  Associate  Professor  of 
English. 

A.B.  Grinnell,  1892;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1903;  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of 
English,  ibid.,  1909-10;    Extension  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1910-. 

English  in  Secondary  Schools.  8vo,  57.  Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  & 
Co.,  1905. 

A  Teacher's  Manual  for  the  Study  of  English  Classics.  12 mo,  272. 
Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  191 2,  191 5. 

Good  English,  Oral  and  Written.  Book  II  (with  William  H.  Elson  and 
Clara  E.  Lynch).  i2mo,  406.  Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co., 
1916. 

Sources  and  Analogues  of  "The  Flower  and  the  Leaf."  Doctor's 
thesis.     Modern  Philology,  IV  (1906-7),  121-67,  281-327. 

The  Authorship  of  "The  Flower  and  the  Leaf,"  Journal  of  English  and 
Germanic  Philology,  VI  (1907),  373-94. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE      175 

Harkikt  Cran'dall  Davenport  [1907-],  Extension  Assistant  Professor 

of  English;  Ithaca,  N.Y. 

A.B.  Wisconsin,  1894;  A.M.  ibid.,  1895;  Extension  Assistant  in  English,  Chicago, 
1907-8;  Associate,  ibid.,  1909;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1910-13;  Assistant  Professor, 
ibid.,  19 1 4-. 

A  First  Book  in  English.     8vo.     Chicago:    Atkinson,  Mentzer  &  Co., 
1914. 

James  Root  Hulbert  [1907-],  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1907;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  191 2;  Assistant  Professor  of  English,  ibid.,  191 5-. 

Chaucer's  Official  Life.     Doctor's   thesis.     8vo,   75.     Menasha,   Wis.: 
George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  191 2. 

Chaucer  and  the  Earl  of  Oxford,  Modern  Philology,'K  (1912-13),  433-37. 

SyrGawayn  and  theGrene  Kny^t, ibid., XIll(igi $-16),  433-62,689-730. 

Thomas  Albert  Kxott  [1907-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Enghsh. 

A.B.  Northwestern,  1902;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  191 2;  Assistant  Professor  of  English, 
ibid.,  191 2-. 

The  Lost  Leaf   of   Piers   the   Plowman,   Nation,   LXXXVIII    (1909), 
482-83. 

A  Bit  of  Chaucer  Mythology,  Modern  Philology,  VIII  (1910-11),  135-39. 

An  Essay  toward  the  Critical  Text  of  the  A- Version  of  Piers  the  Plow- 
man.    Doctor's  thesis.     76/^.,  XII  (1914-15),  389-421. 

The  Text  of  Sir  Gawayne  and  the  Green  Knight,  Modern  Language 
Notes,  XXX  (191 5),  102-8. 

fWiLLLAM  Vaughn  Moody  [1895-1910],  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

and  Rhetoric. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1893;  .A.M.  ibid.,  1894;  Instructor  in  English  and  Rhetoric, 
Chicago,  1 895-1901;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1901-S. 

The  Fire-Bringcr:    A   Lyrical  Drama.     8vo,   123.     Boston:    Houghton 
Milllin  Co.,  1904. 

A  First   Vird'  of  English  Literature  (wnth  R.  M.  Lovett).     Svo,  376. 
New  York:   Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1905. 

The  Poems  of  Trumbull  Stickncy  (with  George  Cabot  Lodge  and  John  E. 
Lodge).     i2mo,  312.     Houghton  JNlifllin  Co.,  1905. 

t  Deceased. 


176  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Great  Divide:  A  Play.     8vo,   167.     New  York:  Macmillan   Co., 
1909. 

The  Faith  Healer:  A  Play.     8vo,  164.     New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1910. 

Gloucester  Moors   and   Other  Poems.     8vo,    106.    Boston:    Houghton 
Mifflin  Co.,  1910. 

Poems  of  Trumbull   Stickney,  North  American  Review,  CLXXXIII 

(1906),  1005-18. 

(A  complete  edition  of  Moody's  poems  and  plays  was  published  by 
the  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.  in  191 2.) 

Evelyn  May  Albright  [191 3-],  Instructor  in  English, 

A.B.  Ohio  Wesleyan,  1898;  A.M.  ibid.,  1900;  Instructor  in  English,  ibid.,  1900- 
1910;  Assistant  Professor  in  English,  ibid.,  1910-11;  Instructor  in  English, 
Chicago,  1913-. 

Descriptive  Writing.     i2mo,  ix+275.     New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  191 1. 

To  Be  Staled,  Publications  of  the  Modern  Language  Association  of  America, 

XXX  (1915),  451-99- 

Eating  a  Citation,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XXX  (1915),  201-6. 

Robert  Walter  Bruere  [1899-1905],  Instructor  in  English;   Harper 

&  Bros.  Publishing  Co.,  New  York  City. 

A.B.  Washington,  1896;  A.M.  ibid.,  1897;  University  Extension  Instructor  in 
German,  Chicago,  1899-1901;  Assistant  in  Rhetoric,  i6/(i.,  1900- 190 2;  Associate 
in  English,  ibid.,  1902-3;  Instructor  in  English,  ibid.,  1903-5. 

Walt  Whitman,  Reader,  V  (1905),  490-94. 

Industrial  Democracy,  Outlook,  LXXXIV  (1906),  877-83. 

fNoTT  Flint  [1899-1900;   1901-5],  Instructor  in  English. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1898;  Associate  in  English,  ibid.,  1899-1900;  Critic  Teacher, 
School  of  Education,  ibid.,  1901;   Instructor  in  English,  Chicago,  1902-5. 

A  Manual  for  Theme  Writers.     i2mo,  152.     Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman 

&  Co.,  1903. 
The  University  of  Chicago:  A  Sketch.     i2mo,  40.     Chicago:  University 

Press,  1905. 
Macaiday^s  '^ Lays  of  Ancient  Rome."     With  Introduction  and  Notes. 

8vo,  130.     New  York:  Longmans,  Green,  &  Co.,  1905. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE     177 

Carl  Henry  Grabo  [1907-],  Instructor  in  English. 
Ph.B.  Chicago,  1903;  Instructor  in  English,  ibid.,  1910-. 
Assistant  Editor,  Chautatiquan,  1904-10. 

The  Art  of  the  Short  Story.     8vo,  321.     New  York:    Charles  Scribner's 
Sons,  1913. 

The  Amateur  Philosopher.     8vo,  290.     New  York:  Charles  Scribner's 
Sons,  1917. 

George  Wiley  Sherburn  [191 2-],  Instructor  in  English. 

A.H.  Wesleyan,  igo6;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;  Instructor  in  the  English  Language, 
Northwestern,  igob-io;  Instructor  in  English,  Heloit,  igio-u;  Instructor  in 
the  English  Language,  Wesleyan,  1911-12;   Instructor  in  English,  Chicago,  1914-. 

Assistant  Editor  of  the  Multiple  Dictionary  in  the  Volume  Library 
(pp.  679-830).     Chicago:   W.  E.  Richardson  Co.,  1912. 

Reviews  in:  School  Rei^iew,  XX,  129-31;  XXIV,  243-45. 

D.AViD  Harrison  Stevens  [1914-],  Instructor  in  English. 

A.B.Lawrence,  1906;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1914;  Instructor  in  English,  Northwestern, 
1908-12;    Instructor  in  English,  Chicago,  1914-. 

Party  Politics  and  English  Journalism,    1J02-1J42.     Doctor's  thesis. 
xii+156.     Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1916. 

Early  Records  of  the  London  Gazette,  Nation,  CI  (1915),  69-70. 

Review  in:   Modern  Language  Notes,  XXIX,  256-58. 

Oscar  Lovell  Triggs  [1892-1904],  Instructor  in  English. 

A.B.  Minnesota,  1889;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1895;  Decent  in  English,  ibid.,  1892-95; 
Instructor  in  English,  ibid.,  1S95-1904. 

Arts  and  Crafts  Movement,  Indepetuient,  LV  (1903),  2449-52. 

Philosophy  of  the  Betterment  Movement,  Chautauquan,  XXXVII  (1903), 
463-66. 

Maude  Radford  Warren  [1896-1915],  E.xtension  Instructor  in  English; 

Elms  Hotel,  Chicago. 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1894;  Ph.M.  ibid.,  1S96;  Lecturer  in  English,  Class-Study 
Department,  Extension  Division,  ibid.,  1S90-98;  -Vssistant  in  English,  University 
College,  ibid.,  1S99-1909;    E.xtension  Instructor,  ibid.,  1909-1915. 

Composition    and    Rhetoric.     i2mo,    vii-|-3S7.     New    York:     Hinds    & 
Noble,  1903. 


1 78  PUBLICATIONS 

Mrs.  Katharine  Graham  [1910-],  Assistant  in  English. 
Ph.B.  Chicago,  1915. 
Literary  Critic,  Chicago  Evening  Post,  1909-12. 

Some  Aspects  of  Echegaray,  Poet-Lore,  19 10. 

Acquiring  the  Social  Point  of  View,  Independent,  LXIV  (19 13),  141-42. 

Eleanor  Prescott  Hammond  [189S-1905],  Docent  in  the  English  Lan- 
guage and  Literature;    1357  East  Fifty-seventh  St.,  Chicago. 
Ph.D.  Chicago,  1898. 

Editor:  The  Eleanor  Record,  Chicago. 

Chaucer:    A   Bibliographical  Manual.    8vo,   580.     New  York:    Mac- 
millan  Co.,  1908. 

The  Departing  of  Chaucer,  Modern  Philology,  I  (1903-4),  331-36. 

Lydgate  and  the  Duchess  of  Gloucester,  Anglia,  XXVII  (1904),  381-98. 

IMSS  Pepys  2006:   A  Chaucerian  Codex,  Modern  Language  Notes,  XIX 
(1904),  196-98. 

MSS  Longleat  258:  A  Chaucerian  Codex,  ibid.,  XX  (1905),  77-79. 
Order  of  the  Canterbury  Tales:   Caxton's  Two  Editions,  Modern  Phi- 
lology, III  (1905-6),  159-78. 
Two  British  Museum  Manuscripts,  Anglia,  XXVIII  (1905),  1-28. 

John  Arthur  Powell  [191 5-16],  Extension  Assistant  in  English;   Sec- 
retary of  the  American  Academy  of  Baconian  Literature. 

Manual  of  Style.     Revised  editions  of  1910,  1911,  and  1914.     8vo,  x-\r 
140+136.     Chicago:   University  Press. 

Manual  for    Writers    (with    John   M.   Manly).     8vo,  226.     Chicago: 
University  Press,  19 13. 

Review  of:  Orcutt,  Writer's  Desk  Book,  English  Journal,  II,  140-43. 

Frank  Clyde  Brown,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  English,  Trinity  Col- 
lege, Durham,  N.C. 

Elkanah  Settle:    His  Life  and  Works.     Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  x+170. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1910. 

William  Frank  Bryan,  Ph.D.  1913;  Associate  Professor  of  English, 
Northwestern  University. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE     179 

Studies  in  the  Dialects  of  the  Kentish  Charters  of  the  Old  English  Period. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  xiii+40.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta 
Publishing  Co.,  1915. 

George  Raleigh  Coffman,  Ph.D.  1913 ;  Professor  of  English,  University 
of  Montana,  Missoula. 

A  New  Theory  concerning  the  Origin  of  the  Miracle  Play.  Doctor's 
thesis.  8vo,  vi-f84.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Pubhshing 
Co.,  1914. 

Clyde  Barnes  Cooper,  Ph.D.  1914;  Associate  Professor  of  English, 
Armour  Institute,  Chicago. 

Some  Elizabethan  Opinions  of  the  Poetry  and  Character  of  Ovid.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Svo,  34.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co., 
1914. 

Carson  S.  Duncan,  Ph.D.  1913;  Instructor  in  Commercial  Organiza- 
tion.    See  under  Department  of  Political  Economy,  p.  48. 

Lee  Monroe  Ellison,  Ph.D.  1916. 

The  Early  Romantic  Drama  at  the  English  Court.    Doctor's  thesis. 
Svo,  vii+147.     Menasha,  Wis. :  George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1917. 

Thornton  Shirley  Graves,  Ph.D.  1912;  Professor  of  English,  Trinity 
College,  Durham,  N.C. 

The  Court  and  the  London  Theatres  during  the  Reign  of  Elizabeth.  Doctor's 
thesis.  8vo,  93.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co., 
1913- 

A  Note  on  the  Swan  Theatre,  Modern  Philology,  IX  (1911-12),  431-34, 

Some  Allusions  to  Religious  and  Political  Plays,  ibid.,  545-54. 

The  Hey  wood  Circle  and  the  Reformation,  ibid.,  X  (19 12-13),  553-72. 

Night  Scenes  in  the  Elizabethan  Theatres,  Englische  Sttidicn,  XLVII 
(1913),  63-67. 

The  -Arraignment  of  Paris  and  Sixteenth-Century  Flattery,  Modern 
Language  Xotes,  XX\TII  (1913),  48-49. 


i8o  PUBLICATIONS 

Charles  Henry  Gray,  Ph.D.  1904;  Professor  of  English,  Tufts  College, 
Medford,  IVIass. 

Lodowick  Carliell,  His  Life:  A  Discussion  of  His  Plays,  and  **  The  Deserv- 
ing Favorite.^'  A  Tragi-Comedy,  reprinted  from  the  original  edition 
of  1629,  with  Introduction  and  Notes.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  177. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1905. 

Reginald  Harvey  Griffith,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  English,  Uni- 
versity of  Texas,  Austin, 

Sir  Perceval  of  Galles:  A  Study  of  the  Sources  of  the  Legend.  Doctor's 
thesis,     8vo,  viii+131.     Chicago:   University  Press,  191 1. 

Orie  Latham  Hatcher,  Ph.D.  1903;  Director,  Virginia  Bureau  of 
Vocations  for  Women,  Richmond,  Va. 

John  Fletcher:  A  Study  in  Dramatic  Method.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  114. 
Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1905. 

Herbert  Wynford  Hill,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Professor  of  English  Language 
and  Literature,  University  of  Nevada,  Reno. 

Sidney's  Arcadia  and  the  Elizabethan  Drama,  University  of  Nevada 
Studies,  I  (1908),  1-59. 

La  Calprenede's  Romances  and  the  Restoration  Drama.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Ibid.,  II  (1910),  1-56;   III  (1911),  57-158. 

Annette  Brown  Hopkins,  Ph.D.  1912;  Associate  Professor  of  English, 
Goucher  College,  Baltimore. 

The  Influence  of  Wace  on  the  Arthurian  Romances  of  Crestien  de  Troies. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  155.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Pub- 
lishing Co.,  1913. 

John  Robertson  Macarthur,  Ph.D.  1903;  Professor  of  English,  State 
Agricultural  College,  Manhattan,  Kan. 

The  First  Part  of  '^ Sir  John  Oldcastle":  A  Historical  Drama  by  Michal 
Drayton,  Anthony  Munday,  Richard  Hathway,  and  Robert  Wilson. 
Edited  with  an  Introduction,  Critical  Text,  and  Notes.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  157.     Chicago:  Scott,  P'oresman  &  Co.,  1907. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITER.\TURE     i8i 

t  David  Lee  Maulsby,  Ph.D.  1909. 

The  Contribution  of  Emerson  to  Literature.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  177. 
Medford,  Mass.:  Tufts  College  Press,  191 1. 

t  Edward  Payson  Morton,  Ph.D.  1910. 

The  Technique  of  English  Non-Dramatic  Blank  Verse.  Doctor's  thesis. 
i2mo,  viii+129.     Chicago:   R.  R.  Donnelley  &  Sons  Co.,  1910. 

George  Albert  Nicholson,  Ph.D.  1914;  Acting  Head,  Department  of 
Rhetoric,  DePauw  University,  Greencastle,  Ind. 

English  Words  with  Native  Roots  and  with  Greek,  Latin,  or  Romance 
Suffixes.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  55.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1916. 

Oscar  Ludvig  Olson,  Ph.D.  1914;  Luther  College,  Decorah,  Iowa. 

The  Relation  of  the  Hrdlfs  Saga  Kraka  and  the  Bjarkarlmur  to  Beowulf. 
A  Contribution  to  the  History  of  Saga  Dc'cclopmcnt  in  England  and  the 
Scandinavian  Countries.  8vo,  104.  Published  by  the  Society  for 
the  Advancement  of  Scandinavian  Study,  1916. 

George  Fullmer  Reynolds,  Ph.D.  1905;  Associate  Professor  of  Eng- 
lish, Indiana  University,  Bloomington. 

Some  Principles  of  Elizabethan  Staging.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  34+29. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  1905. 

James  Finch  Royster,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  of  English,  University 
of  Texas,  Austin. 

A  Middle  English  Treatise  on  the  Ten  Commandments.  Text,  Notes,  and 
Introduction.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  xxii+35.  Chapel  Hill,  N.C.: 
University  Press,  1911. 

Walter  Kay  Smart,  Ph.D.  1911;  Head  of  the  Department  of  English, 
Armour  Institute  of  Technology,  Chicago. 

Some  English  and  Latin  Sources  and  Parallels  for  the  Morality  Play, 
"Wisdom."  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  93.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta 
Publishing  Co.,  191 2. 

t  Deceased. 


i82  PUBLICATIONS 

Matthew  Lyle  Spencer,  Ph.D.  1910;    Professor  of  English,  Lawrence 
College,  Appleton,  Wis. 

Corpus   Christi  Pageants   in  England.    Doctor's   thesis.     i2mo,    276. 
New  York:   Baker  &  Taylor  Co.,  191 1. 

John  Marcellus  Steadman,  Jr.,  Ph.D.  1916. 

The  Origin  of   the  Historical  Present  in  English.     Doctor's   thesis. 
Studies  in  Philology  (University  of  North  Carolina),  XIV  (1917). 

George  Coffin  Taylor,  Ph.D.  1905;  Columbia,  S.C. 

The  Enghsh  "Planctus  Mariae."    Doctor's  thesis.    Modern  Philology, 
IV  (1906-7),  605-37. 

Guy  Andrew  Thompson,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Professor  of  English  Literature, 
University  of  Maine,  Orono. 

Elizabethan  Criticism  of  Poetry.    Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  216.     Menasha, 
Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1914. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GENERAL  LITERATURE 

Richard  Green  Moulton  [1892-],  Professor  of  Literary  Theory  and 
Interpretation,  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  General  Literature. 

A.B.  London  University,  1869;  A.B.  Cambridge,  1874;  Ph.D.  Pennsylvania,  1891; 
Cambridge  University  Extension  Lecturer  in  Literature,  1874-90;  Lecturer  to  the 
American  Society  for  the  Extension  of  University  Teaching,  1891 ;  Lecturer  to  the 
London  Society  for  the  Extension  of  University  Teaching,  1891-92;  Professor  of 
Literature  (in  English),  Chicago,  1892-1901;  Professor  of  Literary  Theory  and 
Interpretation,  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  General  Literature,  ibid.,  1901-. 

The  Moral  System  of  Shakespeare:  A  Popular  Exposition  of  Fiction  as 
the  Experimental  Side  of  Philosophy.  i2mo,  viii+381.  New  York: 
Macmillan  Co.,  1903.  Rev.  ed.  under  title:  Shakespeare  as  a  Dra- 
matic Thinker.     Ibid.,  1907. 

The  Poetry  and  Fiction  of  William  Morris:  A  Syllabus  of  Private  Study. 
i6mo,  30.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1904. 

The  Modern  Readcr^s  Bible  (one  vol.,  rev.  ed.).  Svo,  xiv4-i733.  New 
York:    Macmillan  Co.,  1907. 

A  Short  Introduction  to  the  Literature  of  the  Bible.  i6mo,  vi-f-374- 
Boston:  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  1908. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  183 

World  Literature  and  Its  Place  in  General  Culture.     i2mo,  x-}-502.     New 
York:    Macmillan  Co.,  191 1. 

The  Modern  Study  of  Literature:  An  Introduction  to  Literary  Theory  and 
Interpretation.     121110,  .\ii+532.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1915. 

The  Personality  of  the  Son  of  Sirach,  International  Journal  oj  Apocrypha, 
VIII  (1907),  13-14. 

George  Carter  Rowland  [189 2-],  Associate  Professor  of  the  History 

of  Literature. 

A.B.  Amherst,  1885;  A.M.  ibid.,  1888;  Assistant  Professor  of  Italian  Philolog>', 
Chicago,  1895-1911;  Assistant  Professor  of  the  History  of  Literature,  ibid.,  191 1- 
13;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  191 3-. 

Advanced  Lessons  in  English.     i2mo,  307.     Chicago:  A.  C.  McClurg  & 
Co.,  1910. 

Elementary  Lessons  in  English.     i2mo,  202.     Chicago:  A.  C.  McClurg 
&  Co.,  1910. 

Zaragiieta,  by  Vital  Aza  and  Ramos  Carridn.     With  Notes  and  Vocabu- 
lary.    i2mo,  128.     Chicago:   Silver,  Burdett  &  Co.,  1915. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS 

Eliakim  Hastings  Moore  [1892-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematics. 

A.B.  Yale,  1S83;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1885,  Ph.D.  (hon.)  Gottingcn,  1899;  I-LT).  Wis- 
consin, 1904;  Sc.D.  Yale,  1909;  Math.D.  Clark,  1909;  .Vssistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics,  Northwestern,  1889-91;  .Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1S91-92;  Pro- 
fessor of  Mathematics,  Chicago,  189^-;  Head  of  the  Department  of  Mathematics, 
ibid.,  1 896-. 

President,  .\mcrican  Mathematical  Society,  1901-3;  .\ssociate  Fellow,  .\mcrican 
Academy  of  .\rts  and  Sciences,  1901-;  Member,  National  .\cademy  of  Sciences, 
igoi-;  Vice-President,  .American  .\ssociation  for  the  .\dvancement  of  Science, 
1911;  Vice-President,  V.  International  Congress  of  Mathematicians,  Cambridge, 
191 2;  Honorary  Corresponding  Member,  British  .Association  for  the  .Advance- 
ment of  Science,  191 3-. 

Editor,   Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  1900- 

1907;   Member,  Comitate  di  Redazione  dei  Rcndiconti  del  Circolo 

Matematico  di   Palermo,    1909-;    General   Editor,    "University  of 

Chicago    Mathematical    Series";     Chairman,    Board    of    Editors, 

"University  of  Chicago  Science  Series,"  1914-;    Associate  Editor, 

Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  191 5-. 

Introduction  to  a  Form  of  General  Analysis  (New  Haven  Mathematical 
Colloquium).     Svo,  150.     New  Haven:  Vale  University  Press,  1910. 


1 84  PUBLICATIONS 

On  the  Foundations  of  Mathematics,  Science,  XVII  (1903),  401-16; 
published  also  in  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  IX 
(1903),  402-24;  and  School  Review,  XI  (1903),  521-38. 

On  Doubly  Infinite  Systems  of  Directly  Similar  Convex  Arches  with 
Common  Base  Line,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society, 

X  (1904),  337-41- 

On  a  Definition  of  Abstract  Groups,  Transactions  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  VI  (1905),  179-80. 

The  Cross-Section  Paper  as  a  Mathematical  Instrument,  School  Review, 
XIV  (1906),  317-38;  published  also  in  School  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, VI  (1906),  429-50. 

Note  on  Fourier's  Constants,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  XIII  (1907),  232-34. 

The  Decomposition  of  Modular  Systems  Connected  with  the  Doubly 
Generalized  Fermat  Theorem,  ibid.,  280-88. 

On  a  Form  of  General  Analysis  with  Application  to  Linear  Differential 
and  Integral  Equations,  Atti  del  IV  Congresso  Internazionale  dei 
Matematici  (Roma),  II  (1909),  98-114. 

On  the  Foundations  of  the  Theory  of  Linear  Integral  Equations,  Bulletin 
of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVIII  (1911-12),  334-62. 

On  the  Fundamental  Functional  Operation  of  a  General  Theory  of 
Linear  Integral  Equations,  Proceedings  of  the  Fifth  International 
Congress  of  Mathematicians  (Cambridge,  August,  1912),  I  (1913), 
230-55- 

Definition  of  Limit  in  General  Integral  Analysis,  Proceedings  of  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences,  I  (1915),  628-32. 

Gilbert  Ames  Bliss  [1903-4;  1908-],  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1897;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1900;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Missouri,  1904-5;  Princeton,  1905-8;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Chicago,  1908-13;   Professor,  ibid.,  1913-. 

Member,  National  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Fundamental  Existence  Theorems  (Princeton  Mathematical  Colloquium). 
8vo,  107.     New  York:   American  Mathematical  Society,  1913. 

An  Existence  Theorem  for  a  Differential  Equation  of  the  Second  Order 
with  an  Application  to  the  Calculus  of  Variations,  Transactions  of 
the  American  Mathematical  Society,  V  (1904),  113-25. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  18$ 

The  Exterior  and  Interior  of  a  Plane  Curve,  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  X  (1904),  398-404. 

The  Properties  of  Curves  in  Space  Which  Minimize  a  Definite  Integral 
(with  Max  Mason),  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  IX  (igo8),  440-66. 

A  New  Proof  of  Weierstrass'  Theorem  concerninf:^  the  Factorization  of  a 
Power  Series,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVI 
(1910),  356-59. 

Fields  of  Extremals  in  Space  (with  Max  Mason),  Transactions  of  the 
American  Mathematical  Society,  XI  (1910),  325-40. 

The  Function  Concept  and  the  Fundamental  Notions  of  the  Calculus. 
One  of  a  group  of  articles  in  Monographs  on  Topics  of  Modem  Mathe- 
matics (191 1),  261-304. 

A  New  Proof  of  the  Existence  Theorem  for  Implicit  Functions,  Bulletin 
of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVIII  (1911-12),  175-79. 

A  Generalization  of  Weierstrass'  Preparation  Theorem  for  a  Power 
Series  in  Several  Variables,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  XIII  (191 2),  133-45. 

The  Minimum  of  a  Definite  Integral  for  Unilateral  Variations  in  Space 
(with  A.  L.  Underhill),  ibid.,  XV  (1914),  291-310. 

The  Weierstrass  E-Function  for  Problems  of  the  Calculus  of  Variations 
in  Space,  ibid.,  369-78. 

A  Note  on  Symmetric  Matrices,  Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second  Series, 

XVI  (1914),  43-44. 

A  Substitute  for  Duhamel's  Theorem,  ibid.,  45-49. 

A  Method  of  Subdividing  the  Interior  of  a  Simply  Closed  Rectifiable 
Curve,  with  an  Application  to  Cauchy's  Theorem  (with  F.  B.  Wiley), 
Bulletin  of  the  Scientific  Laboratories  of  Denison  I  nivcrsity,  X\TI 
(1914),  375-89- 

Generalizations  of  Geodesic  Curvature  and  a  Theorem  of  Gauss  con- 
cerning Geodesic  Triangles,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics, 
XXXVII  (1915),  1-18. 

A  Note  on  Functions  of  Lines,  Proceedings  of  the  Xational  Academy  of 
Sciences,  I  (1915),  173-77. 

A  Note  on  the  Problem  of  Lagrange  in  the  Calculus  of  Variations, 
Bulletin  of  the  .American  Mathematical  Society,  XXII  (1916),  220-25. 


1 86  PUBLICATIONS 

Jacobi's  Condition  for  Problems  of  the  Calculus  of  Variations  in  Para- 
metric Form,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society, 
XVII  (1916),  195-206. 

Reviews  of:  Bocher,  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Integral  Equa- 
tions, Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVI,  207-13; 
Eisenhart,  Differential  Geometry,  ibid.,  XVII,  470-78;  Volterra,  Lemons 
sur  les  fonctions  des  lignes,  ibid.,  XXI,  345-55. 

OsKAR  BoLZA,  Professor  of  Mathematics,  1892-igio;  Non-Resident 
Professor  of  Mathematics,  1910-17;  Hon.  Prof essor  of  Mathematics, 
Freiburg  i.B. 

Abiturientenexamen,  Freiburg  i.B.,  1875;  Ph.D.  Gottingen,  1886;  Associate 
Professor  of  Mathematics,  Chicago,  1892-93;  Professor,  ibid.,  1894-1910;  Non- 
Resident  Professor,  ibid.,  1910-17. 

Member,  National  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Lectures  on  the  Calculus  of  Variations,  "University  of  Chicago  Decennial 
Publications,"  Second  Series,  XIV.  Svo,  xv+271.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1904. 

Vorlesungen  ilber  Variationsrechnung.  I,  Svo,  iv+310, 1908;  11,1909; 
III,  ix+i6o.    Leipzig:  B.  G.  Teubner,  1909. 

Zur  Zweiten  Variation  bei  isoperimetrischen  Problemen,  Mathematische 
Annalen,  LVII  (1903),  44-47. 

Ueber  das  isoperimetrische  Problem  auf  einer  gegebenen  Flache,  ibid., 
48-52. 

Some  Instructive  Examples  in  the  Calculus  of  Variations,  Bulletin  of 
the  American  Mathematical  Society,  IX  (1903),  i-io. 

The  Determination  of  the  Constants  in  the  Problem  of  the  Brachisto- 
chrone,  ibid.,  X  (1904),  185-88. 

A  Fifth  Necessary  Condition  for  a  Strong  Extremum  of  the  Integral 

JF  {x,  y,  y'),  dx.  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Xo 

Society,  VII  (1906),  314-24, 

Weierstrass'  Theorem  and  Kncser's  Theorem  on  Transversals  for  the 
Most  General  Case  of  an  Extremum  of  a  Simple  Definite  Integral, 
ibid.,  459-88. 

Ein  Satz  iiber  eindeutige  Abbildung  und  seine  Anwendung  in  der  Varia- 
tionsrechnung, Mathematische  Annalen,  LXIII  (1906),  246-52. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMA'lICS  187 

Die  Lagran^e'sche  Mukiplicatorenrej^el  in  der  Variationsrechnunp;  fur 
den  Fall  von  gemischlen  Bedinj^ungen  und  die  zuj^ehorigen  Grenz- 
gleichungen  bei  variabeln  Endpunkten,  ibid.,  LXIV  (1907),  370-87. 

The  Determination  of  the  Conjugate  Points  for  Discontinuous  Solutions 
in  the  Calculus  of  Variations,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics, 
XXX  (1908),  210-21. 

Heinrich  Maschke:  His  Life  and  Work,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  XV  (1908-9),  85-95;  published  also  in  the  Univer- 
sity Record,  XII  (1908),  153-55. 

Remarks  concerning  the  Second  Variation  for  Isoperimetric  Problems, 
Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XV  (1908-9),  213-17. 

An  Application  of  the  Notions  of  "  General  Analysis"  to  a  Problem  of  the 
Calculus  of  Variations,  ibid.,  XVI  (1910),  402-7. 

Einfiihrung  in  E.  H.  Moore's  "General  Analysis"  und  deren  Anwendung 
auf  die  Verallgemeinerung  der  Theorie  der  linearer  Integrelglei- 
chungen,  Jahresbericht  der  Deutschen  Mathematischen  Vereinigung, 
XXIII  (1914),  248-303. 

Leonard  Eugene  Dickson  [1900-],  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

S.B.  Texas,  1893;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1896;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
California,  1899;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Te.xas,  1899-1900;  Assist- 
ant Professor  of  Mathematics,  Chicago,  1900-1907;  Associate  Professor,  ibid., 
1907-10;    Professor,  ibid.,  1910-. 

Member  of  the  National  .\cademy  of  Sciences;  Associate  Fellow  of  the  .Ameri- 
can .-Vcadcmy  of  .Arts  and  Sciences;  President  of  the  .\merican  Mathematical 
Society,  1916-. 

Associate  Editor,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society, 
1902-10;  Joint  Editor,  ibid.,  191 1-;  Managing  Editor,  American 
Mathematical  Monthly,  1902-6;  Associate  Editor,  ibid.,  1906-8. 

Introduction  to  the  Theory  of  Algebraic  Equations.  Svo,  v-l-104.  X'ew 
York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1903. 

Linear  Algebras.  Svo,  vi+87.  Cambridge,  England:  L'niversity  Press, 
1914. 

On  Invariants  and  the  Theory  of  Numbers  (Madison  Mathematical  Col- 
loquium). 8vo,  iii-f-iio.  X^ew  York:  American  Mathematical 
Society,  1914. 

Theory  of  Equations.  8vo,  v+184.  New  York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons, 
1914. 


1 88  PUBLICATIONS 

Algebraic  Invariants.  Svo,  x+ioo.  New  York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons, 
1914. 

Theory  and  Applications  of  Finite  Groups  (with  G.  A.  Miller  and  H.  F. 
Blichfeldt).     Svo,  xvii+390.     New  York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  ig  16. 

Cyclic  Subgroups  of  the  Simple  Ternary  Linear  Fractional  Group, 
American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXIV  (1902),  1-12. 

A  MatrLx  Defined  by  the  Quaternion  Group,  American  Mathematical 
Monthly,  IX  (1902),  243-48. 

An  Elementary  Exposition  of  Frobenius'  Theory  of  Group-Characters 
and  Group-Determinants,  Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second  Series,  IV 
(1902),  25-49. 

The  Groups  of  Steiner  in  Problems  of  Contact  (Second  Paper), 
Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  III  (1902), 
377-82. 

On  the  Groups  Defined  for  an  Arbitrary  Field  by  the  Multiplication 
Tables  of  Certain  Finite  Groups,  Proceedings  of  the  London  Mathe- 
matical Society,  XXXV  (1903),  68-80. 

The  Abstract  Group  Simply  Isomorphic  with  the  Group  of  Linear  Frac- 
tional Transformations  in  a  Galois  Field,  ibid.,  292-305. 

Generational  Relations  of  an  Abstract  Simple  Group  of  Order  4080, 
ibid.,  306-19. 

Generational  Relations  for  the  Abstract  Group  Simply  Isomorphic  with 
the  Linear  Fractional  Group  in  the  GF  [2"],  ibid.  (1903),  443-54- 

Addition  to  the  Paper  on  the  Four  Known  Simple  Groups  of  Order  25920, 
ibid..  Second  Series,  I  (1903),  283-84. 

Definitions  of  a  Field  by  Independent  Postulates,  Transactions  of  the 
American  Mathematical  Society,  IV  (1903),  13-20. 

Definitions  of  a  Linear  Associative  Algebra  by  Independent  Postulates, 
ibid.,  21-26. 

On  the  Subgroups  of  Order  a  Power  of  p  in  the  Quaternary  Abelian  Group 
in  the  Galois  Field  of  Order  />°,  ibid.,  371-86. 

On  the  Reducibility  of  Linear  Groups,  ibid.,  434-36. 

Three  Sets  of  Generational  Relations  Defining  the  Abstract  Simple 
Group  of  Order  504,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society, 
IX  (1903),  194-204. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  189 

Generational  Relations  Defining  the  Abstract  Simple  Group  of  Order  660, 
ibid.,  204-6. 

The  Abstract  Group  G  Simply  Isomorphic  with  the  Alterruting  Group 
on  Six  Letters,  ibid.,  303-6. 

Fields  Whose  Elements  Are  Linear  Differential  Expressions,  ibid.,  X 
(1903),  30,  31. 

Three  Algebraic  Notes,  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  X  (1903), 
219-26. 

A  Generalization  of  Symmetric  and  Skew-Symmetric  Determinants, 
ibid.,  254-56. 

Determination  of  All  Groups  of  Binary  Linear  Substitutions  wth 
Integral  CoefBcients  Taken  Modulo  3  and  of  Determinant  Unity, 
Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second  Series,  V  (1903),  140-44. 

On  the  Minimum  Degree  of  Resolvents  for  the  /^-Section  of  the  Periods 
of  Hyperelliptic  Functions  of  Four  Periods,  Jahresbericht  des 
Deutschen  Mathcmatikervcreinigung,  XIII  (1904),  559-60. 

A  New  Extension  of  Dirichlet's  Theorem  on  Prime  Numbers,  Messenger 
of  Mathematics,  XXXIII  (1904),  155-60. 

Application  of  Groups  to  a  Complex  Problem  in  Arrangements,  .1;:/Z(j/5 
of  Mathematics,  Second  Series,  VI  (1904),  31-44. 

On  the  Real  Elements  of  Certain  Classes  of  Geometrical  Configurations, 
ibid.,  141-50. 

Memoir  on  Abelian  Transformations,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics, 
XXVI  (1904),  243-318. 

Two  Systems  of  Subgroups  of  the  Quaternary  Abelian  Group  in  a  General 
Galois  Field,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  X  (1904), 
17S-84. 

On  the  Subgroups  of  Order  a  Power  of  p  in  the  Linear  Homogeneous  and 
Fractional  Groups  in  the  GF  [/>"],  ibid.,  385-97. 

A  Property  of  the  Group  Cj'"  All  of  Whose  Operators  except  Identity 
Are  of  Period  2,  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XI  (1904),  203-6. 

The  Subgroups  of  Order  a  Power  of  2  of  the  Simple  Quinary  Orthogonal 
Group  in  the  Galois  Field  of  Order  P°=8/=±=3,  Transactions  of  the 
American  }fathematical  Society,  \'  (1Q04),  1-38. 


I90  PUBLICATIONS 

Determination  of  All  the  Subgroups  of  the  Known  Simple  Group  of  Order 
25920,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  V  (1904), 
126-66. 

The  Minimum  Degree  t  of  Resolvents  for  the  /^-Section  of  the  Periods  of 
H}^erelliptic  Functions  of  Four  Periods,  ibid.,  VI  (1905),  48-57. 

Definitions  of  a  Group  and  a  Field  by  Independent  Postulates,  ibid., 
198-204. 

On  Semi-Groups  and  the  General  Isomorphism  between  Infinite  Groups, 
ibid.,  205-8. 

The  Group  of  a  Tactical  Configuration,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  XI  (1905),  177-79. 

On  the  Class  of  the  Substitutions  of  Various  Linear  Groups,  ibid.,  426-32. 
A  General  Theorem  on  Algebraic  Numbers,  ibid.,  482-86. 

Determination  of  the  Ternary  Modular  Groups,  American  Journal  of 
Mathematics,  XXVII  (1905),  189-202. 

Subgroups  of  Order  a  Power  of  p  in  the  General  and  Special  w-ary  Linear 
Groups,  ibid.,  280-302. 

A  New  System  of  Simple  Groups,  Mathematische  Annalen,  LX  (1905), 

137-50- 
On  the  Cyclotomic  Function,  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XII 

(1905),  86-89. 

Determination  of  All  the  Subgroups  of  the  Three  Highest  Powers  of  p 
in  the  Group  of  All  w-ary  Linear  Homogeneous  Transformations 
Modulo  p,  Quarterly  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXVI  (1905),  373-84. 

On  Hypercomplex  Number  Systems,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  VI  (1905),  344-48. 

Graphical  Methods  in  Trigonometry,  American  Mathematical  Monthly, 
XIII  (1905),  129-33. 

Expressions  for  the  Elements  of  a  Determinant  in  Terms  of  the  Minors 
of  a  Given  Order:  Generalization  of  a  Theorem  Due  to  Studnicka, 
ibid.,  217-21. 

On  Finite  Algebras,  Goltingcn  N achrichten  (1905),  358-93. 

On  Quadratic  Hermitian  and  BiHnear  Forms,  Transactions  of  the  Ameri- 
can Mathematical  Society,  VII  (1906),  275-92. 

Linear  Algebras  in  Which  Division  Is  Always  Uniquely  Possible,  ibid., 
370-90. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  191 

On  the  Quaternary  Linear  Homogeneous  Group  Modulo  p  of  Order  a 
Multijjle  of  p,  American  Journal  oj  Mallicmatics,  XXV'III  (1906), 
1-18. 

On  Commutative  Linear  Al^jebras  in  Which  Division  Is  Always  Uniquely 
Possible,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  VII 
(1906),  514-22. 

Criteria  for  the  Irreducibility  of  Functions  in  a  Finite  Field,  Bulletin  of 
ike  American  Mathematical  Society,  XIII  (1906),  1-8. 

On  the  Theor\'  of  Equations  in  a  Modular  Field,  ibid.,  8-10. 

On  Linear  Algebras,  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XIII  (1906), 
201-5. 

The  Abstract  Form  of  the  Special  Linear  Homogeneous  Group  in  an 
Arbitrary  Field,  Quarterly  Journal  of  Afathemalics,  XXXMII  (1906), 
141-45- 

The  Abstract  Form  of  the  Abelian  Linear  Group,  ibid.,  145-57. 

Invariants  of  Binar>'  Forms  under  Modular  Transformations,  Trans- 
actions of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  VIII  (1907),  205-32. 

Modular  Theory  of  Group-Matrices,  ibid.,  389-98. 

Algebraic  Numbers  and  Forms,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  XIII  (1907),  348-62. 

The  Symmetric  Group  on  Eight  Letters  and  the  Senary  First  Hypo- 
abelian  Group,  ibid.,  386-89. 

Modular  Theory  of  Group  Characters,  ibid.,  477-88. 

Quadratic  Forms  in  a  General  Field,  ibid.,  XIV  (1907),  108-15. 

Invariants  of  the  General  Quadratic  Form  Modulo  2,  Proceedings  of  the 
London  Mathematical  Society,  Second  Series,  V  (1907),  301-24. 

On  tlic  \'()lunic  of  a  Tetrahedron  in  Terms  of  the  Co-ordinates  of  the 
Vertices,  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XI\'  (1907),  117,  iiS. 

The  Galois  Group  of  a  Reciprocal  Quartic  Equation,  ibid.,  X\'  (iQoS), 
71-78. 

On  Triple  Algebras  and  Ternary-  Cubic  Forms,  Bulletin  of  the  A  mcrican 
Mathematical  Society,  XIV  (1908),  160-69. 

On  Higher  Congruences  and  Modular  Invariants,  ibid.,  313-18. 

Criteria  for  the  Irreducibility  of  a  Reciprocal  Equation,  ibid.,  4:6-30. 


192  PUBLICATIONS 

A  Class  of  Groups  in  an  Arbitrary  Field  Connected  with  the  Configura- 
tion of  the  27  Lines  on  a  Cubic  Surface  (Second  Paper),  Quarterly 
Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXLX  (1908),  205-9. 

On  the  Last  Theorem  of  Fermat,  Messenger  of  Mathematics,  XXXVIII 
(1908),  14-32. 

Representations  of  the  General  Symmetric  Group  as  Linear  Groups  in 
Finite  and  Infinite  Fields,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  IX  (1908),  121-48. 

On  the  Canonical  Forms  and  Automorphs  of  Ternary  Cubic  Forms, 
American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXX  (1908),  117-28. 

Invariantive  Reduction  of  Quadratic  Forms,  ibid.,  263-81. 

The  Abstract  Form  of  the  AbeUan  Linear  Groups,  Quarterly  Journal  of 
Mathematics,  XXXIX  (1908),  205-9. 

On  Families  of  Quadratic  Forms  in  a  General  Field,  ibid.,  316-33. 

On  the  Congruence  x^-\-y^-\-z^=o  (mod.  p),  Journal  fur  Mathematik, 
CXXXV  (1908),  134-41. 

Lower  Limit  for  the  Number  of  Solutions  of  x^-\-y^-\-z^=o  (mod.  p), 
ibid.,  181-88. 

On  the  Factorization  of  Large  Numbers,  American  Mathematical  Monthly, 
XV  (1908),  217-22. 

On  Commutative  Linear  Groups,  Messenger  of  Mathematics,  XL  (1909), 
167-96. 

On  the  Representation  of  Numbers  by  Modular  Forms,  Bulletin  of  the 
American  Mathematical  Society,  XV  (1909),  338-47. 

Rational  Reduction  of  a  Pair  of  Binary  Quadratic  Forms;  Their  Modular 
Invariants,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXI  (1909),  103-46. 

Definite  Forms  in  a  Finite  Field,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  X  (1909),  119-22. 

General  Theory  of  Modular  Invariants,  ibid.,  123-58. 

On  the  Last  Theorem  of  Fermat,  Quarterly  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XL 
(1909),  27-45. 

On  Commutative  Linear  Groups,  ibid.,  167-96. 

Combinants,  ibid.,  349-66. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  193 

On   the  Representation  of  Numbers  as   the   Sum   of  Two  Squares, 
American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XVI  (1909),  85-87. 

Rational  Edged   Cuboids  with   Equal   Volumes  and   Equal   Surfaces, 
ibid.,  107-14. 

Modular  Invariants  of  a  General  System  of  Linear  Forms,  Proceedings  of 
the  London  Mathematical  Society,  Second  Series,  VII  (1909),  430-44, 

Equivalence  of  Pairs  of  Bilinear  or  Quadratic  Forms  under  Rational 
Transformation,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society, 

X  (1909),  347-60. 

A  Theory  of  Invariants,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXI  (1909), 
337-54- 

On  Certain  Diophantinc  Equations,  Messenger  of  Mathematics,  XXXIX 
(1909-10),  86-87. 

On  the  Factorization  of  Integral  Functions  with  />-adic  Coefficients, 
Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVII  (1910),  19-23. 

On  the  Xep;ativc  Discriminants  for  Which  There  Is  a  Single  Class  of 
Positive  Primitive  Binary  Quadratic  Forms,  ibid.,  534-37. 

Note  on  Cubic  Equations  and  Congruences,  Annals  of  Mathematics, 
Second  Series,  XII  (1910),  149-52. 

An  Invariantive  Investigation  of  Irreducible  Binary  Modular  Forms, 
Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XII  (191 1),  1-18. 

A  Fundamental  System  of  Invariants  of  the  General  Modular  Linear 
Group  with  a  Solution  of  the  Form  Problem,  ibid.,  75-98. 

Notes  on   the  Theory  of  Numbers,  American  Malhcmatical  Monthly, 
XVIII  (1911),  109-11. 

Binary  Modular  Groujis  and  Their  Invariants,  American  Journal  of 
Mathematics,  XXXIII  (191 1),   175-92. 

Note  on  Modular  Invariants,  Quarterly  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XLII 
(1911),   158-61. 

On  Non- Vanishing  Forms,  ibid.,  162-71. 

Linear  Algebras,   Transactions  of  the  American   Mathematical  Society, 
XIII  (1912),  59-73. 

Proof  of  the  Finiteness  of  Modular  Covariants,  ibid.,  XIV   (191 3), 
299-310. 


194  PUBLICATIONS 

Amicable  Number  Triples,  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XX  (1913), 
84-92. 

Theorems  and  Tables  on  the  Sum  of  the  Divisors  of  a  Number,  Quarterly 
Journal  of  Mathematics,  XLIV  (1913),  264-96. 

Finiteness  of  the  Odd  Perfect  and  Primitive  Numbers  with  n  Distinct 
Prime  Factors,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXV  (1913), 
413-22. 

Even  Abundant  Numbers,  ibid.,  423-26. 

On  the  Rank  of  a  Symmetrical  Matrix,  Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second 
Series,  XV  (1913),  27-28. 

The  Invariants,  Semivariants,  and  Linear  Covariants  of  the  Binary 
Quartic  Modulo  2,  ibid.,  114-17. 

On  Binary  Modular  Groups  and  Their  Invariants,  Bulletin  of  the  Amer- 
ican Mathematical  Society,  XX  (1913),  132-34. 

Linear  Associative  Algebras  and  Abelian  Equations,  Transactions  of  the 
American  Mathematical  Society,  XV  (1914),  31-46. 

On  the  Trisection  of  an  Angle  and  the  Construction  of  Regular  Polygons, 
American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XXI  (1914),  259-62. 

Invariants  in  the  Theory  of  Numbers,  Transactions  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  XV  (1914),  497-503. 

Modular  Invariants  of  the  System  of  a  Binary  Cubic,  Quadratic,  and 
Linear  Form,  Quarterly  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XLV  (1914),  373-84. 

The  Points  of  Inflexion  of  a  Plane  Cubic  Curve,  Annals  of  Mathematics, 
Second  Series,  XVI  (1914),  50-66. 

Projective  Classification  of  Cubic  Surfaces  Modulo  2,  ibid.,  139-57. 

Classification  of  Qukrtic  Curves  Modulo  2,  Messenger  of  Mathematics, 
XLIV  (1914-15),  189-92. 

Quartic  Curves  Modulo  2,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  X.VI  (1915),  111-20. 

Recent  Progress  in  the  Theories  of  Modular  and  Formal  Invariants  and 
in  Moduhir  Geometry,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences, I  (1915),  1-4. 

The  Straight  Lines  on  Modular  Cubic  Surfaces,  ibid.,  248-53. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  195 

Invariantive  Theory  of  Plane  Cubic  Curves  Modulo  2,  American  Journal 
of  Mathematics,  XXXVII  (1915),  107-16. 

Geometrical  and  Invariantive  Theory  of  Quartic  Curves  Modulo  2, 
ibid.,  337-54- 

Invariantive  Classification  of  Pairs  of  Conies  Modulo  2,  ibid.,  355-58. 

Invariants,  Semivariants,  and  Covariants  of  the  Ternar>'  and  Quaternary 
Quadratic  Form  Modulo  2,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  XXI  (1915),  174-79- 

On  the  Relations  between  Linear  Algebras  and  Continuous  Groups, 
ibid.,  XXII  (1915),  53-61. 

Reviews  in:  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  IX,  555- 
56,  561-62;  X,  257-60,  317-21;  XI,  159-64,  557-59;  XIII,  348-62; 
XV,  232-39,  249-52;  XVII,  23-36,  36-38,  254-56,  371-72;  XX,  96-97, 
258-59;   XXI,  131-32,  355-56;   XXII,  303-10. 

t  Heinrich  Maschke  [1892-1908],  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

Ph.D.  Gottingen,  1880;  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Luisenstadtsche  Gymnasium, 
Berlin,  1880-90;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Physics,  Chicago,  1892- 
96;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics,  iW</.,  1896-1907;  Professor,  16 m/.,  1907-8. 

On  Superosculating  Quadric  Surfaces,  Transactions  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  III  (1902),  482-84. 

A  Symbolic  Treatment  of  the  Theory  of  Invariants  of  Quadratic  Differ- 
ential Quantics  of  rj  Variables,  ibid.,  IV  (1903),  445-69. 

A  Useful  Diagram  for  Examples  in  Modern  Analytic  Geometry,  Ameri- 
can Mathematical  Monthly,  XII  (1905),  193-95. 

A  Geometrical  Problem  Connected  with  the  Continuation  of  a  Power- 
Series,  Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second  Series,  VII  (1905),  61-64. 

Differential  Parameters  of  the  First  Order,  Transactions  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  VII  (1906),  69-80. 

The  Kronccker-Gaussian  Curvature  of  Hyper-Space,  ibid.,  81-93. 

George  William  Myers  [1901-],  Professor  of  the  Teaching  of  Mathe- 
matics and  Astronomy,  and  Mathematical  Supervisor  in  the  School 
of  Education.     See  under  College  of  Education,  p.  4S0. 

t  Deceased. 


196  PUBLICATIONS 

Herbert  Ellsworth  Slaught  [1895-],  Professor  of  ^lathematics. 

A.B.  Colgate,  1883;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1S98;  Sc.D.  Colgate,  1911;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Mathematics,  Chicago,  1900-1908;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1908-13; 
Professor,  ibid.,  1913-. 

Editor  of  a  Series  of  Mathematical  Texts  for  Schools  and  Colleges, 
Allyn  &  Bacon,  1913-;  Managing  Editor,  American  Mathematical 
Monthly,  1908-. 

Member,  Sub-Committee  on  Preparation  for  Teaching  Mathematics 
of  the  International  Commission  on  the  Teaching  of  Mathe- 
matics, 1908-10:  Report  published  by  the  Department  of  Education, 
Washington;  Chairman  of  the  National  Committee  of  Fifteen,  of 
the  National  Education  Association,  on  the  Geometry  Syllabus, 
1908-11 ;  publications:  Provisional  Report  of  the  National  Committee 
of  Fifteen  on  Geometry  Syllabus.  8vo,  78.  Chicago:  School  Science 
and  Mathematics  Publishing  Co.,  1912;  Final  Report  of  the  National 
Committee  of  Fifteen  on  Geometry  Syllabus.  8vo,  88.  New  York: 
The  Mathematics  Teacher,  191 2.  Also  published  in  the  Proceedings 
of  the  National  Education  Association,  1912,  as  a  separate  document; 
Special  Report  to  the  International  Commission  on  the  Teaching  of 
Mathematics:  The  Teaching  of  Mathematics  in  Summer  Sessions 
of  Universities  and  Normal  Schools,  American  Mathematical  Monthly, 
XVIII  (1911),  147-57. 

High  School  Algebra,  Elementary  Course  (with  N.  J.  Lennes).  8vo, 
xii4-297.     Boston:    Allyn  &  Bacon,  1907. 

High  School  Algebra,  Advanced  Course  (with  N.  J.  Lennes).  i2mo, 
vii+194.     Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1908. 

Teacher's  Manual  for  High-School  Algebra  (with  N.  J.  Lennes),  Vols.  I 
and  II.     8vo,  237,  314.     Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1908,  1909. 

The  Humanizing  of  High-School  Mathematics.  8vo,  22.  Boston:  Allyn 
&  Bacon,  1909. 

Plane  Geometry  (with  N.  J.  Lennes).  i2mo,  viii-f-280.  Boston:  Allyn 
&  Bacon,  1910. 

Solid  Geometry,  with  Problems  and  Applications  (with  N.  J.  Lennes). 
i2mo,  vi+igo.    Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1911. 

Teacher's  Manual  for  Plane  and  Solid  Geometry  (witli  N.  J.  Lennes). 
Vols.  I  and  II.  i2mo,  393,  148.  Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1911, 
1912. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  197 

First  Principles  of  Algebra,  Elementary  Course  (with  X.  J.  Lennes). 
8vo,  276+12.     Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1912. 

A  Source  Book  of  Problems  for  Geometry  Based  on  Industrial  Design  and 
Architectural  Ornament  (with  Mabel  Sykes  and  N.  J.  Lennes), 
8vo,  v+372.     Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  191 2. 

First  Principles  of  Algebra,  Advanced  Course  (with  X.  J.  Lennes).  8vo, 
200+7.     Boston:   Allyn  &  Bacon,  1912. 

Teacher's  Manual  for  first  Principles  of  Algebra  (with  X.  J.  Lennes). 
Vols.  I  and  IL     8vo,  352,  315.     Boston:    Allyn  &  Bacon,  1912. 

Plane  Trigonometry  and  Applications  (editor,  with  E.  J.  Wilczynski). 
8vo,  xi+265.     Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1914. 

Logarithmic  and  Trigonometric  Tables  (editor,  with  E.  J.  Wilczynski). 
i2mo,  xx+97.     Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1914. 

College  Algebra  with  Applications  (editor,  with  E.  J.  Wilczynski).  8vo, 
507.     Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1916, 

Elementary  Algebra  (with  N.  J.  Lennes).  8vo,  x+353.  Boston:  Allyn 
&  Bacon,  1915. 

Teacher's  Manual  for  Elementary  Algebra  (with  X"^.  J.  Lennes).  8vo, 
365.     Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1915. 

Intermediate  Algebra  (with  N.  J.  Lennes).  8vo,  x+249.  Boston:  Allyn 
&  Bacon,  1916. 

Teacher's  Manual  for  Intermediate  Algebra  (with  X'.  J.  Lennes).  8vo, 
313.     Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1916. 

Ideals  in  the  Teaching  of  ^lathematics.  School  Science  and  Mathematics, 
V  (1905),  702-8. 

Aims  in  Teaching  Algebra,  ibid.,  VI  (1906),  105-10. 

Books  Old  and  X^ew  in  Mathematics,  School  Review,  XIV  (1906),  679-S5. 

Heinrich  Maschke,  the  Teacher,  University  Record,  XII  (1908),  155-57. 

Joint  Meetings  of  Mathematicians  and  Engineers,  Bulletin  of  the  Ameri- 
can Mathematical  Society,  XIV  (1908),  269-82. 

What  to  Omit  and  What  to  Emphasize  in  High-School  Algebra,  School 
Review,  XVI  (1908),  503-16. 

The  Teaching  of  Mathematics  in  the  Colleges,  American  Mathematical 
Monthly,  XVI  (1909),  173-77. 


1 98  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Status  of  Mathematics  in  the  High  School,  Educational  Bi-Monthlyj 
V  (1911),  320-32. 

The  Board  of  Recommendations  for  the  Appointment  of  Teachers, 
University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  IV  (1912),  129-34. 

Western  Meetings  of  Mathematicians,  American  Mathematical  Monthly ^ 
XX  (1913),  127-30. 

Incentives  to  Mathematical  Activity,  ibid.,  169-73. 

Retrospect  and  Prospect  in  Collegiate  Mathematics,  ibid,,  XXI  (1914), 

1-3- 
The  Promotion  of  Collegiate  Mathematics,  ibid.,  XXII  (1915),  251-53. 

The  Teaching  of  Mathematics,  ibid.,  289-92. 

Reviews  in:   Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XII, 
498-501;    School  Review,  XVI,  688-89. 

Ernest  Julius  Wilczynski  [1910-],  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

Ph.D.  Berlin,  1897;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics,  California,  1902-6; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1906-7;  Associate  Professor,  Illinois,  1907-10;  Asso- 
ciate Professor,  Chicago,  1910-14;   Professor,  ibid.,  1914-. 

Laureate  of  the  Academie  Royale  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres  et  des  Beaux-Arts  de 
Belgique,  1909. 

Associate  Editor,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society ^ 

1908-. 

Member  of  Sub-Committee  on  Preparation  for  Research   of  the 

International  Commission  on  the  Teaching  of  Mathematics,  1908-10. 

Projective  Differential  Geometry  (New  Haven  Mathematical  Colloquium). 
8vo,  21.     New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press,  19 10. 

Plane  Trigonometry  and  Applications  (H.  E.  Slaught,  editor).  8vo, 
xi4-265.     Boston:    AUyn  &  Bacon,  1914. 

Logarithmic  and  Trigonometric  Tables  (H.  E.  Slaught,  editor).  i2mo, 
XX4-97.     Boston:   Allyn  &  Bacon,  1914. 

College  Algebra  with  Applications  (H.  E.  Slaught,  editor).  8vo,  507. 
Boston:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  1916. 

Projective  Differential  Geometry  of  Curved  Surfaces  (Fifth  Memoir), 
Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XV  (1909), 
279-96. 

Sur  la  theorie  gcnerale  des  congruences,  Memoires  publics  par  la  Classe  des 
Sciences  de  V Academie  royale  de  Belgique,  III  (191 1),  1-86. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  MATHEMATICS  199 

One  Parameter  Families  and  Nets  of  Plane  Curves,  Transactions  of  the 
American  Mathematical  Society,  XII  (191 1),  473-510. 

A  Forgotten  Theorem  of  Newton's  on  Planetary  Motion,  and  an  Instru- 
mental Solution  of  Kepler's  Problem,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXVII 
(1913),  155-56. 

Note  concerning  the  Instrumental  Solution  of  Kepler's  Problem  by 
Means  of  the  Trochoid,  ibid.,  185. 

Some  General  Aspects  of  Modern  Geometr>',  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  XIX  (1913),  331-42, 

Riccrche  geometriche  intorno  al  problema  dei  trc  corpi,  Annali  di 
Matematica,  XXI  (1913),  1-31. 

On  a  Certain  Class  of  Self-Projective  Surfaces,  Transactions  of  the  A  meri- 
cati  Mathematical  Society,  XIV  (1913),  421-43. 

Some  General  Aspects  of  Modern  Geometry,  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  XIX  (1913),  331-42.  Italian  translation  in 
Bollcltino  di  Bibliografia  e  Storia  delle  Scienze  Matematiche,  XVI 
(1914),  97-109. 

On  a  Certain  Completely  Integrable  System  of  Linear  Partial  Difler- 
ential  Equations,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXX\'I  (1914), 
231-60. 

Ueber  Flachen  mit  unbestimmten  Direktrixkurven,  M athematische 
Annalen,  LXXVI  (1914),  129-60. 

Conjugate  Systems  of  Space  Curves  with  Equal  Laplace-Darboux 
Invariants,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Acadeyny  of  Sciences,  I  (1915), 
59-61. 

The  General  Theory  of  Congruences,  Transactions  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  X\'  (1915),  311-27. 

Some  Remarks  on  the  Historical  Development  and  the  Future  Prospects 
of  the  DitTerential  Geometry  of  Plane  Curves,  Bulletin  of  the  A  merican 
Mathematical  Society,  XXII  (1916),  317-29. 

Interpretation  of  the  Simplest  Integral  Invariant  of  Projective  Geometn.*, 
Proceedings  of  the  Xational  Academy  of  Sciences,  II  (1916),  248-52. 

Rkaikws  of:  Schlesinger,  Vorlesungen  liber  lineare  Diflerential- 
glcichungcn.  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  X\'I, 
4S3-8Q;  Darboux,  Lemons  sur  les  systemes  orlhogonaux  ct  les 
coordonnees  curvilignes,  ibid.,  XX,  247-53.     Other  re\ie\vs  in  Bulletin 


200  PUBLICATIONS 

of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVII,  514-15;  XX,  212;  School 
Review,  XX,  632-33;  and  American  Mathe^natical  Monthly,  XXIII, 
206-9. 

Jacob  William  Albert  Young  [189  2-],  Associate  Professor  of  the 

Pedagogy  of  Mathematics. 

A.B.  Bucknell,  1887;  Ph.D.  Clark,  1892;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Chicago,  1897-1908;  .\ssociate  Professor  of  the  Pedagogy  of  Mathematics,  ibid., 
1908-. 

Editor,  Monographs  on  Topics  of  Modern  Mathematics.     8vo,  viii+ 
416.     New  York:    Longmans,  Green,  &  Co.,  191 1. 
Member,  International  Commission  on  the  Teaching  of  Mathe- 
matics, 1908-. 

In  charge  (wdth  D.  E.  Smith  and  W.  F.  Osgood)  of  the  prepara- 
tion of  the  American  Report  to  the  International  Commission 
on  the  Teaching  of  Mathematics,  1909-.  The  following  reports, 
prepared  by  Professor  Young  and  the  others  named,  have  been 
published:  International  Commission  on  the  Teaching  of  Mathe- 
matics: Preliminary  Report  of  the  American  Commissioners,  School 
Science  and  Mathematics,  IX  (1909),  603-8;  also  as  Commission 
Internationale  de  I'enseignement  mathematique:  Rapport  prepa- 
ratoire  de  la  delegation  americaine,  U enseignement  mathematique,  XI 
(1909),  200-204;  Sind  Circulaire  No.  i  du  comite  central  a  Messieurs 
les  Membres  de  la  Commission  internationale  de  V enseignement  mathe- 
matique, Geneva  (1909),  8-12;  International  Commission  on  the 
Teaching  of  Mathematics:  Second  Preliminary  Report  of  the 
American  Commissioners,  Bulletin  No.  2  of  the  American  Commis- 
sioners (1909),  1-13;  also  in  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  IX 
(1909),  777-87;  Report  of  the  American  Commissioners  of  the  Inter- 
national Commission  on  the  Teaching  of  Mathematics.  8vo,  84. 
Washington:  The  Bureau  of  Education,  191 2.  Thirteen  other  re- 
ports by  various  hands  have  been  edited  by  Professor  Young  and 
the  others  named,  and  published  as  Bulletins  of  the  United  States 
Bureau  of  Education.  The  following  papers  and  addresses  (by 
Professor  Young)  are  also  connected  with  the  work  of  the  Com- 
mission: (i)  La  question  de  la  rigeur  dans  I'enseignement  mathe- 
matique moyen,  et  la  question  de  la  fusion  des  diffcrentes  branches 
mathcniatiques,  Comple  Rendu  du  Congrh  de  Milan  de  la  Commission 
internationale  de  V enseignement  mathematique  (191 1),  35-45;  also  in 
U enseignement  mathematique,  XIII  (191 1),  471-81;  School  Science 
and  Mathematics,  XII  (191 2),  447-56;  and  (2)  Address  of  Presen- 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  20i 

tation  of  the  American  Report  for  the  International  Commission  on 
the  Teaching  of  Mathematics  to  the  Congress  at  Cambridge. 
Publications  du  comit6  central  de  la  Commission  Internationale  de 
renseigncmcnt  mathvmatique,  Serie  2,  fasc.  i  (1912),  39-44;  also  in 
Uenseigncmcnt  mallicmatique,  XIV  (191 2),  479-84. 

Arithmetic  (with  L.  L.  Jackson).  Books  I,  II,  III.  8vo,  viii-f-234; 
viii+246;   x-f-245.     New  York:   U.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1904,  1905. 

The  Teaching  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Mathematics.  Svo,  .wiii-f- 
351.  New  York:  Longmans,  Green,  &  Co.,  1906.  2d  ed.,  ibid., 
1914.  Translated  into  Russian  by  A.  R.  Kulischer  and  published  in 
2  vols.  Vol.  I,  Svo,  .\vi+i92;  Vol.  II,  ix-f-233.  St.  Petersburg: 
Obshtshestwenaja  Polza,  1912.      2d  ed.,  Vol.  I,  1914;  Vol.  II,  1915. 

Elementary  Algebra  (with  L.  L.  Jackson).  Svo,  ix-+43S.  New  York: 
D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1908. 

The  Appleton  Arithmetics  (with  L.  L.  Jackson).  Vols.  I,  II,  III.  Svo, 
vii+264;  vii+232;  vii+236.     New  York:   D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1909. 

Second  Course  in  Algebra  (with  L.  L.  Jackson).  Svo,  vi+215.  New 
York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  19 10. 

High  School  Algebra  (with  L.  L.  Jackson).  Svo,  x+508.  New  York: 
D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1 9 13. 

Plane  Geometry  (with  L.  L.  Jackson).  Svo,  vi+312.  New  York: 
D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1916. 

Concerning  tlie  Bibliography  of  ^Mathematics,  Yearbook  of  the  Biblio- 
graphical Society  of  Chicago  (1902,  1903),  32-43:  American  Mathe- 
matical Monthly,  X  (1903),  186-91. 

Poincare,  La  science  et  I'hypothese;  Poincare-Lindemann,  Wissenschaft 
und  Hypothese,  Science,  XX  (1904),  833-37. 

Some  Recent  French  Views  on  Concrete  Methods  of  Teaching  Mathe- 
matics, School  Review,  XIII  (1905),  275-79. 

Die  Reformbewegungen  im  mathematischen  Unterricht  in  d.  Ver. 
Staaten  Nord  Amerikas,  Jahrcsbcricht  d.  dcutschcn  Math.  Vcrcinignng 
XV  (1906),  131-41. 

The  Movement  for  Reform  in  the  Teaching  of  Mathematics  in  Prussia, 
Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XII  (1906),  347-52. 


202  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Movement  in  Prussia  for  the  Reorganization  of  the  Instruction  in 
Mathematics  and  the  Natural  Sciences  in  the  Secondary  Schools, 
Science,  XXIII  (1906),  773-83. 

My  Struggle  with  the  Italian  Language  and  the  Morals  I  Drew  from  It 
for  the  Teaching  of  Mathematics,  School  Review,  XV  (1907),  255-60. 

Current  Tendencies  in  Secondary  Mathematics  in  Italy,  School  Science 
and  Mathematics,  VII  (1907),  352-55. 

Current  Tendencies  in  Secondary  Mathematics  in  France,  ibid.,  489-93. 

On  Mathematical  Induction,  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XV 
(1908),  145-53- 

The  Theory  of  Numbers.  In  Monographs  on  Topics  of  Modern  Mathe- 
matics, 305-49.     New  York:  Longmans,  Green,  &  Co.,  191 1. 

Bibliography  of  Recent  Works  on  the  Teaching  of  Mathematics,  United 
States  Bureau  of  Education,  Bulletin  No.  446  (191 1),  18-21. 

The  Fifth  International  Congress  of  Mathematicians,  at  Cambridge, 
England,  1912,  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  XII  (1912),  702-15; 
also  in  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XIX  (191 2);  and  (in  part) 
Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XIX  (19 13),  186-91. 

Reviews  in:    Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XII, 
138-40;  XV,  261-64;  and  School  Review,  XIV,  616-17. 

Arthur   Constant   Lunn   [1902-],   Assistant   Professor   of   Applied 

Mathematics. 

A.B.  Lawrence,  1898;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1904;    Assistant  Professor  of  Applied 
Mathematics,  ibid.,  1910-. 

The  Dijfferential  Equations  of  Dynamics.  Doctor's  thesis.  4to,  26. 
Lancaster,  Pa.:    New  Era  Printing  Co.,  1909. 

A  Biquadratic  Equation  Connected  with  the  Reduction  of  a  Quadratic 
Locus,  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XV  (1908),  5,  6. 

On  the  Zonal  Errors  in  Magnification  of  the  Reflecting  Telescope, 
Astrophysical  Journal,  XXVII  (1908),  280-85. 

The  Deduction  of  the  Electrostatic  Equations  Ijy  the  Calculus  of  Varia- 
tions, Bulleldn  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XIV  (1908), 
477-81. 

The  Foundations  of  Trigonometry,  Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second 
Series,  X  (1908),  37-45- 


DEPART.MLXT  OF  MATilLMA'i  ICS  203 

Some  Notes  on  Vector  Analysis,  American  Malhcmatical  Monthly, 
XVI  (1909),   1-4. 

Geophysical  Theory  under  the  Planetesimal  Hj'pothesis,  Publications  of 

the  Carncf^ic  Institution  of  Washington,  No.  107  (1909J,  171-231. 

A  Continuous  Group  Related  to  von  Seidel's  Optical  Theory,  Bulletin  of 
the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVI  (1909),  25-30. 

The  Apparent  Size  of  a  Closed  Curve,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics, 
XXXII  (1910),  186-94. 

A  Theoretical  Connection  to  the  Drop  Method  of  Determining  the 
Elementary  Charge,  Physical  Review,  XXXV  (191 2),  227-30. 

A  Geometric  Example  of  an  Indeterminate  Form,  A  merican  Mathematical 
Monthly,  XIX  (191 2),  1 16-17. 

Reviews    in:     Aslrophysical   Journal,    XXX,    71;     XXXVI,    85; 

American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XX,  132,  310;  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  XIX,  535. 

Saul  Epsteen  [1902-6],  Associate  in  Mathematics;  Head  of  Insurance 

Commission,  Denver,  Colo. 

S.B.  California,  1900;    Ph.D.  Zurich,  1901;    Decent  in  Mathematics,  Chicago, 
1902-3;  Assistant  ibid.,  1903-4;   .\ssociate,  ibid.,  1905-6. 

Joint   Editor,    American   Mathematical   Monthly,    1904;     Associate 
Editor,  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  1905-6. 

On  Integrability  by  Quadratures,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  IX  (1902),  152-54. 

An  Elementary  Account  of  the  Picard  Vessiot  Theory,  American  Mathe- 
matical Monthly,  IX  (1902),  242-52. 

On  Reducible  Groups,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  IV  (1903),  249-50. 

Semi-reducible  Hypercomple.x  Number  Systems,  ibid.,  437-44. 

Untersuchungen  iiber  die  lineare  DifTerentialgleichung  vierter  Ordnung 
und  die  zugehorigen  Gruppcn,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics, 
XXV   (1903),   123-54. 

On  Linear  Differential  Congruences,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  X  (1903),  23-30. 

Determination  of  the  Group  of  Ratit)nality  of  a  Linear  DifTcrential 
Equation,  American  Malhcmatical  .Monthly,  X   (1903),  4-8. 


204  PUBLICATIONS 

Analog  of  Sylvester  Dialytic  Method  of  Elimination,  American  Mathe- 
matical Monthly,  X  (1903),  63-64. 

On  the  Definition  of  Reducible  Hj^Dercomplex  Number  Systems,  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXV  (1903),  123-54. 

An  Elementary  Exposition  of  the  Theory  of  Finite  Differences,  American 
Mathematical  Monthly,  XI  (1904),  131-36. 

On  the  Definition  of  Reducible  Hypercomplex  Number  Systems,  Trans- 
actions of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  V  (1904),  105-9. 

On  the  Linear  Homogeneous  Difference  Equations  and  Continuous 
Groups,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  X  (1904), 
494-504. 

On  the  Structure  of  Hypercomplex  Number  Systems  (with  J.  H. 
Maclagan-Wedderburn),  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  VI  (1905),  172-78. 

Reviews  in:  American  Mathematical  Monthly,  XI,  215-17;  XII, 
57-58;  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XI,  21-26;  Jour- 
nal of  Political  Economy,  XIII,  316-18. 

Oswald  Veblen  [1904-5],  Associate  in  Mathematics;    Professor  of 

Mathematics,  Princeton  University. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1900;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1903;    Associate  in  Mathematics,  ibid., 
1904-5. 

The  Theory  of  Functions  of  a  Real  Variable,  Americana,  XVII,  under 
"Real  Variable,"  p.  6. 

A  System  of  Axioms  for  Geometry.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of 
the  American  Mathematical  Society,  V  (1904),  343-84. 

The  Heine  Borel  Theorem,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical 
Society,  X  (1904),  436. 

Polar  Co-ordinate  Proofs  of  Trigonometric  Formulas,  American  Mathe- 
matical Monthly,  XI  (1904),  6-12. 

The  Transcendence  of  tt  and  e,  ibid.,  219-23. 

Theory  of  Plane  Curves  in  Non-Metrical  Analysis  Situs,  Transactions  of 
the  Society,  VI  (1905),  83-98. 

Definition  in  Terms  of  Order  Alone  of  the  Linear  Continuum  and  of 
Well-ordered  Sets,  ibid.,  165-71. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  205 

Theophil  Henhy  Hildebrandt  [1908-9],  Assistant  in  Mathematics; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics,  University  of  Michigan. 

A.H.  Illinois,  1905;  S.M.  ibid.,  190O;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1910;  Assistant  in  Mathe- 
matics, ibid.,  1908-9. 

Note  on  the  Converpjence  of  Sequences  of  Functions  of  a  Certain  Type, 
Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second  Series,  IX  (1907),  123-26. 

Existence  of  a  Minimum  of  a  Quadratic  Function,  American  Mathe- 
matical Monthly,  XV  (1908),  97-99. 

On  the  Determination  of  Conies  through  Two  Points,  ibid.,  177-81. 

A  Contribution  to  the  Foundations  of  Frechet's  Calcul  Fonctionel. 
Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXIV  (191 2), 
237-90. 

Richard  Philip  Baker,  Ph.D.  1910;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, State  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City. 

The  Problem  of  the  Angle-Bisectors.  Doctor's  thesis.  4to,  iv+99. 
Chicago:   University  Press,  1911. 

William  Hunt  Bates,  Ph.D.  1910;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Purdue  University. 

An  Application  of  SymboHc  Methods  to  the  Treatment  of  Mean  Curva- 
tures in  Hyperspace.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of  the  A  mcrican 
Mathematical  Society,  XII  (1911),  19-39. 

George  David  Birkhoff,  Ph.D.  1907;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, Harvard  University. 

Asymptotic  Properties  of  the  Solutions  of  Ordinary  Linear  DitTer- 
ential  Equations  Containing  a  Parameter  with  Application  to 
Boundary  Value  and  Expansion  Problems.  Doctor's  thesis.  Trans- 
actions of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  IX  (1908),  219-31, 
373-95- 

Robert  Lacey  Borger,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Ohio  University,  Athens. 

On  the  Determination  of  the  Ternary  Modular  Groups.  Doctor's 
tliesis.     American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXII  (1910),  289-98. 


2o6  PUBLICATIONS 

Thomas  Buck,  Ph.D.  1909;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  University  of 
California. 

Periodic  Orbits  of  Oscillating  Satellites  Near  the  Lagrangian  Equilateral- 
Triangular  Points.  Doctor's  thesis.  4to,  26.  Chicago:  Privately 
printed,  19 13. 

William  Henry  Bussey,  Ph.D.  1904;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, University  of  Minnesota. 

Generational  Relations  for  the  Abstract  Group  Simply  Isomorphic 
with  the  Linear  Fractional  Group,  LF  [2,  p%  Doctor's  thesis. 
Proceedings  of  the  London  Mathematical  Society,  Second  Series,  III 
(1905),  296-315. 

Allen  Fuller  Carpenter,  Ph.D.  1915;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, University  of  Washington,  Seattle. 

Ruled  Surfaces  Whose  Flecnode  Curves  Have  Plane  Branches.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVI 
(1915),  509-32. 

Edward  Wilson  Chittenden,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Instructor  in  Mathematics, 

University  of  Illinois. 

Infinite  Developments  and  the  Composition  Property  (KxzBj)*  in 
General  Analysis.  Doctor's  thesis.  Rendiconti  del  Circolo  Mate- 
matico  di  Palermo,  XXXIX  (1915),  81-108. 

Charles  Ross  Dines,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Dart- 
mouth College. 

Functions  of  Positive  Type  and  Related  Topics  in  General  Analysis. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Proceedings  of  the  London  Mathematical  Society^ 
Second  Series,  XV  (1916),  243-79. 

Lloyd  Lyne  Dines,  Ph.D.  1911;  Professor  of  Mathematics,  University 
of  Saskatchewan,  Saskatoon,  Canada. 

The  Highest  Common  Factor  of  a  System  of  Polynomials  in  One 
Variable.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Mathematics, 
XXXV  (1913),  129-50. 

Arnold  Dresden,  Ph.D.  1909.  See  under  University  High  School, 
p.  492. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  207 

Charles  Albert  Fischer,  Ph.D.  1912;  Instructor  in  Mathematics, 
Columbia  University. 

A  Generalization  of  Volterra's  Derivative  of  a  Function  of  a  Curve. 
Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXV  (1913), 
369-94. 

Meyer  Grupp  Gaba,  Ph.D.  1914;  Instmctor  in  Mathematics,  Cornell 
University. 

A  Set  of  Postulates  for  General  Projective  Geometry.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVI  (1915), 
51-61. 

William  Leroy  Hart,  Ph.D.  19 16;  Benjamin  Peirce  Instructor  in 
Mathematics,  Harvard  University. 

Differential  Equations  and  Implicit  Functions  in  Infinitely  Many 
Variables.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  XVlll  (1917),  125-60. 

Jasper  Ole  Hassler,  Ph.D.  1915;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Engle- 
wood  High  School,  Chicago. 

Plane  Nets  Periodic  of  Period  3  under  the  Laplacian  Transformation, 
Rcndiconti  del  Circolo  Matcmatico  di  Palermo,  XL  (1915),  273-94. 

Olivt:  Clio  Hazlett,  Ph.D.  1915;  Associate  in  Mathematics,  Bryn 
Mawr  College. 

Invariantive  Characterization  of  Some  Linear  Associative  Algebras, 
Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second  Series,  XVI  (1914),  1-6. 

On  the  Classification  and  Invariantive  Characterization  of  Xilpotent 
Algebras.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Mathematics, 
XXXVIII  (1916),  109-38. 

Archibald  Henderson,  Ph.D.  1915;  Professor  of  Pure  Mathematics, 
University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill. 

The  Twenty-sn'en  Lines  upon  the  Cubic  Surface.  Doctor's  thesis. 
(Cambridge  Tracts  in  Mathematics  and  Mathematical  Physics, 
No.  13.)     8vo,  100.     Cambridge:    University  Press,  1911. 

Louis  Ingold,  Ph.D.  1907;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Uni- 
versitv  of  Missouri,  Columbia. 


2o8  PUBLICATIONS 

Vector  Interpretation  of  Symbolic  Differential  Parameters.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XI 
(1910),  449-74- 

Herbert  Edwin  Jordan,  Ph.D.  1904;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

Group-Characters  of  Various  Linear  Groups.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXIX  (1907),  387-405. 

Harold  Reynolds  Kingston,  Ph.D.  1914;  Instructor  in  Mathematics 
and  Astronomy,  University  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

Metric  Properties  of  Nets  of  Plane  Curves.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXVIII  (1916),  407-30. 

William  Charles  Krathwohl,  Ph.D.  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics,  Armour  Institute  of  Technology,  Chicago. 

Modular  Invariants  of  Two  Pairs  of  Cogredient  Variables.  Doctor's 
thesis.     American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXVI  (1914),  449-60. 

Nels  Johann  Lennes,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Uni- 
versity of  Montana,  Missoula. 

Curves  in  Non-Metrical  Analysis  Situs  with  an  Application  in  the  Cal- 
culus of  Variations.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Mathe- 
matics, XXXIII  (191 1),  287-326. 

Theodore  Lindquist,  Ph.D.  1911;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematics,  State  Normal  School,  Emporia,  Kan. 

Mathematics  for  Freshmen  Students  of  Engineering.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  ix-l-135.     Ann  Arbor,  Mich.:  Ann  Arbor  Press,  191 1. 

William  Raymond  Longley,  Ph.D.  1906;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, Yale  University. 

A  Class  of  Periodic  Orbits  of  an  Infinitesimal  Body  Subject  to  the 
Attraction  of  n  Finite  Bodies.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of  the 
American  Mathematical  Society,  VIII  (1907),  159-88. 

William  Vernon  Lovitt,  PjlD.  1914;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, I'urduc  University. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS  209 

A  TjT^e  of  Singular  Points  for  a  Transformation  of  Three  Variables. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Transactions  of  the  American  Malhcrtiatical  Society, 

XVI  (191S),  371-86. 

Thomas  Emery  McKinney,  Vn.\).  1905;  Professor  of  Mathematics  and 
Astronomy,  University  of  South  Dakota,  Vermilion. 

Concerning  a  Certain  Type  of  Continued  Fractions  Depending  on  a 
Variable  Parameter.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  oj Mathe- 
matics, XXIX  (1907),  213-78. 

Harris  Franklin  MacNeish,  Ph.D.  1909;  Instructor  in  Mathematics, 
DeWitt  Clinton  High  School,  New  York  City.  See  under  University 
High  School,  p.  493. 

Egbert  J.  Miles,  Ph.D.  1910;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Yale  University. 

The  Absolute  Minimum  of  a  Definite  Integral  in  a  Special  Field. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Transai'tions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society ^ 
XIII  (1912),  35-49- 

Wilson  Lee  Miser,  Ph.D.  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
and  Astronomy,  University  of  Arkansas,  Fayetteville. 

On  Multiform  Solutions  of  Linear  Differential  Equations  Having 
Elliptic  Function  Coefficients.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of 
the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVII  (1916),  109-30. 

Robert  Lee  Moore,  Ph.D.  1905;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania. 

Sets  of  Metrical  Hypotheses  for  Geometry-.  Doctor's  thesis.  Trans- 
actions of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  IX  (1908),  487-512. 

Frank  Marion  Morrison,  Ph.D.  1913;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, University  of  Washington,  Seattle. 

On  the  Relation  between  Some  Important  Notions  of  Projective  and 
Metrical  DilTercntial  Geometry.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Jour- 
nal of  Mathematics,  XXXIX  (1917),  199-220. 

Elton  James  Moulton,  Ph.D.  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, Northwestern  University. 


2IO  PUBLICATIONS 

On  Figures  of  Equilibrium  of  a  Rotating  Compressible  Fluid  Mass; 
Certain  Negative  Results.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of  the 
American  Mathematical  Society,  XVII  (igi6),  100-108. 

Alfred   Lewis    Nelson,    Ph.D.    191 5;   Instructor   in  Mathematics, 

University  of  Michigan. 

Plane  Nets  with  Equal  Invariants,  Rendiconti  del  Circolo  Matematico  di 
Palermo,  XLI  (1916),  238-62. 

Frederick  William  Owens,  Ph.D.  1907;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, Cornell  University. 

The  Introduction  of  Ideal  Elements  and  Construction  of  Projective 
w-Space  in  Terms  of  a  Planar  System  of  Points  Involving  Order 
and  Desargue's  Theorem.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of  the 
American  Mathematical  Society,  XI  (1910),  141-71. 

Anna  Johnson  Pell,  Ph.D.  19 10;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Mount  Holyoke  College,  South  Hadley,  Mass. 

I.  Biorthogonal  Systems  of  Functions.  II.  Application  of  Biorthogonal 
Systems  of  Functions  to  the  Theory  of  Integral  Equations.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XII 
(1911),  135-80. 

Arthur  Dunn  Pitcher,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Adel- 
bert  College,  Western  Reserve  University,  Cleveland. 

Interrelations  of  Eight  Fundamental  Properties  of  Classes  of  Functions. 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  67.     Lancaster,  Pa.:  New  Era  Printing  Co., 

1913- 

Arthur  Ranum,  Ph.D.  1906;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Cornell  University. 

The  Group  of  Classes  of  Congruent  Matrices  with  Application  to  the 
Group  of  Isomorphisms  of  Any  Abelian  Group.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  VII  (1906),  71-91. 

Samuel  Watson  Reaves,  Ph.D.  1915;  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
University  of  Oklahoma,  Norman. 

On  the  Projective  Differential  Geometry  of  Plane  Anharmonic  Curves, 
Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second  Series,  XV  (1913),  20-26. 


DErARTMEXT  OF  MATHEMATICS  21 1 

Ralph  Eugene  Root,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Professor  of  Mathematics  and 
Mechanics,  United  States  Xaval  Academy,  AnnapoHs. 

Iterated  Limits  in  General  Analysis.  Doctor's  thesis,  American  Jour- 
nal of  Mathematics,  XXXVI  (1914),  79-133- 

t  Mildred  Leonora  Sanderson,  Ph.D.  1913. 

Formal  Modular  Invariants  with  Application  to  Binar\'  Modular  Covari- 
ants.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of  the  A  merican  Mathematical 
Society,  XIV  (1913),  489-500. 

Arthur  Richard  Schweitzer,  Ph.D.  1916;  Chicago. 

Les  Idees  directrices  de  la  logique  genetique  des  mathematiques.  Doc- 
tor's thesis.  Revue  de  Metaphysique  et  de  Morale,  XXII  (1914-15), 
174-96. 

Mary  Emily  Sinclair,  Ph.D.  1908;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Oberlin  College,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 

Concerning  a  Compound  Discontinuous  Solution  in  the  Problem  of  the 
Surface  of  Revolution  of  Minimum  Area.  Doctor's  thesis.  Annals 
of  Mathematics,  Second  Series,  X  (1908),  55-80. 

Arthur  Whipple  Smith,  Ph.D.  1904;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, Colgate  University,  Hamilton,  N.Y. 

The  Symbolic  Treatment  of  Differential  Geometry.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  27.     Lancaster,  Pa.:  New  Era  Printing  Co.,  1905. 

David  Melville  SxMITH,  Ph.D.  1916;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, Georgia  School  of  Technology,  Atlanta. 

Jacobi's  Condition  for  the  Problem  of  Lagrange  in  the  Calculus  of 
Variations.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  XVII  (1916),  459-75. 

Charles  Thompson  Sullivan,  Ph.D.  1912;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics,  McGill  University,  Montreal. 

Properties  of  Surfaces  Whose  Asymptotic  Cunes  Belong  to  Linear  Com- 
plexes. Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  30.  Lancaster,  Pa.:  New  Era  Print- 
ing Co.,  1912. 

t  Deceased. 


212  PUBLICATIONS 

Anthony  Lispenard  Underhill,  Ph.D.  1906;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics,  University  of  Minnesota. 

Invariants  of  the  Function  F  (x,  y,  x',  y')  in  the  Calculus  of  Variations. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society, 
IX  (1908),  316-38. 

Buzz  M.  Walker,  Ph.D.  1906;  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Director  of 
the  School  of  Engineering,  Mississippi  Agricultural  and  Mechanical 
College. 

On  the  Resolution  of  Higher  Singularities  of  Algebraic  Curves  into  Ordinary 
Nodes.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  52.  Lancaster,  Pa. :  New  Era  Print- 
ing Co.,  1906. 

Mary  Evelyn  Wells,  Ph.D.  1915;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Vassar 
College. 

On  Inequalities  of  Certain  Types  in  General  Linear  Integral  Equation 
Theory.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Mathematics, 
XXXIX  (191 7),  163-84. 

Marion  Ballantyne  White,  Ph.D.  1910;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics and  Dean  of  Women,  Michigan  State  Normal  College, 
Ypsilanti. 

The  Dependence  of  Focal  Points  upon  Curvature  for  Problems  of  the 
Calculus  of  Variations  in  Space.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of 
the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XIII  (1912),  175-98. 

Forbes  Bagley  Wiley,  Ph.D.  19 14;  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Denison 
University,  Granville,  Ohio. 

A  Method  of  Subdividing  the  Interior  of  a  Simply  Closed  Rectifiable 
Curve,  with  an  Application  to  Cauchy's  Theorem  (with  G.  A.  Bliss), 
Bulletin  of  the  Scientific  Laboratories  of  Denison  University,  XVII 
(1914),  375-^9- 

Proof  of  the  Finiteness  of  the  Modular  Covariants  of  a  System  of  Binary 
Forms  and  Cogredient  Points.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transactions  of 
the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XV  (1914),  431-38. 

Albert  Harris  Wilson,  Ph.D.  1911;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, Havcrford  College,  Haverford,  Pa. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  AS  IROI'IIYSICS      213 

Automoq)hic  Transformations  of  the  Binary  Quartic,  American  Jtiumal 
of  Mathematics,  XXXIII  (1910),  29-36. 

The  Canonical  Types  of  Nets  of  Modular  Conies.  Doctor's  thesis. 
ibid.,  XXXVI  (1914),  187-210. 

NoRM.VN  Ricii.\KU  Wilson,  TilD.  1907;  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
University  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg. 

A  Certain  Type  of  Isoperimetric  Problem,  in  Particular  the  Solid  of 
Maximum  Attraction.  Doctor's  thesis.  Proceedings  and  Transac- 
tions of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  Third  Series,  I  (1907),  39-84. 

Chester  Henry  Ye.aton,  Ph.D.  1915;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics, Northwestern  University. 

Surfaces  Characterized  by  Certain  Special  Properties  of  Their  Directrix 
Congruences.  Doctor's  thesis.  Annali  di  Matematica,  Serie  III, 
XXVI  (1916),  1-33. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS 

Edwin  Brant  Frost  [1898-],  Professor  of  Astrophysics;    Director  of 

the  Yerkes  Observatory, 

A.B.  Dartmouth,  1886;  Sc.D.  (hon.),  ibid.,  191 1;  Sc.D.  (hon.),  Cambridge,  191 2; 
Assistant  Professor  of  .\stronomy  and  Director  of  the  Obsenatorj',  Dartmouth, 
1892-95;  Professor,  ibid.,  1895-98;  Professor  of  .\strophysics,  Chicago,  1S98-; 
Director  of  Yerkes  Observatory,  ibid.,  1905-. 

Associate,  Royal  Astronomical  Society;  Member,  National  .\cademy  of  Sciences. 

Assistant  Editor,  Astrophysical  Journal,  1898-1901;    Joint  Editor, 

1902-;     Managing    Editor,    1902-12,    1914-.     Member,    Board    of 

Editors,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Acadony  of  Sciences,  191 5-. 

Member,  Committee  on  Comets,  American  Astronomical  Society 

(report  published  in  19 15). 

Hcliographic  Positions  of  Sun-Spots,  Observed  at  Hamilton  College  from 
1S60  to  iSyo  by  C.  H.  F.  Peters.  4to,  xiii-l-189.  Washington: 
Carnegie  Inslilution,  1907. 

Wave-Lengths  of  Certain  Lines  of  the  Second  Spectrum  of  Hydrogen, 
Astrophysical  Journal,  XVT  (1902),  100-105. 

Wave-Lengths  of  Certain  Oxygen  Lines  (with  Walter  S.  Adams),  ibid.^ 
119,  120. 


214  PUBLICATIONS 

Co-operation  in  Observing  Radial  Velocities  of  Selected  Stars,  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XVI  (1902),  169-77. 

Five  Stars  Whose  Radial  Velocities  Vary  (with  Walter  S.  Adams),  ibid., 

XVII  (1903),  150-53- 

Additional  Stars  of  the  Orion  T}^e  Whose  Radial  Velocities  Vary  (with 
Walter  S.  Adams),  ibid.,  246,  247. 

Two  Stars  with  Variable  Radial  Velocities  (with  Walter  S.  Adams), 
ibid.,  381,  382. 

Spectrographic  Observations  of  Standard  Velocity  Stars,    1902-1903 
(with  Walter  S.  Adams),  ibid.,  XVIII  (1903),  237-77. 

Ten  Stars  Whose  Radial  Velocities  Vary  (with  Walter  S.  Adams),  ibid., 

383-89- 
Eight  Stars  Whose  Radial  Velocities  Vary  (with  Walter  S.  Adams),  ibid., 

XIX  (1904),  151-55. 

Observations  with  the  Bruce  Spectrograph  (with  Walter  S.  Adams), 
ibid.,  350-56. 

Radial  Velocity  of  T  Vulpeculae,  ibid.,  XX  (1904),  296. 

A  Desideratum  in  Spectrology,  ibid.,  342-46. 

Wave-Lengths  of  Certain  Silicon  Lines  (with  J.  A.  Brown),  ibid.,  XXII 

(1905),  157-60. 
Spectrographic  Observations  of  Certain  Variable  Stars,  ibid.,  213-16. 
Spectrographic  Observations,  ibid.,  XXIII  (1906),  264-69. 
Observations  of  Radial  Velocities,  Science,  XXIII  (1906),  449. 
The  Observations  of  Sun-Spots  by  the  Late  C.  H.  F.  Peters,  ibid.,  452. 
The  Period  of  /3  Cephei,  Aslrophysical  Journal,  XXIV  (1906),  259-62. 
Nine  Stars  Having  Variable  Velocities,  ibid.,  XXV  (1907),  59-65. 
Hermann  Carl  Vogel,  ibid.,  XXVII  (1908),  i-ii. 

On  Certain  Spectroscopic  Binaries,  Astronomische  N achrichten,  CLXXVII 
(1908),  171-73- 

Spectroscopic  Binaries   under  Observation  at  Different  Institutions, 
Aslrophysical  Journal,  XXVII  (1908),  161. 

Spectrum  of  Comet  Morehouse  (with  J.  A.  Parkhurst),  ibid.,  XXIX 
(1909),  55-64. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      215 

Spectrograph ic  Notes,  ibid.,  233-39. 

Spectrum  of  Comet  Morehouse  (with  J.  A.  Parkhurst),  Science,  XXIX 
(1909),  36,  37. 

Eight  Stars  Having  Variable  Radial  Velocities  (with  O.  J.  Lee),  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XXX  (1909),  62-67. 

Charles  Augustus  Young,  ibid.,  323-38;  published  also  in  Memoirs  of  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences,  VII  (1909),  91-114. 

Note  on  the  Accuracy  of  Radial  Velocity  Determinations,  Astro  physical 
Journal,  XXXI  (1910),  377-81. 

Corrections  to  the  Radial  Velocities  of  Certain  Stars  of  the  Orion  Type, 
ibid.,  430-32. 

On  the  Velocity  of  the  Sun's  Motion  through  Space  as  Derived  from  the 
Radial  Velocity  of  the  Orion  Stars  (with  J.  C.  Kapteyn),  ibid., 
XXXII   (1910),  83-90. 

Nova  Lacertae  of  19 10,  Popular  Astronomy,  XIX  (1911),  111-12. 

On  the  Classification  of  Stellar  Spectra,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXIII 
(1911),  273-77. 

Observations  of  Nova  Lacertae  at  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  ibid.,  408-17. 

Preliminary  Note  on  the  Sun's  Velocity  with  Respect  to  Stars  of  Spectral 
Type  A,  Mcmorie  della  Societa  degli  Spettroscopisti  Italiani  (2),  I 
(1912),  26-28. 

On  the  Spectrum  of  P  Cygni,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXX\'  (191 2), 
286-93. 

The  Spectroscopic  Determination  of  Stellar  Velocities  Considered 
Practically,  Popular  Astronomy,  XXI  (1913),  189-207. 

Stellar  Wave-Length  of  A.  4686  and  Other  Lines  in  the  Spectrum  of 
10  Lacertae  (with  Frances  Lowater),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XL 
(1914),  268-73. 

Julius  Scheiner,  ibid.,  XLI  (1915),  1-9. 

Note  on  Two  Spectroscopic  Binaries,  Popular  Astronomy,  XXII  (1914), 
12-13. 

Objective-Prism  Spectra  of  Nebulae  Examined  with  the  Stereo- 
Comparator  (with  11.  L.  Alden),  ibid.,  136-37. 

Spectrographic  Observations,  ibid.,  568. 


2i6  PUBLICATIONS 

Spectroscopic  Binary  in  the  Trapezium  of  Orion,  Popular  Astronomy, 
XXIII  (1915),  361-62. 

New  Conceptions  of  the  Nebula  of  Orion  (with  C.  A.  Maney),  ibid.^ 
485-87. 

Radial  Velocities  within  the  Great  Nebula  of  Orion,  Proceedings  of 
the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  I  (1915),  416, 

Review  of:  W.  W.  Campbell,  Stellar  Motions,  Publications  of  the 
Astronomical  Society  of  the  Pacific,  XXV,  277-83.  Other  reviews  in 
Astrophysical  Journal,  XXII,  162-63,  227-28;  XXIII,  171-78;  XXV, 
153-54;  XXXI,  279-80;  XXXII,  323-26,  402-3;  XXXIII,  301-2; 
XXXV,  294-99;  Publications  of  the  Astronomical  Society  of  the  Pacific, 
XXIII,  257-60. 

George  Ellery  Hale,  Professor  of  Astrophysics  and  Director  of  the 
Yerkes  Observatory,  1892-1905-;  Non-Resident  Professor  of  Astro- 
physics, 1905-;  Director  of  the  Mount  Wilson  Solar  Observatory 
of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Pasadena,  Cal. 

S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1890;  Sc.D.  (hon.)  Western  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1897;  LL.D.  Beloit,  1904;  Sc.D.  (hon.)  Yale,  1905; 
Associate  Professor  of  Astrophysics,  Chicago,  1892-97;  Director  of  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  ibid.,  1895-1905;  Professor  of  Astrophysics,  ibid.,  1897-1905; 
Non-Resident  Professor  of  Astrophysics,  ibid.,  1905-. 

Janssen  Medal,  1894;  Rumford  Medal,  1902;  Draper  Medal,  1903;  Gold  Medal, 
Royal  Astronomical  Society,  1904;  Foreign  Secretary,  National  Academy  of 
Sciences;  Member,  American  Philosophical  Society;  Foreign  Member  of  the 
Royal  Society  of  London,  and  of  the  Academies  of  Paris,  Rome,  Vienna,  Amster- 
dam, Christiania,  Upsala,  etc. 

Editor  of  the  Astrophysical  Journal,  1895-. 

The  Spectra  of  Stars  of  Secchi's  Fourth  Type  (with  Ferdinand  EUerman 
and  J.  A.  Parkhurst).  Publications  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory, 
Vol.  II.     4to,  135+ 1 1  plates.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1903. 

The  Rumford  S pectroheliograph  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory  (with  Ferdinand 
Ellerman)  ibid.,  Vol.  Ill,  Part  I.  4to,  26+15  plates.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1903. 

Solar  Research  at  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XVI 
(1902),  211-33. 

Second  Note  on  the  Spark  Spectrum  of  Iron  in  Liquids  and  Compressed 
Gases  (with  Norton  A.  Kent),  ibid.,  XVII  (1903),  154-60. 

The  New  Star  in  Gemini,  ibid.,  300-305. 

The  Snow  Horizontal  Telescope,  ibid.,  314. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  A\D  ASTROPHYSICS      217 

Calcium  and  Hydrogen  Flocculi  (with  P'erdinand  EUerman),  ibid.,  XIX 
(1904),  41-52- 

The  Development  of  a  New  Method  of  Research,  Popular  Science 
Monthly,  LXV  (1904),  5-26. 

Co-operation  in  Solar  Research,  Aslrophysical  Journal,  XX  (1904), 
301-12. 

The  Work  of  the  Rumford  Spectroheliograph,  ibid.,  XXI  (1905),  261-70. 

Review  of:    Kayser,  Handbuch  der  Spectroscopic,  Aslrophysical 
Journal,  XIX,  296-300. 

Edward  Emerson  Barnard  [1895-],  Professor  of  Practical  Astronomy; 
Astronomer  in  the  Yerkes  Observatory. 

A.M.  {honoris  causa)  University  of  the  Pacific,  18S9;  Sc.D.  Vandcrbilt,  1893; 
LL.D.  Queen's,  igog;  in  charge  of  Observatory,  Vanderbilt,  1883-87;  .\stronomer 
in  the  Lick  Observatory,  1887-95;  Professor  of  Practical  Astronomy,  Chicago, 
and  .\stronomer  in  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  1895-. 

Lalande  Gold  Medal  (1892),  .\rago  Gold  Medal  (1893),  Janssen  Gold  Medal  (1900), 
Acad6mie  dcs  Sciences,  Paris;  Gold  Medal,  Royal  .Astronomical  Society,  1897; 
Bruce  Gold  Medal  (1917),  .Astronomical  Society  of  the  Pacific;  \'ice-President, 
American  .Association  for  .Advancement  of  Science,  1S98;  Janssen  Prize,  Soci^t6 
Astronomique  de  France,  1906;  .Associate  Pellow,  .American  Academy  of  .Arts 
and  Sciences;  Hon.  Member,  Royal  .Astronomical  Society  of  Canada;  Foreign 
Associate  and  Fellow,  Royal  .Astronomical  Society;  Member,  Societe  .Astrono- 
mique de  France;  Member,  National  .Academy  of  Sciences;  Member,  American 
Philosophical  Society. 

Associate  Editor,  Astronomical  Journal,  1914-;  Associate  Editor 
(Department  of  Astronomy),  Funk  &  Wagnall's  New  Standard 
Dictionary  of  the  English  Language. 

Member,  Committee  on  Comets,  American  Astronomical  Society 
(report  published  1915). 

Photographs  of  the  Milky  Way  and  of  Comets.  Publications  of  the  Lick 
Observatory,  Vol.  XL  4to,  175+130  plates.  Sacramento:  Uni- 
versity of  California  Press,  1913. 

Observation  of  Comet  b  1902  (Perrine),  Astronomical  Journal,  XXII 
(1901-2),  174. 

Observations  of  the  .\urora  Made  at  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  1897-1902, 
Aslrophysical  Journal,  XYI  (1902),  135-44. 

On  the  Change  in  the  Focus  for  N^ova  Persei,  ibid.,  1S3-S5. 

Comment  on  the  Early  Harvard  Photographs  of  X'ova  Persei,  ibid., 
340,  341- 


2i8  PUBLICATIONS 

Observations  of  Nova  Persei  (Ch.  1226),  Astronomische  Nachrickten, 
CLX  (1902),  239. 

Micrometrical  Measures  of  Individual  Stars  in  the  Great  Globular 
Clusters,  Publications  of  the  Astronomical  and  Astrophysical  Society 
of  America,  I  (1902),  193. 

On  Some  of  the  Variable  Stars  in  the  Cluster  M  5  Librae,  ibid.,  193-94. 

Phenomena  Observed  at  the  Lunar  Eclipse,  1902,  October  16,  Astro- 
nomische Nachrichten,  CLXI  (1903),  81-84. 

Diffused  Nebulosities  in  the  Heavens  (i  plate),  Astrophysical  Journal, 
XVII  (1903),  77-80. 

The  South  Polar  Cap  of  Mars  (2  plates),  ibid.,  249-57. 

Additional  Measures  of  the  Position  of  Nova  Persei  (Ch.  1226),  Astro- 
nomische Nachrichten,  CLXII  (1903),  379-82. 

Observations  of  Nova  Geminorum,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XVII  (1903), 

376-77- 
Photographic  Observations  of  Borrelly's  Comet  and  Explanation  of  the 

Phenomenon  of  the  Tail  on  July  24  (2  plates),  ibid.,  210-17. 

Observations  of  Comet  d  1902  (Giacobini),  Astronomical  Journal,  XXIII 

(1903-4),  8. 

Observation  of  the  Position  of  Turner's  Nova,  ibid.,  81. 

Micrometer  Observations  of  the  Satellite  of  Neptune  in  1 901-2  and 
1902-3,  ibid.,  105-8. 

Observations  of  the  Companions  of  Sirius  and  Procyon,  ibid.,  132. 

White  Spot  on  Saturn,  ibid.,  143-44. 

On  the  Fifth  Satellite  of  Jupiter,  ibid.,  149-56. 

On  the  Apparent  Ellipticity  of  Mars,  ibid.,  166. 

Observations  of  the  Star  Krueger  60,  ibid.,  169-72. 

The  White  Spot  on  Saturn,  ibid.,  180,  181. 

Wolf's  "New  Star"  in  Cygnus,  ibid.,  190. 

Note  on  Saturn's  Satellite  Phoebe  (with  E.  C.  Pickering),  Astronomische 
Nachrichten,  CLX VI  (1904),  159. 

Observations  of  Two  Great  Meteors,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXIV 
(1904-5),  128,  129. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      219 

Observation  of  Comet  e  1904  (Borrelly),  ibid.,  164. 

Observations  of  Phoebe,  the  Ninth  Satellite  of  Saturn,  ibid.,  165-66. 

Observations  of  Brooks'  Periodic  Comet,  ibid.,  180. 

The  Bruce  Photographic  Telescope  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory  (4  plates), 
Aslrophysical  Journal,  XXI  (1905),  35-48. 

On    the    Anomalous   Tails  of  Comets  (with   one  plate),  ibid.,   XXII 
(1905),  249-55. 

Nova  Aquilae  of  1905,  ibid.,  358. 

Observations  of  the  Fifth  Satellite  of  Jupiter,  Astronomical  Journal, 
XXV  (1905-8),  25-32. 

Micrometrical  Observations  of  the  Satellite  of  Neptune,  ibid.,  41-42. 

Observations  of  Comet  a  1906  (Brooks),  ibid.,  60. 

Micrometrical  Observations  of  the  Fifth  Satellite  of  Jupiter,  ibid.,  81-83. 

Secondary  Nucleus  of  Comet  b  1906  (Kopff),  ibid.,  83-84. 

Observations  of  the  Satellite  of  Neptune  in   the  Years  1905-6,  ibid., 
100. 

Observations  of  the  Satellite  of  Neptune  at  the  Opposition  of  1906-7, 
ibid.,  164. 

Great  Photographic  Nebula  near  tt  and  8  Scorpii  (i  plate),  Aslrophysical 
Journal,  XXIII  (1906),  144-47. 

Note  on  Professor  Newcomb's  Observations  of  the  Zodiacal  Light,  ibid., 
168,  169. 

The  Annular  Nebula  of  Lyra  (M  57),  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astro- 
nomical Society,  LXVI  (1906),  104-13. 

Periodical  Changes  in  the  Size  of  the  Glow  Surrounding  the  Lunar 
Crater  Linne,  Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXX  (1906),  293-96. 

An  Unexplained  Observation,  ibid.,  CLXXII  (1906),  25. 

Observations  of  the  ISlagnitudes  and  Position  of  Nova  Geminorum, 
Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society,  LX\T  (1906), 

The  Nebulous  Regions  of  the  Milky  Way,  Publications  of  the  Astronomical 
and  Aslrophysical  Society  of  America,  I  (1906),  269-70. 

Photographic  Observations  of  Giacobini's  Comet,  ibid.,  274. 


220  PUBLICATIONS 

On  the  Vacant  Regions  of  the  Sky  (3  plates),  Popular  Astronomy,  XIV 
(1906),  579-83- 

The  Midnight  Illumination  above  the  Northern  Horizon  near  the  Time 
of  the  Summer  Solstice,  AstrophysicalJournal,  XXIV  (1906),  128-29. 

Photographic  Observations  of  Giacobini's  Comet  (1905  c)  (2  plates), 
ibid.,  255-58. 

Observations  of  the  Sixth  Satellite  of  Jupiter,  Astronomische  Nachrichten, 
CLXXII  (1906),  119-22. 

Observations  of  the  Asteroid  (13)  Egeria,  ibid.,  121-24. 

On  a  Planetary  Nebula,  ibid.,  123. 

Observations  of  Phoebe,  the  Ninth  Satellite  of  Saturn,  ibid.,  191,  192. 

Visual  Observations  of  a  Variable  Star  in  the  Cluster  M  3  (N.G.C.  5272), 
ibid.,  345-48. 

On  the  Hypothetical  Disturbing  Body  in  the  System  of  61  Cygni,  ibid., 

379-84- 
Observations  of  the  Double  Stars  Castor,  2  2398  and  /a'  Herculis,  ibid., 

383,  384. 

Observations  of  the  Position  and  Physical  Appearance  of  Nova  Sagittarii, 
ibid.,  CLXXIII  (1906),  1 13-18. 

Groups  of  Small  Nebulae,  ibid.,  117-22. 

Group  of  Small  Nebulae,  ibid.,  121,  122. 

On  a  Group  of  Small  Nebulae  Observed  near  Comet  1889V  on  October  28, 
1889,  ibid.,  121-24. 

The  Nebula  N.G.C.  6302,  ibid.,  123,  124. 

Reply  to  Mr.  Rudolph  Pirovano's  Remarks,  etc.,  ibid.,  315-18. 

Period  and  Light-Curve  of  the  Variable  Star  7594  RS  Aquarii,  ibid. 

(1907),  337-46. 
Photographic  Observations  of  an  Unknown  Comet  on  July  22  (1905/) 

(i  plate),  ibid.,  CLXXIV  (1907),  3-8. 

The  White  Spot  near  the  North  Limb  of  the  Third  Satellite  of  Jupiter 
(A.  N.,  4147),  ibid.,  327-28. 

On  a  Nebulous  Groundwork  in  the  Constellation  of  Taurus  (2  plates), 
Aslrophysical  Journal,  XXV  (1907),  218-25. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      221 

Nova  T  Coronae  of  1866,  ibid.,  279-82. 

Photographic  Observations  of  Giacobini's  Comet   (1905   c),  Science, 

XXV  (1907),  569. 
On  the  Positions  of   the  Stars  BD+i°272o,  +i°2722,  and  +o*'2957, 

Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXXV  (1907),  313-14. 

Photographic  Observations  of  Mellish's  Comet  1907  b,  ibid.,  377-80. 

On  the  Motion  of  the  Stars  in  the  Cluster  Messier  92,  ibid.,  CLXXVI 
(1907),  17-22,  21-24. 

Micrometer  Observations  of  the  Asteroid  (588)  Achilles,  ibid.,  89-92. 

Nova  Persei  of  1901,  ibid.,  323-26. 

Observations  of  the  Fifth  Satellite  of  Jupiter  at  the  Opposition  of  1906-7, 
ibid.,  177-78. 

Some  of  the  Results  of  Astronomical  Photography  Pertaining  Especially 
to  the  Work  with  a  Portrait  Lens  (6  plates),  Proceedings  of  the 
Afnerican  Philosophical  Society,  XLVI  (1907),  417-29;  same  as 
above  (5  plates)  reprinted  in  Popular  Astronomy,  XVI  (1908),  286-98. 

On  the  Owl  Nebula,  Messier  97  =  N.G.C.  3587  (i  plate).  Monthly  Notices 
of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society,  LXVII  (1907),  543-50. 

Micrometer  Observations  of  Phoebe,  Astronomische  Nachrichten, 
CLXXVII  (1908),  145-48. 

Photographic  and  Visual  Observations  of  lapetus,  the  Eighth  Satellite 
of  Saturn,  in  1906,  ibid.,  147-50. 

Observations  of  a  Faint  Asteroid  1904  0  V"*  near  the  Place  of  Phoebe  on 
1904  September  12,  ibid.,  149-52. 

Some  Notes  on  Nebulae  and  Nebulosities,  ibid.,  231-36. 

Observations  of  Saturn's  Ring  at  the  Time  of  Its  Disappearance  in  1907, 
etc.  (2  plates).  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society, 
LXVIII  (1908),  346-59. 

Additional  Observations  of  the  Disappearances  and  Rcapjicaranccs  of 
the  Rings  of  Saturn  in  1Q07-8,  etc.,  ibid.,  360-66. 

A  Few  Observations  of  the  Planet  Saturn  anel  His  Rings  in  the  Years 
1897-1904  (i  plate),  ibid.,  366-68. 

The  Variability  of  the  Nucleus  of  the  Planetary  Nebula  N.G.C.  7662 
(i  plate),  ibid.,  465-80. 


2  22  PUBLICATIONS 

Observations  of  Saturn's  Rings  at  Their  Disappearances  in  1907,  with 
a  Suggested  Explanation  of  the  Phenomena  Presented  (i  plate), 
Astro  physical  Journal,  XXVII  (1908),  35-44. 

Photographic  Phenomena  of  Comet  d  1907  (Daniel)  (Abstract),  Science, 
XXVII  (1908),  162. 

On  a  Great  Bed  of  Nebulosity  in  Sagittarius,  Photographed  with  the 
Bruce  Telescope  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory  (Abstract),  ibid.,  162-63. 

Comet  c  1908  (Morehouse)  (2  plates),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXVIII 
(1908),  292-99. 

On  the  Parallax  and  Proper  Motion  of  the  Double  Star  Krueger  60 
(i  plate).  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society,  LXVIII 
(1908),  629-55. 

On  the  Photographs  of  Comet  c  1908  (Morehouse)  (2  plates),  ibid., 
LXIX  (1908),  52-54. 

Photographs  of  Comet  c  1908  (Morehouse)  (i  plate),  ibid.,  1 14-15. 

Photographic  Observations  of  a  Very  Remarkable  Comet  (2  plates), 
Popular  Astronomy,  XVI  (1908),  591-96. 

The  Great  Red  Spot  on  Jupiter  (i  plate),  Astronomische  Nachrichten 
CLXXVIII  (1908),  389-92. 

Measures  of  the  Sixth  Satellite  of  Jupiter  and  of  Comparison  Stars  in 
1908,  ibid.,  CLXXIX  (1908),  17-20. 

On  the  Change  in  the  Physical  Condition  of  Nova  Persei  in  the  Fall  of 
1902  and  Afterwards,  ibid.,  199-204. 

On  the  Constancy  of  the  Period  of  the  Variable  Star,  M  5  (Libra)  No.  33, 
Publications  of  the  Astronomical  and  Astrophysical  Society  of  America, 
I  (1908),  298. 

On  a  Quick  Visual  Method  of  Redetermining  the  Focus  of  a  Large  Visual 
Refractor  When  Used  for  Photography  with  a  Color  Screen,  ibid.,  300. 

On  the  Focal  Changes  in  Nova  Persei  and  on  the  Focus  of  Some  of  the 
Wolf-Rayet  Stars,  ibid.,  300-301. 

On  the  Irregularity  of  the  Proper  Motion  of  the  Star  Krueger  60,  ibid., 
303. 

Photographic  Observations  of  Comet  c  1908  (Morehouse)  (8  plates), 
Astrophysical  Journal,  XXVIII  (1908),  384-88;  XXIX  (1909),  65-71. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      223 

On  the  Colors  of  Some  of  the  Stars  in  the  Globular  Cluster  M  13  Herculis, 

ibid.,  72-75. 

Visual  Observations  of  Halley's  Comet,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXVI 

(1909),  43-44- 
Observations  of  the  Satellites  of  Uranus,  ibid.,  47-50. 
Additional  Observations  of  Halley's  Comet,  ibid.,  62. 
Observations  of  the  Satellites  of  Mars,  ibid.,  69-70. 
Observations  of  Halley's  Comet,  ibid.,  76-77. 
Observations  of  the  Rings  and  Satellites  of  Saturn,  ibid.,  79-82. 
Observations  of  Comet  e  1909  and  of  Comet  a  1910,  ibid.,  86. 

Micrometer  Measures  of  the  Fifth  Satellite  of  Jupiter  and  Miscellaneous 
Observations  of  the  Planet,  76 /J.,  123-25. 

Micrometer  Observations  of  Comet  a  1910,  ibid.,  137. 

Observations  of  the  Companion  of  Sirius,  ibid.,  143. 

Observations  of  the  Satellite  of  Neptune,  ibid.,  144. 

Recent  Observations  of  the  Rings  of  Saturn  and  Their  Bearing  on  Some 
of  the  Phenomena  of  the  Disappearance  of  the  Rings  in  1907, 
Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astronotnical  Society,  LXIX  (1909), 
621-24. 

On  the  Erroneous  Results  of  Stereoscopic  Observations  of  a  Comet, 
ibid.,  624-26.  Reprinted  in  Popular  Astronomy,  X\'n  (1909), 
531-34- 

Suggestions  in  Respect  to  Photographing  Comets,  with  Special  Refer- 
ence to  Halley's  Comet,  Popular  Astronomy,  XVH  (i909\  597-609. 

Micrometer  Observations  of  the  Temple-Swift  Comet,  etc.,  Astronomische 
Nachrichten,  CLXXX  (1909),  159-62. 

Observations  of  the  Fifth  Satellite  of  Jupiter  in  the  Years  1908  and  1909, 
etc.,  ibid.,  CLXXXI  (1909),  301-10. 

Observations  of  the  Variable  Star  RS  Aquarii,  ibid.,  309-12. 
Observations  of  the  Satellite  of  Neptune,  1907-8,  1908-9,  ibid.,  321-26. 
Micrometer  Observations  of  Comet  1908  c  (Morehouse),  ibid.,  401-2. 
Observations  of  the  Companions  of  Procyon,  ibid.,  CLXXXH  (1909), 
13-14- 


224  PUBLICATIONS 

Observations  of  the  Companion  of  Sirius,  Astronomische  Nachrichten, 
CLXXXII  (1909),  13-16. 

On  the  Motion  of  Some  of  the  Stars  of  Messier  92  (i  plate),  ibid.,  305-8, 
Reprinted  in  Popular  Astronomy,  XVIII  (1909),  3-7. 

On  the  Photographs  of  Comet  c  1908  (Morehouse),  Publications  of  the 
Astronomical  and  Astrophysical  Society  of  America,  I  (1909),  323. 

On  Some  Experiments  in  Photographing  Enlarged  Images  of  the  Planets, 
Direct  with  the  Forty-Inch  Telescope,  ibid.,  323. 

On  the  Proper  Motion  of  Some  of  the  Small  Stars  in  the  Dense  Cluster 
M  92  Herculis,  ibid.,  323. 

Introduction  to  Vol.  I,  Science-History  of  the  Universe  (1909),  pp.  ix-xvi. 

On  the  Period  and  Light  Curve  of  the  Variable  Star,  No.  33  M  5  (i  plate), 
Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXXXIV  (1910),  273-84. 

Photographic  Observations  of  Halley's  Comet  (i  plate),  Popular  Astron- 
omy, XVIII  (1910),  321-22. 

On  a  Great  Nebulous  Region,  etc.  (3  plates),  Astrophysical  Journal, 
XXXI  (1910),  8-14. 

Observations  of  the  Aurora,  Made  at  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  1902-1909, 
ibid.,  208-33. 

Photographic  Observations  of  Daniel's  Comet  (25  plates),  Proceedings  of 
the  American  Philosophical  Society,  XLIX  (1910),  3-16. 

On  the  Acceleration  of  the  Receding  Masses  in  the  Tail  of  Halley's  Comet, 
June  6,  1910,  Publications  of  the  Astronomical  and  Astrophysical 
Society  of  America,  II  (19 10),  17. 

Observations  of  Halley's  Comet  at  the  Time  of  Its  Nearest  Approach  to 
the  Earth  (i  plate),  Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXXXV  (1910), 
229-34. 

Observations  of  the  Minor  Planet  (403)  Cyane,  ibid.,  325-28. 

On  the  Acceleration  of  the  Receding  Masses  in  the  Tail  of  Halley's 
Comet,  1910,  June  6,  ibid.,  CLXXXVI  (1910),  11-22. 

Prediscovery  Photograi)hs  of  Nova  Lacertae,  ibid.,  CLXXXVII  (191 1), 
63-64. 

Observations  of  Comets,  ibid.,  CLXXXVIII  (191 1),  1 18-19. 

Photograi^hs  of  the  Planet  Mars,  etc.  (2  plates),  Monthly  Notices  of  the 
Royal  Astronomical  Society,  LXXI  (1911),  471-72. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS     225 

Luminous  Xighl  Haze,  Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society, 
L  (1911),  246-53. 

The  Conjunction  of  Mars  and  Saturn,  191 1,  August  16,  Popular  Astron- 
omy, XIX  (191 1 ),  498-501. 

Preliminary  Report  on  the  Photographs  of  Halley's  Comet  Taken  at 
Honoluki,  H.I.,  Ijy  Ferdinand  F^llerman  in  1910,  Publications  of  the 
Astronomical  and  Astrophysical  Society  of  America,  II  (1911),  66-67. 

Photographic  Observations  of  Brooks's  Comet,  191 1,  ibid.,  98-99. 

Notes  on  the  Photograjjhs  of  Halley's  Comet  Taken  at  Diamond  Head 
by  Ferdinand  Ellerman,  ibid.,  221-27. 

Observations  of  Halley's  ComtX.,  A  sir  onomischeNachrichtcn,CL'KX^\l\l 
(1911),  215-16. 

Photographic  Observations  of  the  Small  Planets  (28)  Bellona  and 
1908  ^iV,  ibid.,  CLXXXIX  (191 1),  193-94. 

Observations  of  Wolf's  Periodic  Comet  191 1  c,  ibid.,  CXC  (1911-12), 
25-28. 

Observations  of  a  New  Minor  Planet  191 2  NV,  ibid.,  397-98. 

Micrometric  Measures  of  the  Fifth  Satellite  of  Jupiter  and  Miscellaneous 
Observations  of  the  Planet,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXVII  (1911-13), 
99-104. 

Observations  of  the  Satellites  of  Uranus,  ibid.,  104-6. 

The  Companions  of  Procyon  and  Sirius,  ibid.,  107-8. 

Observations  of  the  Satellite  of  X'^eptune,  ibid.,  111-12. 

Visual  and  Photographic  Observations  of  Comet  191 1  b  (Kiess),  ibid., 
113-14. 

Micrometric  Measures  of  the  Satellites  of  Saturn,  ibid.,  116-29. 

Micrometer  Positions  of  Halley's  Comet,  ibid.,  147-52. 

The  Companions  of  Sirius  and  of  Procyon,  ibid.,  103-94. 

Observations  of  the  Variable  Star  RS  Aquarii,  Astronomische  Xach- 
richten,  CXCI  (191 2),  181-S2. 

The  Red  Star  30+37*3876  =  \VX  Cygni,  ibid.,  3S7-90. 

Period  of  the  Variable  Star  Xo.  ^;^,  M  5  (Libra),  ibid.,  439-42. 

Observations  of  X'ova  Cygni  1876,  Monthly  Xotices  of  the  Royal  Astro- 
nomical Societv,  LXXII  (191 2),  525-34. 


226  PUBLICATIONS 

Observations  of  Nova  Lacertae  (Espin)  (i  plate),  Monthly  Notices  oj  the 
Royal  Astronomical  Society,  LXXII  (1912),  659-76. 

Photographic  Observations  of  Comet  191 1  c  (Brooks)  (7  plates),  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XXX.YI  (1912),  1-1$. 

Gale's  Comet  a  191 2,  Popular  Astronomy,  XX  (191 2),  579-80, 

Schaumasse's  Comet,  ibid.,  608. 

Borrelly's  Comet  1912  c,  ibid.,  672. 

The  Minor  Planet  21  Lutetia  near  Jupiter,  Astronomische  Nachrichten, 
CXCII  (1912),  115-16. 

The  Total  Eclipse  of  the  Moon,  1913,  March  21,  Popular  Astronomy, 
XXI  (1913),  277-78. 

The  Variable  Star  R  Cygni,  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astronomical 
Society,  LXXIII  (1913),  390-92. 

The  Variable  Star  97  .1910  Cygni,  ibid.,  500-518. 

On  the  Polar  Diameter  of  Saturn  and  the  Minor  Axis  of  the  Rings, 
ibid.,  601-5. 

Dark  Regions  of  the  Sky  Suggesting  an  Obscuration  of  Light,  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XXXVIII  (1913),  496-501. 

On  the  Motion  of  a  Small  Star  in  the  Pleiades,  Astronomische  Nachrichten, 
CXCIV  (1913),  7-8. 

Lewis  Swift,  ibid.,  133-36. 

Corrections  to  the  Observations  of  588  Achilles  in  A.N.,  4206,  ibid., 
171-72. 

Visual  Observations  of  Phoebe,  the  Ninth  Satellite  of  Saturn,  ibid., 

333-36. 
The  Temporary  Stars.     On  the  Present  Appearance  of  Some  of  These 

Bodies,  ibid.,  401-8. 

Gain  of  Definition  Obtained   by  Moving  a  Telescope,   Nature,  XCI 
(1913),  214-15. 

The  Variable  Star  No.  t,t,  in  the  Cluster  M  5,  Astronomische  Nachrichten, 
CXCVI  (1913-14),  11-14. 

Change  in  the  Focus  of  Nova  Geminorum,  ibid.,  167-68. 

Neujmin's  Comet,  ibid.,  181-82. 

Drawing  of  the  Planet  Jupilcr,  ibid.,  381-82. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      227 

Observations  of  the  Satellites  of  Saturn,  Astronomical  Journal,  XX\'III 

(1913-15),  1-9. 
Observations  of  the  Satellite  of  Neptune,  ibid.,  lo-ii. 
Observations  of  Comet  1913  c  (Neuimin),  ibid.,  137-41- 

Change  in  the  Focus  of  Nova  Geminorum  No.  2.  Recent  Observations 
of  Nova  Persei  2,  and  Nova  Geminorum  i,  Astronomische  Xach- 
richten,  CXCVIII  (1914),  123-24. 

Explanation  of  Certain  Phenomena  of  the  Tail  of  Comet  Morehouse 

(III,  1908),  Science,  XL  (1914),  769-70. 
Visual  Observations  of  Phoebe,  the  N^inth  Satellite  of  Saturn,  Astro- 

nomische  Nachrichten,  CXCVIII  (1914),  223-26. 

A  Curious  Observation,  Observatory,  XXXVII  (1914),  416-17. 
Visual  Observations  of  Halley's  Comet  in  19 10  (6  plates),  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XXXIX  (1914),  373-404. 

Photographic  Determination  of  the  Colors  of  Some  of  the  Stars  in  the 
Cluster  M  13  (Hercules)  (2  plates),  ibid.,  XL  (1914),  173-81. 

Photographic  Measures  of  Saturn  and  Its  Rings  (i  plate),  ibid.,  259-67. 

On  the  Identity  of  Anthelm's  New  Star  of  1670  (11  Vulpeculae),  Astro- 
nomische Nachrichten,  CXCIX  (1914),  1-4. 

On  the  Transparency  of  the  Outer  Ring  of  Saturn,  ibid.,  101-2. 

Delavan's  Comet  (i  plate),  Popular  Astronomy,  XXII  (1914),  500. 

Delavan's  Comet  (i  plate),  ibid.,  535-36. 

Visual  Observations  of  Some  of  the  Harvard  College  Observatory  Polar 
Sequence  Stars,  ibid.,  559-60. 

Encke's  Comet  (i  plate),  ibid.,  607-10. 

A  Great  Nebulous  Region  near  Omicron  Persei  (i  plate),  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XLI  (1915),  253-58. 

The  Tail  of  Encke's  Comet,  Popular  Astronomy,  XXIII  (1915),  i4- 

A  Mistaken  Butterfly,  Nature,  XCV  (191 5),  174. 

Measures  of  Small  Stars  in  the  Dumbbell  Nebula  (  =  N.G.C.  6853  = 
M  27),  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society,  LXX\T 
(1915),  90-95- 

Measures  of  the  Positions  of  Faint  Comparison  Stars  near  the  \'ariable 
R  Cygni,  ibid.,  95-97. 


228  PUBLICATIONS 

Photographic  Comparison  of  a  Bright  Nebula  with  a  Dark  One,  and  the 
Possible  Luminosity  of  Space  (Abstract),  Popular  Astronomy,  XXIII 
(1915),  596. 

Sur  des  grands  mouvements  propres  soupgonnes  dans  les  etoiles  voisines 
de  I'amas  Messier  ii  =  N.G.C.  6705,  Cojnptes  Rendus,  CLXI  (1915), 
411. 

The  Great  Aurora  of  June  16,  1915,  Nature,  XCV  (1915),  536-37,  703. 

Observations  of  the  Satellites  of  Saturn,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXIX 

(1915-16),  33-37. 

Observations  of  the  Companion  of  Sirius,  ibid.,  38. 

Observations  of  the  Satellite  of  Neptune,  ibid.,  39. 

Observations  of  the  Satellites  of  Uranus,  ibid.,  39-40. 

Mellish's  Comet  (1915  a),  ibid.,  40. 

Observations  of  the  Sixth  Satellite  of  Jupiter,  ibid.,  73-74. 

A  New  Variable  Star,  ibid.,  75. 

Observations  of  the  Fifth  Satellite  of  Jupiter,  ibid.,  77-79. 

Observations  of  the  Double  Comets  1915  e  (Taylor)  and  1915  a  (Mellish), 
ibid.,  138. 

A  New  Variable  Star,  ibid.,  148. 

Observations  of  the  Double  Star  Krueger  60,  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal 
Astronomical  Society,  LXXVI  (1916),  592-606. 

Some  of  the  Dark  Markings  of  the  Sky  and  What  They  Suggest  (2  plates), 
Astrophysical  Journal,  XLIII  (1916),  1-8. 

Reviews  of:  Pickering,  The  Moon,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XX, 
359-64;  Wolf,  Die  Milchstrasse,  ibid.,  XXIX,  89,  90;  Chambers, 
The  Story  of  the  Comets,  ibid.,  XXXI,  92-94. 

Sherburne   Wesley   Burnham   [1893-19 14],  Professor  of    Practical 

Astronomy,  and  Astronomer  in  the  Yerkes  Observatory.     Retired. 

A.M.  Yale,  1878;  Astronomer  at  the  Lick  Observatory,  1888-92;  Professor  of 
Practical  Astronomy,  and  Astronomer  in  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  1893-1914. 

Expert  Commissioner  to  test  the  seeing  on  Mount  Hamilton,  Cal.  (resulting  in  the 
location  of  the  Lick  Observatory),  1879;  Oold  Medal  of  the  Royal  Astronomical 
Society,  1894;  Associate  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society,  1898;  Lalande 
Prize  in  Astronomy,  Paris  Academy  of  Science,  1904. 

General  Catalogue  of  Double  Stars  within  121°  of  the  North  Pole.  4to, 
2  vols.  Vol.  I,  The  Catalogue,  lv+256.  Vol.  II,  Notes  to  the 
Catalogue,     viii+830.     Washington:    Carnegie  Institution,  1906. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      229 

Measures  of  Proper  Motion  Stars.  4to,  iv+311.  Washington:  Car- 
negie Institution,  1913. 

Note  on  the  Double  Star  31  Leonis,  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astro- 
nomical  Society,  LXIII  (1902-3),  419-20. 

New  Companion  to  2  1594,  ibid.,  420-21. 

Notes  on  Kiistner's  Double  Star  Measures,  Astronomische  Xachrichten, 
CLXI  (1903),  91-92. 

Note  on  the  Double  Star  AOe^  17123,  ibid.,  CLXIII  (1903),  315. 

Note  on  Schjellerup  8144  and  B.D.+5°4556,  ibid.,  379. 

Note  on  Schjellerup  8144,  ibid.,  CLXIV  (1903),  127. 

A  Lost  Double  Star,  Popular  Astronomy,  XI  (1903),  250-52. 

B  Bootis,  Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXXV  (1907),  95. 

Double  Star  Measures  Made  with  the  40-Inch  Refractor  of  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  ibid.,  CLXXVI  (1907),  129. 

The  Proper  Motion  of  Small  Stars,  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astro- 
nomical Society,  LXVIII  (1907-8),  517-22. 

Double  Star  Measures  Made  with  the  40-Inch  Refractor  of  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXXVIII  (1908),  201. 

Double  Star  Measures  Made  with  the  40-Inch  Refractor  of  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  ibid.,  CLXXX  (1909),  65. 

Double  Star  Measures  Made  with  the  40-Inch  Refractor  of  the  Y'erkes 
Observatory,  ibid.,  CLXXXII  (1909),  133. 

Announcement  of  Visual  Discovery  and  Position  of  Halley's  Comet, 
Harvard  Observatory  Bulletin,  No.  358  (1909);  published  also  in 
Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXXXII  (1909),  285. 

Double  Star  Measures  ]\Iade  with  the  40-Inch  Refractor  of  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  ibid.,  CLXXXY  (1910),  144-79. 

Beobachtungen  von  Kometen,  ibid.,  179. 

The  Proper  Motion  of  the  Small  Star  near  17  Lyrae,  Monthly  Notices  of 
the  Royal  Astronomical  Society,  LXXI  (1910-11),  208-15. 

Measures  of  a  Faint  Proper  Motion  Star,  ibid.,  218. 

Measures  of  the  Proper  Motion  Star  /3  G.  C.  6869,  ibid.,  506. 

Measures  of  a  Small  Star  with  a  Large  Proper  Motion,  ibid.,  50S. 


230  PUBLICATIONS 

Measures  of  the  Proper  Motion  Star  Sh  190,  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal 
Astronomical  Society,  LXXI  (1910-11),  691. 

Double  Star  Measures  Made  with  the  40-Inch  Refractor  of  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  Astronomische  N achrichten,  CLXXXVI  (191 1),  389-422 

The  Proper  Motion  of  B.D.+33°99,  ibid.,  CLXXXVII  (1911),  382. 

Comparison  Stars  for  Halley's  Comet,  ibid.,  CLXXXVIII  (191 1),  181. 

Review  of:  Recent  Double  Star  Work,  Popular  Astronomy,  XIV, 
79-85.  Other  reviews  in  Popular  Astronomy,  X,  129-30;  XIII,  15-16, 
333-34,  472-73;  XIV,  523-25;  XV,  624-26. 

Francis  P.  Leavenworth,  Professor  of  Astronomy,  University  of 
Minnesota;  Professor  of  Practical  Astronomy  at  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  19 14,  Summer. 

Observations  of  Comets  Made  with  the  40-Inch  Refractor  of  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXIX  (191 5-1 6),  15. 

Micrometrical  Measures  of  Double  Stars  Made  with  the  40-Inch  Refrac- 
tor of  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  ibid.,  17-24. 

Forest  Ray  Moulton  [1896-],  Professor  of  Astronomy. 

A.B.  Albion,  1894;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1899;  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy,  ibid., 
1903-8;  Associate  Professor,  z6w/.,  1908-12;  Professor,  z6m?.,  1912-. 

Member,  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  1910-;  Hon.  Corresponding  Member, 
British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  1913-;  Vice-President, 
American  Mathematical  Society,  191 5-. 

Associate  Editor,  Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society, 

1908-. 

Introduction  to  Astronomy.  8vo,  xviii-f  557.  New  York:  Macmillan 
Co.,  1906. 

Descriptive  Astronomy.  8vo,  253.  Chicago:  American  School  of  Corre- 
spondence, 191 2. 

Introduction  to  Celestial  Mechanics  (rev.  ed.).  8vo,  xvi+437.  New 
York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1914. 

Periodic  Orbits.     Washington:  Carnegie  Institution.     In  Press. 

Evolution  of  the  Solar  System,  Astro  physical  Journal,  XXII  (1905), 
165-81. 

Direct  Computation  of  the  Expressions  for  the  Coordinates  in  Elliptic 
^lotion.  Astronomical  Journal,  XXV  (1905-8),  144-49. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS     231 

A  Class  of  Periodic  Solutions  of  the  Problem  of  Three  Bodies  with 
Applications  to  the  Lunar  Theory,  Transactions  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  VII  (1906),  537-77. 

Notes  on  the  Possibility  of  I-lssion  of  a  Contracting  Rotating  Fluid  Mass, 
Astrophysical  Journal,  XXIX  (1909),  1-13. 

On  Certain  Implications  of  Possible  Changes  in  the  Form  and  Dimensions 
of  the  Sun,  and  Some  Suggestions  toward  Explaining  Certain  Phe- 
nomena of  Variable  Stars,  ibid.,  257-80. 

On  Certain  Relations  among  the  Possible  Changes  in  the  Motions  of 
Mutually  Attracting  Spheres  When  Disturbed  by  Tidal  Interactions, 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Publication  No.  107  (1909), 
79-133- 

Notes  on  the  Possibility  of  Fission  of  a  Contracting  Rotating  Fluid  Mass, 
ibid.,  137-60. 

The  Straight  Line  Solutions  of  the  Problem  of  n  Bodies,  Annals  of 
Mathematics,  Second  Series,  XII  (1910),  1-17. 

Chapter  on  Growth  of  Worlds.  In  Vol.  IV  of  the  Foundation  Library 
for  Young  People.  8vo,  25.  New  York:  Educational  Society, 
1911. 

On  the  Solutions  of  Certain  Types  of  Linear  Differential  Equations  with 
Periodic  Coefficients  (with  W.  D.  ^ia.cM\\\2L.n),  American  Journal  of 
Mathematics,  XXXIII  (191 1),  63-96. 

The  Influence  of  Astronomy  on  Mathematics,  Science,  XXXIII  (191 1), 
357-(54- 

The  Spherical  Pendulum  from  the  Standpoint  of  Periodic  Solutions, 
Retuiiconti  del  Circolo  Matematico  di  Palermo,  XXXII  (191 1),  338-64. 

A  Class  of  Periodic  Orbits  of  Superior  Planets,  Transactions  of  the  Ameri- 
can Mathematical  Society,  XIII  (1912),  96-108. 

Capture  Theory  and  Capture  Practice,  Popular  Astronomy,  XX  (1912), 
67-82. 

On  Certain  E.xpansions  of  Elliptic,  Hyperelliptic,  and  Related  Periodic 
Functions,  American  Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXXIV  (1912),  177- 
202. 

M.  Henri  Poincare,  Popular  Astronomy,  XX  (191 2),  1-14. 


232  PUBLICATIONS 

Relations  among  Families  of  Periodic  Orbits  in  the  Restricted  Problem  of 
Three  Bodies,  Proceedings  oj  the  International  Congress  of  Mathemati- 
cians, Cambridge  (191 2),  1-6. 

Closed  Orbits  of  Ejection  and  Related  Periodic  Orbits.  Painleve's 
Theorem,  Proceedings  of  the  London  Mathematical  Society,  Series  2, 
Vol.  II  (1912),  367-97. 

The  Scientific  Importance  of  Polar  Explorations,  Technical  World,  XIX 
(1913),  180-87. 

Periodic  Oscillating  Satellites  in  the  Problem  of  Three  Bodies,  Mathe- 
matische  Annalen,  LXXIII  (1912),  441-79. 

On  the  Solutions  of  Linear  Equations  Having  Small  Determinants, 
American  Mathematical  Monthly, 'KK  (1913),  242-49. 

Memoir  on  the  Theory  of  Determining  Orbits,  Astronomical  Journal, 

XXVIII  (1913-15),  Nos.  661,  662,  663  entire. 
The  Problem  of  Three  Bodies,  Popular  Astronomy,  XXII  (1914)?  197-207. 
The  Deviations  of  Falling  Bodies,  Annals  of  Mathematics,  Second  Series, 

XV  (1914),  184-94. 
Albert  Abraham  Michelson,  Technical  World,  XXI  (19 14),  328-37. 

On  the  Stability  of  Direct  and  Retrograde  Satellite  Orbits,  Monthly 
Notices  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society,  LXXV  (19 14),  40^-57. 

George  Ellery  Hale,  Technical  World,  XXII. 

Solution  of  an  Infinite  System  of  Differential  Equations  of  the  Analytic 
Type,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  I  (1915), 
350-54- 

Reviews  in:  Science,  XXXIII,  856-57;  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  XX,  384-86;  Popular  Astronomy,  XX,  405-6; 
Astro  physical  Journal,  XXXV,  148. 

Georges  Van  Biesbroeck,  Astronome-adjoint,  Observatoire  Royal  de 
Belgique,  Uccle,  Brussels;  Visiting  Professor  of  Practical  Astron- 
omy at  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  1915-16. 

Dr.  IriR.,  University  of  Ghent,  1902;  Laureat  du  Concours  Universitaire,  1902-3; 
Ingf-nieur  de  I'Administration  des  Fonts  et  Chaussdes,  Brussels,  1902-8;  Volun- 
teer Assistant  at  the  (Observatories  of  IleidelherK,  1905-6,  and  Potsdam,  1906-7; 
Astronome-adjoint,  Observatoire  Royal  de  Helgiquc,  Uccle,  Brussels,  1908-. 

Definitive  Orbit  of  Comet  1855  II,  Astronotnical  Journal,  XXIX 
(1915-16),  109-18. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS     233 

Elements  of  Comet  1916  a  (Xeujmin),  ibid.,  123. 
Zeta  Sagittae  =  -<4.G.C.  11,  a  Rapid  Binary,  ibid.,  163-64. 
Mass-Ratios  in  Visual  Binary  Stars,  ibid.,  173-80. 
Observations  of  Comets  at  Yerkes  Observatory,  ibid.,  184-88. 

Kurt  Laves  [1893-],  Associate  Professor  of  Astronomy. 

Abituricntcncxamcn,  Gymnasium  at  Lyck,  Germany,  1886;  Ph.D.  Berlin,  1891; 
Assistant  Professor  of  .\stronomy,  Chicago,  1901-8;  Associate  Professor,  ibtd., 
1908-. 

Die  Bedeutung  der  Hansenschen  idealen  Koordinaten,  vom  kinemati- 
schen    Standpunkt   betrachtet,    Astronomische  Nachrichlen,    CLXI 

(1903),  277-82. 

The  Arc  Method  for  Descriptive  Astronomy,  Popular  Astronomy,  XIV 
(1906),  217-21. 

New  Light  from  Old  Records,  ibid.,  276-87. 

Die  Aufiindung  einer  vollstiindigen  Losung  der  Jacobischen  partiellen 
DilTerentialgleichung  fiir  mechanische  Probleme  mittelst  einer 
dynamisch-geometrischen  Darstellungsform,  Astronomische  Nach- 
richten,  CLXXI  (1906),  225-36. 

Determination  of  Orbits  of  Spectroscopic  Binaries,  Astrophysical  Journal, 
XXV^I  (1907),  164-71. 

A  Graphic  Metliod  for  Lunar  Eclipses,  Popular  Astronomy,  XV  (1907), 
533-39- 

Ueber  den  Kreishodographen,  Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXXVIII 
(1908),  321-36. 

The  Moon's  Theoretical  Spectrographic  Velocity,  Astrophysical  Journal, 
XXXII  (1910),  17-23. 

Three  Hundred  Years  of  Research  on  the  Motions  of  the  Satellites,  1610- 
1910,  Popular  Astronomy,  XXI  (1913),  279-91. 

Analytische  Entwicklung  der  Storungen  der  Satclliten,  Encyclopaedic 
der  mathcmatischcn  Wisscuschajlcn,  VI.     In  Press. 

Review  of:  Buchholz,  Theoretische  Astronomie,  Viertcljahrsschrift 
der  Astronomischen  Gcscllschaft,  XLVIII,  13-18.  Other  reviews  in 
Bulletin  of  the  .Imerican  Mathematical  Society,  XIII,  51O-20;  X\'III, 
517;  XIX,  31-32;  XX,  37-39;  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXII,  191; 
XXV,  288-89. 


234  PUBLICATIONS 

Storrs  Barrows  Barrett  [1900-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Astrophysics; 

Secretary  and  Librarian  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory. 

A.B.   Rochester,  1889;    Secretary  and  Librarian  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory, 
1900-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Astrophysics,  ibid.,  1914-. 

General  Index  to  the  ^^  Astro  physical  Journal,"  Vols.  I -XXV.  8vo,  iii-|- 
133.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1908. 

Variable  Radial  Velocities  of  Two  Stars  in  the  Taurus  Stream,  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XXXII  (19 10),  183. 

Notes  on  Plates  of  Nova  Geminorum  of  191 2  Taken  with  the  Bruce 
Spectrograph  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Philosophical  Society,  LI  (19 12). 

Three  New  Binaries,  Popular  Astronomy,  XXII  (1914),  233-34. 

On  the  Early  Spectrum  of  Nova  Geminorum  of  1912,  ibid.,  560-61. 

Reviews  in:  Astrophysical  Journal,  XVIII,  ;^g'j-gS;  XXIV,  367-68; 
XXV,  362-63;  XXXII,  326-27;  XXXV,  354. 

William    Duncan    MacMillan     [1907-],    Assistant    Professor    of 

Astronomy. 

A.M.  Chicago,  1906;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1908;  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy,  ibid., 
1912-. 

The  Motion  of  a  Particle  Attracted  toward  a  Fixed  Center  by  a  Force 
Varying  Inversely  as  the  Fifth  Power  of  the  Distance,  American 
Journal  of  Mathematics,  XXX  (1908),  282-306. 

Periodic  Orbits  about  an  Oblate  Spheroid.  Doctor's  thesis.  Transac- 
tions of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XI  (1909),  55-120. 

On  the  Loss  of  Energy  by  Friction  of  the  Tides,  Carnegie  Institution, 
Publication  No.  107  (1909),  69-75. 

A  New  Proof  of  Weiers trass'  Factor  Theorem,  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  XVII  (1910),  1 16-19. 

On  the  Solutions  of  Certain  Types  of  Linear  Differential  Equations  with 
Periodic  CoefBcients  (with  F.  R.  Moulton),  American  Journal  of 
Mathematics,  XXXIII  (191 1),  63-96. 

An  Integrable  Case  in  the  Problem  of  Three  Bodies,  Astronomical 
Journal,  XXVII  (1911-13),  11-13. 

An  Existence  Theorem  for  Periodic  Solutions,  Transactions  of  the  Ameri- 
can Mathematical  Society,  XIII  (191 2),  146-58. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      235 

A  Reduction  of  a  System  of  Power  Series  to  an  Equivalent  System  of 
Polynomials,  M alhcmatischc  Annalen,  LXXII  (1912),  157-79. 

A  Method  for  Determining  the  Solutions  of  a  System  of  Analytic  Func- 
tions in  the  Neighborhood  of  a  Branch  Point,  ibid.,  180-202. 

Certain  Theorems  on  Implicit  Functions  and  Diflerential  Equations 
(with  F.  R.  Moulton).     Chap.  I  in  Moulton's  Periodic  Orbits,  1-54. 

A  Proof  of  Wilczynski's  Theorem  on  the  Non-Existence  of  Isosceles 
Triangular  Solutions  in  the  Problem  of  Three  Bodies.  Incorporated 
(pp.  17-31)  in  the  paper  by  Wilczynski,  Annali  di  Matematica,  XXI 
(1913)- 

Poincare's  Correction  to  Bruns's  Theorem,  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  XIX  (1913),  349-55. 

On  Foucault's  Pendulum,  American  Journal  oj  Mathematics,  XXXVII 
(1915),  95-106. 

Convergence  of  the  Series  22 -Ht-   {y  irxditiomX),  Bulletin  oJ the  Ameri- 

t-jy 

can  Mathematical  Society,  XXII  (1915),  26-32. 

Reduction  of  Certain  Analytic  Differential  Equations  to  an  Algebraic 
Type,  Transactions  oJ  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  XVII 
(1916),  245-5S. 

A  Theorem  Connected  with  Irrational  Numbers,  American  Journal  of 
Mathematics,  XXXVIII  (1916),  387-96. 

Reviews  in:    Science,  XXXVI,  315-17;    Bulletin  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  XVIII,  84-87. 

John  Adelbert  Parkhurst  [1901-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Practical 

Astronomy,  Yerkes  Observatory. 

S.B.  Rose  Polytechnic,  1886;    S.M.  ibid.,  1897;    A.M.  (hon.)  WTieaton  College, 
1906;   .Vssistant  Professor  of  Practical  .Vstronomy,  Yerkes  Observatory',  1912-. 

The  Spectra  of  Stars  of  Secchi's  Fourth  Type  (with  George  E.  Hale  and 
Ferdinand  Ellerman.)  Publications  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory, 
Vol.  II.     4to,  135+11  plates.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1903. 

Researches  in  Stellar  Photometry.  4to,  192.  Washington:  Carnegie 
Institution,  1906. 

The  Variable  Star  X  Ccphei,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XVII  (1903),  48-62. 

Nova  Geminorum.     .\n  Early  Photograph,  etc.,  ibid.,  373-75. 


236  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Suspected  Variable  Star  B.D.+68°2oo,  Astronomical  Journal, 
XXV  (1905-8),  136. 

The  Variable  Star  V  Lyrae,  ibid.,  XVIII  (1903),  33-49. 

The  Variable  Star  W  Aurigae,  ibid.,  309-23. 

Photometric  Magnitudes  of  Comparison  Stars  for  Nova  Geminorum, 
Popular  Astronomy,  XI  (1903),  328-30. 

Faint  Stars  near  the  Trapezium  in  the  Orion  Nebula,  Astro  physical 
Journal,  XX  (1904),  136,  137. 

Observed  Magnitudes  of  62.1903  Andromedae,  Astronomical  Journal^ 

XXIV  (1904-5),  25. 
Minima  of  the  Algol-Type  Variable  SY  Cygni,  ibid.,  160. 
Maxima  and  Minima  of  Long-Period  Variables,  ibid.,  178,  179. 
The  Variable  Star  Z  Geminorum,  ibid.,  200-202. 
Nova  Aquilae  of  1905,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXII  (1905),  266-70. 

The  Suspected  Variable  Star  B.D. +68^200,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXV 
(1905-8),  136. 

Photographic  Photometry  of  Short-Period  Variable  Stars  (with  F.  C. 
Jordan),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXIII  (1906),  79-91. 

Some  Applications  of  Photography  to  Astronomy,  Rose  Technic,  XV 
(1906),  91-93. 

Photographic  Photometry  of  Rapidly  Changing  Variable  Stars  (with 
F.  C.  Jordan),  Science,  XXIII  (1906),  447-48. 

Astronomical  Photography  with  Reflecting  Telescopes,  Popular  Astron- 
omy, XIV  (1906),  449-52. 

Photographic  Color  Photometry  of  Short-Period  Variable  Stars  (with 
F.  C.  Jordan),  Science,  XXV  (1907),  564-65. 

An  Absolute  Scale  of  Photographic  Magnitudes  of  Stars  (with  F.  C. 
Jordan),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXVI  (1907),  244-55. 

Henry  M.  Parkhurst,  Popular  Astronomy,  XVI  (1908),  231-39. 

The  Photographic  Determination  of  Star-Colors  and  Their  Relation  to 
Spectral  Type  (with  F.  C.  Jordan),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXVII 
(1908),  169-82. 

Photographic  Light-Curve  of  the  Variable  Star  SU  Cassiopeiae,  ibid., 
XXVIII  (1908),  278-83. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      237 

Spectrum  of  Comet  Morehouse  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  ibid.,  XXIX 
(1908),  55-64. 

Spectrum  of  Comet  Morehouse  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  Science,  XXIX  (1909), 
36,  37- 

The  Evidence  from  Photographic  Color-Filters  in  Regard  to  the  Absorp- 
tion of  Light  in  Space,  Aslrophysical  Journal,  XXX  (1909),  33-39. 

Precautions  Necessary  in  Photographic  Photometry,  ibid.,  XXXI  (19 10), 

15-25- 
Spectra  and  Colors  of  Red  Stars,  ibid.,  XXXV  (1912),  125-33. 

Visual  Observation  of  Red  Variable  Stars,  Popular  Astronomy,  XX 
(1912),  222-23. 

Changes  in  the  Early  Spectrum  of  Enebo's  Nova  in  Gemini,  ibid.,  236-38. 

Yerkes  Actinometry,  Aslrophysical  Journal,  XXXVI  (1912),  169-227. 

A  Report  of  the  Meeting  of  the  Astronomische  Gesellschaft,  Popular 
Astronomy,  XXI  (1913),  494-98. 

The  Use  of  Parallel  Wire  Gratings  in  Photographic  Photometry  (with 
H.  L.  Alden),  ibid.,  XXII  (1914),  634-35. 

Visual  and  Photographic  Magnitudes  of  Stars  in  the  North  Polar 
Sequence  (with  H.  L.  Alden),  ibid.,  635. 

Examination  of  the  Star  108  Herculis  for  Variation  in  Light,  Astrono- 
mische Nachrichlen,  CXCVII  (1914),  377-78. 

Karl  Schwarzschild,  Science,  XLIV  (19 16),  232-44. 

Reviews  in:  Aslrophysical  Journal,  XX,  364-67;  XXIV,  59-60; 
XXV,  286-88,  361-62;  XXXI,  382-83;  XL,  483-85;  XLI,  250-51; 
XLIII,  86-88;  Popular  Astronom\,XX.\l,  2,Z'^;  XXIV,  75-76;  Science, 
XLIII,  501-2. 

George  Willis  Ritciiey  [1897-1905I,  Assistant  Professor  of  Practical 
Astronomy  and  Superintendent  of  Instrument  Construction,  Yerkes 
Observatory;  Optician  of  the  loo-Inch  Reflector  of  the  Mount 
Wilson  Solar  Observatory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington. 

Optician  at  Yerkes  Obser\'atory,  1897-1900;  Superintendent  of  Instrument 
Construction,  ibid.,  igcxj-igos;  .\ssistant  Professor  of  Practical  .\stronomy, 
1903-5- 

On  the  Modern  Reflecting  Telescope,  and  the  Making  and  Testing  of  Optical 

Mirrors.     4to,  51.     Washington:    Smithsonian  Institution,  1904. 


238  PUBLICATIONS 

Comet  Photography  with  the  Two-Foot  Reflector,  Astrophysical  Journal, 
XVI  (1902),  178-80. 

On  Methods  of  Testing  Optical  Mirrors  during  Construction,  ihid.,  XIX 
(1904),  53-69- 

Frederick    Slocum    [1909-14],    Assistant    Professor    of    Astronomy; 

Professor  of  Astronomy  and  Director  of  the  Van  Vleck  Observatory, 

Wesleyan  University. 

A.B.  Brown,  1895;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1898;  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy,  ibid., 
1900-1909;  Acting  Director,  Ladd  Observatory,  ibid.,  1904-5;  Instructor  in 
Astrophysics,  Yerkes  Observatory,  1909-11;  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy, 
ibid.,  1911-14. 

A  Curious  Photograph  of  the  Sun,  Knowledge,  VI  (1909),  462. 

The  Sun-Spots  of  September  25,  1909,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXI 
(1910),  26-29. 

A  Brilliant  Meteor,  Popular  Astronomy,  XVIII  (1910),  192. 

Observations  of  the  Sun,  May   18-19,   i9io>  Astrophysical  Journal, 

XXXII  (1910),  24-25. 

Two  Solar  Prominences,  ibid.,  125-29. 

Circulation  in  the  Solar  Atmosphere  as  Indicated  by  Prominences,  ibid.y 

XXXIII  (1911),  108-14. 

Colored     Stars     near     Nova     Lacertae,     Astronomische    Nachrichten, 
CLXXXVIII  (1911),  75-76. 

Halley's  Comet,  Popular  Astronomy,  XIX  (191 1),  282-83. 

Parallax  of  17  Lyrae  C,  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society , 
LXXI(i9ii),  579-81. 

The   Solar   Prominence  of  October    10,    19 10,  Astrophysical  Journal, 

XXXIV  (191 1),  294-98. 

The  Parallax  of  Nova  Lacertae  (19 10),  ibid.,  XXXV   (191 2),  134-48. 

Solar  Halos  of  November  3,  191 1,  Popular  Astronomy,  XX  (191 2),  1-3. 

The  Solar  Prominence  of  June  19-20, 191 1,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXV 
(1912),  301-3. 

The    Study   of    Solar   Prominences,   Popular  Astronomy,  XX    (191 2) 
409-14. 

The  Attraction  of  Sun-Spots  for  Prominences,  Astrophysical  Journal, 
XXXVI  (191 2),  265-68. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      239 

Proper  Motion  and  Parallax  of  a  Faint  Star,  .Utronowische  XachricJitcn, 
CXCIV  (1913),  43-46. 

Circulation  in  the  Solar  Atmosphere  as  Indicated  by  Prominences, 
Aslrophysical  Journal,  XXXVII  (1913),  354-58. 

The  Parallax  of  Nova  Geminorum  2,  Monthly  Notices  of  the  Royal  Astro- 
nomical Society,  LXXIII  (1913),  437-40. 

Stellar  Parallaxes  from  Photographs  Made  with  the  40-Inch  Refractor 
of  the  Yerkes  Observatory  (with  S.  A.  Mitchell),  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XXXVIII  (1913),  1-26;  published  also  in  Astronomische 
Nachrichlen,  CXCVII  (1913),  81-82. 

The  International  Union  for  Co-operation  in  Solar  Research,  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XXXVIII  (1913),  301-10. 

Winslow  Upton,  Popular  Astronomy,  XXII  (1914),  208-11. 

Parallaxes  of  Three  Stars  with  Parallel  Proper  Motions,  ibid.,  CXC\TII 
(1914),  345-48. 

Proper  Motion  and  Parallax  of  B.D.+48°  739,  ibid.,  347-48. 

Parallaxes  of  Four  Visual  Binaries,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XLI  (191 5), 
237-46. 

Graphical  Illustration  of  Stellar  Parallaxes,  Popular  Astronomy,  XXIII 
(1915),  272-76. 

Reviews  in:  Astrophvsical  Journal,  XXXI,  278-79;  XXXII,  327, 
400-403;  XXXIII,  187;  XXXV,  146-48;  XXXVII,  301-2. 

Walter    Sydney    Adams    [1900-1905],    Instructor    in    Astrophysics; 

Assistant  Director  of  the  Mount  Wilson  Solar  Observatory  of  the 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington. 

A.B.  Dartmouth,  1898;  .\ssistant  at  Yerkes  Observatory,  1900-1903;  Instructor 
in  Astrophysics,  ibiJ.,  1903-5. 

Wave-Lengths  of  Certain  Oxygen  Lines  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XVI  (1902),  119,  120. 

The  Orbit  of  the  Spectroscopic  Binary  rj  Orionis,  ibid.,  X\TI  (1903), 
68-71. 

Five  Stars  Whose  Radial  Velocities  Vary  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  ibid., 
15^53- 

Additional  Stars  of  the  Orion  Tj^De  Whose  Radial  Velocities  Vary  (with 
E.  B.  Frost),  ibid.,  246,  247. 


240  PUBLICATIONS 

Two  Stars  with  Variable  Radial  Velocities  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XVII  (1903),  381,  382. 

Some  Miscellaneous  Radial  Velocity  Determinations  with  the  Bruce 
Spectrograph,  ibid.,  XVIII  (1903),  67-69. 

Spectrographic  Observations  of  Standard  Velocity  Stars,  1902-3 
(with  E.  B.  Frost),  ibid.,  237-77. 

Ten  Stars  Whose  Radial  Velocities  Vary  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  ibid.,  383-89. 

Eight  Stars  Whose  Radial  Velocities  Vary  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  ibid.,  XIX 

(1904),  151-55. 
The  Radial  Velocities  of  the  Brighter  Stars  in  the  Pleiades,  ibid.,  338-43. 

Observations  with  the  Bruce  Spectrograph  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  ibid., 

350-56. 
The  Orbit  of  the  Spectroscopic  Binary  ^  Tauri,  ibid.,  XXII   (1905), 

115-18. 

Reviews  in:  Astrophysical  Journal,  XIX,  387-89;  XXI,  385-86. 

Ferdinand  Ellerman  [1896-1905],  Instructor  in  Astrophysics,  Yerkes 

Observatory;    Member  of  the  Staff  of  the  Mount  Wilson  Solar 

Observatory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington. 

Assistant  at  Yerkes  Observatory,  1896-1904;  Instructor  in  Astrophysics,  ibid., 
1904-5. 

The  Spectra  of  Stars  of  SecchVs  Fourth  Type  (with  George  E.  Hale  and 
J.  A.  Parkhurst).  Publications  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  Vol.  II. 
4to,  135+11  plates.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1903. 

The  Rumford  Spectroheliograph  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory  (with  George 
E.  Hale).  Publications  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  Vol.  Ill, 
Part  I.     4to,  26+15  plates.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1903. 

Calcium  and  Hydrogen  Flocculi  (with  George  E.  Hale),  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XIX  (1904),  41-52. 

Philip  Fox  [1903-9],  Instructor  in  Astrophysics ;  Professor  of  Astronomy, 

Northwestern  University,  and  Director  of  the  Dearborn  Observatory. 

S.B.  Kansas  State  Agricultural  College,  1897;  S.B.  Dartmouth,  1902;  Carnegie 
Research  Assistant,  Yerkes  Observatory,  1903-6;  Instructor  in  Astrophysics, 
ibid.,  1906-9. 

The  Rotation  Period  of  the  Sun  as  Determined  from  the  Motion  of  the 
Calcium  Flocculi  (with  George  E.  Hale).  8vo,  54.  Washington: 
Carnegie  Institution,  1908. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      241 

The  Spectrum  oihighining,  AstrophysicalJournal, Will  (1903),  294-96. 

Observations  with  the  Rumford  Spcctrohcliograph,  ibid.,  XXI  (1905), 

351-55- 
A  Large  Eruptive  Prominence,  ibid.,  XXVI  (1907),  155,  156. 

An  Investigation  of  the  40-Inch  Objective  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory, 
ibid.,  XXVII  (1908),  237-53. 

Orbit  of  the  Spectroscopic  Binary  of  13  Ceti,  ibid.,  372-78. 

Prehminary  Note  on  the  Rotation  of  the  Sun  as  Determined  from  the 
Motion  of  Dark  Calcium  Flocculi,  ibid.,  XXVIII  (1908),  117-20. 

Distribution  of  Eruptive  Prominences  on  the  Solar  Disk,  ibid.,  253-58. 

A  Large  Prominence  (with  G.  Abetti),  Memorie  della  Societa  degli 
Spettroscopisti  Italiani,  XXXVII  (1908),  184-85. 

Observations  of  Comet  1908  c  (Morehouse),  Astronomical  Journal, 
XXVI(i9o8-ii),  38. 

Micrometric  Measures  of  Double  Stars,  ibid.,  87-92. 

Interaction  of  Sun-Spots  (with  G.  Abetti),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXIX 
(1909),  40-45. 

Review  in:  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXIX,  88-89. 

Alfred  ?Iarrison  Joy  [1911;  1914-15],  Instructor  in  Practical  .Astron- 
omy; Professor  of  Astronomy  in  the  Syrian  Protestant  College, 
Beirut  (on  leave  of  absence  191 1;  1914-);  Mount  Wilson  Solar 
Observatory,  191 5-. 

Ph.B.  Greenville  College,  1903;  .\.M.  Oberlin,  1904;  Volunteer  Research  .Assist- 
ant in  Astronomy,  Yerkes  Observatory,  191 1;  Instructor  in  Practical  .\stronomy, 
ibid.,  1914-15. 

Determinations  of  Stellar  Parallaxes  Derived  from  Plates  Taken  with  the 
40-Inch  Refractor  (with  Oliver  J.  Lee).  Publications  of  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  IV,  Part  I.  Chicago:  University  Press.  In  Press; 
see  also  Popular  Astronomy,  \X.lll  (1915),  631. 

An  Investigation  of  the  Cluster  M  37  (N.  G.  C.  2099)  for  Proper  Motion, 
Astronomical  Journal,  XXIX  (1916),  101-8;  published  also  in 
Popular  Astronomy,  XXIII  (1915),  603. 

Review  in:   Astrophysical  Journal,  XLIII,  88. 


242  PUBLICATIONS 

Oli\'er  Justin  Lee  [1907-10;  1912-],  Instructor  in  Astronomy  at  Yerkes 

Observatory. 

A.B.  Minnesota,  1907;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913;  Computer  at  Yerkes  Observatory, 
1907-10,  1912-13;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1914-. 

Determinations  of  Stellar  Parallaxes  Derived  from  Plates  Taken  with  the 
40-Inch  Refractor  (with  Alfred  H.  Joy).  Publications  of  the  Yerkes 
Observatory,  IV,  Part  I.  Chicago:  University  Press.  In  Press; 
see  also  Popular  Astronomy,  XXIII  (1915),  631. 

Observations  of  Halley's  Comet,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXVI  (1908- 

11),  53- 

Photographic  Search  for  Halley's  Comet  with  the  Two-Foot  Reflector 
of  the  Yerkes  Observatory,  Popular  Astronomy,  XVII  (1909),  160-61. 

Variable  Radial  Velocities  of  Four  Stars  in  the  Taurus  Stream,  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XXIX  (1909),  240-42. 

Eight  Stars  Having  Variable  Radial  Velocities  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  ihid.y 
XXX  (1909),  62-67. 

Photographs  of  Halley's  Comet  (i  plate),  ihid.,  237-38. 

Four  Stars  Having  Variable  Radial  Velocities,  ibid.,  XXXI  (1910), 
177-80. 

Measures  on  Nineteen  New  Spectroscopic  Binaries,  ibid.,  XXXII  (1910), 

300-308. 

The  Radial  Velocity  of  a  Cygni,  ibid.,  XXXIV  (1911),  303-7. 

Effects  of  Variations  of  Vapor  Density  on  the  Calcium  Lines  H,  K,  and  g 
(X  4227)  (i  plate),  ibid.,  397-403. 

The  Spectroscopic  System  9  Camelopardalis.     Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid., 

XXXVII  (1913),  1-24. 

Note   on    a   New   Spectroscopic   Binary,   Astronomische   Nachrichten, 

CXCIV  (1913),  415- 
Orbit  of  the  Spectroscopic  Binary  tt^  Orionis,  Astrophysical  Journal, 

XXXVIII  (1913),  175-80. 

The  Variable  Radial  Velocity  of  113  a  Piscium,  ibid.,  502-4. 

Measures  of  Variable  Radial  Velocities  of  Stars,  ibid.,  XXXIX  (1914)1 

39-49- 
The  Solar  Prominence  of  October  19-21, 1914,  ibid.,  XLI  (1915),  168-69. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      243 

Preliminary  Report  on  Zone  +45°   of    the   Selected    Areas,    Popular 
Astronomy,  XXIII  (1915),  630. 

The  Influence  of  Quadratic  Terms  in  Reductions  of  Stellar  Parallax, 
Astronomical  Journal,  XXIX  (19 15- 16),  74-75. 

The  Solar  Prominence  of  January  7,   1916,  Popular  Astronomy,  XXIV 
(1916),  205. 

Reviews  in:  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXI,  95-96;  XLII,  203. 

Robert  James  Wallace  [1903-9],  Instructor  in  Photophysics;  Director 

of   the  Research   Laboratory   of    the  G.  Cramer  Dry  Plate  Co., 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Photophysicist,  Yerkes  Observator>',  1903-6;  Instructor  in  Photophysics,  ibid., 
1907-9. 

The  Silver  Grain  in  Photography,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XX  (1904), 
113-22. 

Diffraction  Grating  Replicas,  ibid.,  XXII  (1905),  123-30. 

Preliminary  Note  on  Orthochromatic  Plates,  ibid.,  153-56. 

Second  Note  on  Orthochromatic  Plates,  ibid.,  350-54. 

Second  Note  on  Diffraction  Grating  Replicas,  ibid.,  XXIII  (1906),  96-99. 

Color  Filters  for  Astronomical  Photography  with  Reflecting  Telescopes, 
ibid.,  XXIV  (1906),  268-77. 

Studies  in  Sensitometry: 

I,  The  Daylight  Sensitometry  of  Photographic  Plates  and  a  Sug- 
gested Standard  Dispersion-Piece,  ibid.,  XXV  (1907),  116-50. 

II,  Orthochromatism  by  Bathing,  /6/J.,  XXVI  (1907),  299-325. 

III,  On  the  Evaluation  of  the  Reciprocity  Law,  Basic  Fog,  and 
Preliminary  Exposure  (with  H.  B.  Lemon),  ibid.,  XXIX  (1909), 
146-56. 

The  "  Autochrom"  Plate,  Popular  Astronomy,  XVI  (1908),  83-91. 
A  Note  on  the  Relation  of  Astronomical  Secondary  Negatives  to  Their 
Originals,  ibid.,  159-63. 

The  Function  of  a  Color-Filter  and  "Isochromatic"  Plate  in  Astro- 
nomical Photography,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXVII  (1908),  106-24. 

On  the  Sensitiveness  of  Photographic  Plates  at  Different  Temperatures, 
ibid.,  XXVIII  (1908),  39-51. 

Review  in:  Astrophysical  Journal,  XX\'I,  200. 


244  PUBLICATIONS 

Herbert  Meredith  Reese  [1903-4],  Associate  at  Yerkes  Observatory; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Physics,  University  of  Missouri. 
Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1900. 

A  Study  of  Enhanced  Lines  of  Titanium,  Iron,  and  Nickel,  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XXI  (1904),  322-37. 

Review  in:  Astrophysical  Journal,  XIX,  300-302. 

Edward  Drake  Roe,  Jr.  [1915],  Research  Associate,  Yerkes  Observa- 
tory; Professor  of  Mathematics,  Syracuse  University. 

New  Double  Stars  and  Measures  of  Double  Stars,  Astronomische  Nach- 
richten,  CCII  (1916),  99-104. 

Emily  Elisabeth  Dobbin   [1902-3],  Investigator   in   Solar   Physics, 
Yerkes  Observatory;    Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Mechanic  Arts 
High  School,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1902;  Investigator  in  Solar  Physics,  Yerkes  Observatory,  1902-3. 

The  Orbit  of  the  Fifth  Satellite  of  Jupiter,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXIV 
(1904),  83-88. 

Line  of  Sight  Constants  for  Some  Stars  of  the  Orion  Type,  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XIX  (1904),  382-84. 

Frank  Schlesinger  [1898,  1903-5],  Investigator  in  Stellar  Par- 
allaxes, Yerkes  Observatory;  Director  of  the  Allegheny  Observa- 
tory, University  of  Pittsburgh. 

B.S.  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1890;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  1899;  Volunteer 
Research  Assistant,  Yerkes  Observatory,  1898;  Investigator  in  Stellar  Parallaxes, 
ibid.,  1903-5. 

On  the  Stellar  Parallax  Plates  Taken  with  the  Yerkes  Telescope,  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XX  (1904),  123-30. 

On  Systematic  Errors  in  Determining  Variations  of  Latitude,  Astro- 
nomical Journal,  XXIV  (1904-5),  183-86. 

Photographic  Determinations  of  Stellar  Parallax  Made  with  the  Yerkes 
Refractor,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXII  (1910),  372-87;  XXXIII 
(1911),  8-27,  161-84,  237-59,  353-74,  418-30;  XXXIV  (1911), 
26-36. 

Reviews  in:   Astrophysical  Journal,  XIX,  389-90;   Science,  XXI, 
574-76. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS      245 

Giorgio  ABf:TTi  [1908-9],  Volunteer  Research  Assistant,  Yerkes  Observa- 
tory;   Astronomo  aggiunto,  Osscrvatorio  Astronomico  del  Collegio 
Romano,  Rome. 
Ph.D.  Padua,  1905;  Volunteer  Research  Assistant  in  Yerkes  Obser\'atory,  1908-9. 

A  Large  Prominence  (with  Philip  Fox),  Memorie  delta  Societd  degli 
Speltroscopisli  Italiani,  XXXVll  (1908),  184,  185. 

Interaction   of   Sun-Spots    (with    Philij)    Fox),   Astrophysical  Journal, 

XXIX  (1909),  40-45- 

Review   in:    Memorie  dclla  Societd  degli  Speltroscopisli   Italiani, 
XXXVIII,  176-79. 

Julius  Arthur  Brown  [1904,  Summer],  Volunteer  Research  Assistant, 
Yerkes  Observatory;   Syrian  Protestant  College,  Beirut. 

Wave-Lengths  of  Certain  Silicon  Lines  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XXII  (1905),  157-60. 

Mary  Murray  Hopkins  [1912,  1913],  Volunteer  Research  Assistant, 

Yerkes   Observatory;    Associate   Professor   of  Astronomy,   Smith 

College. 

A.B.  Smith,  1899;  A.M.  ibid.,  191 1;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  1915;  Volunteer 
Research  .\ssistant,  Yerkes  Observatory,  1912,  1913. 

The  Field  of  61  Cygni:  A  Study  of  Yerkes  Observatory  Parallax  Photo- 
graphs. Doctor's  thesis,  Columbia  University.  Contributions  from 
the  Observatory  of  Columbia  University,  No,  29.     8vo,  45. 

Frances    Lowater    [1911,    1913,    1915,    1916],    Volunteer    Research 

Assistant  in  Astrophysics;  Instructor  in  Physics,  Wellesley  College. 

B.Sc.  London,  1900;  Ph.D.  Bryn  Mawr,  1906;  Professor  of  Physics,  Rockford 
College;  Volunteer  Research  Assistant  in  .Vstrophysics,  Yerkes  Obser\'atory, 
Summer  Quarters,  1911, 1913,  1915,  1916. 

Stellar  Wave-Length  of  A  4686  and  Other  Lines  in  the  Spectrum  of 
10  Lacertae  (with  E.  B,  Frost),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XL  (1914), 
268-73. 

The  Fraunhofer  G  Group  and  the  Hydrocarbon  Band,  Popular  Astron- 
omy, XXV  (191 7),  179-95- 

John  Edward  Mellish  [1915-16],  Volunteer  Research  Assistant, 
Yerkes  Observatory. 

Announcement  of  the  Discovery  of  Comet  191 5  d.  Harvard  College 
Observatory  Bulletin,  X"o.  5S8,  19 14. 


246  PUBLICATIONS 

Samuel  Alfred  Mitchell  [1907,  1909,  1910,  1911,  1912-13],  Research 
Associate,  Yerkes  Observatory;  Professor  of  Astronomy  and  Direc- 
tor of  the  Leander  McCormick  Observatory,  University  of  Virginia. 

Volunteer  Research  Assistant,  Yerkes  Observatory,  1907,  1909-1910;  Research 
Associate,  ibid.,  1911,  1912-13. 

Seven  Spectroscopic  Binaries,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXX  (1909), 
239-42. 

Stellar  Parallaxes  from  Photographs  Made  with  the  40-Inch  Refractor 
of  the  Yerkes  Observatory  (with  Frederick  Slocum),  ibid.,  XXXVIII 
(1913),  1-26;  published  also  in  Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CXCVII 
(1913),  81-82. 

Is  Radium  in  the  Sun?  Popular  Astronomy,  XXI  (1913),  321-31. 

Wave-Lengths  of  the  Chromosphere  from  Spectra  Obtained  at  the  1905 
Eclipse,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXVIII  (19 13),  407-95. 

Review  in:  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXIX,  274. 


Charles  Albert  Maney  [1914-15],  Computer  at  Yerkes  Observatory; 
Instructor  in  Physics,  Alma  College. 
A.B.  Minnesota,  1913;  S.M.  Chicago,  1915. 

New  Conceptions  of  the  Nebulae  of  Orion  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  Popular 
Astronomy,  XXIII  (1915),  484-87. 

On  the  System  of  the  Brighter  A  Stars,  as  Studied  from  Spectrographic 
Determinations  of  the  Solar  Velocity,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXIX 
(1915-16),  53-61. 

Note  on  the  Brighter  "A"  Stars,  Astronomical  Journal,  XXX  (1916-17), 
19-20. 

Daniel  Walter  Morehouse  [1908-9],  Volunteer  Research  Assistant, 
Yerkes  Observatory;  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy,  Drake 
University,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1902;    Professor  of  Physics  and  yVstronomy,    Drake  University, 
1902-;  Volunteer  Research  Assistant,  Yerkes  Observatory,  1908-9. 

Announcement  of  Discovery  of  Comet  1908  c  at  Yerkes  Observatory, 
Harvard  College  Observatory  Bulletin,  No.  332. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS     247 

Norton  Adams  Kent  [1900-1902],  Assistant  at  Verkes  Observatory; 

Professor  of  Physics,  Brown  University. 

A.B.  Yale,  1895;   Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1901;  Assistant  at  Verkes  Obsen-atory, 
1900-1902. 

Second  Note  on  the  Spark  Spectrum  of  Iron  in  Liquids  and  Compressed 
Gases  (with  George  E.  Hale),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XVII  (1903), 
154-60. 

The  Effect  of  Circuit  Conditions  on  the  Wave-Lengths  of  Spark  Lines, 
ibid.,  286-99. 

The  Spectrum  of  the  High  Potential  Discharge  between  Metallic  Elec- 
trodes in  Liquids  and  in  Gases  at  High  Pressures  (with  George  E. 
Hale),  Publications  oj  the  Verkes  Observatory,  HI,  Part  II  (1907), 
27-66. 

Review  in:  AstrophyskalJournal,  XVIII  (1903),  75-76. 

Harlan  True  Stetson  [1908-9],  Volunteer  Research  Assistant,  Yerkes 

Observatory;    Instructor  in  Astronomy,  Harvard  University. 

Ph.B.  Brown,  1908;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;  Volunteer  Research  .\ssistant,  Yerkes 
Observatory,  1908-9. 

On  the  Apparatus  and  Methods  for  Thermo-Electric  Measurements 
in  Photographic  Photometry  with  Application  to  the  Determination 
of  Magnitudes,  Spectral  Intensities,  and  the  Light-Curves  of  Variable 
Stars.  Doctor's  thesis.  Astrophysical  Journal,  XLIII  (1916), 
253-85.  325-40. 

Arthur  Grant  Stillh.uier  [1905-6],  Assistant  in  Astrophysics,  Yerkes 
Observatory. 

S.B.  Illinois  Wesleyan,  1898;  .Assistant  in  Astrophysics,  Verkes  Obsenator>-, 
1905-6. 

Re\t[ew  of:    C.    Riborg  Mann,  Manual  of  Optics,  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XXIII,  175-76. 

Adriaan  van   Maanen   [1911-12],   Volunteer   Research   Assistant  in 
Astronomy;    Assistant,   Mount  Wilson   Solar  Observatory  of   the 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Pasadena,  Cal. 
Sc.D.  Utrecht,  191 1. 

The  Relative  Proper-Motions  of  162  Stars  in  the  Neighborhood  of  the 
Great  Nebula  in  Orion,  Derived  from  Plates  Made  with  the  Yerkes 
Refractor,  Astronomical  Journal,  XX\'II  (1911-13),  139-46. 


248  PUBLICATIONS 

Daniel  Buchanan,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Professor  of  Astronomy  and  Mathe- 
matics, Queen's  University,  Kingston,  Canada. 

Isosceles-Triangle  Solutions  of  the  Problem  of  Three  Bodies.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Publication  No.  161 
(1911),  325-56. 

Herbert  Earle  Buchanan,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
University  of  Tennessee,  Knoxville. 

Periodic  Orbits  of  Three  Finite  Bodies  near  the  Lagrangian  Straight 
Line  Solutions.     Doctor's  thesis.    Astrophysical  Journal.    In  Press. 

John  William  Campbell,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Lecturer  in  Mathematics  and 
Physics,  Wesley  College,  Winnipeg,  Canada. 

Periodic  Solution  of  the  Problem  of  Three  Bodies  in  Three  Dimensions. 
Doctor's  thesis.     London  Mathematical  Society.    In  Press. 

CuRviN  Henry  Gingrich,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Professor  of  Mathematics 
and  Astronomy,  and  Dean  of  Carleton  College,  Northfield,  Minn. 

Star  Colors  and  a  Method  of  Verifying  Them,  Popular  Astronomy, 
XIX  (1911),  595-601. 

A  Determination  of  the  Photographic  Magnitudes  of  Comparison  Stars 
in  Certain  of  the  Hagen  Fields.  Doctor's  thesis.  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XXXVIII  (1913),  209-40. 

Frank  Loxley  Griffin,  Ph.D.  1906;  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Reed 
College,  Portland,  Ore. 

Certain  Periodic  Orbits  of  K  Finite  Bodies  Revolving  about  a  Relatively 
Large  Central  Mass.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  2>2>-  Lancaster,  Pa.: 
New  Era  Printing  Co.,  1908. 

William  Albert  Hamilton,  Ph.D.  1903;  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Beloit  College. 

On  the  Convergency  of  the  Series  Used  in  the  Determination  of  the  Elements 
of  Parabolic  Orbits  and  the  Errors  Introduced  in  the  Elements  by 
Imperfections  of  the  Observations.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  32.  Chicago: 
Privately  printed,  1903. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY  AND  ASTROPHYSICS     249 

Louis  Allen  Hopkins,  Ph.D.  1915;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan. 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Principles  of  Algebra,  viii-i-369.  New  York: 
Macmillan  Co.,  1913. 

Elements  of  Analytic  Geometry,  vi+280.  New  York:  Macmillan  Co., 
1916. 

On  the  Theory  of  the  Motion  of  the  Small  Planets  with  a  Periodic  Orbit 
for  the  Hilda  Type.  Doctor's  thesis.  Astronomical  Journal,  XXIX 
(1915-16),  81-97. 

Frank  Craig  Jordan,  Ph.D.  1914;  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy, 
Allegheny  Observatory,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

Photographic  Photometry  of  Short-Period  Variable  Stars  (with  J.  A. 
Parkhurst),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXIII  (1906),  79-91. 

Photographic  Photometry  of  Rapidly  Changing  Variable  Stars  (with 
J.  A.  Parkhurst),  Science,  XXIII  (1906),  447-48. 

The  Variable  RZ  Ophiuchi,  Aslronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXXII  (1906), 
385-86. 

Photographic  Color  Photometry  of  Short-Period  Variable  Stars  (with 
J.  A.  Parkhurst),  Science,  XXV  (1907),  564-65. 

An  Absolute  Scale  of  Photographic  Magnitudes  of  Stars  (with  J.  A. 
Parkhurst),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXVI  (1907),  244-55. 

The  Photographic  Determination  of  Star-Colors  and  Their  Relation  to 
Spectral  Type  (with  J.  A.  Parkhurst),  ibid.,  XXVII  (1908),  169-82. 

The  Color-Changes  of  Certain  Variable  Stars  of  Short  Period.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Astrophysical  Journal.     In  Press. 

Arthltr  Constant  Lunn,  Ph.D.  1904;  Assistant  Professor  of  Applied 
Mathematics.    See  under  Department  of  Mathematics,  p.  202. 

Lloyd  Arthur  Heber  Warren,  Ph.D.  1Q13;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematics,  University  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg,  Canada. 

A  Class  of  Asymptotic  Orbits  in  the  Problem  of  Three  Bodies.  Doctor's 
thesis.     American  Journal  of  .Mathematics,  XXX\TII  (1916),  221-47. 


250  PUBLICATIONS 

Delonzo  Tate  Wilson,  Ph.D.  1905;  Assistant  Professor  of  IMathe- 
matics,  Case  School  of  Applied  Science,  Cleveland. 

Tables  for  the  Computation  of  the  Jupiter  Perturbations  of  the  Group  of 
Small  Planets  Whose  Mean  Daily  Motions  Are  in  the  Neighborhood  of 
750.     Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  58.     Chicago:  Privately  printed,  19 14. 

HaholdLee  Alden,  Graduate  Student;  McCormick  Observatory,  Uni- 
versity of  Virginia. 

Laboratory  Tests  of  Photographic  Plates  and  Filters  for  Astronomical 
Work.  Master's  thesis.  Popular  Astronomy,  XXI  (1913),  389-97; 
published  also  in  British  Journal  of  Photography,  LX  (1913),  648-50. 

Objective-Prism  Spectra  of  Nebulae  Examined  with  the  Stereo- 
Comparator  (with  E.  B.  Frost),  Popular  Astronomy,  XXII  (1914), 
136-37- 

The  Use  of  Parallel  Wire  Gratings  in  Photographic  Photometry  (with 
J.  A.  Parkhurst),  ibid.,  634-35. 

Visual  and  Photographic  Magnitudes  of  Stars  in  the  North  Polar 
Sequence  (with  J.  A.  Parkhurst),  ibid.,  635. 

Edwin  Powell  Hubble,  Graduate  Student. 

Changes  in  the  Form  of  the  Nebula  N.G.C.  2261,  Proceedings  of  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences,  II  (1916),  230-31. 

Twelve  Faint  Stars  with  Sensible  Proper  Motions,  Astronomical  Journal, 
XXIX  (1915-16),  168. 

Review  of:  Henry  Crew  and  Alfonso  de  Salvio,  Galileo's  Dialogues 
concerning  Two  New  Sciences,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XLII,  283-84. 

Naoza  Ichinohe,  Graduate  Student;  Tokyo  Observatory,  Tokyo, 
Japan. 

Orbit  of  the  Spectroscopic  Binary  k  Cancri,  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXV 

(1907),  315-19- 
Orbit  of  the  Spectroscopic  Binary  /^  Sagittarii,   ibid.,  XXVI    (1907), 

157-63- 
The  Spectroscopic  Binary  7;  Virginis,  ibid.,  282-91. 

On  the  Period  of  the  Variable  Star  120.1906,  Astronomical  Journal, 
XXV  (1905-8),  128. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS  2$! 

On  the  Variable  Star  RY  Cassiopeiae,  ibid.,  140. 

The  Variable  Star  1 20 .  1906  Persei,  Astronomische  Nachrichten,  CLXXIV 
(1907),  311-16. 

The  Algol  Variable  27.1907  Monocerotis,  ibid.,  349-50. 

Note  on  the  Variable  26.1907  Draconis,  ibid.,  CLXXV  (1907),  203. 

The  Period  and  Light  Curve  of  the  Variable  Star  87.1906  Draconis, 
ibid.,  293-98. 

Maximum  of  o  Ceti  in  1906,  ibid.,  CLXXVI  (1907),  311-14. 

Harriet  McWilliams  Parsons,  Graduate  Student. 

Photo- Visual  Magnitudes  of  the  Stars  in  the  Pleiades.     Master's  thesis. 
Astrophysical  Journal.     In  Press. 

Jessie  May  Short,  Graduate  Student. 

Review  in:  Astrophysical  Journal,  XLl,  252. 

Florence  Levina   Baldwin,   Secretary   to  the   Director  of   Yerkes 
Observatory,  1909-. 

Flamsteed's  Numbers  and  Bayer's  Greek  Letters,  Popular  Astronomy, 
XX  (1912),  82-86. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS 

Albert  Abraham  Michelson  [189 2-],  Professor  and  Head    of  the 

Department  of  Physics. 

Ph.D.  (hon.)  Western  Resen'e,  1886;  Ph.D.  (hon.)  Stevens  Institute,  18S7; 
Ph.D.  Leipzig,  igog;  Ph.D.  Gottingen,  1911;  Ph.D.  Royal  Frederick  University, 
Christiania,  igii;  Sc.D.  (hon.)  Cambridge,  1899;  LL.D.  Vale,  igoi;  LL.D. 
Pennsylvania,  1906;  Professor  of  Physics,  Case  School  of  Applied  Science,  1883- 
89;  Professor  of  Physics,  Clark,  18S9-92;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department 
of  Physics,  Chicago,  189 2-. 

Corresponding  Member,  British  .Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
18S4;  .-Vssociate  Fellow,  .\merican  .\cademv  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  1S85;  \'ice- 
President,  American  .\s.sociation  for  the  .\dvancement  of  Science,  1887;  ^lember, 
National  .\cadcmy  of  Sciences,  iSSS;  Rumford  Medal,  1S89;  Member,  Hureau 
International  dcs  Poitls  et  Mesures,  1892-93;  Member,  Soci6te  Kran^aise  de 
Physique,  1S93;  Pellow,  Royal  .Astronomical  Society,  1896;  Foreign  Member, 
Soci6t6  HoUandaise  dcs  Sciences,  1S97;  Hon.  Member,  Cambridge  Philosophical 
Society,  1897;  Member  (for  the  United  States),  International  Committee  of 
Weights  and  Measures,  1S97;  Lowell  Lecturer,  1899;  Membre  Corres[X}ndant 
de  IWcadc'mie  dcs  Sciences,  Paris,  1900;  Grand  Pri.x,  F.xposition  gt-neralc  de 
Paris,  1900;  President,  American  Physical  Society,  1900;  Member,  .American 
Philosophical  Society,  1902;  Fellow,  Royal  Society,  1902;  Mattencci  Medal,  Soc. 


252  PUBLICATIONS 

Italiana,  Rome,  1904;  Menter,  Kungliga  Vetenskaps  Akademien,  Stockholm,  1906-, 
Member,  Reale  Accademia  dei  Lincei,  Rome,  1906;  Copley  Medal,  1907;  Nobel 
Prize,  1907;  Hon.  Member,  Royal  Irish  Academy,  1908;  Delegate  to  Pan- 
American  Scientific  Congress,  190S-9;  President,  American  Association  for  Ad- 
vancement of  Science,  1910-11;  Exchange  Professor,  Gottingen,  191 1;  Member, 
Deutsche  Physikalische  Gesellschaft,  Berlin,  191 1;  Member,  Kungliga  Fysi- 
ografiska  Sallskapet,  Lund,  191 1;  Elliott  Cresson  Medal,  Franklin  Institute, 
191 2;  Draper  Medal,  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  1916. 

On  the  Velocity  of  Light,  Philosophical  Magazine,  IV  (1902),  330-37. 

On  the  Spectra  of  Imperfect  Gratings,  Astro  physical  Journal,  XVIII 
(1903),  278-86. 

The  Relative  Motion  of  Earth  and  Ether,  Philosophical  Magazine^ 
VIII  (1904),  716-19. 

A  Reciprocal  Relation  in  Diffraction,  ihid.,  IX  (1905),  506-7. 

Report  of  Progress  in  Ruling  Diffraction  Gratings,  Physical  Review,  XX 
(1905),  389-91- 

Use  of  the  Concave  Mirror  with  Diffraction  Gratings,  ibid.,  391. 

Form  Analyses,  Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  XLV 
(1906),  1 10-16. 

Recent  Advances  in  Spectroscopy,  Proceedings  oj  the  Royal  Academy  of 
Science,  Stockholm  (1907),  i-io. 

Recent  Progress  in  Spectroscopic  Methods,  Science,  XXXIV  (191 1), 
893-902. 

Metallic  Colouring  in  Birds  and  Insects,  Philosophical  Magazine,  XXI 
(1911),  554-67- 

Effect  of  a  Moving  Mirror  on  the  Velocity  of  Light,  Astrophysical  Journal^ 

XXXVII  (1913),  190-93. 

Determination    of    Periodicities    by    the    Harmonic    Analyzer,    ibid., 

XXXVIII  (1913),  268-74. 

The  Ruling  and  Performance  of  a  Ten-Inch  Diffraction  Grating,  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  I  (1914),  396. 

Preliminary  Results  of  Measurements  of  the  Rigidity  of  the   Earth, 
Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXIX  (1914),  105-33. 

The  Laws  of  Elastico-viscous  Flow,  Proceeditigs  of  the  National  Academy 
of  Sciences,  III  (1917),  319-23. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS  253 

Henry  Gordon  Gale  [1899-],  Professor  of  Physics. 

A.B.  Chicago,  i8g6;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1899;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics,  ibid., 
1907-11;  Research  Associate  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Mount 
Wilson  Solar  Observatory,  1909,  1910,  191 1;  Associate  Professor,  Chicago, 
1911-16;    Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Joint  Editor,  Astro  physical  Journal,  191 2-. 

Member,  International  Commission  on  Annual  Tables  of  Constants 

and  Xumcrical  Data,  191 2-. 

A  Laboratory  Course  in  Physics  for  Secondary  Schools.  1st  ed.  (with 
R.  A.  Millikan),  1906;  rev.  ed.  (with  R.  A.  Millikan  and  E.  S. 
Bishop),  1914.     8vo,  vi-f-135.     Boston:   Ginn  &  Co. 

A  First  Course  in  Physics  (with  R.  A.  Millikan).  ist  ed.,  1906;  rev.  ed., 
1913.     i2mo,  X4-437.     Boston:   Ginn  &  Co.,  1913. 

Preliminary  Paper  on  the  Cause  of  the  Characteristic  Phenomena  of 
Sun-Spot  Spectra  (with  G.  E.  Hale  and  W.  S.  Adams),  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XXIV  (1906),  185-213. 

The  Effect  of  Temperature  on  Metallic  Spectra,  Physical  Review,  XXIV 
(1907),  118-19. 

The  Analysis  of  the  Principal  Mercury  Lines  by  a  Diffraction  Grating, 
and  a  Comparison  with  the  Results  Obtained  by  Other  Methods 
(with  H.  B.  Lemon),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXI  (1910),  78-87; 
published  also  in  Physikalische  Zeitschrift,  XI  (1910),  209-15. 

The  Spectrum  of  the  Chromosphere  and  the  Application  to  It  of  Some 
Recent  Laboratory  Investigations  (with  \V.  S.  Adams),  Science, 
XXXII  (1910),  881. 

The  Spectrum  of  the  Spark  under  Pressure  and  an  Application  of  the 
Results  to  the  Spectrum  of  the  Chromosphere  (with  \V.  S.  Adams), 
Physical  Review,  XXXII  (191 1),  229-30. 

The  Pressure  Shift  of  the  Arc  and  Spark  Lines  of  Titanium  (with  \V.  S. 
Adams),  ibid.,  438-40. 

The  Efifect  of  Gaseous  Pressure  on  the  Spectra  of  Iron  and  Titanium 
(with  W.  S.  Adams),  Publications  of  the  Astronomical  Society  of  the 
Pacific,  XXIII  (191 1),  264-65. 

On  the  Relation  between  Pressure-Shift  and  Wave-Length  (with  \V.  S. 
Adams),  Physical  Revirw,  XXXIV  (191 2),  78-80. 

An  Investigation  of  the  Spectra  of  Iron  and  Titanium  untler  Moderate 
Pressures  (with  W.  S.  Adams),  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXV  (1912), 
10-47. 


254  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Spectrum  of  Titanium  in  a  Partial  Vacuum  and  the  Proportionahty 
of  Displacement  to  Pressure  at  Moderate  Pressures  (with  W.  S. 
Adams),  Physical  Review,  XXXIV  (1912),  140. 

The  Spectra  of  Iron  and  Titanium  at  Moderate  Pressures  (with  W.  S. 
Adams),  ibid.,  143-44. 

On  the  Pressure  Shift  of  Iron  Lines  (with  W.  S.  Adams,)  Astrophysical 
Journal,  XXXVII  (1913),  391-94. 

On  an  Experimental  Determination  of  the  Earth's  Elastic  Properties, 
Science,  XXXEX  (1914),  927-33. 

The  Spectrum  of  the  Chromosphere  and  the  Application  to  It  of  Some 
Recent  Laboratory  Results  (with  W.  S.  Adams),  Publications  oj  the 
Astronomical  and  Astro-physical  Society  of  America,  II  (191 5),  27-28. 

On  the  Pole  Effect  in  a  Calcium  Arc  (with  Walter  T.  Whitney),  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  XLIII  (1916),  161-66. 

Reviews  in:  Astrophysical  Journal,  XXY,  2go-gi;  XXXV,  354-56; 
XLI,  328-30;   Science,  XXVII,  389-90. 

Robert  Andrews  Millikan  [1896-],  Professor  of  Physics. 

A.B.  Oberlin,  1891;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  1895;  Sc.D.  Oberlin,  1911;  Sc.D.  North- 
western, 1913;  Sc.D.  Pennsylvania,  1914;  Sc.D.  Columbia,  1917;  Sc.D.  Amherst, 
1917;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics,  Chicago,  1902-7;  Associate  Professor,  ibid., 
1907-10;  Professor,  ibid.,  1910-. 

Member,  Executive  Council,  American  Physical  Society,  1905-9,  191 1-;  Vice- 
President,  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  191 1;  Com- 
stock  Prize,  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  1913;  Member,  American  Philosophical 
Society,  1913;  Fellow,  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  1914;  Member, 
National  Academy  of  Sciences,  191 5;  President,  American  Physical  Society, 
1915-;     Vice-Chairman,  National  Research  Council,  1916. 

Associate  Editor,  Physical  Review,  1903-16,  Associate  Editor,  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  191 5-;  Joint  Editor, 
"University  of  Chicago  Science  Series,"  191 5-. 

Mechanics,  Molecular  Physics,  and  Heat.  8vo,  242.  Boston:  Ginn  & 
Co.,  1903. 

The  Teaching  of  Physics  in  Lower  College  Classes  (pamphlet).  Chicago: 
Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1903. 

A  Laboratory  Course  in  Physics  for  Secondary  Schools,  ist  ed.  (with 
H.  G.  Gale),  1906;  rev.  ed.  (with  H.  G.  Gale  and  E.  S.  Bishop), 
1914.     8vo,  vi-l-135.     Boston:   Ginn  &  Co. 

A  First  Course  in  Physics  (with  H.  G.  Gale).  1st  ed.,  1906;  rev.  ed., 
1913.     i2mo,  x+437.     Boston:    Ginn  &  Co. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS  255 

The  Relation  of  High  School  and  College  Physics  (pamphlet).  1-16. 
Boston:   Eastern  Association  of  Physics  Teachers,  1908. 

Electricity,  Sound,  and  Light.     8vo,  v+389.     Boston:   Ginn  &  Co.,  1908. 

The  Electron:  Its  Isolation  and  Measurement  and  the  Determination  of 
Some  of  Its  Properties,  iimo,  xii+268.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  191 7. 

Recent  Discoveries  in  Radiation  and  Their  Significance,  Popular  Science 
Monthly,  LXIV  (1904),  481-500, 

The  Relation  between  the  Radioactivity  and  the  Uranium  Content  of 
Certain  Minerals,  Proceedings  of  the  International  Congress  of  Arts 
and  Science,  IV  (1906). 

The  Present  Tendencies  in  the  Teaching  of  Elementary  Physics,  School 
Science  and  Mathematics,  VI  (1906),  119-24;   187-94. 

A  Laboratory  Experiment  upon  the  Mechanical  Equivalent  of  Heat,  ihid., 
310-12. 

An  Experiment  on  the  Magnifying  Power  of  a  Simple  Lens,  ibid.,  450-52. 

An  E.xperiment  upon  Cooling  through  Change  of  State,  ibid.,   772-75. 

Upon  the  Discharge  of  Electrons  from  Ordinary  Metals  under  the  Influ- 
ence of  Ultra- Violet  Light,  Physical  Rroiew,  XXIV  (1907),  1 16-18. 

The  Influence  of  Temperature  upon  Photo-Electric  Effects  in  a  Very 
High  Vacuum  and  the  Order  of  Photo-Electric  Sensitiveness  of  the 
Metals,  Philosophical  Magazine,  XIV  (1907),  188-210. 

On  the  Charge  Carried  by  the  Negative  Ion  of  an  Ionized  Gas,  Physical 
Review,  XXVI  (1908),  197-99. 

The  Function  of  the  Lecture  Demonstration  in  Secondary  School 
Physics,  Journal  of  Proceedings  and  Addresses  of  the  Xational  Educa- 
tion Association  (1908),  9S5-90. 

The  Absence  of  Photo-Electric  Fatigue  in  a  \''ery  High  \'acuuni,  Physical 
Revirw,  XXIX  (1909),  85. 

The  Aims  and  Needs  of  High-School  Physics,  School  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, IX  (1909),  162-67. 

The  Correlation  of  High  School  and  College  Physics,  ibid.,  466-73. 

The  Transparency  of  Matter  for  X-Rays  Not  Affected  by  Transverse 
Radiation  from  a  Second  Source,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  LIII  (1909),  1026-33. 


256  PUBLICATIONS 

A  New  Modification  of  the  Cloud  Method  of  Determining  the  Elemen- 
tary Electrical  Charge  and  the  Most  Probable  Value  of  That  Charge, 
Philosophical  Magazine,  XIX  (1910),  209-28. 

Note  on  the  Cause  of  the  Discrepancy  between  the  Observed  and  the 
Calculated  Temperatures  after  Expansion  in  the  Space  between  the 
Plates  of  a  Wilson  Expansion  Apparatus,  Physical  Renew,  XXX 
(1910),  186-87. 

Some  New  Values  of  the  Positive  Potentials  Assumed  by  Metals  in  a 
High  Vacuum  under  the  Influence  of  Ultra- Violet  Light,  ibid.,  287-88. 

Preliminary  Report  on  the  Isolation  of  an  Ion,  Science,  XXXII  (1910), 
436-88;  published  also  in  Physikalische  Zeitschrift,  XI  (1910), 
1097-1109,  and  in  Le  radium,  VII  (1910),  341-61. 

The  Unit  Charge  in  Gaseous  Ionization,  Transactions  of  the  American 
Electrochemical  Society,  XVIII  (1910),  283-88. 

The  Isolation  of  an  Ion,  a  Precision  Measurement  of  Its  Change,  and  the 
Correction  of  Stokes'  Law,  Physical  Review,  XXXII  (191 1),  349-97. 

Ursachen  der  scheinbaren  Unstimmigkeiten  zwischen  neueren  Arbeiten 
iiber  e,  Physikalische  Zeitschrift,  XII  (191 1),  161-63. 

The  Question  of  Valency  in  Gaseous  Ionization,  Philosophical  Magazine, 
XXI  (1911),  697-719. 

The  Effect  of  Prolonged  Illumination  on  Photo-Electric  Discharge  in  a 
High  Vacuum,  Physical  Review,  XXXIV  (191 2),  68-71. 

New  Proofs  of  the  Kinetic  Theory  of  Matter  and  the  Atomic  Theory  of 
Electricity,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXXX  (191 2),  417-40. 

The  Effect  of  the  Character  of  the  Source  upon  the  Velocities  of  Emission 
of  Electrons  Liberated  by  Ultra-Violct  Light,  Physical  Review, 
XXXV  (1912),  74-76. 

Summary  of  Results  Obtained  by  the  "Oil-Drop"  Method  of  Studying 
Electrical  Phenomena  in  Gases,  Transactions  of  the  American  Electro- 
chemical Society,  XXI  (191 2),  185-200. 

Ueber  die  Anfangsgeschwindigkeiten  der  durch  ultraviolettes  Licht 
angelosten  Elektronen,  Verhandlung  der  Deulschen  Physikalischen 
Gesellschaft,  XIV  (1912),  712-26. 

On  the  Cause  of  the  Apparent  Differences  between  Spark  and  Arc 
Sources  in  Imparting  Initial  Speeds  to  Photo-Electrons,  Physical 
Review,  New  Series,  I  (1913),  73-75. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  TUVSICS  257 

Brownian  Movcmenls  in  Gases  at  Low  Pressures,  ibid.,  218-21 ;  published 
also  in  Lc  radium,  X  (1913),  15-18. 

Atomic  Theories  of  Radiation,  Science,  XXXVII  (1913),  119-33. 

The  Structure  of  the  Atom,  General  Electric  Review,  XVT  (1913),  489-97. 

Ueber  den  vvahrscheinlichsten  Wert  des  Reibungskoefficient  der  Luft, 
Annalen  der  Physik,  XLI  (1913),  759-66. 

On  the  Elementary  Electrical  Charge  and  the  Avogadro  Constant, 
Physical  Review,  New  Series,  II  (1913),  109-43;  published  also  in 
Physikalische  Zeiischrijt,  XIV  (1913),  793-812. 

Preliminary  Report  on  a  Direct  Determination  of  Planck's  "h,"  Physical 
Review,  New  Series,  IV  (1914),  73. 

Effect  of  Residual  Gases  on  Contact  E.M.F.'s  and  Photo-Currents  (with 
W.  H.  Souder),  ibid.,  73-75. 

The  Law  of  Fall  of  a  Droplet  through  Plydrogen,  ibid.,  334. 

New  Tests  of  Einstein's  Photo-Electric  Equation,  ibid.,  VI  (1915),  55. 

The  New  Physics,  School  Review,  XXIII  (1915),  607-20. 

The  Elimination  of  Waste  in  the  Teaching  of  Science,  School  and  Society y 
III  (1916),  162-69. 

Einstein's  Photo-EIectric  Equation  and  Contact  Electromotive  Force, 
Physical  Review,  New  Series,  VII  (1916),  18-32. 

Experimental  Evidence  for  the  Essential  Identity  of  the  Selective  and 
Normal  Photo-Electric  EtTects  (with  W.  H.  Souder),  Proceedings  of 
the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  II  (1916),  19-24. 

Quantum  Relations  in  Photo-Electric  Phenomena,  ibid.,  78-83. 

A  Direct  Photo-Electric  Determination  of  Planck's  "  h,"  Physical  Review, 
New  Series,  VII  (1916),  355-88. 

Reviews  im:  Science,  XX,  'jic)~2o;  XXII,  785-S9;  XXV,  500-^01; 
XXXIII,  460;  XXXVII,  492;  XXXVIII,  29-30;  Astrophysical  Jour- 
nal, XXI,  183-84;  XL,  485;  XLIII,  86;  Physical  Reviof,  New  Series, 
IV,  84,  560,  716. 

Carl  Kinsley  [1902-],  Associate  Professor  of  Physics. 

A.B.  Oberlin,  1893;    M.E.  Cornell,  1894;    A.M.  Oberlin,  1896;    Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Physics,  Chicago,  1903-9;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1909-. 

Wireless  Telegraphy  in  Theory  and  Practice,  Book  III  in  Telegraph  and 
Telephone,  pp.  1-44.  New  York  and  Chicago:  World  Railway 
PubUshing  Co.,  1903. 


258  PUBLICATIONS 

Short  Spark  Discharges,  Philosophical  Magazine,  IX  (1905),  692-706. 

An  Examination  of  Certain  Alternating  Current  Circuits,  Including 
Those  Containing  Distributed  Capacity  (Am.  Phys.  Soc.  Abstract), 
Science,  XXVII  (1908),  566-67. 

Dielectric  Losses  in  Alternating  Current  Circuits,  Physical  Review, 
XXVIII  (1909),  70. 

A  Method  of  Measuring  Alternating  Currents  (with  E.  J.  Moore), 
ibid.,  72. 

Electrostatic  Induction  in  Long  Lines,  ibid.,  XXXIV  (1912),  69. 

Telegraph  Systems  and  Apparatus,  United  States  Patent  No.  1,018,115, 
February  20,  19 12,  i-io. 

A  Telegraph  System,  Electrical  World,  LIX  (1912),  520. 

High-Speed  Telegraph  System,  United  States  Patent  No.  1,053,042, 
February  11,  1913,  i-ii. 

A  High-Speed  Printing  Telegraph  System,  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Electrical  Engineering,  XXXIII  (1914),  1071-81. 

A  New  Method  of  Telegraph  Operation,   United  States  Patent  No. 

1.126.641,  January  26,  1915,  1-14. 

A   System  of   Telegraph    Communication,    United   States   Patent   No. 

1.126.642,  January  26,  191 5,  1-8. 

A  High-Speed  Relay  and  Method  of  Operating,  United  States  Patent 
No.  1,126,483,  January  26,  1915,  1-7. 

Methods  of  Telegraphic  Transmission,  United  States  Patent  No.  1,150,- 
272,  August  17,  1915,  1-4. 
Review  in  :  Electrical  Review,  LXVII,  298. 

Charles  Riborg  Mann  [1896-19 17],  Associate  Professor  of  Physics; 
Director  of  Educational  Research  in  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology. 

A.B.  Columbia,  1890;  Ph.D.  Berlin,  1895;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics,  Chicago, 
1902-7;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1907-17. 

Investigator  of  Engineering  Education,  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Teaching,  1914-17. 

P/fy«c5  (with  G.  R.  Twi.ss).     i2mo,  x-l-453.     Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman 

&  Co.,  1905. 
The   Teaching   of  Physics  for  Purposes  of  General  Education.     i2mo, 

xxv+304.     New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  191 2. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS  259 

Histories  and  Bibliographies  of  Physics,  Science,  XVI  (1902),  1016-21. 
On  Science  Teaching,  I-VI,  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  V  (1905), 

546-51, 617-22, 685-90;  VI  (1906),  29-35, 194-98, 303-9- 

A  New  Movement  among  Physics  Teachers,  Circular  I,  ibid.,  VI  (1906), 
198-202;  published  also  in  School  Revinv,  XIV  (1906),  212-16; 
Circular  II,  ibid.,  429-37;  Circular  III,  ibid.,  652-59;  published 
also  in  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  VI  (1906),  696-702;  Circu- 
lar IV,  School  Rcvieiv,  XIV  (1906),  746-53;  published  also  in  School 
Science  and  Mathematics,  VI  (1906),  787-94;  Circular  V,  School 
Review,  XV  (1907),  290-98;  published  also  in  School  Science  and 
Mathematics,  VII  (1907),  328-34. 

The  Aims  and  Tendencies  in  Physics  Teaching,  ibid.,  VI  (1906),  723-30. 

The  College  Laboratory,  Education,  XXVII  (1906),  200-208. 

Science  in  Civilization  and  Science  in  Education,  School  Review,  XIV 
(1906),  664-70. 

The  Meaning  of  the  Movement  for  the  Reform  of  Science  Teaching, 
Educational  Review,  XXXIV  (1906),  13-25. 

The  American  Federation  of  Teachers  of  the  Mathematical  and  the 
Natural  Sciences,  Science,  XXV  (1907),  338-39. 

The  Relation  of  Nature-Study  to  Science  Teaching,  Nature-Study  Review, 
IV  (1908),  21-24. 

Should  We  Try  to  Stem  the  Tide?  Educational  Review,  XXXV  (1908), 
188-92. 

The  Line  of  Least  Resistance,  School  and  Home  Education,  XXVII 
(1908),  276,  277. 

The  History  of  Science — An  Interpretation,  Popular  Science  Monthly, 
LXXII  (1908),  313-2S. 

The  New  Movement  among  Physics  Teachers,  School  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, VIII  (1908),  522-25. 

Industrial  and  Technical  Training  in  Secondary  Schools,  and  Its  Bearing 
on  College-Entrance  Requirements,  School  Revirw,  X\'I  (1908), 
425-38. 

The  Physics  Teacher's  Problem,  Science,  XXIX  (1909),  951-62. 

A  Needed  Reform  in  Science  Teaching,  Independent,  LXMI  (1909), 
85-89. 


26o  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Interpretation  of  the  College-Entrance  Board's  Definition  of  the 
Requirement  in  Physics,  Educational  Review,  XXXIX  (1909),  150-59. 

Physics  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools  of  America,  Science,  XXX 
(1909),  789-98. 

Physics  Teaching  as  It  Is  and  as  It  Might  Be  in  Wisconsin  Schools, 
Bulletin  of  the  Wisconsin  State  Department  of  Education  (1910),  1-14. 

Physics  in  the  College  Course,  Educational  Review,  XL  (1910),  472-83. 

The  Present  Condition  of  Physics  Teaching  in  the  United  States.  Chap, 
xix  in  Hodson's  Broad  Lines  in  Science  Teaching,  227-38.  London: 
Macmillan  Co.,  1910. 

Changes  in  Entrance  Requirements  at  the  University  of  Chicago,  Educa- 
tional Review,  XLII  (191 1),  186-91. 

Physics  and  the  Daily  Life,  Science,  XXXVII  (1913),  351-60. 

What  Is  Industrial  Science?  ibid.,  XXXIX  (1914),  515-24. 

The  Relation  of  the  Administrative  Department  to  the  Teacher,  Bulle- 
tin of  the  Society  for  the  Promotion  of  Engineering  Education,  V  (1914), 
56-62. 

A  Report  of  Progress  in  the  Study  of  Engineering  Education,  ibid.y 
VI  (1915),  100-109;  VII  (1916),  125-44. 

Reviews  of:  Hall,  The  Teaching  of  Physics  in  the  Secondary 
School,  School  Review,  XI,  157-63;  Drude,  The  Theory  of  Optics, 
Science,  XVIII,  342-44. 

Edward   James    Moore    [1915-],    Extension   Associate    Professor   of 
Physics;   Associate  Professor  of  Physics,  Oberlin  College,  Oberlin, 
Ohio. 
A.B.  Oberlin,  1903;  A.M.  ibid.,  1906;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913. 

A  Method  of  Measuring  Alternating  Currents  (with  Carl  Kinsley), 
Physical  Review,  XXVIII  (1909),  72. 

Reaction  Effects  Produced  by  the  Discharge  of  Electricity  from  Points 
in  Gases,  and  the  Bearing  of  These  Effects  on  the  Theory  of  the  Small 
Ion.     Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  XXXIV  (191 2),  81-95. 

Glenn  Moody  Houns  [i 893-1906],  Instructor  in  Physics.  See  under 
University  High  School,  p.  493. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS  261 

Harvey  Brace  Lemon  [191  i-],  Instructor  in  Physics. 

A.B.  ChkaKo,  1906;  S.M.  ihiJ.,  191 1;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1912;  Assistant  in  Astronomy 
and  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Drawing,  Bcloit,  1907-8;  Assistant  in  Physics, 
Chicago,  1911-12;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1912-. 

Studies  in  Sensitometry:  III,  On  the  Evaluation  of  the  Reciprocity 
Law,  Basic  Fog,  and  Preliminary  Exposure  (with  R.  J.  Wallace), 
Astrophysical  Journal,  XXIX  (1909),  146-56. 

The  Analysis  of  the  Principal  Mercury  Lines  by  a  DilTraclion  Grating, 
and  a  Comparison  with  the  Results  Obtained  by  Other  Methods 
(with  H.  G.  Gale),  ibid.,  XXXI  (1910),  7S-87;  published  also  in 
Physikalische  Zeitschrijt,  XI  (19 10),  209-15. 

Spectroscopic  Studies  on  Hydrogen:  la,  The  EtTect  of  Temperature  upon 
the  Hydrogen  Spectrum  as  Produced  by  Alternating  Current. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXV  (191 2),  109-24. 

A  Polarization  Spectrophotometer  Using  the  Brace  Prism,  ibid.,  XXXIX 
(1914),  204-12. 

The  Teaching  of  College  Physics.  A  Chapter  in  College  Teaching 
(edited  by  Paul  Klapper).     New  York:    World  Book  Co.,  1917. 

On  Some  Very  Large  Variations  in  the  Adsorption  of  Certain  Specimens 
of  Charcoal,  Physical  Review,  New  Series,  IX  (1917),  336-37. 

J.  Harry  Clo  [1909-11],  Assistant  in  Physics;    Professor  of  Physics, 

Tulane  University,  New  Orleans. 

S.B.  Kentucky  State,  1904;  S.M.  ibid.,  1905;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  191 1;  Instructor 
in  Physics,  Wiishington  State  College,  1905-7;  Instructor  in  Physics,  Virginia, 
1907-8;  Assistant  in  Physics,  Chicago,  1 909-11. 

The  Effect  of  Temperature  on  the  Ionization  of  a  Gas.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Astrophysical  Journal,  XXXIII  (191 1),  115-24;  published  also  in  Le 
radium,  VIII  (191 1),  108-12. 

Arthur  Jeffery  Dempster  [191 5-],  Assistant  in  Physics. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1909;  .A.M. /6tJ.,  1911;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1916;  .Assistant  in  Physics, 
ibid.,  1915-. 

Ueber  die  Breite  von  Spektrallinicn,  Annalcn  dcr  Physik,  XL\'II  (1915), 
791-808. 

The  Properties  of  Slow  Canal  Rays.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physical  Review, 
New  Series,  VIII  (1916),  651-62, 


262  PUBLICATIONS 

William  Ross  Ham  [1908-9],  Assistant  in  Physics;  Professor  of  Physics, 

Pennsylvania  State  College. 

A.B.  Bates,  1901;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1909;   Instructor  in  Physics,  Maine,  1905-7; 
Assistant  in  Phj'sics,  Chicago,  1908-9. 

Polarization  of  Rontgen  Rays.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physical  Review^ 
XXX  (1910),  96-121. 

Frank  Baldwin  Jewett   [1902-3],   Research  Assistant  in  Physics; 

Assistant  Chief  Engineer,  Western  Electric  Co.,  New  York  City. 

A.B.  Throop  Polytechnical  Institute,  1898;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1902;    Research 
Assistant  in  Physics,  ibid.,  1902-3. 

Effect  of  High  Temperature  on  the  Change  of  Resistance  of  Bismuth  in  a 
Magnetic  Field,  Physical  Review,  XVI  (1903),  51-59. 

John  Yiubong  Lee  [1906-14],  Assistant  in  Physics. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1907;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1915;  Assistant  in  Physics,  ibid.,  1906-14. 

Determination  of  the  Value  of  "e,"  by  Millikan's  Method,  Using  Solid 
Spheres.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physical  Review,  New  Series,  IV  (1914), 
420-34. 

Carl  Danforth  Miller  [1913,  1914-],  Assistant  in  Physics;  Westing- 
house  Research  Laboratory,  Pittsburgh. 

S.B.  Richmond  College,  1910;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1916;  Assistant  in  Physics,  ibid.f 
1913,  1914-. 

A  Method  for  Computing  the  Bending  Stresses  Acting  on  Beams, 
American  Machinist,  XL  (1914),  940. 

The  Absorption  Coefficients  of  Soft  X-Rays.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physi- 
cal Review,  New  Series,  VIII  (1916),  329-43. 

Charles  Albert  Proctor  [1902-3],  Assistant  in  Physics;   Assistant 

Professor  of  Physics,  Dartmouth  College. 

A.B.  Dartmouth,  1900;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1909;  Assistant  in  Physics,  Dartmouth, 
1900-1901;  Assistant  in  Physics,  Chicago,  1902-3. 

The  Variation  with  Velocity  of  e/m  for  Cathode  Rays.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  XXX  (19 10),  53-61. 

WiLMER  Henry  Souder  [1914-],  Assistant  in  Physics. 

A.B.  Indiana,  1910;  A.M.  ibid.,  1911;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1916;  Assistant  in  Physics, 
ibid.,  1914-. 

Effect  of  Residual  Gases  on  Contact  E.M.F.'s  and  Photo-Currents 
(with  R.  A.  Millikan),  Physical  Review,  New  Series,  IV  (1914),  73-75. 


DEPARI'MKN'r  OK  PHYSICS  263 

Experimental  Evidence  for  the  Essential  Identity  of  the  Selective  and 
Normal  Photo-Electric  Effects  (with  R.  A.  Millikan),  Proceedings 
of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  II  (1916),  19-24. 

The  Normal  Photo-Electric  Effect  of  Lithium,  Sodium,  and  Potassium 
as  a  Function  of  Wavc-Length  anrl  Incident  Energy.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Physical  Review,  New  Series,  VIII  (1916),  310-19. 

Harold  DeForest  Arnold,  Ph.D.  1911;  Research  Engineer,  Western 
Electric  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York  City. 

Limitations  Imposed  by  Slip  and  Inertia  Terms  upon  Stokes'  Law  for 
the  Motion  of  Spheres  through  Liquids,  Doctor's  thesis.  Philo- 
sophical Magazine,  XXII  (191 1),  755-75;  published  also  by  Taylor 
&  Francis,  London. 

Louis  Begeman,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Physics,  State  Teachers 
College,  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa. 

An  E.xperimental  Determination  of  the  Charge  of  an  Electron  by  the 
Cloud  Method.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physical  Review,  XXXI  (1910), 
41-54- 

fEowiN  Sherwood  Bishop,  Ph.D.  1911.  See  under  University  High 
School,  p.  490. 

Frederic  Lexdall  Bishop,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  Physics,  Univer- 
sity of  Pittsburgh. 

The  Thermal  Conductivity  of  Lead.  Doctor's  thesis.  Proceedings  of 
the  American  Academy,  XLI  (1906),  671-89. 

William  Richards  Blair,  Ph.D.  1906;  Director,  Government  Observa- 
tory, Mount  Weather,  Va. 

The  Change  of  Phase  Due  to  the  Passage  of  Electric  Waves  through 
Thin  Plates,  and  the  Index  of  Refraction  of  Water  for  Such  Waves, 
with  Applications  to  the  Optics  of  Thin  Films  and  Prisms.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Physical  Review,  XXVI  (1908),  61-97. 

Oliver  Charles  Clifford,  Ph.D.  1907;  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering,  .\rmour  Institute  of  Technology,  Chicago. 

t  Deceased. 


264  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Susceptibility  of  Copper  and  Tin  and  Their  Alloys.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  XXVI  (1908),  424-38. 

Thomas  Eaton  Doubt,  Ph.D.  1904;  Associate  Professor  of  Physics, 
Armour  Institute  of  Technology,  Chicago. 

The  Effect  of  the  Intensity  upon  the  Velocity  of  Light.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  XVIII   (1904),    129-34. 

Harvey  Fletcher,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Professor  of  Physics,  Brigham  Young 
University,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

A  Verification  of  the  Theory  of  Brownian  Movements  and  a  Direct 
Determination  of  the  Value  of  NE  for  Gaseous  Ionization.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Physical  Review,  XXXIII  (1911),  81-110. 

Fannie  Cornelia  Frisbie  (Mrs.  Frank  B.  Jewett),  Ph.D.  1904;  New 
York  City. 

The  Effect  of  Pressure  upon  Magnetic  PermeabiHty.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  XVIII  (1904),  432-43. 

Lachlan  Gilchrist,  Ph.D.  1913;  Instructor  in  Physics,  University  of 
Toronto. 

Absolute  Determination  of  the  Viscosity  of  Air.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  New  Series,  I  (1913),  124-40. 

Lawrence  Emery  Gurney,  Ph.D.  1906;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics, 
University  of  the  Philippines,  Manila. 

The  Viscosity  of  Water  at  Very  Low  Rates  of  Shear,  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  XXVI  (1908),  98-124. 

Ertle  Leslie  Harrington,  Ph.D.  1916;  Missouri  State  Normal  Col- 
lege, Cape  Girardeau. 

A  Redetermination  of  the  Coefficient  of  the  Viscosity  of  Air.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Physical  Review,  New  Series,  VIII  (19 16),  738-51. 

Thomas  Carlyle  Hebb,  Ph.D.  1904;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics, 
University  of  British  Columbia,  Vancouver. 

On  a  New  Method  oj  Determining  the  Velocity  of  Sound.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  II.    Lancaster,  Pa.:  New  Era  Printing  Co.,  1904. 


I 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS  265 

Albert  Edward  Hennings,Ph.D.  1914;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics, 
University  of  Saskatchewan,  Saskatoon,  Canada. 

A  Critique  and  Study  on  the  Nature  of  the  Volta  Effect,  Physical  Review, 
New  Series,  II  (1913),  1-15. 

On  the  Nature  of  the  Volta  Effect:  A  Rejoinder,  ibid.,  IV  (1914),  247-51. 

A  Study  of  Contact  Potentials  and  Photo-Electric  Properties  of  Metals 
in  Vacuo:  and  the  Mutual  Relation  between  These  Phenomena. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Physical  Review,  New  Series,  IV  (1914),  228-46. 

William  Henry  Kadescii,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Instructor  in  Physics,  United 
States  Naval  Academy,  Annapolis. 

The  Energy  of  Photo-Electrons  from  Sodium  and  Potassium  as  a  Func- 
tion of  the  Frequency  of  the  Incident  Light.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  New  Series,  III  (1914),  367-74. 

Ansel  Alphonso  Knowlton,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Physics,  Reed 
College,  Portland,  Ore. 

Preparation  and  Properties  of  the  Heusler  Alloys.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  XXXII  (191 1),  54-68. 

John  Matthias  Kuehne,  Ph.D.  1910;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Physics, 
University  of  Texas,  Austin. 

On  the  Electrostatic  EtTect  of  a  Changing  Magnetic  Field.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Philosophical  Magazine,  XIX  (1910),  461-76. 

Leonard  Benedict  LoEn,  Pii.D.  19 16;  The  Bureau  of  Standards, 
Washington,  D.C. 

On  the  Mobilities  of  Gas  Ions  in  High  Electric  Fields.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  New  Series,  VIII  (19 16),  633-50. 

Carleton  John  Lynde,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  Physics,  Macdonald 
College,  Quebec,  Canada. 

The  ElTect  of  Pressure  on  Surface  Tension.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physical 
Rcviau,  XXII   (1906),   181-91. 

Howard  Wilson  Moody,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Professor  and  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Physjcs,  Mississippi  Agricultural  College. 


266  PUBLICATIONS 

A  Determination  of  the  Ratio  of  the  Specific  Heats  and  the  Specific  Heat 
at  Constant  Pressure  of  Air  and  Carbon  Dioxide.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Physical  Review,  XXXIV  (19 12),  275-95. 

Isaiah  March  Rapp,  Ph.D.  1915;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics,  Uni- 
versity of  Oklahoma,  Norman. 

The  Flow  of  Air  through  Capillary  Tubes.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physical 
Review,  New  Series,  II  (1913),  363-82. 

Benjamin  Estill  Shackelford,  Ph.D.  1916;  The  Westinghouse  Co., 

New  York  City. 

Temperature  and  Blackening  Effects  in  Helical  Tungsten  Filaments. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Physical  Review,  New  Series,  VIII  (19 16),  470-7S. 

Oscar  William  Silvey,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Professor  of  Physics,  Agricul- 
tural and  Mechanical  College  of  Texas,  College  Station. 

I.  Comparison  of  the  Fall  of  a  Droplet  in  a  Liquid  and  in  a  Gas; 
II.  The  Fall  of  Mercury  Droplets  in  a  Viscous  Medium.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Physical  Review,  New  Series,  VII  (1916),  87-11 1. 

Newland  Farnsworth  Smith,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  of  Physics* 
Centre  College,  Danville,  Ky. 

The  Effect  of  Tension  on  Thermal  and  Electrical  Conductivity.  Doc- 
tor's thesis.     Physical  Review,  XXVIII  (1909),  107-21. 

Verne  Frank  Swaim,  Ph.D.  1914;  Professor  of  Physics,  Bradley  Poly- 
technic Institute,  Peoria,  111. 

On  the  Pressure-Shift  of  the  Lines  of  the  Zinc  Spectrum  at  Low  Pressure. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Astrophysical  Journal,  XL  (1914),  137-47. 

George  Winchester,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  of  Physics,  Washington  and 
Jefferson  College,  VV^ashington,  Pa. 

Effect  of  Temperature  u])on  the  Discharge  of  Electricity  from  Metals 
Illuminated  by  Ultra-Violet  Light.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physical 
Review,  XXV  (1907),  103-14. 

James  Remus  Wright,  Ph.D.  1911;  Professor  of  Physics,  University 

of  the  Philippines,  Manila. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  267 

The  Positive  Potential  of  Aluminum  as  a  Function  of  the  Wave-Length 
of  the  Incident  Light.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physical  Review,  yiXXlll 
(191 1),  43-52;  published  also  in  Pliysikalische  Zeitschrijt,  XII 
(1911),  338-43. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY 

tJoHN  Ulric  Nef  [1892-1915],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of 

Chemistry. 

A.IJ.  }Iarvard,  1S84;  Ph.D.  Munich,  1886;  LL.D.  Pittsburgh,  1915;  Professor 
of  Chcmistr}'  and  Director  of  the  Chemical  Laboratory,  Purdue,  1887-89;  .Assist- 
ant Professor  of  Chemistry  and  .Acting  Head  of  the  Chemical  Laboratory,  Clark, 
1889-92;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Chicago,  1892-96;  Head  of  the  Department 
of  Chemistry,  ibid.,  1896-1915. 

Fellow,  .American  Academy  of  .Arts  and  Sciences,  1891;  Member,  Royal  Society 
of  Sciences,  Upsala,  1903;  Member,  National  .Academy  of  Sciences,  1904. 

Dissociations  Vorgange  in  der  Glycol-Glycerinreihe,  Liebig's  Annalcn 
Chemie,  CCCXXXV  (1904),  191-333. 

On  the  Fundamental  Conceptions  Underlying  the  Chemistry  of  the 
Element  Carbon,  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XX\T 
(1904),  1549-77- 

Dissociations- Vorgange  in  der  Zucker-Gruppe : 

Erste  Abhandlung:     Ueber  das  Verbal  ten  der  Zuckerarten  gegen  die 

Fehling'sche    Losung    sovvie    gegen    andere    O.xydationsmittel. 

Liebigs  Annalen  der  Chemie,  CCCLVTI  (1907),  214-312. 
Zweite  Abhandlung:    Ueber  das  Verhalten  der  Zuckerarten  gegen 

Aetzalkalien,  ibid.,  CCCLXXVI  (1910),  1-119. 
Dritte  Abhandlung,  ibid.,  CCCCIII  (1914),  204-383. 

On  the  Non-equivalence  of  the  Four  Valences  of  the  Carbon-Atom, 
Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXX  (1908),  645-50. 

Julius  Stieglitz  [1892-],  Professor  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

of  Chemistry;   Director  of  the  University  Laboratories. 

Abituricntene.xamen,  Realgymnasium,  Karlsruhe,  18S6;  Ph.D.  Berlin,  1SS9; 
Sc.D.  Clark,  1909;  .Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Chicago,  1897-1902; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1902-5;  Professor,  ibid.,  1905-;  Director  of  .Analytical 
Chemistry,  ibid.,  1905-;   Director  of  the  University  Laboratories,  ibid.,  1912-. 

Hitchcock  Lecturer,  California,  1909;  Member,  National  .Academy  of  Sciences, 
191 1-;  Member,  .American  Academy  of  the  .Arts  and  Sciences,  1914-;  Member, 
Washington  .Academy  of  Sciences,  1914-. 

t  Deceased. 


268  PUBLICATIONS 

Associate  Editor,  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  1910-; 
Member,  Council  on  Chemistry  and  Pharmacy  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  1905-;  Member  International  Commission 
on  Annual  Tables  of  Constants  and  Numerical  Data,  1910-. 

The  Elements  of  Qualitative  Chemical  Analysis  with  Special  Consideration 
of  the  Application  of  the  Laws  of  Equilibrium,  etc.  2  vols.  8vo. 
Vol.  I,  312;  Vol.  II,  viii+151.     New  York:  Century  Co.,  1911. 

The   "Beckmann   Rearrangement,"    II,    American   Chemical   Journal, 

XXIX  (1903),  49-68;  III  (with  Richard  B.  Earle),  ibid.,  XXX 
(1903),  399-412;   IV  (with  Richard  B.  Earle),  ibid.,  412-21. 

On  the  Theory  of  Indicators,  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society ^ 
XXV  (1903),  1112-27. 

A  Study  of  Hydrolysis  by  Conductivity  Methods  (with  Ira  H.  Derby), 
American  Chemical  Journal,  XXXI  (1904),  449-58. 

The  Molecular  Rearrangement  of  Aminophenyl  Alkyl  Carbonates  (with 
H.  T.  Upson),  ibid.,  458-502. 

The  Constitution  of  Purpuric  Acid  and  of  Murexide  (with  Max  Slimmer), 
ibid.,  661-79. 

Ueber  die  Isoharnstoffe  (with  R.  P.  Noble),  Berichte  der  deutschen 
chemischen  GesellschaftjXXKVIII  (1905),  2243-44. 

On  Chloronium  Salts  (with  Edith  E.  Barnard),  Journal  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society,  XXVII  (1905),  1016-19. 

The  Relations  of  Organic  Chemistry  to  Other  Sciences:  A  Study  of 
Catalysis,  Proceedings  of  the  International  Congress  of  Arts  and 
Science  of  1904,  IV  (1906),  276-84. 

Studies  in  Catalysis: 

I.  The  Catalysis  of  Esters  and  of  Imidoesters  by  Acids,  American 

Chemical  Journal,  XXXIX  (1908),  29-63. 
II.  The  Catalysis  of  Imidoesters,  ibid.,  164-84. 
III.  The  Theories  of  Esterification  and  Saponification,  ibid.,  410-31. 

Note  on  the  Solubility  Product,  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society, 

XXX  (1908),  946-54. 

Chemical  Research  in  American  Universities,  Science,  XXVI  (1908), 

699-703. 
The  Applications  of  Physical  Chemistry  to  Organic  Chemistry,  ibid.y 

768-75. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  269 

The  "Syn"  and  "Anti"  Stereoisomerism  of  Nitrogen  Compounds, 
American  Chemical  Journal,  XL  (1908),  36-45. 

Catalysis  on  the  Basis  of  Work  with  Imidoesters,  Journal  of  the  Ameri- 
can Chemical  Society,  XXXII  (19 10),  221-31. 

Ueber  Stereoisomere  Chlorimido-Ketone  (with  P.  P,  Peterson),  Berichle 
der  dcutschen  chcmischen  Gesellschajt,  XLIII  (1910),  782-87. 

Molecular  Rearrangement  of  Triphenylmethylhydroxylamine  (with 
P.  N.  Leech,  Jr.,  and  G.  Reddick),  Proceedings  of  the  Eighth  Interna- 
tional Congress  of  Applied  Chemistry,  XXV  (191 2),  443. 

Catalysis  on  the  Basis  of  Work  with  Imidoesters:  "The  Salt  Effect," 
Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXIV  (1912),  1687-95. 

Die  Umwandlung  von  Hydrazobenzol  in  Azobenzol  und  Anilin,  eine 
Reaktion  erster  Ordnung  (with  Geo.  O.  Curme,  Jr.),  Berichte  der 
dcutschen  chcmischen  Gesellschaft,  XL VI  (1913),  911-20. 

Molekulare  Umlagerung  von  Triphenylmethylhydroxylamin  (with  P.  X. 
Leech,  Jr.),  ibid.,  2147-51. 

Molekulare  Umlagerung  von  Triphenylmethylbromamin  (with  I.  \'os- 
burgh),  ibid.,  2151-56. 

Molecular  Rearrangement  of  Triarylmethylhydroxylamines  and  the 
"Beckmann"  Rearrangement  of  Ketoximes  (with  P.  N.  Leech,  Jr.), 
Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXVI  (1914),  272-301. 

Molecular  Rearrangements  of  Triphenylmcthane  Derivation,  I,  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  I  (1915),  196-202; 
II  (with  Isabelle  Vosburgh,  Agnes  Fay  Morgan,  Bert  A.  Stagner, 
James  K.  Senior),  ibid.,  202-10. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXV' I, 
718-19;  XXV'II,  79-80;  XXIX,  1129-30;  XXX,  157-59,  qob-S, 
1795-98;  XXXVI,  456;  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
XLV,  1426. 

WiLLi.AM  Dr.^per  Harkins  [1912-],  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

A.B.  Leland  Stanford  Junior,  igoo;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1907;  Professor  and  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Chemistry,  University  of  Montana,  1901-12;  .\ssistant  Professor 
of  Chemistry,  Chicago,  191J-14;  .Associate  Professor,  ibiJ.,  1914-17;  Professor, 
ibid.,  191 7-. 

Chemist  in  Smelter  Smoke  Investigations  in  Montana,  1902-10;  Chemist, 
United  States  Department  of  Justice,  1910-11;  Professional  Lecturer,  Mellon 
Institute  of  Industrial  Research,  Pittsburgh,  1916-17. 

Assistant  Editor,  Chemical  Abstracts,  1911-. 


270  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Changes  of  Mass  and  Weight  Involved  in  the  Formation  of  Complex 
Atoms  and  the  Hydrogen-Helium  System  (with  E.  D.  Wilson), 
Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  I  (1915),  276-83; 
pubHshed  also  in  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXVII 
(1915),  1367-83. 

The  Structure  of  Complex  Atoms:  The  Hydrogen-HeUum  System  (with 
E.  D.  Wilson),  ibid.,  1383-96. 

Recent  Work  on  the  Structure  of  the  Atom  (with  E.  D.  Wilson),  ibid., 
1396-1421. 

Binary  and  Ternary  Systems  of  the  Nitrates  of  the  Alkali  and  Alkaline 
Earth  Metals  (with  George  L.  Clark),  ibid.,  1816-28. 

Energy  Changes  Involved  in  the  Formation  of  Complex  Atoms  (with 
E.  D.  Wilson),  Philosophical  Magazine,  XXX  (1915),  723-34. 

The  Surface  Tension  at  the  Interface  between  Two  Liquids  (with 
E.  C.  Humphery),  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences, 
1  (1915),  585-90- 

The  Periodic  System  and  the  Properties  of  the  Elements  (with  R.  E. 
Hall),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXVIII  (19 16), 
169-221. 

The  Drop  Weight  Method  for  the  Determination  of  Surface  Tension, 
ibid.,  228-36. 

Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of  the  Surface  Tension  at  the  Inter- 
face between  Two  Liquids  (with  E.  C.  Humphery),  ibid.,  236-42. 

A  Simple  Apparatus  for  the  Accurate  and  Easy  Determination  of  Surface 
Tension,  with  a  Metal  Thermoregulator  for  the  Quick  Adjustment 
of  Temperature  (with  F.  E.  Brown),  ibid.,  246-52. 

The  Abundance  of  the  Elements  in  Relation  to  the  Hydrogen-Helium 
Structure  of  the  Atoms,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences,  II  (1916),  216-20. 

Wechselseitige  electromagnetische  Masse  und  die  Struktur  des  Atoms, 
ZeitschriftfUr  anorganische  C hemic,  XCV  (1916),  1-19. 

Das  Wasserstoff -Helium  System  und  die  Struktur  der  komplexen  Atome, 

ibid.,  19-38. 

Das  Periodische  System,  ibid.,  XCVII  (1916),  175-240. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  271 

Studies  on  the  Cohaltammines:  I,  Various  Ionization  Types  as  Deter- 
mined by  the  Freezing  Point  Lowering  in  Afjueous  Solution,  To- 
gether with  Conductance  Measurements  (with  R.  E.  Hall  and  W.  A. 
Roberts),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXV III 
(1916),  2643-58. 

The  Free  Energy  of  Dilution  and  the  Freezing  Point  Lowerings  in 
Solutions  of  Some  Salts  of  Various  Types  of  Ionization,  and  of  Salt 
Mixtures  (with  R.  E.  Ihill),  ibid.,  265S-76. 

The  Freezing  Point  Lowerings  in  Aqueous  Solutions  of  Salts  and  of  a 
Salt  with  a  Non-electrolyte,  ibid.,  2676-79. 

Ionization  and  Solubility  Relations  of  Salts  of  Higher  Types:  IV,  Inter- 
mediate Ions  in  Solutions  of  Uni-bivalent  Salts,  and  of  Lanthanum 
Nitrate,  a  Tri-univalent  Salt  (with  W.  Tudor  Pearce),  ibid.,  2679- 

2708. 

The  Effect  of  Salts  upon  the  Solubility  of  Other  Salts:  VTIIa,  The 
Solubility  Relations  of  a  Very  Soluble  Bi-univalent  Salt  (with  Harry 
M.  Paine),  ibid.,  2709-14;  VIII6,  The  Solubility  Relations  of 
Extremely  Soluble  Salts  (with  W.  Tudor  Pearce),  ibid.,  2714-17. 

The  Structure  of  the  Surfaces  of  Liquids,  and  Solubility  as  Related  to 
the  Work  Done  by  the  Attraction  of  Two  Liquid  Surfaces  as  They 
A])proach  Each  Other  (with  F.  E.  Brown  and  E.  C.  H.  Davies), 
ibid.,  XXXIX  (191 7),  354-64- 

The  Orientation  of  Molecules  in  the  Surfaces  of  Liquids,  the  Energy 
Relations  at  Surfaces,  Solubility,  Adsorption,  Emulsification,  Molecu- 
lar Association,  and  the  ElTect  of  Acids  and  Bases  on  Interfacial 
Tension  (Surface  Energy  VIII)  (with  E.  C.  H.  Davies  and  George 
L.  Clark),  ibid.,  364-96. 

The  Evolution  of  the  Elements  and  the  Stability  of  Complex  Atoms, 
ibid.,  856-79. 

Herbert  Newby  McCoy  [1898-99,  1903-17],  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

S.B.  Purdue,  1892;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  i8q8;  Professor  of  Chcmistn-  and  Physics, 
ParRo,  i8g4-g6;  .\ssistant  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Utah,  iSpQ-igoi;  .\ssociale 
Professor,  ibiJ.,  1901;  .Vssistant  Professor,  Chicago,  1903-7;  .Associate  Professor, 
ibid.,  1908-11;  Professor, /7i/V/.,  1911-17. 

Ionization  Constants  of  Phenolphthalein,  American  Chemical  Journal, 
XXXI  (1904),  503-21. 


272  PUBLICATIONS 

Ein  verbesserter  tragbarer  Gasentwickelungs-Apparat,  Berichte  der  deut- 
schen  chemischen  Gesellschaft,  XXXVII  (1904),  2534-36. 

Ueber  das  Entstehen  des  Radiums,  ibid.,  2641-56. 

Radioactivity  as  an  Atomic  Property,  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXVII  (1905),  391-403. 

The  Relation  between  the  Radioactivity  and  the  Composition  of  Uranium 
Compounds,  Physical  Review,  XX  (1905),  381-82. 

The  Relation  between  the  Radioactivity  and  the  Composition  of  Uranium 
Compounds  (second  paper),  Philosophical  Magazine,  XI  (1906), 
176-86. 

The  Relation  between  the  Radioactivity  and  the  Composition  of  Thorium 
Compounds,  American  Journal  of  Science,  XXI  (1906),  433-43. 

The  Absorption  of  the  Alpha  Rays  of  Uranium  (with  H.  M.  Goettsch), 
Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXVIII  (1906),  1555-60. 

The  Relation  between  Uranium  and  Radium  (with  W.  H.  Ross),  Physical 
Review,  XXIV  (1906),  124-25. 

The  Occurrence  of  Copper  and  Lithium  in  Radium-Bearing  Minerals, 
Nature,  LXXVII  (1907),  79-80. 

The  Specific  Radioactivity  of  Uranium,  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXIX  (1907),  1698-1708. 

The  Specific  Radioactivity  of  Thorium  (with  W.  H.  Ross),  ibid.,  1709-18. 

The  Inter-Relations  of  the  Elements,  ibid.,  XXX  (1908),  467-73. 

Two  New  Methods  of  Determining  the  Secondary  Ionization  Constants 
of  Dibasic  Acids,  ibid.,  688-94. 

The  Experimental  Basis  of  Chemical  Formulae,  School  Science  and 
Mathematics,  VIII  (1908),  441-52. 

The  Relation  between  the  Ionizing  Power  and  Dielectric  Constants  of 
Solvents,  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXX  (1908), 
1074-77. 

A  Standard  of  Radioactivity  (with  G.  C.  Ashman),  American  Journal 
of  Science,  XXVI  (1908),  521-30. 

Speed  of  Oxidation,  by  Air,  of  Uranous  Solutions,  with  Note  on  the 
Volumetric  Determination  of  Uranium  (with  H.  H.  Bunzel),  Journal 
of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXI  (1909),  367-73. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  273 

Organic  Amalgams:  Substances  vvilh  Metallic  Pro[)erties  Composed  in 
Part  of  Non-metallic  Elements  (with  W.  C.  Moore),  ibid.,  XXXIII 

(1911),  273-92. 

Equilibrium  between  Alkali-Earth  Carbonates,  Carbon  Dioxide,  and 
Water  (with  Herbert  J.  Smith),  ibid.,  468-73. 

Equilibrium  between  Sodium  Carbonate,  Sodium  Bicarbonate,  and 
Water  (with  Charles  D.  Test),  ibid.,  473-76. 

Synthetic  Metals  from  Non-metallic  Elements,  Science,  XXXIV  (191 1), 
138-42. 

The  Physical  and  Chemical  Properties  of  Some  Organic  Amalgams 
(with  Franklin  L.  West),  Journal  of  Physical  Chemistry,  XVT  (191 2), 
261-86. 

The  Detection  and  Estimation  of  Exceedingly  Minute  Quantities  of 
Carbon  Dioxide  (with  Shiro  Tashiro),  Eighth  International  Congress 
of  Applied  Chemistry,  I  (1912),  361-66. 

The  Chemical  Properties  and  Relative  Activities  of  the  Radio-Products 
of  Thorium  (with  Charles  H.  Viol),  Philosophical  Magazine,  XXV 
(1913),  333-59. 

The  Variation  of  the  Alpha  Ionization  of  Radioactive  SoUds  with  the 
Thickness  of  the  Layer,  Physical  Review,  New  Series,  I  (1913), 
393-400. 

The  Periods  of  Transformation  of  Uranium  and  Thorium,  ibid.,  400-404. 

Ueber  die  Zerfallskonstante  von  Aktinium  X  (with  Edwin  D.  Leman), 
Physikalischc  Zeitschrift,  XIV  (1913),  1280-82. 

The  Relation  between  Alpha  Ray  Activities  and  Ranges  in  the  Actinium 
Series  (with  Edwin  D.  Leman),  Physical  Review,  New  Series,  IV 
(1914),  409-19. 

The  Relation  between  the  Alpha  Ray  Activities  and  Ranges  of  Radium 
and  Its  Short-lived  Products  (with  Edwin  D.  Leman),  ibid.,  VI 
(1915),   184-91. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazelle,  XXXVII,  309-11;  Journal  of  the 
American  Chemical  Society,  XX.\'ll,  324-25;  XXIX,  1^76;  XXX,  476; 
XXXII,  1106-8;  XXX'III,  995-96;  XXXVI,  1318-20;  XXXVII, 
666-67. 


274  PUBLICATIONS 

Alexander  Smith  [1894-1911],  Professor  and  Director  of  General  and 

Physical  Chemistry;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Columbia  University. 

S.B.  Edinburgh,  1886;  Ph.D.  Munich,  1889;  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Min- 
eralogy, Wabash,  1S90-94;  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Chicago,  1894-98; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1 898-1 903;  Professor  and  Director  of  General  and 
Physical  Chemistr>-,  ibid.,  1903-11. 

Laboratory  Outline  of  General  Chemistry.  2d  ed.,  1902;  3d  ed.,  1907. 
8vo,  ix-l-136.  New  York:  Century  Co.  German  ed.  by  von 
Stocker  and  Haber;  Karlsruhe:  G.  Braun,  1904,  191 1.  Russian 
ed.  by  Leo  von  SchmoUung;  Petrograd:  SchmoUing-Polustrova, 
1908.     Italian  ed.  by  Palazzo;   Firenze:  Bennporod  &  Figlio,  1910. 

English  Version  of  J.  H.  van't  Hoff's  Physical  Chemistry  in  the  Service 
of  the  Sciences.    8vo,  xviii+126.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1903. 

Introduction  to  Inorganic  General  Chemistry.  8vo,  xviii4-78o.  New 
York:  Century  Co.,  1906.  German  ed.  by  Dr.  Ernest  Stern;  Karls- 
ruhe: G.  Braun,  1909.  Portuguese  ed.  by  S.  Gomez;  Coimbra: 
Universita  di  Coimbra,  1911.  Russian  ed.  by  P.  G.  Melikov;  Odessa: 
Mathesis,  191 1;  Russian  trans,  of  German  ed.  by  M.  Pisarevski. 
Odessa:   Raspopov,  191 1. 

General  Chemistry  for  Colleges.  8vo,  xiii+529.  New  York:  Century 
Co.,  1908.  Italian  ed.  by  Dr.  C.  Montemartini;  Torino: 
S.  T.  E.  N.,  1911. 

On  Causes  Which  Determine  the  Formation  of  Amorphous  Sulphur, 
Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh,  XXIV    (1901-2), 

342-43- 

Ueber  den  amorphen  Schwefel,  Berichte  der  deutschen  chemischen  Gesell- 
schaft,  XXXV  (1902),  2992-94. 

Ueber  den  amorphen  Schwefel: 

I.  Der  Einfluss  des  amorphen  Schwefels  auf  den  Gefrierpunkt  des 
fliissigen  Schwefels  (with  W.  B.  Holmes),  Zeitschrift  filr  physi- 
kalische  Chemie,  XLII  (1903),  469-80. 

II.  Ueber  zwei  flussige  Aggregatzustande  des  Schwefels,  SA  and 
S/i,  und  deren  Uebergangspunkt  (with  E.  S.  Hall  and  W.  B. 
Holmes),  ibid.,  LIl  (1905),  602-25;  same  article  in  English, 
Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXVII  (1905),  797- 
820;  see  also  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh, 
XXV  (1905),  588-89. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  275 

III.  Ueber  das  Wesen  des  amoq)hen  Schwefels  und  die  Einflusse 
fremdcr  Kori)er  auf  die  Vorgiinge  bei  der  Unlcrkiihiung 
geschmolzenen  Schwefels,  Zeitschrijt  fur  physikalische  C/iemie, 
LIV  (1906),  257-93;  same  article  in  English,  Journal  of  the 
American  Chemical  Society,  XXVII  (1905),  979-1013;  see  also 
Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh,  XXV  (1905), 
590-92. 

IV.  Weitere  Untersuchungen  der  beiden  Formen  des  flussigen 
Schwefels  als  dynamischer  Isomeren  (with  C.  M.  Carson), 
Zeitschrift  filr  physikalische  Chemie,  LVII  (1907),  685-717. 

V.  Das  System  Schwefel-Iod   (with  C.  M.  Carson),  ibid.,  LXI 
(1907),  200-208. 

VI.  Gefaelter  Schwefel  (with  R.  11.  Brownlee),  ibid.,  209-26. 

VII.  Gefrierpunkte  des  flussigen   Schwefels  (with  C.  M.  Carson), 
ibid.,  LXXVII  (191 0,661-76. 

The  Pupil  before  and  after  Taking  Chemistry,  School  Science  and 
Mathematics,  III  (1903),  189-207. 

Nature  Study  and  High-School  Chemistry,  Nature  Study  Review,  II 
(1906),  193-98. 

The  Point  of  View  in  Chemistry,  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  VII 
(1907),  128-35. 

High-School  Science  in  Relation  to  College  or  University  Work,  Educa- 
tional Bi-Monthly,  I  (1907),  328-35. 

Comment  on  "Another  Point  of  View,"  School  Science  and  Mathematics, 
VII  (1907),  50S-10. 

The  Experimental  Viewpoint  in  Chemistry,  ibid.,  VIII  (1908),  582-90. 

The  Rehabilitation  of  the  American  College  and  the  Place  of  Chemistry 
in  It,  Science,  XXX  (1909),  457-66. 

The  Solubilities  of  Orthophosphoric  Acid  and  Its  Hydrates.  A  Xew 
Hydrate  (with  A.  W.  C.  Menzies),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXXI  (1909),  1 183-91;  published  also  in  Proceedings  of  the 
Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh,  XXX  (1909-10),  63-64. 

The  Electrical  Conductivity  and  Viscosity  of  Concentrated  Solutions  of 
Orthophosphoric  Acid  (with  .'\.  \V.  C.  Menzies),  Journal  of  the  Ameri- 
can Chemical  Society,  XXXI  (1909),  1 191-94. 


276  PUBLICATIONS 

Does  Calomel  Furnish  Another  Contradiction  of  the  Theory  of  Hetero- 
geneous Dissociation  Equilibrium  ?  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXXII  (1910),  187-89. 

Studies  in  Vapor  Pressure  (with  A.  W.  C.  Menzies),  I,  ibid.,  897-905. 
11,907-14;  111,1412-34;  IV,  1434-47;  V,  1448-59;  VI,  1541-55. 

A  Common  Thermometric  Error  in  the  Determination  of  Boiling  Points 
under  Reduced  Pressure  (with  A.  W.  C.  Menzies),  ibid.,  905-7; 
published  also  in  Zeitschrift fur  physikalische  Chemie,  LXXV  (1910), 
498-99. 

Dampfdruckuntersuchungen,  VII,  ibid.,  LXXVI  (1911),  713-20. 

Chemistry.  In  Encyclopedia  of  Education.  4to,  585-96.  New  York: 
Macmillan  Co.,  191 1. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXVIII, 
1084-86;  XXX,  1319-20;  XXXI,  428-29;  XXXIII,  87;  Science, 
XXVII,   303-6. 

Alan  W.  C.  Menzies  [1910-12],  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry; 

Professor  of  Chemistry,  Princeton  University. 

A.M.  Edinburgh,  1897;  B.Sc.  ibid.,  1898;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1910;  Professor  of 
Chemistry,  St.  Mungo's  College,  Glasgow,  1902-8;  Instructor  in  Chemistry, 
Chicago,  1910-11;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1911-12. 

The  Solubilities  of  Orthophosphoric  Acid  and  Its  Hydrates:  A  New 
Hydrate  (with  A.  Smith),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society, 

XXXI  (1909),  1183-91. 

The  Electrical  Conductivity  and  Viscosity  of  Concentrated  Solutions  of 
Orthophosphoric  Acid  (with  A.  Smith),  ibid.,  1 191-94. 

A  Method  for  Determining  under  Constant  Conditions  the  Boiling- 
Points  of  Even  Minute  Quantities  of  Liquids  and  of  Non-fusing 
SoHds  (with  A.  Smith),  ibid.,  XXXII  (1910),  897-905;  published 
also  in  Zeitschrift  fur  physikalische  Chemie,  LXXV  (1910),  494-97. 

A  Common  Thermometric  Error  in  the  Determination  of  Boiling-Points 
under  Reduced  Pressure  (with  A.  Smith),  Journal  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society,  XXXII  (1910),  905-7;  published  also  in  Zeit- 
schrift fiir  physikalische  Chemie,  LXXV  (1910),  498-99, 

A  Simple  Dynamic  Method,  Applicable  to  Both  Solids  and  Liquids,  for 
Determining  Vapor  Pressures,  and  Also  Boiling-Points  at  Standard 
Pressures  (with  A.  Smith),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society, 

XXXII  (1910),  907-14;  published  also  in  Zeitschrift  fur  physikalische 
Chemie,  LXXV  (1910),  500-502. 


DKI'ARTMKXT  OF  CHEMISTRY  277 

A  Quantitative  Study  of  the  Constitution  of  Calomel  Vapor  (with  A. 
Smith),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXII  (19 10), 
1541-55;  published  also  in  Zeitschrift  fitr  physikalische  Chemie, 
LXXVIdgii),  251-54. 

Der  Dampfdruck  von  getrocknetem  Kalomel  (with  A.  Smith),  ibid., 
713-20. 

Studies  in  Vapor  Pressure.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society,  XXXII  (1910),  1412-59,  1615-28;  published  also 
in  Annalcn  der  Physik,  XXXIII  (1910),  971-94;  and  in  Zeitschrift 
far  physikalische  Chemie,  LXXVI  (191 1),  231-40,  355-59. 

The  Liquidus  Surface  of  the  Ternary  System  Composed  of  the  Nitrates 
of  Potassium,  Sodium,  and  Calcium  (with  N.  N.  Dutt),  Journal  of 
the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXIII  (191 1),  1366-75. 

General  Hygiene  as  a  Required  College  Course,  Science,  XXXV  (19 12), 
609-12. 

Disodium  Monohydrogen  Phosphate  and  Its  Hydrates.  Their  Solubil- 
ities and  Transition  Temperatures  (with  E.  C.  Humphery),  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Eighth  International  Congress  of  Applied  Chemistry,  II 
(1912),  175-78- 

The  Two-Component  System,  Water-Arsenic  Pentoside  (with  P.  D. 
Potter),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXIV  (191 2), 
1452-70. 

The  Vapor  Pressures  of  Some  Concentrated  Zinc  Chloride  Solutions 
(with  H.  Bovine),  Proceedings  of  the  Eighth  International  Congress  of 
Applied  Chemistry,  WII  (1912),  219-20. 

The  Critical  Temperature  of  Mercurj',  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXXIV  (191 2),  1065-67. 

Reviews  ix:  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXII, 
722-24;  XXXIII,  995,  1633-34;  XXXV,  297,  645-46;  School  Rccicw, 
y^,  135-37;  Science,  XXX\'l,  81. 

Hermann  Irving  Schlesinger  [1907-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1903;    Ph.D.  ibid.,  1905;   .Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry,  ibid., 
1911-. 

Assistant  Editor,  Chemical  Abstracts,  1907-. 

Studies  in  Catalysis:    VI,  The  Catalysis  of  Imidoesters.     Doctor's  thesis. 

8vo,  59.     Easton,  Pa.:   Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1908;    published 

also  in  the  American  Chemical  Journal,  XXX\'III  (1908),  719-71. 


278  PUBLICATIONS 

On  the  Chemical  Properties  of  Amanita  Toxin  (with  W.  W.  Ford), 
Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  III  (1907),  279-83. 

Die  spezifischen  Warmen  von  Losungen,  I,  Physikalische  Zeitschrijt,  X 
(1909),  210-15. 

Studies  in  Conductivity: 

I.  The  Conductivity  of  Ammonia  in  (Anhydrous)  Formic  Acid  I. 
"Formic  Acid  Hydrolysis"  (with  R.  P.  Calvert),  Journal  of  the 
American  Chemical  Society,  XXXIII  (191 1),  1924-33. 

II.  The  Conductivity  of  Some  Formates  and  of  Hydrogen  Chloride 
in  (Anhydrous)  Formic  Acid.  Cases  of  Agreement  of  Strong 
Electrolytes  with  the  Mass  Law  (with  A.  W.  Martin),  ihid.y 
XXXVI  (1914),  1589-1620. 

III.  Further  Studies  on  the  Behavior  of  the  Alkali  Metal  Formates 
in  (Anhydrous)  Formic  Acid  (with  Clyde  Coleman),  ibid., 
XXXVIII  (1916),  277-80. 

Some  Sources  of  Error  in  Viscosity  Measurement  (with  E.  C.  Bingham 
and  A.  B.  Coleman),  ibid.,  27-41. 

Review  in:  Science,  XXVII,  64-65. 

Harold  Stanard  Adams  [1914-16],  Instructor  in  Physiological  Chemis- 
try; New  Brunswick,  N.J.  See  under  Department  of  Physiology, 
p.  374. 

Ernest  Anderson  [1909-12],  Research  Instructor  in  Chemistry;  Pro- 
fessor of  Chemistry,  Massachusetts  Agricultural  College,  Amherst. 

A.B.  Trinity  University,   1903;    S.B.  Texas,   1903;    S.M.  ibid.,   1904;    Ph.D. 
Chicago,  1909;  Research  Instructor  in  Chemistry,  ibid.,  1909-12. 

On  the  Action  of  Fehling^s  Solution  on  Galactose.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  ^;^.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1909;  also  pub- 
lished in  the  American  Chemical  Journal,  XLII  (1909),  401-31. 

An  Empirical  Relation  between  the  Configuration  and  Rotation  of 
Sugars,  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXIII  (1911), 
1510-14. 

The  Relation  between  the  Configuration  and  Rotation  of  the  Lactones 
in  the  Sugar  and  Saccharinic  Acid  Groups,  ibid.,  XXXIV  (1912), 
51-54. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  279 

fEDiTii  Etiiel  Barnard  [1903-14],  Instructor  in  Chemistry. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1903;  S.M.  ibid.,  1905;  Ph.D.  ibiJ.,  1907;  Assistant  in  Chemistry, 
x6k/.,  1903-6;  Associate,  j6k/.,  1906-7;  Instructor,  t7»/</.,  1907-14. 

On  Chloronium  Salts  (with  Julius  Stieglitz),  Journal  of  the  American 
Chertiical  Society,  XJ\.Vll  (1905),  1016-19. 

F.  E.  Brown  [1915-16],  Instructor  in  University  College, 

A  Simple  Apparatus  for  the  Accurate  and  Easy  Determination  of  Surface 
Tension  with  a  Metal  Thermorcgulator  for  the  Quick  Adjustment  of 
Temi)erature  (with  VV.  D.  Harkins),  Journal  of  the  American  Chem- 
ical Society,  XXXVIII  (19 16),  246-52. 

The  Structure  of  the  Surfaces  of  Liquids,  and  Solubility  as  Related  to 
the  Work  Done  by  the  Attraction  of  Two  Liquid  Surfaces  as  They 
Approach  Each  Other  (with  VV.  D.  Harkins  and  E.  C.  H.  Davies), 
ibid.,  XXXIX  (1917),  354-64- 

Thomas  Bruce  Freas  [1898-1902;    1904-11],  Instructor  in  Chemistry; 

Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Columbia  University. 

A.B.  Leland  Stanford  Junior,  1896;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1911;  Curator  in  Chemistry, 
ibid.,  1904-11;   Instructor  in  Chemistry,  ibid.,  1910-11, 

A  Study  of  Thermostats.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  49.  Easton,  Pa.: 
Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1913. 

John  William  Edward  Gl-vitfeld  [1913-],  Instructor  in  Chemistry. 

S.B.  Dartmouth,  1907;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913;  Research  Instructor  in  Chemistry, 
ibid.,  1913-15;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

On  the  0.xidation  of  d-Glucose  in  Alkaline  Solution  by  Air  as  Well  as 
by  Hydrogen  Peroxide.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  25.  Easton,  Pa.: 
Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1913. 

Oscar  Fred  Hedenburg  [1913-16],  Research  Instructor  in  Chemistry; 

Mellon  Institute,  Pittsburgh. 

.\.B.  Wesleyan,  1909;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;   Research  Instructor  in  Chemistry, 
ibid.,  1913-16. 

On  the  Esters,  as  Well  as  the  Monomolecular  b-  and  r- Lactones  of 
d-Mannonic  and  d-Gluconic  Acids;  on  Ortho-bis-d-Galactonic  Acid, 
d-Galactonic  r-Lactone  and  Its  Mono-hydrate.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo, 
30.     Easton,  Pa.:    Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  191 5. 

t  Deceased. 


28o  PUBLICATIONS 

John  Cilajiles  Hessler  [1899-1907],  Instructor  in  Chemistry;    Pro- 
fessor of  Chemistry,  James  Millikin  University,  Decatur,  111. 
A.B.  Chicago,  1896;   Ph.D.  ibid.,  1899;  Instructor  in  Chemistry,  ibid.,  1899-1907. 

On  Phenylmalonic  Nitrile,  American  Chemical  Journal,  XXXII  (1904), 
119-30. 

Some  Recent  Work  in  Organic  Chemistry,  Journal  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society,  XXIX  (1907),  88-99. 

Andrew  Friedley  McLeod  [1907-9],  Research  Instructor  in  Chemistry; 

Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Chemistry,  Beloit  College. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1903;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1906;  Instructor  in  Soils,  Wisconsin,  1906-7; 
Instructor  in  Organic  Chemistry,  Chicago,  1907-9. 

On  Aldol,  Pentaerythrose  and  the  Action  of  Copper  Acetate  on  the  Hexoses. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  2>Z-  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co., 
1907. 

Lemuel  Charles  Raiford  [1907-9;  1911-15],  Instructor  in  Chemistry; 

Professor  of  Chemistry,  Oklahoma  Agricultural  and  Mechanical 

College,  Stillwater. 

Ph.B.  Brown,  1900;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1909;  Associate  Professor,  Mississippi 
Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College,  1906-7;  Associate  in  Chemistry,  Chicago, 
1907-9;   Instructor  in  Chemistry,  ibid.,  1911-15. 

On  Chlorimidoquinones.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  42.  Easton,  Pa.: 
Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  191 1. 

The  Action  of  Halogen  on  4-Notro-w-Cresol,  Journal  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society,  XXXVI  (1914),  670-80. 

4-Bromo-6-Nitro-w-Cresol  and  Some  of  Its  Derivatives  (with  Gladys 
Leavell),  ibid.,  1498-1511, 

Frederick  Wilbert  Upson  [191 2-13],  Research  Instructor  in  Chem- 
istry; Head  of  Department  of  Agricultural  Chemistry,  University  of 
Nebraska,  Lincoln. 

S.B.  Nebraska,  1907;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1910;  Research  Instructor  in  Chemistry, 
ibid.,  1912-13. 

On  the  Action  of  Normal  Barium  Hydroxide  on  d-Glucose  and  d-Galactose. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  23.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co., 
1910. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  281 

Ralph  Edwin  Hall  [1915-16],  Associate  in  General  Chemistry;  Research 

Chemist,  Carnegie  Geophysical  Laboratory. 

S.B.  Ohio  Wcsleyan  University,  1907;  S.M.  ibid.,  iqoq;  A.M.  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, IQII. 

The  Periodic  System  and  the  Properties  of  the  Elements  (with  VV.  D. 
Harkins) ,  Journal  of  I  he  A  mcrican  Chemical  Society,  XXX  \' 1 1 1(1916), 
169-221. 

Studies  on  the  Cobaltammines:  I,  Various  Ionization  Types  as  Deter- 
mined by  the  Freezing-Point  Lowering  in  A(|uc<)us  Solution,  To- 
gether with  Conductance  Measurements  (with  W.  D.  Harkins  and 
W.  A.  Roberts),  ibid.,  2643-58. 

The  Free  Energy  of  Dilution  and  the  Freezing-Point  Lowerings  in  Solu- 
tions of  Some  Salts  of  Various  Types  of  Ionization,  and  of  Salt 
Mixtures  (with  W.  D.  Harkins),  ibid.,  2658-76. 

Willis  Boit  Holmes  [1900-1904;    1905-6],  Associate  in  Chemistry; 

Chemist,  Ames  Laboratories,  Fremont,  Ohio. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1896;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1899;  Research  and  Laboratory 
Assistant,  Chicago,  1900-1904;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Montana,  1905;  .Asso- 
ciate in  Chemistry,  Chicago,  1905-6. 

Ueber  der  amorj^hen  Schwefel:  I,  Der  Einfluss  des  amorphen  Schwefels 
auf  den  Gefrierpunkt  des  flussigen  Schwefels  (with  A.  Smith),  Zeit- 
schrift  fiir  physikalische  Chemie,  XLII  (1903),  469-80;  II,  Ueber 
zwei  fliissige  Aggregatzustiinde  des  Schwefels,  SA  and  S/x,  und  deren 
Uebergangspunkt  (with  A.  Smith  and  E.  S.  Hall),  ibid.,  LII  (1905), 
602-25;  same  article,  in  English,  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXVII  (1905),  797-820. 

Raymond  Foss  Bacon  [1904],  Research  Assistant;   Director  of  Mellon 
Institute  of  Industrial  Research,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 
S.B.  DePauw,  1899;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1904. 

On  the  Reactions  of  Sodium  Benzhydrol.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  32. 
Easton,  Pa.:    Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1905. 

Roy  Hutchison  Brownlkk  [1901-7],  Assistant  in  Chcmi.'^try.  See 
under  University  High  School,  p.  491. 

Cil\rles  MacDonald  Carson  [1906-8],  Research  Assistant  in  Chemis- 
try; Professor  of  Chemistry,  Houghton  School  of  Mines,  Houghton, 
Mich. 
.\.B.  Toronto,  1S9S;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1906. 


282  PUBLICATIONS 

On  Amorphous  Sulphur:  Further  Study  of  the  Two  Forms  of  Liquid  Sul- 
phur as  Dynamic  Isomers.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  21.  Easton,  Pa.: 
Chemical  Publishing  Co.,  1907. 

George  Oliver  Curme,  Jr.  [1911-13],  Assistant  in  Organic  and  Ana- 
lytical Chemistry:  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  and  Research  Chemist,  Mellon  Institute  of  Industrial 
Research. 

A.B.  Northwestern,  1909;   S.B.  Chicago,  1911;   Ph.D.  ibid.,  1913;   Assistant  in 
Organic  and  Analytical  Chemistry,  ibid.,  1911-13. 

The  Thermal  Decomposition  of  Symmetrical  Diarylhydrazines — A  Reaction 
on  the  First  Order.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  33.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschen- 
bach  Printing  Co.,  1913. 

Die  Umwandlung  von  Hydrazobenzol  im  Azobenzol  und  Anilin,  eine 
Reaktion  erster  Ordnung  (with  Julius  Stieglitz),  Berichte  der  deutschen 
chemischen  Gesellschaft,  XL VI  (1913),  911-20. 

Ira  Harris   Derby  [1903-4],    Assistant    in   Quantitative    Analysis; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of  Minnesota. 
S.B.  Harvard,  1899;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1910. 

Studies  in  Catalysis:  IV,  The  Catalysis  of  Imidoesters.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  39.     Easton,  Pa.:   Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1908. 

A  Study  of  Hydrolysis  by  Conductivity  Methods  (with  Julius  Stieglitz), 
American  Chemical  Journal,  XXXI  (1904),  449-58. 

Richard  Blair  Earle   [1902-3]   Research  Assistant  in    Chemistry; 

Research  Chemist,  Hood  Rubber  Co.,  Watertown,  Mass. 

S.B.  Worcester  Polytechnic,  1897;  Sc.D.  Harvard,  1902;   Research  Assistant  in 
Chemistry,  Chicago,  1902-3. 

The  "Beckmann  Rearrangement,"  III  and  IV  (with  Julius  Stieglitz), 
American  Chemical  Journal,  XXX  (1903),  399-421. 

Oskar  Eckstein  [1905-7],  Research  Assistant  in  Chemistry;  Director, 

Scientific    Department,   Hoflman-LaRoche  Chemical  Works,  New 

York  City. 

Abiturientenexamcn,  Munich,  1897;  Doctor  ^s  Sciences  Physiques,  Geneva,  1900; 
Research  Assistant  in  Chemistry,  Chicago,  1905-7. 

Ueber  die  Bildung  von  C.  Acylderivaten  aus  Cyanessigsaure  durch  An- 
wendung  von  Chinolin  und  Pyridin  (with  A.  Michael),  Berichte  der 
deutschen  chemischen  Gesellschaft  XXXVIII  (1905),  50-53. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  283 

A  Method  of  Measuring  Electric  Currents  in  Solutions,  Journal  of  the 
American  Chemical  Society,  XXV'll  (1905),  759-61. 

Der  Mont  Blanc,  Deutsche  Alpenzeitung,  V  (1905),  20-45. 

Ueber  Naphtylenoxyde,  Berichte  der  deutschen  chemischen  Gesellschaft, 
XXXVIII  (1905),  3660-64. 

Ueber  Chinolinchlorhydrat  und  die  Einwirkung  von  Siiurechloriden  auf 
Chinolin,  ibid.,  XXXIX  (1906),  2135-38. 

Elliot  Snell  Hall  [1904-6],  Research  Assistant  in  Chemistry;    127 

Forest  Ave.,  Jamestown,  N.Y. 

A.B.  .\mhcrst,  1896;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1904;  Research  .Vssistant  in  Chemis- 
try, Chicago,  1904-6. 

Ueber  den  amorphen  Schwefel:  II,  Ueber  zwei  flussige  Aggregatzustande 
des  Schwefels,  SA.  und  S/a,  und  deren  Uebergangspunkt  (with  A. 
Smith  and  W.  B,  Holmes),  Zeitschrijt  fiir  physikalische  Chemie,  LII 
(1905),  602-25;  same  article,  in  English,  Journal  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society,  XXVII  (1905),  797-820. 

Edmund  Charles  Humpiiery  [191 2-1 5],  Assistant  in  General  Chemistry; 

Research  Chemist,  Federal  Dyestuff  and  Chemical  Co.,  Kingsport, 

Tenn. 

S.B.  Westminster  College,  1909;   S.M.  Chicago,  1912;   Ph.D.  ibid.,  1915;  .-Vssist- 
ant in  General  Chemistry,  ibid.,  191 2-15. 

The  Drop  Weight  Method  for  the  Determination  of  Surface  Tension. 
Doctor's  iJiesis.  8vo,  21.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co., 
1916;  also  published  in  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society, 
XXXVIII  (1916),  228-46. 

Disodium  Monohydrogen  Phosphate  and  Its  Hydrates:  Their  Solubil- 
ities and  Transition  Temperatures  (with  A.  W.  C.  Menzies),  Proceed- 
ifigs  of  the  Eighth  International  Congress  of  Applied  Chemistry,  II 
(1912),  175-78. 

James  Wright  Lawrie  [1904-8],  Research  .\ssistant  in  Chemistry;  Chief 
Chemist,  Wm.  F.  Jobbins,  Inc.,  Aurora,  111. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1904;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1906. 

The  Chemistry  of  the  Acetyl idene  Compounds.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  26. 
Easton,  Pa.:   Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1906. 


284  PUBLICATIONS 

Paul  Nicholas  Leech,  Jr.  [1911-13],  Research  Assistant  in  Chemistry; 

Research  Chemist,  American  Medical  Association,  Chicago. 

A.B.  Miami,  1910;   S.M.  Chicago,  1911;   Ph.D.  ibid.,  1913;   Research  Assistant 
in  Chemistty,  ibid.,  1911-13. 

A  Color  Reaction  of  Hypochlorites  with  M ethylaniline  and  Ethylani- 
line.  The  Molecular  Rearrangement  of  Triarylmethylhydroxylamines 
and  the  " Beckmann  Rearrangement"  of  Ketoximes.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  35.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1914;  also  pub- 
lished in  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXV  (19 13), 
1042-45;  XXXVI  (1914),  272-301, 

Edwin  Daniel  Leman  [191 2-1 5],  Assistant  in  Physical  Chemistry; 

Research  Chemist,  Carnotite  Reduction  Co.,  Chicago. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1912;   Ph.D.  ibid.,  1915;   Assistant  in  Physical  Chemistry,  ibid., 
1912-15, 

Ueber  die  Zerfallskonstante  von  Aktinium  X  (with  H.  N.  McCoy), 
Physikalische  Zeitschrift,  XIV  (1913),  1280-82. 

The  Relation  between  Alpha  Ray  Activities  and  Ranges  in  the  Actinium 
Series  (with  H.  N.  McCoy),  Physical  Review,  New  Series,  IV  (1914), 
409-19. 

The  Relation  between  the  Alpha  Ray  Activities  and  Ranges  of  Radium 
and  Its  Short-lived  Products  (with  H.  N.  McCoy),  ibid.,  VI  (1915), 
184-91. 

Stewart  Joseph  Lloyd  [1908-10],  Assistant  in  Chemistry;  Professor  of 
Chemistry  and  Metallurgy,  University  of  Alabama. 
A.B.  Toronto,  1904;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1910;  Assistant  in  Chemistry,  ibid.,  1908-10. 

Studies  in  Radio- Activity.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  23.  Chicago: 
Privately  printed,  19 10. 

Agnes   Fay   Morgan   [1913-14],   Research   Assistant   in   Chemistry; 

Assistant  Professor  of  the  Chemistry  of  Nutrition,  University  of 

California. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1904;  S.M.  ibid.,  1905;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1914;   Research  Assistant  in 
Chemistry,  j'iid.,  1913-14. 

Ash  Content  of  Canned  Vegetables,  Journal  of  Home  Economics,  VII, 
(1915),  72-77. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  285 

Herman  Augustus  Spokiir  [1909-10],  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Chem- 
istry; Chemical  Plant  Physiologist,  Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash- 
ington, Desert  Laboratory,  Tucson,  Ariz. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1906;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1909;  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Chemistry,  ibid., 
1909-10. 

On  the  Behavior  of  the  Ordinary  Ilexoses  toward  Hydrogen  Peroxide  in  the 
Presence  of  Alkaline  Hydroxides,  as  Well  as  of  Various  Iron  Salts. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  30.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co., 
1910. 

Charles  Herman  Viol  [1912],  Assistant  in  Physical  Chemistry;  Direc- 
tor, Ratiium  Research  Laboratory,  Standard  Chemical  Co.,  Pitts- 
burgh. 

S.B.  Purdue,  1907;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  191 2;   .\ssistant  in  Physical  Chemistry,  ibid. 
1912. 

The  Chemical  Properties  and  Relative  Activities  of  the  Radio-Products  of 
Thorium.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  27.  Chicago:  Privately  printed, 
1914. 

Ernest  Dana  Wilson  [19 14-15],  Assistant  in  General  Chemistry; 
Research  Chemist,  Mellon  Institute  of  Industrial  Research,  Pitts- 
burgh. 

S.B.  Xebraska,  1913;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;  Assistant  in  General  Chemistry  ibid., 
1914-15- 

The  Structure  of  the  Atom:  Part  I,  Recent  Work  on  the  Structure  of  the 
Atom;  Part  II,  The  Changes  of  Mass  and  Weight  Involved  in  the 
Formation  of  Comple.v  Atoms;  Part  III,  The  Structure  of  Complex 
Atoms.  The  Hydrogen-Helium  System.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  58. 
Easton,  Pa.:   Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1916. 

Solomon  Farley  Agree,  Ph.D.  1902;  Chief,  Section  of  Derived 
Products,  United  States  Forestry  Products  Laboratory,  and  Pro- 
fessor of  Chemistry  of  Forest  Products,  University  of  Wisconsin. 

On  Sodium  Phenyl  and  the  Action  of  Sodium  on  Ketones.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  2^.     Easton,  Pa.:  Chemical  Publishing  Co.,  1903. 

Maxwell  Adams,  Ph.D.  1904;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of 
Nevada,  Reno. 

On  Some  Ilydroxylaminc  Compounds.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  24. 
Easton,  Pa.:   Chemical  Publishing  Co.,  1902. 


286  PUBLICATIONS 

George  Cromwell  Ashman,  Ph.D.  1908;  Professor  of  Chemistry, 
Bradley  Institute,  Peoria,  111. 

Studies  in  Radio- Activity.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  22.  Peoria,  111.: 
Beehive  Press,  1908. 

Wallace  Appleton  Beatty,  Ph.D.  1902. 

The  Action  of  Carbon  Monoxide  on  Sodium  Alcoholates  Alone  and  in  the 
Presence  of  Salts  of  Fatty  Acids.  Doctor's  thesis.  American 
Chemical  Journal,  XXX  (1903),  224-44. 

Roy  Hutchison  Brownlee,  Ph.D.  1906.  See  under  University 
High  School,  p.  491. 

William  McAfee  Bruce,  Ph.D.  1904;  Manager,  Eastern  Arkansas 
Demonstration  Farm,  Blackton,  Ark. 

On  the  Oxygen  Ethers  of  Urea.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  36.  Easton,  Pa.; 
Chemical  Publishing  Co.,  1904, 

Clifford  Daniel  Carpenter,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Chemistry,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University. 

The  Addition  Compounds  of  Organic  Substances  with  Sulfuric  Acid. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  20.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co., 
1914. 

Emma  Perry  Carr,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Mount  Holyoke 
College,  South  Hadley,  Mass. 

Methods  for  the  Quantitative  Analysis  of  Animal  Tissues  (with  W. 
Koch),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXI  (1909), 
1341-55- 

Elbert  Edwin  Chandler,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Occi- 
dental College,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

The  Ionization  Constants  of  the  Second  Hydrogen  Ion  of  Dibasic  Acids. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  32.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co., 
1908. 

Review  in:    Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXVIII, 
1266-67. 

Clyde  Coleman,  Ph.D.  1915;  Chemist,  Federal  Dye  Stuff  and  Chemical 
Co.,  Kingsport,  Tenn. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  287 

Studies  on  the  Behavior  of  the  Alkali  Metal  Formates  in  (Anhydrous) 
Formic  Acid.  Doctor's  thesis.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing 
Co.,  1916;  also  published  in  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXXX'ITI  (1916),  277-80. 

WiLLEY  Denis,  Ph.D.  1907;  Chemist,  Massachusetts  General  Hos- 
pital, Boston. 

On  the  Behavior  of  Various  Aldehydes,  Ketones  and  Alcohols  toward  Oxidiz- 
ing Agents.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  36.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach 
Printing  Co.,  1907. 

The  Rate  of  Diffusion  of  the  Inorganic  Salts  of  the  Blood,  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XVII  (1906),  35-41. 

William  Lloyd  Evans,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Ohio  State 
University,  Columbus. 

On  the  Behavior  of  Benzoyl  Carbinol  towards  Alkalies  and  Oxidizing 
Agents.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  32.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach 
Printing  Co.,  1906. 

Henry  Max  Goettsch,  Ph.D.  1906;  Associate  Professor  of  Technical 
Chemistry,  University  of  Cincinnati. 

The  Absorption  Coeficients  of  Uranium  Compowuis.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Svo,  25.     Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1906. 

Nellie  Esther  Goldthwaite,  Ph.D.   1904. 

On  Substituted  Benzhydrol  Derivatives  and  Bronicyanacetic  Ether.  Doc- 
tor's thesis.     Svo,  26.     Easton,  Pa.:  Chemical  Publishing  Co.,  1903. 

Louis  Allen  Higley,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  New  Mexico 
College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanical  Arts,  State  College,  N.M. 

The  Behavior  of  Sodium  and  of  Sodium  Alcoholates  toward  Various  Esters 
of  Acetic  Acid.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  ^i.  Easton,  Pa.:  Eschen- 
bach Printing  Co.,  1907. 

Willis  Stose  Hilpert,  Ph.D.  1006;  The  Miner  Laboratories,  Chicago. 

Stereoisomer  ic  Chlorimido  Acid  Esters.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  47. 
Easton,  Pa.:    Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,   190S. 


288  PUBLICATIONS 

WiNFORD  Lee  Lewis,  Ph.D.  1909;  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry, 

Northwestern  University. 

On  the  Action  of  Fehling's  Solution  on  Malt  Sugar.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Svo,  21.     Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1909. 

William  McCracken,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  Chemistry,  State 
Normal  School,  Kalamazoo,  Mich. 

Studies  in  Catalysis:  V,  The  Catalysis  of  Imidoesters.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Svo,  30.     Easton,  Pa.:   Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1908. 

Arthur  Wesley  Martin,  Ph.D.  1914.  See  under  University  High 
School,  p.  494. 

William  Cabler  Moore,  Ph.D.  1910;  Research  Chemist,  National 
Carbon  Co.,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Organic  Amalgams:  Substances  with  Metallic  Properties  Composed  in 
Part  of  Non-metallic  Elements.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  19.  Easton, 
Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  191 1. 

William  Tudor  Pearce,  Ph.D.  1916. 

Ionization  and  Solubility:  I,  Relation  of  Salts  of  Higher  Types,  Inter- 
mediate Ions  in  Solutions  of  Uni-bivalent  Salts,  and  of  Lanthanum 
lodate,  a  Triunivalent  Salt;  II,  The  Effect  of  Salts  upon  the  Solu- 
bility of  Other  Salts.  The  Solubility  Relations  of  Some  Extremely 
Soluble  Salts.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXXNlll  (1916),  2679-2709,  2714-17. 

Peter  Powell  Peterson,  Ph.D.  1909;  Head  of  the  Department  of  Soils, 
College  of  Agriculture,  University  of  Idaho,  Moscow. 

Stereoisomeric  Chlorimido  Ketones.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  21.  Easton, 
Pa.:   Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  191 1. 

Harley  Martin  Plum,  Ph.D.  1914;  Professor  of  Agricultural  Chemistry, 
University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln. 

Extraction  and  Separation  of  the  Radioactive  Constituents  of  Carnotite. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  23.     Chicago:    Privately  j)rinte(l,  1915. 

Paul  David  Potter,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Chief  Chemist,  Sprague,  Warner  & 
Co.,  Chicago. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY  289 

The  Two-Components  System,  Water-Arsenic  Pcntoxide.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  20.     Easton,  Pa.:    Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  191 2. 

William  Horace  Ross,  Ph.D.  1907;  Scientist,  Bureau  of  Soils,  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture. 

On  the  Relation  between  the  Radioactivity  and  the  Composition  of  Thorium 
and  Uranium  Minerals.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  29.  Halifax,  N.S.: 
McAlpine  Publishing  Co.,  1907. 

Eugene  Paul  Sciiocir,  Pn.D.  1902;  Professor  of  Physical  Chemistry, 
University  of  Te.xas,  Austin. 

The  Red  and  the  Yellow  Mercuric  Oxides  and  the  Mercuric  Oxychlorides. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  24.  Easton,  Pa.:  Chemical  Publishing  Co., 
1903. 

James  Kuhn  Se.ntior,  Pji.D.   1917. 

The  Molecular  Rearrangement  of  Triarylmcthylazides.  The  Molecu- 
lar Rearrangement  of  5yw.-6/i-Triarylmethylhydrazines.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Journal  of  the  A  mcrican  C/iemical  Society,  XXXVIII  ( 1 9 1 6) , 
271S-36. 

Edwin  Emery  Slosson,  Ph.D.  1902;  Associate,  School  of  Journalism, 
Columbia  University;  Literary  Editor  of  The  hidependent. 

On  Acylhalogenamine  Derivatives  and  the  " Beckmann  Rearrangement." 
Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  32.  Easton,  Pa.:  Chemical  Publishing  Co., 
1903. 

Clare  Chrisman  Todd,  Ph.D.  1914;  Professor  and  Acting  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Chemistry,  Washington  State  College,  Pullman. 

On  the  Action  of  Alkaline  Hydrogen  Peroxide  on  d-Galactose.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Svo,  27.     Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1914. 

Henry  Taber  Upson,  Ph.D.  1903;  President  and  Treasurer,  Pease 
Oil  Co.,  BulTalo,  N.Y. 

The  Molecular  Rearrangement  of  Amino phcnylalkyl  Carbonates.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Svo,  ;^^.     Easton,  Pa.:  Chemical  Publishing  Co.,  1904. 

Franklin  Lorenzo  West,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Professor  of  Physics,  Utah 
Agricultural  College,  Logan. 


290  PUBLICATIONS 

Physical  and  Chemical  Properties  of  Some  Organic  Amalgams.  Doctor's 
thesis.    8vo,  28.    Easton,  Pa.;  Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  191 1. 

OswiN  William  Willcox,  Ph.D.  1904;  Technical  Chemist,  New  York. 

On  the  Reactions  of  Ethyl  Chlorsulphonate.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  2;^. 
Easton,  Pa.:  Chemical  Publishing  Co.,  1904. 

Francis  William  Bushong,  Graduate  Student. 

Esters  of  Sulphuric  Acid  and  of  Chlorsulphonic  Acid,  American 
Chemical  Journal,  XXX  (1903),  212-24, 

R.  P.  Calvert,  Graduate  Student. 

Studies  in  Conductivity;  I,  The  Conductivity  of  Ammonia  in  (An- 
hydrous) Formic  Acid  I.  ''Formic  Acid  Hydrolysis"  (with  H.  I. 
Schlesinger),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXIII 
(1911),  1924-33. 

George  L.  Clark,  Graduate  Student. 

Binary  and  Ternary  Systems  of  the  Nitrates  of  the  Alkali  and  Alkaline 
Earth  Metals  (with  W.  D.  Harkins),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemi- 
cal Society,  XXXVII  (1915),  1816-28. 

The  Orientation  of  Molecules  in  the  Surfaces  of  Liquids,  the  Energy 
Relations  at  Surfaces,  Solubility,  Adsorption,  Emulsification,  Molec- 
ular Association,  and  the  Effect  of  Acids  and  Bases  on  Interfacial 
Tension  (Surface  Energy  VIII)  (with  W.  D,  Harkins  and  E.  C.  H. 
Da  vies),  ibid.,  XXXIX  (19 17),  364-96. 

N.  N.  DuTT,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Liquidus  Surface  of  the  Ternary  System  Composed  of  the  Nitrates 
of  Potassium,  Sodium,  and  Calcium  (with  A.  W.  C.  Menzies), 
Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXIII  (1911),  1366-75. 

Max  Darwin  Slimmer,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Constitution  of  Purpuric  Acid  and  of  Murexide  (with  Julius  Stieg- 
litz),  American  Chemical  Journal,  XXXI  (1904),  661-79, 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  291 

THE   DEPARTMENT   OF    GEOLOGY   AXl)    1\\LE0XT0L0GY 

Thomas  Ciirowder  Chambeklin  [1892-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the 

Department  of  Geology. 

A.B.  Beloit,  1866;  Ph.D.  Michigan,  1882;  Ph.D.  Wisconsin  1882;  LL.D. 
Michigan,  1887;  LL.D.  Beloit.  1809;  LL.D.  Columbian,  1882;  LL.D.  Wisconsin, 
1Q04;  LL.D.  Toronto,  IQ13;  Sc.I).  Illinois,  1Q05;  Professor  of  Natural  Science, 
State  Normal  School,  Whitewater,  Wis.,  1869-73;  Professor  of  CJcology,  Beloit, 
1873-82;  Professor  of  Geology,  Columbian,  1885-87;  President,  Wisconsin, 
1887-92;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Geolog>',  Chicago,  1892-. 

President,  Chicago  Academy  of  Sciences,  1897-1915;  President,  Illinois  Academy 
of  Science,  1907;  President,  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science,  1908-9;  Member,  National  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Editor  in  General  Charge,  Journal  of  Geology,  1893-1912;  Joint 
Editor,  ibid.,  1913-. 

Assistant  State  Geologist  of  Wisconsin,  1873-76;  Chief  Geologist, 
ibid.,  1876-82;  Geologist,  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1882- 
1908;  Geologist  to  Peary  Expedition,  1894;  Consulting  Geologist, 
Wisconsin  Geological  Survey;  Commissioner,  Illinois  Geological 
Survey;  Investigator  of  Fundamental  Problems  of  Geology, 
Carnegie  Institution,  1902-9;  Research  Associate,  Carnegie  Insti- 
tution, 1909-;  Consulting  Geologist,  United  States  Geological 
Survey,  1908-;  Member,  Commission  for  Oriental  Educational 
Investigation,  1908-9. 

Geology.  Vol.  I,  Geologic  Processes  and  Their  Results;  Vol.  II,  Earth- 
History:  Genesis-Paleozoic;  Vol.  Ill,  Earth  History:  Mesozoic- 
Cenozoic  (with  R.  D.  Salisbury).  8vo,  xix-l-654,  xxvi+692,  xi-(-624. 
New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1904,  1906. 

College  Geology  (with  R.  D.  Salisbury),  xvi-l-978.  New  York:  Henry 
Holt  &  Co.,  1909. 

Glacial  Map  of  North  America.    Chicago:  Rand  McNally  &  Co.,  1913. 

Introductory  Geology  (with  R.  D.  Salisbury).  8vo,  70S.  New  York: 
Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1914. 

The  Origin  of  the  Earth.  i2mo,  xi+271.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1916. 

The  Geologic  Relations  of  the  Human  Relics  of  Lansing,  Kansas,  Journal 
of  Geology, X  (1902),  745-79- 

Studies  for  Students:  the  Criteria  Requisite  for  the  Reference  of  Relics 
to  a  Glacial  Age,  ibid.,  XI  (1903),  64-85. 


292  PUBLICATIONS 

The  ^lethods  of  the  Earth  Sciences,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXV 
(1904),  66-75. 

Fundamental  Problems  of  Geology,  Yearbook  of  the  Carnegie  Institution, 
III  (1905),  117-18. 

Fundamental  Problems  of  Geology:  Report  of  Progress,  ihid.,  IV  (1905), 
171-90. 

On  a  Possible  Reversal  of  Deep-Sea  Circulation  and  Its  Influence  on 
Geologic  Climates,  Publications  of  the  Franklin  Bicentennial  Celebra- 
tion, American  Philosophical  Society,  1906. 

The  Functions  of  a  Scientific  Academy  (Address  at  Semi-centennial 
Celebration  of  the  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis),  Academy  of 
Science  of  St.  Louis,  1906. 

The  Fault  Problem,  Economic  Geology,  II  (1907),  585-600;  704-24. 

Early  Terrestrial  Conditions  Which  May  Have  Favored  Organic  Syn- 
thesis (with  RoUin  T.  Chamberlin),  Science,  XXVIII  (1908), 897-911. 

Supplementary  Atmospheres.  "Contribution  to  Symposium  on  the 
Atmosphere."  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science, 
I  (1908),  71-75. 

The  Former  Rates  of  Rotation  of  the  Earth  and  Their  Bearings  on  Its 
Deformation.  "Contributions  to  Cosmogony  and  the  Fundamental 
Problems  of  Geology,"  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Publica- 
tion No.  107  (1909),  5-59. 

Soil  Wastage,  Proceedings  of  a  Conference  of  Governors  in  the  White  House, 
Washington,  D.C.,  May  13-15,  1908  (1909),  75-83. 

The  Bearing  of  Molecular  Activity  on  Spontaneous  Fission  in  Gaseous 
Spheroids.  "Contributions  to  Cosmogony  and  the  Fundamental 
Problems  of  Geology,"  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Publica- 
tion No.  107  (1909),  163-67. 

The  Chinese  Problem,  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science, 
III  (1910),  1-9. 

Certain  Valley  Configurations  in  Low  Latitudes  (with  Rollin  T.  Cham- 
berlin), Journal  of  Geology,  XVIII  (1910),  117-24. 

The  Reform  of  the  Calendar,  Science,  XXXII  (1910),  757-59. 

Soil  Productivity,  ibid.,  XXXIII  (191 1),  225-27. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  293 

Certain  Phases  of  Glacial  Erosion  (with  RolHn  T.  Chambcrlin),  Journal 
of  Geology,  XIX  (1911),  193-217. 

The  Bearings  of  Radioactivity  on  Geology,  ibid.,  673-95;  see  also  Vol. 
IV  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  Slate  Academy  of  Science,  191 1. 

The  Future  Habitability  of  the  Earth,  Smithsonian  Report  for  1910, 
371-89. 

Geology,  Cyclopedia  of  Education,  III  (191 2),  36-47. 

Report  of  Progress  to  Carnegie  Institution,  Yearbook  of  the  Carnegie 
Institution,  XII  (1913). 

The  Shelf  Seas  of  the  Paleozoic,  and  Their  Relations  to  Diastrophism 
and  Geological  Systems,  Congrh  geologique  international,  XII  (1913), 
539-53- 
Diastrophism  and  the  Formative  Processes: 

I.  Introduction,  Journal  of  Geology,  XXI  (191 3),  517. 
II.  Shelf  Seas  and    Certain  Limitations  of  Diastrophism,  ibid., 
523-36. 

III.  The  Lateral  Stresses  within  the  Continental  Protuberances  and 
Their  Relations  to  Continental  Creep  and  Sea  Transgression, 
ibid.,  577-87. 

IV.  Rejuvenation  of  the  Continents,  ibid.,  673-82. 

V.  The  Testimony  of  the  Deep-Sea  Deposits,  ibid.,  XXII  (1914), 

131-44- 
VI.  Foreset  Beds  and  Slope  Deposits,  ibid.,  268-74. 
VII.  Periodicity  of  Paleozoic  Orogenic  Movements,  ibid.,  315-45. 

VIII.  The  Quantitative  Element  inCircum-Continental  Growth,  ibid., 
516-28. 

Contributions  from  Allied  Sciences  to  Geologic  Fundamentals,  ibid., 
XXI  (1913),  279-83. 

The  Planetesimal  Hypothesis,  Scientia,  XVI  (1914),  165-86. 

Symposium  on  the  Earth:  Its  Figure,  Dimensions,  and  the  Constitu- 
tion of  Its  Interior:  I.  The  Interior  of  the  Earth  from  the  View 
Point  of  Geology,  Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society, 
LIV  (1915),  279-S9. 


294  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Evolution  of  the  Earth:  I,  Earth  Genesis;  II,  Earth  Growth 
(third  series  of  lectures  on  the  W.  E.  Hale  Foundation,  National 
Academy  of  Sciences,  1915),  Scientific  Monthly,  II  (1916),  417-37, 
536-56. 

Reviews  of:  Brower,  Kakabikansing,  Journal  of  Geology,  X,  794-98; 
Leverett,  Comparison  of  North  American  and  European  Glacial  Deposits, 
ibid.,  XVIII,  470-74.     Other  reviews  in  Journal  of  Geology,  XII,  753-56; 

XVI,  191-92;  387-89, 496-99, 777-78;  XXII,  286-87;  XXIII,  477-78; 

5amce,  XXXIV,  72-73. 

Joseph  Paxson  Iddings  [1892-1908],  Professor  of  Petrology;  United 
States  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.C. 

Ph.B.  Sheffield  Scientific  School,  1877;  Sc.D.  Yale,  1907;  Associate  Professor  of 

Petrology,  Chicago,  1892-95;  Professor,  ibid.,  1895-1908. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Journal  of  Geology,  1893-1909;  Associate 
Editor,  ibid.,  191 2-. 

Assistant,  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1880-88;  Geologist, 
ibid.,  1888-92,  1895. 

Rock  Minerals.     8vo,  xii+548.    New  York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1906. 

A  Fracture  Valley  System,  Journal  of  Geology,  XII  (1904),  94-105. 

Quartz-Feldspar-Porphyry  {Graniphyro  Liparose-Alaskose)  from  Llano, 
Texas,  ibid.,  225-31. 

The  Isomorphism  and  Thermal  Properties  of  the  Feldspars.  Part  II, 
Optical  Study,  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Publication  No.  31 
(1905),  76-95. 

The  Texture  of  Igneous  Rocks  (with  Whitman  Cross,  L.  V.  Pirsson,  and 
H.  S.  Washington),  Journal  of  Geology,  XIV  (1906),  692-707. 

Richard  Alexander  Fullerton  Penrose,  Jr.  [1892-95;   absent  on 

leave,    1896-19 10],    Professor  of   Economic   Geology;     Board    of 

Trustees,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1884;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1886;  Associate  Professor  of  Economic  Geology, 
Chicago,  1892-95;   Professor,  ibid.,  1896-1910. 

Associate  of  University  Museum,  Harvard,  1903-6;  Member,  International  Jury 
of  Awards  in  the  Gold  Section,  Department  of  Mines,  St.  Louis  Exposition,  1904; 
Member,  Committee  on  Hayden  Memorial  Award,  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences, 
Philadelphia. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Journal  of  Geology,  1903-11;   Member, 

PubUcation  Committee  of  American  Philosophical  Society,  1906-. 

Member,  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1894-96. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  295 

The  Tin  Deposits  of  the  Malay  Peninsula,  etc.,  with  Special  Reference 
to  Those  of  the  Kinta  District,  Journal  of  Geology,  XI  (1903),  135-54. 

Gold  Mining  in  Arctic  America,  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal, 
LXXVI  (1903),  807-9;  852-53. 

The  Witwatersrand  Gold  Region,  Transvaal,  South  Africa,  as  Seen  in 
Recent  Mining  Developments,  Journal  of  Geology,  XV  (1907),  735-49. 

The  Premier  Diamond  .Mine,  Transvaal,  Economic  Geology,  II  (1907), 
275-84- 

The  Gold  Regions  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan  and  Tierra  del  Fuego, 
Journal  oj  Geology,  XVI  (1908),  683-97. 

Memoir  of  Persifor  Frazer,  Bulletin  of  the  Geological  Society  of  A  merica, 
XXI  (1909),  5-12. 

The  Nitrate  Deposits  of  Chile,  Journal  of  Geology,  XVIII  (1910),  1-32. 

Some  Causes  of  Ore-Shoots,  Economic  Geology,  V  (1910),  97-133. 

RoLLix  D.  Salisbury  [1892-],  Professor  of  Geographic  Geolog}'  and 
Head  of  the  Department  of  Geography;  Dean  of  the  Ogden  Graduate 
School  of  Science.    See  under  Department  of  Geography,  p.  313. 

Stuart  Weller  [1895-],  Professor  of  Paleontologic  Geology. 

S.B.  Cornell,   1894;    Ph.D.  Yale,  1901;    Assistant  Professor  of  Paleontologic 

Geology,  Chicago,  1902-8;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1908-15;    Professor,  ibid., 

1915-- 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Journal  of  Geology,  1899-. 

Paleontologist   to  Geological  Survey  of  New  Jersey,   1899-1907; 

Geologist,  Geological  Survey  of  Illinois,  1906-;  Assistant  Geologist, 

United  States  Geological  Survey,  1901-6;   Geologist,  ibid.,  1906-. 

A  Report  on  the  Paleozoic  Paleontology  of  New  Jersey.  Svo,  .\+462, 
53  plates.     Geological  Survey  of  New  Jersey.    Trenton,  N.J.,  1903. 

The  Geological  Map  of  Illinois.  Pj).  26  and  map.  Bulletin  of  the 
Illinois  State  Geological  Survey,  No.  i  (1906);  2d  ed.,  pp.  34  and 
map,  ibid.,  No.  6  (1907).     Urbana:    University  of  Illinois. 

A  Report  on  the  Cretaceous  Paleontology  of  Xcw  Jersey.  Svo,  87 1, 
III  plates.     Geological  Survey  of  New  Jersey.     Trenton,  N.J.,  1907. 

The  Mississippian  Brachiopoda  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  Basin.  4to, 
50S,  83  plates.  Illinois  State  Geological  Survey,  Monograph  I. 
Urbana:  University  of  Illinois,  1914. 


296  PUBLICATIONS 

Crotalocrinus  Cora  (Hall),  Journal  of  Geology,  X  (1902),  532-34. 

The  Stokes  Collection  of  Antarctic  Fossils,  ibid.,  XI  (1903),  413-19. 

The  Classification  of  the  Upper  Cretaceous  Formations  and  Faunas  of 
New  Jersey,  ihid.,  XIII  (1905),  71-84;  published  also  in  Atmual 
Report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  New  Jersey  (1904),  145-59. 

A  Fossil  Starfish  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming,  Journal  of  Geology, 
XIII  (1905),  257-58. 

Paraphorhynchus,  a  New  Genus  of  Kinderhook  Brachiopoda,  Transac- 
tions of  the  St.  Louis  Academy  of  Sciences,  XV  (1905),  259-61. 

The  Fauna  of  the  Cliff  wood  Clays,  Journal  of  Geology,  XIII  (1905), 
324-37;  published  also  in  Annual  Report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
New  Jersey  (1904),  133-44. 

The  Northern  and  Southern  Kinderhook  Faunas,  Journal  of  Geology, 
XIII  (1905),  617-34. 

Kinderhook  Faunal  Studies: 

IV.  The  Fauna  of  the  Glen  Park  Limestone,  Transactions  of  the  St. 
Louis  Academy  of  Sciences,  XVI  (1906),  435-71,  plates  VI-VII. 
V.  The  Fauna  of  the  Fern  Glen  Formation,  Bulletin  of  the  Geological 
Society  of  America,  XX  (1909),  265-333,  plates  X-XV. 

Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  Ordovician  Fossils  from  China,  Proceed- 
ings of  the  United  States  National  Museum,  XXXII  (1907),  557-63. 

The  Paleontology  of  the  Niagaran  Limestone  in  the  Chicago  Area.  The 
Trilobita,  Bulletin  of  the  Natural  History  Survey  of  the  Chicago  Academy 
of  Science,  IV,  Part  II  (1907),  155-281,  plates  XVI-XXV. 

Notes  on  the  Geology  of  Southern  Calhoun  County,  Bulletin  of  the  Illinois 
State  Geological  Survey,  No.  4  (1907),  219-33. 

The  Pre-Richmond  Unconformity  in  the  Mississippi  Valley,  Journal  of 
Geology,  XV  (1907),  519-25. 

The  Salem  Limestone,  Bulletin  of  the  Illinois  State  Geological  Survey, 
No.  8  (1908),  81-102. 

Correlation  of  the  Middle  and  Upper  Devonian,  and  the  Mississippian 
Faunas  of  North  America,  Journal  of  Geology,  XVII  (1909),  257-85. 

Description  of  a  Permian  Crinoid  Fauna  from  Texas,  ibid.,  623-35, 
I  plate. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  297 

Internal  Characters  of  Some  Mississippian  Rhynchonclliform  Shells, 
Bulletin  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America,  XXI  (1910),  497-516. 

Genera  of  Mississippian  Loop-Bearing  Brachiopoda,  Journal  of  Geology, 

XLx:  (191 1),  439-48. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  Chester  Group  in  Southwestern  Illinois,  Transactions 
of  the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  V'l  (1913),  118-29. 

A  Report  on  Ordovician  Fossils  Collected  in  Eastern  Asia  in  1903-4, 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Publication  No.  54  (1913),  277-94, 
plates  XXV-XXVI. 

Anticlinal  Structure  in  Randolph  County,  Bulletin  of  the  Illinois  State 
Geological  Survey,  No.  31  (191 5),  69-70. 

The  Ste.  Genevieve  Formation  and  Its  Stratigraphic  Relations  in 
Southeastern  Iowa  (with  F.  M.  Van  Tuyl),  Proceedings  of  the  Iowa 
Academy  of  Science,  XXII  (1916),  241-47. 

Atactocrinus,  a  New  Crinoid  Genus  from  the  Richmond  of  Illinois, 
Contributions  from  Walker  Museum,  I,  No.  10  (1916),  239-41, 
plate  XV. 

Description  of  a  Ste.  Genevieve  Limestone  Fauna  from  Monroe  County, 
Illinois,  ibid.,  243-65,  plates  XVI-XIX. 

Review  in':  Journal  of  Geology,  XVII,  300-302. 

Samuel   Wendell    Williston    [1902-],    Professor    of    Paleontology; 

Director  of  Walker  Geological  Museum. 

S.B.  Kansas  Agricultural  College.  1872;  M.D.  Yale,  1880;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1885; 
Sc.D.  ibid.,  191 3;  Professor  of  .\natomy,  Yale,  1886-90;  Professor  of  Historical 
Geology  and  .Anatomy,  and  Dean  of  the  Medical  School,  Kansas,  i890-i902- 
Professor  of  Paleontology,  Chicago,  1902-;  Director  of  Walker  Museum,  ig\b-. 

Member,  Kansas  State  Board  of  Health  and  Kansas  Board  of  Medical  Kxamina- 
tion,  1S9S-1Q02;  President,  Kansas  .Vcademy  of  Science,  1897;  Member,  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Sciences. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Journal  of  Geology,  1904-. 

Manual  of  Xorth  American  Diptcra.  i2mo,  412.  New  }la\en:  J.  T. 
Hathaway,  1908. 

American  Permian  Vertebrates.  8vo,  145,  39  plates.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1911. 

Permocarbonifcrous  Vertebrates  of  New  Me.xi^o  (with  E.  C.  Case  and 
M.  G.  Mchl).  4to,  80,  4  plates.  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washing- 
ton, Publication  No.  181  (1913). 


298  PUBLICATIONS 

Water  Reptiles  oj  the  Past  and  Present.     8vo,  251.     Chicago:  University 
Press,  1914. 

A  Fossil  Man  from  Kansas,  Science,  XVI  (1902),  196-97. 

On   the  Skull  of  Nyctodactyliis,   An  Upper   Cretaceous   Pterodactyl, 
Journal  of  Geology,  X  (1902),  520-35. 

An  Arrow-Head  Found  with  Bones  of  Bison  occidentalis  Lucas  in  Western 
Kansas,  American  Geologist,  XXX  (1902),  313-15. 

The  Laramie  Cretaceous,  Science,  XVI  (1902),  952. 

The  Lansing  Man,  Transactions  of  the  Western  Congress  of  Americanists 
(1902),  85-89. 

On  the  Occurrence  of  an  Arrow-Head  with  Bones  of  an  Extinct  Bison, 
American  Geologist,  XXX  (1902),  313-315. 

The  Fossil  Man  of  Lansing,  Kansas,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXII 

(1903),  463-73- 
The  Structure  of  the  Plesiosaur  Skull,  Science,  XVII  (1903),  219. 

North  American  Plesiosaurs.     Part  I,  Publications  of  the  Field  Columbian 
Museum  (Geological  Series),  II  (1903),  1-77,  plates  I-XXIX. 

On  the  Osteology  of  Nyctosaurus  (Nyctodactylus)  with  notes  on  American 
Pterosaurs,  ibid.,  125-63,  plates  XL-XLIV. 

Some  Osteological  Terms,  Science,  XVIII  (1903),  829. 

The  Fingers  of  Pterodactyls,  London  Geological  Magazine  (V),  I  (1904), 

58-59. 
The  Temporal  Arches  of  the  Reptilia,  Biological  Bulletin,  VII  (1904), 

175-92. 
Stomach  Stones  of  the  Plesiosaurs,  Science,  XX  (1904),  355. 

The  Relationships  and  Habits  of  the  Mosasaurs,  Journal  of  Geology, 

XII  (1904),  43-51. 

Notice   of  New  Reptiles  from  the  Upper  Trias  of  Wyoming,  ibid., 
688-97. 

The  Hallopus,  Baptanodon,  and  Atlantosaurus  Beds  of  Marsh,  ibid., 

XIII  (1905),  338-50. 

A  New  Armored  Dinosaur  from  the  Upper  Cretaceous  of  Wyoming, 
Science,  XXII  (1905),  503,  504. 

American  AmphicocHan  CrocodWcs,  J  our  nal  of  Geology  ,yilV  (1906),  1-17. 


DEPARl MKM"  01    (.EOLOGY  299 

North  American  Plesiosaurs:  Elasniosaiirus,  Cimoliasaurus,  and  Poh- 
colylus,  American  Journal  of  Science  (1906),  221-36,  plates  I-IV. 

The  Great  Plains,  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  VI  (1906),  641-51. 

Some  Common  Errors  in  the  Nomenclature  of  the  Dijjterous  Wing, 
Psyche,  XIII  (1906),  154-57. 

The  Classification  of  the  Culicidae,  Canadian  Entomologist,  XXWIII 
(1906),  384-88. 

Dipterological  Notes,  Journal  of  the  New  York  Entomological  Society^ 
XV  (1907),  1-2. 

The  First  Reviser  of  Species,  Science,  XXV  (1907),  790-91. 

On  the  Skull  of  Brachauchenius,  and  the  Relationships  of  the  Plesiosaurs, 
Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National  Museum,  XXXII  (1907), 
15,  4  plates. 

The  Antennae  of  Diptera:  A  Study  in  Phylogeny,  Biological  Bulletin^ 
XIII  (1907),  324-32. 

What  Is  a  Species  ?  American  Naturalist,  XLII  (1908),  184-94. 

The  Cotylosauria,  Journal  of  Geology,  XVI  (1908),  139-48. 

Lysorophus,  a  Permian  Urodele,  Biological  Bulletin,  XV  (1908),  229-40. 

North  American  Plesiosaurs:  Trinacromerum,  Journal  of  Geology,  XVI 
(1908),  715-36. 

The  Faunal  Relations  of  the  Early  Vertebrates,  ibid.,  X\'II  (1909), 
389-402. 

New  or  Little-known  Permian  Vertebrates — Trematops,  ibid.,  636-58. 

New  or  Little-known  Permian  Vertebrates — Pariotichus,  Biological 
Bulletin,  XVII  (1909),  241-55. 

Has  the  American  College  Failed  to  Fulfil  Its  Function  ?  Journal  of 
Proceedings  and  Addresses  of  the  National  Eilucation  Association 
(1909),  526-32. 

The  Skull  and  Extremities  of  Diplocaulus,  Transactions  of  the  Kansas 
Academy  of  Science,  XXI  (1909),  122-31,  plates  I-V. 

The  Skull  of  Labidosaurus,  American  Journal  of  Anatomy,  X  (1910), 
69-S4,  i^latcs  I-III. 

Cacops,  Desmospondylus,  New  Genera  of  Permian  \'ertebrates,  Bulletin 
of  the  Geological  Society  of  America,  XXI  (1910),  249-84,  plates 
VII-XIX. 


300  PUBLICATIONS 

Dissorophys  Cope,  Journal  of  Geology,  XVIII  (1910),  226-36. 

A  Mounted  Skeleton  of  Platecarpus,  ibid.,  237-41. 

New  Permian  Reptiles:  Rhachitomous  Vertebrae,  ibid.,  585-600. 

The  Birth-place  of  Man,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXVI  (19 10),  585-91. 

A  New  Family  of  Permian  Reptiles  from  New  Mexico,  American  Journal 
of  Science,  XXXI  (1911),  378-98. 

Restoration  of  Seymouria  baylorensis  Broili,  an  American  Cotylosaur, 
Journal  of  Geology,  XIX  (1911),  232-37. 

Permian  Reptiles,  Science,  XXXIII  (191 1),  631-32. 

Wing-Finger  of  Pterodactyls,  with  Restoration  of  Nyctosaurus,  Journal 
of  Geology,  XIX  (191 1),  696-705. 

Permo-Carboniferous  of  Northern  New  Mexico  (with  E.  C.  Case),  ibid., 
XX  (1912),  1-12. 

A  Description  of  the  Skulls  of  Diadectes  lentus  and  Animasaurus  carinatus 
(with  E.  C.  Case),  Americun  Journal  of  Science,  XXXIII  (191 2), 
339-48. 

Ten  Years'  Progress  in  Vertebrate  Paleontology:  Evolutionary  Evi- 
dences, ^m/Zc^w  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America,  XXIII  (1912), 
257-62. 

Restoration  of  Limnoscelis,  a  Colytosaur  Reptile  from  New  Mexico, 
American  Journal  of  Science,  XXXIV  (191 2),  457-68. 

Primitive  Reptiles:   A  Review,  Journal  of  Morphology,  XXIII  (191 2), 

637-63- 

The  Pelycosaurian  Mandible,  Science,  XXXVIII  (1913),  512. 

Ancestral  Lizard  from  the  Permian  of  Texas,  ibid.,  825-26. 

Ostodolepis  brevispinatus,  a  New  Reptile  from  the  Permian  of  Texas, 
Journal  of  Geology,  XXI  (1913),  363-66. 

The  Primitive  Structure  of  the  Mandible  in  Amphibians  and  Reptiles, 
ibid.,  625-27. 

Broiliellus,  a  New  Genus  of  Amphibians  from  the  Permian  of  Texas, 
ibid.,  XXII  (1914),  49-56. 

Restorations  of  Some  American  Permocarboniferous  Amphibians  and 
Reptiles,  ibid.,  57-70. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  301 

The  Osteology  of  Some  American  Permian  Vertebrates,  I,  ibid.,  364-419; 
II,  Contributions  from  Walker  Museum,  II,  No.  9  (1916),  161-92. 

Trimerorhachis,  a  Permian  Temnospondyl  Amphibian,  Journal  oj  Geology, 
XXIII  (191s),  246-55. 

New  Genera  of  Permian  Reptiles,  American  Journal  of  Science,  XXXIX 

(1915),  575-79- 
Synopsis  of  the  .\merican  Permocarboniferous  Tetrapoda,  Contributions 

from  Walker  Museum,  II,  No.  9  (1916),  193-236. 

The  Skeleton  of  Trimerorhachis,  Journal  of  Geology,  XXIV  (1916),  291-97. 

Reviews  in:    Science,  XXXIII,  250-52;   Journal  of  Geology,  XVI, 
775-77;  XIX,  616-64;  XX,  91-94,  288;    Yale  Review,  1914. 

Wallace  Walter  Atwood  [1899-1913],  Associate  Professor  of  Physiog- 
raphy and  General  Geology;  Professor  of  Physiograjjhy,  Harvard 
University,  and  Geologist,  United  States  Geological  Survey. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1S97;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1903;  Instructor  in  Physiography  and  Matlie- 
matics,  Lewis  Institute,  1897-99;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiography  and 
General  Geology,  Chicago,  190S-10;    .Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1910-13. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Journal  of  Geology,  191 2-. 

Assistant    Geologist,    United    States    Geological    Survey,    1901-9; 

Geologist,  Illinois  Geological  Survey,  1906-13;    Geologist,  United 

States  Geological  Survey,  1910-13;    Member,  Illinois  State  Park 

Commission,  igii-12. 

Physical  Geography  of  the  Evanston-Waukegan  Region  (with  J.  W.  Gold- 
thwait).  Svo,  102,  14  plates.  Bulletin  of  the  Illinois  State  Geologi- 
cal Survey,  No.  7,  1908. 

Interpretation  of  Topographic  Maps  (with  R.  D.  Salisbur>').  4to»  84, 
170  plates.  United  States  Geological  Survey,  Professional  Paper  60, 
Washington,  190S. 

Glaciati^n  of  the  Uinta  and  Wasatch  Mountains.  Doctor's  thesis.  4to, 
96.  United  States  Geological  Survey,  Professional  Paper  61, 
Washington,  1909;  see  also  Journal  of  Geology,  XV  (1907),  790^804. 

The  Geology  and  Mineral  Resources  of  Parts  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula. 
8vo,  137,  14  plates.  Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey,  No.  467,  Washington,  1911. 

The  Glaciation  of  San  Francisco  Mountain,  Arizona,  Journal  of  Geology, 
XIII  (1905),  276-79. 


302  PUBLICATIONS 

Red  Alountain:  A  Dissected  Volcanic  Cone,  Journal  oj  Geology,  XIV 
(1906),  138-46. 

Lakes  of  the  Uinta  Mountains,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical 
Society,  XL  (1908),  12-17. 

Alaska  and  Its  Wealth,  World  To-Day,  XIV  (1908),  587-98. 

Mineral  Resources  of  Alaska,  Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey,  No.  379c  (1909),  108-52. 

Prospecting  in  Alaska,    University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  III   (19 10), 

53-57- 
A  Selected  List  of  Topographic  Maps  Illustrating  Physiographic  T>'pes, 

Special  Publication  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  19 10. 

The  First- Year  Science  Course  in  High  School,  School  Review,  XIX 
(1911),  119-23. 

Physiographic  Studies  in  the  San  Juan  District  of  Colorado,  Journal  of 
Geology,  XIX  (191 1),  449-53- 

A  Geographic  Study  of  the  Mesa  Verde,  Annals  of  the  Association  of 
American  Geographers,  I  (1912),  95-100. 

The  Evidence  of  Three  Distinct  Glacial  Epochs  in  the  Pleistocene  History 
of  the  San  Juan  Mountains,  Coloxdido,  Journal  of  Geology,  XX  (1912), 
385-409. 

Some  Triassic  Fossils  from  Southeastern  Alaska,  ibid.,  653-55. 

The  Atwood  Celestial  Sphere,  Bulletin  of  the  Chicago  Academy  of  Sciences j 
IV  (1913),  9-36. 

Review  in:  School  Review,  XIX,  576-78. 

William  Harvey  Emmons  [1903-12],  Associate  Professor  of  Economic 

Geology  and  Mineralogy;   Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department 

of  Geology,  University  of  Minnesota,  and  Director  of  the  JMinnesota 

Geological  Survey. 

A.B.  Central  CoIIckc,  1897;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1904;  Assistant  Professor  of  Eco- 
nomic Geology  and  Mineralogy,  ibid.,  1908;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1909-12. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Journal  of  Geology,  191 2-;  Associate 
Editor,  Economic  Geology,  191 1-. 

Geologist,  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1910-15 ;  Member,  Com- 
mittee on  Economic  Geology,  American  Institute  of  Mining  Engi- 
neers, 1914-;  Member,  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1904-15. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CEOLOGY  303 

Geology  and  Ore  Deposits  of  the  Bullfrog  District,  Xevada  (with  F.  L. 
Ransome  and  G.  H.  Garrey).  .Svo,  130.  Bulletin  of  the  United 
States  Geological  Survey,  Xo.  407  (1909). 

Some  Ore  Deposits  in  Maine  and  Milan  Mine,  New  Hampshire.  Svo,  62. 
Ibid.,  No.  432  (1910). 

A  Reconnaissance  of  Some  Mining  Districts  in  Elko,  Lander,  and  Eureka 
Counties,  Xevada.     Svo,  130.     Ibid.,  No.  408  (19 10). 

Geology  of  the  Haystack  Stock,  Cowles,  Park  County,  Montana. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Journal  of  Geology,  XVI  (1908),  193-229. 

Secondary  Enrichment  in  the  Granite  Bimetallic  Mine,  Philipsburg, 
Montana,  Science,  XXVII  (190S),  925. 

Gold  Deposits  of  the  Little  Rocky  Mountains,  Montana,  Bulletin  of  the 
United  Slates  Geological  Survey,  No.  340  (1908),  96-1 17. 

A  Genetic  Classification  of  Minerals,  Economic  Geology,  III  (1908), 
611-27. 

Some  Regionally  Metamorphosed  Deposits  and  the  So-called  Segregated 

Veins,  Economic  Geology,  IV  (1909),  755-81. 

Outcrops  of  Ore  Bodies,  Mining  and  Scientific  Press,  XCIX  (1909),  751- 
54,  782-87;  published  also  in  Types  of  Ore  Deposits,  San  Francisco 
(1911),  299-323. 

A  Preliminary  Report  on  the  Mineral  Deposits  of  Ducktown,  Tennessee, 
ibid..  No.  470  (191 1),  151-72. 

The  Agency  of  Manganese  in  the  Superficial  Alteration  and  Secondar)' 
Enrichment  of  Gold  Deposits  in  the  United  States,  Transactions  of 
the  American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers,  XLII  (191 1),  3-73; 
published  also  in  Ore  Deposits,  New  York  (1913),  759-828;  and  in 
Journal  of  Geology,  XIX  (191 1),  15-46. 

Albert  Joh.\nnsen  [1910-],  Associate  Professor  of  Petrolog>'. 

S.B.  Illinois,  1S94;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1903;  Assistant  Professor  of  Petrology, 
Chicago,  1910-14;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1914-. 

Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Journal  of  Geology,  1910-. 

Assistant  Geologist,  Uniteil  States  Geological  Survey,  1903-;  Acting 

Chief,  Section  of  Petrology,  ibid.,  1907-10. 

A  Manual  of  Petrographic  Methods.  Svo,  .x.wiii-f  649,  770  figs.  New 
York:  McGraw-IIill  Book  Co.,  1914. 


304  PUBLICATIONS 

Translation  of  Ernst  Weinschenk's  Fundamental  Principles  of  Petrology, 
8vo,  X+214,  137  figs.,  6  plates.  New  York:  McGraw-Hill  Book 
Co.,  igi6. 

Some  Simple  Improvements  for  a  Petrographical  Microscope,  American 
Journal  of  Science,  XXIX  (1910),  435-38. 

Petrographic  Terms  for  Field  Use,  Journal  of  Geology,  XIX  (191 1), 

317-23- 

A  Dra wing-Board  with  Revolving  Disk  for  Stereographic  Projection, 
ibid.,  752-55. 

An  Accessory  Lens  for  Observing  Interference  Figures  of  Small  Mineral 
Grains,  ibid.,  XXI  (1913),  96-98. 

Petrographic  Analysis  of  the  Bridger,  Washakie,  and  Other  Eocene 
Formations  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Bulletin  of  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  XXXIII  (1914),  209-22. 

Suggestions  for  a  Quantitative  Mineralogical  Classification  of  Igneous 
Rocks,  Journal  of  Geology,  XXV  (1917),  63-97. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  Geology,  XVIII,  476-83,  576-78,  580-82; 
XIX,  181-88,  283,  462-63,  464-65,  466-68;  XX,  80-82,  84-88, 
89-90,  479;  XXII,  189-92,  275-85,  437-40,  529-33,  625-29,  725-2S. 

J  Harlen  Bretz  [1914-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Geology. 

A.B.  Albion,  1905;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of  Geology,  Wash- 
ington, 1913-14;   Assistant  Professor  of  Geology,  Chicago,  1915-. 

Glaciation  of  the  Puget  Sound  Region.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  244.  Bul- 
letin of  the  Washington  Geological  Survey,  No.  8  (1913).  Olympia, 
Wash.:   Frank  M.  Lamborn. 

Pleistocene  of  Western  Washington  (abstract).  Bulletin  of  the  Geologi- 
cal Society  of  America,  XXVI  (1915),  131. 

Albert  Dudley  Brokaw  [191 2-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Mineralogy 

and  Economic  Geology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1908;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1913;   Assistant  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and 
Economic  Geology,  ibid.,  1914-. 

The  Solution  of  Gold  in  the  Surface  Alterations  of  Ore  Bodies,  Journal 
of  Geology,  XVIII  (1910),  321-26. 

The  Secondary  Precipitation  of  Gold  in  Ore  Bodies.  Doctor's  thesis. 
/61V.,  XXI  (1913),  251-67. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  305 

The  Precipitation  of  Gold  by  Manganous  Salts,  Journal  of  Industrial 
and  Engineering  Chemistry,  V  (1913),  560-61;  published  also  in 
Mining  and  Scientific  Press,  CVII  (1913),  149-50. 

Zonal  Weathering  of  a  Hornblende  Gabbro  (with  Leon  P.  Smith), 
Journal  of  Geology,  XXIV  (1916),  200-205. 

A  Stage  Attachment  for  the  Metallographic  Microscope,  ibid.,  718-19. 

Oil  Investigations  in  Illinois  in  19 16.  Parts  of  Saline,  Williamson,  Pope, 
and  Johnson  Counties,  Illinois  Slate  Geological  Survey  Bulletin, 
No.  35  (1917),  19-37- 

Reviews   in:    Journal   of  Geology,   XX,   678-80;    XXI,    756-57. 
Other  reviews  in  Chemical  Abstracts. 

RoLLiN  Thomas  Chamberlin  [1904-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Geology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1903;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1907-,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geology,  ibid.,  1914-. 
Member,  Board  of  Editors,  Journal  of  Geology,  191 2-. 
Assistant    Geologist,    United    States    Geological    Survey,    1907-; 
Member,    Commission    for    Oriental    Educational    Investigation, 
1908-9;   Member  of  Brazilian  Iron  Survey,  1911-12. 

The  Gases  in  Rocks.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  80.  Carnegie  Institution 
of  Washington,  Publication  No.  106  (1908). 

Notes  on  Explosive  Mine  Gases  and  Dusts,  with  Special  Reference  to  E.t- 
plosions  in  the  Monongah,  Darr,  and  Naomi  Coal  Mines.  8vo,  65. 
Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  No,  2)^^  (1909)- 

The  Glacial  Features  of  the  St.  Croix-Dalles  Region,  Journal  of  Geology^ 
XIII  (1905),  238-56. 

Early  Terrestrial  Conditions  Which  May  Have  Favored  Organic 
Synthesis  (with  T.  C.  Chamberlin),  Scioue,  XXVIII  (1908),  897-911. 

Certain  Valley  Configurations  in  Low  Latitudes  (with  T.  C.  Chamber- 
lin), Journal  of  Geology,  XVIH  (1910),  117-24. 

The  Appalachian  Folds  of  Central  Pennsylvania,  ibid.,  22S-51. 

The  Older  Drifts  in  the  St.  Croix  Region,  ibid.,  542-48. 

Travel  in  the  Interior  of  China,  University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  II 
(1910),  150-55. 

Populous  and  Beautiful  Szechuan,  National  Geographic  Magazine,  XXH 
(1911),  1094-1119. 


3o6  PUBLICATIONS 

Certain  Phases  of  Glacial  Erosion  (with  T.  C.  Chamberlin),  Journal  of 
Geology,  XIX  (1911),  193-217. 

The  Physical  Setting  of  the  Chilean  Borate  Deposits,  ibid.,  XX  (191 2), 
763-68. 

Periodicity  of  Paleozoic  Orogenic  Movements, /&/(/.,  XXII  (1914),  315-45. 

The  Geology  of  Central  JNIinas  Geraes,  Brazil  (with  E.  C.  Harder), 
Part  I,  ibid.,  XXIII  (1915),  341-78;  Part  II,  ibid.,  385-424. 

Reviews  of:  Joly,  Radioactivity  and  Geology,  Journal  of  Geology, 
XVIII,  568-70;  Woodworth,  Geological  Expedition  to  Brazil  and 
Chile,  ibid.,  XXI,  284-87.     Other  reviews  in  Journal  of  Geology,  XVIII, 

99-102, 295-96, 391, 566-68;  XIX,  91-94, 184, 282, 384, 473-76;  XX, 

772-73;  XXI,  372-73,  375-76;  XXII,  91-92;  XXIII,  379;  XXIV,  298- 
99;  A stro physical  Journal, 'KXXNlll,  20^-b;  XXXIX,  184. 

Maurice  Goldsmith  Mehl  [1915],  Instructor  in  Paleontology;  Profes- 
sor of  Geology  and  Paleontology,  University  of  Oklahoma. 
S.B.  Chicago,  191 1 ;  Ph.D.  z6j(f.,  1914;  Instructor,  z6w/.,  1915. 

Permocarboniferous  Vertebrates  of  New  Mexico  (with  S.  W.  Williston 
and  E.  C.  Case).  4to,  80,  4  plates.  Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash- 
ington, Publication  No.  181  (1913). 

Pantylus  Cordatus  Cope,  Journal  of  Geology,  XX  (1912),  21-27,  2  figs. 

Mranenosaurus  ?  Reedii,  Sp.  Nov.  and  Tricleidus  ?  Laramiensis  Knight, 
x^merican  Jurassic  Plesiosaurs,  ibid.,  344-52,  3  figs. 

The  Phytosauria  of  the  Trias.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ibid.,  XXIII  (1915), 
129-65. 

Eugene  Austin  Stephenson  [1913-],  Instructor  in  Geology. 

S.B.  Adrian  College,  1905;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;    Assistant  in  Geolog>',  ibid., 
1913;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1914-. 

Studies  in  Hydrothermal  Alteration,  I.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of 
Geology,  XXIV  (19 16),  180-99. 

Arthur   Carleton  Trowbridge   [1907-11],   Instructor   in   Geology; 

Professor  of  Geology,  State  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1907;    Ph.D.  ibid.,  191 1;   Laboratory  Assistant  in  Geology,  ibid., 
1907-8;   Assistant,  ibid.,  1908-9;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1909-11. 

Field  Assistant,  Illinois  Geological  Survey,  Summer,  1907;  Geologist, 

ibid.,  19 10. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  307 

The  I  liter  pretation  of  Topographic  Maps  (in  collaboration  with  R.  D. 
Salisbury).  Laboratory  Manual.  i2mo,  64.  New  York:  Henry 
Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 

Studies  in  Geology  (with  R.  D.  Salisbury).  1 2mo,  68.  New  York:  Henry 
Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 

Historical  and  Structural  Geology  (with  R.  D.  Salisbury),  i2mo,  76. 
New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 

The  Terrestrial  Deposits  of  Owens  Valley,  California.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Geology,  XIX  (191 1),  706-47. 

The  Geology  and  Geography  of  the  Wheaton  Quadrangle,  Bulletin  of  the 
Illinois  Stale  Geological  Survey,  No.  19  (1912),  1-79. 

Edson  Sunderland  Bastin  [1903-5],  Research  Assistant  in  Geology; 

Geologist,  United  States  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.C. 

A.B.  Michigan,  1902;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1909;    Research   Assistant   in   Geology, 
ibid.,  1903-5. 

Note  on  Baked  Clays  and  Natural  Slags  in  Eastern  Wyoming,  Journal 
of  Geology,  Xlll  (1905),  408-13. 

Chemical  Composition  as  a  Criterion  in  Identifying  Metamorphosed 
Sediment.     Doctor's    thesis.    Journal    of   Geology,    XVII    (1909), 

445-72. 

James  Harold  Hante  [19 14-15],  Assistant  in  Geology;  State  Univer- 
sity of  Iowa,  Iowa  City. 

S.B.  Northwestern,  1901;    Instructor  in  Chemistrj',  Washington,  1905-7;    In- 
structor in  Mathematics,  ibid.,  1906-7;  .Assistant  in  Geology,  Chicago,  1914-15. 

Assistant  and  Associate  Geologist,  United  States  Geological  Survey, 
1910-15. 

Notes  on  the  Occurrence  and  Use  of  Flint  Clay,  Mineral  Resources  of 
the  United  Slates,  II  (1913),  639-48. 

Use  of  the  Slide  Rule  in  the  Computation  of  Rock  Analyses,  Journal  of 
Geology,  XXIII  (1915),  560-68. 

J  Claude  Jones  [1907-10],   Research  Assistant  in  Geology-;   Professor 
of  Geology,  University  of  Nevada,  Reno. 
A.B.  Illinois,  1902;  Research  .\ssistant  in  Geology,  Chicago,  1907-10. 
Field  Assistant,  Illinois  Geological  Survey,  1906-9. 

Drainage  about  Springfield,  Illinois,  Bulletin  of  the  Illinois  Stale  Geo- 
logical Survey,  No.  8  (1908),  68-70. 


3o8  PUBLICATIONS 

James  Henry  Lees  [1904-6],  Research  Assistant  in  Geology;  Assistant 

State  Geologist,  Iowa  Geological  Survey. 

A.B.  Coe  College,  1901;    S.M.  Iowa,  1903;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;    Research 
Assistant  in  Geology,  ibid.,  1904-6. 

The  Skull  of  Paleorhinus,  a  Wyoming  Phytosaur,  Journal  of  Geology, 
XV  (1907),  121-51. 

The  Geological  History  of  the  Des  Moines  River  Valley.  Doctor's 
thesis.    Iowa  Geological  Survey,  XXV  (1914),  423-615. 

Raymond  Cecil  Moore  [1915-16],  Assistant  in  Geology;  Professor  of 
Geology,  University  of  Kansas,  and  Kansas  State  Geologist. 
A.B.  Denison,  1913;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1916;  Assistant  in  Geology,  ibid.,  1915-16. 

Geology  and  Coal  Resources  of  the  Area  Southwest  of  Custer,  Yellow- 
stone and  Bighorn  Counties,  Montana  (with  G.  Sherburne  Rogers, 
Wallace  Lee,  and  A.  H.  Sloan),  Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Geo- 
logical Survey,  No.  541,  316-23. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  Geology,  XXIV  (1916),  98-104,  206-8. 

William  Clestton  Alden  [1904-12],  Docent  in  Field  Geology;  Geologist, 

United  States  Geological  Survey,  Washington. 

A.B.  Cornell,  1893;  S.M.  Chicago,  1898;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1903;  Docent  in  Geology, 
ibid.,  1904-12. 

Assistant  Geologist,  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1901-. 

The  Delavan  Lobe  of  the  Lake  Michigan  Glacier  of  the  Wisconsin  Stage  of 
Glaciation  and  Associated  Phenomena.  Doctor's  thesis.  4to,  106, 
15  plates.  Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  Pro- 
fessional Paper  34,  1904. 

Description  of  the  Chicago  District.  Chicago  Folio  (Illinois-Indiana), 
No.  81,  pp.  1-14,  Geologic  Atlas  of  the  United  States;  United  States 
Geological  Survey,  1902. 

Eliot  Blackwelder,  Ph.D.  1914;  Professor  of  Geology,  University  of 
Wisconsin. 

Post-cretaceous  History  of  the  Mountains  of  Central  Western  Wyoming, 
Doctor's  thesis.     Journal  of  Geology,  XXIII  (1915),  97-217,  307-40. 

Edwin  Baykr  Branson,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  Geology  and  Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Geology  and  Geography,  University  of 
Missouri. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  309 

Note  on  Some  Carboniferous  Cochliodonts,  with  Descriptions  of  Seven 
New  Species,  Journal  of  Geology,  XIII  (1905),  20-34,  2  plates. 

Structure  and  Relationships  of  American  Labyrinthodontidae.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Ibid.,  568-610,  6  plates,  8  figs. 

Edward  Moore  Jackson  Burwasii,  Ph.D.  1915;  26  Akin  Avenue, 
Toronto,  Canada). 

On  Some  New  Species  of  Marine  Invertebrates  from  the  Cretaceous  of 
the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of 
Canada,  1913,  Section  IV,  77-89.     3  plates. 

Pleistocene  Vulcanism  of  the  Coast  Range  of  British  Columbia,  Journal 
of  Geology,  XXII  (1914),  260-67. 

Stephen  Reid  Capps,  Jr.,  Ph.D.  1907;  Geologist,  United  States  Geo- 
logical Survey,  Washington. 

Pleistocene  Geology  of  the  Leadville  Quadrangle,  Colorado.  Doctor's 
thesis.  8vo,  99.  Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey, 
No.  386  (1909). 

Pleistocene  Geology  of  the  Sawatch  Range  near  Leadville,  Colorado 
(with  E.  de  K.  Leffingwell),  Journal  of  Geology,  XII  (1904),  698-706. 

The  Girdles  and  Hind  Limb  of  Holosaurus  abruptus  Marsh,  ibid.,  XV 
(1907),  350-56. 

Fred  Harvey  Hall  Calhoun,  Ph.D.  1902;  Professor  of  Geology, 
Clemson  College,  South  CaroUna. 

The  Montana  Lobe  of  the  Keewatin  Ice  Sheet.  Doctor's  thesis.  4to, 
62,  7  plates.  United  States  Geological  Survey,  Professional 
Paper  50.     Washington,  1906. 

Joel  Ernest  Carman,  Ph.D.  1915;  Professor  of  Geology,  Ohio  State 
University. 

The  Pleistocene  Geology  of  Northwestern  Iowa.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Iowa  Geological  Survey.     In  Press. 

Harold  Caswell  Cooke,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Geological  Survey  of  Canada, 
Ottawa. 

The  Secondary  Enrichment  of  Silver  Ores.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of 
Geology,  XXI  (1913),  1-28. 


310  PUBLICATIONS 

NE\r[N  I\i.  Fenneman,  Ph.D.  1902;  Professor  of  Geology,  University  of 
Cincinnati. 

On  the  Lakes  of  Southeastern  Wisconsin.  8vo,  178,  36  plates.  Bulletin 
of  the  Wisconsin  Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey,  No.  8 
(1902). 

Allen  DA\^D  Hole,  Ph.D.  1910;  Professor  of  Geology  and  Curator  of 
the  Joseph  Moore  Museum,  Earlham  College,  Richmond,  Ind. 

Glaciation  in  the  Telluride  Quadrangle,  Colorado.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Geology,  XX  (1912),  502-29,  605-39,  7io~37- 

George  Frederick  Kay,  Ph.D.  1914;  State  Geologist  and  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Geology,  State  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City. 

The  Geology  and  Ore  Deposits  of  Riddle  Quadrangle,  Oregon.  Doctor's 
thesis.     United  States  Geological  Survey.    In  Press. 

KiRTLEY  Fletcher  Mather,  Ph.D.  1915;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Geology,  Queen's  University,  Kingston,  Canada. 

The  Fauna  of  the  Morrow  Group  of  Arkansas  and  Oklahoma.  Doctor's 
thesis.    Bulletin  of  the  Scientific  Laboratories  of  Denison  University, 

xvm  (1915),  59-284. 

Roy  Lee  Moodie,  Ph.D.  1908;  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois. 

The  Relationship  of  the  Turtles  and  Plesiosaurs.  Science  Bulletin  of 
the  University  of  Kansas,  IV  (1908),  317-27. 

The  Ancestry  of  the  Caudate  Amphibia,  American  Naturalist,  XLII 

(1908),  361-73. 

The  Dawn  of  Quadrupeds  in  North  America,  LXXII  (1908),  558-66. 

Vertebrate  Paleontology:  The  Lysorophidae;  Stegocephalia;  Cotylo- 
sauria;  The  Oldest  Known  Reptile;  The  Age  of  the  Gaskohle; 
Bison  occiden talis ;Nectosaurus;  Callibrachion,  American  Naturalist, 
XLIII  (1909),  116-24. 

The  Carboniferous  Quadrupeds:  Those  of  Kansas,  Ohio,  Illinois,  and 
Pennsylvania  in  Their  Relation  to  the  Classification  of  the  So- 
called  Amphibia  and  Stegocephalia,  Transactions  of  the  Kansas 
Academy  of  Science,  XXII  (1909),  239-47. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  311 

A  Contribution  to  a  Monograph  of  the  Extinct  Amphibia  of  North 
America.  New  Forms  from  the  Carboniferous.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Geology,  XVII  (1909),  38-82. 

The  Microsauria,  Ancestors  of  the  Replilia,  Geological  Magazine,  VI 
(1909),  216-20. 

New  or  Little-known  Forms  of  Carboniferous  Amphibia  in  the  .\merican 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  XXVI  (1909),  347-57. 

Elwood  S.  Moore,  Ph.D.  1909;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department 
of  Geology  and  Mineralogy,  State  College,  Pennsylvania. 

Geology  of  the  Onaman  Iron  Range  Area,  District  of  Thunder  Bay, 
Ontario.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  60.  Reprinted  from  the  Eighteenth 
Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Mines,  Ontario,  Part  I,  1909. 

Alfred  Reginald  Schultz,  Ph.D.  1905,  Geologist,  Mineral  Division 
of  Land  Classification  Board,  United  States  Geological  Survey, 
Washington. 

The  Underground  atid  Surface  Water  Stipplies  of  Wisconsin  (with 
S.  Weidman).  Doctor's  thesis,  xxii+664.  Bulletin  of  the  Wis- 
consin Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey,  No.  35  (1915). 
Madison,  Wis. 

Luther  Crocker  Snider,  Ph.D.  1915;  Oil  Geologist,  Tulsa,  Okla. 

I,  The  Geology  of  a  Portion  of  North-Eastern  Oklahoma;  II,  The 
Paleontology  of  the  Chester  Groups  in  Oklahoma.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  122,  7  plates.  Bulletin  of  the  Oklahoma  Geological  Survey, 
No.  24,  Norman,  Okla.,  1915. 

Clinton  Raymond  Stauffer,  Ph.D.  1909;  Associate  Professor  of 
Geology,  University  of  Minnesota. 

The  Middle  Devonian  of  Ohio.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  204,  17  i)lates. 
Bulletin  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Ohio,  Fourth  Series,  Xo.  10, 
Springfield,  Ohio,  1909. 

The  Devonian  Section  on  Ten  Mile  Creek,  Lucas  County,  Ohio,  Oh  io 
Naturalist,  VIII  (1908),  271-7O. 


312  PUBLICATIONS 

t George  William  Tight,  Ph.D.  1902. 

The  Origin  and  Development  of  the  Ohio  River.  Doctor's  thesis. 
United  States  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  1904. 

John  Littlefield  Tilton,  Ph.D.  19 10;  Professor  of  Geology,  Simpson 
College,  Indianola,  Iowa. 

The  Pleistocene  Deposits  in  Warren  County,  Iowa.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  iv+41.     Chicago:  University  Press,  191 1. 

Charles  W.  Tomlinson,  Ph.D.  1916. 

The  Origin  of  Red  Beds:  A  Study  of  the  Conditions  of  Origin  of  the 
Permocarboniferous  and  Triassic  Red  Beds  of  the  Western  United 
States,  I,  Journal  of  Geology,  XXIV  (1916),  153-79;  II>  ibid.,  238-53. 

Joseph  Bertram  Umpleby,  Ph.D.  1910;  Geologist,  United  States 
Geological  Survey,  Washington. 

Geology  and  Ore  Deposits  of  the  Republic  Mining  District.  Doctor's 
thesis.  Svo,  65.  Bulletin  of  the  Washington  Geological  Survey, 
No.  I  (1910),  Olympia,  Wash. 

Frank  Alonzo  Wilder,  Ph.D.  1902;  Mining  Engineer,  North  Hol- 
ston,  Va. 

The  Age  and  Origin  of  the  Gypsum  of  Central  Iowa.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Geology,  XI  (1903),  723-48. 

Herrick  East  Wilson,  Ph.D.  1913;  United  States  National  Museum, 
Washington. 

Evolution  of  the  Basal  Plates  in  Monocyclic  Crinoidea  Camerata,  I, 
Journal  of  Geology,  XXIV  (1916),  4S8-510,  plates  I-III;  II,  ibid.^ 
533-53;    III,  ibid.,  665-84. 

George  Charlton  Matson,  Graduate  Student. 

A  Contribution  to  the  Study  of  the  Interglacial  Gorge  Problem,  ibid., 

XII  (1904),  133-51- 

Peridotite  Dikes  near  Ithaca,  New  York,  ibid.,  XIII  (1905),  264-75. 
Reviews:  Ibid.,  XIII,  277,  376-77. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOCiRAI'HY  313 

Leon  P.  Smith,  Graduate  Student. 

Zonal  Weathering  of  a  Hornblende  Gabbro  (with  Albert  D.  Brokaw), 
ibid.,  200-205. 

Abram  Ovvem  Thomas,  Graduate  Student. 

A  New  Crinoid  Fauna  from  Monticello,  Iowa,  Proceedings  of  the  Iowa 
Academy  of  Science,  XXII  (1916),  289-91,  i  plate. 

Some  Unique  Niagaran  Cephalopods,  ibid.,  292-300,  2  plates. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOGRAPHY 

RoLLiN'  D.  Salisbury  [1892-],  Professor  of  Geographic  Geology  and 
Head  of  the  Department  of  Geography;  Dean  of  the  Ogden  Gradu- 
ate School  of  Science. 

Ph.B.  Beloit,  1881;  A.'Sl.  ibid.,  1S84;  LL.D.  ibid.,  1904;  Professor  of  General 
and  Geographic  Geology,  Wisconsin,  iSgi-Q2;  Professor  of  Geographic  Gcolog>', 
Chicago,  1892-;  Dean  of  the  Ogden  Graduate  School  of  Science,  ibid.,  1899-;  Head 
of  the  Department  of  Geography,  ibid.,  1903-. 

Joint  Editor  (with  T.  C.  Chamberlin),  Journal  of  Geology,  1893-. 

Assistant,    United    States    Geologist,    Glacial    Division,    1882-92; 

Geologist,  United  States  Geological  Survey,   1892-;    Geologist  in 

charge  of  Pleistocene  Geology  of  New  Jersey,  1891-1910. 

Geology.  Vol.  I,  Geologic  Processes  and  Their  Results;  Vol.  II,  Earth 
History:  Genesis-Paleozoic;  Vol.  Ill,  Earth  History:  Mesozoic- 
Cenozoic  (with  T.  C.  Chamberlin).  8vo,  xLx+654,  xxvi-f  692,  xi-f- 
624.     New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1904,  1906. 

Physiography.  8vo,  xx+770,  707  figs.,  26  plates.  New  York:  Henry 
Holt  &  Co.,  1907. 

Physiography,  Briefer  Course,  viii+531,  469  figs.,  24  plates.  N'ew 
York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1908. 

The  Interpretation  of  Topographic  Maps  (with  W.  \V.  Atwood).  4to,  84, 
170  plates.  United  States  Geological  Survey,  Professional  Paper 
60,  Washington,  190S. 

College  Geology  (with  T.  C.  Chamberlin).  xvi+97S.  New  York:  Henry 
Holt  &  Co.,  1909. 

Physiography,  Elementary  Course,  xi+359.  N^ew  York:  Henry  Holt 
&  Co.,  1910. 


314  PUBLICATIONS 

Elements  of  Geography  (with  H.  H.  Barrows  and  W.  S.  Tower).  8vo, 
Lx+6i6.     New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1912. 

The  Interpretation  of  Topographic  Maps  (with  A.  C.  Trowbridge).  Lab- 
oratory Manual.     i2mo,  64.     New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 

Studies  in  Geology  (with  A.  C.  Trowbridge).  i2mo,  68.  New  York: 
Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 

Historical  and  Structural  Geology  (with  A.  C.  Trowbridge).  i2mo,  76. 
New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 

Modern  Geography  (with  H.  H.  Barrows  and  W.  S.  Tower).  Svo,  Lx-f- 
418.     New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 

Introductory  Geology  (with  T.  C.  Chamberlin).  Svo,  708.  New  York: 
Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1914. 

Glaciation  in  the  Big  Horn  Mountains  (with  Eliot  Blackwelder),  Journal 

of  Geology,  Xl  (igo;^),  216-2^. 

Pleistocene  Formations  (New  York  City  District).  New  York  Folio, 
Geologic  Atlas  of  the  United  States;  United  States  Geological  Survey, 
No.  83  (1904),  11-17. 

New  Physiographic  Terms,  Journal  of  Geology,  XII  (1904),  707-15. 

The  Mineral  Matter  of  the  Sea,  Scottish  Geographic  Magazine,  XXI 
(1905),  132-36. 

The  Mineral  Matter  of  the  Sea,  with  Some  Speculations  as  to  the  Changes 
Which  Have  Been  Involved  in  Its  Production,  Journal  of  Geology, 
XIII  (1905),  469-84. 

Glacial  Geology  (Bighorn  Mountains),  Cloud  Peak-Fort  McKinney 
Folio,  pp.  9-12,  United  States  Geological  Survey,  1906. 

Earthquakes  and  Their  Causes,  World  To-Day,  X  (1906),  614-16. 

The  Origin  of  the  Earth,  ibid.,  XV  (1908),  750-58. 

Quaternary  System  (Passaic  Region).  Passaic  Folio  (New  Jersey-New 
York),  pp.  14-20,  Geologic  Atlas  of  the  United  States;  United  States 
Geological  Survey,  1908. 

Quaternary  System  (Franklin  Furnace  Region).  Franklin  Furnace 
Folio  (New  Jersey),  pp.  13-18,  ibid.,  1908. 

Quaternary  System  (Trenton  Region).  Trenton  Folio  (New  Jersey- 
Pennsylvania),  pp.  15-17,  ibid.,  1909. 


DEI'ARTMKNT  OF  GEOGRAPHY  315 

Quaternary  Svstem  (Philadelphia  Region).     In  Collaboration  with  G.  X. 

Knapj).     Phila(leli)hia  Folio  (Pennsylvania-Xew  Jersey-Delaware), 

pp.  12-15,  ibid.,  1Q09. 
The  Teaching  of  Geography — A  Criticism  and  a  Suggestion,  Educational 

Bi-Mont/ily,  III  (iQoq),  356-63. 
Physical  Geography  of  the  Pleistocene  with  Special  Reference  to  the 

Correlation  of  Pleistocene  Formations,  Journal  of  Geology,  X\'II 

(1909),  589-99. 
Physiography  in  the  High  School,  Journal  of  Geography,  IX  (1910),  57-63. 

The  Round  Table  Conference  of  the  Association  of  American  Geog- 
raphers, 1910,  Educational  Bi-Monthly,  V  (1911),  402-6. 

Geology  of  the  Quaternary  Period  (Raritan  Region),  Raritan  (X.J.) 
Folio,  United  Slates  Geological  Survey,  1914. 

Reviews  in:  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society,  XXXVI, 
702-5;  Journal  of  Geology,  X,  ^27,-24;  XII,  176,  563-64,  5O4-65;  XIII, 
87-88;  XXIII,  380. 

Harlan  H.  Barrows  [1903-],  Professor  of  Geography. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1903;  Pd.M.  (hon.)  Michigan  Normal  College,  191 2;  .\ssistant 
Professor  of  Geology,  Chicago,  1908-10;  Associate  Professor  of  Geography, 
ibid.,   1910-14;  Professor,  ibid.,  1914-. 

Elements  of  Geology  (with  Eliot  Blackwelder).     ismo,  475.     Xew  York: 

American  Book  Co.,  191 1. 
Elements  of  Geography  (with  R.  D.  Salisbury  and  W.  S.  Tower).     Svo, 

i.\+6i6.     X"ew  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  191 2. 
Modern  Geography   (with   R.    D.  Salisbury  and  W.  S.  Tower).     Svo, 

ix+418.     X"ew  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 
Geography   of    the    Middle    Illinois    Valley,     xii+125.     Illinois   Slate 

Geological  Survey,  1910.     Springtield,  111. 
Roosevelt  Dam  and  the  Salt  River  Valley,  Journal  of  Geography,  XI 

(1913),  277-84. 

John  P.\ul  Goode  [1903-],  Professor  of  Geography, 

S.B.  Minnesota,  1S99;  Ph.D.  Pennsylvania,  1901;  Professor  of  Natural  Sciences, 
State  Normal  School,  Moorhcad,  Minn.,  1SS9-9S;  Professor  of  Physical  Science 
and  Geography,  Kastern  Illinois  Slate  Normal  School,  Charleston,  1899-1901; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Geography,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1901-3;  -Vssistant 
Professor  of  Geography,  Chicago,  1903-10;  .Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1910-17; 
Professor,  ibid.,  1017-. 

Lecturer  at  the  Summer  Assembly  at  Baguio,  1911;  General  Secretary,  .American 
Association  for  the  .Advancement  of  Science,  1906;  Yice-President  of  the  .Asso- 
ciation of  .American  Geographers,  19 16-. 


3i6  PUBLICATIONS 

Associate  Editor,  Journal  of  Geography,  1901-10;  Contributing 
Editor,  ibid.,  191 1-;  Editor,  "Regional  Geographies  of  the  United 
States,"  1916-. 

ISIember,  Chicago  Harbor  Commission  for  the  Investigation  of  the 
Ports  of  Europe,  1908-9  (Report:  What  the  Ports  of  Europe  Are 
Doing;  and  Chicago^ s  Commercial  Opportunity.  8vo,  103);  Convoy 
for  the  Commercial  Commissioners  of  Japan  in  their  American  tour, 
1909. 

Lantern  Slide  Illustrations  for  the  Teaching  of  Meteorology.  Bulletin  No.  3, 
Geographic  Society  of  Chicago  (editor  with  H.  J.  Cox).  Svo,  130. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  1906. 

A  Series  of  Outline  Maps:  (i)  The  World:  on  Merca tor's  projection; 
(2)  North  America:  on  an  equal-area  projection;  (3)  South  America: 
Sanson's  projection;  (4)  Europe:  conic  projection;  (5)  Asia: 
Lambert's  equal  area;  (6)  Africa:  Sanson's  projection;  (7)  Austral- 
asia: Mercator's  projection;  (9)  America  (U.S.):  conic  projection; 
(10)  America  (U.S.):  state  outHnes  only;  conic  projection;  (14)  The 
British  Isles:  conic  projection;  (16)  Europe,  Western  and  Southern: 
conic  projection;  (17)  France:  conic  projection;  (18)  The  Spanish 
Peninsula:  conic  projection;  (19)  Italy:  conic  projection ;  (20)  Cen- 
tral Europe:  conic  projection;  (21)  The  German  Empire:  conic 
projection;  (24)  The  Levant:  conic  projection;  (32)  Map  of  America 
(U.S.)  showing  all  counties  with  names;  (33)  Chicago  and  Vicinity. 
In  two  sizes:  8X10^,  15X10^  inches.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1912-. 

Physical  Wall  Map  of  Europe,  66"X46".  Scale  1:4,500,000=70  miles 
per  inch.     Chicago:  Rand  McNally  &  Co.,  1913. 

Political  Wall  Map  of  Europe,  66"X46".  Scale  1:4,500,000=70  miles 
per  inch.     Ibid.,  19 13. 

Physical  Wall  Map  of  North  America,  46"X66".  Scale  1:6,167,209  = 
97  miles  per  inch.     Ibid.,  1914. 

Political  Wall  Map  of  North  America,  46"X66".  Scale  1:6,167,209  = 
97  miles  per  inch.     Ibid.,  1914. 

Physical  Wall  Map  of  Eurasia,  66"X46".  Scale  i : 9,376,330=  148  miles 
per  inch.     Ibid.,  1914. 

Political  Wall  Map  of  Eurasia,  66"X46".  Scale  i : 9,376,330=  148  miles 
per  inch.     Ibid.,  1914. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOGRAPHY  317 

Physical  Wall  Map  of  Africa,  66"X46".     Scale   123   miles  per  inch. 
Ibid.,  19 1 5. 

Political  Wall   Map  of  Africa,  66"X46".     Scale   123   miles  per  inch. 
Ibid.,  191 5. 

Physical  Wall  Map  of  South  America,  46"X66".     Scale  1:6,167,209  = 
97  miles  per  inch.     Ibid.,  19 15. 

Political  Wall  Map  of  South  America,  46"X66".     Scale  1:6,167,209  = 
97  miles  per  inch.     Ibid.,  1915. 

Physical  Wall  Map  of  the  United  States  of  America,  66"X46".     Scale 
1:3,000,000  =  47.6  miles  per  inch.    Ibid.,  1915. 

Political  Wall  Map  of  the  United  States  of  America,  66"X46".     Scale 
1:3,000,000  =  47.6  miles  per  inch.     Ibid.,  191 5. 

Physical  Wall  Map  of  the  World  on  Mercator's  Projection,  66"X46". 
Scale  1:26,294,400  =  415  miles  per  inch.     Ibid.,  1915. 

Political  Wall  Map  of  the  World  on  Mercator's  Projection,  66"X46". 
Scale  1:26,294,400  =  415  miles  per  inch.     Ibid.,  1915. 

Physical    Map    of   Australia    and    the    Philippines,  46"X66".    Scale 
1 : 5,639,040=  8g  miles  per  inch.     Ibid.,  1916. 

Political  Wall  Map  of  Australia  and  the  Philippines,  46"X66".     Scale 
1:5,639,040=89  miles  per  inch.     Ibid.,  1916. 

Physical  Map  of  the  World  in  Hemispheres,  46"X66".     Ibid.     In  Press. 

Political  Map  of  the  World  in  Hemispheres,  46"X66".     Ibid.     In  Press. 

Injuries  to  the  Eye  Caused  by  Intense  Light,  Science,  XIV  (1902),  433. 

Geographical  Societies  in  America,  ibid.,  XV  (1902),  592. 

Home  Geography:  A  Series  of  Eight  Papers,  School  Xru's,  XVI  (1902-3). 

Geography  in  the  Illinois  Schools:    Suggestions  for  a  Course  of  Study, 
ibid. 

Geographical  Societies  in  America,  Journal  of  Geography,  II   (1903), 

342-50. 
Rapid  Memory  Map  Work,  Xcw  York  Teachers'  Monographs,  V  (1903), 

64-70. 

Eighth  Year  Geography:   A  Series  of  Eight  Papers,  School  Xews,  XX'II 
(1903-4). 


3i8  PUBLICATIONS 

Seventh  Year  Geography:  A  Series  of  Eight  Papers,  School  News, 
XVIII  (1904-5)- 

The  Human  Response  to  the  Physical  Environment,  Journal  of  Geog- 
raphy, III  (1904),  333-43;  pubHshed  also  in  Elementary  School 
Teacher,  IV  (1904),  271-82. 

Plant  Action  in  the  Formation  of  Caves  and  Cliffs  (with  O.  W.  Caldwell), 
School  Science  and  Mathematics,  V  (1905),  631-38. 

A  New  Method  of  Representing  the  Earth's  Surface:  The  van  der 
Grinten  Projection,  Journal  of  Geography,  IV  (1905),  369-73. 

A  Model  Series  of  Base  Maps,  ibid.,  373-77. 

Commercial  Geography  in  Secondary  Schools,  ibid.,  425-32. 

Laboratory  Work  with  the  Sun,  ibid.,  V  (1906),  97-108. 

Commercial  Geography  for  Secondary  Schools,  School  Science  and 
Mathematics,  VII  (1906),  569-77. 

The  Use  of  the  Lantern  in  Teaching  Meteorology,  Monthly  Weather 
Review,  XXXIV  (1906),  263-64. 

The  Commercial  Factor  and  Its  Place  in  General  Geography,  Educa- 
tional Bi-Monthly,  I  (1906),  129-32. 

The  Story  of  the  Manchester  Ship  Canal,  World  To-Day,  XVI  (1909), 
617-25. 

A  Study  of  Tropical  Forests,  Science,  XXXII  (1910),  23-24. 

Some  Fundamental  Principles  of  Japanese  Education,  School  Review, 
XVIII  (1910),  634-36. 

A  Permanent  Insular  Exposition,  Cable-News  American,  191 1,  pp.  50-97. 

The  Forests  of  the  Philippines,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical 
Society,  XLIV  (1912),  81-89. 

The  Rio  Theodoro,  Colonel  Roosevelt's  New  River,  Journal  of  Geography, 
XIV  (1915),  7-9- 

Reviews  in:  School  Review,  X,  64^-44;  XIV,  457-58, 464;  XV,  621- 
22;  Journal  of  Geology,  XVIII,  565-66;  Science,  XXXII,  906-7,  95S~57; 
Annals  of  the  American  Association  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  X\A\, 
35^~59>  373"74;  Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XVI,  309-11;  American 
Journal  of  Sociology,  XVI,  129-30;  Geographical  Record,  I,  68. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOGRAPHY  319 

Walter  Sheldon  Tower  [191  i-],  Professor  of  Geography. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1Q03;  Ph.D.  Pennsylvania,  1906;  Instructor  in  Geography, 
ilfid.,  1906-8;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1908-11;  Assistant  Professor  of  Geog. 
raphy,  Chicago,  1911-14;  Associate  Professor,  1914-17;  Professor,  ibid.,  1917— 

Elements  of  Geography  (with  H.  H.  Barrows  and  R.  D.  Salisbury). 
8vo,  ix-f-6i6.     Xew  York:    Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  191 2. 

Modern  Geography  (with  H.  H.  Barrows  and  R.  D.  SaHsbury).  8vo, 
ix-l-418.     Xew  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1913. 

The  Parana  River,  Journal  of  Geography,  XI  (191 2),  119-26. 

The  Economic  Resources  of  Chile,  Bulletin  of  the  Pan-.lmerican  Union. 
XXXVI  (1913),  207-23. 

The  Nitrate  Fields  of  Chile,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXXXIll  (19 13), 
209-30. 

Notes  on  the  Commercial  Geography  of  South  America,  Bulletin  of 
the  American  Geographical  Society,  XLV  (1913),  881-901. 

The  Question  of  Field  Work  in  Geography,  Journal  of  Geography,  XII 

(1914),  345-49- 
A  Journey  through  Argentina,  Bulletin  of  the  Geographical  Society  of 

Philadelphia,  XII  (1914),  89-113. 

The  Purpose  of  Political  Geography,  School  Science  and  Mathematics, 
XV  (1915),  134-40. 

The  Andes  as  a  Factor  in  South  American  Geography,  Journal  of  Geog- 
raphy, XV  (19 1 6),  1-8. 

Buying  South  American  Goods  as  a  Factor  in  Selling  to  South  America, 
Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XXIV  (19 16),  897-902. 

Wellington  Downing  Jones  [1909-11;    1913-],   Assistant  Professor 

of  Geography. 

S.B.  University  of  Chicago,  1907;  Assistant  in  Geography,  ibid.,  1909-11; 
Instructor,  ibid.,  1913-16;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Outline  for  Field  Work  in  Geography  (with  Carl  O.  Sauer),  Bulletin  of 
the  American  Geographical  Society,  XLVII  (1915),  520-25. 

Charles  C.  Colby  [1916-],  Instructor  in  Geography. 

B.Pd.  Michigan  Normal  College,  1908;  S.B.  Chicago,  1009;  Ph.D.  Chicago, 
1917;  Professor  of  Geography,  State  Normal  School,  Winona,  Minn.,  1910-13; 
Associate  Professor  of  Cieography,  George  Poabody  College  for  Teachers,  1914- 
16;  Instructor  in  Geography,  Chicago,  1916-. 

Contril)uting  Editor,  Journal  of  Geography,  1914-16. 


320  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Geography  of  Minnesota,  Encyclopedia  for  High  Schools.  Chicago: 
Hanson-Bellows  Co. 

The  Driftless  Area  of  Minnesota,  Journal  of  Geography,  XIV  (1916), 
165-67. 

Mary  Jean  Lanier  [1910-17],  Instructor   in    Geography;    Wellesley 

College. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1909;    Assistant  in  Geography,  ibid.,  1910-12;    Instructor,  ibid., 
1913-17. 

The  Subject-Matter  for  an  Elementary  Course  in  Economic  and 
Commercial  Geography,  Journal  of  Geography,  XII  (1914),  351-54. 

Frederick  Valentine  Emerson,  Ph.D.  1907;  Professor  of  Geology  and 
Mineralogy,  University  of  Louisiana,  and  Geologist  to  the  Experi- 
ment Station,  Baton  Rouge,  La. 

A  Geographic  Interpretation  of  New  York  City.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Part  I,  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society,  XL  (1908), 
587-612;  Part  II,  ibid.,  726-38;  Part  III,  ibid.,  XLI  (1909),  3-21. 

Almon  Ernest  Parkins,  Ph.D.  1914;  Head  of  the  Department  of 
Geography,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers,  Nashville,  Tenn. 

Historical  Geography  of  Detroit.  Doctor's  thesis.  Lansing,  Mich.: 
Michigan  Historical  Commission.    In  Press. 

Carl  Ortwin  Sauer,  Ph.D.  1915;  Instructor  in  Geography,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan. 

Geography  of  the  Upper  Illinois  Valley  and  the  History  of  Its  De- 
velopment, Bulletin  of  the  State  Geological  Survey  of  Illinois,  19 16, 
pp.  1-208. 

Outline  for  Field  Work  in  Geography  (with  W.  D.  Jones),  Bulletin  of 
the  American  Geographical  Society,  XL VII  (1915),  520-25. 

Stephen  Sargent  Visher,  Ph.D.  1914;  Professor  of  Geography,  State 
Normal,  Moorhead,  Minn. 

The  Biology  of  Northwestern  South  Dakota,  Bulletin  of  the  South  Dakota 
Geological  Survey,  No.  6  (1914),  1-103. 

The  Influence  of  the  Biota  and  the  Signiikancc  of  Biogeography,  Bulletin 
of  the  American  Geographical  Society,  XLVII  (1915),  509-20. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY  321 

The  Biogeography  of  the  Northern  Great  Plains,  Geographical  Review, 
11  (1916),  89-115. 

The  Geography  of  South  Dakota.     Doctor's  thesis.     Bulletin  of  the 
South  Dakota  Geological  Survey.     In  Press. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY 

Frank  Rattray  Lillie  [igoo-],  Professor  of  Embryology  and  Chairman 

of  the  Department  of  Zoology. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1891;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1894;  Instructor  in  Zoology,  University 
of  Michigan,  1894-99;  Professor  of  Biology,  Vassar,  1S99-1900;  .Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Zoology  and  Embryology,  Chicago,  1900-1902;  Assistant  Curator  of 
Zoological  Museum,  ibid.,  1902-;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1902-7;  Professor, 
ibid.,  1907-;  Chairman  of  Department  of  Zoology,  ibid.,  191 1-;  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Kmbryology,  >Iarine  Biological  Laboratory,  Woods  Hole,  1893- 
1907;    .Assistant  Director,  ibid.,  1900-190S;    Director,  ibid.,  1908-. 

President,  .American  Society  of  Zoologists,  1905-8;  Vice-President,  .American 
Society  of  Naturalists,  1914;  President,  ibid.,  1915;  Vice-President,  .American 
Association  for  the  .Advancement  of  Science,  19 14;  ^lember,  National  .Academy 
of  Sciences. 

Managing  Editor,  Biological  Bulletin,  1902-;  Member,  Board  of 
Editors,  Journal  of  Morphology,  1903-9;  Associate  Editor,  Journal  of 
Experimental  Zoology,  1904-. 

Laboratory  Outline  for  the  Study  of  the  Embryology  of  the  Chick  and  the  Pig. 
isted.,  1904;  2d  ed.,  1906;  3d  ed. ,1913.    Chicago:  University  Press. 

The  Development  of  the  Chick.  A  n  Introduction  to  Embryology.  8vo,  .\i-|- 
472.     New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1908. 

E.x'pcrimental  Studies  on  the  Development  of  the  Organs  in  the  Embryo 
of  the  Fowl  {Galliis  domcsticus) : 
I.  E.xperiments  on  the  Amnion  and  the  Production  of  Anamniote 

Embryos  of  the  Chick,  Biological  Bulletin,  V  (1903),  92-124. 
II.  The    Development   of   Defective    Embryos   and    the    Power   of 
Regeneration,  ibid.,  VII  (1904),  33-54- 

Observations  and  E.xperiments  concerning  the  Elementary  Phenomena 
of  Embryonic  Development  in  Chaetoptcrus,  Journal  of  E.xperimcntal 
Zoology,  III  (1906),  153-268;  with  76  te.xt  figures  and  i  plate. 

The  Biological  Significance  of  Sexual  DilTerentiation — A  Zoological 
Point  of  View,  Science,  XXY  (1907),  372-76. 

Co-operation  in  Biological  Research,  ibid.,  XX\TI  (1908),  369-72. 


322  PUBLICATIONS 

On  the  Specific  Gravity  of  the  Constituent  Parts  of  the  Egg  of  Chaetop- 
terus  and  the  Effect  of  Centrifuging  on  the  Polarity  of  the  Egg, 
Science,  XXVII  (1908),  905-7. 

A  Contribution  toward  an  Experimental  Analysis  of  the  Karyokinetic 
Figure,  ibid.,  907-8. 

Polarity  and  Bilaterality  of  the  Annelid  Egg:  Experiments  with  Cen- 
trifugal Force,  Biological  Bulletin,  XVI  (1909),  54-79. 

Karyokinetic  Figures  of  Centrifuged  Eggs,  ibid.,  XVII  (1909),  101-19, 

The  Theory  of  Individual  Development,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  1909* 
pp.  239-52. 

On  the  Teaching  of  the  Elements  of  Embryology,  Science,  XXIX  (1909), 

932-34- 
The  Fertilization  Membrane  of  Nereis,  ibid.,  XXXI  (19 10),  464-65. 

Function  of  the  Spermatozoon  in  Fertilization,  from  Observations  on 
Nereis,  ibid.,  836. 

Studies  of  Fertilization  in  Nereis: 

I.  The  Cortical  Changes  in  the  Egg,  Journal  of  Morphology, 
XXII  (1911),  361-66. 

II.  Partial  Fertilization,  ibid.,  366-93. 

III.  The  Morphology  of  the  Normal  Fertilization  of  Nereis,  Journal 
of  Experimental  Zoology,  XII  (1912),  413-27. 

IV.  The  Fertilizing  Power  of  Portions  of  the  Spermatozoon,  ibid., 
427-76. 

V.  The  Behavior  of  Spermatozoa  of  Nereis  and  Arbacia  with 
Especial    Reference    to   Egg-Extractives,  ibid.,  XIV   (1913), 
515-74- 
VI.  The  Mechanism  of  Fertilization  in  Arbacia,  ibid.,  XVI  (1914), 

524-90. 
VII.  Analysis  of  Variations  in  the  Fertilizing  Power  of  Sperm  Sus- 
pensions of  Arbacia,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXVIII  (1915),  18-33. 

Charles  Otis  Whitman — An  Appreciation,  Science,  XXXIII   (191 1), 

54-56- 
Charles  Otis  Whitman,  Journal  of  Morphology   (Whitman  Memorial 

Volume),  XXII  (191 1),  xv-lxxvi. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY  323 

The  Penetration  of  the  Spermatozoon  and  the  Origin  of  the  Sperm  Aster 
in  tlie  Egg  of  Xcreis  (abstract),  Science,  XXXV  (1Q12),  471. 

The  Production  of  Sperm  Iso-agglutinins  by  Ova,  ibid.,  XXXVI  (191 2), 

527-30- 

Brecfling  Habits  of  the  Heteronereis  Form  of  Nereis  limbala  at  Woods 
Hole,  Mass.  (with  E.  E.  Just),  Biological  Bulletin,  XXIV  (1913), 
147-68. 

The  Marine  Biological  Laboratory  at  Woods  Hole,  Internationale  Revue 
der  gesamten  Hydrobiologie  und  Ilydrographie,  V  (191 2),  583-89. 

The  Mechanism  of  Fertilization,  Science,  XXXVHI  (1913),  524-28. 

Sperm  Agglutination  and  Fertilization,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXMH 
(1915),  18-33. 

The  Fertilizing  Power  of  Sperm  Dilutions  of  Arbacia,  Proceedings  of  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences,  I  (1915),  156-60. 

August  Weismann  (biographical  sketch),  American  Museum  Journal, 
XV  (1915),  189-93. 

The  History  of  the  Fertilization  Problem,  Science,  XLIII  (1916),  39-53. 

The  Theory  of  the  Free-Martin,  ibid.,  611-13. 

fCHARLES  Otis  Whitman   [1892-1910],  Professor  and  Head  of  the 

Department  of  Zoology;   Curator  of  the  Zoological  Museum. 

A.H.  Bowdoin,  1868;  Ph.D.  Leipzig,  1878;  LL.D.  Nebraska,  1 804;  Sc.D.  (hon.) 
Bowdoin,  1894;  Professor  of  Zoolog>',  Imperial  University  of  Japan,  1880-81; 
Professor  of  Zoolog>-,  Clark  University,  1889-92;  Professor  and  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Zoology,  Chicago,  1892-1910. 

Member,  National  .\cadcmy  of  Sciences;  .Associate  Fellow,  .\merican  .\cademy 
of  .\rts  and  Sciences;    Foreign  Member  of  the  Linnaean  Society. 

Editor,  Journal  of  Morphology,  Biological  Bulletin,  and  Biological 
Lectures. 

The  Impending  Crisis  in  the  History  of  the  Marine  Biological  Laboratory, 
Science,  XVI  (1902),  529-33. 

A  Biological  Farm  for  the  Experimental  Investigation  of  Heredity, 
Variation,  and  Evolution,  and  for  the  Study  of  Life  Histories, 
Habits,  Instincts,  and  Intelligence,  Biological  Bulletin,  III  (1902), 
214-24;   Science,  XVI  (1902),  504-10. 

t  Deceased. 


324  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Origin  and  Relationship  of  the  Rock  Pigeons  as  Revealed  in  Their 
Color-Patterns,  Biological  Bulletin,  VI  (1904),  307-8. 

Hybrids  from  Wild  Species  of  Pigeons  Crossed  Inter-Se  and  with 
Domestic  Races,  ibid.,  315-16. 

The  Problem  of  the  Origin  of  Species,  Proceedings  of  the  Congress  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  V  (1904),  41-58. 

The  Origin  of  Species,  Bulletin  of  the  Wisconsin  Natural  History  Society ^ 
V  (1907),  6-14. 

Chequers  and  Bars  in  Pigeons  and  the  Direction  of  Evolution,  Agricul- 
tural Magazine,  V  (1907),  174-82. 

Charles  Manning  Child  [189 5-],  Professor  of  Zoology. 

Ph.B.  Wesleyan  College,  Connecticut,  1890;  S.M.  ibid.,  1892;  Ph.D.  Leipzig, 
1894;  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology,  Chicago,  1905-9;  Associate  Professor,  ifijd., 
1909-1916;   Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Die  physiologische  Isolation  von  Teilen  des  Organismus.    8vo,  vi-f-157. 
Leipzig:  Wilhelm  Engelmann,  1911. 

Senescence  and  Rejuvenescence.    8vo,  vii4-48i.     Chicago:    University 
Press,  1915. 

Individuality    in    Organisms.     i2mo,    x-l-213.     Chicago:     University 
Press,  1915. 

Abnormalities  in  the  Cestode  Moniezia  Expansa,  III,  Biological  Bulletin, 
III  (1902),  95-114,  143-60. 

Studies  on  Regulation: 

I.  Fission  and  Regulation  in  Stenostomum,  Parts  I  and  II,  Archiv 
far  Entwickelungsmechanik  der  Organismen,  XV  (1902),  187- 
237.     Part  III,  ibid.,  355-420. 

II.  Experimental  Control  of  Form  Regulation  in  Stenostomum, 
ibid.  (1903),  603-37. 

III.  Regulative  Destruction  of  Zooids  and  Parts  of  Zooids  in 
Stenostomum,  ibid.,  XVII  (1903),  1-40. 

IV.  Some  Experimental  Modifications  of  Form  Regulation  in 
Leploplana,  Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology,  I  (1904),  95-133. 

V.  The  Relation  between  the  Central  Nervous  System  and 
Regeneration  in  Leploplana:  Posterior  Regeneration,  ibid., 
464-512. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY  325 

VI.  The    Relation    between    the    Central    Xcrvous   System   and 

Regulation  in  Leptoplana:  Anterior  and  Lateral  Regeneration, 

ibid.,  513-57. 
VII.  Further  Experiments  on  Form  Regulation  in  Leptoplana,  ibid., 

II  (1905),  253-85. 
VIII.  Functional  Regulation  and  Regeneration  in  Cestoplana,  Archiv 

Jiir    Enlwickelungsmechanik    der    Organismcn,    XIX    (1905), 

261-94. 
IX.  The  Positions  and  Proportions  of  Parts  during  Regulation  in 

Cestoplana  in  the  Presence  of  the  Cephalic  Ganglia,  ibid.,  XX 

(1905),  48-75- 
X.  The  Positions  and  Proportions  of  Parts  during  Regulation  in 

Cestoplana  m   the  Absence  of  the  Cephalic   Ganglia,   ibid., 

157-86. 
XI.  Functional  Regulation  in  the  Intestine  of  Cestoplana,  Journal 

of  Experimental  Zoology,  IV  (1907),  357-98. 

Form  Regulation  in  Coelenterata  and  Turbellaria,  Smithsonian  Miscella- 
neous Collection  (Quarterly  Issue),  XLV  (1903),  134-43. 

Regeneration  of  the  Appendages  in  N'ymphs  of  the  Agrionidae  (with 
A.  M.  Young),  Archiv  fiir  Entwickelungsmechanik  der  Organismcn, 

XV  (1903),  543-602. 

Form  Regulation  in  Cerianthus: 

I.  The  Typical  Course  of  Regeneration,  Biological  Bulletin,  V 

(1903),  239-60. 
II.  The  ElTect  of  Position,  Size,  and  Other  Factors  upon  Regenera- 
tion, ibid.,  304-19;    Discussion  of  Results,  ibid.,  VI  (1903), 
i-ii. 

III.  The  Initiation  of  Regeneration,  ibid.  (1904),  56-74. 

IV.  The  Role  of  Water-Pressure  in  Regeneration,  ibid.,  266-86. 
V.  The    Role    of    Water-Pressure    in    Regeneration:     Further 

Experiments,  ibid.,  VII  (1904),  127-53. 
VI.  Certain  Special  Cases  of  Regulation  and  Their  Relation  to 

Internal  Pressure,  ibid.,   193-214. 
VII.  Tentacle-Reduction  and  Other  Experiments,  ibid.,  2O3-79. 
VIII.  Supplementary  and  Partial  Discs  and  Heteromorphic  Ten- 
tacles, ibid.,  VIII  (1905),  93-122. 
IX.  Regulation,  Form,  and  Proportion,  ibid.,  271-89. 


326  PUBLICATIONS 

Amitosis  in  Moniezia,  Anatomischer  Anzeiger,  XXV  (1904),  545-58. 

Regeneration  in  Nudibranchs,  Science,  XXI  (1905),  851. 

Contributions  toward  a  Theory  of  Regulation:  I,  The  Significance  of 
the  Different  Methods  of  Regulation  in  Turbellaria,  Archiv  fur 
Entwickelungsmechanik  der  Organismen,  XX  (1906),  380-426. 

• 

The  Relation  between  Regulation  and  Fission  in  Planaria,  Biological 
Bulletin,  XI  (1906),  113-23,  figs.  1-19. 

Some  Considerations  regarding  So-called  Formative  Substances,  ibid., 
165-81. 

The  Development  of  Germ  Cells  from  Differentiated  Somatic  Cells  in 
Moniezia,  Anatomische  Anzeiger,  XXIX  (1906),  592-97. 

The  Relation  between  Functional  Regulation  and  Form  Regulation, 
Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology,  III  (1906),  559-82. 

Studies  on  the  Relation  between  Amitosis  and  Mitosis: 

I.  Development   of    the    Ovaries    and    Oogenesis    in    Moniezia, 
Biological  Bulletin,  XII  (1906),  89-114,  figs.  1-35. 

II.  Development  of  the  Testes  and  Spermatogenesis  in  Moniezia, 
ibid.  (1907),  175-225,  plates  VII-XVI. 

III.  Maturation,   Fertilization,   and  Cleavage  in  Moniezia,  ibid., 
XIII  (1907),  138-60,  plates  II-VII. 

IV.  Nuclear  Division  in  the  Somatic  Structures  of  the  Proglottids 
of  Moniezia,  ibid.,  165-69,  plates  VIII-X. 

V.  General  Discussion  and  Conclusions  concerning  Amitosis  and 
Mitosis  in  Moniezia,  ibid.,  169-84. 

Amitosis  as  a  Factor  in  Normal  and  Regulatory  Growth,  Anatomischer 
Anzeiger,  XXX  (1907),  271-97. 

The  Localization  of  Different  Methods  of  Form  Regulation  in  Poly- 
chcorus  caudatus,  Archiv  fiir  Entwickelungsmechanik  der  Organismen, 
XXIII  (1907),  227-48. 

An  Analysis  of  Form  Regulation  in  Tubularia: 

I.  Stolon  Formation  and  Polarity,  ibid.,  396-414. 

II.  Differences  in  Proportion  in  the  Primordia,  ibid.,  415-44. 

III.  Regional   and    Polar    Differences   in    the    Relation    between 
Primordium  and  Hydranth,  ibid.,  445-56. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY  327 

IV.  Regional  and  Polar  DilTerences  in  the  Time  of  Hydranlh- 
Formation  as  a  Special  Case  of  Regulation  in  a  Complex 
System,  ibid.,  XXIV  (1907),  1-28. 

V.  Regulation  in  Short  Pieces,  ibid.,  285-316. 

VI.  The  Significance  of  Certain  Modifications  of  Regulation: 
Polarity  and  Form  Regulation  in  General,  ibid.,  3r7-49. 

Some  Corrections  and  Criticisms,  ibid.,  131-46. 

Form  Regulation  in  Ccrianllius  acstuarii.  Biological  Bulletin,  XV 
(1908),  27-53. 

The  Physiological  Basis  of  Restitution  of  Lost  TvLTis,  Journal  of  Experi- 
mental Zoology,  V  (1908),  485-502. 

Driesch's  Harmonic-Equipotential  Systems  in  Form  Regulation,  Bio- 
logisches  Centralblatt,  XXVIII  (1908),  577-623. 

Regulation  of  Ilarenactis  attcnuata  in  Altered  Environment,  Biological 
Bulletin,  XVI  (1908),  1-17,  figs.  1-16. 

The  Regulation  of  Mutilated  Primordia  in  Tubularia,  Archiv  Jiir  Ent- 
wickelungsmechanik  der  Organismen,  XXVII  (1909),  106-18,  figs.  1-20. 

Experimental  Control  of  Certain  Regulatory  Processes  in  Harenactis 
atlenuata,  Biological  Bulletin,  XVI  (1909),  47-53,  figs.  1-6. 

The  Regulatory  Change  of  Shape  in  Planaria  dorotocephala,  ibid.,  277-96, 
figs.  1-20. 

Factors  of  Form  Regulation  in  Harenactis  attenuata: 

I.  Wound  Reaction  and  Restitution  in  General  and  the  Regional 
Factor  in  Oral  Restitution,  Journal  oj  Experimental  Zoology, 

VI  (1909),  471-506. 

II.  Aboral  Restitution,  Ileteromoqjhosis,  and  Polarity,  ibid., 
VII  (1909),  65-96,  figs.  1-12. 

III.  Regulation  in  "Rings,"  ibid.,  353-95,  figs.  1-31. 

The  Occurrence  of  Amitosis  in  Moniezia,  Biological  Bulletin,  X\'III 
(1910),  109-19. 

Analysis  of  Form  Regulation  with  the  Aid  of  Anesthetics,  ibid.,  161-73. 

Physiological  Isolation  of  Parts  and  Fission  in  Planaria,  Archiv  fur 
Entu'ickelungsmechanik  der  Organismen,  XXX  (1910),  159-205, 
figs.  1-14. 


328  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Central  Nervous  System  as  a  Factor  in  the  Regeneration  of  Polyclad 
Turbellaria,  Biological  Bulletin,  XIX  (19 lo),  Z2>2>~2>^^  ^gs.  1-4. 

Further  Experiments  on  Adventitious  Reproduction  and  Polarity  in 
Harenactis,  ibid.,  XX  (1910),  1-13,  figs.  i-ii. 

Studies  on  the  Dynamics  of  Morphogenesis  and  Inheritance  in  Experi- 
mental Reproduction: 

I.  The  Axial  Gradient  in  Planaria  dorotocephala  as  a  Limiting 
Factor  in  Regulation,  Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology,  X 
(1911),  265-320,  figs.  1-41. 
II.  Physiological  Dominance  of  Anterior  over  Posterior  Regions 
in  the  Regulation  of  Planaria  dorotocephala,  ibid.,  XI  (1912), 
187-220,  figs.  1-21. 

III.  The  Formation  of  New  Zooids  in  Planaria  and  Other  Forms, 
ibid.,  221-80,  figs.  1-36. 

IV,  Certain  Dynamic  Factors  in  the  Regulatory  Morphogenesis 
of  Planaria  dorotocephala  in  Relation  to  the  Axial  Gradient, 
ibid.,  XIII  (1912),  103-52,  figs.  1-46. 

V.  The  Relation  between  Resistance  to  Depressing  Agents  and 
Rate  of  Metabolism  in  Planaria  dorotocephala  and  Its  Value 
as  a  Method  of  Investigation,  ibid.,  XIV  (1913),  153-206. 
VI.  The  Nature  of  the  Axial  Gradients  in  Planaria  and  Their 
Relation  to  Antero-posterior  Dominance,  Polarity,  and  Sym- 
metry, Archiv  fur  Entwickelungsmechanik  der  Organismen, 
XXXVI  (1913),  108-58. 
VII.  The  Stimulation  of  Pieces  by  Section  in  Planaria  dorotocephala, 

Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology,  XVI  (19 14),  413-41. 
VIII.  Dynamic  Factors  in  Head-Determination  in  Planaria,  ibid., 
XVII  (1914),  61-79. 
IX.  The  Control  of  Head-Form  and  Head  Frequency  in  Planaria 
by  Means  of  Potassium  Cyanide,  ibid.,  XX  (1916),  101-26. 

A  Study  of  Senescence  and  Rejuvenescence  Based  on  Experiments  with 
Planaria  dorotocephala,  Archiv  fur  Entwickelungsmechanik  der 
Organismen,  XXXI  (191 1),  537-616,  14  curves  and  i  fig. 

Experimental  Control  of  Morphogenesis  in  the  Regulation  of  Planaria, 
Biological  Bulletin,  XX  (191 1),  309-31,  figs.  1-37. 

The  Regulatory  Processes  in  Organisms,  Journal  of  Morphology  (Whit- 
man Memorial  Volume),  XXII  (191 1),  171-222. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY  329 

The  jNIethod  of  Cell  Division  in  Moniczia,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXI  (191 1), 
280-96,  figs.  1-16. 

The  Central  Nervous  System  in  the  Teratophthalmic  and  Teratomoq)hic 
Forms  of  Planaria  dorotocephala  (with  E.  V.  M.  McKie),  ibid., 
XXII  (191 2),  39-59,  ftgs.  1-31. 

The  Process  of  Reproduction  in  Organisms,  ibid.,  XXIII  (191 2),  1-37. 

Certain  Dynamic  Factors  in  Experimental  Reproduction  and  Their 
Significance  for  the  Problems  of  Reproduction  and  Development, 
Archiv  fiir  Entwickdungsmcchanik  dcr  Organismen,  XXXV  (1913), 
598-641. 

The  Asexual  Cycle  of  Planaria  velata  in  Relation  to  Senescence  and 
Rejuvenescence,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXV  (1913),  181-203. 

Susceptibility  Gradients  in  Animals,  Science,  XXXIX  (1914),  73-76. 

The  Axial  Gradient  in  Ciliate  Infusoria,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXVI  (1914), 
36-54- 

Starvation,  Rejuvenescence,  and  Acclimation  in  Planaria  dorotocephala, 
Archiv  fiir  Entwickelungsmechanik  der  Organismen,  XXXVIII  (1914), 
418-46. 

Asexual  Breeding  and  Prevention  of  Senescence  in  Planaria  velata. 
Biological  Bulletin,  XXVI  (19 14),  286-93. 

A  Dynamic  Conception  of  the  Organic  Individual,  Proceedings  of  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences,  I  (1915),  164-72. 

Axial  Gradients  in  the  Early  Development  of  the  Starfish,  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXVII  (1915),  203-19. 

Axial  Susceptibility  Gradients  in  the  Early  Development  of  the  Sea 
Urchin,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXX  (1916),  391-405. 

The  Basis  of  Physiological  Individuality  in  Organisms,  Science,  XLIII 
(1916),  511-23. 

Axial  Susceptibility  Gradients  in  Algae,  Botanical  Gazette,  LXII  (1916), 
89-114. 

Experimental  Control  and  Modification  of  Larval  Development  in  the 
Sea  Urchin  in  Relation  to  the  Axial  Gradients,  Journal  of  Mor- 
phology, XXVIII  (1916),  65-116. 

The  Basis  of  Physiological  Individuality  in  Organisms,  Science,  XLIII 
(1916),  511-23. 


330  PUBLICATIONS 

Further  Observations  on  Susceptibility  Gradients  in  Algae,  Biological 
Bulletin,  XXXI  (1916),  419-40. 

Re\^ews  of:  Conklin,  The  Organization  and  Cell-Lineage  of  the 
Ascidian  Egg,  Science,  XXIII,  340-44;  Morgan,  Experimental  Zoology, 
ibid.,  XXVI,  824-29;  Roux,  Terminologie  der  Entwickelungsmechanik 
der  Tiere  und  Pflanzen,  ibid.,  XXXVII,  102;  Benedict,  Age  Changes 
in  Leaves,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLI,  435-38. 

HoR.\Tio  Hackett  Newman  [191  i-].  Professor  of  Zoology  and  Embry- 
ology. 

A.B.  McMaster,  1896;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1905;  Assistant  Professor  (elect),  Michi- 
gan, 1908;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  School  of  Zoolog}',  Texas,  1908-11;  Head 
of  Instruction  Force  in  Physiology,  Marine  Biological  Laboratory,  Woods  Hole, 
1909-12;  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology  and  Embryologv',  Chicago,  1911-17; 
Professor,  ibid.,  191 7-. 

The  Biology  of  Twins  (Mammals).  i2mo,  ix-l-i86.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  191 7. 

The  Significance  of  Scute  and  Plate  Abnormalities  in  Chelonia.  Doctor's 
thesis.    Biological  Bulletin,  X  (1906),  68-114. 

Reply  to  E.  Godlewski's  "Bemerkungen  von  H.  H.  Newman:  'Further 
Studies  of  the  Process  of  Heredity  in  Fundulus  Hybrids,'  "  Archiv 
fur  Entwickelungsmechanik  der  Organismen,  XXXII  (191 1),  472-76. 

The  Limits  of  Hereditary  Control  in  Armadillo  Quadruplets:  A  Study 
of  Blastogenic  Variation  (with  J.  T.  Patterson),  Journal  of  Mor- 
phology, XXII  (191 1 j,  855-926,  24  figs. 

The  Ovum  of  the  Nine-banded  Armadillo:  Growth  of  the  Ovocytes, 
Maturation,  and  Fertilization,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXIII  (191 2), 
100-141. 

Parthenogenetic  Cleavage  of  the  Armadillo  Ovum,  ibid.,  XXV  (1913), 
52-79- 

Five  Generations  of  Congenital  Stationary  Night-Blindness  in  an 
American  Family,  Journal  of  Genetics,  III  (1913),  26-38. 

The  Natural  History  of  the  Nine-banded  Armadillo,  American  Naturalist, 
XLVII  (1913),  513-39. 

The  Modes  of  Inheritance  of  Aggregates  of  Meristic  (Integral)  Variates 
in  the  Polyembryonic  Offspring  of  the  Nine-banded  Armadillo, 
Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology,  XV  (1913),  145-92. 

Modes  of  Inheritance  in  Teleost  Hybrids,  ibid.,  XVI  (1914),  447-500. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY  331 

Development  and  Heredity  in  Heterogenic  Teleost  Hybrids,  ibid.,  X\'1II 
(1915),  511-76. 

Heredity  and  Organic  Symmetry  in  Armadillo  Quadruplets: 

I.  Modes  of  Inheritance  of  Band  Anomalies,  Biological  Bulletin, 
XXIX  (1915),  1-32. 

II.  Modes  of  Inheritance  of  Double  Scutes  and  a  Discussion  of 
Organic  Symmetry,  ibid.,  XXX  (1916),  173-209. 

Cii.\RLES   Benedict  Davenport    [1899-1904],  Associate  Professor  of 

Zoology    and    Embryology;     Director,    Station    for    Experimental 

Evolution  (of  the  Carnegie  Institution),  Cold  Spring  Harbor,  X.Y. 

S.B.  Brooklyn  Polytechnical  Institute,  1886;  .^.B.  Harvard,  1S89;  Ph.D.  ibid., 
1892;  .Assistant  in  Zoology,  ibid.,  1888-91;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1891-99;  .Assistant 
Professor  of  Zoology  and  Embryology,  Chicago,  1899-1901;  .Associate  Professor, 
ibid.,  1901-4. 

Fellow,  .American  .Academy  of  .Arts  and  Sciences,  1895;  Vice-President,  .Ameri- 
can .Association  for  the  .Advancement  of  Science,  1900-1901 ;  Secretary,  .American 
Society  of  Naturalists,  1899-1903;  President,  Society  of  .American  /Zoologists, 
1902. 

Associate  Editor,  American  Naturalist,  1897-;  Biometrika,  1901-; 
Journal  of  E.xperimcntal  Zoology,  1898-;  Editor,"Cold  Spring  Harbor 
Monographs,"  1900-. 

The  Collembola  of  Cold  Spring  Harbor  Beach,  with  Special  Refer ettce  to 
the  Movements  of  the  Poduridcc,  "Cold  Spring  Harbor  Monographs," 
II.     8vo,  2)2. 

Comparison  of  Some  Pectens  from  the  East  and  the  West  Coasts  of  the 
United  States,  Mark  Anniversary  Volume,  pp.  123-36,  plate  IX. 

Comparison  of  Pccten  opercularis  from  Three  Localities  of  the  British 
Isles,  Proceedings  of  the  American  Acaderny  of  Arts  and  Sciences, 
XXXIX  (1903),  123-59. 

Color  Inheritance  in  Mice,  Science,  XIX  (1904),  1 10-14. 

Wonder  Horses  and  Mendelism,  ibid.,  151-53. 

Report  on  the  Fresh  Water  Bryozoa  of  the  United  States,  Proceedings 
of  the  United  States  Xational  M uscum  ,XX\ll  (1904),  2 1 1-2 1 ,  plate  VI. 

Studies  in  the  Evolution  of  Pectcn:  W,  Ray  Yariability  in  Pecten 
varius  (with  Marian  E.  Hubbard),  Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology, 
I  (1904),  607-16. 

Elliot  Rowl.and  Downing  [1911-],  .\ssociatc  Professor  of  X'atural  Sci- 
ence, College  of  Education.     See  under  College  of  Education,  p.  4S3. 


332  PUBLICATIONS 

William  Lawrence  Tower  [1901-],  Associate  Professor  of  Embryology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1902;  Assistant  in  Zoolog>',  Hansard  College,  1895-96;  Professor 
of  Biology  and  Hoagland  Professor  of  Physiology,  Antioch,  1900-1901;  Assistant 
Professor  of  Embryology,  Chicago,  1907-11;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1911-. 

An  Investigation  of  Evolution  in  Chrysomelid  Beetles  of  the  Genus  Leptero- 
larsa.  Large  8vo,  x+320,  30  plates.  Washington:  Carnegie  In- 
stitution, Publication  No.  48,  1906. 

Determination    of    Dominance,    Biological    Bulletin,    XVIII     (1910), 

285-340. 
Organic  Evolution,  American   Yearbook   (191 2),   659-65;    with  J.  G. 

Sinclair  (1913),  671-74;   (1914),  639-44;   (iQiS)^  637-43. 

Recent  Advances  and  the  Present  State  of  Knowledge  concerning  the 
Modification  of  the  Germinal  Constitution  of  Organisms  by  Experi- 
mental Processes.  Chap,  vii,  pp.  141-265,  in  Heredity  and  Eugenics 
(University  of  Chicago  Press,  1912). 

Oscar  Riddle  [1904-10],  Instructor  in  Zoology;  Resident  Investigator, 

Station  for  Experimental  Evolution  (of  the  Carnegie  Institution), 

Cold  Spring  Harbor,  N.Y. 

A.B.  Indiana,  1902;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1907;  Laboratorj'  Assistant  in  Zoology  , 
ibid.,  1904-7;  Associate  in  Experimental  Therapeutics,  ibid.,  1907-8;  Instructor 
in  Experimental  Therapeutics  and  Zoology,  ibid.,  1908-9;  Instructor  in  Zoology, 
ibid.,  1909-10. 

A  Study  of  Fundamental  Bars  in  Feathers,  Biological  Bulletin,  XII 
(1907),  165-75. 

The  Blood  Pressures  of  Birds  and  Their  Modification  by  Drugs  (with 
S.  A.  Matthews),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XIX  (1907), 
108-16. 

The  Cause  of  the  Production  of  Down  and  Other  Down-like  Structures  in 
the  Plumages  of  Birds,  Biological  Bulletin,  XIV  (1908),  163-75. 

The  Genesis  of  Fault-Bars  in  Feathers  and  the  Cause  of  Alterna- 
tion of  Light  and  Dark  Fundamental  Bars.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Ibid.,  328-70. 

Our  Knowledge  of  Melanin  Color  Formation  and  Its  Bearing  on  the 
Mendelian  Description  of  Heredity,  ibid.,  XVI  (1909),  316-51. 

The  Rate  of  Digestion  in  Cold-blooded  Vertebrates— The  Influence  of 
Season  and  Temperature,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXIV 
(1909),  447-58- 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY  333 

Experiments  on  Melanin  Color  Formation:  Against  the  Current  Men- 
delian  Hypothesis  of  Color  Development,  Verhandlungen  des  Inter- 
nalionalen  Zoologen-Kongresses  zu  Graz,  Mil  (1910),  311-19. 

Studies  with  Sudan  III  in  Metabolism  and  Inheritance,  Journal  of 
Experimental  Zoology,  VIII  (1910),  163-84. 

On  the  Formation,  Significance,  and  Chemistry  of  the  White  and  Yellow 
Yolk  of  Ova,  Journal  of  Morphology,  XXII  (1911),  455-91- 

On  the  Cause  of  Autotomy  in  Tubularia,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXI  (191 1), 

389-95- 
On  Inducing  Hens  to  Preserve  Their  Own  Eggs,  etc.,  Science,  XXXIV 

(1911),  887-89. 

Victor  Ernest  Shelford  [1905-14],  Instructor  in  Zoolog\'';   Assistant 

Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of  Illinois,  and  Biologist,  Illinois 

State  Laboratory  of  Natural  History. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1903;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1907;  Reader  in  Zoology,  Correspondence-Study^ 
Department,  ibid.,  1905-7;  Laboratory  Assistant,  ibid.,  1904-7;  Associate,  ibid. 
1907-9;    Instructor,  ibid.,  1909-14. 

Animal  Communities  in  Temperate  America.  8vo,  375.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1913. 

The  Distribution  of  the  Tiger  Beetles  and  Its  Relation  to  Plant  Succes- 
sion, Biological  Bulletin,  XIV  (1907),  9-14- 

Life  Histories  and  Larval  Habits  of  the  Tiger  Beetles.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Linnacan  Society's  Journal  of  Zoology,  XXX  (1908),  157-84. 

Ecological  Succession  of  Fish  and  Its  Bearing  on  Fish  Culture,  Transac- 
tions of  the  Illinois  State  .Academy  of  Science,  III  (19 10),  108-10. 

Ecological  Succession: 

I.  Stream  Fishes  and  Physiographic  Analysis,  Biological  Bulletin, 

XXI  (191 1),  9-34. 
II.  Pond  Fishes,  ibid.,  126-51. 

III.  A  Reconnaissance  of  Its  Causes  in  Ponds  with  Particular  Refer- 
ence to  Fish,  ibid.,  XXII  (191 1),  1-38. 

IV.  Vegetation  and  the  Control  of  Land  Animal  Communities,  ibid., 
XXIII  (1912),  59-99- 

y.  Aspects  of  Physiological  Classification,  ibid.,  331-70. 

Physiological  Animal  Geography,  Journal  of  Morphology  (Whitman 
Memorial  Volume),  XXII  (191 1),  551-617. 


334  PUBLICATIONS 

An  Index  of  Fish  Environments  (with  W.  C.  Allee),  Science,  XXXVI 
(1912),  76-77. 

The  Reactions  of  Fishes  to  Gradients  of  Dissolved  Atmospheric  Gases 
(with  W.  C.  Allee),  Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology,  XIV  (1913), 
207-66. 

Noteworthy  Variation  in  the  Elytral  Tracheation  of  Cicindela,  Entomo- 
logical News,  XXIV  (1913),  124-25. 

The  Life  History  of  Spogostylum,  Annals  of  the  Entomological  Society  of 
America,  VI  (1913),  213-25. 

The  Reactions  of  Certain  Animals  to  Gradients  of  Evaporating  Power 
of  Air,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXV  (1913),  79-120. 

Rapid  Modification  of  the  Behavior  of  Fishes  by  Contact  with  Modified 
Water  (with  W.  C.  Allee),  Journal  of  Animal  Behavior,  IV  (1914), 
1-30. 

Modification  of  the  Behavior  of  Land  Animals  by  Contact  with  Air  of 
High  Evaporating  Power,  ibid.,  31-49. 

The  Importance  of  the  Measure  of  Evaporation  in  Economic  Studies  of 
Insects,  Journal  of  Economic  Entomology,  VII  (1914),  229-33. 

An  Experimental  Study  of  the  Behavior  Agreement  among  the  Animals 
of  an  Animal  Community,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXVI  (1914),  294-315. 

Reuben  Myron  Strong  [1901-2;    1904-14],  Instructor  in  Zoology; 

Professor,  Vanderbilt  University  Medical  School,  Nashville,  Tenn. 

A.B.  Oberlin,  1897 ;  Ph.D.  Harv^ard,  1901 ;  Assistant  in  Botanj'  and  Physiography, 
Morgan  Park  Academy,  1901-2;  Instructor  in  Biology,  Haverford  College, 
1902-3;   Associate  in  Zoology,  Chicago  1904-7;    Instructor,  ibid.,  1907-14. 

Laboratory  Guide  for  Elementary  Zoology.  i6mo,  vi+50.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1914. 

On  Regeneration  in  the  Pigmented  Skin  of  the  Frog,  and  on  the  Char- 
acter of  the  Chromatophores  (with  Leo  Loeb),  American  Journal  of 
Anatomy,  III  (1904),  275-83. 

Causes  of  Blue  and  Green  in  Feathers,  Biological  Bulletin,  VIII  (1905), 

237-38. 
Color  Nomenclature,  Science,  XXI  (1905),  267-68. 
The  Evolution  of  Color-Producing  Structures  in  Birds,  ibid.,  380. 
The  Redfield  Theory  of  Heredity,  Horseman,  XXVI  (1906),  7-8. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY  335 

A  Litter  of  Short-tailed  Dogs  (abstract),  Science,  XXVII  (igo8),  942. 

Nuptial  Plumes  of  the  American  Bittern,  Auk,  XXVIII  (191 1),  367-68. 

On  the  Olfactory  Organs  and  the  Sense  of  Smell  in  Birds,  Journal  of 
Morphology,  XXII  (191 1),  619-60. 

The  Sense  of  Taste  in  Birds,  ibid.,  940. 

Some  Reminiscences  of  the  Late  Professor  C.  O.  Whitman,  Auk, 
XXIX  (1912),  15-16. 

Some  Ideas  on  Teaching  a  Bird  Course,  Nature-Study  Review,  VIII 
(1912),  195-202. 

Another  View   of   Sex-limited   Inheritance,   Science,   XXX\T    (1912), 

443-45- 
Some  Observations  on  the  Life-History  of  the  Red-breasted  Merganser, 

Auk,  XXIX  (191 2),  479-88. 

Results  of  Hybridizing  Ring-Doves,  Including  Sex-linked  Inheritance, 
Biological  Bulletin,  XX.III  (1912),  293-320. 

Electrical  Heating  of  Paraffin  Baths,  Anatomical  Record,  Yll  (19 13), 9-16. 

Some  Ideas  in  Laboratory  Equipment,  ibid.,  VIII  (1914),  27-31. 

On  the  Habits  and  Behavior  of  the  Herring  Gull,  Larus  argentatus  Pont, 
Auk,  XXXI  (1914),  22-49,  178-99. 

Review  of:    Sclater,  A  History  of  the  Birds  of  Colorado,  Nature 
Study  Review,  VIII,  340. 

Morris  Miller  Wells  [191 2-13;   1915-],  Instructor  in  Zoology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1912;   Ph.D.  Illinois,  1915;  .•\ssistantinZoolog>-,  Chicago,  19 12-13; 
Instructor,  ibid.,  191 5-. 

The  Resistance  of  Fishes  to  Different  Concentrations  and  Combinations 
of  Oxygen  and  Carbon  Dioxide,  Biological  Bulletin,  XX\'  (1913), 
323-47- 

The  Reactions  and  Resistance  of  Fishes  to  Temperature,  Transactions 
of  the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  VII  (1914),  48-59. 

Reactions  and  Resistance  of  Fishes  in  Their  Natural  Environments  to 
Acidity,  Alkalinity,  and  Neutrality,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXIX 
(1915),  221-57. 

The  Reactions  and  Resistance  of  Fishes  in  Their  Natural  Environments 
to  Salts,  Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology,  XIX  (1915),  243-83. 


336  PUBLICATIONS 

Literature  for  19 15  on  Ants  and  Myrmecophils,  Journal  of  Animal 
Behavior,  VI  (1916),  400-406. 

Starvation  and  the  Resistance  of  Fishes  to  Lack  of  Oxygen  and  to 
KCN,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXXI  (19 16),  441-52, 

Lewis  Victor  Heilbrunn  [1913-16],  Associate  in  Zoology. 

A.B.  Cornell,  1911;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1914,  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Zoology, 
ibid.,  1913-14;   Associate,  ibid.,  1914-16. 

Studies  in  Artificial  Parthenogenesis:  II,  Physical  Changes  in  the  Egg  of 
Arhacia.  Doctor's  thesis.  Biological  Bulletin,  XXIX  (1915), 
149-203. 

The  Measurement  of  Oxidation  in  the  Sea-Urchin  Egg,  Science,  XLII 
(1915),  615-16. 

Carl  Richard  Moore  [1915-],  Associate  in  Zoology. 

S.B.  Drury  College,  1913;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1916;  Assistant  in  Zoology,  ibid., 
1915-16;  Associate,  ibid.,  1916-. 

On  the  Superposition  of  Fertilization  on  Parthenogenesis.  Doctor's 
thesis.    Biological  Bulletin,  XXXI  (19 16),  137-80. 

Charles    Frederick   Adams    [1904-5],   Assistant   in    the   Zoological 

Museum;  Independence,  Mo. 

B.Agr.  Missouri,  1897;  M.D.  Kansas  City  Medical  College,  1902;  A.M.  Kansas, 
1903;  -Vssistant  in  Entomology,  Missouri,  1897;  Instructor  in  Histology,  Kansas 
City  Medical  College,  1900-1902;  Professor  of  Histology  and  Bacteriology, 
Kansas  City  Dental  College,  1902-4;  Assistant  in  the  Zoological  Museum, 
Chicago,  1904-5. 

Notes  on  and  Description  of  North  American  Diptera,  University  of 
Kansas  Science  Bulletin,  II  (1904),  433-55. 

On  the  North  American  Species  of  Siphonella,  Psyche,  XI  (1904),  103-4. 

Descriptions  of  New  Oscinidae,  Entomological  News,  XV  (1904),  303-4. 

On  the  North  American  Species  of  Ascinis,  ibid.,  XVI  (1905),  108-11. 

Warder  Clyde  Allee  [1910-12],  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Zoology; 

Professor  of  Biology,  Lake  Forest  College,  Lake  Forest,  111. 

S.B.  Earlham  College,  1908;  S.M.  Chicago,  1910;  Ph.D.  j7>/'</.,  1912;  Laboratory 
Assistant  in  Zoology,  ibid.,  1910-11. 

Seasonal  Succession  in  Old  Forest  Ponds,  Transactions  of  the  Illinois 
State  Academy  of  Science,  IV  (1911),  216-31. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY  337 

An  Experimental  Analysis  of  the  Relation  between  Physiological  States 
and  Rheotaxis  in  Isoi)oda.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Experi- 
mental Zoology,  XIII  (191 2),  269-344, 

An  Index  of  Fish  Environments  (with  V.  E.  Shelford),  Science,  XXXVI 
(1912),  76-77. 

The  Reactions  of  Fishes  to  Gradients  of  Dissolved  Atmospheric  Gases 
(with  v.  E.  Shelford),  Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology,  XIV  (1913), 
207-66. 

Wallace  Craig  [1901-4],  Assistant  in  Zoology;  Professor  of  Philosophy, 
University  of  Maine,  Orono. 
S.B.  Illinois,  1S98;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1908;  Assistant  in  Zoology,  ibid.,  1901-4. 

The  Expressions  of  Emotion  in  the  Pigeons:  I,  The  Blond  Ring  Dove 
{Turtur  risorius).  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Comparative  Neu- 
rology and  Psychology,  XIX  (1909),  29-80. 

Neil  Stanley  Dungay  [1911],  Assistant  in  Zoology;    Professor  of 

Zoology,  Carleton  College,  Northtield,  Alinn. 

A.B.  Minnesota,  1904;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913;  Instructor  in  Biolog>',  Carleton 
College,  1907-10;  Acting  Professor  of  Biolog>-,  ibid.,  1910-11;  Assistant  in 
Zoology,  Chicago,  191 1. 

A  Study  of  the  Effects  of  Injury  upon  the  Fertilizing  Power  of  Sperm. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Biological  Bulletin,  XXV  (1913),  213-60. 

LiBBiE  Henrietta  Hyman  [1914-],  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Zoology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1910;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1915;  Laboratory  .Assistant  in  Zoology,  ibid., 
1914-. 

An  Analysis  of  the  Process  of  Regeneration  in  Certain  Microdrilous 
Oligochaetes.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology, 
XX  (1916),  99-165. 

On  the  Action  of  Certain  Substances  on  Oxygen  Consumption,  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XL  (1916),  238-48. 

Robert  Kirkland  Xabours  [1904-10],  Assistant  in  Zoology;  Pro- 
fessor of  Zoology  and  Zoologist  at  the  E.xperimental  Station,  Kansas 
Agricultural  College,  Manhattan. 

Kd.B.  Chicago,  1905;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  191 1;  .\ssistant  in  Xature-Study,  University 
Elementary  School,  ibid.,  1904-9;    .Vssistant  in  Zoology,  ibid.,  1909-10. 

Studies  of  Inheritance  and  Evolution  in  Orthoptera.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Genetics,  III  (1914),  141-70. 


338  PUBLICATIONS 

John  Thomas  Patterson  [1905-8],  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Zoology; 

Professor  and  Chairman  of  the  School  of  Zoology,  University  of 

Texas,  Austin. 

S.B.  Wooster,  1903;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1908;    Professor  of  Biology,  Buena  Vista 
College,  1903-5;   Laboratory  Assistant  in  Zoology,  Chicago,  1905-8. 

The  Order  of  Appearance  of  the  Anterior  Somites  in  the  Chick,  Bio- 
logical Bulletin,^lll  (1907),  121-34. 

Amitosis  in  the  Pigeon's  Egg,  Anatomischer  Anzeiger,  XXXII  (1908), 

117-25. 

A  Microscope-Stage  Incubator,  Biological  Bulletin,  XIV  (1908),  324-27. 

Gastrulation  in  the  Pigeon's  Egg — A  Morphological  and  Experimental 
Study.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Morphology,  XX  (1909), 
65-123. 

John  George  Sinclair  [191 5-],  Assistant  in  Zoology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1911;   Assistant,  Carnegie  Institution  at  Tucson,  Ariz.,  1913-15; 
Assistant  in  Zoology,  Chicago,  1915-. 

Organic  Evolution  (with  W.  L.  Tower),  American  Yearbook  (1913), 
671-74. 

Maud  Slye  [1908-],  Assistant  in  Zoology;  Member  of  the  Otho 
S.  A.  Sprague  Institute.  See  under  Department  of  Pathology, 
p.  434- 

George  Washington  Tannreuther  [1904-5],  Laboratory  Assistant 

in    Zoology;     Instructor    in    Zoology,    University    of     Missouri, 

Columbia. 

A.B.  Manchester  College,  1900;    A.M.  Antioch  College,  1901;    Ph.D.  Chicago, 
1908;  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Zoology,  ibid.,  1904-5. 

History  of  the  Germ  Cells  and  Early  Embryology  of  Certain  Aphids. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Zoologische  Jahrbiicher  {Anatomie,  etc.),  XXIV 
(1907),  609-42. 

The  Development  of  Hydra,  Biological  Bulletin,  XIV  (1908),  261-81. 

Observations  on  the  Germ  Cells  of  Hydra,  ibid.,  XVI  (1909),  205-9. 

Budding  in  Hydra,  ibid.,  210-14. 

Origin  and  Development  of  the  Wings  of  Lepidoptera,  Archiv  fiir  Ent- 
wickelungsmechanik  der  Organlsmen,  XXIX  (19 10),  275-86. 


DEi'ART-MEXT  OI-  ZOOLOGY  339 

Harry  Lewis  Wiemax  [1907-8],  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Zoology; 
Associate  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Zoology,  Uni- 
versity of  Cincinnati. 

A.B.  Cincinn;iti,   1905;    A.M.  ibid.,   1906;    Ph.D.   Chicago,   1909;    Laboratory 
Assistant  in  Zoology,  ibid.,  1907-8. 

A  Study  in  the  Germ  Cells  of  Leptinotarsa  signaticollis .  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  MorpJwlogy,  XXI   (1910),  135-216. 

James  Francis  Abbott,  Ph.D.  igo6;  Professor  of  Zoology,  Washington 
University,  St.  Louis. 

The  Morphology  of  Coeloplana.  Doctor's  thesis.  Zoologische  Jahr- 
biicher  {Anatomie,  etc.),  XXIV  (1907),  41-70- 

Charles  Christopher  Adams,  Ph.D.  1908;  Professor  of  Forest 
Zoology,  The  New  York  State  College  of  Forestry,  Syracuse  Uni- 
versity, Syracuse,  N.Y. 

The  Variations  and  Ecological  Distribution  of  the  Snails  of  the  Genus  lo. 
Doctor's  thesis.  National  Academy  of  Sciences  Memoirs,  XII,  Part  2 
(1915);  8vo,  92,  61  plates. 

Bennett  Mills  Allen,  Ph.D.  1903;  Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of 
Kansas,  Lawrence. 

The  Embryonic  Development  of  the  Ovary  and  Testis  of  the  Mammals. 
Doctor's  thesis.     American  Journal  of  Anatomy,  III  (1904),  89-146. 

Harriett  May  Allyn,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Hackett  Medical  College,  Canton, 

China. 
The    Initiation    of    Development    in    Chaetopterus.    Doctor's    thesis. 

Biological  Bulletin,  XXIV  (191 2),  21-72. 

George  William  Bartklmkz,  Ph.D.  1910;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Anatomy.     See  under  Department  of  Anatomy,  p.  347. 

Mary  Putn.a.m  Blount,  Ph.D.  1908.  See  under  University  High  School, 
p.  490- 

Lynds  Jones,  Ph.D.  1905;  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  PLcology, 
Oberlin  College,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 

The  Development  of  Xcstling  Feathers.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  18. 
Chicago:  Privately  printed,  1907. 


340  PUBLICATIONS 

Ernest  Everett  Just,  Ph.D.  1916;  Howard  University,  Washing- 
ton, D.C. 

The  Relation  of  the  First  Cleavage  Plane  to  the  Entrance  Point  of  the 
Sperm,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXII  (191 2),  239-52. 

Breeding  Habits  of  the  Heteronereis  Form  of  Nereis  limbata  at  Woods 
Hole,  Mass.  (with  F.  R.  Lillie),  ibid.,  XXIV  (1913),  147-68. 

Studies  of  Fertilization  in  Platynereis  Megalops.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ibid., 
XXVII  (1914),  201-27;  XXVIII  (1915),  93-114;  Journal  of 
Morphology,  XXVI  (191 5),  217-33. 

Initiation  of  Development  in  Nereis^  Biological  Bulletin,  XXVIII 
(1915),  1-17. 

Francis  LeRoy  Landacre,  Ph.D.  19 14;  Professor  of  Anatomy,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus. 

The  Origin  of  the  Cranial  Ganglia  in  Ameiurus.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology  and  Psychology,  XX  (1910), 
311-411. 

Frank  Eugene  Lutz,  Ph.D.  1907;  Curator,  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  New  York. 

The  Variation  and  Correlations  of  Certain  Taxonomic  Characters  ofGryllus. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  63.  Chicago:  Privately  printed,  1908;  also 
as  PubUcation  No.  loi  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington. 

Charles  D wight  Marsh,  Ph.D.  1904;  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Washington,  D.C. 

The  Plankton  of  Lake  Winnebago  and  Green  Lake.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  vi+94.  Wisconsin  Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey, 
Bulletin  No.  12,  1903. 

Bertha  Edith  Martin,  Ph.D.  1915. 

Tooth  Development  in  Dasypus  Novemcinctus.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal 
of  Morphology,  XXVII  (1916),  645-83. 

William  J.  Moenkhaus,  Ph.D.  1903;  Professor  of  Physiology,  Indiana 
University,  Bloomington. 

The  Development  of  the  Hybrids  between  Fundulus  heteroclitus  and 
Mcnidia  notala,  with  Especial  Reference  to  the  Behavior  of  the 
Maternal  and  Paternal  Chromatin.  Doctor's  thesis.  American 
Journal  of  Anatomy,  III  (1904),  29-65. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY  341 

John  William  Scott,  Ph.D.  1904;  Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of 
Wyoming,  Laramie. 

Periods  of  Susceptibility  in  the  Differentiation  of  Unfertilized  Eggs  of 
Amphitrite,  Biological  Bulletin,  V  (1903),  35-41. 

Morphology  of  the  Parthenogenetic  Development  of  Amphitrite. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Journal  0/  Experimental  Zoology,  III  (1906J,  49-97. 

Mari.\n  Lvdia  Shorey,  Ph.D.  1909. 

The  Effect  of  the  Destruction  of  Peripheral  Areas  on  the  Differentiation 
of  the  Neuroblasts.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Experimental 
Zoology,  VII  (1909),  25-63. 

Charles  Henry  Turner,  Ph.D.  1907;  Sumner  High  School,  St. 
Louis,  Mo. 

The  Homing  of  Ants:  An  Experimental  Study  of  Ant  Behavior.  Doc- 
tor's  thesis.     Journal   of  Comparative  Neurology  and  Psychology, 

XVII  (1907),  367-434. 

A  Study  of  the  Rate  of  Regeneration  of  the  Arms  in  the  Brittle-Star 
Opiiioglypha  Lacertosa,  Biological  Bulletin,  \T  (1903),  12-17. 

Charles  Zeleny,  Ph.D.  1904;  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology-,  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois. 

Experiments  on  the  Localization  of  Developmental  Factors  in  the 
Nemertine  Egg,  Journal  of  Experimental  Zoology,  I  (1904),  293-329. 

Compensatory  Regulation.     Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.,  II  (1905),  1-102. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY 

Robert  Russell  Bensley  [1901-],  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

.\.H.  Toronto,  1S89;   M.H.  ibid.,  1892;  .Assistant  Professor  of  .\natomy,  Chicago, 
1 90 1 -5;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1905-7;   Professor,  ibid.,  1907-. 

Joint  Editor  (with  Franz  Kopsch),  Internationale  Monatsschrifl  fiir 

Anatomic  und  Physiologic,  191 2-. 

The  Differentiation  of  the  Specific  Elements  of  the  Gastric  Glands  of 
the  Pig  (abstract),  American  Journal  of  Anatomy  (Proceedings  of 
the  Association  of  American  Anatomists),  II  (1903),  iii,  iv. 


342  PUBLICATIONS 

Concerning  the  Gland  of  Brunner,  Anatomischer  Anzeiger,  XXIII  (1903), 

497-507- 

Stomach  (article),  Reference  Handbook  of  the  Medical  Sciences  (New 
York:  William  Wood  &  Co.,  1903),  461-74. 

An  Examination  of  the  Methods  for  the  Microchemical  Detection  of 
Phosphorous  Compounds  Other  than  Phosphates  in  the  Tissues  of 
Animals  and  Plants,  Biological  Bulletin,  X  (1906),  49-65. 

Professor  Prenant's  Theory  of  the  Nature  of  the  Granule  Cells  of  Paneth, 
Anatomical  Record,  II  (1908),  92-95. 

Observations  on  the  Salivary  Glands  of  Mammals,  ibid.,  105-7. 

On  the  Nature  of  the  Canalicular  Apparatus  of  Animal  Cells,  Biological 
Bulletin,  XIX  (1910),  179-94, 

The  Cardiac  Glands  of  the  Mammalian  Stomach,  Anatomical  Record^ 

IV  (1910),  375-90- 

On  the  So-called  Altmann  Granules  of  Normal  and  Pathologic  Tis- 
sues, Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Pathological  Society  (19 10),  1-6. 

Studies  on  the  Pancreas  of  the  Guinea-Pig,  American  Journal  of  Anatomy, 
XII  (1911),  297-388. 

Upon  the  Formation  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  in  the  Foveolae  and  on 
the  Surface  of  the  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane,  and  the  Non- 
Acid  Character  of  the  Contents  of  Gland  Cells  and  Lumina  (with 
B.  C.  H.  Harvey),  Biological  Bulletin,  XXIII  (1912),  225-49. 

The  Formation  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  on  the  Free  Surface  and  Not  in 
the  Glands  of  the  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane  (with  B.  C.  H.  Harvey), 
Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Pathological  Society  (19 13),  1-3. 

The  Thyroid  Gland  of  the  Opossum,  Anatomical  Record,  VIII  (1914), 
431-40. 

The  Structure  and  Relationships  of  the  Islets  of  Langerhaus.  "  Harvey 
Lectures,"  Series  X  (1915),  251-90.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippin- 
cott  Co. 

The  Normal  Mode  of  Secretion  in  the  Thyroid  Gland,  American  Journal 
of  Anatomy,  XIX  (1916),  37-55. 

The  Influence  of  Diet  and  Iodides  on  the  Hyperplasia  of  the  Thyroid 
Gland  of  Opossums  in  Captivity,  ibid.,  57-65. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY  343 

Charles  Judson  Herrick  [1907-],  Professor  of  Neurology'. 

S.B.  Cincinnati,  1891;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  igoo;  Professor  of  Natural  Sciences, 
Ottawa  University,  1892-93;  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology,  Denison,  1897-98; 
Professor,  ibid.,  1898-1907;  Professor  of  Neurology,  Chicago,  1907-. 

Managing  Editor,  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology,  1894-. 
Associate  in  Comparative  Neurology,  Pathological  Institute  of  the 
New  York  State  Commission  in  Lunacy,  1897-1901 ;  Member,  Inter- 
national Commission  of  Brain  Research,  191 2-. 

A  Laboratory  Outline  in  Neurology  (with  Elizabeth  Crosby).     Svo,  40. 
Chicago:    Privately  printed,  1915. 

An    Introduction    to    Neurology.     i2mo,    355.     Philadelphia:     W.    B. 
Saunders  Co.,  1915. 

On  the  Phylogenetic  Differentiation  of  the  Organs  of  Smell  and  Taste, 
Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology,  XVIII  (1908),  157-66. 

The  Morphological  Sui)division  of  the  Brain,  ibid.,  393-408. 

On  the  Commissura  Infima  and  Its  Nuclei  in  the  Brains  of  Fishes,  ibid., 
409-31. 

Two  Recent  Tendencies  in  Cerebral  Morphology,  ibid.,  663-70. 

The  Xervus  Terminalis  (Nerve  of  Pinkus)  in  the  Frog,  ibid.,  XIX  (1909), 
175-90- 

The  Criteria  of  Homology  in  the  Peripheral  Nervous  System,  ibid.. 
203-10. 

The  Evolution  of  Intelligence  and  Its  Organs,  Science,  XXXI  (1910), 
7-18. 

The  Relations  of  the  Central  and  Peripheral  Ner\'ous  Systems  in  Phy- 
togeny, .Inatomical  Record,  IV  (1910),  59-69. 

The  Morphology  of  the  Cerebral  Hemispheres  in  Aniphibia,  Anatomischcr 
Anzeiger,  XXXVT  (1910),  645-52. 

The  Morphology  of  the  Forebrain  in  .\mphibia  and  Reptilia,  Journal  of 
Comparative  Neurology,  XX  (1910),  413-547. 

An  Educational  Ideal  for  tiie  Small  College,  Dcnison  Alumni  Bulletin, 
II  (1911),  2,  iS. 

Notes  on  the  Association  Centers,  Journal  of  Nervous  and  Mental  Disease, 
XXXVIII  (191 1),  750-53. 

Some  Reflections  on  the  Origin  and  Significance  of  the  Cerebral  Cortex, 
Journal  of  Animal  Behavior,  III  (1913),  222-36. 


344  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Foundations  of  Culture  (address  commemorating  the  twenty-fifth 
anniversary  of  the  Denison  Scientific  Association),  Bulletin  of  the 
Scientific  Laboratories  of  Denison  University,  XVII  (1913),  205-18. 

Notes  on  the  Anatomy  of  a  Cyclostome  Brain:  Ichthyomyzon  concolor 
(with  Jeannette  B.  Obenchain),  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology, 
XXIII  (1913),  635-75. 

Articles  in  the  Reference  Handbook  of  the  Medical  Sciences  (3d  ed.,  William 
Wood  &  Co.,  New  York) : 
Brain  Anatomy,  II  (1913),  274-342,  43  figs. 
Cranial  Nerves,  III  (1914),  321-39,  33  figs. 

Ear:    Anatomy  of  the  Auditory  (Acoustic)  Nerve  and  Its  End- 
Organs,  ibid.,  719-25,  12  figs. 
End-Organs,  Nervous,  IV  (1914),  20-27,  21  figs. 
Olfactory  Nerve,  VI  (1916),  865-70,  6  figs. 
Spinal  Cord  and  Spinal  Nerves,  VII  (1916),  828-55,  38  figs. 

The  Cerebellum  of  Necturus  and  Other  Urodele  Amphibia,  Journal  of 
Comparative  Neurology,  XXIV  (1914),  1-29. 

The  Medulla  Oblongata  of  Larval  Ambly stoma,  ibid.,  343-427. 

The  Development  of  Reflex  Mechanisms  in  Ambly  stoma  (with  G.  E. 
CoghiU),  ibid.,  XXV  (1915),  65-85. 

Introspection  as  a  Biological  Method,  Journal  of  Philosophy,  Psychology, 
and  Scientific  Methods,  XII  (1915),  543-51. 

Review  of:  Edinger,  Lectures  on  the  Central  Nervous  System, 
Anatomical  Record,  II,  273-83;  Child,  Senescence  and  Rejuvenescence; 
and  (by  the  same  author)  Individuality  in  Organisms,  Journal  of  Animal 
Behavior,  VI,  420-25. 

Lewellys  Franklin  Barker  [1900- 1905],  Professor  and  Head  of  the 

Department  of  Anatomy;    Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Johns 

Hopkins  University. 

M.B.  Toronto,  1890;  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1897-99;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Anatomy,  Rush  Medical 
College,  1900-1905;    Professor  of  Medicine,  ibid.,  1900-1905. 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Editors,  American  Journal  of  Anatomy, 
1904-5. 

Johns  Hopkins  Medical  Commissioner  to  the  Philippine  Islands,  1899; 
Special  Commissioner  appointed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury 
for  the  investigation  of  the  plague  in  San  Francisco,  1901. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY  345 

A  Laboratory  Manual  of  Human  Anatomy  (with  D.  D.  Lewis  and 
D.  G.  Revell).  8vo,  xvi+s83.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co., 
1904. 

A  Case  of  Diplococcaemia  (with  H.  T.  Ricketts),  Transactions  of  the 
Chicago  Pathological  Society,  V  (1901-3)",  313-14. 

The  Unveiling  of  the  Cell,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association^ 
XXXVIII  (1902),  577-82. 

Medicine  and  the  Universities,  American  Medicine,  IV  (1902),  i43~47- 

Pathology  of  the  Neurone,  Buck's  Reference  Handbook  of  the  Medical 
Sciences,  VI  (1903),  259-71. 

Structure  of  the  Spinal  Cord,  ibid.,  VII  (1904),  293-327. 

Travel  Notes:  A  Series  of  Thirteen  Articles  on  Medical  Conditions  in 
Europe,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XLIII-XLIV 
(1904-5). 

Der  Nachweis  der  Aminosauren  im  Harne  (with  E.  Aberhalden),  Zeit- 
schriftfilr  physiologische  Chemie,  XLII  (1904),  524-27. 

Some  Considerations  on  Proteid  Diet,  with  Especial  Reference  to  Its 
Content  in  Amide-Nitrogen,  Melanoidin-Nitrogen,  Diamino- 
Nitrogen,  and  Monamino-Nitrogen  (with  B.  A.  Cohoe),  Journal 
of  Biological  Chemistry,  I  (1906),  229-38. 

Henry  Herbert  Donaldson  [1892-1906],  Professor  and  Head  of  the 

Department  of  Neurology;  Professor  of  Neurology,  Wistar  Institute, 

Philadelphia. 

.\.B.  Yale,  1879;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1885;  Assistant  Professor  of  Neurology, 
Clark,  iSqo-02;  Professor  of  Neurology,  Chicago,  1892-1906;  Dean  of  the  Ogden 
Graduate  School  of  Science,  ibid.,  1892-98;  Head  of  the  Department  of  Neu- 
rology, ibid.,  1896-1906. 

A  Description  of  Charts  Showing  the  Areas  of  Cross  Sections  of  the 
Human  Spinal  Cord  at  the  Level  of  Each  Spinal  Nerve  (with  D.  J- 
Davis),  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology,  XIII  (1903),  19-40. 

On  a  Law  Determining  the  Number  of  Medullated  Nerve  Fibers 
Innervating  the  Thigh,  Shank,  and  Foot  of  the  Frog,  Rana 
virescens,  ibid.,  XIII  (1903),  223-57. 

On  tlie  Areas  of  the  A.xis  Cylinder  and  Medullar)'  Sheath  as  Seen  in 
Cross  Sections  of  the  Spinal  Nerves  of  Vertebrates  (with  G.  \V.  Hoke) 
ibid.,  XV  (1905),  1-16. 


346  PUBLICATIONS 

Problems  in  Human  Anatomy,  Science,  XXI  (1905),  16-26. 

Some  Aspects  of  the  Endowment  of  Research,  ibid.,  XXIII  (1906), 
282-86. 

A  Comparison  of  the  White  Rat  with  Man  in  Respect  to  the  Growth  of 
the  Entire  Body  (with  J.  B.  Watson  and  EHzabeth  H.  Dunn),  Boas 
Memorial  Volume,  1906. 

Basil   Coleman   Hyatt   Harvey    [1901-],    Professor   of  Anatomy. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1894;  M.B.  ibid.,  1898;  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy,  Chicago, 
190S-11;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1911-17;  Professor,  ibid.,  1917-' 

President,  Illinois  Demonstrators'  Association,  1913-. 

The  Nature  of  Vital  Processes  according  to  Rignano.  8vo,  56.  Chicago; 
Open  Court  Co.,  1909. 

Translation  of  Eugenio  Rignano's  Inheritance  of  Acquired  Characters. 
Chicago:   Open  Court  Co.,  191 1. 

An  Unusual  Peritoneal  Anomaly  Simulating  Retroperitoneal  Hernia, 
British  Medical  Journal,  II  (1906),  1703. 

On  the  Chromaffine  Character  of  Certain  Parietal  Cells  of  the  Stomach, 
ibid.,  1703. 

A  Case  of  Innervation  of  the  M.  Rectus  Lateralis  Oculi  by  the  N.  Oculo- 
motorius,  with  absence  of  the  N.  Abducens,  ibid.,  1705. 

The  Structure  of  the  Gastric  Glands  of  the  Dog  and  of  the  Changes  Which 
They  Undergo  after  Gastroenterostomy  and  Occlusion  of  the  Pylorus, 
American  Journal  of  Anatomy,  VI  (1907),  207-43. 

Insertion  of  the  Abdominal  Part  of  the  M.  Pectoralis  Major  in  Man 
into  the  Capsule  of  the  Shoulder  Joint  and  the  Coracoid  Process, 
Anatomical  Record,  I  (1907),  66-67. 

Upon  the  Formation  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  in  the  Foveolae  and  on  the 
Surface  of  the  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane,  and  the  Non-Acid  Char- 
acter of  the  Contents  of  Gland  Cells  and  Lumina  (with  R.  R. 
Bensley),  Biological  Bulletin,  XXIII  (1912),  225-49. 

The  Formation  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  on  the  Free  Surface  and  Not  in  the 
Glands  of  the  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane  (with  R.  R.  Bensley), 
Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Pathological  Society  (1913),  1-3. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XLVIII, 
961-62;  LIV,  905;  LXIII,  2065;  LXIV,  766;  5dcwcc,  XXV,  788-89. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY  347 

Preston  Kyes  [1900-],  Associate  Professor  of  Preventive  Medicine. 

A.B.  Bowdoin,  1896;  A.M.  ibid.,  1900;  M.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1900;  Assistant 
Professor  of  Anatomy,  Chicago,  1904-6;  Assistant  Profess*>r  of  Kxperimcntal 
Pathology,  ibid.,  1906-12;  .Assistant  Professor  of  Preventive  Medicine,  ibid., 
191 2-16;    .\ssociate  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Editor,  Journal  of  Immunology,  Baltimore  and  London,  1916-. 

Ueber  die  Wirkungsweise  des  Cobragiftes,  Berliner  klinischc  Wochen- 
schrift,  XXXIX  (1902),  918-22. 

Zur  Kenntniss  der  Cobragiftactivirenden  Substanzen  (with  H.  Sachs), 
ibid.,  XL  (1903),  21-23,  57-59,  82-85. 

Ueber  die  Isolirung  von  Schlangengift-Lecithiden,  ibid.,  956-59,  982-84. 

Cobragift  und  Antitoxin,  ibid.,  XLI  (1904),  494-97. 

Lecithin  und  Schlangengifte,  Hoppe-Seyler^s  Zeitschrift  fiir  Physiologische 
Chemie,  XLI  (1904),  273-77. 

Ueber  die  Lecithide  des  Schlangengiftes,  Biochemische  Zeitschrift, 
IV  (1907),  99-123- 

Bemerkungen  iiber  die  Lecithidbildung,  ibid.,  VIII  (1908),  42-46. 

Venom  Hemolysis,  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VII  (1910),  181-284. 

The  Production  of  Antibodies  to  Pneumococci  in  an  Insusceptible  Host, 
Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LVI  (191 1),  1878-81. 

The  Physiological  Destruction  of  Erythrocytes,  Internationale  Monats- 
schriftfiir  Anatomic  und  Physiologic,  XXXI  (1914),  t,t,. 

Morphological  Evidences  of  Intracellular  Destruction  of  Red  Blood- 
Corpuscles,  Anatomical  Record,  IX  (1915),  97-100. 

The  Natural  Resistance  of  the  Pigeon  to  the  Pneumococcus,  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  XVIII  (1916),  277-92. 

George  Willi.am  Bartelmez  [1908-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy. 
S.B.  New  York,  igo6;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1910;   .\ssistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

The  Poison  Glands  of  Bufo  agua  (with  C.  L.  Bristol),  Science,  XX\'II 
(1908),  455. 

The  Bilaterality  of  the  Pigeon's  Egg:  A  Study  in  Egg  Organization 
from  the  First  Growth  Period  of  the  Oocyte  to  the  Beginning  of 
Cleavage.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Morphology,  XXIII  (191 2). 
263-326. 


348  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Effects  of  IMammalian  Thyroid  and  Thymus  Glands  upon  the 
Development  of  Certain  Amphibian  Larvae,  Anatomical  Record,  IX 
(1915),  47-48. 

Mauthner's  Cell  and  the  Nucleus  Motorius  Tegmenti,  Journal  of  Com- 
parative Neurology,  XXV  (1915),  87-128. 

Review  in:  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LXVI,  835. 

Elbert  Clark  [1907-10;    1913-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

S.B.  Arkansas,  1903;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1916;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Anatomy,  University  of  the  Philippines,  1910-11;  Associate  Professor,  ibid., 
1911-12;    Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy,  Chicago,  1915-. 

The  Glands  of  the  Frontal  Sinus  of  the  Sheep  (abstract),  Anatomical 
Record,  III  (1909),  274-75. 

On  the  Occurrence  of  an  Accessory  Naso-Frontal  Duct  of  the  Frontal 
Sinus,  Philippine  Journal  of  Science,  V  (1910),  475-80. 

Anatomy  in  the  Far  East,  Anatomical  Record,  VII  (1913),  234-45. 

The  Number  of  Islands  of  Langerhaus  in  the  Human  Pancreas,  Ana- 
tomischer  Anzeiger,  XLIII  (1913),  81-94. 

Regeneration  of  Medullated  Nerves  in  the  Absence  of  Embryonic 
Nerve  Fibers,  Following  Experimental  Non-traumatic  Degeneration, 
Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology,  XXIV  (1914),  61-111. 

Congenital  Variation  of  the  Pectoral  Muscles,  Journal  of  Anatomy  and 
Physiology,  XLIX  (1914),  155-65. 

John  Gordon  Wilson  [1903-8],  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy;  Pro- 
fessor and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Otology,  Northwestern 
University. 

A.M.  Edinburgh,  1885;  M.B.,  CM.  ibid.,  1889;  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy, 
Chicago,  1903-8. 

The  Relation  of  the  Motor  Endings  to  the  Muscle,  Journal  of  Compara- 
tive Neurology,  XIV  (1904),  1-16. 

The  Structure  and  Function  of  the  Taste-Bulbs  of  the  Larynx,  Brain, 
XXVm  (1905),  339-51. 

Nasal  Reflexes,  Illinois  Medical  Journal,  IX  (1906),  201-3. 

Some  Anatomical  and  Physiological  Considerations  in  Regard  to  the 
Faucial  Tonsil,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XL VI 
(1906),  1591-94. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY  349 

Present  State  of  Our  Knowledge  with  Regard  to  the  Physiology  of  the 
Sinuses  Accessory  to  the  Nose,  Illinois  Medical  Journal,  XII  (1907), 
410-12. 

Nerves  and  Nerve  Endings  in  Membrana  Tympani,  Journal  of  Compara- 
tive Neurology,  XVII  (1907),  459-68. 

Variations  of  the  Ostium  Frontale  and  Their  Bearing  on  Intra-nasal 
Operations,  with  a  Note  in  Regard  to  the  Top()grai)hy  of  the  Cribri- 
form Plate,  Transactions  of  the  American  Laryngological  Association, 
XXX  (1908),  178-96. 

The  Nerves  of  the  Atrio-ventricular  Bundle,  Proceedings  of  the  Royal 
Society,  London,  LXXXI  (1909). 

The  Present  Position  of  the  Theory  of  Auto-Regeneration  of  Xer\'es, 
Anatomical  Record,  III  (1909),  27-39. 

Benson  Ambrose  Coiioe  [1903-6],  Instructor  in  Anatomy;   Associate 
Professor  of  Therapeutics,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 
A.B.  Toronto,  1898;  M.B.  ibid.,  1901;  Associate  in  Anatomy,  Chicago,  1903-6. 

Some  Considerations  on  Proteid  Diet,  with  Especial  Reference  to 
Its  Content  in  Amide-Nitrogen,  Melanoidin-Nitrogen,  Diamino- 
Nitrogen,  and  Monamino-Nitrogen  (with  L.  F.  Barker),  Journal  of 
Biological  Chemistry,  I  (1906),  229-38. 

The  Finer  Structure  of  the  Glandula  Submaxillaris  of  the  Rabbit, 
American  Journal  of  Anatomy,  VI  (1907),  167-91. 

Edmund  Vincent  Cowdry  [1909-13],  Instructor  in  Anatomy;  Associate 

in  Anatomy,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1909;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1912;  Associate  in  .\natomy,  ibid.,  1911-12; 
Instructor,  ibid.,  19 12-13. 

The  Colour  Changes  of  Octopus  vulgaris,  University  of  Toronto  Studies, 
Biological  Series,  No.  10  (1911),  1-53. 

Mitochondria  and  Other  Cytoplasmic  Constituents  of  the  Spinal 
Ganglion  Cells  of  the  Pigeon,  Anatomical  Record,  \T  (1912),  33-38. 

The  Relations  of  Mitochondria  and  Other  Cytoplasmic  Constituents  in 
Spinal  Ganglion  Cells  of  the  Pigeon.  Doctor's  thesis.  Internationale 
Monalsschrift  fur  Anatomic  und  Physiologic,  XXIX  (191 2), 473-504. 

The  Development  of  the  Cytoplasmic  Constituents  of  the  Ner\e  Cells 
of  the  Chick.  I.  Mitochondria  and  N^eurofibrils,  American  Journal 
of  Anatomy,  XV  (19 14),  389-428. 


350  PUBLICATIONS 

Elizabeth  Hopkins  Dunn  [1901-12],  Instructor  in  Anatomy;  Research 

Associate,  Marine  Biological  Laboratory,  Woods  Hole,  Mass. 

A.B.  Iowa  College,  1889;  M.D.  Northwestern  University,  Woman's  Medical 
School,  1894;  Assistant  Professor  of  Ner\'ous  Diseases,  ibid.,  1901-2;  Assistant 
in  Anatomy,  Chicago,  1906-7;  Associate,  ibid.,  1907-9;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1909-12. 

On  the  Number  and  on  the  Relation  between  Diameter  and  Distribution 
of  the  Nerve-Fibers  Innervating  the  Leg  of  the  Frog  {Rana  virescens 
brachycephala,  Cope),  Jourtial  of  Comparative  Neurology,  XII  (1902), 
297-328. 

The  Nerve  Supply  to  the  Leg  of  the  Frog  after  Complete  Degeneration  of 
the  Motor  Fibers,  American  Journal  of  Anatomy,  V  (1906),  viii. 

A  Comparison  of  the  White  Rat  with  Man  in  Respect  to  the  Growth  of 
the  Entire  Body  (with  H.  H.  Donaldson  and  J.  B.  Watson),  Boas 
Memorial  Volume,  1906. 

Supplemental  Report  regarding  the  Innervation  of  the  Leg  of  Rana 
virescens,  Anatomical  Record,  I  (1907),  57-58. 

Cutaneous  Innervation  from  the  Plexus  ischio-coccygeus  in  the  Frog, 
Rana  virescens,  Cope,  ibid.,  88-90. 

A  Study  of  the  Gain  in  Weight  for  the  Light  and  Heavy  Individuals  of  a 
Single  Group  of  Albino  Rats,  ibid.,  II  (1908),  109-11. 

The  Ischio-coccygeal  Plexus  as  a  Pathway  for  Cutaneous  Innervation  in 
the  Leopard  Frog,  Science,  XXVII  (1908),  19 16. 

A  Statistical  Study  of  the  Medullated  Nerve  Fibers  Innervating  the 
Legs  of  the  Leopard  Frog,  Rana  pipiens,  after  Unilateral  Section  of 
the  Ventral  Roots,  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology,  XIX  (1909), 
685-720. 

The  Influence  of  Age,  Sex,  Weight,  and  Relationship  upon  the  Number 
of  Medullated  Nerve  Fibers  and  on  the  Size  of  the  Largest  Fibers 
in  the  Ventral  Roots  of  the  Second  Cervical  Nerve  of  the  Albino 
Rat,  ibid.,  XXII  (1912),  131-57. 

Edwin  Garvey  Kirk  [1902-10],  Instructor  in  Anatomy;    Physician, 

Chicago. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1902;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  igoj;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1909;  Assist- 
ant in  Anatomy,  Chicago,  1905-7;  Associate,  ibid.,  1907-8;  Instructor,  ibid., 
1908-10. 

The  Adjuvant  Action  of  Serum,  Egg  Albumin,  and  Broth  on  Tetanus 
Toxin  (with  H.  T.  Ricketts),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  III 
(1906),  116-27. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY  351 

The  Histogenesis  of  Gastric  Glands.  Doctor's  thesis.  American 
Journal  of  Anatomy,  X  (1910),  473-520. 

Review   in:    Journal  of  llie  American  Medical  Association,   \A\, 
324-26. 

Dean  DeWitt  Lewis  [1901-5I,  Instructor  in  Anatomy;    Professor  of 

Surgery,  Rush  Medical  College. 

A.B.  Lake  Forest  University,  1895;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  i8qq;  .Assistant 
in  Anatomv,  Rush  Medical  ColleRc,  1Q00-1901;  Assistant  in  Anatomy,  Chicago, 
1901-2;  Associate  in  Anatomy,  ibid.,  IQ02-3;  Instructor  in  Anatomy,  ibid.,  1903-5. 

A  Laboratory  Manual  of  Human  Anatomy  (with  L.  F.  Barker  and 
D.  G.  Revell).  8vo,  .\vi+5<S3.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lipjjincott  Co., 
1904. 

The  Present  Conception  of  the  Perirenal  Fascia  and  Its  Role  in  Fi.xation 
of  the  Kidney,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XLII 
(1904),  701-5. 

The  Epithelial  Concrescence  in  the  Larynx  of  the  Foetal  Pig,  Annals  of 
Otology,  Rhinology,  and  Laryngology,  XIII  (1904),  373-83. 

The  Elastic  Tissue  of  the  Human  Larynx,  American  Journal  of  Anatomy, 
V  (1905),  175-93,  5  plates. 

Paul  Stilwell  McKibben  [1908-13],  Instructor  in  Anatomy;    Pro- 
fessor of  Anatomy,  Western  University,  London,  Canada. 
S.B.  Denison,  1906;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  191 1;  Instructor  in  .Anatomy,  191 2-13. 

The  Nervus  Terminalis  in  Urodele  Amphibia.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology,  XXI  (1911),  261-309. 

The  Eye-Muscle  Nerves  in  Necturus,  ibid.,  XXIII  (19 13),  153-72. 

Mast  Cells  in  the  Meninges  of  Necturus  Easily  Mistaken  for  Xcrve 
Cells,  Anatomical  Record,  VIII  (1914),  475-7S. 

Ganglion  Cells  of  the  Xervus  Terminalis  in  the  Dogfish  {Mustelus  canis), 
Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology,  XXIV  (iQi4\  437-40. 

James    Patterson    [1907-11],    Instructor    in    Anatomy;     Physician, 
Chicago. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1905;   Instructor  in  Anatomy,  ibid.,  u)io-ii. 

The  Fascia  on  the  Upper  and  Lateral  Part  of  the  Thoracic  Wall,  and  Its 
Relations  to  the  Mm.  Scalenus  Medius  and  Serratus  Anterior, 
Anatomischcr  Anzciger,  XXXI  (1907),  159-65. 


352  PUBLICATIONS 

Daniel  Graisberry  Revell  [1901-6],  Instructor  in  Anatomy;  Pro- 
fessor of  Anatomy,  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton,  Canada. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1894;  M.B.  ibid.,  1900;  Assistant  in  Anatomy,  Chicago,  1901-2; 
Associate,  ibid.,  1902-3;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1903-6. 

A  Laboratory  Manual  of  Human  Anatomy  (with  L.  F.  Barker  and 
D.D.Lewis).  8vo,  xvi+583.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co., 
1904. 

An  Anomalous  Vena  Cava  Inferior,  American  Journal  of  Anatomy,  II 
(1902-3),  xvi. 

Some  Points  in  the  Structure  of  the  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane  of 
Man,  Anatomical  Record,  I  (1907),  71. 

George  Elmer  Shambaugh  [1902-],  Instructor  in  Anatomy  of  the  Ear, 

Nose,  and  Throat;    Professor  of  Otology  and  Laryngology,  Rush 

Medical  College. 

Ph.B.  University  of  Iowa,  1892;  M.D.  Pennsylvania,  1895;  Instructor  in 
Anatomy  of  the  Ear,  Nose,  and  Throat,  Chicago,  1902-;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Otology,  Rush  Medical  College,  1907-13;  Aurist,  Presbyterian  Hospital,  1908-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Otology  and  Laryngology,  Rush  Medical  College,  1913-16; 
Professor  of  Otology  and  Laryngology,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Wood's  Metal  Casts  of  the  Ear,  Annals  of  Otology,  Rhinology,  and 
Laryngology,  XIII  (1904),  1-8. 

Die  Verteilung  der  Blutgefasse  im  Ohrlabyrinth  des  Schafes  und  des 
Kalbes,  Zeitschrift  fiir  Ohrenheilkunde,  XLVIII  (1904),  381-89; 
also  in  Archives  of  Otology,  XXXIV  (1905),  71-79. 

Communications  between  the  Blood  Vessels  in  the  Membranous  Laby- 
rinth and  the  Endosteum  and  Those  Found  in  the  Bony  Capsule  of 
the  Labyrinth,  Zeitschrift  fiir  Ohrenheilkunde,  L  (1905),  327-36. 

Some  Relations  in  the  Blood  Supply  of  the  Inner  Ear  Which  Have  a 
Practical  Bearing  on  the  Clinical  Study  of  Otology,  Archives  of  Otology 
XXXV  (1906),  11-19. 

A  Re-study  of  the  Minute  Anatomy  of  Structures  in  the  Cochlea,  with 
Conclusions  Bearing  on  the  Solution  of  the  Problem  of  Tone  Per- 
ception, American  Journal  of  Anatomy,  VII  (1907),  245-57. 

The  Origin  of  Cells  Found  in  the  Deeper  Layer  of  the  Stria  Vascularis, 
Archives  of  Otology,  XXXVI  (1907),  241-56. 

The  Construction  of  the  Ethmoid  Labyrinth,  yI««a/5  of  Otology,  Rhinol- 
ogy, and  Laryngology,  XVI  (1907),  771-92. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  ANATOMY  353 

Some  Important  Surgical  Relatujns  of  the  Temporal  Bone,  Journal  of  the 
American  Medical  Associalion,  XLIX  (1907),  1991-94. 

The  Membrana  Tectoria  and  the  Theory  of  Tone  Perception,  Archives 
of  Otology,  XXXVII  (1908),  457-67. 

On  the  Structure  and  Function  of  the  Epithelium  in  the  Sulcus  Spiralis 
Externus,  ibid.,  538-46. 

The  Function  of  the  End-Organs  in  the  Vestibule  and  Semicircular 
Canals,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LII  (1909), 
1077-79. 

Why  a  Peripheral  Tone  Analysis  Is  Necessary  to  Explain  the  Phenomena 
of  Tone  Perception,  Laryngoscope,  XIX  (1909),  481-87. 

Die  Physiologic  der  Schenecke  (Sammelreferat),  Internationales  Zentral- 
blatt  fiir  Ohrenhcilkunde,  VHI  (1910),  297-306. 

The  Physiology  of  Tone  Perception,  Annals  of  Otology,  Rhinology,  and 
Laryngology,  XIX  (1910),  983-93- 

Das  Verhiiltnis  zwischen  der  Membrana  tectoria  und  dem  cortischen 
Organ,  Zeitschrift  fiir  Ohrenhcilkunde  und  fiir  Krankhciten  der 
Luftivege,  LXII  (1910),  235-40. 

The  Venous  System  of  the  Labyrinth,  Transactions  of  the  American 
Otological  Society  (19 10),  505-10. 

Discussion  de  la  thcorie  do  la  perception  du  son  au  point  de  vue  de 
I'anatomiste,  Archives  internationales  de  laryngologie,  d'otologie  et  de 
rhinologie,  XXX  (1910),  865-69. 

Die  Frage  der  Tonempfindung,  Archiv  fiir  die  gesamte  Physiologic, 
CXXXVIII  (1911),  155-58. 

The  Origin  of  Compensatory  Tonus  after  Destruction  of  the  Labyrinth, 
Transactions  of  the  American  Otological  Society  (1912),  50S-14. 

Ueber  den  Bau  und  die  Function  der  Crista  ampullaris,  Zeitschrift  fiir 
Ohrenheilkundc,  LX\'  (19 12),  23-44. 

Duration  of  Stimulation  of  Hair  Cells  of  Crista  Ampullaris  Compared 
with  Duration  of  En(lolymi)h  Current  and  the  Resulting  Nystagmus, 
Transactions  of  the  International  Otological  Congress  (1Q12),  607-10. 

On  Surgical  Anatomy  of  the  Ear,  chaj).  iii,  pp.  99-124,  in  Loeb's  0/>cr- 
ative  Surgery  of  Nose,  Throat,  and  Ear  (C.  W.  Mosby  &  Co.,  1914). 


354  PUBLICATIONS 

Charles  Henry  Swift  [1910-],  Instructor  in  Anatomy. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1903;  S.B.  ibid.,  igo6;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1910;  Ph.D. 
Chicago,  1913;  Assistant  in  Anatomy,  ibid.,  1910-13;  Associate,  ibid.,  1913-15; 
Instructor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

Origin  and  Early  History  of  the  Primordial  Germ-Cells  in  the  Chick. 
Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Anatomy,  XV  (1914),  483- 
516. 

Origin  of  the  Definitive  Sex-Cells  in  the  Female  Chick  and  Their  Rela- 
tion to  the  Primordial  Germ-Cells,  ibid.,  XVIII  (1915),  441-70. 

Origin  of  the  Sex-Cords  and  Definitive  Spermatogonia  in  the  Male 
Chick,  ibid.,  XX  (1916),  375-410. 


Emil  Goetsch  [1907-8],  Associate   in   Anatomy;    Associate  Surgeon, 
Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  Baltimore. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1903;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1906;  Associate  in  Anatomy,  1907-8. 

The  Structure  of  the  Mammalian  Oesophagus.     Doctor's  thesis.    Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Anatomy,  X  (1910),  1-40. 

Ralph  Edward  Sheldon  [1907-9],  Associate  in  Anatomy;   Professor 
of  Anatomy,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

A.B.  Cornell,  1904;  S.M.  Harvard,   1907;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1908;    Assistant  in 
Anatomy,  ibid.,  1907-9;  Associate,  ibid.,  1909. 

The  Participation  of  Medullated  Fibers  in  the  Innervation  of  the  Olfac- 
tory Mucous  Membrane  of  Fishes,  Science,  XXVII  (1908),  915-16. 

An  Analysis  of  the  Olfactory  Paths  and  Centers  in  Fishes,  Anatomical 
Record,  II  (1908),  108-9. 

The  Nervus  Terminalis  in  Teleosts,  ibid.,  Ill  (1909),  257-59. 

The  Nervus  Terminalis  in  the  Carp,  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology, 
XIX  (1909),  191-202. 

The  Reactions  of  the  Dogfish  to  Chemical  Stimuli,  ibid.,  273-312. 

The  Phylogeny  of  the  Facial  Nerve  and  Chorda  Tympani,  Anatomical 
Record,  III  (1909),  593-617. 

The  Olfactory  Tracts  and  Centers  in  Teleosts.    Doctor's  thesis.    Journal 
of  Comparative  Neurology,  XXII  (1912),  177-320. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY  355 

James  Rollin  Slonaker  [1902-3],  Associate  in  Neurology', 

S.B.  Wisconsin,  1893;  Ph.D.  Clark,  i8q6;  .Assistant  Professor  of  Zodlogy, 
Indiana,  i8g6-iQoi;  Assistant  in  Neurology,  Chicago,  1902-3;  Assocbte,  161J., 
1903. 

The  Eye  of  the  Common  Mole,  Scalops  aqualicus  machrinus,  Journal 
of  Comparative  Neurology,  XII  (1902),  335-66. 

A  Convenient  Method  for  Wa.shing,  Staining,  and  Dehydrating  Small 
Specimens,  Journal  of  Applied  Microscopy  atid  Laboratory  Methods, 
V  (1902),  1645-46. 

Percival    Bailey    [1914-15],    Assistant    in   Anatomy;     Assistant    in 

Anatomy,  Northwestern  University. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1914;  .Assistant  in  Kmbryology,  ibid.,  1914;  -Assistant  in  .Anatomy, 
ibid.,  1914-15. 

Morphology  of  the  Roof-Plate  of  the  Forebrain  and  the  Lateral  Choroid 
Ple.xuses  in  the  Human  Embryo,  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology, 
XXVI  (1916),  79-120. 

Charles  Brookover  [1908-9],  Technical  Assistant  in  Anatomy;  Pro- 
fessor of  Histology  and  Embryology,  University  of  Arkansas, 
Fayetteville. 

Ped.B.  Ohio  University,  1894;  S.M.  ibid.,  1898;  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology, 
Colorado  College,  1899-1901;  Professor  of  Natural  Science,  Buchtel  College, 
1902;  Technical  .Assistant  in  .Anatomy,  Chicago,  1908-9. 

Pinkus  Nerve  in  Amia  and  Lepidosteus,  Science,  XXVII  (1908),  913. 

The  Olfactory  Nerve,  the  Ner\-us  Terminalis,  and  the  Pre-oplic  Sympa- 
thetic System  in  Amia  calva  L.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of 
Comparative  Neurology,  XX  (1910),  49-1  iS. 

LuDWiG  Augustus  Emge  [191 2-13],  Assistant  in  Anatomy;  Instructor 
in  Gynecology  and  Obstetrics,   Medical   School,    Leland  Stanford 
Junior  University. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1912;  .Assistant  in  .\natoniy,  ibid.,  1912-13. 

Diffuse,  Phlegmonous,  "Ideopathic"  Gastritis,  Transactions  of  the 
Chicago  Pathological  Society,  IX  (1913-15),  82-88. 

Sudden  Death  from  Malarial  Coma,  ibid.,  209-15. 

Brain  Abscess  Caused  by  Fusiform  Bacilli,  Journal  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  LXII  (1914),  446-48. 

The  Thyroid  of  the  Guinea  Pig  in  E.xperimental  Diphtheric  Into.xica- 
tion.  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases  X\TI  (191 5),  369-75. 


356  PUBLICATIONS 

Primary  Diphtheria  of  the  Skin,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, LXV  (1915),  529. 

Shinkishi  Hatai  [190 1 -6],  Assistant  in  Neurology;   Assistant,  Wistar 
Institute,  Philadelphia. 
Ph.D.  Chicago,  1902;  Assistant  in  Neurolog>%  ibid.,  1901-6. 

Preliminary  Note  on  the  Presence  of  a  New  Group  of  Neurones  in  the 
Dorsal  Roots  of  the  Spinal  Nerves  of  the  White  Rat,  Biological 
Bulletin,  III  (1902),  140-42. 

On  the  Presence  in  Human  Embryos  of  an  Interscapular  Gland  Corre- 
sponding to  the  So-called  Hibernating  Gland  of  Lower  Mammals, 
Anatomischer  Anzeiger,  XXI  (1902),  369-73. 

On  the  Origin  of  Neuroglia  Tissue  from  Mesoblast,  Journal  of  Compara- 
tive Neurology,  XII  (1902),  291-96. 

On  the  Nature  of  the  Pericellular  Network  of  Nerve  Cells,  ibid.,  XIII 

(1903),  139-47- 
The  Neurokeratin  in  the  Medullary  Sheath  of  the  Peripheral  Nerves 

of  Mammals,  ibid.,  149-56. 

On  the  Increase  in  the  Number  of  Medullated  Nerve  Fibers  in  the 
Ventral  Roots  of  the  Spinal  Nerves  of  the  Growing  White  Rat,  ibid., 
177-83- 

The  Effect  of  Lecithin  on  the  Growth  of  the  White  Rat,  American  Journal 
of  Physiology,  X  (1903),  57-66. 

A  Note  on  the  Significance  of  the  Form  and  Contents  of  the  Nucleus  in 
the  Spinal  Ganglion  Cells  of  the  Foetal  Rat,  Journal  of  Comparative 
Neurology,  XIV  (1904),  27-48. 

The  Effect  of  Partial  Starvation  on  the  Brain  of  the  White  Rat,  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XII  (1904),  116-27. 

The  Excretion  of  Nitrogen  by  the  White  Rat  as  Affected  by  Age  and 
Body  Weight,  ibid.,  XIV  (1905),  120-32. 

tCHARLES  Ingbert  [1904-5],  Honorary  Research  Assistant  in  Neurology. 

A.B.  North  Dakota,  1895;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1903;   Honorary  Research  Assistant 
in  Neurology,  ibid.,  1904-5. 

An  Enumeration  of  the  Medullated  Nerve  Fibers  in  the  Dorsal  Roots 
of  the  Spinal  Nerves  of  Man.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Compar- 
ative Neurology,  XIII  (1903),  53-120. 

t  Deceased. 


DKrAR'l'MKX'r  OF  AXAIO.MV  357 

On  the  Density  of  the  Cutaneous  Innervation  in  Man,  ibid.,  209-22. 

An  Enumeration  of  the  Medullated  Nerve  Fibers  in  the  Ventral  Roots 
of  the  Spinal  Nerves  of  Man,  ibid.,  XIV  (1904),  209-70. 

John  Albert  Key  [1916-],  Assistant  in  Anatomy. 

S.B.  Alabama  Polytechnic  Institute,  1913;    Instructor  in  Anatomy,  Crcighton 
Medical  College,  1915-16. 

Relation  of  Mitochondris  to  Zymogen  Granules,  Anatomical  Record,  X 
(1916),  215-16. 

Jeannette  Brown  Obenchain  [1910-],  Assistant  in  Anatomy. 
Ph.H.  Chicago,  1906;   .\ssistant  in  Anatomy,  ibid.,  1910-. 

Notes  on  the  Anatomy  of  a  Cyclostome  Brain:  I chthyomyzon  coticolor 
(with  C.  J.  Herrick),  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology,  XXIII 
(1913),  635-75. 

John  Sundwall  [1905-7],  Assistant  in  Anatomy;  Professor  of  Anatomy, 

University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

Ph.B.  Central  Utah,  1901;   S.B.  Chicago,  1905;   Ph.D.  ibid.,  1906;   Assistant  in 
Anatomy,  ibid.,  1905-7. 

The  Structure  of  the  Harderian  Gland  of  the  Ox,  American  Journal  of 
Anatomy,  VI  (1907),  72-73. 

Russell  Morse  Wilder  [1909-10],  Assistant  in  Anatomy;   Instructor, 
Rush  Medical  College. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1907,  Ph.D.  ibid.,  191 1;  .Assistant  in  Anatomy,  ibid.,  1909-10. 

The  Typhus  Fever  of  Me.xico  (Tabardillo),  Journal  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  LIV  (1910),  463-67. 

The  Transmission  of  Typhus  Fever  of  Mexico  (Tabardillo)  by  Means 
of  the  Louse  {Pediculus  vestimcnti),  ibid.,  1304-7. 

The  Relation  of  Tpyhus  Fever  (Tabardillo)  to  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted 
Fever,  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  V  (1910),  361-70. 

The  Etiology  of  Typhus  Fever  (Tabardillo)  of  Mexico  City,  Journal  of 
the  American  Medical  Association,  LIV  (1910),  1373-75. 

Further  Investigations  regarding  the  Etiology  of  Typhus  Fever,  ibid., 
LV  (1911),  309-11. 

The  Problem  of  Transmission  in  Tyi)hus  Fever.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  IX  (kji  i),  9-101. 


358  PUBLICATIONS 

Elizabeth  Caroline  Crosby,  Ph.D.   191 5;  Principal,  High  School, 
Petersburg,  Mich. 

A   Laboratory  Outline  in  Neurology   (with   C.   J.   Herrick).     8vo,  40. 

Chicago:  Privately  printed,  191 5. 
The  Forebrain  of  Alligator  mississippiensis.     Doctor's  thesis.     Journal 

of  Comparative  Neurology,  XXVII  (19 17),  325-402, 

Stephen  Walter  Ranson,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  Anatomy,  North- 
western University. 

On  the  Medullated  Nerve  Fibers  Crossing  the  Site  of  Lesions  in  the 
Brain  of  the  White  Rat,  Journal  of  Comparative  Neurology,  XIII 

(1903),  185-207. 

Retrograde    Degeneration    in    the    Spinal    Nerves.    Doctor's    thesis. 
Ibid.,  XVI  (1906),  265-93. 

Sidney  Klein,  Graduate  Student;  Physician,  Chicago. 

On  the  Nature  of  the  Granule  Cells  of  Paneth  in  the  Intestinal  Glands 
of  Mammals,  American  Journal  of  Anatomy,  V  (1906),  315-30. 

fR.  H.  Whitehead,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Embryonic  Development  of  the  Interstitial  Cells  of  Leydig,  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Anatomy,  III  (1904),  167-82. 

Studies  on  the  Interstitial  Cells  of  Leydig:    II,  Their  Postembryonic 
Development  in  the  Pig,  ibid.,  IV  (1905),  193-97. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY' 

Albert  Prescott  Mathews  [1901-],  Professor  of  Physiological  Chem- 
istry; Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Physiological  Chemistry 
and  Pharmacology. 

S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tcchnologj',  1892;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  1898; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology,  Tufts  College  JSIedical  School,  1899-1900; 
Instructor  in  Physiology,  Harvard,  1900-1901;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physio- 
logical Chemistry,  Chicago,  1901-4;  Associate  Professor, //^/(/.,  1904-5;  Professor, 
ibid.,  1905-;  Chairman  of  the  Departmental  Committee,  ibid.,  1909-16;  Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Physiological  Chemistry  and  Pharmacology,  ibid., 
1916-. 


tDeceased. 

'Since  the  comi)ilation  of  this  bibliography  the  Department  of  Physiology  has 
been  divided,  and  now  consists  of  the  Dei)artment  of  Physiology  (Anton  Julius 
Carlson,  Chairman)  and  the  Department  of  Physiological  Chemistry  and  Pharma- 
cology (Albert  Prescott  Mathews,  Chairman). 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  359 

Associate  Editor,  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  1903- ;  Associate 
Editor,  Zeitschrifl  fiir  kolloidc  Chemie,  1906-;  Associate  Editor, 
Internationale  Zeitschrijtjiir  physikalisch-chemische  Biologic,  1914-. 
Member  of  the  Commission  for  the  Study  of  the  Action  of  Saltpeter 
on  Nutrition,  1908-12  (three  volumes  [Studies  in  Xulrilion]  pub- 
lished, one  in  press). 

Physiological  Chemistry,  ist  ed.,  1915;  2d  ed.,  1916.  Svo,  vi+iioo. 
New  York:  William  Wood  &  Co. 

Electrical  Polarity  in  the  Hydroids,  American  Journal  of  Physiology, 
VIII  (1903),  294-99. 

The  Importance  of  Mechanical  Shock  in  Protoplasmic  Activity  (with 
B.  R.  Whitcher),  ibid.,  300-306. 

The  Nature  of  Nerve  Irritability  and  of  Chemical  Stimulation,  Part  II, 
Science,  XVII  (1903),  729. 

The  Importance  of  Inorganic  Salts  in  Protoplasmic  Activities,  Yale 
Medical  Journal  (1903),  1-20. 

The  Relation  between  Solution  Tension  Atomic  Volume  and  the  Physio- 
logical Action  of  the  Elements,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  X 
(1904),  290-323. 

The  Pharmacological  Action  of  the  lodates,  Bromates,  Chlorates,  etc., 
and  Some  Organic  Drugs,  ibid.,  XI  (1904),  237-49. 

The  Nature  of  the  Chemical  and  Electrical  Stimulation:  I,  The  Physio- 
logical Action  of  an  Ion  Depends  upon  Its  Electrical  State  and 
Electrical  Stability,  ibid.,  455-96. 

The  Toxic  and  Antitoxic  Action  of  Salts,  ibid.,  XII  (1905),  419-43. 

A  Theory  of  the  Nature  of  Protoplasmic  Respiration  and  Growth, 
Biological  Bulletin,  VIII  (1905),  331-46. 

The  Tension  Coefficient  of  Salts  and  the  Precipitation  of  Colloids, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XIV  (1905),  203-30. 

A  Contribution  to  the  General  Principles  of  the  Pharmaco-dynamics  of 
Salts  and  Drugs,  Biological  Studies  by  the  Pupils  of  IT.  T.  Scdgu'ick 
(1906),  81-118;  also  in  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  III  (1906), 
572-609. 

An  Apparent  Pharmacological  "Action  at  a  Distance"  by  Metals, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XVIII  (1907),  39-46. 


36o  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Cause  of  the  Pharmacological  Action  of  Ammonium  Salts, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XVIII  (1907),  58-63. 

A  Contribution  to  the  Chemistry  of  Cell  Division,  Maturation,  and 
Fertilization,  ibid.,  89-1 11. 

The  Mechanism  of  the  Oxidation  of  Glucose  by  Bromine  in  Neutral  and 
Acid  Solutions  (with  H.  H.  Bunzel),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXXI  (1909),  464-79. 

Action  of  Some  Amino- Acids  on  the  Development  of  Arbacia,  Biological 
Bulletin,  XVI  (1909),  44-47. 

The  Spontaneous  Oxidation  of  the  Sugars,  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry, 
VI  (1909),  3-20. 

The  Spontaneous  Oxidation  of  Cystin  (with  S.  Walker),  ibid.,  21-28. 

The  Action  of  Cyanides  and  Nitriles  on  the  Spontaneous  Oxidation  of 
Cystin  (with  S.  Walker),  ibid.,  29-37. 

Spontaneous  Oxidation  of  Cystin  (with  S.  Walker),  ibid.,  289-98. 

Action  of  Metals  (etc.)  on  the  Oxidation  of  Cystin  (with  S.  Walker), 
ibid.,  299-311. 

The  Toxicity  of  Martins  Yellow  and  Some  Other  Anihne  Dyes  (with  E. 
Longfellow),  Journal  of  Pharmacology  and  Experimental  Therapeutics, 
II  (1910),  201-19. 

Action  of  Ether  on  an  Anaerobic  Animal  Tissue,  ibid.,  231-3S. 

The  Composition  of  Invertase  (with  T.  A.  Glenn),  Journal  of  Biological 
Chemistry,  IX  (191 1),  29-56. 

On  Molecular  Cohesion,  Science,  XXXVI  (1912),  263-66. 

Adaptation  from  the  Point  of  View  of  Physiology,  American  Naturalist, 

LXVII  (1913),  90-104. 
A  Method  of  Determining  "a"  of  van  der  Waals'  Equation,  Journal 

of  Physical  Chemistry, XVll  (1913),  154-61. 

Relation  of  *'a"  of  van  der  Waals  to  Molecular  Weight  and  Number  of 

Valences,  ibid.,  181-204. 
Valence  of  Chlorine,  Determined  from  Cohesion,  ibid.,  252-63. 
Note  on  Structure  of  Ethylene,  ibid.,  320-21. 
Valence  of  Oxygen,  Sulfur,  and  Nitrogen,  ibid.,  331-36. 
Valence  of  Argon  Group,  Determined  from  Cohesion,  ibid.,  337-43- 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  361 

Theoretical  Significance  of  Relation  of  Cohesion  to  Molecular  Weight 
and  Valence,  ibid.,  481-500. 

Do  Molecules  Attract  Inversely  as  the  Square  of  the  Distance?  ibid., 
500-535- 

An  Important  Chemical  DifTerence  between  the  Ej?p;s  of  the  Starfish  and 
Sea-Urchin,  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  XIV  (1913),  465-67. 

The  Internal  Pressures  of  Liquids,  Journal  of  Physical  Chemistry,  XVII 
(1913),  603-28. 

Relation  entre  I'attraction  de  cohesion  et  I'attraction  de  gravitation  des 
molecules,  Journal  de  chimie  physique,  XII  (1914),  428-31. 

The  Residual  Valence  of  Anesthetics  and  Its  Importance  in  .\nesthesia. 
A  Contribution  to  the  Chemical  Theory  of  Anesthesia,  Internationale 
Zeitschrift  fiir  physikalisch-chcmische  Biologic,  I  (1914),  433-49. 

The  Quantity  of  Residual  Valence  Possessed  by  Various  Molecules, 
Journal  of  Physical  Chemistry,  XVIII  (1914),  474-S7. 

On  Eotvos'  Surface  Tension  Law  and  the  Relation  between  Cohesion 
and  Gravitation,  ibid.,  XX  (1916),  554-96. 

Reviews  in  :  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  and  Botanical 
Gazette. 

Anton  Julius  Carlson  [1904-],  Professor  of  Physiolog>';  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Physiology. 

S.B.  .\ugustana,  189S;  A.M.  ibid.,  1899;  Ph.D.  Leland  Stanford  Junior,  1902; 
Assistant  I'rofessor  of  Physiology,  Chicago,  1904-9;  Associate  Professor,  ibid., 
1909-16;  Professor  and  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Physiology, /7'/</.,  1916-. 
Secrctar>'  and  Member  of  Council.  .American  Physiological  Society,  1909-15; 
Chairman,  Section  of  Pathology  and  Physiology,  American  Medical  .Association, 
1914-15;  Member,  Harvey  Society;  Member,  Swedish  Medical  Society,  Stock- 
holm. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Committee,  American  Journal  of  Physi- 
ology, 1909-15. 

The  Control  of  Hunger  in  Health  and  Disease.  8vo,  vii-l-319.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1916. 

Further  Evidence  of  the  Nervous  Origin  of  the  Heart-Beat  in  Limulus, 

American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XII  (1905),  471-98. 

The  Physiology  of  Locomotion  in  Gasteropods,  Biological  Bulletin,  VIII 
(1905),  S5-92. 


362  PUBLICATIONS 

Comparative  Physiology  of  the  Invertebrate  Heart : 

I.  The  Innervation  of  the  Heart,  Biological  Bulletin,  VIII  (1905), 
123-60. 

II.  Physiology  of  the  Heart  Nerves  in  Mollusca,  American  Journal 
of  Physiology,  XIII  (1905),  396-426. 

The  Nature  of  Cardiac  Inhibition  with  Special  Reference  to  Limulus, 
ibid.,  217-40. 

Further  Evidence  of  the  Fluidity  of  the  Conducting  Substance  in  Nerve, 
ibid.,  351-57. 

Physiology  of  the  Cardiac  Nerves  in  Mollusca,  ibid.,  XIV  (1905),  16-58. 

Die  Ganglienzellen  der  Bulbus  Arterien,  Archiv  fiir  die  gesammte  Physi- 
ologic, CIX  (1905),  51-62. 

Conductibilite  du  coeur  a  I'etat  de  "water  rigor,"  Comptes  rendus  de  la 
societe  de  biologic,  LIX  (1905),  414-15. 

Note  sur  les  nerfs  de  coeur  des  invertebres,  ibid.,  LX  (1906),  283-84. 

The  Mechanism  of  Co-ordination  and  Conduction  in  the  Heart,  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XV  (1906),  99-120. 

Physiology  of  the  Cardiac  Nerves  in  the  Arthropods,  ibid.,  127-35. 

On  the  Direct  Relation  between  Rate  of  Conduction  in  Nerve  and  Rate 
of  Contraction  in  Muscle,  ibid.,  136-43. 

Temperature  and  Heart  Activity,  ibid.,  207-34. 

Osmotic  Pressure  and  Heart  Activity,  ibid.,  357-73. 

The  Heart  Rhythm  of  Invertebrates  under  Normal  and  Experimental 
Conditions,  ibid.,  XVI  (1906),  47-66. 

The  Excitability  of  the  Heart  during  the  Different  Phases  of  the  Beat, 
ibid.,  67-84. 

The  Relation  between  the  Strength  of  the  Stimulus  and  the  Amplitude 
of  Contraction  in  the  Heart,  ibid.,  85-99. 

Inhibitory  Effects  of  the  Single  Induced  Shock  on  the  Heart,  ibid., 

lOO-IIO. 

On  the  Cause  of  the  Cessation  of  the  Rhythm  of  Automatic  Tissues  in 
Isotonic  Solutions  of  Non-electrolytes,  ibid.,  221-29. 

The  Presence  of  Cardio-Regulative  Nerves  in  the  Lampreys,  ibid.,  230-32. 

The  Action  of  Chloral  Hydrate  on  the  Heart,  ibid.,  XVII  (1906),  1-7. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  363 

The  Nature  of  the  Action  of  Drugs  on  the  Heart,  ibid.,  177-210. 

The  Chemical  Conditions  for  the  Heart  Activity,  ibid.,  378-408. 

The  Relation  of  the  Normal  Heart  Rhythm  to  the  Sodium  Chloride 
Rhythm,  ibid.  (1907),  478-87. 

The  Mechanism  of  the  Refractory  Period  of  the  Heart,  ibid.,  X\'III 
(1907),  71-88. 

The  Mechanism  of  the  Stimulating  Action  of  Tension  on  the  Heart, 
ibid.,  149-55- 

The  Nature  of  the  Inhibition  on  Direct  Stimulation  with  the  Tetanizing 
Current,  Zcitschrijt  JUr  allgemeine  Physiologic,  VI  (1907),  287-314. 

The  Action  of  the  Cyanides  on  the  Heart,  American  Journal  of  Physiology  ^ 
XIX  (1907),  223-32. 

On  the  Elimination  of  Water  from  the  Blood  in  the  Active  Salivary 
Glands  (with  J.  R.  Greer  and  F.  C.  Becht),  ibid.,  360-87. 

Vaso-dilator  Fibres  in  the  Cervical  Sympathetic,  ibid.,  408-17. 

The  Relation  between  the  Blood  Supply  to  the  Submaxillary  Gland 
and  the  Character  of  the  Chorda  and  Sympathetic  Saliva  (with 
J.  R.  Greer  and  F.  C.  Becht),  ibid.,  XX  (1907),  180-205. 

Relation  of  Oxygen  Supply  to  the  Character  of  Saliva  (with  F,  C. 
McLean),  ibid.,  457-69. 

The  Mechanism  of  the  Embryonic  Heart  Rhythm  (with  W.  J.  Meek), 
ibid.,  XXI  (1908),  i-io. 

Conductivity  of  the  Non-conducting  Myocardium  in  Sodium  Chloride, 
ibid.,  11-22. 

Osmotic  Concentration  of  the  Blood  in  Anaesthesia  (with  A.  B.  Luck- 
hardt),  ibid.,  162-68. 

Influence  of  Lymphagogues  on  the  Bacterio-agglutinins  in  Lymph  (with 
B.  Braude),  ibid.,  221-29. 

The  Relative  Resistance  of  the  Heart  Tissues  to  the  Action  of  Drugs, 
ibid.,  230-35. 

Relative  Hemolytic  Action  of  Serum  and  Lymph  (with  B.  Braude), 
ibid.,  236-47. 

Glucose  in  Saliva  (with  J.  G.  Ryan),  ibid.,  301-9. 

Diastase  in  Cat's  Saliva  (with  J.  G.  Ryan),  ibid.,  XXII  (190S),  1-15. 


364  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Excess  of  Chlorides  in  Lymph  (with  J.  R.  Greer  and  A,  B.  Luck- 
hardt),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXII  (1908),  91-103. 

The  Lymphagogue  Action  of  Lymph  (with  J.  R.  Greer  and  F.  C,  Becht), 
ibid.,  104-15. 

A  Note  on  the  Physiology  of  the  Pulsating  Blood  Vessels  in  the  Worms, 
ibid.,  353-56. 

The  Diastases  in  the  Blood  and  the  Body  Fluids  (with  A.  B.  Luckhardt), 
i6i(/.,  XXIII  (1908),  148-64.  • 

Vergleichende  Physiologic  der  Herznerven  und  der  Herzganglien  bei 
den  Wirbellosen,  Ergebnisse  der  Physiologic ,  VIII  (1909),  372-462. 

The  Distribution  of  Antibodies  and  Their  Formation  by  the  Blood 
(with  L.  Hektoen),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VII  (19 10), 
319-33- 

The  Leucocytes  of  the  Lymphs  (with  B.  F.  Davis),  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XXV  (19 10),  173-90. 

The  Ammonia-destroying  Power  of  the  Liver  in  Parathyroid  Tetany 
(with  Clara  Jacobson),  ibid.,  403-18. 

The  Internal  Secretion  of  the  Thyroid  Gland  (with  A.  Woelfel),  ibid.^ 
XXVI  (1910},  32-67. 

Relation  of  Ptyalin Concentration  to  the  Diet, etc.  (with  A.L.  Crittenden), 
ibid.,  169-77. 

The  Effects  of  Nerve-stretching,  etc.,  ibid.,  XXVII  (191 1),  223-30. 

Further  Studies  on  the  Nature  of  Parathyroid  Tetany  (with  Clara 
Jacobson),  i6?(/.,  XXVIII  (1911),  133-60. 

The  Local  Hemodynamic  Action  of  Tissue  Metabolites  (with  A,  Woelfel 
and  H.  W.  Powell),  ibid.,  176-89. 

Control  of  Pancreatic  Diabetes  in  Pregnancy  (with  F.  M.  Drennan), 
ibid.,  391-95. 

The  Supposed  Presence  of  the  Hypophysis  Secretion  in  the  Cerebrospinal 
Fluid  (with  L.  M.  Martin),  ibid.,  XXIX  (191 1),  64-75. 

The  Relation  of  the  Pancreas  to  the  Serum  and  Lymph  Diastases  (with 
L.  K.  Gould),  ibid.,  165-81. 

The  Fixation  of  Soluble  Antigens  by  the  Tissues  (with  R.  T.  Pettit), 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  X  (191 2),  43-47. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  365 

Experimental  Hyjierthyroidism  in  Mammals  and  Birds  (with  J.  R. 
Rooks  and  J.  F.  McKie),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXX 
(1912),  129-59. 

The  Condition  of  the  Digestive  Tract  in  Parathyroid  Tetany,  ibid., 
309-40. 

The  Character  of  the  Movements  of  the  Empty  Stomach  in  Man, 
ibid.,  XXXI  (1912),  151-68. 

The  Relation  between  the  Contractions  of  the  Empty  Stomach  and  the 
Sensation  of  Hunger,  ibid.,  175-92. 

The  Reflex  Inhibition  of  the  Gastric  Flunger  Contractions  from  the 
Jilouth  Cavity,  ibid.,  212-24. 

The  Influence  of  the  Contractions  of  the  Empty  Stomach  on  the  Vaso- 
motor Centre,  etc.,  ibid.,  318-28. 

A  Note  on  the  Sugar  Tolerance  in  the  Pig,  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry, 
XIII  (1913),  465-68. 

Ozone:  Its  Bactericidal,  Physiologic,  and  Deodorizing  Action  (with 
E.  O.  Jordan),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LXI 
(1913),  1007-12. 

The  Solubility  of  White  Lead  in  Human  Gastric  Juice,  and  Its  Bearing 
on  the  Hygiene  of  the  Lead  Industries  (with  A.  Woelfel),  Journal 
of  Public  Health,  III  (1913),  753-69. 

The  Influence  of  Stimulation  of  the  Gastric  Mucosa  on  the  Hunger 
Mechanism,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXII  (19 13),  245-63. 

The  Mechanism  of  the  Gastric  Hunger  Contraction  in  Dogs,  ibid.,  369-88. 

Inhibitory  Reflexes  from  the  Gastric  Mucosa,  ibid.,  389-97. 

The  Tonus  and  Hunger  Contraction  of  the  Empty  Stomach  during 
Parathyroid  Tetany,  ibid.,  398-404. 

Hunger  in  Prolonged  Starvation,  ibid.,  XXXIII  (1914),  95-118. 

The  Hunger  Contractions  of  the  Isolated  Stomach  Pouch,  (with  J.  S.  Orr 
and  L.  W.  McGrath),  ibid.,  119-25. 

The  Condition  of  the  Oesophagus  during  the  Periods  of  Gastric  Hunger 
Contraction  (with  A.  B.  Luckhardt),  ibid.,  126-42. 

The  Influence  of  Smoking  on  Hunger  (with  J.  H.  Lewis),  ibid.,  XXXIV 
(1914),  149-54- 


366  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Nervous  Control  of  the  Gastric  Hunger  Mechanism,  American 
Journal  of  Physiol ogy,XXX.lV  (1914),  155-71. 

The  Chemical  Control  of  the  Gastric  Hunger  Mechanism  (with  A.  B. 
Luckhardt),  ibid.,  XXXVI  (1914),  37-46. 

The  Action  of  Bitters  on  the  Hunger  Mechanism  (with  Van  de  Erve, 
Lewis,  and  Orr),  Journal  of  Pharmacology,  VI  (1914),  209-20. 

The  Sensibility  of  the  Gastric  Mucosa  (with  L.  H.  Braafladt),  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXVI  (1915),  153-70. 

Reflexes  from  the  Intestinal  Mucosa  to  the  Stomach  (with  E.  H.  Brune- 
meier),  ibid.,  191-95. 

The  Influence  of  Pregnancy  on  Diabetes  (with  H.  Ginshurg) , ibid.,  217-22. 

Blood  Transfusion  in  Experimental  Diabetes  (with  H.  Ginsburg), 
ibid.,  280-93. 

The  Secretion  of  Gastric  Juice  in  Man,  ibid.,  XXXVII  (1915),  50-73. 

The  Gastric  Hunger  Contractions  of  New-born  Infants  (with  H.  Gins- 
burg), ibid.,  XXXVIII  (1915),  29-32. 

The  Chemistry  of  Human  Gastric  Juice,  ibid.,  248-68. 

The  Action  of  Bitter  Tonics  on  the  Secretion  of  Gastric  Juice,  Journal  of 
the  American  Medical  Association,  LXIV  (1915),  15-18. 

Has  Secretion  a  Therapeutic  Value  ?  (with  J.  E.  Lebensohn  and  S.  J. 
Pearlman),  ibid.,  LXVI  (1916),  178-85. 

The  Action  of  Commercial  Glucose  When  Fed  to  Rats  (with  L.  Hektoen 
and  E.  R.  Le  Count),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society, 
XXXVIII  (1916),  930-36. 

The  Tonus  and  Hunger  Contractions  of  the  Stomach  in  Infants  with 
Congenital  Pyloric  Stenosis  (with  H.  Ginsburg),  American  Journal 
of  Physiology,  XXXIX  (1916),  310-12. 

George  Neil  Innes  Stewart  [1903-7],  Professor  and  Head  of  the 

Department  of  Physiology;    Professor  of  Experimental  Medicine, 

Western  Reserve  University,  Cleveland. 

M.A.  EdinburRh,  1883;  B.Sc.  ibid.,  1886;  D.Sc.  ibid.,  1887;  M.B.,  CM.  ibid., 
i88q;  M.\).  ibid.,  i8qi;  I^.IMI.  Cambridge,  1890;  Senior  Demonstrator  of 
Physiology,  Victoria  University,  Manchester,  1887-80;  Examiner  in  Physiology, 
University  of  Aberdeen,  1800-94;  Professor  of  I'hysiology  and  Histology,  Western 
Reserve,  1894-1901;  Professor  of  Physiology,  ibid.,  1901-3;  Professor  and  Head 
of  the  Department  of  Physiology,  Chicago,  1903-7. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  rilVSTOEnr.V  367 

Manual  of  Physiology.  5th  ed.  8vo,  894.  London:  Bailliere,  Tindall 
&  Cox,  1905. 

DifTerences  of  Potential  between  Blood  and  Serum  and  between  Normal 
and  Laked  Blood,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  IX  (1903 j, 
262-64. 

The  Permeability  of  Cells  with  Special  Reference  to  Haemolysis,  Comptes 
rendus  XIV',  congrks  international  dc  medicine,  section  de  physiologic 
(i903)»  85-87. 

The  Influence  of  Cold  on  the  Action  of  Some  Haemolytic  Agents, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  IX  (1903),  72-96. 

The  Influence  of  the  Stromata  and  Liquid  of  Laked  Corpuscles  on 
the  Production  of  Haemolysins  and  Agglutinins,  ibid.,  XI  (1904), 
250-81. 

Further  Experiments  on  the  Haemolysinogenic  and  Agglutininogenic 
Action  of  Laked  Corpuscles,  ibid.,  XII  (1904),  363-73. 

The  Effects  of  Simultaneous  Section  of  Both  Vagi  (abstract),  Science, 
XXI  (1905),  889-90. 

The  Resuscitation  of  the  Central  Nervous  System  of  Mammals  (with 
C.  C.  Guthrie,  R.  L.  Burns,  and  F.  H.  Pike),  Journal  of  E.xperi- 
mental  Medicine,  VIII  (1906),  289-321. 

The  Maintenance  of  Cerebral  Activity  in  Mammals  by  Artificial  Circu- 
lation (with  C.  C.  Guthrie  and  F.  H.  Pike),  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XVII  (1906),  344-49. 

The  Automatism  of  the  Respiratory  Center  (with  F.  H.  V\V.q),  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Society  for  Experimental  Biology  and  Medicine,  l\  (1907), 
83-84. 

Resuscitation  of  the  Respiratory  and  Other  Bulbar  Ner\-ous  Mechanisms, 
with  Special  Reference  to  the  Question  of  Their  Automaticity 
(with  F.  H.  Pike),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XIX  (1907), 
328-59- 

Further  Observations  on  the  Resuscitation  of  the  Respiratory  Nervous 
Mechanism  (with  F.  II.  Pike),  ibid.,  XX  (1907),  61-73. 

The  Automatic  Respiratory  and  Cardiac  Mechanism  after  Complete  and 
Partial  Isolation  from  Extrinsic  Nerve  Impulses,  ibid.,  407-38. 


368  PUBLICATIONS 

Studies  in  Resuscitation: 

I.  The  General  Conditions  Affecting  Resuscitation  and  the 
Resuscitation  of  the  Blood  and  of  the  Heart  (with  F.  H.  Pike 
and  C.  C.  Guthrie),  Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  X 
(1908),  371-418. 

II.  The  Reflex  Excitability  of  the  Brain  and  Spinal  Cord  after 
Cerebral  Anaemia  (with  F.  H.  Pike  and  C.  C.  Guthrie),  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Physiology,  XXI  (1908),  359-71. 

III.  The  Resuscitation  of  the  Glands  and  Muscles  after  Temporary 
Anaemia  (with  F.  H.  Pike  and  C.  C.  Guthrie),  ibid.,  XXII 
(1908),  51-60. 

IV.  The  Return  of  Function  in  the  Central  Nervous  System  after 
Temporary  Anaemia  (with  F.  H.  Pike  and  C.  C.  Guthrie), 
Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  X  (1908),  490-520. 

Reviews  of:    Physiology,  American  Year  Book  of  Medicine  and 
5wrgery  (Medicine)  (1903),  550-75;   (1904),  506-29;   (1905),  517-44. 

fWALDEMAR  KocH  [1901-3;  1907-12],  Associate  Professor  of  Pharma- 
cology. 

S.B.  Harvard,  1898;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1900;  Assistant  in  Physiology,  i6?'(/.,  1900-1901; 
Assistant  in  Pharmacology,  Chicago,  1901-3;  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharma- 
cology and  Physiological  Chemistry,  Missouri,  1903-6;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Pharmacology,  Chicago,  1907-8;  Associate  Professor,  j6jW.,  1908-12. 

A  Laboratory  Manual  of  Physiological  Chemistry  (with  R.  W.  Webster). 
8vo,  viii+107.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1903. 

Zur  Kenntniss  des  Lecithins,  Kephalins  und  Cerebrins  aus  Nerven- 
substanz,  Zeitschrift  fiir  physiologische  Chemie,  XXXVI  (1902), 
134-40. 

Some  Chemical  Observations  on  the  Nervous  System  in  Certain  Forms 
of  Insanity,  Archives  of  Neurology,  III  (1907),  331-45. 

The  Relation  of  Extractive  to  Protein  Phosphorus  in  Aspergillus  niger 
(with  H.  S.  Reed),  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  III  (1907),  49-52. 

The  Relation  of  Electrolytes  to  Lecithin  and  Kephalin,  ibid.,  53-56. 

The  Quantitative  Estimation  of  Extractive  and  Protein  Phosphorus, 
ibid.,  159-64. 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OK  I'lIVSIOLOGY  369 

Zur  Kenntniss  tier  Schwefelverbindungen  ties  Xervensy stems: 

I.  Zeitschrift  fiir  physiologische  Chemie,  LIII  (1907),  496-507. 
II.  Ueber  ein  Sulfatid   aus   Nervensubstanz,  ibid.,  LXX   (1910), 
94-97- 

A  Comparison  of  the  Chemical  Composition  of  Three  Human  Brains  at 
Dillerent  Ages  (with  S.  A.  Mann),  Journal  oj  Physiology,  XXXV'I 
(1907),  xxxvi-xxxviii. 

A  Chemical  Study  of  the  Brain  in  Healthy  and  Diseased  Conditions, 
with  Especial  Reference  to  Dementia  Praecox,  Archives  of  Neurology 
and  Psychiatry,  W  (1909),  1-46. 

Phosphorous  Compounds  as  Brain  Foods,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  LII  (1909),  1381-83. 

Methods  for  the  Quantitative  Chemical  Analysis  of  Animal  Tissues: 
(i)  General  Principles;  (2)  Collection  and  Preservation  of  Material; 
(3)  Estimation  of  Proximate  Constituents;  (4)  Estimation  of  the 
Elements  with  Special  Reference  to  Sulphur  (with  S.  A.  Mann, 

E.  P.  Carr,  and  F.  W.  Upson),  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  XXXI  (1909),  1329-64. 

Die  Bedeutung  der  Phosphatide  fiir  die  lebende  Zelle,  Zeitschrift  fiir 
physiologische  Chemie,  LXIII  (1909),  432-42. 

The  Distribution  of  Sulphur  Compounds  in  Brain  Tissue  (with  F.  W. 
Upson),  Proceedings  of  the  Society  for  Experimental  Biology  and 
Medicine,  Vll  (1909),  1-2. 

Estimation  of  Chlorine,  V,  Science,  XXXII  (1910),  477. 

Pharmacological  Studies  in  the  Phosphatids,  Journal  of  Pharmacology 
and  Experimental  Therapeutics,  II  (1910),  239-44. 

The  Relation  of  the  Phosphatids  to  the  Sodium  and  Potassium  of  the 
Neurones  (with  F.  H.  Pike),  ibid.,  244-48. 

The  Relation  of  the  Phosphatids  to  Overton  and  Meyer's  Theor}-  (with 

F.  C.  McLean),  ibid.,  249-52. 

The  Relation  of  Brain  Phosphatids  to  Tissue  Metabolites  (with  A.  W. 
Williams),  ibid.,  253-64. 

The  Function  of  Brain  Phosphatids  in  Action  of  Strjxhnine  (with  H.  T. 
Mostrom),  ibid.,  265-69. 


370  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Nature  of  the  Chemical  Combinations  of  Potassium  in  the  Tissues 
(with  C.  C.  Todd),  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  IX  (1911),  15. 

Recent  Studies  on  Lipoids,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
LVI  (191 1),  799-800. 

Chemical  Study  of  the  Brain  in  Cases  of  Dementia  Praecox,  Journal  of 
Experimental  Medicine,  XIII  (191 1),  301-7. 

A  Comparison  of  Two  Methods  of  Preserving  Nerve-Tissue  for  Sub- 
sequent Chemical  Examination  (with  Mathilde  Koch),  Journal  of 
Biological  Chemistry,  XIV  (1913),  281-S2. 

The  Chemical  Differentiation  of  the  Brain  of  the  Albino  Rat  during 
Growth  (with  Mathilde  Koch),  ibid.,  XV  (1913),  423-48. 

Frank  Christian  Becht  [1907-10;    1914-17],  Assistant  Professor  of 

Pharmacology;  Professor  of  Pharmacology,  Northwestern  University 

Medical  School. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1906;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1909;  M.D.  Northwestern,  1915;  Assistant 
Professor  of  Physiology,  Illinois,  1910-12;  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology, 
Northwestern,  191 2-14;  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology,  Chicago,  1914-17. 

On  the  Elimination  of  Water  from  the  Blood  in  the  Active  Salivary 
Glands  (with  A.  J.  Carlson  and  J.  R.  Greer),  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XIX  (1907),  360-87. 

The  Relation  between  the  Blood  Supply  to  the  Submaxillary  Gland  and 
the  Character  of  the  Chorda  and  Sympathetic  Saliva  (with  A.  J. 
Carlson  and  J.  R.  Greer),  ibid.,  XX  (1907),  180-205. 

The  Lymphagogue  Action  of  Lymph  (with  A.  J.  Carlson  and  J.  R.  Greer), 
ibid.,  XXII  (1908),  104-15. 

The  Nature  of  Heat  Paralysis  in  Nervous  Tissue,  ibid.,  456-76. 

A  Study  of  the  Concentration  of  Antibodies  in  the  Body  Fluids  of  Normal 
and  Immune  Animals  (with  J.  R.  Greer).  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal 
of  Infectious  Diseases,  VII  (1910),  127-58. 

The  Relation  of  the  Spleen  to  the  Fixation  of  Antigens  and  the  Produc- 
tion of  Immune  Bodies  (with  A.  B.  Luckhardt),  American  Journal 
of  Physiology,  XXVIII  (1911),  257-74. 

The  Site  of  Action  of  Strychnine  (with  H.  McGuigan),  Journal  of 
Pharmacology  and  Experimental  Therapeutics,  V  (1914)*  469-78. 

The  Stimulation  of  the  Hypophysis  in  Dogs  (with  R.  W.  Keeton), 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXIX  (1915),  109-22. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  371 

The  Origin  of  the  Antibodies  of  the  Lymph  (with  A.  B.  Luckhardt), 
ibid.,  XL  (1916),  366-71. 

Fred   Conrad    Koch    [1910-],    Assistant    Professor   of   Physiological 

Chemistr>'. 

S.B.  Illinois,  1889;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1912;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiological 
Chemistry,  ibid.,  1913-. 

On  the  Presence  of  Histidine  in  Pig  Thyreoglobulin,  Journal  of  Bio- 
logical Chemistry,  IX  (1911),  121-22. 

On  the  Nature  of  the  Iodine-Containing  Complex  in  Thyreoglobulin. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  XIV  (1913),  101-16. 

The  Distribution  of  Gastrin  in  the  Body  (with  R.  W.  Keeton),  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXVII  (1915),  481-504. 

David  Judson  Lingle  [1892-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1885;  Ph.D.  Johns  Hopkins,  1892;  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology, 
Tulane,  1889-90;  Instructor  in  Physiology,  Chicago,  1894-1904;  Assistant 
Professor,  ibid.,  1904-. 

Restorers  of  the  Cardiac  Rhythm,  American  Journal  of  Physiology, 

XIV  (1905),  433-51- 

Artificial  Production  of  Heart  Rhythm,  Science,  XXI  (1905),  887. 
The  Mechanism  of  Tone  in  Plain  Muscle,  American  Journal  of  Physi- 
ology, XXVI  (1910),  361-67. 

Elias  Potter  Lyon  [190 1-4],  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology  and 

Dean  in  Medical  Work;   Professor  of  Physiolog}^  and  Dean  of  the 

Medical  School,  University  of  Minnesota. 

S.B.  Hinsdale  College,  1891;  A.B.  i7>«/.,  1892;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1S97;  M.D.  (hon.) 
St.  Louis  University,  1910;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology,  Rush  Medical 
College,  1901-4. 

Laboratory  Outlines  for  Physiology:  The  Nervous  System  and  Senses  (with 
C.  H.  Neilson).     i6mo,  32.     Chicago:   Privately  printed,  1904. 

E.xperiments  in  Artificial  Parthenogenesis,  American  Journal  of  Physi- 
ology, IX  (1903),  308-18. 

Rhythms  of  Susceptibility  and  of  Carbon  Dio.xide  Production  in  Cleav- 
age, ibid.,  XI  (1904),  52-58. 

A  Biological  Examination  of  Distilled  Water,  ibid.,  198-202. 

Rhythms  of  COj  Production  in  Cleavage,  Science,  XIX  (1904),  350-53. 

Rheotropism,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XI  (1904),  52-58. 


372  PUBLICATIONS 

Arno  Benedict  Luckhardt  [1908-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1906;  Fh.D.ibid.,igii;  M.D.Rush  Medical  College,  1912;  Assist- 
ant Professor  of  Physiology,  Chicago,  1914-. 

Osmotic  Concentration  of  the  Blood  in  Anaesthesia  (with  A.  J.  Carlson), 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXI  (1908),  162-68. 

The  Excess  of  Chlorides  in  Lymph  (with  A.  J.  Carlson  and  J.  R.  Greer), 
ibid.,  XXII  (1908),  91-104. 

The  Diastases  in  the  Blood  and  the  Body  Fluids  (with  A.  J.  Carlson), 
ibid.,  XXIII  (1908),  148-64. 

Additional  Notes  on  the  Bacteriology  and  Pathology  of  Milksickness, 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VI  (1909),  492-505. 

On  the  Production  of  Sanitary  Milk  (with  P.  G.  Heinemann  and  A.  C. 
Hicks),  ibid.,  VII  (1910),  47-66. 

The  Comparative  Electrical  Conductivity  of  Lymph  and  Serum  of  the 
Same  Animal,  and  Its  Bearing  on  Theories  of  Lymph  Formation, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXV  (1910),  345-53. 

A  Study  of  the  Origin  of  the  Immune  Bodies  by  the  Method  of  Organ 
Transplantation,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  for  Experimental  Biology 
and  Medicine,  VII  (19 10),  122-25. 

The  Relation  of  the  Spleen  to  the  Fixation  of  Antigens  and  the  Produc- 
tion of  Immune  Bodies  (with  F.  C.  Becht).  Doctor's  thesis.  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Physiology,  XXVIII  (191 1),  257-74. 

The  Condition  of  the  Oesophagus  during  the  Periods  of  Gastric  Hunger 
Contraction  (with  A.  J.  Carlson),  ibid.,  XXXIII  (1914),  126-42. 

The  Cause  of  the  Polyphagia  in  Pancreatic  Diabetes,  ibid.,  313-23. 

The  Chemical  Control  of  the  Gastric  Hunger  Mechanism  (with  A.  J. 
Carlson),  ibid.,  XXXVI  (19 14),  37-46. 

The  Blood  Pressure  during  Vomiting  (with  Clyde  Brooks),  ibid.,  XXXVI 
(1915),  104-12. 

The  Effect  of  Dreaming  on  the  Gastric  Hunger  Contraction,  ibid., 
XXXIX  (1916),  330-34. 

The  Chief  Physical  Mechanisms  Concerned  in  the  Clinical  Methods  of 
Measuring  Blood  Pressure  (with  Clyde  Brooks),  ibid.,  XL  (1916), 
49-74- 

The  Origin  of  the  Antibodies  of  the  Lymph  (with  F.  C.  Becht),  ibid., 
366-71. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  373 

Note  on  the  Movements  of  the  Empty  Stomach  under  Certain  Patho- 
logical Conditions  (with  W.  W.  Hamburger),  Journal  oj  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association,  LXVI  (1916),  1H31-33. 

Samuel  Alexander  Matthews  [1898-99;  1903-6;  1907-13],  Assistant 
Professor  of  Experimental  Therapeutics;  Professor  of  Physiology 
and  Experimental  Pharmacology,  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

M.D.  Michigan,  1895;  Assistant  in  PhysioloRical  Chemistry  anti  Pharmacology, 
ibid.,  1893-Q4;  Member  of  Staff  of  Internal  Medicine,  University  Hos]»ital,  ihid., 
1894-95;  Assistant  in,  and  Demonstrator  of.  Pharmacology,  ibid.,  1895-97; 
Docent  in  Physiolog>-,  Chicago,  1898-99;  Assistant  in  Pharmacology,  Chicago, 
1903-4;  Associate,  ibid.,  1904-6;  Librarian  of  Medical  Department,  John 
Crerar  Library,  1906-7 ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Experimental  Therapeutics,  Chicago, 
1907-13. 

Action  of  Solutions  of  Inorganic  Salts  in  Cases  of  Locomotor  Ataxia 
(with  O.  H.  Brown),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XI  (1904),  i. 

Inhibition  of  the  Action  of  Physostigmin  by  Calcium  Chloride  (with 
O.  H.  Brown),  ibid.,  XII  (1904),  173-75. 

The  Influence  of  Saccharin  on  the  Digestive  Enz>'mes  (with  H.  Mc- 
Guigan),  Journal  oj  the  American  Medical  Association,  XLV  (1905), 
844-47. 

The  Action  of  Magnesium  Sulphate  upon  the  Heart  and  the  Antagonistic 
Action  of  Some  Other  Drugs  (with  D.  E.  Jackson),  American  Journal 
of  Physiology,  XIX  (1907),  5-14. 

The  Blood  Pressures  of  Birds  and  Their  Modification  by  Drugs  (with 
Oscar  Riddle),  ibid.,  108-16. 

"Cactin  and  Cactina":  An  Examination  into  Their  Physiologic  Action, 
Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XLIX  (1Q07),  102 1. 

A  Further  Study  of  the  Action  of  Magnesium  Sulphate  on  the  Heart  (with 
W.  de  B.  MacNider),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XX  (1907), 
323-29. 

The  Sensory  Nerves  of  the  Heart  and  Blood  Vessels  as  a  Factor  in 
Determining  the  Action  of  Drugs  (with  D.  E.  Jackson),  ibid.,  XXI 
(1908),  255-58. 

Effect  of  Ligation  of  the  Coronary  Arteries  in  Dogs  (with  J.  L.  Miller), 
Transactions  of  the  Association  of  American  Physicians  and  Surgeons, 
XXIII  (1908),  83.  '  ■ 


374  PUBLICATIONS 

Effect  on  the  Heart  of  Experimental  Obstruction  of  the  Left  Coronary 
Artery  (with  J.  L.  Miller),  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  III  (1909), 
176-84. 

Is  the  Duodenum  Essential  to  Life  ?  Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Patho- 
logical Society,  VII  (1910),  22-24. 

The  Action  of  Magnesium  Sulphate  (with  Clyde  Brooks),  Journal  of 
Pharmacology  and  Experimental  Therapeutics,  II  (1910),  87-99. 

The  Effects  on  Blood-Pressure  of  Intravenous  Injections  of  Extracts  of 
the  Various  Anatomical  Components  of  the  Hypophysis,  Archives  of 
Internal  Medicine,  VII  (191 1),  785-800. 

The  Effects  of  Eck-Fistula  upon  the  Liver  (Dog's),  Transactions  of  the 
Chicago  Pathological  Society,  VIII  (191 2),  263-66. 

A  Study  of  the  Effect  of  Changes  in  the  Circulation  of  the  Liver  on 
Nitrogen  Metabolism,  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  XV  (1913), 
87-104. 

Harold  Stanard  Adams  [1914-16],  Instructor  in  Physiological  Chem- 
istry; with  E.  R.  Squibb  and  Sons,  New  Brunswick,  N.J. 

A.B.  Williams,  1911;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;  Assistant  in  Chemistry,  Massa- 
chusetts Agricultural  College,  1911-12;  Associate  in  Physiological  Chemistry, 
Chicago,  1914-15;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1915-16. 

Carbon  Dioxide  Production  from  the  Nerve  Fiber  in  a  Hydrogen 
Atmosphere  (with  Shiro  Tashiro),  American  Journal  of  Physiology, 
XXXIV  (1914),  405-13. 

Comparison  of  the  Carbon  Dioxide  Output  of  Nerve  Fibers  and  Ganglia 
in  Limulus  (with  Shiro  Tashiro),  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry, 

xvm  (1914),  329-34. 

Studies  in  Narcosis  (with  Shiro  Tashiro),  Internationale  Zeitschrift  fur 
physikalisch-chemische  Biologie,  I  (1914),  450-62. 

Studies  on  Overvoltage.    Doctor's  thesis.    In  Press. 

Charles  Claude  Guthrie  [1903-6],  Instructor  in  Physiology;  Pro- 
fessor of  Physiology  and  Pharmacology,  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

S.B.  Wood  Lawn  Institute,  1S97;  M.D.  Missouri,  1901;  I'h.D.  Chicago,  1907; 
Demonstrator  of  Physiology,  Western  Reserve,  IQ02-3;  Assistant  in  Physiology, 
Chicago,  1903-4;   Associate,  ibid.,  1904-5;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1905-6. 

The  Laking  of  Dried  Red  Blood-Corpuscles,  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  VIII  (1903),  441-46. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  375 

The  Influence  of  Formaldehyde  on  the  Action  of  Certain  Laking  Agents 
and  on  Coagulation  of  Blood,  ibid.,  IX  (1903),  187-97. 

An  Improved  Mercury  Manometer,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  XLI  (1903),  1209. 

A  Serviceable  Form  of  Capillary  Electrometer,  ibid.,  XLII  (1904),  173. 

The  Effect  of  the  Intravenous  Injection  of  Formaldehyde  and  Calcium 
Chloride  on  the  Haemolytic  Power  of  Serum,  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XII  (1904),  139-48. 

A  Contribution  to  the  Clinical  Knowledge  of  Texas  Fever,  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  II  (1905),  529-54. 

The  Effect  of  Intravenous  Injections  of  Bone  Marrow  Extracts  upon 
Blood  Pressure  (with  O.  H.  Brown),  American  Journal  of  Physiology, 
XIV  (1905),  328-38. 

La  transplantation  des  veines  et  ses  applications  chirurgicales,  Presse 
medicale,  Paris,  1905,  843-44. 

Transplantation  biterminale  complete  d'un  segment  de  veine  sur  une 

artere  (with  A.  Carrell),  Comptcs  rcndus  de  la  societe  de  biologie, 

LIX  (1905),  412-13- 
Extirpation  et  replantation  de  la  glande  thyroide  avec  reversion  de  la 

circulation  (with  A.  Carrell),  ibid.,  413-14;    also  in  Science,  XXII 

(i905)>  535- 
Reversion  de  la  circulation  dans  les  veines  valvulees  (with  A.  Carrell), 
'  Comptcs  rendus  de  la  societe  de  biologie,  LIX  (1905),  51S-19. 

Transplantation  uniterminale  des  veines  sur  les  arteres  (with  A.  Carrell), 
ibid.,  596-97. 

Circulation  et  secretion  d'un  rein  transplante  (w^th  A.  Carrell),  ibid., 

669-70;  also  in  ^a'ewce,  XXII  (1905),  473. 
Anastomosis  and  Transplantation  of  Blood  Vessels,  American  Medicine, 

X  (1905),  2;;4-85. 

The  Transplantation  of  Organs,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, XLV  (1905),  1645-46. 

Transplantation  of  Veins  and  Organs  (with  A.  Carrell\  American 
Medicine,  X  (1905),  1101-2. 

The  Resuscitation  of  the  Central  Nervous  System  of  ^Lammals  (with 
G.  N.  Stewart,  R.  L.  Burns,  and  F.  H.  Pike),  Journal  of  E.x peri- 
mental  Medicine,  VIII  (1906),  2S9-321. 


376  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Reversal  of  the  Circulation  in  a  Limb  (with  A.  Carrell),  Annals  of 
Surgery,  XLIII  (1906),  203-15, 

Uniterminal  and  Biterminal  Venous  Transplantations,  Surgery,  Gyne- 
cology, and  Obstetrics,  II  (1906),  226, 

Results  of  Replantation  of  the  Thigh  (with  A.  Carrell),  Science,  XXIII 
(1906),  393-94;  also  in  Comptes  rendus  de  la  societe  de  biologic,  LX 
(1906),  378-79- 

Successful  Transplantation  of  Both  Kidneys  from  a  Dog  into  a  Bitch, 
with  Removal  of  Both  Normal  Kidneys  from  the  Latter  (with 
A.  Carrell),  Science,  XXIII  (1906),  394-95;  also  in  Comptes  reiidus  de 
la  societe  de  biologic,  LX  (1906),  465-66. 

A  New  Method  for  the  Homoplastic  Transplantation  of  the  Ovary, 
Science,  XXIII  (1906),  591;  also  in  Comptes  rendus  de  la  societe  de 
biologic,  LX  (1906),  466-68. 

Complete  Amputation  of  the  Thigh  with  Replantation  (with  A.  Carrell), 
American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences,  CXXXI  (1906),  297-301. 

Resultats  eloignes  des  transplantations  veineuses  uniterminales  (with 
A.  Carrell),  Co w/>/e5  rendus  de  la  societe  de  biologic,  LX  (1906),  529-30. 

Augmentation  artificielle  de  la  circulation  dans  les  glandes  pathologiques, 
ibid.,  582-83. 

Arterio-sclerose  par  modification  chirurgicale  de  la  circulation  (with 

A.  Carrell),  ibid.,  730-31. 
L'exclusion  longitudinale  des  vaisseaux  et  ses  resultats,  ibid.,  984-86. 
Resultats  du  "Patching"  des  ar teres,  ibid.,  1 009-11. 

The  Relation  of  Pressure  in  the  Coronary  Vessels  to  the  Activity  of  the 
Isolated  Heart,  and  Some  Closely  Related  Problems  (with  F.  H. 
Pike),  Science,  XXIV  (1906),  52-54. 

The  Effect  of  Changes  in  Blood  Pressure  on  Respiratory  Movements 
(with  F.  H.  Pike),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XVI  (1906), 
475-82. 

The  Maintenance  of  Cerebral  Activity  in  Mammals  by  Artificial  Circu- 
lation (with  F.  H.  Pike  and  G.  N.  Stewart),  ibid.,  XVII  (1906), 

344-49- 
Respiration    Valves,   Journal   of  the   American   Medical   Association, 
XL VIII  (1907),  1 183. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  377 

The  Relation  of  the  Activity  of  the  Excised  Mammalian  Heart  to 
Pressure  in  the  Coronary  Vessels,  and  to  Its  Nutrition  (with  F.  H. 
Pike),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XVIII  (1907),   14-38. 

Heterotransplantations  of  Blood  Vessels.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ibid.,  XIX 
(1907),  4S2-520. 

Further  Observations  on  the  Relation  between  Blood  Pressure  and 
Respiratory  Movements  (with  F.  H.  Pike),  ibid.,  XX  (i9o<S),  451-56. 

Further  Results  of  Transplantation  of  Ovaries  in  Chickens,  Journal  of 
Experimental  Zoology,  V  (1908),  563-75. 

Studies  in  Resuscitation : 

I.  The  General  Conditions  Affecting  Resuscitation,  and  the  Resus- 
citation of  the  Blood  and  of  the  Heart  (with  F.  H.  Pike  and  G.  N. 
Stewart),  Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  X  (190S),  371-418. 

II.  The  Reflex  Excitability  of  the  Brain  and  Spinal  Cord  after 
Cerebral  Anaemia  (with  F.  H.  Pike  and  G.  N.  Stewart),  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Physiology,  XXI  (1908),  359-71. 

III.  The  Resuscitation  of  the  Glands  and  Muscles  after  Temporary 
Anaemia  (with  F.  H.  Pike  and  G.  N.  Stewart),  ibid.,  XXII 
(1908),  51-60. 

IV.  The  Return  of  Function  in  the  Central  Nervous  System  after 
Temporary  Anaemia  (with  F.  H.  Pike  and  G.  N.  Stewart), 
Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  X  (190S),  490-520, 

Frank  Henry  Pike  [1906-11],  Instructor  in  Physiology;  Associate 
Professor  of  Physiology,  Columbia  University. 

A.H.  Indiana,  1903;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  IQ07;  .Assistant  in  Physiology,  ibid.,  1906-7; 
Associate,  (6{</.,  1907;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1907-11. 

The  Resuscitation  of  the  Central  Nervous  System  of  Mammals  (with 
G.  N.  Stewart,  R.  L.  Burns,  and  C.  C.  Guthrie),  Journal  of  Experi- 
mental Medicine,  VIII  (1906),  289-321. 

The  Relation  of  Pressure  in  the  Coronary  Vessels  to  the  Activity  of  the 
Isolated  Heart,  and  Some  Closely  Related  Problems  (with  C.  C. 
Guthrie),  Science,  XXIV  (1906),  52-54. 

The  Effect  of  Changes  in  Blood  Pressure  on  Respirator)'  Movements 
(with  C.  C.  Guthrie),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  X\'I  (1906), 
475-82. 


378  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Degenerate  Eyes  in  the  Cuban  Cave  Shrimp,  Palaenionetes  eigen- 
mani  Hay,  Biological  Bulletin,  XI  (1906),  267-76. 

The  Maintenance  of  Cerebral  Activity  in  Mammals  by  Artificial  Circu- 
lation (with  C.  C.  Guthrie  and  G.  N.  Stewart),  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XVII  (1906),  344-49. 

The  Relation  of  the  Activity  of  the  Excised  Mammalian  Heart  to  Pres- 
sure in  the  Coronary  Vessels,  and  to  Its  Nutrition  (with  C.  C. 
Guthrie),  ihid.,  XVIII  (1907),  14-38. 

The  Automatism  of  the  Respiratory  Center  (with  G.  N.  Stewart), 
Proceedings  of  the  Society  for  Experimental  Biology  and  Medicine,  IV 
(1907),  83-84. 

A  Critical  and  Statistical  Study  of  the  Determination  of  Sex,  Par- 
ticularly in  Human  Offspring,  American  Naturalist,  XLI  (1907), 
303-22. 

Resuscitation  of  the  Respiratory  and  Other  Bulbar  Nervous  Mechanisms, 
with  Special  Reference  to  the  Question  of  Their  Automaticity  (with 
G.  N.  Stewart).  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Physiology, 
XIX  (1907),  328-59. 

Further  Observations  on  the  Resuscitation  of  the  Respiratory  Nervous 
Mechanism  (with  G.  N.  Stewart),  ibid.,  XX  (1907),  61-73. 

Further  Observations  on  the  Relation  between  Blood  Pressure  and 
Respiratory  Movements  (with  C.  C.  Guthrie),  ibid.  (1908),  451-56. 

Studies  in  Resuscitation: 

I.  The  General  Conditions  Affecting  Resuscitation,  and  the  Resus- 
citation of  the  Blood  and  of  the  Heart  (with  C.  C.  Guthrie, 
and  G.  N.  Stewart),  Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  X 
(1908),  371-418. 

II.  The  Reflex  Excitability  of  the  Brain  and  Spinal  Cord  after 
Cerebral  Anaemia  (with  C.  C.  Guthrie  and  G.  N.  Stewart), 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXI  (1908),  359-71. 

III.  The  Resuscitation  of  the  Glands  and  Muscles  after  Temporary 
Anaemia  (with  C.  C.  Guthrie  and  G.  N.  Stewart),  ibid.,  XXII 
(1908),  51-60. 

IV.  The  Return  of  Function  in  the  Central  Nervous  System  after 
Temporary  Anaemia  (with  C.  C.  Guthrie  and  G.  N.  Stewart), 
Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  X  (1908),  490-520. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  379 

The  Histological  Changes  in  Nerve  Cells  Due  to  Temporary  Anaemia 
of  the  Central  Nervous  System,  ibid.,  XI  (1909),  257-65. 

Studies  in  the  Physiology  of  the  Central  Nervous  System:  I,  The  General 

Phenomena    of    Spinal    Shock,    American    Journal    of   Physiology, 
XXiV  (1909),  124-52. 

The  Relation  of  the  Phosphatids  to  the  Sodium  and  Potassium  of  the 
Neurones  (with  W.  Koch),  Journal  of  Pharmacology  and  Experimental 
Therapeutics,  II  (1910),  244-48. 

The  Spinal  Vaso-Motor  Paths  in  Spinal  Shock.  Preliminary  Note, 
Journal  of  Nervous  and  Mental  Disease,  XXXVIII  (191 1),  365. 

Shiro  Tashiro  [1909-],  Instructor  in  Physiological  Chemistry. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1909;    Ph.D.  ibid.,  1912;    Assistant  in  Physiological  Chemistry, 
ibid.,  1909-10;    1912-13;   Associate,  ibid.,  1913-14;    Instructor,  ibid.,  1914-. 

A  Chemical  Sign  of  Life.     8vo,  142.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1917. 

The  Detection  and  Estimation  of  Exceedingly  Minute  Quantities  of 
Carbon  Dioxide  (with  H.  N.  McCoy).  Original  Communications, 
Eighth  International  Congress  of  Applied  Chemistry,  I  (191 2),  361-66. 

New  Method  of  Detecting  Vitality  of  Seeds,  ibid.,  XXVI  (191 2),  163. 

Carbon  Dioxide  Production  from  Ner\-e  Fibers  Resting  and  When 
Stimulated:  Contribution  to  the  Chemical  Basis  of  Irritability. 
Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXII  (1913), 
107-36. 

A  New  Method  and  Apparatus  for  the  Estimation  of  Exceedingly  Minute 
Quantities  of  CO3,  ibid.,  137-45. 

A  Chemical  Sign  of  Life,  Biological  Bulletin,  XXV  (1913),  282-86. 

The  Metabolic  Gradient  in  the  Nerve  Fiber  (abstract),  American  Journal 
of  Physiology,  XXXIII  (1914),  xxxvii-xxxviii. 

CO2  Production  from  the  Nerve  Fiber  in  a  Hydrogen  Atmosphere  (with 
H.  S.  Adams),  ibid.,  XXXIV  (1914),  405-13. 

COi  Apparatus  III.  Another  Special  Apparatus  for  the  Estimation  of 
\'ery  Minute  Quantities  of  CO2,  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry, 

XVI  (1914),  485-94- 

Comparison  of  the  COj  Output  of  Nerve  Fibers  and  Ganglia  in  Limulus 
(with  H.  S.  Adams),  ibid.,  XVIII  (1914),  329-34. 


380  '  PUBLICATIONS 

Some  Relation  between  Rheotaxis  and  the  Rate  of  CO2  Production 
of  Isopods  (with  W.  C.  Allee),  Journal  of  Animal  Behavior,  IV 
(1914),  202-14. 

Studies  on  Narcosis:  I,  Effect  of  Ethylurethane  and  Chloral  Hydrate 
on  the  CO2  Production  of  the  Nerve  Fiber  (with  H.  S.  Adams), 
Internationale  Zeitschrijt  Jiir  physikalisch-chemische  Biologie,  I  (1914), 
450-62. 

Metabolism  in  Ganglionated  Cord  of  the  Heart  of  the  King  Crab  {Limu- 
lus)  at  Tortugas  (abstract),  Yearbook  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington,  XIII  (1914),  216-17. 

Temperature  Coefficient  of  the  Metabolism  in  the  Nerve  Fibers 
(abstract),  ibid.,  217-18. 

Further  Evidence  for  the  Increased  CO2  Production  in  the  Nerve  Fiber 
on  Stimulation  (abstract),  ibid.,  218. 

Tissue  Metabolism  in  the  Medusa  cassiopea  (abstract),  ibid.,  218-19. 

Is  There  Any  Free  COj  in  Sea- Water  ?  (abstract),  ibid.,  219-20. 

The  Metabolism  of  Resting  Nerve  and  Its  Correlation  with  the  Direction 
and  Rate  of  Nerve  Impulse  (abstract).  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Physiological  Society,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXVI  (191 5), 
368-69. 

On  the  Nature  of  the  Nerve  Impulse,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy 
of  Sciences,  1  (191 5),  1 10-14. 

Further  Studies  on  CO2  in  Sea-Water  and  CO2  Production  in  Tropical 
Marine  Animals,  Yearbook  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington, 
XIV  (1915),  217-19. 

Albert  Woelfel  [1904-14],  Instructor  in  Physiology;  Secretary- 
Treasurer  and  Director  of  the  Laboratory  of  the  Chicago  Radium 
Institute. 

M.I).  Leipzig,  1902;  Instructor,  Rush  Medical  College,  1903;  Associate,  Me- 
morial Institute  for  Infectious  Diseases,  Chicago,  1903-4;  Assistant  in  Physi- 
ology, Chicago,  1904-5;  Associate,  ibid.,  1905-7;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1907-14. 

A  Note  on  the  Distribution  of  the  Salts  in  Haemolysis,  Biochemical 
Journal,  III  (1908),  146-54. 

An  Endeavor  to  Account  for  the  Transfer  of  Proteid  in  Inanition,  Journal 
of  Biological  Chemistry,  VI  (1909),  189-201. 


DEPARTMENT  Ol"  PHYSIOLOGY  381 

On  the  Internal  Secretion  of  the  Thyroid  Gland  (with  A.  J.  Carlson), 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXVI  (1910),  32-67. 

On  the  Local  Hemodynamic  Action  of  Tissue  Metabolites  (with  A.  J. 
Carlson  and  H.  W.Powell),  z6/(/.,  XXVIII  (191 1),  176-89. 

The  Place  of  Retention  or  Reconjugation  of  the  Amino  .\cids  in  the 
Body,  ibid.,  XXIX  (191 2),  xxxviii-xx.xix. 

The  Solubility  of  W' hite  Lead  in  Human  Gastric  Juice,  and  Its  Bearing 
on  the  Hygiene  of  the  Lead  Industries  (with  A.  J.  Carlson),  Journal 
oj  Public  Health,  III  (1913),  753-69. 

Reviews    in:     Biochemisches    Cenlralblatl,   IV;    Biophysikalisches 
Centralblalt,  I;  and  Hygicnisches  Cenlralblatl,  I. 

Harvey  Raymond  Basinger  [1913-15],  Associate  in  Physiology. 

A.B.  Ohio  State,  1911;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;  Assistant  in  Physiology,  Rush 
Medical  College,  1912-13;  Assistant,  Chicago,  1913-14;  Associate,  ibid.,  1914-15. 

The  Control  of  E.xperimental  Cretinism.  Doctor's  thesis.  Archives 
of  Internal  Medicine,  XVII  (1916),  260-78. 

Herbert  Otto  Lussky  [1909-13;   1916-],  Associate  in  Physiology. 

S.B.Chicago,  191 1;  M.l).  Rush  Medical  College,  1916;  .Assistant  in  Physiolog}-, 
Chicago,  1909-13;    Associate,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Further  Studies  of  the  Aceto-Xitrile  Test  for  Thyroid  Substances  in  the 
Blood,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXX  (1912),  63-73. 

Ch.\rles  Hugh  Neilson  [1901-5],  Associate  in  Physiolog}';   Assistant 

Professor  of  Physiological  Chemistry,  St.  Louis  University,  St.  Louis. 

A.B.  Ohio  Wesleyan,  1894;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1902;  Assistant  in  Physiology,  ibid., 
1897;  Research  .Assistant  in  Physiology,  ibid.,  1901-2;  .Assistant,  ibid.,  1902-3; 
Associate,  ibid.,  1903-4. 

Laboratory  Outlines  for  Physiology:  The  Nervous  System  and  Senses  (with 
E.  P.  Lyon).     i6nio,  32.     Chicago:    Privately  printed,  1904. 

The  Hydrolysis  and  Synthesis  of  Fats  by  Platinum  Black.  Doctor's 
thesis.     -1  merican  Journal  of  Physiology,  X  (1903),  191-200. 

The  EtTects  of  Ions  on  the  Decomposition  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide  by 
Platinum  Black  (with  O.  H.  Brown),  ibid.  (1904),  225-28. 

The  Effects  of  Ions  on  the  Decomposition  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide,  and 
the  Hydrolysis  of  Butyric  Ether  by  a  Watery  Extract  of  Pancreas 

(with  0.  II.  Brown),  ibid.,  335-44. 


382  PUBLICATIONS 

Further  Proof  of  Ion  Action  in  Physiologic  Processes  (with  0.  H. 
Brown),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XII  (1904),  374-S6. 

Influence  of  Alkaloids  and  Alkaloidal  Salts  upon  Catalysis  (with  0.  H. 
Brown),  ibid.,  XIII  (1905),  427-35. 

Fred  Terry  Rogers  [19 15-16],  Associate  in  Pharmacology;    Assistant 

Professor  of  Physiology,  Baylor  University,  Waco,  Tex. 

A.B.  Baylor,  191 1 ;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1916;    Associate  in  Pharmacology,  Chicago, 
1915-16. 

Contractions  of  Rabbit's  Stomach  during  Hunger,  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XXXVI  (1915),  183-90. 

Relation  between  the  Digestion  Contractions  of  the  Filled,  and  the 
Hunger  Contractions  of  the  Empty,  Stomach,  ibid.,  XXXVIII 
(1915),  274-84. 

The  Hunger  Mechanism  of  the  Pigeon  and  Its  Relation  to  the  Central 
Nervous  System.     Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  XLI  (1916),  555-70. 

The  Hunger  Mechanism  of  Birds,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  for  Experi- 
mental Biology.    In  Press. 

Ralph  Waldo  Webster  [1903-4],  Associate  in  Physiological  Chemistry; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacological  Therapeutics,  Rush  Medical 

College. 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1895;   M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1898;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1902; 
Associate  in  Physiological  Chemistry,  ibid.,  1903-4. 

A  Laboratory  Manual  of  Physiological  Chemistry  (with  Waldemar  Koch). 
8vo,  viii-l-107.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1903. 

fTHOMAS  Matheson  Wilson  [1905-7],  Associate  in  Physiology. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1896;  S.M.  Chicago,  1904;  Assistant  in  Physiology,  ibid.,  1905-6; 
Associate,  ibid.,  1906-7. 

The  Measurement  of  Electrical  Conductivity  for  Clinical  Purposes, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XIII  (1905),  139-53. 

The  Conductivity  and  Freezing-Points  of  Small  Quantities  of  Body 
Fluids  in  Health  and  Disease,  ibid.,  XVI  (1906),  438-67. 

The  Conductivity  of  Blood  in  Coagulation,  Biochemical  Journal,  II 
(1907),  377- 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  383 

Richard  Clyde  Brooks  [i(;o8-io],  Assistant  in  Experimental  Thera- 
[jcutics;  Professor  of  Physiology,  Physiological  Chemistry,  and 
Pharmacology,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

A.H.  Missouri,  1005;   M.I).  Rush  Medical  College,  1913;    I'h.D.  Chicago,  iQii; 
Assistant  in  I'^.xperimental  Therapeutics,  ibid.,  1908-10. 

On  Conduction  and  Contraction  of  Skeletal  Muscle  in  Water  Rigor, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  X\'II  (1906),  218-22. 

The  Mechanism  of  E.\i)erimental  Glycosuria  (with  H.  McGuigan), /6///., 
XVIII  (1907),  256-66. 

Methods  for  Securing  Wholly  Normal  Manometric  Blood  Pressure 
Tracings  from  the  Quiescent  Animal,  Heart,  II  (1910),  5-S. 

The  Action  of  Alcohol  on  the  Intact  Unanesthetized  Animal,  Journal 
of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LV  (1910),  372-75. 

The  Action  of  Magnesium  Sulphate  (with  S.  A.  Matthews),  Journal  of 
Pharmacology  and  Experimental  Therapeutics,  II  (1910),  S7-99. 

The  Effect  of  Lesions  of  the  Dorsal  Nerve  Roots  on  the  Reflex  Excita- 
bility of  the  Si)inal  Cord.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XXVII  (1910),  212-24. 

A  Note  on  the  Absence  of  Adrenalin  in  Malignant  Renal  Hyperne- 
phromas, Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  XIV  (191 2),  550-56. 

Persistent  Patency  of  the  Ductus  arteriosus  Botalli  in  the  Dog,  Archives 
of  Internal  Medicine,  IX  (191 2),  44-54. 

Blood  Pressure  in  the  N'ormal  .Vnimal,  American  Journal  of  Physiology, 
XXIX  (1912),  xxii. 

The  Blood  Pressure  during  Vomiting  (witli  A.  B.  Luckhardt),  ibid., 
XXX\n  (1915),  104-12. 

The  Chief  Physical  Mechanisms  Concerned  in  the  Clinical  Methods  of 
Measuring  Blood  Pressures  (with  A.  B.  Luckhardt),  /6/V/.,  XL  (1916), 
49-74- 

Orville  Harry  Brown  [1903],  Assistant  in   Physiology;    Assistant 
Professor  of  Pharmacology,  St.  Louis  University,  St.  Louis. 
A.B.  Kansas,  1901;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1905;   Assistant  in  Physiolog>',  ibid.,  1903. 

The  Immunity  of  Fundulus  Eggs  and  Embryos  to  Electrical  Stimulation, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  IX  (1903),  ni-15. 


384  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Effects  of  Ions  on  the  Decomposition  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide  by 
Platinum  Black  (with  C.  H.  'Neilson),  American  Journal  of  Physiology, 
X  (1904),  225-28. 

Effects  of  Ions  on  the  Decomposition  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide,  and  the 
Hydrolysis  of  Butyric  Ether  by  a  Watery  Extract  of  Pancreas 
(with  C.  H.  Neilson),  ibid.,  335-44. 

The  Effect  of  Certain  Salts  on  Kidney  Excretion,  with  Special  Reference 
to  Glycosuria.     Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.,  378-83. 

A  Salt  Solution  in  Locomotor  Ataxia  (with  S.  A.  Matthews),  ibid.,  XI 
(1904),  1-4. 

Inhibition  of  the  Action  of  Physostigmin  by  Calcium  Chloride  (with 
S.  A.  Matthews),  ibid.,  XII  (1904),  173-75. 

Further  Proof  of  Ion  Action  in  Physiologic  Processes  (with  C.  H.  Neil- 
son),  ibid.,  374-86. 

Influence  of  Alkaloids  and  Alkaloidal  Salts  upon  Catalysis  (with  C.  H. 
Neilson),  ibid.,  XIII  (1905),  427-35. 

The  Effect  of  Intravenous  Injections  of  Bone  Marrow  Extracts  upon 
Blood  Pressure  (with  C.  C.  Guthrie),  ibid.,  XIV  (1905),  328-38. 

Herbert  Horace  Bunzel  [1907-10],  Assistant  in  Physiological  Chem- 
istry; Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Chemistry,  University  of 
Cincinnati. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1906;    Ph.D.  ibid.,  1909;    Assistant  in  Physiological  Chemistry, 
ibid.,  1907-10. 

The  Rate  of  Oxidation  of  Sugars  in  the  Acid  Medium,  American  Journal 
of  Physiology,  XXI  (1908),  23-36. 

Ueber  den  zeitlichen  Verlauf  der  galvanischen  Polarisation,  Annalen  der 
Physik,  XXVII  (1908),  436-48. 

The  Speed  of  Oxidation,  by  Air,  of  Uranous  Solutions,  with  a  Note  on  the 
Volumetric  Determination  of  Uranium  (with  H.  N.  McCoy),  Journal 
of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  XXXI  (1909),  367-73. 

The  Mechanism  of  the  Oxidation  of  Glucose  by  Bromine  in  Neutral  and 
Acid  Solutions  (with  A.  P.  Mathews).  Doctor's  thesis.  Ibid., 
464-79. 

The  Relative  Toxicity  of  Various  Salts  and  Acids  toward  Paramecium 
(with  L.  L.  Woodruff),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXV  (1909), 
190-94. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  385 

The  Mechanism  of  the  Oxidation  of  Glucose  by  Bromine,  Journal  0/ 
Biological  Chemistry,  VII  (1910),  157-69. 

Fred  Miller  Drennan  [1910-11],  Assistant  in  Physiology;   Physician 
Presbyterian  Hospital,  Chicago. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1910;   Assistant  in  Physiolog)',  ibiJ.,  1910-11. 

The  Control  of  Pancreatic  Diabetes  in  Pregnancy  (with  A.  J.  Carlson), 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXVIII  (191 1),  391-95. 

The  Presence  of  the  Internal  Secretion  of  the  Pancreas  in  the  Blood, 
ibid.,  396-402. 

fHARRY  GiNSBURG  [1914-15],  Assistant  in  Physiology. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1914;  Assistant  in  Physiology,  ibid.,  1914-15. 

The  Influence  of  Pregnancy  on  Diabetes  (with  A.  J.  Carlson),  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXVI  (1915),  217-22. 

The  Influence  of  Blood  Transfusion  on  the  Hyperglycemia  and  Glyco- 
suria of  Pancreatic  Diabetes  in  Dogs  (with  A.  J.  Carlson),  ibid., 
280-93. 

The  Gastric  Hunger  Contractions  of  New-born  Infants  (Ns-ith  A.  J. 
Carlson),  ibid.,  XXXVIII  (1915),  29-32. 

James  Richard  Greer  [1907-10],  Assistant  in  Physiolog>';   Instructor 
in  Medicine,  Rush  Medical  College. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1906;   Ph.D.  ibid.,  1909;   .Assistant  in  Physiolog)',  ibid.,  1907-10. 

On  the  Elimination  of  Water  from  the  Blood  in  the  Active  Salivary 
Glands  (with  A.  J.  Carlson  and  F.  C.  Becht),  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XIX  (1907),  360-87. 

The  Relation  between  the  Blood  Supply  to  the  Submaxillary  Gland 
and  the  Character  of  the  Chorda  and  Sympathetic  Saliva  (with 
A.  J.  Carlson  and  F.  C.  Bccht),  ibid.,  XX  (1907),  180-205. 

The  Excess  of  Chlorides  in  Lymph  (with  A.  J.  Carlson  and  A.  B.  Luck- 
hardt),  ibid.,  XXII  (1908),  91-103. 

The  Lymphagogue  Action  of  Lymph  (with  A.  J.  Carlson  and  F.  C. 
Becht),  ibid.,  104-15. 

t  Deceased 


386  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Absence  of  Adrenalin  in  Malignant  Hypernephromas  (with  H.  G. 
Wells),  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  IV  (1909),  291-95. 

A  Study  of  the  Concentration  of  the  Antibodies  in  the  Body  Fluids  of 
Normal  and  Immune  Animals  (with  F.  C.  Becht),  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VII  (19 10),  127-5S. 

Leo  Le^vts  John  Hardt  [1914-],  Assistant  in  Physiology. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1914;  Assistant  in  Physiolog)'^,  ibid.,  1914-. 

Secretion  of  Gastric  Juice  in  Cases  of  Gastric  and  Duodenal  Ulcers, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XL  (1916),  314-31. 

Dennis    Emerson    Jackson    [1906-7],    Assistant    in    Pharmacology; 

Associate    Professor    of    Pharmacology,    Washington    University, 

St.  Louis. 

A.B.  Indiana,  1905;  A.M.  ibid.,  1906;  Assistant  in  Physiology,  ibid.,  1904-6; 
Assistant  in  Physiological  Chemistry,  Chicago,  1906-7  J  Assistant  in  Pharma- 
cology, ibid.,  1907. 

The  Action  of  Magnesium  Sulphate  upon  the  Heart  and  the  Antagonistic 
Action  of  Some  Other  Drugs  (with  S.  A.  Matthews),  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XIX  (1907),  5-14. 

The  Sensory  Nerves  of  the  Heart  and  Blood  Vessels  as  a  Factor  in 
Determining  the  Action  of  Drugs  (with  S.  A.  Matthews),  ibid., 
XXI  (1908),  255-5S. 

Charles  Edwin  King  [1912-13],  Assistant  in   Physiology;    Professor 

of  Physiology,  University  of  North  Dakota,  Grand  Forks. 

Ph.B.  Heidelberg  University,  Ohio,  1908;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1914;  Assistant  in 
Physiology,  ibid.,  1912-13. 

Effect  of  Pituitary  Extract  upon  Renal  Activity,  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XXXII  (1913),  405-16. 

Studies  on  Blood  and  Urinary  Amylase.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ibid., 
XXXV  (1914),  301-3 1- 

George  Lester  Kite  [1913-14],  Assistant  in  Pharmacology;  Assistant 
in  the  Henry  Phipps  Institute  for  the  Study  of  Tuberculosis,  Phila- 
delphia. 

S.I}.  University  of  Virginia,  1905;  M.D.  ibid.,  1908;  Head  of  the  Department  of 
liiology,  Virginia  State  Normal  School,  1908-10;  Assistant  in  Pharmacology, 
Chicago,  1913-14. 


1 


DKrARIMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  387 

Studies  on  the  Physical  Properties  of  Protojjlasm:  I,  Physical  Properties 
of  the  Protoi)lasm  of  Certain  Animal  and  Plant  Cells,  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXII  (1913),  146-64. 

Studies  on  the  Permeability  of  the  Internal  Cytoplasm  of  Animal  and 
Plant  Cells.     Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  XXXVII  (1915),  2S2-99. 

Mathilde  Koch  [1912-13],  Research  Assistant  in  Physiological  Chem- 
istry;  Psychiatric  Institute,  Ward's  Island,  N.Y. 

S.B.  Chicago,  igio;  S.M.  ibid.,  1912;  Research  Assistant  in  Physiological  Chemis- 
try, ibid.,  1912-13. 

Contributions  to  the  Chemical  Differentiation  of  the  Central  Nervous 
System: 

I.  A  Comparison  of  the  Brain  of  the  Albino  Rat  at  Birth  with 
That  of  the  Fetal  Pig,  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  XIV 
(1913),  267-79. 

II.  A  Comparison  of  Two  Methods  of  Preserving  Nerve-Tissue  for 
Subsequent  Chemical  Examination  (with  Waldemar  Koch), 
ibid.,  281-82. 

III.  The  Chemical  Differentiation  of  the  Brain  of  the  Albino  Rat 
during  Growth  (with  Waldemar  Koch),  ibid.,  XV  (1913), 
423-4S. 

Hugh    McGuigan    [1904-6],    Assistant    in    Physiological    Chemistry; 

Professor  of  Pharmacology,  Northwestern  University. 

S.B.  North  Dakota  Agricultural  College,  1898;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1906;  Instructor 
in  Chemistry,  Xorth  Dakota  .Agricultural  College,  1898-1903;  .Assistant  Professor, 
ibid.,  1903-4;  .Assistant  in  Physiological  Chemistry,  Chicago,  1904-6. 

The  Relation  between  the  Decomposition  Tension  of  Salts  and  Their 
.Antifermentative  Properties,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  X 
(1904),  444-51- 

The  Influence  of  Saccharin  on  the  Digestive  Enzymes  (with  S.  A. 
Matthews),  7()Mr»{j/  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XLV(i905), 
844-47. 

The  Mechanism  of  Experimental  Glycosuria  (with  Clyde  Brooks),  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Physiology,  XVIII  (1907),  256-66. 

Note  on  the  Composition  of  Limulus  Blood  Ash,  Science,  XXV  (1907), 
68-69. 


388  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Oxidation  of  the  Various  Sugars  and  the  Oxidizing  Power  of  Differ- 
ent Tissues  and  Solutions.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XIX  (1907),  175-222. 

Edwin  M.  Miller  [1910],  Assistant  in  Experimental  Therapeutics; 
Rush  Medical  College. 

A.B.  Illinois,  1910;    M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  I913;    Assistant  in  Experi- 
mental Therapeutics,  Chicago,  1910. 

The  Effect  on  Blood  Pressure  of  Organ  Extracts,  Journal  of  Physiology, 
XLIII  (191 1),  242-46. 

A  Study  of  the  Effect  of  Changes  in  the  Circulation  of  the  Liver  in 
Nitrogen  Metabohsm,  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  XV  (1913), 
87-104. 

Eva  Ormenta  Schley  [1914-],  Assistant  in  Physiology. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1908;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1914. 

Chemical  and  Physical  Changes  in  Geotropic  Stimulation  and  Re- 
sponse: I,  Preliminary  Article,  Botanical  Gazette,  LVI  (1913),  480-89; 
II,  Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.    In  Press. 

LeRoy  Hendrick  Sloan  [1914],  Assistant  in  Physiology. 

Origin  of  the  Proteolytic  Ferment  of  the  Blood:  the  Question  of  the 
Specific  Character  of  Certain  Ferments,  American  Journal  of  Physi- 
ology, XXXIX  (1915),  9-19. 

Ole  Olafson  Stoland  [1911-13],  Assistant  in  Physiology;  Professor  of 

Physiology,  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

A.B.  South  Dakota,  1905;  S.M.Chicago,  1911;  I'h.D.  ibid.,  1913;  Assistant  in 
Physiology,  ibid.,  1911-13. 

The  Abortive  Spike  oi  Botrychium,  Botanical  Gazette,  LIV  (1912),  525-31. 

The  Relative  Toxicity  of  Dogs'  Normal  and  Hypertrophied  Thyroids  to 
Animals  Susceptible  to  Thyroid  Feeding,  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XXX  (1912),  37-41. 

The  Effect  of  Pituitary  Extract  upon  Renal  Activity,  ibid.,  XXXII 
(1913),  405-16. 

The  Influence  of  Parathyroid  Tetany  on  the  Liver  and  the  Pancreas. 
Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXIII  (1914), 
283-99. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY  389 

Stella  Burniiam  Vincent  [1914],  Assistant  in  Physiology;  Instructor 
in  Psychology,  Chicago  Teachers  College.  See  utuler  Department 
of  Psychology,  p.  21. 

Mary  Louise  Foster,  Ph.D.  1914;  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry, 
Smith  College. 

Studies  on  a  Method  for  the  Quantitative  Estimation  of  Certain  Groups 
in  Phospholipins.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry, 
XX  (1915),  403-13- 

Walter  Lee  Gaines,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Crete,  111. 

A  Contribution  to  the  Physiology  of  Lactation.  Doctor's  thesis. 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXVIII  (1915),  285-312. 

Clara  Jacobson,  Ph.D.,  1916;   Physician,  Chicago. 

The  Ammonia-destroying  Power  of  the  Liver  in  Parathyroid  Tetany 
(with  A.  J.  Carlson),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXV  (1910), 
403-18. 

The  Concentration  of  Ammonia  in  the  Blood,  ibid.,  XXVT  (1910), 
407-12. 

The  Rate  of  Healing  of  Wounds  in  Denervated  Skin  Areas,  ibid.,  41^-20. 

Further  Studies  on  the  Nature  of  Parathyroid  Tetany  (with  A.  J.  Carl- 
son), ibid.,  XXVIII  (1911),  133-60. 

The  Rate  of  Disappearance  of  Ammonia  from  the  Blood,  Journal  of 
Biological  Chemistry,  XVIII  (1914),  133-37. 

Franklin  Chambers  McLean,  Ph.D.  1915;  Professor  of  Medicine  and 
Executive  Head,  Peking  Union  Medical  College,  Peking,  China. 

Relation  of  Oxygen  Supply  to  the  Character  of  Saliva  (with  -\.  J.  Carl- 
son), American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XX  (1907-S),  457-69. 

The  Relation  of  the  Phosphatids  to  Overton  and  Meyer's  Theory  (with 
W.  Koch),  Journal  of  Pharmacology  and  E.xperimcntal  Therapeutics, 
II  (1910),  249-52. 

The  Numerical  Laws  Governing  the  Rate  of  Excretion  of  Urea  and 
Chlorides  in  Man.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Experimental  Medi- 
cine, XXII  (191 5),  212-388. 


3  go  PUBLICATIONS 

Walter  Joseph  Meek,  Ph.D.  1909;  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology, 
University  of  Wisconsin. 

The  Influence  of  Osmotic  Pressure  on  the  Irritability  of  Skeletal  Muscle, 
American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XVII  (1906),  8-14. 

The  Mechanism  of  the  Embryonic  Heart  Rhythm  (with  A.  J.  Carlson), 
ibid.,  XXI  (1908),  i-io. 

The  Resistance  of  the  Heart  Ganglia,  the  Heart  Nerves,  and  the  Heart 
Muscle  to  Drugs,  ibid.,  230-35. 

The  Regeneration  of  Nerve  and  Muscle  in  the  Small  Intestine. 
Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.,  XXV  (1910),  367-84. 

Maud  Leonora  Menten,  Ph.D.  19 16;  The  Magee  Hospital,  Pitts- 
burgh, Pa. 

The  Alkalinity  of  the  Blood  in  Malignancy  and  Other  Pathological 
Conditions;  Together  with  Observations  on  the  Relation  of  the 
Alkalinity  of  the  Blood  to  Barometric  Pressure.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Cancer  Research,  II  (19 17),  179-211. 

Russell  Burton  Opitz,  Ph.D.  1905;  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology, 

Columbia  University. 

The  Periodic  and  Irregular  Variations  in  the  Venous  Blood-Flow. 
Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  VII  (1902),  435- 
59+161-85. 

Wales  Harrison  Packard,  Ph.D.  1908;  Professor  of  Biology,  Bradley 
Polytechnic  Institute,  Peoria,  111. 

Resistance  to  Lack  of  Oxygen  in  Animals.  Doctor's  thesis.  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XV  (1905),  30-41;  XVIII  (1907),  164-S0; 
and  XXI  (1908),  310-33. 

Arthur  Lawrie  Tatum,  Ph.D.  19 13;  Professor  of  Physiology,  Univer- 
sity of  South  Dakota. 

Morphological  Studies  in  Experimental  Cretinism.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  XVII  (1913),  636-52. 


Di:rARTMEXT  OF  I'lIVSIOLOGV  391 

Walter  W.  Hamburger,  S.M.  1904;  Physician,  Chicago. 

The  Action  of  Intravenous  Injection  of  Adrenalin,  Peptone,  and  Various 
Tissue  Extracts  on  the  Blood  Pressure.  Master's  thesis.  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XI  (1904),  282-302. 

R.  W.  Keeton,  S.M.  1916;  Instructor  in  Pharmacology,  Xorthwestern 
University. 

The  Secretion  of  Gastric  Juice  during  Tetany,  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  WKlll  (1914),  25-49. 

The  Distribution  of   Gastrin  in   the  Body   (with   F.  C.  Koch),  ibid., 

XXXVII  (1915),  4S1-504. 
The  Stimulation  of  the  Hypophysis  in  Dogs  (with  F.  C.  Becht),  ibid., 

XXXIX  (1915,  109-22). 

G.  H.  Caldwell,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Influence  of  Intravenous  Injections  of  Thyroid  Pressure  Liquid, 
ibid.,  XXX  (1912),  42-47. 

John  Deason  and  L.  G.  Robb,  Graduate  Students. 

The  Pathways  for  the  Bulbar  Respiratory  Impulses  in  the  Spinal  Cord, 
ibid.,  XXVIII  (191 1),  57-63. 

C.  A.  FjELDSTAD,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Effect  of  Thyroidectomy  on  Active  Immunity,  ibid.,  XX\T  (1910), 
72-78. 

H.  E.  French,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Comparative  Toxicity  of  .\nimal  Tissues,  ibid.,  XXX  (191 2),  56-62. 

Carl  L.  von  Hess,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Relation  of  the  Pancreas  to  the  Lipases  of  Blood  and  Lymph, 
Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  X  (191 1),  381-98. 

Clarence  J.  Hicks  and  John  VV.  Visher,  Graduate  Students. 

The  Mechanism  of  Regurgitation  of  Duodenal  Contents  into  the 
Stomach,  .American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXIX  (1915),  1-8. 

J.VMES  E.  LEBENSOtrN,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Chlorides  in  Diabetes,  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  XXI 1 1 
(1915).  513-20. 


392  PUBLICATIONS 

Has  Secretion  a  Therapeutic  Value  ?  (with  A.  J.  Carlson,  and  S.  J. 
Pearlman),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LXVI 
(1916),  178-85. 

Louis  D.  Moorhead,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Action  of  Bitter  Tonics  on  the  Secretion  of  Gastric  Juice,  Journal 
of  Pharmacology  and  Experimental  Therapeutics,  VII  (1915),  577-89. 

H.  J.  Mustard,  Graduate  Student. 

Certain  Tonic  and  Reflex  Nervous  Impulses  as  Factors  in  Parathyroid 
Tetany,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXIX  (1912),  311-16. 

W.  H.  Olds,  Jr.,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Influence  of  Thyroidectomy  on  the  Resistance  to  Poisons,  ibid.^ 

XXVI  (1910),  354-60. 

H.  Otten  and  T.  C.  Galloway,  Graduate  Students. 
The  Relation  of  the  Pancreas  to  the  Blood  Diastases,  ibid.,  XXVI  (1910), 
347-53- 

Thomas  L.  Patterson,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Cause  of  the  Variations  of  Hunger  with  Age,  ibid.,  XXXVII 
(1915),  316-29. 

Isidore  Rabens  and  Jacob  Lifschitz,  Graduate  Students. 
On  the  Secretory  Innervation  of  the  Hypophysis,  ibid.,  XXXVI  (1914), 
47-56. 

J.  G.  Ryan,  Graduate  Student. 

Diastase  in  Cat's  Saliva  (with  A.  J.  Carlson),  ibid.,  XXII  (1908),  1-15. 

The  Variations  in  the  Enzyme  Concentration  with  the  Variation  in  the 
Blood-Flow  to  the  Secreting  Gland,  ibid.,  XXIV  (1909),  234-43. 

E.  L.  Scott,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Influence  of  Pancreas  Extracts  on  Diabetes,  ibid.,  XXIX  (1912), 
306-11. 

Elizabeth  W.  Towi^e,  Graduate  Student. 

A  Study  of  the  Effects  of  Certain  Stimuli,  Single  and  Combined,  upon 
Paramoecium,  ibid.,  XII  (1904-5),  220-36. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BOTANY  393 

J.  Van  de  Erve,  Graduate  Student. 

The  R61e  of  the  Kidneys  in  the  Regulation  of  the  Serum  Diastase, 
ibid.,  XXIX  (191 1),  182-87. 

The  Action  of  Bitters  on  the  Hunger  Mechanism  (with  A.  J.  Carlson, 
J.  H.  Lewis,  and  J.  S.  Orr),  Journal  of  Pharmacology  and  Experi- 
mental Therapeutics,  VI  (1914),  209-20. 

Clyde  F.  Watts,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Iodine  Content  of  the  Thyroid  Gland  following  Changes  in  the 
Bloo<l-Flow  through  the  Gland,  American  Journal  oj  Physiology, 
XXXVIII  (1915),  356-68. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  BOTANY 

John  Merle  Coulter  [1896-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of 
Botany. 

A.B.  Hanover,  1870;  Ph.D.  Indiana,  1881;  LL.D.  Illinois  College,  1913;  Pro- 
fessor of  National  Sciences,  Hanover,  1 874-79;  Professor  of  Biolop>-,  Wabash, 
1879-91;  President  and  Professor  of  Botany,  Indiana,  1891-93;  President,  Lake 
Forest,  1893-96;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Botany,  Chicago, 
I 896-. 

Vice-President,  American  .Association  for  the  .\dvancement  of  Science,  1891; 
President,  .American  Botanical  Society,  1897-98;  Member,  National  .\caderay 
of  Sciences;  .Associate  Fellow,  .American  .Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences;  Presi- 
dent, Illinois  .Academy  of  Sciences,  1910;  Corresjxjnding  Fellow,  Botanical 
Society  of  Edinburgh;  Foreign  Member,  Linnaean  Society;  President,  Chicago 
Academy  of  Sciences,  1915;  President,  .American  Botanical  Society,  1915; 
Chairman,  Committee  on  Botany,  National  Research  Council,  1916-. 

Editor,  Botanical  Gazette,  from  its  foundation  (1875)  to  the  present; 
Botanical  Editor,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy,  1915-; 
Botanical  Editor,  Xew  International  Encyclopedia,  1913-;  Joint 
Editor  of  volume  Heredity  and  Eugenics  (8vo,  vii+315.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  191 2);  Member  of  the  Editorial  Committee  of  the 
"University  of  Chicago  Science  Series,"  1914-. 

Morphology  of  Angiosperms  (with  C.  J.  Chamberlain),     Svo,  x+348. 
New  York:   D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1903. 

Plant  Stiuiies.     Svo,  i.\-|-392.     Xew  York:   D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1904. 

Plant  Structures  {2d  ed.,  rev.).     Svo,  ix-|-34S.     Xew  York:  D.  .Vppleton 
&  Co.,  1904. 


394  PUBLICATIONS 

Plant  Relations  (T,ded.,Ye\.).  8vo,  ix+266.  New  York :  D.Appleton& 
Co.,  1905. 

A  Textbook  of  Botany.  i6mo,  vii+365.  New  York:  D.  Appleton  & 
Co.,  igo6. 

New  Manual  of  Rocky  Mountain  Botany.  8vo,  646.  New  York: 
American  Book  Co.,  1909. 

A  Textbook  of  Botany.  8vo,  vii+484.  New  York:  American  Book 
Co.,  1910. 

Morphology  of  Gymnosperms  (with  C.  J.  Chamberlain).  8vo,  xi-l-458. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  1910. 

Plants  in  General.     8vo,  300.    New  York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1913. 

Plants  in  Cultivation.    8vo,  200.    New  York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1913. 

Fundamentals  of  Plant-Breeding.  8vo,  xiv-l-347.  New  York:  D. 
Appleton  &  Co.,  1914. 

The  Evolution  of  Sex  in  Plants.  8vo,  ix 4-140.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1914. 

Evolution,  Heredity,  and  Eugenics.  "School  Science  Series,"  No.  5. 
i6mo,  iv+133.    Bloomington,  111.,  1916. 

The  Embryogeny  of  Zamia  (with  C.  J.  Ch^ivahQilsiin),  Botanical  Gazette, 
XXXV  (1903),  184-94,  plates  VI-VIII. 

Regeneration  in  Zamia,  ibid.,  XXXVIII  (1904),  452-58. 

Botany  as  a  Factor  in  Education,  Sdiool  Review,  XII  (1904),  609-17. 

The  Contribution  of  Germany  to  Higher  Education,  University  Record, 
VIII  (1904),  348-52. 

Development  of  Morphological  Conceptions,  Science,  XX  (1904),  617-24. 

The  Influence  of  a  Teacher's  Research  Work  upon  His  Teaching  of 
Biology  in  Secondary  Schools,  Science  and  Mathematics,  V  (1905), 
94-103. 

Gametophytes  and  Embryo  of  Torreya  (with  W.  J.  G.  Land),  Botanical 
Gazette,  XXXIX  (1905),  161-78. 

Principles  of  Nature  Study,  Nature-Study  Review,  I  (1905),  57-60. 

Public  Interest  in  Research,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXVII  (1905), 
306-12. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  liOTANV  395 

Charles  Darwin,  Chautauqiian,  XLV  (1906),  66-74. 

The  Scientific  Spirit,  Educational  Bi-Monthly,  I  (1907),  293-99. 

Relation  of  Megaspores  to  Embryo  Sacs  in  An^iosperms,  Botanical 
Gazette,  XLV  (1908),  361-66. 

Embryo  Sac  and  Embryo  of  Gnetum  Gnenom,  ibid.,  XLVI  (190S),  43-49. 

Some  Problems  in  Education,  Xormal  Education,  XXIII  (1908),  1-16. 

Recent  Advances  in  the  Study  of  Vascular  Anatomy,  American  Xatu- 
ralist,  XLIII  (1909),  219-30. 

What  the  University  Expects  of  the  High  School,  School  Review,  \.\'\.i 
(1909),  73-84. 

The  Theory  of  Natural  Selection  from  the  Standpoint  of  Botany.  Con- 
tribution (pp.  57-72)  to  memorial  volume,  Fifty  Years  of  Dam'inism 
(Xew  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1909). 

Evolutionary  Tendencies  among  Gymnosperms,  Botanical  Gazette, 
XLVIII  (1909),  Si-97. 

North  American  Umbelliferae,  United  States  National  Herbarium,  XXI 

(1909),  441-51- 
Charles  Reid  Barnes,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLIX  (1910),  321-24. 
Charles  Reid  Barnes,  University  of  Chicago  Magazine,  II  (1910),  14S-49. 
Practical  Science,  Science,  XXXI  (19 10),  881-89. 
Melchior  Treub,  Botanical  Gazette,  LI  (191 1),  141-42. 
.\n  American  Lc pidostrobus  (with  \V.  J.  G.  Land),  ibid.,  449-53. 
The  Endosj)crm  of  Angiosperms,  ibid.,  LIT  (191 1),  3S0-85. 

History  of  Gymnosperms,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXXX  (191 2), 
197-203. 

Problems  of  Plant  Breeding,  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Academy  of 
Science,  IV  (1912),  28-39. 

Recent  Developments  in  Heredity  and  Evolution:  General  Introduction. 
Chap,  i  (pp.  3-21)  in  volume  Heredity  and  Eugenics  (Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  191 2). 

The  PhysiLal  Basis  of  Heredity  and  Evolution  from  the  Cytological 
Standpoint.     Chap,  ii  ([)p.  22-35),  *^'^- 

Morphology  ami  Paleobotany,  American  Year  Book  (1912),  671-73. 


396  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Religion  of  a  Scientist,  Biblical  World,  XLI  (1913),  80-85. 

What  Biology  Has  Contributed  to  ReHgion.    Ibid. ,  2 1 9-23 . 

Increasing  Plant  Population,  Breeder's  Gazette,  LXIV  (1913),  823-24. 

The  Origin  of  Monocotyledony :  I  (with  W.  J.  G.  Land),  Botanical 
Gazette,  LVII  (1914),  509-19;  II,  Anniversary  Volume,  Missouri 
Botanical  Garden,  II  (1915),  175-S3. 

Regeneration  in  Plants,  Biblical  World,  XLIII  (1914),  377-81. 

Jesus'  Attitude  toward  a  New  Religious  Movement,  Homiletic  Review, 

LXVII  (1914),  175-77. 
Jesus'  Attitude  toward  the  Organized  Church,  ibid.,  360-62. 

Botanical  articles  in  the  New  International  Encyclopedia  (Dodd,  Mead 
&  Co.,  1914). 

The  Mission  of  Science  in  Education,  School  Review,  XXIII  (191 5),  1-8. 

Charles  E.  Bessey,  Science,  XLI  (1915),  599-600. 

The  Attitude  of  Jesus  toward  Religion,  Homiletic  Review,  LXX  (1915), 
183-85. 

A  Suggested  Explanation  of  "Orthrogenesis"  in  Plants,  Science,  XLII 
(1915),  859-63. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXIV,  67-6S;  XXXV,  60-61; 
XXXVII,  313-14,  393,  471-72;  XXXVIII,  149-50,  220,  463-64; 
XXXIX,  301;  XL,  74,  312;  XLII,  222,  393-94,  494-96;  XLIII,  138-39, 
420-23;  XLIV,  147-51,  310-11;  XLV,  417-18;  XL VI,  56-58,  148-50, 
231-32,  308;  XLVIII,  308-9;  XLIX,  60-61,  225-26;  L,  470;  LI, 
68-69,  395;  LII,  158-59;  LIII,  71-72,  253-54,  256-57;  LIV,  329; 
LVI,  231,343;  LVII,  332;  LVIII,  187-88;  LIX,334;  LX,  495-96. 

fCHARLES  Reid  Barnes  [1898-1910],  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology. 

A.B.  Hanover,  1877;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1886;  Professor  of  Natural  History,  Purdue, 
1882-85;  Professor  of  Botany  and  Geology,  ibid.,  1885-87;  Professor  of  Botany, 
Wisconsin,  1887-98;  Professor  of  Plant  Physiolog>',  Chicago,  1898-1910; 
Examiner  for  the  Colleges,  ibid.,  1904-10. 

General  Secretary,  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  1895- 
96;  Vice-President,  i6/(i.,  1899;  Secretary,  Botanical  Society  of  America,  1894-98; 
President,  ibid.,  1903-4. 

Joint  Editor,  Botanical  Gazette,  1883-1910. 
The  Theory  of  Respiration,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXIX  (1905),  81-98. 

tDeccased. 


DEPARTMKxXT  OF  BOTANY  397 

The  Vienna  Botanical  Congress,  ibid.,  XL  (1905),  68-73. 

The  Contribution  of  Science  to  Religious  Education,  Biblical  World, 
XXVII  (1906),  313-18. 

Illustrating  Botanical  Papers,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLIII  (1907),  59-63. 
Bryological  Papers  (with  W.  J.  G.  Land): 

I.  Origin  of  Air-Chambers,  ibid.,  XLIV  (1907),  197-213,  22  figs. 
II.  The  Origin  of  the  Cupule  of  Marchantia,  ibid.,  XL\T  '^1908), 
401-9,  14  figs. 

The  Nature  of  Physiological  Response,  American  Naturalist,  XLIV 
(1910),  321-32. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXV,  438-39;  XXXVI,  143-45, 
231-32;  XXXVII,  150,  390-91;  XXXVlil,  73,  386-87,  468-70; 
XXXIX,  153-54,  223-24;  XL,  230-31,  459-64;  XLI,  300,  448-49; 
XLII,  61-62,  148-50,  311,  395-97,  493-94;  XLIII,  68-69,  140,  215-17, 
345-47,420-21;  XLIV,  228-31,307-10,384,386,457-58;  XLV,  137-38, 
200-202,  272-74,  341-43;  XLVI,  58-60,  62-63,  305-6,  387-88;  XLVII, 
242-43,  414-18;   American  Journal  of  Theology,  XI,  356-58. 

Otis  William  Caldwell  [1907-16],  Professor  of  Botany  and  Supervisor 
of  Natural  Science  in  the  School  of  Education;  Professor  of  Edu- 
cation and  Director  of  the  Lincoln  School,  Teachers  College,  Colum- 
bia University.     See  under  College  of  Education,  p.  47S. 

Charles  Joseph  Chamberlain  [1897-],  Professor  of  Morpholog>'  and 

Cytology. 

A.B.  Oberlin,  1888;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1897;  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany,  ibid., 
1907-11;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1911-15;   Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

Editor  of  "Current  Botanical  Literature"  in  Journal  of  Applied 
Microscopy,  1899-1903;  American  Editor  of  the  department  of 
Cytology,  Botanisches  Ccntralblatt,  1902-;  Editor  of  the  department 
of  Botany,  United  Editor's  Encyclopedia,  1909;  of  Cytology,  the 
Encyclopedia  Americana,  1904. 

Morphology  of  Angiosperms  (with  John  M.  Coulter).  Svo,  x4-348. 
New  York:  D.  Apple  ton  &  Co.,  1903. 

Methods  in  Plant  Histology.  2d  ed.,  1905;  3d  ed.,  1915.  Svo,  .\i+3i4. 
Chicago:   University  Press. 

Morphology  of  Gymnosperms  (with  John  M.  Coulter).  Svo,  .\i  +  458. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1910. 


398  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Embryogeny  of  Zamia  (with  John  M.  Coulter),  Botanical  Gazette, 
XXXV  (1903),  184-94,  plates  VI-VIII. 

Mitosis  in  Pellia,  ibid.,  XXXVI  (1903),  28-51,  plates  XII-XIV. 

Alternation  of  Generations  in  Animals  from  a  Botanical  Viewpoint, 
ibid.,  XXXIX  (1905),  137-44. 

Alternation  of  Generation  in  Animals.     A  Reply  to  Criticism  and  Also 
a  Further  Presentation  of  the  Subject,  Science,  XXII  (1905),  208-11. 

Megaspore  or  Macrospore,  ibid.,  XXIII  (1906),  819. 

The  Ovule  and  Female  Gametophyte  of  Dioon,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLII 
(1906),  321-58. 

Preliminary  Note  on  Ceratozamia,  ibid.,  XLIII  (1907),  137. 

Monte  Alban  and  Mitla  as  the  Tourist  Sees  Them,  Popular  Science 
Monthly,  LXXIII  (1908),  392-402. 

Spermatogenesis  in  Dioon  edule,  Botanical  Gazette,  XL VII  (1909),  215-36. 

Dioon  spinulosum,  ibid.,  XLIX  (1909),  401-13. 

Nuclear  Phenomena  of  Sexual  Reproduction  in  Gymnosperms,  Ameri- 
can Naturalist,  XLIV  (1910),  595-603. 

Fertilization  and  Embryogeny  in  Dioon  edule,  Botanical  Gazette,  L  (1910), 

415-29- 
A  Convenient  Microtome  Knife,  ibid.,  LI  (191 1),  298-300. 
The  Adult  Cycad  Trunk,  ibid.,  LII  (191 1),  81-104. 
Morphology  of  Ceratozamia,  ibid.,  LIII  (1912),  1-19. 
Eduard  Strasburger,  ibid.,  LIV  (1912),  68-72. 

A  Round-the-World  Botanical  Excursion,  Popular  Science  Monthly, 

LXXXI  (1912),  417-33- 
Two  Species  of  Bowenia,  Botanical  Gazette,  LIV  (1912),  419-23. 

Macrozamia  Moorei,  a  Connecting  Link  between  Living  and   Fossil 
Cycads,  ibid.,  LV  (1913),  141-54. 

The  Oriental  Cycads  in  the  Field,  Science,  XXXVIII  (19 13),  164-67. 

A  Phylogenetic  Study  of  Cycads,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences,  I  (1915),  86-90. 

Slangeria  paradoxa,  Botanical  Gazette,  LXI  (19 16),  353-72. 


DKPARl.MKXT  OF  HO  TAN  Y  399 

Revif.w  of:  StraslnirjTfr,  Uchcr  die  Tnclividualitiit  der  Chromosomen 
und  die  Pfr()i)fhyhridenfra^c',  Jahrbiichcr  fiir  wisscnschaflliche  liotauik, 
XLIV,  482-555;  and  many  other  reviews  in  the  Bolanical  Cazctle, 
Botanisches  Ccntralblatt,  and  Journal  of  Applied  Microscopy. 

Henry  Chandler  Cowles  [1898-],  Professor  of  Plant  Ecology. 

A.B.  Obcrlin,  18Q3;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1898;  Professor  of  Natural  Sciences,  Gates 
CoUcKC,  iSq4-q5;  Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Kcology,  Chicago,  1907-11; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1911-15;    Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

President,  .Association  of  .\mcrican  Geographers,  1910;  Vice-President,  American 
Association  for  the  .Xdvancement  of  Science,  19 13. 

A  Textbook  of  Botany.  \o\.  II.  Ecology.  8vo,  x-l-480.  New  York: 
American  Book  Co.,  IQ12. 

The  International  Phytogeogra pJrical  Excursion  in  the  United  States:  A 
Handbook.     60.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1913. 

A  Spring  Flora  for  High  Schools  (with  J.  G.  Coulter),  144.     Xcw  \''ork: 

American  Book  Co.,  19 15. 
Recent  Studies  upon  Regeneration,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXIV  (1902), 

464-66. 

Recent  Contributions  to  American  Phytogeography,  ibid.,  XXXY  (1903), 
147-49. 

The  Desert  Botanical  Laboratory,  ibid.,  XXXVII  (1904),  307-9. 

The  Work  of  the  Year  1903  in  Ecology,  Science,  XIX  (1904),  879-85, 

A  Remarkable  Colony  of  Northern  Plants  along  the  Apoladinola  River, 
Florida,  and  Its  Significance,  Report  of  the  Eighth  International 
Geographical  Congress  (1904),  599. 

Importance  of  the  Physiographic  Standpoint  in  Plant  Geogra])hy, 
ibid.,  600. 

Insects  and  Flower  Colors,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXIX  (1905),  68-70. 

An  Ecological  Aspect  of  the  Conception  of  Species,  American  Xatiiralist, 
XLII  (1908),  265-71. 

The  Response  of  Plants  to  Soil  and  Climate,  Salisbury's  Physiography 
for  Uigh  Schools  (1908),  462-73, 

The  Trend  of  Ecological  Philosophy,  Atnerican  Naturalist,  XLIII  (1909), 
356-68. 

The  Fundamental  Causes  of  Succession  among  Plant  .\ssociations, 
Report  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science 
(1909),  668-70. 


400  PUBLICATIONS 

Charles  Reid  Barnes,  Science,  XXXI  (1910),  532-33. 

A  Fifteen- Year  Study  of  Advancing  Sand  Dunes,  Report  of  the  British 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  (191 1),  565. 

Causes  of  Vegetative  Cycles,  Botanical  Gazette,  LI  (191 1),  161-83. 

Impressions  of  the  International  Phytogeographical  Excursion  in  the 
British  Isles,  New  Phytologist,  XI  (191 2),  25-26. 

The  International  Phytogeographical  Excursion  in  the  British  Isles, 
Plant  World,  XV  (191 2),  46-48. 

Conservation  of  Our  Forests,  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Academy 
of  Science,  V  (1912),  48-53. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXIV,  309-10;  XXXV,  293-94; 
XXXVI,  394-95;  XXXVII,  392-93;  XXXVIII,  146-48;  XL,  148-49, 
381-82;  XLIV,  456-58;  XLV,  55,  56,  279-80;  XLVII,  73-75;  XLVIII, 
149-53,307-8;  XLEX,  305-7,382-83;  L,  312;  LI,  65-67,  395. 

William  Crocker  [igo6-],  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology. 

A. B.  Illinois,  1902;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1906;  Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology, 
ibid.,  1911-15;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

Collaborator  and  Plant  Physiologist,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture. 

Role  of  Seed  Coats  in  Delayed  Germination.     Doctor's  thesis.    Botan' 
ical  Gazette,  XLII  (1906),  265-91. 

Germination  of  Seeds  of  Water  Plants,  ibid.,  XLIV  (1907),  375-80. 

Effect  of  Illuminating  Gas  and  Ethylene  upon  Flowering  Carnations 
(with  L.  I.  Knight),  ibid.,  XLVI  (1908),  259-76. 

Effect  of  Illuminating  Gas  and  Its  Constituents  upon  Flowering  Carna- 
tions (with  L.  I.  Knight),  Plant  World,  XII  (1909),  83-88. 

Longevity  of  Seeds,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLVII  (1909),  69-72. 

A  New  Method  of  Detecting  Traces  of  Illuminating  Gas  (with  L.  I. 
Knight  and  R.  C.  Rose),  Science,  XXXI  (1910),  635-36. 

The  Peg  of  the  Cucurbitaceae  (with  L.  I.  Knight  and  Edith  Roberts), 
Botanical  Gazette,  L  (1910),  321-39. 

Toxicity  of  Smoke  (with  L.  I.  Knight),  ibid.,  LV  (1913),  337-71. 

The  Effects  of  Advancing  Civilization  upon  Plants,  School  Science  and 
Mathematics,  XIII  (1913),  277-89. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HOTAXV  401 

Delayed  Germination  in  the  Seed  of  Alisma  Plantago  (with  W'ilnicr  E. 
Davis),  Botanical  Gazette,  LVIII  (1914),  285-321. 

A  Method  of  Prophesying  the  Life  Duration  of  Seeds  (with  J.  F.  Groves), 
Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  I  (1915),  152-55. 

Significance    of   Colloidal    Chemistry   in    Physiology,    Transactions   of 
the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  VIII  (1915),  47-68. 

Mechanics  of  Dormancy  in  Seeds,  American  Journal  of  Botany,   III 
(1916),  99-120. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  XLll,  jo~y 2;  XLIII,  290;  XLVII, 
82,   164,   170,   249,   252,   339-44,  482;   XLIX,  230-31,  238,  239,  319, 

390,  393,  395,  397,  399,  465,  469,  472,  474;  L,  73,  75,  77,  78,  I54,  i55, 
159,  230,  233,  234,  237,  238,  240,  312-13,  315,  317,  320,  321,  398;  LI, 
70,  76,  77,  79,  156,  158,  239,  304,  310,  314, 315, 318-20, 393-94, 400, 469, 
470,  474,  478-80;  LII,  66-67,  241,  243,  245,  247,  320,  322,  328,  343-44; 
LHI,  74-75,  83,  86,  88,  361,  362,  363,  364,  452;  LIV,  171,  263,  435,  543; 
LV,  167-68,  233,  237,  253-54;  LVI,  86,  155-57,  164,  231-32,  244,  341, 
343;  LVII,  334,  437,  543-44;  LVIII,  91;  LIX,  57,  59,  62,  67;  LX, 
74,  325,  32^30,  421,  423,  502;  LXI,  345-46,  347-48,  349-52;  LXII, 
82-83,  86-87,  164-65,  165-66,  168,  242,  244-46,  248,  325-28,  334,  336, 
421-22. 

William  Jesse   Goad   Land   [1904-],   Associate   Professor   of   Plant 

Morphology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1902;    Ph.D.  ibid.,  1904;    Instructor  in  Botany,  ibid.,  1908-11; 
Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1911-15;   Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

A  Morphological  Study  of  Thuja.     Doctor's  thesis.     Botanical  Gazette, 
XXXVI  (1902),  249-59. 

Spermatogenesis  and  Oogenesis  in  Ephedra  trifurca,  ibid.,  XXXMII 
(1904),  1-18. 

Gametophytes  and  Embryo  of   Torreya   (with  J.   M.  Coulter),  ibid., 
XXXIX  (1905),  161-78. 

Bryological  Papers  (with  C.  R.  Barnes): 

I.  The  Origin  of  Air-Chambers,  ibid.,  XLI\'  (1907),  197-213,  22  figs. 

II.  The  Origin  of  tJie  Cupule  of  Marchantia,  ibid.,  XLVI  (1908), 
401-9,  14  figs. 

Fertilization  and  Embryogcny  in  Ephedra  trifurca,  ibid.,  XLIV  (1907), 

273-92- 
An  American  Lcpidostrobus  (with  J.  M.  Coulter),  ibid.,  LI  (1911),  449-53. 


402  PUBLICATIONS 

An   Electrical   Constant  Temperature  Apparatus,   Botanical    Gazette, 
LII  (191 1),  391-99- 

A  Protocorm  of  Ophioglossum,  ibid,  47S-79. 

Vegetative  Reproduction  in  an  Ephedra,  ibid.,  LV  (1913),  439-45. 

The  Origin  of  Monocotyledony  (with  J.  ]\I.  Coulter),  ibid.,  LVII  (1914), 
509-19. 

A  Method  of  Controlling  the  Temperature  of  the  Paraffin  Block  and 
Microtome  Knife,  ibid.,  520-23. 

Microtechnical  Methods,  ibid.,  LIX  (1915),  397-401. 

Chloroform  as  a  Paraffin  Solvent  in  the  Imbedding  Process,  ibid.,  LXI 
(1916),  251. 

Reviews  in:  Botanisches  Centralblatt,  CI,  16^-64;  Botanical  Gazette, 
XLV,  349-50,  359;  XLVII,  487;  XLVIII,  77^;  XLIX,  393,  399;  L, 
77;  LI,  159-60,  238-39;  LIII,  356-57;  LIV,  85-86;  LVI,  244-45, 
447-4S,  518-20;  LIX,  168,  258-59,  344;  LX,  497-99>  502-3,  504; 
LXI,  347,  348,  447,  448,  451,  531. 

Bradley   Moore   Davis   [1S95-1906],   Assistant  Professor  of   Plant 

Morphology;  Professor  of  Botany,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

A.B.  Leland  Stanford  Junior,  1S92;  Ph.D.  Harvard,  1895;  Instructor  in  Botany, 
Chicago,  1898-1902;   Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Morphology,  ibid.,  1902-6. 

The  Origin  of  the  Archegonium,  Annals  of  Botany,  XVII  (1903),  477-92. 

The  Origin  of  the  Sporophyte,  American  Naturalist,  XXXVII  (1903), 
411-29. 

The  Evolution  of  Sex  in  Plants,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXII  (1903), 
300-9. 

Tilletia  in  the  Capsule  of  Bryophytes,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXVI  (1903), 
306-7. 

Oogenesis  in  Vauchcria,  ibid.,  XXX VIII  (1904),  81 -98. 

The  Relationships  of  Sexual  Organs  in  Plants,  ibid.,  241-64. 

Structure  of  the  Plant  Cell,  American  Naturalist,  XXXVIII   (1904), 

367-95- 
The  Activities  of  the  Plant  Cell,  ibid.,  431-69. 

Highly  Specialized  Plant  Cells  and  Their  Peculiarities,  ibid.,  571-94, 
725-60. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BOTANY  403 

Fertilization  in  the  Saprolegniales,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXIX  (1905), 
61-64. 

The  Sexual  Organs  and  Sporophyte  Generation  of  the  Rhodophyceae, 
ibid.,  64-66. 

Cell  Unions  and  N^uclear  Fusions  in  Plants,  American  Naturalist,  XXXIX 

(1905),  217-6S. 

Cell  Activities  at  Critical  Periods  of  Ontogeny  in  Plants,  ibid.,  449-99, 
555-99- 

Comparative  Morphology  and  Physiology  of   the   Plant   Cell,   ibid., 
695-740. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXIII,  242,  386;  XXXIV,  70,  72, 
152,  153,  156,  221,  460,  475;  XXXV,  221,  223,  229,  298,  299,  368; 
XXXVI,  68,  69,  70,  72,  7.^,  155,  307,  398;  XXXVII,  72,  74;  XXXVIII, 
313,  46.S,  468,  472;  XXXIX,  71,  301,  375,  380;  XL,  157,  158,  159,  233, 
475;  XLI,  71,  79,  146,  157,  367. 

Jesse  More  Greenman  [1908-13],  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany; 

Professor  of  Botany,  Washington  University,  St.  Louis. 

S.B.  Pennsylvania,  1S93;  S.M.  Harvard,  1899;  Ph.D.  Berlin,  1901;  Assistant 
Curator  of  Hotany,  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Chicago,  1905- 13;. Assistant 
Professor  of  Botany,  Chicago,  1908-13. 

The  Generic  Name  Goldmania,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLV  (1908),  19S. 

Notes  on  the  Genus  Senecio,  Rhodora,  X  (1908),  6S-69. 

Revision  of  the  Genus  Senecio,  Gray's  New  Manual  oj  Botany  (7th  ed.), 
1908,  852-55. 

Some  Hitherto  Undescribed  Plants  from  Oregon,  Botanical  Gazette, 
XLVIII  (1909),  146-48. 

Some  Canadian  Senecios,  Ottawa  Xaturalist,  XXX  [igii),  114-1S. 

Sir  Joseph   Dalton  Hooker   (with  portrait),  Botanical   Gazette,   LIII 
(191 2),  43S-40. 

Some  Plants  of  Western  America,  ibid.,  510-1 2. 

Rkvif.ws  of:  Gray,  N^ew  Manual  of  Botany,  7th  cd..  Botanical 
Gazelle,  XL\'1I,  15^-54;  Coulter  and  Nelson,  New  ^lanual  of  Botany 
of  the  Central  Rocky  Mountains,  ibid.,  XLIX,  307-8.  Other  reviews 
in  Botanical  Gazette,  XLVII,  157-59,  467;  XLVIII,  156,  311-12,  394-95, 
465,  475;  XLIX,  69,  153-54,  226-27,  3^5-i>6,  464;  L,  231,  470-72;  LI, 
72,  305-^  394-95- 


404  PUBLICATIONS 

Lee  Irving  Knight  [1910-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany. 

A.B.  Illinois,  1902;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1913;   Assistant  in  Botany,  ibid.,igio-i^; 
Instructor,  ibid.,  1913-16;   Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Associate  in  Horticulture,  West  Virginia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  1914-- 

Effect  of  Illuminating  Gas  and  Ethylene  upon  Flowering  Carnations 
(with  Wm.  Crocker),  Botanical  Gazette,  XL VI  (1908),  259-76. 

Effect  of  Illuminating  Gas  and  Its  Constituents  upon  Flowering  Carna- 
tions (with  Wm.  Crocker),  Plant  World,  XII  (1909),  83-88. 

The  Peg  of  the  Cucurbitaceae  (with  Wm.  Crocker  and  Edith  Roberts), 
Botanical  Gazette,  L  (191  o),  321-39. 

A  New  Method  of  Detecting  Traces  of  Illuminating  Gas  (with  Wm. 
Crocker  and  R.  C.  Rose),  Science,  XXXI  (1910),  635-36. 

Toxicity  of  Smoke  (with  Wm.  Crocker),  Botanical  Gazette,  LV  (1913), 

337-71- 

Chemical  Changes  in  Buds  of  Trees  Accompanying  Cessation  of  Dor- 
mancy.   Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.    In  Press. 

Sophia  Hennion  Eckerson  [191  i-].  Instructor  in  Plant  Physiology. 

A.B.  Smith,  1905;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1911;    Assistant  in  Plant  Physiology,  ibid., 
1911-16;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

A  Physiological  and  Chemical  Study  of  After-Ripening.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Botanical  Gazette,  LV  (1913),  286-99. 

Thermotropism  of  Roots,  ibid.,  LVIII  (1914),  254-63. 

George  Damon  Fuller  [1909-],  Instructor  in  Ecology. 

A.B.  McGill,  1901;  S.M.  Chicago,  1912;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1913;  Assistant  in  Ecology, 
ibid.,  1909-13;   Instructor,  ibid.,  1913-. 

Editor,  articles  on  ecology.  New  International  Encyclopedia,  New 

York,  1915-16. 

Evaporation  and  Plant  Succession,  Botanical  Gazette,  LII  (191 1),  193-208. 

Range  of  Evaporation  and  Soil  Moisture  in  the  Oak  Forest  (with  Wade 
McNutt),  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  V 
(1912),  127-37. 

Germination  and  Growth  of  the  Cottonwood  on  the  Sand  Dunes  near 
Chicago,  ibid.,  137-43- 

Soil  Moisture  in  the  Cottonwood  Dune  Association  of  Lake  Michigan, 
Botanical  Gazette,  LIII  (1912),  512-14. 


DKl'AR'r.MEXT  OF  BO'lAXV  405 

Evaporation  and  the  Stratification  of  Vegetation,  ibid.,  LIV  (191 2), 
424-26. 

Reproduction  by  Layering  mPicea  ntariana,  ibid.,  LV  (1913),  452-57. 

The  Stratification  of  Atmospheric  Humidity  in  the  Forest  (with  J.  R. 
Locke  and  Wade  McNutt),  Proceedings  of  the  Illinois  State  Academy 
of  Science,  VI  (1913),  100-102. 

Soil  Moisture  and  Plant  Succession,  ibid.,  VII  (1914),  68-73. 

Evaporation  and  Soil  Moisture  in  Relation  to  the  Succession  of  Plant 
Associations.  Doctor's  thesis.  Botanical  Gazette,  LVIII  (1914), 
183-234. 

Comparisons  of  Some  Rocky  Mountain  Grasslands  with  the  Prairies  of 
Illinois,  Proceedings  of  the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  VIII 
(1915),  121-30. 

Thuja  occidentalis  upon  the  Sand  Dunes  of  Michigan,  //;/(/.     In  Press 

Review  of:  Shreve,  A  Montane  Rain  Forest,  Botanical  Gazette, 
LX,  237-40.  Other  reviews,  ibid.,  LV,  252-53,  328-29,  333-35;  LVI, 
79,  91;   LIX,  60,  257,  410-11. 

Clifton?   Durant   Howe   [1903-4;    1907-],   Extension    Instructor    in 

Botany;  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany  and  Forestry,  University  of 

Toronto. 

A.B.  Vermont,  1S98;  S.M.  ibid..  1901;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1904;  .\ssistant  in  Botany 
ibid.,  1903-4;  Member  of  the  Faculty,  University  of  Toronto,  1908-;  E.xtension 
Instructor  in  Botany,  Chicago,  1907-. 

Associate  Editor,  Forest  Quarterly;  Engaged  in  forest-survey  work  for 
the  Commission  of  Conservation,  Canada,  1909-. 

The  Reforestation  of  Sand  Plains  in  Vermont.  Doctor's  thesis.  Botan- 
ical Gazette,  XLIX  (1910),  126-48. 

Wanda  May  Pfeiffer  [1909-16],  Instructor  in  Plant  Patholog>% 

S.B.  Chicago,  IQ04;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1908;  .\ssistant  in  Botany,  ibid.,  1909-14; 
Instructor  in  Plant  I'athology,  ibid.,  1914-16. 

Differentiation  of  Sporocarps  in  Azolla,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLIV  (1907), 
445-54. 

The  Morphology  of  Lcitneria  floridana.  Doctor's  tliesis.  Ibid.,  LIII 
(1912),  1S9-203. 


4o6  PUBLICATIONS 

Burton  Edward  Livingston  [1902-5],  Associate  in  Botany;  Professor 

and  Director  of  the  Laboratory  of  Plant  Physiology,  Johns  Hopkins 

University. 

S.B.  Michigan,  189S;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1901;   Assistant  in  Botany, /J/V/.,  1902-4; 
Associate,  ibid.,  1904-5. 

Member,    Michigan    Geological    Survey,    1901-2;     Collaborator, 

Bureau   of   Forestry,    United   States   Department   of   Agriculture, 

1902-3;    Research  Assistant,  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington, 

1904;  Special  Soil  Expert,  United  States  Bureau  of  Soils,  1904-5. 

Studies  on  the  Properties  of  an  Unproductive  Soil  (with  J.  C.  Britton 
and  F.  R.  Reid),  8vo,  39.  United  States  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture, Bureau  of  Soils,  Bulletin  28.     Washington,  1905. 

The  Relation  of  Desert  Plants  to  Soil  Moisture  and  to  Evaporation.  Svo, 
78.     Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Pubhcation  No.  50,  1906. 

The  Soils  and  Vegetational  Possibilities  of  the  Michigan  Forestry 
Reserve,  Annual  Report  of  the  Michigan  Forestry  Commission  (1902), 
38-40. 

The  Relation  of  Soils  to  Natural  Vegetation  in  Roscommon  and  Craw- 
ford Counties,  Michigan,  Annual  Report  of  the  Michigan  Geological 
Survey  (1903),  9-30. 

Physical  Properties  of  Bog  Water,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXVII  (1904), 
383-85- 

An  Experiment  on  the  Relation  of  Soil  Physics  to  Plant  Growth,  ibid., 
XXXVIII  (1904),  67-71. 

The  Relation  of  Soils  to  Natural  Vegetation  in  Roscommon  and  Crawford 
Counties,  Michigan,  ibid.,  XXXIX  (1905),  22-41. 

Chemical  Stimulation  of  a  Green  Alga,  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical 
Club,  XXXII  (1905),  1-34. 

Notes  on  the  Physiology  of  Stigeoclonium,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXIX 
(1905),  297-300. 

Physiological  Properties  of  Bog  Water,  ibid.,  348-55. 

Relation  of  Transpiration  to  Growth  in  Wheat,  ibid.,  XL  (1905),  178-95. 

Note  on  the  Relation  between  the  Growth  of  Roots  and  of  Tops  in  Wheat, 
ibid.,  XLI  (1906),  139-43. 

A  Simple  Method  for  Experiments  with  Water  Cultures,  Plant  World, 
IX  (1906),  13-16. 

Paraffined  Wire  Pots  for  Soil  Cultures,  ibid.,  62-66. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BOTANY  407 

Florence  May  Lyon  (Mrs.  Strong  V.  Xorton)  [1903-7],  Associate 
in  Botany. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1897;    Ph.D.  ibid.,  lyoi;   Ass<jLiatc  in  Uutany,  ibid.,  1903-7. 

Two  Megasporangia  in  Sdaginella,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXVI  (1903), 
308,  fig.  r. 

The  Evolution  of  the  Sex  Organs  in  Plants,  ibid.,  XXX\'1I  (1904), 
280-93,  figs.  16. 

The  Spore  Coats  of  Selaginella,  ibid.,  XL  (1905),  2S5-95. 

Leonas  Lancelot  Burlingame  [1907-S],  Assistant  in  Botany;  Associate 

Professor  of  Botany,  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University. 

Ph.B.  Ohio  Xorthern  University,  1901;  A.B.  Chicago,  1906;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1908; 
Assistant  in  Hotany,  ibid.,  1907-8. 

The  Sporangium  of  the  Ophioglossales,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLIV  (1907), 
34-56. 

The  Staminate  Cone  and  Male  Gametophyte  of  Podocarpus.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Ibid.,  XLVI  (190S),  161-78. 

Review  of:  Campbell,  Ophioglossaceae,  ibid.,  XLV,  68. 

Reginald  Ruggles  Gates  [1908-9],  Assistant  in  Morphology;  with 
the  British  Army. 

A.B.  Mount  .\llison  University,  1903;  S.B.  McGill  University,  1906;  Ph.D. 
Chicago,  1908;  .Assistant  in  Alorphologj',  ibid.,  1908-9;  .Assistant  in  Botany, 
Marine  Biological  Laboratory,  1908-9. 

Preliminary  Note  on  Pollen  Development  in  Oenothera  lata  DeVries 
and  Its  Hybrids,  Science,  XXV  (1907),  259-60. 

Pollen  Development  in  Hybrids  of  Oenothera  lataXO.  Lamarckiana  and 
Its  Relation  to  Mutation,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLIII  (1907),  S1-115, 
plates  II-IV. 

Hybridization  and  Germ  Cells  of  Oenothera  Mutants,  ibid.,  XLIV  (1907), 
1-2 1,  3  figs. 

Further  Studies  on  the  Chromosomes  of  Oenothera,  Science.  XX\'iI 
(190'"^).  335- 

A  Study  of  Reduction  in  Oenothera  rubrinervis.  Doctor's  thesis.  Bo- 
tanical Gazette,  XLVI  (190S),  1-34,  plates  I-III. 

The  Chromosomes  of  Oenothera,  Science,  XX\'II  (190S),  193-95. 


4o8  PUBLICATIONS 

A  Preliminary  Account  of  Studies  in  the  Variability  of  a  Unit  Character 
in  OenotJiera,  Science,  XXVII  (1908),  209. 

A  Litter  of  Hybrid  Dogs,  ibid.,  XXIX  (1909),  744-47. 

The  Stature  and  Chromosomes  of  Oenothera  gigas  DeVries,  Archiv  fur 
Zellforschung,  lU  (1909),  525-52. 

Studies  of  Inheritance  in  the  Evening  Primrose,  Chicago  Medical  Recorder 
(1909),  126-31. 

Some  Variations  and  Hybrids  of  Oenothera,  Science,  XXIX  (1909),  906. 

The  Behavior  of  the  Chromosomes  in  Oenothera  lataXO.  gigas.  Botanical 
Gazette,  XL VIII  (1909),  179-99,  plates  XII-XIV. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  XLIII,  146;  XLIV,  238;  XLV, 
61-63,  68-69;  XL VII,  79-81,  82-83,  84,  154-56,  168-70,  246-47,  250, 
251-52,  273-77,  480-81,  486;  XL VIII,  61-62,  72,  477-80. 

Heinrich  Hasselbring  [1903-7],  Assistant  in  Botany;    Plant  Physi- 
ologist, United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington. 
S.B.  Cornell,  1897;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1905;  Assistant  in  Botany,  ibid.,  1903-7. 

Articles  in  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture  and  Standard  Cyclopedia 
of  Horticulture,  1906, 

The  Appressoria  of  the  Anthracnoses,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLII  (1906), 
135-42. 

Gravity  as  a  Form-Stimulus  in  Fungi,  ibid.,  XLIII  (1907),  251-58. 

The  Carbon  Assimilation  of  Penicillium.    Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.,  XLV 
(1908),  176-93. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXVI,  147-4S,  236,  313,  393; 
XXXVII,  226,  474,  481;  XXXVIII,  225,  226,  231,  391,  467,  477; 
XXXIX,  76,312-14,318,371,427;  XL,  389,  465,  468,  474;  XLI,  72,  75, 
77,  152,  156,  157,  361,  366;  XLII,  62,  63,  65,  76,  78,  153,  154,  159, 
226,  231,313,315,497. 

William  Burnett  McCallum  [1905-6],  Assistant  in  Botany. 

B.S.A.  Toronto,  1894;   Ph.D.  Chicago,  1904;  Assistant  in  Botany,  ibid.,  1905-6. 

Regeneration  in  Plants.     Doctor's  thesis.    Botanical  Gazette,  XL  (1905), 
97-120. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BOTANY  409 

Florence  Anna  McCormick  [1909-13],  Technical  Assistant  in  Botany; 
Instructor  in  Botany,  University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln. 

A. B.  Tennyson,  i8q7;  S.M.  ibid.,  igoo;  Ph. IJ.  Chicago,  1914;  Technical  Assist- 
ant in  Botany,  ibid.,  1909-13. 

A  Study  of  Symphyogyna  aspera.  Doctor's  thesis.  Botanical  Gazette, 
LVIII  (1915),  401-18. 

George  Harrison  Siiull  [1903-5],  Assistant  in  Plant  Physiology; 
Professor  of  Botany  and  Genetics,  Princeton   University. 

S.B.  .\ntioch  College,  1901;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1904;  .Assistant  in  Plant  Physiology, 
ibid.,  1903-5. 

Geographic  Distribution  of  Isoetes  saccharata,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXVI 
(1903),  187-202. 

Place-Constants  for  Aster  prenanthoides.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ibid., 
XXXVIII  (1904),  333-75- 

Statistical  Comparison  of  Onagra  {Oenothera)  Lamarckiana  with  Two 
of  Its  Mutants,  Publications  of  the  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution, 
II  (1905),  36-50. 

Galtonian  Regression  in  the  "Pure  Line,"  Torreya,  V  (1905),  21-25. 
Stages  in  the  Development  of  Sium  cicidcefoliutn,  Publications  of  the 
Station  for  Experimental  Evolution,  III  (1905),  1-28. 

Reviews  of:  DeVries,  Species  and  Varieties:  Their  Origin  by 
Mutation,  Torreya,  V,  89-93;  Davenport,  Statistical  Methods 
(2d  ed.),  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXVIII,  465-66. 

H.\RRY  Nichols  Whitford  [1903-4],  Assistant  in  Botany:    Director 

of  Forestry  Investigations,  Victoria,  British  Columbia. 

S.B.  Kansas  State  .Agricultural  College,  1S90;  S.M.  ibid.,  1900;  Ph.D.  Chicago, 
1903;   .Assistant  in  Botany,  ibid.,  1903-4. 

The  Forests  of  the  Flathead  Valley,  Montana.  Doctor's  thesis. 
.Bo/an/ca/ Gasd/e,  XXXIX  (1905),  99-122;   194-218;  276-96. 

Robert  Bradford  Wvlie  [1904-5],  Assistant  in  Botany;    Professor 

of  Morphological  Botany,  State  University  of  Iowa. 

S.B.  Upper  Iowa  University,  1S97;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1904;  .Assistant  in  Botany, 
ibid.,  1904-5. 

The  Morphology  of  Elodca  canadensis.  Doctor's  thesis.  Botanical 
Gazette,  XXX\TI  (1904),  1-22. 


4IO  PUBLICATIONS 

Shigeo  Yamanouchi  [1907-9;  1911-14],  Assistant  in  Plant  Morphol- 
ogy; Professor  of  Botany,  Tokyo  Teachers  College,  Japan. 

S.M.  Tokyo  Teachers  College,  1898;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1907;  Sc.D.  Rigakuhakushi, 
Imperial  University,  Tokyo,  191 1;  Technical  Assistant  in  Botany,  Chicago, 
1907-8;  Assistant  in  Botany,  ibid.,  1908-9;  Assistant  in  Morphology,  ibid., 
1911-14. 

The  Life-History  of  Folysiphonia,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLII  (1906),  401-49. 

Sporogenesis  in  Nephrodium,  ibid.,  XLV  (1908),  1-30. 

Spermatogenesis,  Oogenesis,   and  Fertilization  in  Nephrodium,  ibid., 

145-75- 
Apoga.my  in  Nephrodium.    Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.,  28g-T,i8. 
Mitosis  in  Fucus,  ibid.,  XL VII  (1909),  173-97. 
Cytology  of  Cutleria  and  Aglaozonia,  ibid.,  XL VIII  (1909),  380-86. 
Chromosomes  in  Osmunda,  ibid.,  XLIX  (1910),  1-12. 
The  Life  History  of  Cutleria,  ibid.,  LIV  (1912),  441-502. 
Hydrodictyon  africanum,  a  New  Species,  ibid.,  LV  (1913),  74-79. 
The  Life-History  of  Zanardinia,  ibid.,  LVI  (1913),  1-34. 

Hannah  Caroline  Aase,  Ph.D.   1914;    Instructor  in  Botany,  State 
College,  Pullman,  Wash. 

Vascular  Anatomy  of  the  Megasporophylls  of  Conifers.    Doctor's  thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  LX  (1915),  277-313. 

Charles  Orval  Appleman,  Ph.D.  19 io;  Plant  Physiologist,  Maryland 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  College  Park,  Md. 

Some  Observations  on  Catalase.     Doctor's  thesis.    Botanical  Gazette, 
L  (1910),  182-92. 

Physiological  Behavior  of  Enzymes  and  Carbohydrate  Transformations 
in  After-Ripening  of  the  Potato  Tuber,  ibid.,  LII  (191 1),  306-15. 

Review:  Ibid.,  L,  150-51. 

Winfred  McKenzie  Atwood,  Ph.D.   1913;    Associate  Professor  of 
Botany  and  Plant  Pathology,  Oregon  Agricultural  College,  Corvallis. 

A  Physiological  Study  of  the  Germination  of  Avena  fatua.    Doctor's 
thesis.    Botanical  Gazette,  LVI  I  (1914),  386-414. 


DErARTMEXT  OV  BOTANY  411 

Melvin  Amos  Brannon,  Ph.D.  1912;  President  of  Beloit  College. 

Osmotic  Pressure  in  Potatoes,  Botanical  Gazette,  LVI  (1913),  43S-3&. 

The  Salton  Sea:  The  Action  of  Salton  Sea  Water  on  Vegetable  Tissues. 
Doctor's  thesis.  Carnegie  Institution  of  IVashington,  Publication 
No.  193  (1914),  71-78. 

Fasciation,  Botanical  Gazette,  LVIII  (1914),  518-26. 

George  Smith  Bryan,  Ph.D.  1914;  Instructor  in  Botany,  University 
of  Wisconsin. 

The  Archegonium  of  Sphagnum  subsecundum.  Doctor's  thesis.  Bo- 
tanical Gazette,  LIX  (1915),  40-56. 

Joseph  Stuart  Caldwell,  A.M.  1904;  Ph.D.  1914;  Plant  Physiolo- 
gist, Washington  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Pullman,  Wash. 

The  Effects  of  Toxic  Agents  upon  the  Action  of  Bromelin,  Botanical 
Gazette,  XXXIX  (1905),  409-19. 

The  Relation  of  Environmental  Conditions  to  the  Phenomena  of  Per- 
manent W'ilting  in  Plants,  Physiological  Research,  I  (1913),  1-56. 

A  Study  of  Physiologically  Balanced  Solutions.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette.     In  Press. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  LIX,  498-502;  LX,  158-63. 

Gr-ACE  Miriam  Charles,  Ph.D.  1910;  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany, 
University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

The  Anatomy  of  the  Sporeling  of  Marattia  alata.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  LI  (1911),  81-100. 

Review:  Ibid.,  LIV,  81-83. 

MiNTiN  AsBURY  CHRYSLER,  Pii.D.  1904;  Professor  of  Biology,  University 
of  Maine,  Orono. 

Anatomical  Notes  on  Certain  Strand  Plants,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXX\'II 
(1904),  461-64. 

The  Development  of  the  Central  Cylinder  of  Aracca:  and  Liliaceae. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  XXX\III  (1904),  161-84. 

Regeneration  in  Zaniia,  ibid.,  452-58. 


412  PUBLICATIONS 

Gr.\ce  Lucretia  Clapp,  Ph.D.   191  i;    Instructor  in  Botany,  Smith 
College. 

The  Life  History  of  Aneura  Pinguis.      Doctor's   thesis.      Botanical 
Gazette,  LIV  (1912),  177-93. 

William  Skinner  Cooper,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Instructor  in  Plant  Physiology 
and  Ecology,  University  of  Minnesota. 

Reproduction  by  Layering  among  Conifers,  Botanical  Gazette,  LII  (191 1), 
369-79. 

The  Ecological  Succession  of  Mosses,  as  Illustrated  upon  Isle  Royale, 
Lake  Superior,  Plant  World,  XV  (1912),  197-213. 

A  List  of  Mosses  Collected  upon  Isle  Royale,  Lake  Superior,  Bryologist, 

XVI  (1913),  3-8- 
The  Climax  Forest  of  Isle  Royale,  Lake  Superior,  and  Its  Development. 

Doctor's  thesis.    Botanical  Gazette,  LV  (1913),  i-44>  iiS-40>  189-235. 

Review:  Ibid.,  LIV,  166-67. 

Frank  Earl  Denny,  Ph.D.  1916. 

Permeabihty  of  Certain  Plant  Membranes  to  Water.     Doctor's  Thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  LXIII  (19 17),  373-97- 

Hermann  Backer  Deutsch,  Ph.D.  1915;  Civil  Service  News,  Chicago. 

A  Study  of  Targionia  hypophylla,  Botanical  Gazette,  LIII  (191 2),  492-503. 

Light  and  Germination  of  Fern  Spores.     Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.    In 
Press. 

Sister  Helen  Angela  Dorety,  Ph.D.   1909;    Professor  of  Botany, 
St,  Elizabeth  College,  Convent  Station,  N.J. 

The  Embryo  of  Ceratozamia,  a  Physiological  Study,  Botanical  Gazette, 
XLV  (1908),  412-16. 

The  Seedling  of  Ceratozamia.     Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  XLVI  (1908), 
203-20. 

Vascular  Anatomy  of  the  Seedling  of  Microcycas  calocoma,  ibid.,  XLVII 

(i909)>  139-47- 
The  Extrafascicular  Cambium  of  Ceratozamia,  ibid.,  150-52. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BOTANY  413 

Sarah  Lucinda  Doubt,  Ph.D.   1915;  Instructor  in  Biolopy,  Winona 
Federated  College,  Winona  Lake,  Ind, 

Some  Common  Diseases  of  the  Potato  Plant  and  Tuber,  Nebraska  State 
Horticulture  Report,  1Q03. 

The  Response  of  Plants  to  Illuminating  Gas.     Doctor's  thesis.     Botan- 
ical Gazette,  LXIII  (1917),  209-24,  6  figs. 

Theodore  Christian  Frye,  Ph.D.  1902;  Professor  of  Botany,  Univer- 
sity of  Washington,  Seattle. 

The  Embryo  Sac  of  Casuarina  stricta,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXVI  (1903), 
101-13. 

Laura  Campbell  Gang,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Richmond,  Ind. 

A  Study  in   Physiographic  Ecology    in   Northern    Florida.     Doctor's 
thesis.     Botanical  Gazette,  LXIII  (1917),  337-72. 

John  Frederick  Garber,   Ph.D.  1903;   Head  of  Department  of  Bot- 
any, Yeatman  High  School,  St.  Louis. 

Dimorphism  in  Blissus  leucopteris,  Biological  Bulletin,  V  (1903),  330-35. 

The  Life-History  of  Ricciocarpus  natans.     Doctor's  thesis.     Botanical 
Gazette,  XXXVII  (1904),  161-77. 

James   Frederick   Groves,  Ph.D.    191 5;   Assistant   Professor,   State 

University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie. 
Evaporation  and    Soil    Moisture   in   Forests  and   Cultivated   Fields, 

Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  VII   (1914), 

59-67- 
Temperature  and  Life  Duration  of  Seeds.     Doctor's  thesis.    Botanical 

Gazette,  LXIII  (1917),  168-89. 

Stella  Mary  Hague,  Ph.D.  1912;  Instructor  in  Botany,  University  of 
Illinois. 

A    Morphological    Study    of    Diospyros    virginiana.     Doctor's    thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  LII  (191 1),  34-44. 

Edward   Maris   Harvky,   Ph.D.    1914;    Bureau   of   Plant   Industry, 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington. 

Evaporation  and  Soil  Moisture  on  the  Prairies  of  Illinois,  Transactions  of 
the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  \T  (1913),  92-99, 


414  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Action  of  the  Rain-Correcting  Atmometer,  Plant  World,  XVT 
(1913),  89-93. 

The  Castor  Bean  Plant  and  Laboratory  Air,  Botanical  Gazette,  LVI 
(1913),  439-42. 

The  Effects  of  Illuminating  Gas  on  Root  Systems  (with  R.  Catlin  Rose), 
ibid.,  LX  (1915),  27-44. 

Some  Effects  of  Ethylene  on  the  Metabolism  of  Plants.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Ibid.,  193-214. 

LeRoy  Harris  Harvey,  Ph.D.  1908;  Professor  of  Biology,  Western 
State  Normal  School,  Kalamazoo,  Mich. 

Floral  Succession  in  the  Prairie-Grass  Formation  of  Southeastern  South 
Dakota.  Doctor's  thesis.  Botanical  Gazette,  XL VI  (1908),  8i-io8, 
277-98. 

Ansel  Francis  Hemenway,  Ph.D.  1912;  Professor  of  Biology,  Transyl- 
vania College,  Lexington,  Ky. 

Studies  on  the  Phloem  of  the  Dicotyledons:  II,  Evolution  of  the  Sieve- 
Tube.     Doctor's  thesis.    Botanical  Gazette,  LV  (1913),  236-43. 

John  Benjamin  Hill,  Ph.D.  1913;  Associate  Professor  of  Botany, 
Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College,  Pa. 

The  Anatomy  of  Six  Epiphytic  Species  of  Lycopodium.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  LVIII  (19 14),  61-85. 

Rachel  Emilie  Hoffstadt,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Botany,  Milwaukee-Downer  College,  Milwaukee. 

The  Vascular  Anatomy  of  Piper  methysticum,  Botanical  Gazette,  LXII 

(1916),  115-32. 

George  Mellinger  Holferty,  Ph.D.  1903;  Central  High  School, 
St.  Louis. 

The  Archegonium  of  Mnium-cuspidatum.  Doctor's  thesis.  Botanical 
Gazette,  XXXVII  (1904),  106-26. 

Andrew  Henderson  Hutchinson,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Assistant  Professor 
of  Botany,  University  of  British  Columbia,  Vancouver. 

The  Male  Gametophyte  of  Abies  balsatnea.  Botanical  Gazette,  LVII 
(1914),  148-53. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BOTANY  415 

The  Male  Gametophyle  of  Picea  canadtnsis,  ibid.,  LIX  (1915),  287-3cx3, 
plates  XV-XIX. 

The  Gametophyte  of  Pellia  epiphylla,  ibid.,  LX  (1915),  134-43,  plates 
I-IV. 

Fertilization  in  Abies  balsamca.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ibid.,  457  72, 
plates  XVI-XX. 

Hemming  Gerhard  Jensen,  Ph.D.  1906;  Associate  Professor  of  Plant 
Physiology,  State  College,  Pullman,  Wash. 

Toxic  Limits  and  Stimulation  Effects  of  Some  Salts  and  Poisons  on 
Wheats.     Doctor's  thesis.     Botanical  Gazette,  yLLlW  {igo"]),  i\-^^. 

Leslie  Alva  Ke.n'oyer,  Ph.D.  19 16;  Professor  of  Biology,  Ewing 
Christian  College,  Allahabad,  India. 

Environmental  Influences  on  Nectar  Secretion.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  LXIII  (1917),  249-65. 

NiELSiNE  Johanna  Kildahl,  Ph.D.  1909;  Maza,  N.D. 

Development  of  the  Walls  in  the  Proembr\'0  of  Pinus  Laricio,  Botanical 
Gazette,  XLIV  (1907),  102-7. 

The  Morphology  of  Phyllocladus  alpinus.  Doctor's  thesis.  Ibid., 
XLVI  (1908),  339-48,  464-65- 

George  Konrad  Karl  Link,  Ph.D.  1916;  Associate  Professor  of  Agri- 
cultural Botany,  University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln. 

A  Dry  Rot  of  the  Irish  Potato  Tuber  (with  E.  M.  Wilcox  and  V.  W.  Pool). 
Svo,  85.  Lincoln,  Neb.:  Nebraska  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  1913. 

A  Handbook  of  Nebraska  Grasses  (wiih  E.  M.  Wilcox  and  \'.  W  .  Pool). 
Svo,  120.     Ibid.,  191 5. 

A  Physiological  Study  of  Two  Strains  of  Fusarium  in  Their  Causal 
Relation  to  Tuber  Rot  and  Wilt  of  Potato.  Doctor's  thesis.  Bo- 
tanical Gazette,  LXII  (1916),  169-209,  13  figs. 

Millard  S.  Markle,  Ph.D.  1915;  Instructor  in  Botany,  Earlhara 
College,  Richmond,  Ind. 

The  Root  Systems  of  Certain  Desert  Plants.  Doctor's  thesis.  Botan- 
ical Gazette.     In  Press. 


41 6  PUBLICATIONS 

John  Nathan  Martin,  Ph.D.  1913;  Professor  of  Botany,  Iowa  State 
College,  Ames. 

Comparative    Morphology    of    Some    Leguminosae.    Doctor's    thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  LVIII  (1914),  154-67. 

LuLA   Pace,   Ph.D.    1907;   Professor  of  Botany,   Baylor  University, 
Waco,  Tex. 

Fertilization  in  Cypripedium,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLIV  (1907),  353-73. 

The    Gametophyte    of    Calopogon.    Doctor's    thesis.    Ihid.,    XLVIII 
(1909),  126-37. 

Some  Peculiar  Fern  Prothalha,  ibid.,  L  (1910),  49-58. 

Parnassia  and  Some  Allied  Genera,  ibid.,  LIV  (191 2),  306-29. 

Apogamy  in  Atamosco,  ibid.,  LVI  (1913),  376-94. 

Two  Species  of  Gyrostachys , Baylor  University  Bulletin,  XVII  (1914),  1-16. 

LoREN  Clifford  Petry,  Ph.D.  1913;  Instructor  in  Botany,  Syracuse 
University. 

A  Protocorm  of  Ophioglossum,  Botanical  Gazette,  LV  (19 13),  155-66. 

The  Anatomy  of  Ophioglossum  pendulum.    Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.,  LVII 
(1914),  169-92. 

Branching  in  the  Ophioglossaceae,  ibid.,  LIX  (1915),  345-65. 

Norma  Etta  Pfeiffer,  Ph.D.  1913;  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany, 
University  of  North  Dakota. 

Abnormalities  in  Prothallia  of  Pteris  longifolia,  Botanical  Gazette,  LIII 

(1912),  436-38. 

Morphology    of    Thismia    americana.    Doctor's    thesis.    Ibid.,    LVII 
(1914),  122-35. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  LI,  t,i^;  LII,  166;  Quarterly  Journal 
of  the  University  of  North  Dakota,  IV,  188. 

George  Burton  Rigg,  Ph.D.  1914;   Assistant  Professor  of  Botany, 
University  of  Washington,  Seattle. 

Decay    and    Soil    Toxins.     Doctor's    thesis.    Botanical   Gazette,   LXI 
(1916),  295-310. 


DEPARTMENT  OK  BO'IAXV  417 

Edith    Adelaide    Rohkrts,    Ph.D.    1916;    Stale    Specialist,    Home 
Demonstration  Work,  Blacksburg,  Va. 

The  Peg  of  the  Cucurbitaceae  (with  \Vm.  Crocker  and  L.  I.  Knight), 
Botanical  Gazette,  L  (1910),  321-39. 

The  Plant  Succession  of  the  Holyoke  Range,  ibid.,  LVIII  (1914),  432-44. 

The  Distribution  of  Beach  Plants,  ibid.,  LX  (1915),  406-11. 

The  Ei)idermal  Cells  of  Roots.     Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  LXII  (1916), 
488-506,  17  figs. 

Mabel  Lewis  Roe,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

The    Development   of    the    Conceptacle    in    Fucus.     Doctor's    thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  LXI  (1915),  231-46. 

Eva  Ormenta  Schley,  Ph.D.   1914;    Assistant  in  Physiology.    See 
under  Department  of  Physiology,  p.  388. 

Lester  Whyland  Sharp,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany, 
X^ew  York  State  College  of  Agriculture,  Ithaca. 

Spermatogenesis    in    Eqtiisctum.     Doctor's    thesis.     Botanical    Gazette, 
LIV  (1912),  89-119. 

The  Orchid  Embrj'o  Sac,  ibid.,  372-85. 

Spermatogenesis  in  Marsilia,  ibid.,  LXVIII  (1914),  419-31. 

Charles  Houston  Shattuck,  Ph.D.  1908;  Professor  of  Forestry  and 
Botanical  Morphology,  University  of  Idaho,  Moscow. 

A   Morphological   Study   of    Ulnus   amcricana,   Botanical  Gazette,  XL 
(1905),  209-23. 

The  Origin  of  Heterospory  in  Marsilia.     Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  XLIX 
(1910),  19-40. 

Earl  Edward  Sherff,  Ph.D.  1916. 

Studies  in  the  Genus  Bidens,  III.     Doctor's  thesis.    Botanical  Gazelle, 
XLI  (1916),  495-506. 

Charles  Albert  Shull,  Ph.D.  1915;    Associate  Professor  of  Plant 
Physiology  and  Genetics,  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

Life-History  and  Habits  of  Anthocharis  (Synchloe)  olympia  Edwards, 
Entomological  Xcws,  IX  (1907),  73-82. 


41 8  PUBLICATIONS 

Some  Abnormalities  and  Regeneration  of  Pleiopods  of  Cambarus  and 
Other  Decapoda,  Biological  Bulletin,  XVI  (1909),  297-312. 

Oxygen  Pressure  and  the  Germination  of  Xanthium  Seeds,  Botanical 
Gazette,  XL VII  (1909),  387-90. 

The  Oxygen  Minimum  and  the  Germination  of  Xanthium  Seeds,  ibid., 
LII  (1911),  453-77. 

Semipermeabihty  of  Seed  Coats,  ibid.,  LVI  (1913),  169-99. 

Role  of  Oxygen  in  Germination,  ibid.,  LVII  (1914),  64-69. 

Measurement  of  the  Surface  Forces  in  Soils.    Doctor's  thesis.    Botanical 
Gazette,  LXII  (19 16),  1-31. 

Reviews:   Ibid.,  LII,  325,  326-27,  491-92;   LIV,  433-34;  LVI, 
444-45- 

Etoile  Bessie  Simons,  Ph.D.  1905;   with  Fred  Harvey,  Employment 
and  Welfare,  Eighteenth  Street  and  Wentworth  Avenue,  Chicago. 

A   Morphological   Study   of  Sargassum  filipendula.    Doctor's   thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  XLI  (1906),  161-82,  plates  X  and  XI. 

Frances  Grace  Smith,  Ph.D.  1906;   Associate  Professor  of  Botany, 
Smith  College. 

Morphology  of  the  Trunk  and  Development  of  the  Microsporangium  of 
Cycads.     Doctor's  thesis.    Botanical  Gazette,'XIAII(igo'j),  18^-204. 

Laetitia  M.  Snow,  Ph.D.  1904;  Associate  Professor  of  Botany,  Wellesley 
College. 

The  Effects  of  External  Agents  on  the  Production  of  Root  Hairs,  Botani- 
cal Gazette,  XXXVII  (1904),  143-45. 

The  Development  of  Root  Hairs.    Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.,  XL  (1905), 
12-48. 

Anna  Morse  Starr,  Ph.D.  1911;  Instructor  in  Botany,  Mount  Holyoke 
College,  South  Hadley,  Mass. 

The  Microsporophylls  of  Ginkgo,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLIX  (1910),  51-54, 
I  plate. 

Comparative  Anatomy  of  Dune  Plants.     Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.,  LIV 
(1912),  265-305. 

Poisoning  by  Ginkgo,  ibid.,  LV  (1913),  251. 


DEI'ARTMFA'T  OF  BOTANY  419 

Frank  Lincoln  Stevens,  Ph.D.  1900;   Professor  of  Plant  Pathology, 
University  of  Illinois. 

Studies  in  the  Fertilization  of  Phycomycetes,  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXIV 
(1902),  420-26. 

Some  Improvements  upon  Apparatus  for  Water  Analysis,  Journal  of 
Applied  Microscopy  and  Laboratory  Methods,  V  (1902),  191S-19. 

James  Palm  Stober,  Ph.D.  1914;  Professor  of  Biology  and  Geology, 
Albright  College,  Myerstovvn,  Pa. 

A   Comparative   Study   of   Winter  and   Summer   Leaves  of   Various 
Herbs.     Doctor's  thesis.    Botanical  Gazette,  LXIII  (19 17),  89-109. 

Alma  Gracey  Stoke y,  Ph.D.  1908;   Associate  Professor  of  Botany, 
Mount  Holyoke  College,  South  Hadley,  Mass. 

The  Roots  of  Lycopodium  pithyoides,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLI\'  (1907), 

57-63- 
The  Anatomy  of  75oe/e5.     Doctor's  thesis.    /i/V.,  XLVII  (1909),  311-35. 
The  Sporangium  of  Lycopodium  pithyoides,  ibid.,  L  (1910),  21S-19. 

Reinhardt  Thiessen,  Ph.D.  1907;  Chemist  and  Microscopist,  United 
States  Bureau  of  Mines,  Pittsburgh. 

The  Vascular  Anatomy  of  the  Seedling  of  Dioon  edule.    Doctor's  thesis. 
Botanical  Gazette,  XL VI  (1908),  357-80. 

Edith   Minot  Twiss,   Ph.D.    1909;    Professor  of  Botany,  Washburn 
College,  Topeka,  Kan. 

The  Prothallia  of  Aneimia  and  Lygodium.     Doctor's  thesis.     Botanical 
Gazette,  XLIX  (1901),  16S-81. 

Arthur  Gibson  Vestal,  Ph.D.  191 5;  Instructor  in  Botany,  Eastern 
Illinois  State  Xormal  School,  Charleston. 

An  Associational  Study  of  Illinois  Sand  Prairie,  Bulletin  of  the  Illinois 
State  Laboratory  of  Natural  History,  X  (1913),  1-96. 

Local  Distribution  of  Grasshoppers  in  Relation  to  Plant  Associations, 
Biolof^ical  Bulletin,  XX\'  (19 13),  141 -So. 

Internal   Relations  of  Terrestrial  Associations,  American   Naturalist, 
XLVIII  (1914),  413-45- 


420  PUBLICATIONS 

A  Black-Soil  Prairie  Station  in  Northeastern  Illinois,  Bulletin  of  the 
Torrey  Botanical  Club,  XLI  (1914),  357-63. 

Prairie  Vegetation  of  a  Mountain-Front  Area  in  Colorado,  Botanical 
Gazette,  LVIII  (19 14),  377-400. 

Foothill  Vegetation  of  the  Eastern  Mountain-Front  in  Colorado,  ibid. 
In  Press. 

The  Phytogeography  of  the  Eastern  Mountain-Front  in  Colorado. 
Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid.    In  Press. 

Mary  Sophie  Young,  Ph.D.  1910;  Instructor  in  Botany,  University  of 
Texas,  Austin. 

The  Morphology  of  the  Podocarpineae.  Doctor's  thesis.  Botanical 
Gazette,  L  (1910),  81-100. 

WiLMER  E.  Davis,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Efifect  of  External  Conditions  upon  the  After-Ripening  of  the  Seeds 
of  Crataegus  mollis  (with  R.  C.  Rose),  Botanical  Gazette,  LIV  (1912), 
49-62. 

Delayed  Germination  in  the  Seed  of  Alistna  Plantago  (with  William 
Crocker),  ibid.,  LVIII  (1914),  285-321. 

Rial  Catlin  Rose,  Graduate  Student. 

A  New  Method  of  Detecting  Traces  of  Illuminating  Gas  (with  Wm. 
Crocker  and  L.  I.  Knight),  Science,  XXXI  (1910),  635-36. 

The  Effect  of  External  Conditions  upon  the  After-Ripening  of  the  Seeds 
of  Crataegus  mollis  (with  W.  E.  T)a,vis) ,  Botanical  Gazette,  LIV  (1912), 
49-62. 

The  Effects  of  Illuminating  Gas  on  Root  Systems  (with  E.  M.  Harvey), 

ibid.,  LX  (1915),  27-44. 

Isabel  Seymour  Smith,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Nutrition  of  the  Egg  in  Zamia,  ibid.,  XXXVII  (1904),  346-52. 

Joseph  Ralph  Watson,  Graduate  Student. 

Plant  Geography  of  North  Central  New  Mexico,  ibid.,  LIV  (191 2), 
190-217. 


DKl'ARTMEXT  OK  rATIIOLUGY  421 

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  PATHOLOGY 

Harry  Gideon  Wells  [1901-],  Professor  of  Pathology;  Director  of  the 
Otho  S.  A.  Sprague  Memorial  Institute. 

Ph.B.  Yale,  189s;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  Colk-Kc,  1898;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1903;  .\.M. 
(hon.)  Vale,  1912;  Assistant  Professor  of  PatholoKy,  ChicaKo,  1904-9;  .\ttcnd- 
ing  Pathologist,  Cook  County  Hospital,  1905-;  Associate  Professor,  Chicago, 
1909-13;  Director  of  the  Otho  S.  A.  Sprague  Memorial  Institute,  191 1-;  Pro- 
fessor of  Pathology,  Chicago,  1913-. 

Editor  of  the  department  of  Pathological  Chemistry  of  the  Abstract 
Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  1906-;  Member  of  the 
Editorial  Committee,  Journal  of  Cancer  Research,  1916-;  Associate 
Editor:  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  1913-;  Journal  of  Im- 
munology, 1916-. 

Chemical  Pathology,     ist  ed.,  1907;    2d  ed.,  1914.     8vo,  616.     Phila- 
delphia:  W.  B.  Saunders  Co. 

Fatal  Pulmonary  Embolism  Following  Simple  Appendectomy,  Trans- 
actions of  the  Chicago  Pathological  Society,  V  (1902),  134-41. 

E.xperimental  Cirrhosis  of  the  Liver  in  Chronic  Albumose  Intoxication, 
ibid.,  (1903),  240-45. 

Primary  Carcinoma  of  the  Liver,  American  Journal  of  Medical  Science^ 
CXXVI  (1903),  403-17. 

Fourth  of  July  Tetanus,  American  Medicine,  V  (1903),  954-5S. 

The  Pathology  of  "Paratyphoid  Fever,"  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases, 

I  (1904),  72-90- 
Thyroid,  Reference  Handbook  of  the  Medical  Sciences,  VII  (1904),  770-So. 
Carotid  Gland,  ibid.,  VIII  (1904),  411. 
Hemolysis,  ibid.,  ^b-j-jj. 

On  the  Relation  of  Autolysis  to  Proteid  Metabolism,  American  Journal 
of  Physiology,  XI  (1904),  351-54. 

Pseudoleukaemia   Gastrointestinalis   (with   M.   B.   Maver),   American 
Journal  of  Medical  Science,  CXXVIII  (1904),  837-55. 

Acute  Yellow  Atrophy  of  the  Liver  (with  P.  Bassoe),  Journal  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  XLIV  (1905),  685-92. 

Malignant  Renal  IlN'pernephronui,  willi  Vertebral  Involvement,  Trans- 
actions of  the  Chicago  Pathological  Society,  VI  (1905),  375-80. 


422  PUBLICATIONS 

Versuche  liber  den  Transport  von  iodiertem  Fett  bei  Phosphorvergif tung, 
Zeitschrijt  fiir  physiologische  Chemie,  XLV  (1905),  411-19. 

Die  Monoaminosauren  des  Keratins  aus  Pferdehaaren  (with  E.  Abder- 
halden),  ibid.,  XL VI  (1905),  31-39. 

Delayed  Chloroform  Poisoning,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, XLVI  (1906),  341-43. 

Pathological  Calcification,  Journal  of  Medical  Research,  XIV  (1906), 

491-525- 
The  Relation  of  Autolysis  to  the  Histological  Changes  Occurring  in 

Necrotic  Areas,  ibid.,  XV  (1906),  149. 

Healing  of  Suppurative  Appendicitis  with  Calcification  (with  C.  J. 
Rowan),  Surgery,  Gynecology,  and  Obstetrics,  III  (1906),  503-5. 

On  Absorption  from  the  Peritoneal  Cavity  (with  L.  B.  Mendel),  American 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XVIII  (1907),  156-63. 

Relation  of  Thyroid  to  Autolysis  and  the  Study  of  Autolysis  by  Con- 
ductivity and  Freezing-Point  Methods  (with  R.  L.  Benson),  Journal 
of  Biological  Chemistry,  III  (1907),  35-47. 

Chemistry  of  the  Liver  in  Acute  Yellow  Atrophy,  Journal  of  Experi- 
mental Medicine,  IX  (1907),  627-44. 

Absorption  of  Bacteria  from  Peritoneal  Cavity  (with  O.  P.  Johnstone), 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  IV  (1907),  582-94. 

Studies  on  Calcification  and  Ossification,  I,  Journal  of  Medical  Research, 
XIV  (1906),  491-525;  II  (with  R,  L.  Benson),  XVII  (1907),  15-24; 
III  (with  J.  H.  Mitchell),  ibid.,  XXII  (1910),  501-16;  IV  (with 
Harriet  F.  Holmes  and  Gladys  R.  Henry),  ibid.,  XXV  (191 1),  373-92. 

Nature  of  the  Poisonous  Element  of  Proteins  in  Anaphylactic  Reactions, 
Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  L  (1908),  527,  728. 

The  Present  Status  of  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Chemistry  of  the  Processes 
of  Immunity,  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  I  (1908),  262-76. 

Fats  and  Lipoids  of  Malignant  Hypernephromas,  Journal  of  Medical 
Research,  XVII  (1908),  461-69. 

Atyi>ical  Forms  of  Malignant  Hypernephromas,  International  Clinics, 
Eighteenth  Series,  II  (1908),  273-85. 

Autolysis,  Reference  Handbook  of  Medical  Science  (1908),  402-5. 

Ductus  Arteriosus,  ibid.,  473-74. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PATHOLOGY  423 

Tlic  Pathological  Anatomy  of  Hydrazine  Poisoning,  Journal  of  Experi- 
mental Medicine,  X  (1908),  457-64. 

Leiomyoma  of  the  Kidney  of  a  Horse,  Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Patho- 
logical Society,  VH  (1908),  140-41. 

Chloroform  Necrosis  of  the  Liver,  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  I  (1908), 
589-601. 

Persistent  Patency  of  Ductus  Arteriosus,  American  Journal  of  Medical 
Science,  CXXXVI  (1908),  381-400. 

Chemistry  of  the  Liver  in  Chloroform  Necrosis,  Journal  of  Biological 
Chemistry,  V  (1908),  129-45. 

Studies  on  the  Chemistry  of  Anaphylaxis,  I,  Journal  of  Infectious  Dis- 
eases, V  (1908),  449-83;  II,  ibid.,  VI  (1909),  506-22;  III,  Experi- 
ments with  Isolated  Proteins,  Especially  Those  of  the  Hen's  Egg, 
ibid.,  IX  (191 1),  147-71. 

Pathogenesis  of  Waxy  Degeneration  of  Striated  Muscles,  Journal  of 
Experimental  Medicine,  XI  (1909),  1-9. 

Studies  on  the  Physiology  of  the  Molluscs  (with  L.  B.  Mendel),  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Physiology,  XXIV  (1909),  170-77. 

Resistance  of  the  Human  Body  to  Cancer,  Journal  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  LII  (1909),  1731-40. 

Observations  on  Uricolysis  and  Uric  Acid  Infarcts  (with  H.  J.  Corper), 
Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  VI  (1909),  321-36. 

Absence  of  Adrenalin  in  Malignant  Hypernephromas  (with  J.  H.  Greer), 
Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  IV  (1909),  291-95. 

Alimentary  Albuminaria  as  Shown  by  the  Anaphylaxis  Reaction,  Journal 
of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LIII  (1909),  863-65. 

Purines  and  Purine  Metabolism  of  Human  Fetus  and  Placenta  (with 
H.  J.  Corper),  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  VI  (1909),  469-82. 

Purine  Metabolism  of  the  Monkey,  ibid.,  VII  (1910),  171-82. 

Presence  of  Iodine  in  Human  Pituitary  Gland,  ibid.,  259-61, 

Some  Recent  Additions  to  Our  Knowledge  of  Purine  Metabolism  and 
Gout,  International  Clinics,  Series  XX,  I  (1910),  76-94. 

The  Relation  of  Fatty  Degeneration  to  the  Oxidation  of  Purines  by 
Liver  Cells,  Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  XII  (1910),  607-15. 


424  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Study  of  Autolysis  by  Physico-Chemical  Methods  (with  R.  L. 
Benson),  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  VIII  (1910),  61-76, 

The  Biological  Reactions  of  the  Vegetable  Proteins  (with  Thomas  B. 
Osborne),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VIII  (1911),  66-124, 

Calcification  and  Ossification,  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  VII  (191 1), 

721-53- 
The  Fat  Metabolism  of  Lipomas,  ibid.,  X  (1912),  297-304, 

The  Permeability  of  Tubercles  for  lodin  Compounds  and  Proteins  (with 
O,  F,  Hedenburg),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XI  (191 2),  349-72. 

The  Lipase  of  Bacillus  Tuberculosis  and  Other  Bacteria  (with  H.  J. 
Corper),  ibid.,  388-96, 

Anaphylaxie  und  wachsartige  Degeneration  der  Muskeln,  Centralblatt 
allgemeiner  Pathologic,  XXIII  (19 12),  945-46. 

The  Purines  and  Purine  Metabolism  of  Tumors  and  the  Chemical 
Relations  of  Primary  and  Secondary  Tumors  (with  E.  R,  Long), 
Zeitschrift  fiir  Krebsforschung,  XII  (1913),  598-611. 

The  Effects  of  Copper  on  Experimental  Tuberculous  Lesions  (with 
Lydia  M.  DeWitt  and  H.  J.  Corper),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  LX  (19 13),  887-89. 

Autolysis,  Reference  Handbook  of  the  Medical  Sciences,  I  (1913),  784-87. 

Is  the  Specificity  of  the  Anaphylaxis  Reaction  Dependent  on  the  Chemi- 
cal Constitution  of  the  Proteins  or  on  Their  Biological  Reactions 
(with  T.  B.  Osborne)  ?  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XII  (1913), 
341-58. 

Nucleo-Proteins  as  Antigens,  Zeitschrift  fiir  Immunitdtsforschung,  XIX 
(1913),  599-611. 

A  Note  on  the  Fate  of  Tartrates  in  the  Body  (with  F.  P.  Underbill  and 
S,  Goldschmidt),  Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  XVIII  (1913), 
317-21, 

Tartrate  Nephritis,  with  Especial  Reference  to  Some  of  the  Conditions 
under  Which  It  May  Be  Produced  (with  F,  P.  Undcrhill  and  S. 
Goldschmidt),  ibid.,  322-46, 

A  Study  of  Renal  Secretion  during  Tartrate  Nephritis  (with  F.  P. 
Underbill  and  S.  Goldschmidt),  ibid.,  347-53. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PATHOLOGY  425 

The  Immunological  Relationship  of  Hordein  of  Barley  and  Gliadin  of 
Wheal  as  Shown  by  the  Complement  Fixation,  Passive  Anajihylaxis, 
and  Precipitin  Reactions  (with  G.  C.  Lake  and  T.  B.  Osborne), 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XIV  (1914),  364-76. 

The  Anaphylactogenic  Activity  of  Some  Vegetable  Proteins  (with  T.  B. 
Osborne),  ibid.,  377-84. 

Studies  on  the  Chemotherapy  of  Tuberculosis  (with  Lydia  ^L  DeWitt 
and  H.  J.  Coqjer),  Zcitschrift  fiir  Chcmotherapie,  II  (1914),  110-27. 

Uber  die  Purinenzyme  der  pneumonischen  Lunge  (with  E.  R.  Long), 
Deutsches  Archiv  fiir  klinische  Medizin,  CXIV  (1914),  377-79. 

The  Purine  Enzymes  of  the  Orang-Utan  and  Chimpanzee  (with  G.  T. 
Caldwell),  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  XVIII  (1914),  157-65. 

The  Inhibition  of  Autolysis  by  Alcohol  (with  G.  T.  Caldwell),  ibid.^ 

XIX  (1914),  57-65. 

The  Purine  Enzymes  of  the  Opossum  (with  G.  T.  Caldwell),  ibid.,  279-83. 

The  Primary  Spontaneous  Tumors  of  the  Lungs  in  Mice  (with  Maud 
Slye  and  Harriet  F.  Holmes),  Journal  of  Medical  Research,  XXX 
(1914),  417-42. 

The  Relations  between  the  Scientist,  the  Physician,  and  the  Public, 
Alcadc,  II  (1914),  928-38. 

Metastatic  Calcification,  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  XV  (1915), 
574-80. 

The  Origin  of  the  Proteins  in  Nephritic  Urine  (with  A.  L.  Cameron), 

ibid.,  746-53. 
Spontaneous  Tumors  of  the  Liver  in  Mice  (with  Maud  Slye  and  Harriet 
F.  Holmes),  Journal  of  Medical  Research,  XXXIII  (1915),  171-82. 

The  .\naphylactic  Reaction  with  So-called  Proteoses  of  Various  Seeds 
(with  T.  B.  Osborne),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XVII  (1915), 

259-75- 
Some  Features  of  Purine  Metabolism,  Journal  of  Laboratory  and  Clinical 
Medicine,  I  (1916),  3-10. 

Anaphylaxis  Reactions  between  Proteins  from  Seeds  of  DitTerent  Genera 
of  Plants  (with  T.  B.  Osborne),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XIX 
(1916),  183-93. 

Spontaneous  Sarcoma  in  Mice  (with  Maud  Slye  and  Harriet  F.  Holmes), 
Journal  of  Cancer  Research,  II  (191 7),  1-2S. 


426  PUBLICATIONS 

Preston  Kyes  [1900-],  Associate  Professor  of  Preventive  Medicine. 
See  under  Department  of  Anatomy,  p.  347. 

Edward  Vail  Lapham  Brown   [1909-],  Assistant  Professor  of  the 

Pathology  of  the  Eye. 

M.D.  Hahnemann,  1897;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1898;  S.B.  Chicago,  1902; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Ophthalmology,  Rush  Medical  College,  1907-;  Instructor 
in  the  Pathology  of  the  Eye,  Chicago,  1909-12;  Assistant  Professor,  i'^/ti.,  1913-. 

Anatomy  and  Histology  of  the  Human  Eyeball  in  the  Normal  State:  Its 
Development  and  Senescence  (trans,  of  Anatomie  und  Histologic  des 
menschlichen  Augapfels  im  Normalzustande,  seine  Entwicklung  und 
sein  Altern,  by  Maximilian  Salzmann,  University  of  Vienna).  Large 
8vo,  232.     Chicago:  Privately  printed,  191 2. 

fHowARD  Taylor  Ricketts  [1902-10],  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology. 

A.B.  Nebraska,  1894;  M.D.  Northwestern,  1897;  Assistant  in  Dermatology, 
Rush  Medical  College,  1899-1901;  Associate  in  Pathology,  Chicago,  1902-3; 
Instructor,  ibid.,  1903-7;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1907-10. 

Infection,  Immunity,  and  Serum  Therapy.  i2mo,  x+599.  Chicago: 
American  Medical  Association  Press,  1906, 

Lymphatotoxic  Serum,  etc.,  Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Pathological 
Society,  V  (1902),  178-86. 

Preliminary  Report  on  the  Action  of  Neurotoxic  Serum  (with  T.  Roth- 
stein),  ibid.  (1903),  207-11. 

A  Case  of  Diplococcaemia  (with  L.  F.  Barker),  ibid.,  313-14. 

An  Organism  from  Cutaneous  Oidiomycosis  (Blastomycosis),  ibid.,  VI 
(1904),  113-16. 

Our  Sero therapeutic  Measures,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, XLII  (1904),  1336-43. 

The  Reduction  of  Methylene  Blue  by  Nervous  Tissue,  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  I  (1904),  590-98. 

Receptor  Studies  Suggested  by  the  Side-Chain  Theory  of  Immunity, 
Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Pathological  Society,  VI  (1905),  237-40. 

Concerning  the  PossibiHty  of  an  Antibody  for  the  Telano]:)hile  Receptor 
of  Erythrocytes:  A  Receptor  Study,  Journal  of  Experimental  Medi- 
cine, VII  (1905),  351-64- 

t  Deceased. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PATHOLOGY  427 

Fundamental  Princii)les  of  Immunity,  American  Journal  of  Obstetrics, 
LII  (1905),  801-15. 

The  Adjuvant  Action  of  Serum,  Egg  Albumin,  and  Broth  on  Tetanus 
Toxin  (with  E.  G.  Kirk),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  III  (1906), 
116-27. 

Study  of  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever  (Tick  Fever?)  by  Means  of 
Animal  Inoculations,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
XLVII  (1906),  33-36. 

Transmission  of  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever  by  the  Bite  of  the  Wood- 
Tick  {Dcrmacentor  occidentalis),  ibid.,  358. 

Further  Observations  on  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever  and  Derma- 
ccntor  occidentalis,  ibid.,  1067-69. 

Observations  on  the  Virus  and  Means  of  Transmission  of  Rocky  Moun- 
tain Spotted  Fever,  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  IV  (1907),  141-53. 

The  Role  of  the  Wood-Tick  {Dermacentor  occidentalis)  in  Rocky  Moun- 
tain Spotted  Fever,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
XLIX  (1907),  24-27. 

Further  Experiments  with  the  Wood-Tick  in  Relation  to  Rocky  Moun- 
tain Spotted  Fever,  ibid.,  1278-81. 

A  Summary  of  Investigations  of  the  Nature  and  Means  of  Transmission 
of  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever,  Transactions  of  the  Chicago 
Pathological  Society,  VII  (1907),  73-82. 

Studies  on  Immunity  in  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever  (with  L. 
Gomez  e  Pineda),  Jourtial  of  Infectious  Diseases,  V  (1908),  221-44. 

Recent  Studies  of  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever  in  Montana  and 
Idaho,  Medical  Sentinel,  XVI  (1908),  688-97. 

Spotted  Fever  Report,  Xo.  2,  Fourth  Biennial  Report  of  Montana  State 
Board  of  Health  (1908-9),  153-91. 

A  Micro-Organism  Which  Apparently  Has  a  Specific  Relationship  to 
Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever.  A  Preliminary  Report,  Journal 
of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LII  (1909),  379-80. 

George  Thomas  Caldwell  [1913-],  Instructor  in  Pathology. 

A.B.  Ohio  State,  igio;  A.M.  ibid.,  1913;  Research  .\ssistant  in  Chemical  Pathol- 
ogy, Chicago,  1913-14;  Associate  in  Pathology,  ibid.,  1914-10;  Instructor,  ibid., 
1916-. 

The  Purine  Enzymes  of  the  Orang-Utan  and  Chimpanzee  (with  II.  G. 
Wells),  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  X\TII  (1914),  157-65. 


428  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Inhibition  of  Autolysis  by  Alcohol  (with  H.  G.  Wells),  Journal  of 
Biological  Chemistry,  XIX  (19 14),  57-65. 

The  Purine  Enzymes  of  the  Opossum  (with  H.  G.  Wells),  ibid.,  279-83. 

George  Frederick  Dick  [1910-11],  Instructor  in  Pathology;  Assistant 
Professor,  Rush  Medical  College. 

M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1905;  Instructor  in  Pathology,  Chicago,  1910-11. 
Revised  Editon  of  Rickett's  Infection,  Immunity,  and  Serum  Therapy. 
8vo,  xv+785.     Chicago:   American  Medical  Association,  191 1. 

On  Institutional  Dysentery,  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VIII  (191 1), 
386-98. 

Edwin  Frederick  Hirsch  [1913-],  Instructor  in  Pathology. 

A.B.  Northwestern,  1910;  A.M.  Illinois,  191 1;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1914;  M.D. 
Rush  Medical  College,  1915;  Associate  in  Pathology,  Chicago,  1913-14;  In- 
structor, ibid.,  1914-. 

On  the  Influence  of  lodin  and  lodids  on  the  Absorption  of  Granulation 
Tissue  and  Fat-free  Tubercle  Bacilli.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  XV  (19 14),  487-500. 

The  Double  Refractive  Fats  of  the  Adrenals  in  Delirium  Tremens, 
Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XLIII  (1914),  2186-90. 

The  Species  of  Paragonimus  and  Their  Differentiation  (with  H.  B. 
Ward),  Annals  of  Tropical  Medicine  and  Parasitology,  IX  (1915), 
109-62. 

The  Gastric  Mucosa  in  Delirium  Tremens,  Archives  of  Internal  Medi- 
cine, XVII  (1916),  354-62. 

A  Method  for  Graphic  Demonstration  of  the  Foreign  Inorganic  Matter 
and  Carbon  in  Lungs,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
LXIV  (1916),  950-51- 

Harriet   Fay   Holmes    [19 id-],    Special    Instructor   in    Pathological 

Technique;  Assistant  in  Otho  S.  A.  Sprague  Memorial  Institute. 

A.B.  Vassar,  1895;  Special  Instructor  in  Pathological  Technique,  Chicago, 
1910-;  Assistant  in  Otho  S.  A.  Sprague  Memorial  Institute,  1914-. 

Experimental  Calcification  of  the  Kidney  (with  H.  G.  Wells  and 
Gladys  R.  Henry),  Journal  of  Medical  Research,  XXV  (191 1), 
373-92. 

The  Primary  Spontaneous  Tumors  of  the  Lungs  in  Mice  (with  Maud  Slye 
and  H.  G.  Wells),  ibid.,  XXX  (1914),  417-42. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PATHOLOGY  429 

Spontaneous  Tumors  of  the  Liver  in  Mice  (with  Maud  Slye  and  H.  G. 
Wells),  ibid.,  XXXIII  (1915),  171-82. 

Spontaneous  Sarcoma  in  Mice  (with  Maud  Slye  and  II.  G.  Wells), 
Journal  of  Cancer  Research,  II  (1917),  1-28. 

Frank  Kaiser  Bartlett  [191 2],  Associate  in  Pathology;  Physician, 
Ogden,  Utah. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1910;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1912;  Associate  in  Pathology, 
Chicago,  191 2. 

Case  of  Acromegaly  and  Polyglandular  Syndrome,  with  Special  Reference 
to  the  Pineal  Gland,  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  XII  (1913), 
201-13. 

Multiple  Primary  Malignant  Tumors,  ibid.,  XIII  (1914),  624-39. 

The  Independence  of  the  Lobes  of  the  Liver  (with  E.  R.  Long  and 
H.  J.  Corper),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXV  (1914),  36-50, 

Benjamin  Franklin  Davis  [1908-1 1],  Assistant  in  Patholog}-;  Instructor 
in  Surgery,  Rush  Medical  College. 

A.B.  Wisconsin,   1907;    Ph.D.  Chicago,   1910;    Assistant  in  Pathology,  ibid., 
1908-11. 

Notes  on  the  Leucocytes  in  the  Neck  Lymph,  Thoracic  Lymph,  and 
Blood  of  Normal  Dogs  (with  A.  J.  Carlson),  American  Journal  of 
Physiology,  XXV  (19 10),  173-90. 

Syphilis  of  the  Thyroid,  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  V  (1910),  47-60. 

Malignant  Tumors  of  the  Adrenal,  Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Patho- 
logical Society,  VIII  (1911),  135-38. 

Immunological  Reactions  of  Oidoimycosis  (Blastomycosis)  in  the  Guinea- 
Pig.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VIII  (191 1), 
190-240. 

Malignant  Tumors  of  the  Adrenal,  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  VIII 
(1911),  60-74. 

Complement  Deviation  in  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever  (with  W.  F. 
Petersen),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VHI  (1911),  330-38. 

Unfinished  Experiments  of  Dr.  Howard  T.  Ricketts  on  Rocky  Mountain 
Spotted  Fever.  Pp.  409-18,  in  Ricketts'  Contributions  to  Medical 
Science  (Chicago:    University  Press,  1911). 


43©  PUBLICATIONS 

Chester  H.  Elliott  [1914-15],  Research  Assistant  in  Pathology; 
Pathologist,  City  and  County  Hospital,  Denver,  Colo. 

S.M.  Chicago,  19 14. 

The  Antigenic  Properties  of  the  Glyco-Proteins,  Journal  of  Infectious 
Diseases,  XV  (1914),  501-17. 

Oscar  Jacob  Elsesser  [1915-16],  Assistant  in  Pathology;  Student,  Rush 
Medical  College. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1913;   Ph.D.  ibid.,  1916;  Assistant  in  Pathology,  ibid.,  1915-16. 

The  Effect  of  Experimental  Partial  Stenosis  of  the  Pylorus  on  the  Motility 
of  the  Stomach,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXIX  (1916), 

The  Specificity  of  the  Abderhalden  Reaction  with  Vegetable  Proteins. 
Doctor's  thesis.    Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XIX  (1916),  655-81. 

Frank  J.  Hall  [1906],  Assistant  in  Pathology;  Physician,  Kansas 
City,  Mo. 

Hypernephroma,  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine,  II  (1908),  355-91. 

Harry  Lee  Huber  [1913-],  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Pathology. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1913;  S.M.  ibid.,  1916;  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Pathology,  ibid., 
1914-. 

The  Ammonia  of  the  Gastric  Juice,  American  Journal  of  Physiology, 
XLII  (1916),  404-21. 

Gleason  Chandler  Lake  [191 2-13],  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Pathology; 
Hygienic  Laboratories,  Washington,  D.C. 

A.B.   Colorado  College,   1907;    Laboratory  Assistant  in  Pathology,  Chicago, 
1912-13. 

The  Immunological  Relationship  of  Hordein  of  Barley  and  Gliadin  of 
Wheat  as  Shown  by  the  Complement  Fixation,  Passive  Anaphylaxis, 
and  Precipitin  Reactions  (with  T.  B.  Osborne  and  H.  G.  Wells), 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XIV  (1914),  364-76. 

The  Immunological  Reactions  of  the  Proteins  of  the  Human  Placenta, 
with  Special  Reference  to  the  Production  of  a  Therapeutic  Serum  for 
Malignant  Chorion-Epitheliomata,  ibid.,  385-401. 


DEPARTMENT  OE  PATHOLOGY  431 

Esmond  Ray  Long  [1911-13],  Assistant  in  Pathology. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1911;   Assistant  in  Pathology,  ibid.,  1911-13. 

The  Purines  and  Purine  Metabolism  of  Tumors  and  the  Chemical 
Relations  of  Primary  and  Secondary  Tumors  (with  H.  G.  Wells), 
Zeitschrift  jiir  Krebsjorschung,  XII  (1913),  598-611. 

On  the  Presence  of  Adenase  in  the  Human  Body,  Journal  of  Biological 
Chemistry,  W  (19 13),  449-61. 

The  Purines  and  Purine  Metabolism  of  Some  Tumors  in  Domestic 
Animals,  Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  XVIII  (1913),  512-26. 

Relation  between  the  Fat  Content  of  the  Bile  and  Fatty  Changes  in  the 
Liver  (with  E.  R.  LeCount),  ibid.  (1914),  234-38. 

Uber  die  Purinenzyme  der  pneumonischen  Lunge  (with  H.  G.  Wells), 
Deutsches  Archiv  fiir  klinische  Medizin,  CXIV  (1914),  377-79. 

The  Independence  of  the  Lobes  of  the  Liver  (with  F.  K.  Bartlett  and 
H.  J.  Corper),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXV  (1914),  36-50. 

James  Herbert  Mitchell  [1908-11],  Assistant  in  Pathology;  Fellow 
in  Dermatology,  Rush  Medical  College. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1007;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1913;  Research  .\ssistant  in 
Chemical  Pathology,  Chicago.  iqoS-o;  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Pathology,  ibid., 
1909-11;    Assistant  in  Pathology,  ibid..  Summer  Quarter,  191 1. 

Studies  on  Calcification  and  Ossification,  III  (with  H.  G.  Wells),  Journal 
of  Medical  Research,  XXII  (1910),  501-16. 

Calcification  of  the  Pericardium,  Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Pathological 
Society,  VIII  (191 1),  109-18. 

H.ARRY  John  Corper  [1904-6;  1911-14],  Instructor  in  Pathology, 
Otho  S.  .\.  S[)ra<:^ue  Memorial  Institute;  Director  of  Laboratories 
of  the  Municipal  Tuberculosis  Sanitarium,  Chicago. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1906;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  191 1;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  191 1; 
Assistant  in  Chemistry,  ibid.,  1904-6;  Instructor  in  Physiology,  Illinois,  1908-g; 
Instructor  in  Pathology,  Otho  S.  .\.  Sprague  Memorial  institute,  1911-14. 

Myiasis  Intestinalis  Due  to  Infection  with  Three  Species  of  Dipterous 
Larvae  (with  E.  F.  McCampbell),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  LIII  (1909),  1160-62. 

Observations  on  Uricolysis  and  Uric  Acid  Infarcts  (with  H.  G.  Wells), 
Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  \'l  (1909),  321-36. 


432  PUBLICATIONS 

Purines  and  Purine  Metabolism  of  Human  Fetus  and  Placenta  (with 
H,  G.  Wells),  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  VI  (1909),  469-82. 

Correlation  of  the  Histological  and  Chemical  Changes  in  the  Spleen 
during  Necrosis  and  Autolysis.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of  Ex- 
perimental Medicine,  XV  (19 12),  429-49,  plates  LXII-LXV. 

Chemistry  of  the  Dog's  Spleen  under  Normal  and  Pathological  Con- 
ditions.    Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  XI  (1912),  27-35. 

Errors  in  the  Quantitative  Determination  of  Cholesterol  by  Ritter's 
Method:  The  Influence  of  Autolysis  upon  Cholesterol,  ibid.,  37-45. 

A  Modification  of  Ritter's  Method  for  the  Quantitative  Estimation  of 
Cholesterol,  ibid.,  XII  (1912),  197-204. 

Intra-vitam  Staining  of  Tuberculous  Guinea-Pigs  with  Fat-soluble  Dyes, 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XI  (1912),  373-87. 

The  Lipase  of  Bacillus  Tuberculosis  and  Other  Bacteria  (with  H.  G. 

Wells),  f6J^.,  388-96. 
Further  Observations  of  the  Staining  of  Tubercle  Bacilli  with  Fat-soluble 

Dyes,  ibid.,  XII  (1913),  274-76. 
The  Effects  of  Copper  on  Experimental  Tuberculous  Lesions  (with 

Lydia  M.  DeWitt  and  H.  G.  Wells),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 

Association,  LX  (1913),  887-89. 
Studies  on  the  Chemotherapy  of  Tuberculosis  (with  Lydia  M.  DeWitt 

and  H.  G.  Wells),  Zeitschrift  fiir  Chemotherapie,  II  (1914),  110-27. 

The  Independence  of  the  Lobes  of  the  Liver  (with  F.  K.  Bartlett  and 
E.  R.  Long),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXV  (1914),  36-50. 

The  Therapeutic  Value  of  Copper  and  Its  Distribution  in  the  Tuberculous 
Organism,  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XV  (1914),  487-500. 

The  Action  of  Sodium  Sulphocyanate  in  Tuberculosis,  ibid.,  XVI  (1915), 
38-46. 

Sodium  Tellurite  as  a  Rapid  Test  for  the  Viability  of  Tubercle  Bacilli, 
ibid.,  47-53- 

Note  on  the  Subcutaneous  Absorption  and  the  Quantitative  Estima- 
tion of  Cholesterol,  Journal  of  Experimental  Medicine,  XXI  (19 15), 
179-84. 

The  Tuberculocidal  Action  of  Arsenic  Compounds  and  Their  Distribution 
in  the  Tuberculous  Organism  (with  Aaron  Arkin),  Journal  of  Infec- 
tious Diseases,  XVIII  (1916),  335-48. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PAIHOLOGY  433 

Lydia  M.  DeWitt  [191 2-],  Member  of  the  Olho  S.  A.  Sjjrague  Memorial 

Institute;   Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology. 

M.l).  Michigan,  1808;  B.S.  ibid.,  1899;  A.M.  (hon.)  ibid.,  1913;  Assistant  City 
BacterioloKist,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  1910-12;  Member  of  the  Otho  S.  A.  Spraguc 
Memorial  Institute,  1912-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology,  Chicago,  1912-. 

Preliminary  Re[)ort  of  Experiments  in  the  Vital  Staining  of  Tubercles, 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XII  (1913),  68-92. 

The  Effects  of  Copper  on  Experimental  Tuberculous  Lesions  (with 
H.  J.  Corper  and  H.  G.  Wells),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  LX  (19 13),  887-89. 

Report  on  Some  Experimental  Work  on  the  Use  of  Methylene  Blue  and 
Allied  Dyes  in  the  Treatment  of  Tuberculosis,  Journal  of  Infectious 
Diseases,  XIII  (1913),  378-403. 

Therapeutic  Use  of  Certain  Azo-Dyes  in  E.xperimentally  Produced 
Tuberculosis  in  Guinea-Pigs,  ibid.,  XIV  (1914),  498-511. 

Studies  on  the  Chemotherapy  of  Tuberculosis  (with  H.  J.  Corjjer  and 
H.  G.  Wells),  Zeitschrift  fUr  Chemothcrapie,  II  (1914),  110-27. 

Tuberculocidal  Action  of  Certain  Chemical  Disinfectants  (with  Hope 
Sherman),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XV  (19 14),  245-56. 

Vital  Staining,  International  Association  of  Medical  Museums,  V  (1915), 
100-104. 

Value  of  Copper  in  Treatment  of  Tuberculosis,  National  Association  for 
the  Study  aiui  Prevention  of  Tuberculosis,  XI  (1915),  237-41. 

The  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  Kidneys,  Reference  Handbook  of  the 
Medical  Sciences,  V  (1915),  724-38. 

The  Pathology  of  Muscle,  ibid.,  VI  (1916),  55S-73. 

Bactericidal  and  Fungicidal  Action  of  Copper  Salts  (with  Hope  Sher- 
man), Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XVIII  (1916),  368-82. 

Present  Status  of  the  Chemotherapy  of  Tuberculosis,  Journal  of  Labora- 
tory and  Clinical  Medicine,  1  (1916),  677-S4. 

Julian  Herman  Lewis  [1915-],  Associate  in  the  Otho  S.  A.  Sprague 

Memorial  Institute. 

A.B.,  Illinois;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;  Associate  in  the  Otho  S.  A.  Sprague  Memorial 
Institute,  i(;i5-. 

The  Influence  of  Smoking  on  Hunger  (vNith  A.  J.  Carlson),  America  n 
Journal  of  Physiology,  XXX]y  (i()i4),  149-54. 


434  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Nervous  Control  of  the  Gastric  Hunger  Mechanism  (with  A.  J. 
Carlson  and  S.  J.  Orr),  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  XXXIV 
(1914),  155-71. 

The  Action  of  Bitters  on  the  Hunger  Mechanism  (with  A.  J.  Carlson, 
J.  Van  de  Erve,  and  S.  J.  Orr),  Journal  of  Pharmacology  and  Experi- 
mental Therapeutics,  VI  (1914),  209-18. 

Inhibitory  Action  of  Heterologous  Protein  Mixtures  on  Anaphylaxis. 
Doctor's  thesis.   Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XVII  (191 5),  241-58. 

The  Presence  of  Epinephrin  in  Human  Fetal  Adrenals,  Journal  of 
Biological  Chemistry,  XXIV  (1915),  249-54. 

Hope  Sherman  [1912-],  Assistant  in  the  Otho  S.  A.  Sprague  Memorial 
Institute. 
A.B.  Smith,  1911. 

The  Behavior  of  the  Tubercle  Bacillus  toward  Fat  Dyes,  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  XII  (1913),  249-73. 

Tuberculocidal  Action  of  Certain  Chemical  Disinfectants  (with  Lydia 

M.  DeWitt),  ibid.,  XV  (1914),  245-56. 
The  Bactericidal  and  Fungicidal  Action  of  Copper  Salts  (with  Lydia  M. 

DeWitt),  ibid.,  XVIII  (1916),  368-82. 

Maud  Slye  [1908-],  Member  of  the  Otho  S.  A.  Sprague  Memorial 

Institute. 

A.B.  Brown,  1899;  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Zoology,  Chicago,  1908-11;   Assist- 
ant, ibid.,  1911-12;   Member,  Otho  S.  A.  Sprague  Memorial  Institute,  1912-. 

The  Incidence  and  Inheritability  of  Spontaneous  Cancer  in  Mice,  Zeit- 

schrift  fUr  Krebsforschung,  XIII  (1913),  1-5. 
The  Incidence  and  Inheritability  of  Spontaneous  Cancer  in  Mice  (Second 

Report),  Journal  of  Medical  Research,  XXX  (1914),  281-98. 
Primary  Spontaneous  Tumors  of  the  Lungs  in  Mice  (Fourth  Report) 

(with  Harriet  F.  Holmes  and  H.  G.  Wells),  ibid.,  417-42. 
The  Incidence  and  Inheritability  of  Spontaneous  Cancer  in  Mice  (Third 

Report),  ibid.,  XXXII  (1915),  159-200. 
Spontaneous  Tumors  of  the  Liver  in  Mice  (Sixth  Report)  (with  Harriet 

F.  Holmes  and  H.  G.  Wells),  ibid.,  XXXIII  (1915-16),  171-82. 

The  Inheritability  of  Spontaneous  Tumors  of  Specific  Organs  and  of 
Specific  Types  in  Mice  (Fifth  Report),  Journal  of  Cancer  Research, 
I  (1916),  479-502. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PATHOLOGY  435 

The  Inheritability  of  Spontaneous  Tumors  in  the  Liver  of  Mice  (Seventh 
Report),  ibid.,  503-22. 

Spontaneous  Sarcoma  in  Mice  (Eighth  Report)  (with  Harriet  F.  Holmes 
and  H.  G.  Wells),  ibid.,  II  (1917),  1-28. 

Aaron  Arkin,  Ph.D.  1913;  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Bacteriology, 
West  Virginia  University,  and  Chief  Bacteriologist,  State  Hygienic 
Laboratory. 

The  Influence  of  Chemical  Substances  on  Immune  Reactions  with 
Special  Reference  to  Oxidation.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  XI  (1912),  427-32;  XIII  (1913),  408-24; 
XVI  (1915),  1-12. 

The  Tuberculocidal  Action  of  Arsenic  Compounds  and  Their  Distribution 
in  the  Tuberculous  Organism  (with  H.  J.  Corper),  ibid.,  XVTII 
(191 6),  335-48. 

David  John  Davis,  Ph.D.  1905;  Professor  of  E.xperimental  Medicine, 
University  of  Illinois. 

The  Bacteriology  of  Whooping-Cough.  Doctor's  thesis.  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  III  (1906),  1-36. 

LiBORio  Gomez  e  Pineda,  Ph.D.  1908;  Board  of  Health,  Manila,  Philip- 
pine Islands. 

Studies  on  Immunity  in  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever  (with  H.  T. 
Ricketts),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  V  (1908),  221-44. 

The  Anatomy  and  Pathology  of  the  Carotid  Gland,  American  Journal  of 
Medical  Science,  CXXXVI  (1908),  98-110. 

Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever  in  the  Rabbit.  Doctor's  thesis.  Jour- 
nal of  Infectious  Diseases,  VI  (1909),  383-86. 

George  Lester  Kite,  Ph.D.  1913;  Assistant  in  the  Henry  Phipps 
Institute  for  the  Study  of  Tuberculosis,  Philadelphia.  See  under 
Department  of  Physiology,  j).  386. 

Eugene  Franklin  McCampbkll,  Ph.D.  iqii;  Professor  of  Preventive 
Medicine  and  Dean  of  the  Medical  College,  Ohio  State  University, 
Columbus. 

The  Toxic  and  Antigenic  Properties  of  Bacterium  welchii.  Doctor's 
tliesis.     Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VI  (1909),  537-63. 


436  PUBLICATIONS 

Malignant  Tumors  in  Mice,  Journal  oj  Medical  Research,  XX  (1909), 
261-73. 

Myiasis  Intestinalis  Due  to  Infection  with  Three  Species  of  Dipterous 
Larvae  (with  H.  J.  Corper),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, LIII  (1909),  1160-62. 

GusTAV  Ferdinand  Ruediger,  Ph.D.  1907;  Director  of  Hygienic  In- 
stitute for  La  Salle,  Peru,  and  Oglesby,  111. 

The  Mechanism  of  Natural  and  Acquired  Streptococcus  Immunity.  Doc- 
tor's thesis.     8vo,  27.     Chicago,  1907. 

Antilytic  Actions  of  Salt  Solutions  and  Other  Substances  (with  L.  Hek- 
toen).  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  I  (1904),  379-403. 

Studies  in  Phagocytosis  (with  L.  Hektoen),  ibid.,  II  (1905),  128-41. 

Russell  Morse  Wilder,  Ph.D.  191  i  ;  Instructor,  Rush  Medical  College. 
See  under  Department  of  Anatomy,  p.  357. 

Charles  L.  Best,  Graduate  Student. 

Boric  Acid  Poisoning:  Report  of  a  Fatal  Case  with  Autopsy,  Journal 
of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XLIII  (1904),  805-7. 

Emanuel  B.  Fink,  Graduate  Student. 

Phlegmonous  Gastritis,  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  CLXXV 

(1916),  795-98. 

Joseph  Edgar  Tyree,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Pathological  Anatomy  of  General  Infection  with  the  Gonococcus, 
International  Clinics,  Seventeenth  Series,  II  (1907),  281-98. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  HYGIENE  AND  BACTERIOLOGY 

Edwin  Oakes  Jordan  [1892-],  Professor  of  Bacteriology;    Chairman 

of  the  Department  of  Hygiene  and  Bacteriology. 

S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1888;  Ph.D.  Clark,  1892;  Assistant 
Professor  of  Bacteriology,  Chicago,  1895-1Q00;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1900- 
1907;  Professor,  ibid.,  1907-;  Chairman  of  Department  of  Hygiene  and  Bac- 
teriology, ibid.,  1914-. 

Chief  of  Serum  Division,  Memorial  Institute  for  Infectious  Diseases,  1905-17; 
Vice-President,  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  191 7. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HYGIENE  AND  BACTERIOLOGY        437 

Joint  Editor,  Journal  of  Injeclious  Diseases,  1904- ;  Advisory 
Editor,  Journal  of  Bacteriology,  igi6-. 

Special  Investigator  in  Chicago  Drainage  Canal  Case,  1904,  and 
Los  Angeles  Aqueduct  Case,  191 5;  Member  of  Commission  for 
the  Determination  of  a  Standard  of  Purity  for  Drinking  Water, 
appointed  by  the  Secretary  of  Treasury,  1913-. 

Analyses  of  Chicago  Market  Milk  {Report  of  the  Civic  Federation  of 
Chicago).     Pamphlet.     8vo,   19.     Chicago,   1904. 

Chicago  Drainage  Canal  Case.  Record  of  Evidence,  Supreme  Court  of 
the  United  States,  The  State  of  Missouri  vs.  The  State  of  Illinois  and 
the  Sanitary  District  of  Chicago,  VI,  5805-5997;  V^II,  6000-6402. 
Jefferson  City,  Mo.:   Tribune  Publishing  Co.,  1904. 

Report  on  Typhoid  Fever  in  Winnipeg,  Manitoba.  Pamphlet,  Svo,  1-19. 
Winnipeg,  1905. 

A  Textbook  of  General  Bacteriology,  isted.,  1908;  2d  ed.,  1910;  3d  ed., 
1912;  4th  ed.,  1914;  5th  ed.,  1916.  8vo,  669.  Philadelphia  and 
London:  W.  B.  Saunders  Co. 

Food  Poisoning.     i2mo,  viii+112.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1917. 

The  Kinds  of  Bacteria  Found  in  River  Water,  Journal  of  Hygiene,  III 
(1903),  1-27. 

The  Connection  between  the  AlkaUnity  of  Certain  Bacterial  Filtrates 
and  Their  Hemolytic  Power,  Journal  of  Medical  Research,  X  (1903), 
31-41- 

The  Longevity  of  the  Tj-phoid  Bacillus  in  Water  (with  H.  L.  Russell  and 
F.  R.  Zeit),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  I  (1904),  641-89. 

The  Sphere  of  Bacteriology,  Science,  XX  (1904),  657-66. 

Observations  on  the  Bionomics  of  Anopheles  (with  Mary  Hefferan), 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  II  (1905),  56-69. 

A  Thermostabile  Hemolytic  Precipitate  from  Nutrient  Broth,  ibid., 

511-13- 
The  Persistence  of  Agglutinability  in  Typhoid  Bacilli  in  Water,  ibid., 

Supplement,  No.  i  (1905),  172-74. 

The  Production  of  Acid  and  Alkali  by  Bacteria,  Science,  XXIII 
(1906),  220. 

Experiments  with  Bacterial  Enzymes,  Biological  Studies  by  the  Pupils  of 
William  T.  Sedgu'ick  (1906),   124-45. 


438  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Natural  Purification  of  Streams,  Proceedings  of  the  American  Water 
Works  Association  (1906),  201-7. 

The  Place  of  Pathology  in  the  University,  Journal  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  XL VIII  (1907),  917-19. 

The  Problems  of  Sanitation,  Harvey  Lectures,  Third  Series  (1907-8), 
17-33 ;  also  in  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  L  (1908), 
493-98. 

The  Cause  of  Milksickness  or  Trembles  (with  N.  MacL.  Harris),  ibid., 
1665-73. 

Milksickness  (with  N.  MacL.  Harris),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VI 
(1909),  401-91. 

The  School  and  the  Germ  Carrier,  Proceedings  of  the  American  School 
Hygiene  Association,  III  (1909),  168-74. 

Typhoid  Fever  in  Milwaukee  and  the  Water  Supply,  Journal  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  LV  (1910),  211-15. 

Profitable  and  Fruitless  Lines  of  Endeavor  in  Public  Health  Work, 
Science,  XXXIII  (191 1),  833-39. 

Three  Outbreaks  of  Typhoid  Fever  Traced  to  Milk  Infection  (with  E.  E. 
Irons),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LVIII  (1912), 
169-72. 

The  Importance  of  Water  Supply  Infection,  Engineering  News,  LXVII 
(1912),  1119-20. 

The  Rockford  (Illinois)  Typhoid  Epidemic  (with  E.  E.  Irons),  Journal 
of  Infectious  Diseases,  XI  (1912),  21-43. 

The  Case  for  Pasteurization,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 

LIX  (1912),  1450-57- 
School  Diseases,  ibid.,  LX  (1913),  409-11. 

The  Inhibitive  Action  of  Bile  upon  B.  coli.  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases, 
XII  (1913),  326-34. 

The  Quincy  (lUinois)  Typhoid  Epidemic  (with  E.  E.  Irons),  ibid.,  XIII 
(1913),  16-29. 

The  Bacterial  Examination  of  Water,  Transactions  of  the  Fifteenth 
International  Congress  on  Hygiene  and  Demography,  II  (1913),  47-50. 

Disease  Carriers  among  School  Children,  American  Journal  of  Tropical 
Diseases  and  Preventive  Medicine,  I  (19 13),  220-26. 


DEPARTMENT  OV  HYGIENE  AND  BACTERIOLOGY        439 

Ozone:  Its  Bactericidal,  Physlolof^ic,  anrl  Deodorizing  Acli(jn  fwith  A.  J. 
Carlson),  Journal  oj  the  American  Medical  Association,  LXI  (1913), 
1007-12, 

The  Municipal  Regulation  of  Milk-Supply,  ibid.,  2286-91. 

Typhoid  in  the  Large  Cities  of  the  United  States,  ibid.,  LXII  (1914), 

1473-75- 
Typhoid  Fever,  ibid.,  1772-77. 

Bacteriological  Standard  for  Drinking  Water,  Public  Health  Reports, 
United  States  Public  Health  Service,  XXIX  (1914),  2959-66. 

Typhoid  in  the  Large  Cities  of  the  United  States  in  1914,  Journal  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  LXIV  (1915),  1322-25. 

Variation  in  Bacteria,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences, 
I  (1915).  160-64. 

An  Infection  with  the  Paratyphoid  Bacillus  [B.  parat^^phosus  B]  (with 
E.  E.  Irons),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  X\TI  (1915),  234-40. 

Municipal  Sanitation,  Commemoration  Volume,  published  on  the  com- 
pletion of  the  Panama  Canal  (191 5),  285-97. 

The  Purification  of  Water  Supplies,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  LXVI  (19 16),  467-71. 

The  Bacteriology  of  Foods,  ibid.,  LXVTII  (1917),  ioSo-84. 

The  Differentiation  of  the  Paratyphoid-enteritidis  Group,  I,  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  XX  (1917),  457-83. 

Norman  MacLeod  Harris  [1903-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 

M.B.  Toronto,   i8q4;    M.R.C.S.  and  L.R.C.P.  London,   1895;    .Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Bacteriology,  Chicago,   1907-. 

Captain  in  the  Canadian  Army  Medical  Corps,  1916-. 

Concerning  a  Case  of  Suppurative  Myositis  Caused  by  Micrococcus 
gonorrhoeae  (Neisser)  (with  L.  W.  Haskel,  Jr.),  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  Bulletin,  XV  (1904),  395-97. 

Bacillus  mortiferus.  Journal  of  E.xperimcntol  Medicine,  VI  (1905),  519-47. 

E.xperimental  Arthritis,  Transactions  of  the  Chicago  Pathological  Society, 
VI  (1905),  303-6. 


440  PUBLICATIONS 

A  Comparison  between  the  Results  of  Blood  Cultures  Taken  during 
Life  and  after  Death  (with  N.  B.  Gwyn),  Journal  of  Infectious  Dis- 
eases, II  (1905),  514-28. 

The  Value  of  the  Voges-Proskauer  Reaction,  Science,  XXIII  (1906),  219. 

The  Relative  Importance  of  Streptococci  and  Leucocytes  in  Milk, 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  Supplement  No.  3  (1907),  50-62. 

A  Method  of  Preparing  the  Romano wsky  Stain,  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 
Bulletin,  XVIII  (1907),  281. 

The  Cause  of  Milksickness  or  Trembles  (with  E.  O.  Jordan),  Journal 
of  the  American  Medical  Association,  L  (1908),  1665-73. 

Milksickness  (with  E.  O.  Jordan),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VI 
(1909),  401-91. 

Chinosol  (abstract),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LIV 
(1910),  1801-2. 

The  Relation  of  the  Laboratory  to  Medicine,  Science,  XXXIV  (191 1), 
617-22. 

Intestinal  Antisepsis,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LIX 
(1912),  1344-49- 

Milksickness,  Reference  Handbook  of  the  Medical  Sciences,  VI  (1916), 
522-25. 

Milksickness.    In  C.  E.  Marshall's  Microbiology  (2d  ed.).     In  Press. 

Reviews  in:  Botanical  Gazette,  L,  229-30;  LIII,  185-86;  LVIII, 
529-30;  American  Journal  of  Hygiene,  XX,  444-45;  Journal  of  the 
American  Public  Health  Association,  I,  157-58;    II,  210-11. 

William  Ernest  Cary  [1914-],  Instructor  in  Hygiene  and  Bacteriology. 

S.B.  Earlham  College,  1912;    Ph.D.  Chicago,  1916;   Assistant  in  Bacteriology, 
Chicago,  1914-16;  Instructor,  ibid.,  igi6-. 

The  Fate  of  Foreign  Erythrocytes  Introduced  into  the  Blood  Stream 
of  a  Rabbit,  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XVII  (1915),  432-36. 

The  Bacterial  Examination  of  Sausages  and  Its  Sanitary  Significance, 
American  Journal  of  Public  Health,  VI  (1916),  124-35. 

Studies  on  Virulence  and  Toxin  Formation  in  B.  Diphtheriae.  Doc- 
tor's thesis.    Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XX  (1917),  244-71. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HYGIENE  AND  BACTERIOLOGY       441 

Paul  Gustav  Heineman'N'  [1906-17],  Instructor  in  Hygiene  and  Bac- 
teriology; Standard  Serum  Co.,  Woodworth,  Wisconsin. 

S.B.  ChicaRo,  1904;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1907;  .Assistant  in  Bacteriology,  ibid.,  1906-10; 
Associate,  ibid.,  1910-12;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1912-17. 

Member  of  the  Committee  on  Standard  Methods  of  Preparing 
Dijihtheria  .\ntitoxin;  report  published  in  American  Journal  of  Pub- 
lic Health,  II  (191 2),  43-46. 

A  Laboratory  Guide  in  Bacteriology,     ist  ed.,  1905;   2d  ed.,  191 1 ;  3d  ed., 
1915.     i2mo,  .\v-|-2io.     Chicago:    University  Press. 

The  Kinds  of  Lactic  Acid  Produced  by  Lactic  Acid  Bacteria,  Journal 
of  Biological  Chemistry,  II  (1906),  603-12. 

The  Significance  of  Streptococci  in  Milk,  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases, 
III  (1906),  173-82. 

The  Pathogenicity  of  Streptococcus  lacticus,  ibid.,  IV  (1907),  87-92. 

A  Substitute  for  Potato  as  a  Culture  Medium,  ibid.,  282-84. 

Siiuglings  Milch  in  Chicago,  Milch-Zeitung,  XXX VT  (1907),  147-49, 

157-59- 
Sanitary  Milk,  Archives  of  Pediatrics,  XXV  (1908),  436. 

Note  on  the  Concentration  of  Diphtheria  Toxin,  Journal  of  Biological 
Chemistry,  V  (1908),  27. 

A  Comparison  of  Practical  Methods  for  Determining  the  Bacterial  Con- 
tent of  Milk,  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  V  (1908),  412-20. 

Experiments  on  the  Germicidal  Action  of  Cow's  Milk,  ibid.,  534-41. 

The  Bacteriology  of  Salt-rising  Bread,  Science,  XXLX  (1909),  loii. 

Lactic  Acid  as  an  Agent  to  Reduce  Intestinal  Putrefaction,  Journal  of 
the  American  Medical  Association,  LII  (1909),  372-76. 

A  Study  of  Bacillus  bulgaricus.  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  VI  (1909), 
304-18. 

Bleeding  to  Death  in  Order  to  Obtain  the  Maximum  Amount  of  Anti- 
diphtheritic  Scrum  from  Horses,  ibid.,  616-61. 

On  the  Production  of  Sanitary  Milk  (with  A.  B.  Luckhardt  and  A.  C. 
Hicks),  ib^id.,  VII  (1910),  47-66. 

Can  Clean  Milk  Be  Produced  at  Small  Cost?  Hoard's  Dairyman,  XLI 
(1910),  1223-24. 


442  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Bacterial  Content  of  Separator  Cream  and  Separator  Milk  (with 
E.  N.  Class),  Journal  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association,  I 
(1911),   209-11. 

The  Present  Status  of  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Infectiousness  of  Milk  Con- 
taining Tubercle  Bacilh,  Illinois  Medical  Journal,  XX  (191 1),  644-46. 

The  Production  and  Concentration  of  a  Serum  for  Rocky  Mountain 
Spotted  Fever.  Preliminary  Note,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  LVII  (191 1),  198. 

Report  of  the  Committee  on  Throat  Cultures  (with  F.  O.  Tonney  and 
J.  P.  Simonds),  ibid.,  976-77. 

The  Bacteriology  of  "Tatte  Melk,"  Science,  XXXIII  (1911),  630. 

The  Best  Methods  of  Collecting  and  Transporting  Milk  Destined  as 
Food  for  Infants,  Transactions  of  the  Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
American  Association  for  the  Study  and  Prevention  of  Infant  Mortality, 
II  (1911),  276-81. 

The  Bacterial  Content  of  Separator  Cream  and  Separator  Milk  (with 
E.  Class),  Journal  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association,  I  (1911), 
209-13. 

The  Dietetic  and  Therapeutic  Value  of  Fermented  Milks  Prepared  from 
Commercial  Preparations,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, LVIII  (1912),  1252-54. 

The  Epidemic  of  Sore  Throat  in  Chicago,  ibid.,  LIX  (1912),  716. 

Experimental  Therapy  of  Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Fever  (with  J.  J. 
Moore),  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  X  (191 2),  294-304. 

Concentration  of  Antistreptococcic  and  Antigonococcic  Sera  (with  L.  C. 
Gate  wood),  ibid.,  416-20. 

The  Problem  of  City  Milk  SuppUes,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  LXXXI 
(1912),  66. 

Cold  Storage  Problems,  ibid.,  154. 

Sanitary  Aspect  of  Milk  Supplies,  Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State 
Academy  of  Science,  VI  (1913),  60-62. 

Bacteriological  Examination  of  Market  Milk,  Transactions  of  the  Fifteenth 
International  Congress  on  Hygiene  and  Demography,  II  (1913),  133-35. 

The  Germicidal  Efficiency  of  Commercial  Preparation  of  Hydrogen 
Peroxid,  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LX  (1913), 
1603-6. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HYGIENE  AND  liACTKRIOLOCiY        443 

The  V^ariability  of  Two  Strains  of  Strej)l(K-occus  luclitus,  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  XVT  (1915),  221-39. 

Relation  of  the  Number  of  Streptococcus  lacticus  to  Amount  of  Acid 
Formed  in  Milk,  and  Cream,  ibid.,  285-91. 

The  Germicidal  Effect  of  Lactic  Acid  in  Milk,  ibid.,  479-86. 

The  Refinement  and  Concentration  of  Antitoxins,  ibid.,  XIX  (1916), 
433-39- 

A  Study  of  the  Boas-Oppler  Bacillus  (with  E.  E.  Ecker),  Journal  of 
Bacteriology,  I  (1916),  435-44. 

Reviews  in:  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LII,  986, 
1854;  LIV,3i7,4o6;  LVI,  1137;  LVIII,  808;  LIX,  1318;  LX,  937. 

William  Barx.ard  Sharp  [1913-14;  1916-],  Instructor  in  Hygiene  and 
Bacteriology;   Red  Cross  Hospital,  Shanghai,  China,  1916-. 

.\.B.  University  of  the  South,  1910;  S.M.  Chicago,  1914;  M.D.  Rush  Medical 
College,  1914;  Assistant  in  Bacteriology,  Chicago,  1913-14;  Instructor,  ibid,, 
1916-. 

The  Bacteriology  of  Vaginitis,  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  XV  (1914), 
283-92. 

Samuel  Henry  Ayers  [1905-6],  Assistant  in  Bacteriology;  Bacteriolo- 
gist, Dairy  Division,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Washington,  D.C. 

S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1905. 

B.  coli  in  Market  Oysters,  Biological  Studies  by  the  Pupils  of  William 
T.  Sedgwick  (1906),  300-303. 

Robert  Earle  Buchanan  (1907-8],  Assistant  in  Pathology  and  Bac- 
teriology; Professor  of  Bacteriology  and  Hygiene,  Dean  of  Division 
of  Industrial  Science,  Iowa  State  College,  Ames. 

S.B.  Iowa  State  College,  1004;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1908;  Instructor  in  Bacteriology, 
Iowa  State  College,  ioo4-();  .Assistant  Professor  of  Bacteriology,  ibid.,  1906-7; 
.•\ssistant  in  Pathology  and  Bacteriology,  Chicago,  1907-8. 

The  Morphology  of  Bacillus  radicicola.  Doctor's  thesis.  Centralblatt 
fiir  Bakteriologie,  Paras itenkunde  und  Infcktionskrankheiten,  XXII 
(1909),  59-91;    XXIII  (1909),  371-90. 


444  PUBLICATIONS 

Mary  Hefferan  [1902-12],  Assistant  and  Curator  of  the  Bacteriological 

Museum;  Vice-President  and  Director  of  the  D.  A.  Blodgett  Home 

for  Children,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

A.B.  Wellesley,   1896;    Ph.D.  Chicago,   1903;    Curator  of  the  Bacteriological 
Museum,  ibid.,  1902-12;   Assistant,  ibid.,  1904-12. 

A  Comparative  and  Experimental  Study  of  Bacilli  Producing  Red  Pigment. 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  55.    Jena:  Gustav  Fischer,  1904. 

Observations  on  the  Bionomics  of  Anopheles  (with  E.  O.  Jordan), 
Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases,  II  (1905),  56-69. 

Ernest  Edward  Irons  [1902-3],  Assistant  in  Bacteriology;  Assistant 
Professor  of  Medicine,  Rush  Medical  College. 
S.B.  Chicago,  1900;   Ph.D.  ibid.,  1912;  Assistant  in  Bacteriology,  ibid.,  1902-3. 

Three  Outbreaks  of  Typhoid  Fever  Traced  to  Milk  Infection  (with  E.  O. 
Jordan),  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LVIII  (1912), 
169-72. 

The  Rockford  (Illinois)  Typhoid  Epidemic  (with  E.  O.  Jordan),  Journal 
of  Infectious  Diseases,  XI  (191 2),  21-43. 

Cutaneous  Allergy  in  Gonococcal  Infections.    Doctor's  thesis.    Ibid., 

77-93- 
The  Quincy  (Illinois)  Typhoid  Epidemic  (with  E.  O.  Jordan),  ibid.,  XIII 

(1913),  16-29. 

An  Infection  with  the  Paratyphoid  Bacillus  [B.  paratyphosus  B]  (with 
E.  O.  Jordan),  ibid.,  XVII  (1915),  234-40. 

Enrique  Eduardo  Ecker,  Ph.  D.  1917. 

A  Study  of  the  Boas-Oppler  Bacillus  (with  P.  G.  Heinemann),  Journal 
of  Bacteriology,  I  (1916),  435-44. 

The  Pathogenic  Effect  and  Nature  of  a  Toxin  Produced  by  Bacillus 
Paratyphosus  B,  Journal  of  Infectious  Diseases.    In  Press. 

Thomas  Haigh  Glenn,  Ph.D.  1910;  Director,  Fort  Dodge  Clinical 
Laboratory,  Fort  Dodge,  Iowa. 

Variation  and  Carbohydrate  Metabolism  of  Bacilli  of  the  Proteus  Group. 
Doctor's  thesis.     8vo,  15.     Jena:  H.  Pohle,  1911. 

An  Epidemic  among  English  Sparrows  Due  to  B.  cloacae.  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  VI  (1909),  339-45. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HYGIENE  AND  BACTERIOLOGY       445 

fHERBERT  Marcus  Goodman,  Ph.D.  1908. 

Experimental  Studies  on  Diphtheric  Immunity.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Ibid.,  IV  (1907),  509-40;  V  (1908),  184-202. 

Variability  in  the  Diphtheria  Group  of  Bacilli,  ibid.,  421-42. 

Emery  Roe  Hayhurst,  Ph.D.  1916;  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial 
Hygiene,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Industrial  Ilealth-IIazards  and  Occupational  Diseases  in  Ohio.  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  xviii+438.     Columbus:  F.  J.  Hcer  Printing  Co.,  1915. 

Kenneth  Noel  Atkins,  Graduate  Student;  Instructor  in  Bacteriology, 
Dartmouth  College. 

Bacteriology  of  the  Swimming  Pool,  Proceedings  of  the  Water  Supply 
Association  (191 1),  73-87. 

Ida  Albertina  Bengtson,  Graduate  Student;  Research  Assistant, 
Hygienic  Laboratory,  Washington,  D.C. 

A  Study  of  Condensed  and  Evaporated  Milks,  Journal  of  Home  Eco- 
nomics, VIII  (1916),  29-32. 

Paul  R.  Cannon,  Graduate  Student;  University  of  Chicago  Ambu- 
lance Corps  No.  3. 

A  Rapid  and  Simple  Indol  Test,  Journal  of  Bacteriology,  I  (1916), 
535-36. 

Dudley  Watson  Day,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Relation  between  Serum  Resistance  and  Virulence,  Journal  of 
Infectious  Diseases,  II  (1905),  569-76. 

Katherine  Howell,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Bacterial  Contamination  of  Bread,  Ameri<:an  Journal  of  Public 
Health,  II  (1912),  321-24. 

Mabel  Jones,  Graduate  Student. 

A  Peculiar  Micro-organism  Showing  Rosette  Formation,  Centralblatt  fiir 
Bakteriologie,  Parasitenkunde  und  Infekti&nskrankheiten,  XIV  (1905), 
459-63- 

t  Deceased. 


446  PUBLICATIONS 

Mary  C.  Lincoln,  Graduate  Student. 

Agglutination  in  the  Group  of  Fluorescent  Bacteria,  Journal  of  Infec- 
tious Diseases,  I  (1904),  268-79. 

G.  Bertrand  Smith,  Graduate  Student. 

Two  Cases  of  Paratyphoid  Infection :  One  Caused  by  an  Aberrant  Organ- 
ism, Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XLI  (1903), 
1470-72. 

David  Duke  Todd,  Graduate  Student. 

The  Bacterial  Integrity  of  Celloidin  and  Parchment  Membranes,  Journal 
of  Infectious  Diseases,  VI  (1909),  369-S2. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLIC  SPEAKING 

Solomon  Henry  Clark  [1894-],  Associate  Professor  of  Public  Speaking. 

Ph.B.  Chicago,  1897;   Assistant  Professor  of  Public  Speaking,  ibid.,  1897-1901; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1901-. 

Handbook  of  Best  Readings.  i6mo,  xxvii+511.  New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  1903. 

Interpretation  of  the  Printed  Page.  i6mo,  317.  Chicago:  Row,  Peter- 
son &  Co.,  1915. 

The  Nurse's  Voice,  The  Nurse,  III  (1915),  405-10. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL  CULTURE  AND 
ATHLETICS 

Gertrude  Dudley  [1898-],  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Culture. 

Dean  of  Women  and  Lecturer,  School  of  Physical  Education,  Yale,  Summers, 
1905,  1906,  1907;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Culture,  Chicago,  1909-16; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-. 

Athletic  Games  in  the  Education  of  Women  (with  Frances  A.  Kellor). 
i2mo,  263.     New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1909. 


THE  PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS 


THE  DIVINITY  SCHOOL 

THE    DEPARTMENT    OF    OLD    TESTAMENT    LITERATURE 
AND  INTERPRETATION 

See  under  DeparlniciU  of  Oriental  Languages  and  Literatures,  p.  89. 


THE    DEPARTMENT    OF    NEW   TESTAMENT    AND    EARLY 
CHRISTIAN  LITERATURE 

See  utuler  Department  of  New  Testament   and   Early   Christian 
Literature,  p.  105. 

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  SYSTEMATIC  THEOLOGY 

Shailer  Mathews  [1894-],  Professor  of  Historical  and  Comparative 

Theology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Systematic  Theology; 

Dean  of  the  Divinity  School. 

A.B.  Colby,  1884;  D.D.  ibid.,  1901;  D.D.  Obedin,  1908;  D.D.  Brown  1Q14; 
LL.l).  Pennsylvania  CoIIcrc,  1914;  Associate  Professor  of  Rhetoric,  Colby, 
1887-89;  Professor  of  History  and  Political  Economy,  ibid.,  1889-94;  Associate 
Professor  of  New  Testament  History  and  Interpretation,  Chicago,  1894-97; 
Professor,  ibid.,  1897-1905;  Professor  of  Systematic  Theolog>',  ibid.,  1905-6; 
Professor  of  Historical  and  Comparative  Theolog>',  ibid.,  1906-;  Dean  of  the 
Divinity  School,  ibid.,  1908-. 

President,  Western  Economic  Society,  191 1-;  President,  Federal  Council  of  the 
Churches  of  Christ  in  America,  i9i:;-i6;  President,  Northern  Baptist  Conven- 
tion, 1915-16;  Director,  ReliKious  Work  Department,  Chautaucjiia  Institute, 
191 2-;  Trustee,  Church  Peace  Union,  1913-;  Lecturer,  Haverford  Librar>'  Foun- 
dation, 1907;  Earle  (Berkeley,  Cal.),  1913;  William  Belden  Noble  (Harvard),  1916. 

Associate  Editor,  Biblical  World,  1804-1912;  Editor,  ibid.,  1912-; 
Associate  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  1897-;  Editor, 
Christendom,  1903;  Editor,  World  To-Day,  1903-11;  Contributing 
Editor,  Constructive  Quarterly,  1Q13-;  Editor  of:  New  Testament 
Handbooks  (Macmillan  Co.),  1809-;  Bible  for  Home  and  School 
(Macmillan  Co.),  191a-;  "Social  Betterment  Series"  (Appleton  & 
Co.),  191 1- ;  Publications  of  Social  Service  Commission  Northern 
Baptist  Convention,  1909-12;  Woman  Citizen's  Library.  Chicago: 
Civics  Society,  1913;  American  Editor,  Hastings'  Dictionary  of  the 
Bible,  I  vol.,  Charles  Scribncr's  Sons,  iqoq;  Joint  Editor,  "Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  Publications  in  Religious  Education." 

449 


450  PUBLICATIONS 

Member,  Social  Service  Commission  of  the  Federal  Council  of  the 
Churches  of  Christ  in  America,  1908-;  Committee  on  Social  Service, 
Northern  Baptist  Convention,  1907- ;  Representative,  Christian 
Embassy  to  Japan,  Federal  Council  of  the  Churches  of  Christ  in 
America  (report  published  1915). 

Principles  and  Ideals  for  the  Sunday  School  (with  E.  D,  Burton).  8vo, 
viii+208.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1903. 

The  Messianic  Hope  in  the  New  Testament.  Svo,  xx4-338.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1905. 

The  Church  and  the  Changing  Order.  i2mo,  255.  New  York:  Mac- 
millan  Co.,  1907. 

The  Social  Gospel.  i2mo,  168.  Philadelphia:  American  Baptist  Pub- 
Hshing  Society,  19 10. 

The  Gospel  and  the  Modern  Man.     i2mo,  331.    New  York:  Macmillan 
Co.,  1910. 

New  Testament  Times  in  Palestine  (rev.  and  enlarged  ed.).  i2mo,  234. 
New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1910. 

Scientific  Management  in  the  Churches.     Chicago :  University  Press,  191 2. 

The  Making  of  To-Morrow.  i2mo,  193.  New  York:  Eaton  &  Mains, 
1913- 

The  Individual  and  the  Social  Gospel.  i6mo,  84.  New  York:  Mis- 
sionary Education  Movement  of  the  United  States  and  Canada, 
1914. 

The  Spiritual  Interpretation  of  History  (William  Belden  Noble  Lectures', 
19 16,  Harvard  University).  i2mo,  x+227  Cambridge:  Harvard 
University  Press,  1916. 

Culture  in  the  West,  World  To-Day,  VIII  (1905),  191-96. 

Uncommercial  Chicago,  ibid.,  IX  (1905),  984-90. 

Education  in  Thrift,  ibid.,  1066-70. 

Imitation  of  Jesus,  Biblical  World,  XXVI  (1905),  455-58. 

Men  or  Institutions  ?  ibid.,  XXVII  (1906),  32-41. 

Use  of  the  Bible  in  the  Public  Schools,  ibid.,  59-62. 

Parable  of  the  Tares,  ibid.,  313-15. 


THE  DIVINITY  SCHOOL  451 

"Antiochus,"  "Brother,"  "Betrothal,"  "Day  of  Christ,"  "Day  of 
Judgment."  In  Dictianary  of  Christ  and  the  Gospels.  New  York: 
Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1906. 

The  Church  and  Social  Discontent,  Methodist  Quarterly,  LVI  (1907), 

32-51- 
Packingtovvn  Today,  World  To-Day,  XII  (1907),  488-502. 

A  Positive  Method  for  an  Evangelical  Theology,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XIII  (1909),  21-46. 

The  Council  at  Jerusalem,  Biblical  World,  XXXIII  (1909),  337-42. 

The  Awakened  Church: 

The  Church  and  Scholarship,  World  To-Day,  XVI  (1909),  57-61. 

The  Church  and  Social  Service,  ibid.,  151-56. 

The  Church  and  Education,  ibid.,  625-28. 

The  State  University  and  the  Theological  Seminary,  Religious  Education, 
IV  (1909),  179-85. 

The  Social  Task  of  the  Church,  Homiletic  Review,  LIX  (19 10),  92-96. 

The  Kingdom  of  God,  Biblical  World,  XXXV  (1910),  420-27. 

The  Evolution  of  Religion,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XV  (191 1), 
57-82. 

The  Duty  of  American  Parents,  Religious  Education,  VI  (191 1),  49-54. 

Is  Belief  in  the  Historicity  of  Jesus  Indispensable  to  Christian  Faith  ? 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  XV  (191 1),  614-17. 

Vocational  Efficiency  and  the  Theological  Curriculum,  ibid.,  XVI  (1912), 
165-80. 

American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature:  "The  Efficient  Church," 
Biblical  World,  XXXIX  (1912),  116-24,  200-205,  266-81,  346-50, 
414-19. 

The  Social  Origin  of  Theology,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XL\'I1I 
(1912),  289-317. 

The  Awakening  of  American  Protestantism,  Constructive  Quarterly,  I 
(1913),  101-25. 


452  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Beginnings  of  a  New  Catholic  Unity,  Biblical  World,  XLI  (1913), 
8-10. 

The  Sufficiency  of  the  Gospel  for  the  Salvation  of  Society,  ibid.,  291-98. 

Contemporary  Theological  Movements  in  Germany,  Chautauquan, 
LXX  (1913),  306-11. 

The  Struggle  between  the  Natural  and  the  Spiritual  Order  as  Described 
in  the  Gospel  of  John,  Biblical  World,  XLII  (1913),  30-35,  76-79, 
146-49,  368-72. 

The  Pedagogy  of  the  New  Testament,  Cyclopedia  of  Education,  IV 
(1914),  446-51. 

Missions  and  the  Social  Gospel,  International  Review  of  Missions,  III 
(1914),  432-46. 

Generic  Christianity,  Constructive  Quarterly,  II  (1914),  702-23. 

The  Message  of  Jesus  to  Our  Modern  Life  (Bible-study  course  for 
American  Institute  of  Sacred  Literature),  Biblical  World,  XLIV 
(1914),  225-28,  297-300,  367-72,  431-40;  XLV  (1915),  56-64,  120- 
28,  185-92,  250-56,  316-24. 

Theology  and  the  Social  Mind,  ibid.,  XL VI  (19 15),  201-48. 

Manufactured  Gods.  In  University  of  Chicago  Sermons  (edited  by 
T.  G.  Scares;  Chicago:  University  Press,  1915),  pp.  55-70- 

Some  Larger  Aspects  of  the  Trade  in  War  Materials,  Journal  of  Political 
Economy,  XXIV  (1916),  14-24. 

The  Historical  Study  of  Religion.  Chap,  ii  in  A  Guide  to  the  Study 
of  the  Christian  Religion  (edited  by  G.  B.  Smith;  Chicago:  Univer- 
sity Press,  1916),  pp.  19-80. 

Theological  Seminaries  as  Schools  of  Religious  Efficiency,  Biblical  World, 
XL VII  (1916),  75-85- 

A  Religion  for  Democracy,  Independent,  LXXXVI  (1916),  53-56. 

Reviews  in:  Biblical  World,  XXV,  T,g2,  T,g^;  XLI,  137-40;  XLII, 
120-21;  XLIII,  208,  279,  352;  XLIV,  364,  429,  430;  XLV,  54;  XL VI, 
127,  387;  XLVII,  121,  122,  123;  American  Journal  of  Theology,  X,  712, 
714,  715;  XIII,  145-46;  624-25;  XIV,  127-29;  XV,  134-36;  XVII, 
103-4. 


THE  DIMMTV  SCHOOL  453 

Gerald  Birney  Smith  [1900-],  Professor  of  Christian  Theology. 

A.H.  Hrown,  iSgi;  DM.  Union  Tlic()l(JKi<^iil  Seminary,  1898;  D.D.  Hrown,  igog; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Systematic  Theology,  Chicago,  1904-6;  Associate  Pro- 
fessor, ibid.,  1906-13;   Professor,  ibiJ.,  1913-. 

Nathaniel  W.  Taylor  Lecturer,  Yale  Divinity  School,  19 12. 
Managing  Editor,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  1905-;    Editor  of 
A  Guide  to  the  Study  of  the  Christian  Religion.     8vo,  L\-|-759.     Chi- 
cago: University  Press,  1916. 

Biblical  Ideas  of  Atonement:  Their  History  and  Significance  (with  E,  D. 
Burton  and  J.  M.  P.  Smith).  8vo,  343.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1909. 

Social  Idealism  and  the  Changing  Theology.  i2mo,  247.  Xew  York: 
Macmillan  Co.,  19 13. 

Recent  Psychological  Investigations  in  the  Realm  of  Religion,  Biblical 
World,  XXIV  (1904),  335-42. 

Truthfulness  in  Teaching  the  Truth,  ibid.,  XXVIII  (1906),  231-39. 

The  Field  of  Systematic  Theology  Today,  ibid.,  XXXII  (1908),  113-23. 

The  Modem-Positive  Movement  in  Theology,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XIII  (1909),  92-99. 

The  Task  and  Method  of  Systematic  Theology,  ibid.,  XIV  (19 10),  215-33. 

Biblical  Criticism  and  the  Christmas  Message,  Biblical  World,  XXX\T 
(1910),  368-78. 

Testing  the  Doctrine  of  Inspiration,  ibid.,  152-65. 

Can  the  Distinction  between  Canonical  and  Non-Canonical  Books  Be 
Maintained?  ibid.,  XXXVII  (1911),  19-29. 

Theology  and  BibHcal  Criticism,  ibid.,  XL  (191 2),  17-30. 

Theology  and  Religious  Experience,  ibid.,  97-108. 

Theology  and  the  Histor>'  of  Religions,  ibid.,  173-83. 

Theology  and  Scientific  Method,  ibid.,  236-47. 

The  Function  of  a  Critical  Theology,  ibid.,  307-17. 

Christianity  and  Critical  Theology,  ibid.,  385-96. 

Systematic  Theology  and  Ministerial  Efficiency,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XVI  (191 2),  589-613. 

Is  Scholarship  Hostile  to  Religion  ?  Biblical  World,  XLII  (1913),  9-16. 


454  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Problem  of  Theological  Method,  Biblical  World,  XLIV  (1914), 
274-82. 

What  Is  Christianity?  ibid.,  341-49. 

Christianity  and  History,  ibid.,  409-16. 

The  Christ  of  Faith  and  the  Jesus  of  History,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XVIII  (1914),  521-44. 

Theology  and  the  Doctrine  of  Evolution,  Biblical  World,  XLV  (1915), 

37-45- 
What  Shall  the  Systematic  Theologian  Expect  from  the  New  Testament 

Scholar  ?    American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIX  (1915),  383-401. 

Systematic  Theology  and  Christian  Ethics.  Chap,  ix  in  A  Guide  to 
the  Study  of  the  Christian  Religion  (Chicago:  University  Press, 
1916),  pp.  483-578. 

Reviews  of:  Mackintosh,  The  Doctrine  of  the  Person  of  Christ, 
American  Journal  of  Theology,  XVII,  301-7;  Royce,  The  Problem  of 
Christianity,  ibid.,  631-39;  Ten  Broeke,  A  Constructive  Basis  for 
Theology,  ibid.,  XIX,  233-37.  Other  reviews  in  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  X,  771-72;  XIII,  137-40,  270-73,  470-73;  XIV,  133-36, 
484-85;  XV,  139-41,  297-98,  298-99;  XVII,  94-97;  XVIII,  309-12, 
460-62. 

AnTHUR  Erastus  Holt,  Ph.D.  1904;  Fort  Worth,  Tex. 

The  Function  of  Christian  Ethics,  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  48.  Chicago: 
George  K.  Hazlitt  &  Co.,  1904. 

Ukichi  Kawaguchi,  Ph.D.  19 14. 

The  Bearing  of  the  Evolutionary  Theory  on  the  Conception  of  God.  A 
Study  in  Contemporary  Interpretations  of  God  in  Terms  of  the  Doc- 
trine of  Evoluti&n.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  viii+103.  Menasha,  Wis. : 
George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  19 16. 

Wilfred  Currier  Keirstead,  Ph.D.  1903;  Professor  of  Philosophy  and 
Economics,  University  of  New  Brunswick,  Fredericton. 

Metaphysical  Presuppositions  of  Ritschl.  Doctor's  thesis.  American 
Journal  of  Theology,  XI  (1905),  677-718. 

Douglas  Clyde  Macintosh,  Ph.D.   1909;  Professor  of  Systematic 

Theology,  Yale  School  of  Religion. 
The  Reaction  against  Metaphysics  in  Theology.    Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  86. 

Chicago:  Privately  printed,  1911. 


THE  DIVINITY  SCHOOL  455 

Henry  Burke  Rodins,  Ph.D.  1912;  Professor  of  the  History  and 
Philosophy  of  Rehgion  and  Missions,  Rochester  Theological  Semi- 
nary, Rochester,  X.Y. 

Aspects  of  Aulhority  in  the  Christian  Religion,     viii-i- 151.     Philadelphia: 

Griffith  &  Rowland  Press,  191 1. 
The  Basis  of  Assurance  in  Recent  Protestant  Theologies.     Doctor's  thesis. 

8vo,  92.     Kansas  City:   Charles  E.  Brown  Printing  Co.,  191 2. 

William  Ross  Sciioemakkr,  Ph.D.  1903;  Clergyman,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

The  Use  of  r;^"l  in  the  Old  Testament  and  of  Trvevfia  in  the  Xew  Testament: 
A  Lexicographical  Study.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  v+62.  Xew  York: 
Journal  of  Biblical  Literature,  1904. 

Charles  Maxford  Sharpe,  Ph.D.  191 2;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sys- 
tematic Theology,  Disciples  Divinity  House,  Chicago. 

The  Normative  Use  of  Scripture  by  Typical  Theologians  of  Protestant  Ortho- 
doxy in  Great  Britain  and  America.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  77. 
Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  191 2. 

Arthur  Clinton  Watson,  Ph.D.  1915;  Head  of  the  Department 
of  Philosophy  and  History  of  Christianity,  Rockford  College,  Rock- 
ford,  III. 

The  Logic  of  Religion.  Doctor's  thesis.  American  Journal  of  Theology, 
XX  (1916),  Si-ioi,  244-65. 


THE  DEPARTMEXT  OF  CHURCH  HISTORY 

Andrew  Cunningham  McLaughlin  [1906-],  Professor  and  Head  of 
the  Department  of  History,  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Church 
History.     See  under  Department  of  History,  p.  54. 

fpRANKLiN  Johnson   [1892-1916],  Professor  of  Church  History  and 

Homiletics. 

Graduate,  Hamilton  Theological  Seminar\',  iS6i;  D.D.  Jena,  i86q;  LL.D. 
Ottawa  University,  iSqS;  President,  ibid.,  1S90-9.;;  .Assistant  Professor  of 
Church  Histon,-  and  Homiletics,  Chicago,  1892-04;  .\ssociate  Professor,  ibid., 
1894-95;    Professor,  /7)/</.,  1S95-190S;    Professor  Kmeritus,  190S-10. 

The  Christian's  Relation  to  Evolution:  A  Question  of  Gain  or  Loss.  8\o, 
171.     Xew  York:    Fleming  H.  Revell  Co.,  1904. 

t  Deceased. 


456  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Literary  Beauty  of  the  New  Testament,  Standard,  LI  (1903),  9-10. 

The  Architecture  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  ibid.  (1904),  10-12. 

The  Speaking  of  Women  in  the  Apostohc  Church,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  VIII  (1904),  360-64. 

A  Census  of  the  Early  Biblical  Populations,  Bible  Student  and  Teacher, 
VI  (1907),  22-26,  83-94. 

Reviews  in:  American  Journal  of  Theology,  VI,  606-7,  631,  633,  798- 
99,  827-28;  VII,  163-64,  172-73,  388-404;  VIII,  198,  360,  539;  IX, 
185,  373-86;  X,  344-45,  349,  35o>  351,  359-61;  XI,  335-36,  341-44, 
346-51;  XII,  291,  299,304,306,307,308,312,313. 

fERi  Baker  Hulbert  [1892-1907],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Church  History;  Dean  of  the  Divinity  School. 

A.B.  Union  College,  1863;  Graduate,  Hamilton  Theological  Seminaty,  1865; 
A.M.  Colgate,  1865,  and  Union  College,  1866;  D.D.  Baptist  Union  Theological 
Seminary,  1880;  Professor  of  Church  History',  ibid.,  1881-92;  Acting  President, 
ibid.,  1884-85;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Church  History  and 
Dean  of  the  Divinity  School,  Chicago,  1892-1907. 

The   English   Reformation   and   Puritanism,   with   Other   Lectures   and 
Addresses.     8vo,  352.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1907. 

Reviews  in:  American  Journal  of  Theology,  VI,  585-87,  614-15,  632, 
791-93;  VII,  390-91,  401-2,  404;  X,  346-47,  354-59;  Biblical  World, 
XXV,  316-17. 

Errett  Gates  [1910-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Church  History  in  the 

Disciples'  Divinity  House. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1899;  D.B.  ibid.,  1900;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1902;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Church  Histor\'  in  the  Disciples'  Divinity  House,  ibid.,  1910-;  Instructor  in 
History,  ibid.,  igii-. 

The  Early  Relation  and  Separation  of  Baptists  and  Disciples.     8vo, 
124.     Chicago:  Christian  Century  Co.,  1904. 

History  of  the  Disciples  of  Christ.     i2mo,  346.     New  York:    Baker  & 
Taylor  Co.,  1905. 

Growth  of  Discipleship   in   the   Company  of   Jesus,   Biblical   World, 

XXXni  (1909),  314-25. 
Pragmatic  Elements  in  Modernism,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XV 

(1911),  43-56. 

t  Deceased. 


THE  DIVINITY  SCHOOL  457 

The  New  Prussian  Heresy  Law  and  Its  Workings,   ibiJ.,  XVI    (1912), 

241-55- 
Another  Case  of  Discipline  in  the  Prussian  Church,  ibid.,  XVII  (1913), 

89-93- 
What  Jesus  Thought  of  His   Own   Death.     In  University  of  Chicago 

Sermons  (edited  by  T.  G.  Soares;  Chicago:  University  Press,  1915), 

pp.  125-41. 

The  Development  of  Modern  Christianity.  In  A  Guide  to  the  Study  of 
the  Christian  Religion  (edited  by  G.  B.  Smith;  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1916),  pp.  431-82. 

Curtis  Howe  Walker  [1909-],  Assistant  Professor  of  History.  See 
Mm/er  Department  of  History,  p.  62. 

Peter  George  Mode  [1913-],  Instructor  in  Church  History. 

A.B.  McMaster,  i8q7;  Th.B.  ibid.,  iSqq;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1914;  Professor  of 
History  and  Church  History,  Brandon  College,  Manitoba,  1906-12;  Assistant 
in  History,  Chicago,  1913;  Instructor  in  Church  History,  ibid.,  1914-. 

The  Influence  of  the  Black  Death  on  the  English  Monasteries.  Doctor's 
thesis.  8vo,  104.  Menasha,  Wis. :  George  Banta  Publishing  Co., 
1916. 

Nels  Sorenson  Lawdaiil  [1893;  1895-1913],  Instructor  (Danish- 
Norwegian  Theological  Seminary)  in  Church  History,  Histor)% 
and  Greek;   Des  Moines  College,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

.Assistant,  Danish-Norwegian  Theological  Seminar>',  1893;  Instructor,  ibid.,  1S95- 
1913- 

History  of  the  Danish  Baptists  in  America.  i6mo,  544.  Chicago: 
Privately  printed,  1909. 

William  Henry  Allison,  Ph.D.  1Q05;  Professor  of  Ecclesiastical 
History,  Colgate  University,  Hamilton,  X^.Y. 

Baptist  Councils  in  America:  A  Historical  Study  of  Their  Origin  and  the 
Principles  of  Their  Development.  Doctor's  thesis.  Svo,  112.  Chicago: 
George  K.  Hazlitt  &  Co.,  1906. 

RoLVix  Harlan,  Ph.D.  1906;  President  of  Siou.x  Falls  College,  Sioux 
Falls,  S.D. 

John  Alexander  Dome  atui  the  Christian  Catholic  Apostolic  Church  in  Zion. 
Doctor's  thesis.     Svo,  204.     Evansville,  Wis.:  R.  M.  Antes,  1906. 


458  PUBLICATIONS 

Arthur  Henry  Hirsch,  Ph.D.  1915;  Professor  of  History,  Morningside 
College,  Sioux  City,  Iowa. 

The  Huguenots  in  South  Carolina.  121110,350.  New  York:  Macmillan 
Co.     In  Press. 

Chester  William  New,  Ph.D.  19 13. 

History  of  the  Alien  Priories  in  England  to  the  Confiscation  of  Henry  V. 
Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  x+96.  Menasha,  Wis.:  George  Banta 
Publishing  Co.,  1916. 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  PRACTICAL  THEOLOGY 

Theodore  Gerald  Scares  [1906-],  Professor  of  Homiletics  and  Religious 

Education,  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Practical  Theology. 

A.B.  Minnesota,  1891;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1894;  B.B. -ibid.,  i8g7;  D.D.  Knox  Col- 
lege, 1901;  University  Extension  Lecturer  in  Biblical  Literature,  Chicago,  1899- 
1905;  Professor  of  Homiletics,  f6/rf.,  1906-8;  Professor  of  Homiletics  and  Religious 
Education,  ibid.,  1908-;  Head  of  the  Department  of  Practical  Theology,  ibid., 
1909-. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Committee,  American  Journal  of  Theology, 
1906-;  Biblical  World,  1906-;  Joint  Editor,  "  University  of  Chicago 
Publications  in  Religious  Education,"  1914-;  Editor,  University  of 
Chicago  Sermons,  8vo,  348.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1915. 

The  Week  of  Our  Lord's  Passion.     i2mo,  vi+220.     Chicago:    Hope 
Publishing  Co.,  1907. 

Heroes  of  Israel.     i2mo,  xvi+388.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1909. 

Heroes    of    Israel,    Teacher's    Manual.     i2mo,    xxLx+240.     Chicago: 
University  Press,  19 10. 

Lessons  from  the  Great  Teachers  (with  Lillian  M.  Soares).     8vo,  viii+435. 
Chicago:  Howard-Severance  Co.,  191 1. 

A  Baptist  Manual.     i2mo,  xii+156.     Philadelphia:   American  Baptist 
Publication  Society,  191 1. 

The  Social  Institutions  and  Ideals  of  the  Bible.    8vo,  385.     New  York: 
Abingdon  Press,  1915. 

The  Ethical  Value  of  the  Old  Testament  in  Modern  Life,  Biblical  World, 
XXVII  (1906),  23-31. 

How  to  Teach  the  Sunday-School  Lessons  for  1907,  ibid.,  XXVIII  (1906), 
412-20. 


THE  DIVINITY  SCHOOL  459 

Expository  Studies  in  the  Old  'J'estanient,  ibid.,  XXIX  (1907),  376-87. 
Social  Sins  and  National  Doom,  ibid.,  XXXI  (1908),  62-67. 
The  Worth  of  Man,  ibid.,  XXXIII  (1909),  107-12. 

Religious  Training  for  the  High-School  Age,  Religious  Education,   IV 

(1909),  451-57- 
Paul's  Missionary  Methods,  Biblical  World,  XXXIV  (1909),  326-36. 

Jesus'  Work  in  Galilee:  His  Healing  Ministry,  ibid.,  XXXV  (1910), 
117-23. 

Making  the  Bible  Real.  Chap,  vii  in  Applied  Ideals  in  Work  with  Boys 
(New   York:    Young   Men's   Christian   Association   Press,    1910). 

Some  Psychological  Aspects  of  Regeneration,  Biblical  World,  XXXVII 
(1911),  78-88. 

The  Nature  of  a  Boy's  Religion,  American  Youth,  I  (191 2),  6-1 1. 

Current  Moral  Standards  in  Government,  Religious  Education,  VII 
(1912),  414-19. 

Practical  Theology  and  Ministerial  Efl5ciency,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XVI  (191 2),  426-43. 

Federation  for  Religious  Leadership,  Religious  Education,  VIII  (1913), 

The  Educational  Work  of  the  Church,  Biblical  World,  XLIII  (1914), 
123-28, 194-98, 265-68,  333-38, 403-8. 

The  Modern  Revival  of  ReUgion,  Religious  Education,  IX  (1914),  227-32. 

The  Need  of  Power  in  American  Preaching.  In  University  of  Chicago 
Sermons,  pp.  3-20. 

The  Value  of  the  Old  Testament  in  Rclif::ious  Education,  Encyclopedia 
of  Sunday  Schools  and  Religious  Education,  II  (1915),  736-41. 

Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  Bible,  ibid.,  HI  (1915),  10S8-91. 

The  Way  to  the  Unseen.     In  University  of  Chicago  Sermons,  pp.  315-30. 

The  Study  of  Religious  Education,  Biblical  World,  XLVII  (1916),  3-15. 

Practical  Theology.  Chapter  X  in  .1  Guide  to  the  Study  of  the  Christian 
Religion  (edited  by  G.  B.  Smith;  Chicago:  L'niversity  Press,  1916), 
pp.  579-676. 


460  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Preaching  Task  of  the  Modern  Minister,  Biblical  World,  XL VII 
(1916),  124-32;    200-206;   272-78;   344-50;  414-20. 

Regeneration.  In  Hastings'  Dictionary  of  the  Apostolic  Church.  In 
Press. 

RE\aEWS  in:  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIII,  481-82;  XVII, 
458-59;  XVIII,  315-17;  Biblical  World,  XXXV,  68-69;  XXXIX, 
356-57- 

Galusha  Anderson  [189  2-],  Professor  Emeritus  of  Homiletics;  Newton 

Center,  Mass. 

A.B.  Rochester,  1854;  S.T.D.  ibid.,  1866;  LL.D.  Rochester  and  Madison  (now 
Colgate),  1884;  Professor  of  Sacred  Rhetoric,  Church  Polity,  and  Pastoral 
Duties,  Newton  Theological  Institution,  1866-73 ;  President  of  the  Old  University 
of  Chicago,  1878-85;  President  of  Denison,  1887-90;  Professor  of  Homiletics, 
Church  Polity,  and  Pastoral  Duties,  Baptist  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
1890-92;  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Homiletics,  Chicago, 
1892-1904;    Professor  Emeritus  of  Homiletics,  ibid.,  1904-. 

Ancient  Sermons  for  Modern  Times  (a  translation) .  1 2mo,  157.  Boston : 
The  Pilgrim  Press,  1904. 

The  Story  of  a  Border  City  during  the  Civil  War.  8vo,  viii+385.  Boston: 
Little,  Brown  &  Co.,  1908. 

Hitherto  Untold.     8vo,  157.    New  York:  Cochrane  Publishing  Co.,  1910. 

When  Neighbors  Were  Neighbors:  A  Story  of  Love  and  Life  in  Olden  Days. 
8vo,  vi+355.     Boston:   Lothrop,  Lee  &  Shepard  Co.,  1911. 

Science  and  Prayer  and  Other  Papers.  8vo,  259.  Boston:  Pilgrim 
Press,  191 5. 

The  Import  of  John  21:15-17,  In  a  volume  of  addresses  on  the  Gospel 
of  John,  pp.  366-79.     Providence,  R.I.,  1904. 

fpRANKLiN  Johnson  [1892-1916],  Professor  of  Church  History  and 
Homiletics.    See  under  Department  of  Church  History,  p.  455. 

Herbert  Francis  Evans  [1908-],  Extension  Professor  of  Religious  Edu- 
cation; Professor  of  Biblical  Literature  and  Religious  Education, 
Grinnell  College,  Grinnell,  Iowa. 

A.B.  Leland  Stanford  Junior,  1902;  D.B.  Chicago,  1907;  Ph.D.  ibid.,  1909; 
Extension  I'rofessor  of  Religious  Education,  ibid.,  1913-. 

t  Deceased. 


THE  DRIMTV  SCHOOL  461 

Keystone  Intermediate  Graded  Sunday-School  Lessons.  Four  Pupils' 
Texts,  208  i)p.  each.  Four  Teachers'  Manuals,  250  pp.  each. 
Philadelphia:    American  Bai)tist  Publication  Society,  1910-14.    ' 

The  Sunday-School  Building  and  Its  Equipment.  i6mo,  .\vi-hii6. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  1914. 

The  Relation  of  Reading  to  Moral  and  Religious  Education.  Doctor's 
thesis.     In  Press. 

Sunday  School  Arcliitecture,  Encyclopedia  of  Sunday  Schools  and  Reli- 
gious Education,  I  (1915),  28-54. 

IBenjamin  Allen  Greene  [1909-15],  Professorial  Lecturer  on  Prac- 
tical Theology. 

,\.B.  Brown,  1S72;  D.I),  ibid.,  1893;  Member,  Board  of  Trustees,  Divinity 
School,  Chicago,  1 901-15;  Professorial  Lecturer  on  Practical  Theology,  ibid., 
1909-15- 

The  Influence  of  the  Authorized  Version  on  English  Literature,  Biblical 
World,  XXXVII  (1911),  391-401. 

The  Voice  of  God.     In  the  University  of  Chicago  Sermons,  pp.  203-15. 

Allan  Hoben  [1908-],  Associate  Professor  of  Homiletics. 

A.B.  New  Brunswick,  1895;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1901;  .\ssociate  Professor  of  Homi- 
letics, ibid.,  1908-. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Committee,  American  Journal  of  Theology, 

1908-16. 

The  Minister  and  the  Boy.  i2mo,  vii-fi7i.  Chicago:  L'niversity 
Press,  191 2. 

Psalm  55,  Partly  Modernized,  Biblical  World,  XXIII  (1904),  122. 

The  Land  of  Jesus,  ibid.,  XXVI  (1905),  408-17. 

The  Merciful  Father,  ibid.,  XXVIII  (1906),  61-63. 

What  Has  the  Church  a  Right  to  Demand  in  Theological  Reconstruc- 
tion? American  Journal  of  Theology,  XIII  (1909),  414-19. 

Juvenile  Protection,  Woman  Citizen's  Library,  X  (1913),  2468-2504. 

The  Boy's  Religious  Needs,  Men  and  Religion  Messages,  IV  (1913),  6-16. 

The  Church  and  Child  Protection,  Biblical  World,  XLI  (1913),  180-85. 

t  Deceased. 


462  PUBLICATIONS 

Juvenile  Delinquency: 

Its  Nature,  Extent,  and  Causes,  ibid.,  XLV  (1915),  232-35. 

Court  and  Institutional  Treatment,  ibid.,  299-303. 

Voluntary  Associations  and  Church  Co-operation,  ibid.,  363-66. 

The  Revival  of  Idealism.     In  University  of  Chicago  Sermons,  pp.  107-21. 

American  Democracy  and  the  Modern  Church,  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  XXI  (1916),  458-73. 

Disturbing  the  Church,  American  Journal  of  Theology,  XX  (1916), 
130-32. 

Olaf  Hedeen  [1896-1912],  Assistant  Professor  (in  the  Swedish  Theo- 
logical Seminary)  of  Practical  Theology  and  Exegesis;  Pastor, 
Englewood  Swedish  Baptist  Church,  Chicago. 

A.B.  Upsala,  Sweden,  1882;  S.M.  Candidatus,  Evangelical  Lutheran  Augustana 
Synod,  1885;  Assistant  Professor  (in  the  Swedish  Theological  Seminar>0  of 
Practical  Theology  and  Exegesis,  Chicago,  1896-1912. 

Ett  religionssamfunds  mest  brdnnande  fraga.  i6mo,  28.  Brockton,  Mass. : 
New  England  Sunday  School  Association,  191 2. 

Raddningsanstalter  for  unga  brottslingar,  Vintersol,'XlH  (1905),  181-90. 

R.  A.  Torreys  Hf,  ibid.,  XVI  (1908),  175-84. 

De  amerikanska  negrernas  framsteman,  V  inter  sol, 'XNlll  (1910),  141-62. 

Codex  Argenteus,  Svenska  Standard,  V  (191 1),  1-2. 

Den  hogre  skolverksamhetens  betydelse  i  och  for  sig  och  for  var  mission, 
ibid.,  VI  (191 2),  I,  3  col. 

Frank  Otis  Erb,  Ph.D.  1913;  Associate  Editor  of  Sunday  School 
Literature,  American  Baptist  Publication  Society,  Philadelphia. 

The  Development  of  the  Young  People's  Movement.  Doctor's  thesis. 
8vo,  vi+i2  2.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1917. 

Daniel  Johnson  Fleming,  Ph.D.  1914;  Director  of  the  Department  of 
Foreign  Service,  Union  Theological  Seminary,  New  York. 

Devolution  in  Mission  Administration  as  Exemplified  by  the  Legislative 
History  of  Five  American  Missionary  Societies  in  India.  Doctor's 
thesis.     i6mo,  310.     New  York:  Fleming  H.  Revell  Co.,  1916. 

Arthur  Jackson  Hall,  Ph.D.  191  i;  Professor  of  Psychology,  Baylor 
University,  Waco,  Tex. 


THE  DIVINITY  SCHOOL  463 

Religious  Education  in  the  Public  Schools  of  the  Stale  and  City  of  New 
York;  a  Historical  Study.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  x+iii.  Chicago: 
University  Press,  19 14. 

Adrian  Augustus  Holtz,  Ph.D.  1914;   Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Moral  and  Religious  Elements  in  American  Eletnentary  and  Secondary 
Education  up  to  iSoo.  Doctor's  thesis.  8v'o,  86.  Menasha,  Wis.: 
George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1917. 

William  Norman  Hutchins,  Ph.D.  1913;  Margaretville,  Nova  Scotia. 

Graded  Social  Service  for  the  Sunday  School.  i6mo,  xii+i^S-  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1914. 

Social  Service  in  Religious  Education.  Doctor's  thesis.  Biblical  World, 
XLIV  (1914),  65-14S. 

KaVTSUji  K.\TO,  Ph.D.  1913;  College  Secretary  of  the  Young  Men's 
Christian  Association  for  Japanese  Students,  Chicago. 

The  Psychology  of  Oriental  Religious  Experience:  a  Study  of  Some  Typical 
Experiences  of  Japanese  Converts  to  Christianity.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Svo,  102.     Menasha,  Wis.:    George  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  1915. 

Herbert  Finley  Rudd,  Ph.D.  1914;  Missionary,  American  Baptist 
Foreign  Missionary  Society,  Western  China. 

Chinese  Moral  Sentiments  before  Confucius;  a  Study  in  the  Origin  of 
Ethical  Valuation.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  iii-f  221.  Chicago: 
Privately  printed,  1915. 

Jesse  Frederick  Steiner,  Ph.D.  1915. 

The  Japanese  Invasion.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  .\vii  +  23i.  Chicago: 
A.  C.  McClurg  &  Co.,  1917. 

Addie  Grace  W.ardle,  Ph.D.  1915;  President  of  the  Cincinnati  Mis- 
sionary Training  School. 

Handwork  in  Religious  Education.  i6mo,  .\viii-l-143.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  1916. 

History  of  the  Sunday  School  in  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 
Doctor's  thesis.     New  York:  Methodist  Book  Concern.     In  Press. 


464  PUBLICATIONS 

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY 

(in  the  divinity  school) 
Albion  Woodbury  Small  [1892-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Sociology;  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Liter- 
ature.    See  under  the  Department  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology, 
p.  68. 

fCHARLES  Richmond  Henderson  [1892-1915],  Professor  of  Sociology 

and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Sociology  in  the  Divinity  School. 

A.B.  Old  University  of  Chicago,  1870;  D.B.  Baptist  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
1873;  D.D.  J6f(f.,  1883;  Ph.D.  Leipzig,  1901;  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology  and 
University  Recorder,  Chicago,  1892-94;  University  Chaplain,  ibid.,  1892-1915; 
Associate  Professor  of  Sociology,  ibid.,  1894-97;  Professor,  ibid.,  1897-1915; 
Head  of  the  Department  of  Sociology  in  the  Divinity  School,  ibid.,  1904-15. 

Barrows  Lecturer  to  India,  191 2-13. 

Associate  Editor  American  Journal  of  Sociology;  Member  of  the 
Editorial  Committee  of  the  American  Journal  of  Theology  and  of  the 
Biblical  World. 

President  of  the  International  Prison  Commission  and  of  the 
National  Prison  Association:  Report  of  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Eighth  International  Prison  Congress,  1910.  8vo,  62.  Washington, 
D.C.:  Document,  No.  52,  House  of  Representatives,  Sixty-third 
Congress,  First  session,  May  23,  1913;  Report  on  Preventive  and 
Reformatory  Work,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Prison  Association 
(1904),  127-39;  Report  to  the  Governor  of  Illinois  on  Outdoor  Labor 
for  Convicts.  8vo,  xv-l-154.  Chicago:  University  Press,  1907; 
Secretary  and  Editor  of  the  Mayor's  Commission  on  Unemployment 
in  Chicago:  Pamphlet,  1914;  Contributor  to  the  Report  of  the  Royal 
Commission  on  the  Poor  Laws  and  Relief  of  Distress,  London,  1908; 
President  of  the  National  Conference  of  Charities  and  Correction 
(1899);  President  of  the  National  Child  Welfare  Association; 
Secretary  of  the  Illinois  State  Commission  on  Occupational  Dis- 
eases (191 1),  and  Editor  of  the  report. 

Modern  Prison  Systems.  8vo,  319.  Washington:  Government  Printing 
Office,  1903. 

Modern  Methods  of  Charity.  8vo,  715.  London  and  New  York:  Mac- 
millan  Co.,  1904. 

Die  Arbeiterversicherung  in  den  Vereiniglen  Staaten  von  Nord- America. 
4to,  131.  Berlin:  A.  Troschel,  1907;  I^nglish  version:  Industrial 
Insurance  in  the  United  States,  ist  ed.,  1909;  2d  cd.,  191 1.  Svo, 
x-f-454.     Chicago:    University  Press. 

t  Deceased. 


THE  DIVIXn  V  SCHOOL  465 

Social  Duties  from  the  Christian  Stand  poinl.     i2mo,  .\iv  +  332.    Chicago: 

University  Press,  1909. 
Education  with  Reference  to  Sex.     Eighth  Yearbook  of  the  National 

Society  for   the   Study  of    Education.     Parts    1    and    II,  74+89. 

Chicago:    University  Press,  1909. 
Social  Programmes  in  the  West.     The  Barrows  Lectures  for  191 2-13. 

8vo,  184.     Bombay:  Macmillan  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  1913. 

Citizens   in  Industry.       iimo,    xviii+341.     New    York:     D.    Applcton 

&  Co.,  1915. 
The  School  of  Character  in  a  Prison,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Prison 

Association  (1903),  109-16. 
Supervision  and  Control  of  Penal  Institutions,  ibid.,  135-54. 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Juvenile  Courts,  Proceedings  of  the  National  Con- 
ference of  Charities  and  Correction  (1903),  358-69. 

Definition  of  a  Social  Policy  Relating  to  the  Dependent  Group,  American 
Journal  of  Sociology,  X  (1904),  315-24. 

Juvenile  Courts,  Charities,  XIII  (1905),  340-43. 

(i)  The  National  Children's  Home  Society;  (2)  Instruction  in  Philan- 
thropy; (3)  Insurance  and  Relief  (in  French),  Bullctino  d.  IV,  Con- 
gresso  internazionale  dell  assistenza,  etc.,  July,  1905,  25-29. 

Charity  Organization  in  France,  Charities,  XIV  (1905),  1038,  1039. 

Delinquants  dangereux;  conceptions  americaines,  Ret'ue  penitentiaire, 
29°  an.  (1905),  942-44- 

(Euvres  de  bienfaisance  aux  Etats-Unis,  Rapports  du  i"  Congres  inter- 
national d' education  ct  de  protection  dc  Venfance  dans  lafamille,  sec.  4 
(1905),  221-26. 

The  Part  of  the  Home  in  Religious  Education,  Proceedings  of  the  Third 
Annual  Convention  of  the  Religious  Education  Association,  1905, 
324-29. 

Social  Solidarity  in  France  (Poor  Law  of  1905),  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  XI  (1905),  168-82. 

Higher  Education,  Proceedings  of  the  Baptist  World's  Congress,  London, 
1905. 

L'Assurance  Ouvricre  dans  les  Etats-Unis,  Congrts  International  dcs 
Accidents  du  Travail  et  des  Assurances  Sociales,  VH,  i  (1905),  85-105; 
VII,  2  (1905),  489-90- 


466  PUBLICATIONS 

What  Is  the  Duty  of  the  Church  to  the  Defective  and  Dependent 

Classes  ?     Proceedings  of  the  Baptist  Congress,  1905,  137-45. 

Workingmen's  Insurance,  World  To-Day,  X  (1906),  145-48. 

La  recontre  des  races  dans  la  cite  americaine,    et  ses  consequences 
morales,  Correspondant,  LXXVIII  (1906),  1169-73. 

Lois  d 'assistance  publique  de  I'etat  d'Indiana,  Revue  philanthro pique, 
XIX  (1906),  723-31. 

Ueber  die  bedingte  Entlassung  und  Ueberwachung  in  den  Vereinigten 
Staaten,  Blatter  fiir  Gefdngniskunde,  XXXX  (1906),  383-87. 

Workingman's  Insurance  in  Illinois,  Proceedings  of  the  American  Economic 
Association,  IX  (1908),  183-98. 

Social  Duties,  Biblical  World,  XXXII  (1908),  25-32,  197-204,  349-59. 

The  Logic  of  Social  Insurance,  Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of 
Political  and  Social  Science,  XXXIII  (1909),  41-53. 

La  legislation  americaine  concernant  I'enfance,  Revue  philanthro  pique, 
XXV  (1909),  221-39. 

Ethical  Problem  of  Prison  Science,  International  Journal  of  Ethics,  XX 
(1910),  281-95. 

Infant  Welfare:   Methods  of  Organization: 

I.  In  Italy,  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XVII  (1911-12),  289- 

302. 
II.  In  France,  ibid.,  458-77. 

III.  In  Germany,  ibid.,  669-84. 

IV.  In  German  Cities  and  Belgium.     General  Conclusions,  ibid.y 
783-830. 

Control  of  Crime  in  India,  Journal  of  Criminal  Law  and  Ciminology, 

IV  (1913),  378-400. 
A  Mode  of  Approach,  International  Review  of  Missions,  II  (1913),  765-72, 
Social  Significance  of  Christianity  in  Modern  Asia,  Biblical  World,  XLII 

(1913),  140-45.  200-203,  274-78. 
Penology  in  the  United  StSiies,  Bulletin  de  T  Union  intcrnalionale  de  droit 

penal,  XXI  (19 13),  117-33- 
L'Assistance  en  Chine  lors  de  la  derniere  famine.  Revue  philanthro  pique, 

XXXIV  (1913),  25-48. 


THE  DINLMTV  SCHOOL  467 

Unemployment  ami  Unemi)l<)yment  Relief  in  India,  Bulletin  de  I'Associa- 
tion  inlernationalc  pour  la  luttc  contre  Ic  chomage,  III  (1913),  213-35. 

The  Direction  of  Social  Advance,  Calcutta  Review,  No.  271  (1913),  16-24. 

Penology  in  the  United  States,  Milteilungcn  der  iniernationalen  kriminal- 
istischen  Vereinigung,  XXI  (1914)  (Festband),  117-33. 

"Social  .Assimilation":  America  and  China,  American  Journal  of 
Sociology,  XIX  (1914),  O40-48. 

How  Chicago  Met  the  Unemployment  Problem  of  1915,  ibid.,  XX  (1915), 
721-30. 

Reviews  of:  Books  on  Social  Ethics,  A  mcrican  Journal  of  Theology, 
IX,  387-91.  Other  reviews  in  The  Dial,  XXXVIII,  154-56;  XL,  296- 
98;  LV,  261-64;  iind  in  American  Journal  of  Sociology  and  Journal  of 
Criminal  Law  and  Criminology. 

Scott  Elias  Willi.vm  Bedford  [191  i-],  Associate  Professor  of  Soci- 
ology.    See  under  Department  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology,  p.74. 

Ernest  Watson  Burgess  [1916-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 
See  under  Department  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology,  p.  77. 

Frank  Graves  Cressey,  Ph.D.  1903;  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

The  Church  and  Young  Men.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  .\v+233.  N'ew 
York:  Fleming  H.  Revell  Co.,  1904. 

Richard  Roy  Perkins,  Ph.D.  1905;  Secretary,  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association,  Portland,  Ore. 

Treatment  of  Juvenile  Delinquents.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  77.  Rock- 
ford,  111.:    C.  F.  Mcintosh,  1906. 

Samuel  Nicholas  Reep,  Ph.D.  1911;  Assistant  Professor,  University  of 
Minnesota. 

The  Organization  of  the  Ecclesiastical  Institutions  of  a  Metropolitan 
Community.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  72.  Minneapolis,  Minn.: 
Syndicate  Printing  Co.,  1910. 

Albert  Judson  Steelman,  Ph.D.  1905;  West  Caldwell,  X.J. 

Charities  for  Children  in  the  City  of  Mexico  (illustrated).  Doctor's 
thesis.     8vo,  .xii+iii.     Joliet,  III.:   E.  M.  Steelman,  1907. 


THE  LAW  SCHOOL 

James  Parker  Hall  [1902-],  Professor  of  Law;  Dean  of  the  Law 
School. 

A.B.  Cornell,  1894;  LL.B.  Harvard,  1897;  Lecturer  on  Constitutional  Law  and 
Real  Property,  Buffalo  Law  School,  1898-1900;  Associate  Professor  of  Law, 
Leland  Stanford  Junior,  1900-1902;  Professor  of  Law,  Chicago,  1902-;  Dean 
of  the  Law  School,  ibid.,  1904-. 

Director  of  American  Judicature  Society,  1913-. 

Editor  of  American  Law  and  Procedure  (Vols.  I-XII).     Chicago: 

DeBower-Chapline  Co.,  19 10. 

Constitutional  Law  (Vol.  XII,  American  Law  and  Procedure).  8vo, 
xiv+408.     Chicago:   DeBower-Chapline  Co.,  1910. 

Cases  on  Constitutional  Law.  Royal  8vo,  xxxii+1452.  St.  Paul: 
West  Publishing  Co.,  19 13. 

Illustrative  Cases  on  Constitutional  Law.  Svo,  viii-j-508.  St.  Paul: 
West  Publishing  Co.,  1914. 

Practice  Work  and  Elective  Studies  in  Law  Schools,  Reports  of  the  Amer- 
ican Bar  Association,  XXVIII  (1905),  603-18;  also  in  American  Law 
School  Review,  I  (1905),  328-37. 

Practice  Work  in  Law  Schools,  Green  Bag,  XVII  (1905),  528-32. 

Notes  of  Cases,  ibid.,  672;  XVIII  (1906),  107. 

The  State  Tax  on  Illinois  Central  Gross  Receipts — Another  View,  Illinois 

Law  Review,  II  (1907),  21-31. 

American  Law  School  Degrees,  Michigan  Law  Review,  VI  (1907),  112-17. 

The  New  University  Government  Statute,  University  of  Chicago  Maga- 
zine, I  (1908),  64-67. 

James  Bradley  Thayer,  Great  American  Lawyers,  VIII  (1909),  345-84. 

The  Study  of  Law  by  Correspondence,  Reports  of  the  American  Bar 
Association,  XXXIV  (1909),  798-802;  also  in  the  American  Law 
School  Review,  II  (1909),  314-16. 

The  New  York  Workmen's  Compensation  Act  Decision,  Journal  of 
Political  Economy,  XIX  (1911),  694-700. 

468 


THE  LAW  SCHOOL  469 

Constitutional  Aspects  of  Federal  Regulation  of  Business,  ibid.,  XX 
(1912),  473-79- 

Constitutionality  of  a  Xational  Reserve  Association.  Chap,  x.xiii  in 
Banking  Reform  (Chicago:  National  Citizens'  League,  1912), 
386-417. 

An  Eighteenth-Century  Constitution — A  Comment,  Illinois  Law  Review, 
VII  (19 1 2),  285-90. 

Is  a  Constitutional  Convention  in  Illinois  Desirable?  ibid.,  IX  (1914), 
20-23. 

The  Selection,  Tenure,  and  Retirement  of  Judges,  Bulletin  of  the  Ameri- 
can Judicature  Society,  X  (1916),  1-32;  also  in  Ohio  Law  Bulletin, 
LXI  (1916),  29-43;  Ohio  Law  Reporter,  XIII  (1916),  47-72;  Chicago 
Legal  News,  XLVIII  (19 16),  215-24. 

The  Force  of  Precedents  in  International  Law,  International  Journal 
of  Ethics,  XXYl  (1916),  149-67, 

Review  of:  Prentice,  Federal  Power  over  Carriers  and  Corporations, 
Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XV,  238-42.  Other  reviews  in  Journal  of 
Political  Economy,  Xll,  iT,i~T,s;  XVI,  114-15;  XIX,  506;  XXI,  88-89; 
Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  XXV^, 
198-200;  Harvard  Graduates'  Magazine,  XVI,  778-79;  Columbia  Law 
Review,  IX,  563;   Harvard  Law  Review,  XXVI,  280-81. 

Joseph  Hekry  Beale,  Jr.  [1902-4],  Professor  of  Law;  Dean  of  the 
Law  School;  Royall  Professor  of  Law,  Harvard  University. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1882;  A.M.,  LL.B.  ibid.  1887;  LL.D.,  Wisconsin,  IQ04;  LL.D 
Chicago,  1904;  Lecturer  on  Law,  Harvard,  1891-92;  Assistant  Professor  of  Law 
ibid.,  1893-97;  Professor  of  Law,  ibid.,  iSqS-;  Professor  of  Law  and  Dean  of  the 
Law  School,  Chicago  (on  leave  of  absence  from  Harvard),  1902-4. 

Criminal  Attempts,  Harvard  Law  Reviav,  XVI  (1903),  491-507. 

Retreat  from  a  Murderous  Assault,  ibid.,  567-82. 

Homicide  in  Self-Defence,  Columbia  Law  Review,  III  (1903),  526-45. 

Notes  on  Consideration,  Harvard  Law  Review,  XVII  (1903),  71-82. 

The  Taxation  of  Foreign  Corporations,  ibid.  (1904),  248-65. 

Corporations  of  Two  States,  Columbia  Law  Review,  IV  (1904),  391-408. 

The  Enforcement  Abroad  of  Stockholder's  or  Director's  Liability,  Green 
Bag,  XVI  (1904),  387-94. 


470  PUBLICATIONS 

Harry  Augustus  Bigelow  [1904-],  Professor  of  Law. 

A.B.  Harvard,  1896;  LL.B.  ibid.,  1899;  Assistant  Professor  of  Law,  Chicago, 
1904-6;    Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1906-9;    Professor,  ibid.,  1909-. 

Editor  of  the  third  edition  of  John  Wilder  May's  Law  of  Crimes. 
8vo,  Hv+366.     Boston:  Little,  Brown  &  Co.,  1905. 

Two  Recent  Decisions  on  Interstate  Matrimonial  Relations,  Green  Bag, 
X\TII  (1906),  348-54. 

Notes  of  Cases,  ihid.,  XIX  (1907),  199. 

Insurance.  In  Americaji  Law  and  Procedure,  VII,  255-382.  Chicago: 
DeBower-Chapline  Co.,  19 10. 

Conditional  Deliveries  of  Deeds  of  Land,  Harvard  Law  Review,  XXVI 
(1913),  565-87;  also  in  Law  Times,  CXXXV  (1913),  248-49,  272-73, 
307-8,  357-58. 

A  Brief  Review  of  Criminal  Cases  in  the  Supreme  Court  of  Illinois  for 
the  Past  Year,  Journal  of  Criminal  Law  and  Criminology,  V  (1914), 
199-206. 

The  Contents  of  Covenants  in  Leases,  Law  Quarterly  Review,  XXX 
(1914),  319-38;  also  in  Michigan  Law  Review,  XII  (1914),  639-59. 

Natural  Easements,  Illinois  Law  Review,  IX  (1915),  541-50. 

Review  in:  International  Journal  of  Ethics,  XXVI,  120-22. 

Walter  Wheeler  Cook  [1910-16],  Professor  of  Law;  Professor  of 
Law,  Yale  Law  School. 

A.B.  Columbia,  1894;  LL.M.  ibid.,  1901;  Assistant  Professor  of  Law,  Nebraska, 
1902-3;  Professor  of  Law,  ibid.,  1903-4;  Professor  of  Law,  Missouri,  1904-6; 
Professor  of  Law,  Wisconsin,  1906-10;   Professor  of  Law,  Chicago,  1910-16. 

Cases  on  Reformation,  Rescission,  and  Restitution  at  Law  and  in  Equity. 
In  Press. 

The  Place  of  Equity  in  Our  Legal  System,  Proceedings  of  the  Association 
of  American  Law  Schools,  XII  (1912),  77-89. 

The  Powers  of  Courts  of  Equity,  Parts  I,  II,  and  III,  Columbia  Law 
Review,  XV  (1915),  37-54,  106-41,  228-52. 


thp:  law  school  471 

Ernst  Freund  [1894-],  Professor  of  Jurisprudence  and  Public  Law. 

J.U.I).  Heidelberg,  1S84;  Ph.D.  Columbia,  1897;  Professor  of  Administrative 
Law  anfl  Municipal  (Corporations  (locum  ttnens),  ibid.,  iSgj-f)^;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Roman  Law  and  Jurisi)rudence,  Chicago,  1895-1900;  Associate  Professor 
of  Jurisprudence  and  Public  Law,  ibid.,  1900-1902;  Professor  of  Law,  ibid.,  1902-. 

President  of  the  American  Political  Science  Association,  1915. 

Member  of  the  Illinois  Commission  on   Uniformity  of  Legislation, 

1908-;  Member,  Special  Committee  of  the  American  Bar  Association 

on  Legislative  Drafting;  Reports:    (i)  Language  and  Arrangement 

of  Statutes,  Reports  of  the  Amcrkan  Bar  Association,  XXXIX  (1914), 

632-5S;  (2)  Administrative  Regulations,  ibid.,  XL  (1915),  537-69; 

(3)  Provisions  for  Licensing,  American  Bar  Association  Journal,  II 

(1916),  456-S7. 

The  Police  Power.     8vo,  c.xii+Sig.     Chicago:    Callaghan  &  Co,  and 
University  Press,  1904. 

Cases  on  Administrative  Law.     Royal  8vo,  x.\i+6Si.     St.  Paul:   West 
Publishing  Co.,  191 1. 

Das  ofentliche  Recht  dcr  Vereinigten  Staaten  von  Amerika.     8vo,  387. 
Tiibingen:  J.  C.  B.  Mohr,  1911. 

Standards  of  American  Legislation.     8vo,  x\+327.    Chicago:  University 
Press,  19 1 7. 

Property  (Review  of  Legislation),  New  York  State  Library  Review  of 
Legislation,  1903,  ei-e5. 

Jurisprudence  and  Legislation,  Congress  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  St.  Louis, 
VII  (1904),  619-35. 

Limitation  of  Hours  of  Labor  and   the  Supreme  Court,  Green  Bag, 
X\II  (1905),  411-17- 

Review  of  State  Legislation  on  Property,  Xew  York  State  Library  Bulletin  , 
1906,  192-93. 

Jurisjirudenz   und    Gesetzgebung,   Jahrbuch   des   ojJcntHchcn   Rechts,   I 
(1906-7),  137-52. 

The   Problem  of  Intelligent  Legislation,  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Political  Science  Association,  IV  (1907),  69-79. 

Constitutional  .Aspects  of  Employers'  Liability  Legislation,  Green  Bag, 
XIX  (1907),  80-83. 

Some  Legal  Aspects  of  the  Chicago  Charter  Act  of  1907,  Illinois  Law 
Review,  II  (1908),  427-39, 


472  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Federal  Employer's  Liability  Act,  Charities  and  the  Commons,  XDC 

(1908),  1662-64. 

Constitutional  Aspects  of  the  Ten-Hour  Law,  Bulletin  of  Illinois  Bureau 
of  Labor  Statistics,  1909,  4. 

Labor  Legislation  in  the  Forty-sLxth  General  Assembly  of  Illinois, 
ibid.,  202. 

Can  the  States  Co-operate  for  Labor  Legislation?  Survey,  XXII 
(1909),  409-11. 

The  Ten-Hour  Law,  Illinois  Medical  Journal,  XVII  (19 10),  455-61. 

Review  of  Legislation  on  Property,  1907-8,  New  York  State  Library 
Bulletin,  1910,  249-54. 

Constitutional  Limitation  and  Labor  Legislation,  Publications  of  the 
American  Association  of  Labor,  No.  9  (191  o),  51-71;  also  in  Illinois 
Law  Review,  IV  (1910),  609-23;  Chicago  Legal  News,  XLII  (1910), 
282-84. 

Constitutional  Aspect  of  the  Protection  of  Women  in  Industry,  Publica- 
tions of  the  Academy  of  Political  Science,  I  (1910),  162-84. 

Legal  Aspects  of  City  Planning,  City  Planning  Conference,  191 1, 
241-48. 

Courts  of  Appeals  Decisions  on  Workmen's  Compensation  Law, 
Survey,  XXVI  (191 1),  195-96. 

A  Proposed  Uniform  Marriage  Law,  Harvard  Law  Review,  XXIV  (191 1), 

548-62. 

Unifying  Tendencies  in  American  Legislation,  Yale  Law  Journal,  XXII 
(1912),  96-113. 

Enforcement  Provisions  of  the  Sherman  Law,  Journal  of  Political  Econ- 
omy, XX  (1912),  462-72. 

Constitutional  Status  of  Workmen's  Compensation,  Illinois  Law  Review, 
VI  (19 1 2),  432-46;  also  in  American  Labor  Legislation  Review,  II 
(1912),  43-59- 

Brief  on  Congressional  Legislation  concerning  Workmen's  Compensa- 
tion. Sixty-second  Congress,  First  session.  Senate  Document  90, 
226-39. 

Report  of  Special  Committee  on  Situs  of  Property  for  Purposes  of  Taxa- 
tion, Reports  of  the  American  Bar  Association,  XXXVII  (191 2), 
1177-88. 


THE  LAW  SCHOOL  473 

Supplemental  Acts — A  Chapter  in  Constitutional  Construction,  Illinois 
Law  Review,  VIII  (1913-14),  507-17. 

Problems  of  the  Police  Power,  Case  and  Comment,  XX  (1913),  301-4. 

Uniform  Marriage  and  Divorce  Legislation,  ibid.,  XXI  (19 14),  7-9. 

Report  of  Committee  on  Taxation  (Income  Tax  Act),  Reports  of  the 
American  Bar  Association,  XXXIX  (1914),  533-57. 

Entwickelung  des  offentlichen  Rechts  der  Vereiniglen  Staaten,  1911-13, 
Jahrbiicli  des  ojjcnllichen  Rechts,  VIII  (19 14),  470-91. 

The  Problem  of  Adequate  Legislative  Powers  under  a  State  Constitution, 
Proceedings  of  the  American  Accuiemy  of  Political  Science,  \  (1914), 
98-126. 

Housing  and  the  Police  Power,  Housing  Problem  in  America,  IV  (191 5), 
27-32. 

Classification  and  Definition  of  Crimes,  Journal  of  Criminal  Law  and 
Criminology,  V  (1915),  807-26. 

The  Substitution  of  Rule  for  Discretion  in  Public  Law,  American 
Political  Science  Review,  IX  (19 15),  666-76. 

Principles  of  Legislation,  ibid.,  X  (19 16),  1-19. 

The  Interpretation  of  Statutes,  University  of  Pennsylvania  Law  Review, 
LXV  (1916-17),  207-31. 

Edward  Wilcox  Hinton  [1913-],  Professor  of  Law. 

LL.B.  Columbia,  1891;    Professor  of  Law,  Missouri;    1904-13;    Dean  of  Law 
School,  ibid.,  191 2-13;   Professor  of  Law,  Chicago,  1913-. 

Cases  on  Trial  Practice.  8vo,  xiii+783.  Chicago:  Callaghan  &  Co., 
1915- 

•Julian  William  Mack  [190 2-],  Professor  of  Law. 

LL.B.  Har\-ard,  1887;   Professor  of  Law,  Northwestern,  1895-1902;   Professor  of 
Law,  Chicago,  1902-. 

Judge  of  Circuit  Court,  Cook  County,  Illinois,   1903-11;    Judge  of  Appellate 
Court,  First  District,  Illinois,  1909-11;   United  States  Circuit  Judge,  191 1-. 

Negotiable  Instruments  Law  in  Illinois.  Some  Suggestions  on  the 
Proposal  to  Enact  the  Uniform,  Illinois  Law  Rci^irw,  I  (1907), 
592-605. 


*  On  leave  of  absence,  191 1- 


474  PUBLICATIONS 

The  New  Negotiable  Instruments  Act,  Illinois  Law  Review,  II  (1908), 
265-66. 

The  Nature  and  Definition  of  Political  Offense  in  International  Extra- 
dition, Proceedings  of  the  Third  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American 
Society  of  International  Law  (1909),  144-65. 

The  Juvenile  Court,  Report  of  the  Thirty-second  Annual  Meeting  of 
the  American  Bar  Association  (1909),  449-76;  also  in  Harvard  Law 
Review,  XXIII  (1909-10),  104-22. 

James  Bar  Ames — His  Personal  Influence,  ibid.,  336-38. 
Floyd  Russell  Mechem  [1903-],  Professor  of  Law. 

A.M.  (hon.)  Michigan,  1894;  LL.D.  ihid.,  1912;  Tappan  Professor  of  Law,  ihid., 
1892-1903;   Professor  of  Law,  Chicago,  1903-. 

Cases  on  the  Law  of  Partnership.  3d  ed.  8vo,  xviii+1104.  Chicago: 
Callaghan  &  Co.,  1906. 

Mechem  and  Gilbert'' s  Cases  on  Damages.  8vo,  xxiii+626.  St.  Paul: 
West  Publishing  Co.,  1909. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Law  of  Agency  (in  2  vols.).  Large  8vo,  xcvii+2574. 
Chicago:   Callaghan  &  Co.,  1914. 

Eligibility  to  Office — As  of  What  Time  Determined,  Michigan  Law 
Review,  I  (1903),  17-27. 

The  Power  to  Appoint  to  Office:  Its  Location  and  Limits,  ibid.,  531-56* 

The  Liability  of  a  Master  for  the  Negligence  of  a  Stranger  Assisting 
His  Servant,  ibid..  Ill  (1905),  198-219. 

Constitutional  Limitations  on  Primary  Election  Legislation,  ibid., 
364-86;  Publications  of  Michigan  Political  Science  Association,  VI 
(1905),  125-49. 

The  Effect  of  Ratification  as  between  the  Principal  and  the  Other  Party, 

Michigan  Law  Review,  IV  (1906),  269-83. 

The  Nature  and  Extent  of  an  Agent's  Authority,  ibid.,  433-63. 

Opportunities  and  Responsibilities  of  American  Law  Schools,  Reports  of 
the  American  Bar  Association,  XXX  (1906),  174-86;  also  in  Michi- 
gan Law  Review,  V  (1906-7),  344-53;  Chicago  Legal  News, 
XXXIX  (1907),  354-56. 

Delegation  of  Authority  by  an  Agent,  Michigan  Law  Review,  V  (1906-7), 
94-106. 


THE  LAW  SCHOOL  475 

The  Execution  of  Sealed  Instruments  by  an  Agent,  ibid.,  \'l  (1908), 
552-67. 

Implied  Authority  of  Agents  to  Purchase  Personal  Property,  Yaic  Law 
Journal,  XVII  (1908),  257-69. 

Notice  to,  or  Knowledge  of,  an  Agent,  Afichigan  Law  Review,  \'I[ 
(1908-9),  113-53. 

Employer's  LiabiUty,  Chicago  Legal  News,  XLI  (1909),  404-9;  also  in 
Illinois  Law  Review,  IV  (1909),  243-71;  American  Law  Review, 
XLIV  (1910),  221-55. 

The  Liability  of  an  Undisclosed  Principal,  Harvard  Law  Rei'lcw,  XXIII 
(1910),  513-30;  590-602. 

The  Liability  of  a  Master  for  the  Wilful  or  Malicious  Acts  of  His  Servant, 
I,  II,  Michigan  Law  Review,  IX  (1910-11),  87-101;   181-204. 

An  Agent's  Right  to  Sue  upon  Contracts,  I,  II,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania Law  Rcvieiv,  LIX  (1911),  517-31;  587-617. 

The  Liability  of  an  Agent  to  Third  Persons  in  Tort,  Yale  Law  Journal, 
XX  (1911),  239-67. 

The  Real  Estate  Broker  and  His  Commissions,  I,  II,  III,  Illinois  Law 
i^o^ieTi-,  VI  (1911-12),  145-61;  238-54;  2,'^2,-?>2,- 

The  Liability  of  a  Principal  for  the  Penal  or  Criminal  Acts  of  His  Agent, 
Michigan  Law  Review,  XI  (191 2),  93-108. 

An  Inquiry  concerning  Justice,  ibid.,  XIV  (1915-16),  361-82. 

Underhill  Moore  [1914-16],  Professor  of  Law;    Professor  of  Law, 

Columbia  Law  School. 

.\.B.  Columbia,  1900;  LL.H.  ;/)/</.,  1002;  .\ssociate  Professor  of  Law,  Kansas, 
1906-8;  .\ssociatc  Professor  of  Law,  Wisconsin,  1908-10;  Professor  of  Law,  ibid., 
1910-14;   Professor  of  Law,  Chicago,  1914-16. 

Editor  of  the  fourth  edition  of  C.  P.  Norton's  Handbook  of  the  Law  of 
Bills  and  Xoies.     8vo,  x-l-732.     St.  Paul :  West  Publishing  Co.,  1914. 

Clarke  Butler  Whittier  [1902-14],  Professor  of  Law;   Professor  of 

Law,  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University. 

.\.P.  Leland  Stanford  Junior.  1S93;  I^l-I^-  Uanard.  1896;  Instructor  in  Law, 
Leland  Stanford  Junior,  1S97-99;  .Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1899-1900;  .Vsso- 
ciate  Professor,  ibiJ.,  1900-1902;  Professor  of  Law,  Chicago,  1902-14. 

Cases  on  Common  Law  Pleading.  Parts  I  and  II.  8vo,  x-l-246,  v+162. 
St.  Paul:  West  Publishing  Co.,  191 1,  1912. 


476  PUBLICATIONS 

Problems  of  Survivorship,  Green  Bag,  XVI  (1904),  237-45. 

Notes  of  Cases,  ibid.,  XVIII  (1906),  695,  696. 

Note,  ibid.,  XIX  (1907),  629,  630;   682. 

The  Theory  of  a  Pleading,  Columbia  Law  Review,  VIII  (1908),  523-40. 

Judge  Gilbert  and  Illinois  Pleading  Reform,  Illinois  Law  Review,  IV 
(1909),  174-94- 

Motions  by  the  Defendant  for  Judgment  Non  Obstante  Veredicto  in 
Illinois,  ibid.,  274-79. 

Some  Inaccurate  Statistics  in  the  Teaching  of  Pleading,  American  Law 
School  Review,  VIII  (1910),  345-51. 

Pleading.    In  American  Law  and  Procedure,  XI,  151-315. 

Pleading  Reform  for  Illinois,  Chicago  Legal  News,  XLIII  (1910),  30-31. 

Objections  to  Present  Illinois  Pleading,  with  Suggested  Remedies,  Illinois 
Law  Review,  V  (1910),  257-64. 

A  Bill  for  an  Act  concerning  Pleadings,  ibid.  (191 1),  364-69. 

Reviews  in:  Columbia  Law  Review,  V,  68-71,  176-78,  252-55, 
412-14;  VIII,  423-24;  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  XI,  424-26; 
Harvard  Law  Review,  XIX,  312-14,  550-51;  Illinois  Law  Review,  I, 
133-34,  298;    II,  356. 

RoscoE  Pound,  Professor  of  Law,  1909-10;   Professorial  Lecturer  on 

Mining  and  Irrigation  Law,  1910-;  Story  Professor  of  Law,  Harvard 

University,  1910-. 

A.B.  Nebraska,  1888;  Ph.D.  ihid.,  1897;  LL.D.  Michigan,  1913;  LL.M.  (hon.) 
Northwestern,  1908;  LL.D.  Chicago,  1916;  Assistant  Professor  of  Law,  Nebraska, 
1899-1903;  Commissioner  of  Nebraska  Supreme  Court,  1901-3;  Dean  of  College 
of  Law,  Nebraska,  1903-7;  Professor  of  Law,  Northwestern,  1907-9;  Professor 
of  Law,  Chicago,  1909-10;  Professorial  Lecturer  on  Mining  and  Irrigation 
Law,  ihid.,  1910-. 

Uniformity  of  Commercial  Law  on  the  American  Continent,  Michigan 
Law  Review,  VIII  (1909),  91-107. 

Law  in  Books  and  Law  in  Action,  American  Law  Review,  XLIV  (1910), 
12-36;  also  in  Report  of  the  Maryland  Slate  Bar  Association,  XIV 
(1909),  298-323. 

Some  Principles  of  Procedural  Reform,  Illinois  Law  Review,  IV  (1910), 
388-407;  491-508. 


THE  LAW  SCHOOL  477 

A  Practical  Program  of  Procedural  Reform,  Proceedings  of  the  Illinois 
State  Bar  Association,  XXXIV  (1910),  373-404;  also  in  Green  Bag, 
XXII  (igio),  438-56. 

Puritanism  and  the  Common  Law,  Proceedings  of  the  Kansas  State 
Bar  Association,  XXVII  (1910),  45-58;  also  in  American  Law 
Review,  XLV  (191 1),  811-29. 

Reviews  i.\:  Illinois  Law  Review,   IV,   605,  671-72;   V,    122-23; 
Columbia  Law  Review,  X,  585-87. 

Herman  Enzla  Oliphant  [1914-],  Associate  Professor  of  Law. 

A.B.  Indiana,  iqoq;  J.D.  Chicago,  1914;  Instructor  in  Marion  N'ormal  School, 
190Q-11;  Instructor,  Chicago,  1914-16;  Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1916-17; 
Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  191 7-. 

Case  Book  on  Business  Law.  Svo,  1200.  Chicago:  University  Press. 
In  Press. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION 

THE  GRADUATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION 

See  wider  Department  of  Education,  p.  22. 


THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Charles  Hubbard  Judd  [1909-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department 
of  Education;  Director  of  the  School  of  Education.  See  under 
Department  of  Education,  p.  22. 

John  Dewey  [1893-1904],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of 
Philosophy;  Director  of  the  School  of  Education;  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Philosophy,  Columbia  University.  See  under 
Department  of  Philosophy,  p.  5. 

Franklin  Winslow  Johnson  [1905-],  Principal  of  the  University  High 
School;  Lecturer  in  Secondary  Education.  See  under  University 
High  School,  p.  489. 

fWiLBUR  Samuel  Jackman  [1901-7],  Principal  of  the  University  Ele- 
mentary School;  Professor  of  the  Teaching  of  Natural  Science. 
See  under  University  Elementary  School,  p.  497. 

Nathaniel  Butler  [1893-95 ;  1901-],  Professor  of  Education;  Director 
of  Co-operation  with  Secondary  Schools ;  Dean  of  University  College. 
See  under  Department  of  Education,  p.  24. 

Otis  William  Caldwell  [1907-16],  Professor  of  Botany  and  Supervisor 
of  Natural  Science,  School  of  Education;  Professor  of  Education  and 
Director  of  the  Lincoln  School,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. 

S.B.  Franklin,  1894;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1898;  Professor  of  Botany,  Eastern 
Illinois  State  Normal  School,  1899-1907;  Associate  Professor  of  Hotany,  School 
of  Education,  Chicago,  1907-15;  Dean  of  University  College,  Chicago,  1913-16; 
Professor  of  Botany,  ibid.,  1915-16. 

Editor  of  the  Botanical  department  of  School  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, 1907-10;  of  Botanical  articles  in  Monroe's  Cyclopedia  of 
Education,  191 2;  and  of  a  scries  of  science  textbooks  for  high  schools, 
Ginn  &  Co.,  1909-16. 

t  Deceased. 

478 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  479 

Chairman  of  the  Permanent  Committee  of  the  Central  Association  of 
Science  and  Mathematics  Teachers  on  the  Unified  Four- Year  Science 
Course  for  Hif^h  Schools;  Report  in  School  Science  atui  Mathematics, 
XIV  (1914),  165-69;  see  also  Proceedings  of  the  Central  Associa- 
tion of  Science  and  Mathematics  Teachers  (1914),  18-21 ;  Chairman  of 
the  Committee  on  Science  of  the  National  Education  AsscKiation's 
Commission  on  Reorganization  of  Secondary  Education,  1916-; 
Member  of  the  Committee  on  Minimum  Essentials  of  the  National 
Education  Association. 

Practical  Botany  (with  J.  Y.  Bergen).     8vo,  545.     Boston:   Ginn  &  Co., 
1911. 

Introduction  to  Botany  (with  J.  Y.  Bergen).     Svo,  368.     Boston:   Ginn  & 
Co.,  1914. 

Elements  of  General  Science  (with  W.  L.  Eikenberry).     8vo,  xiv-f  308. 
Boston:   Ginn  &  Co.,  1914. 

Laboratory  Manual  of  General  Science  (with  W.  L.  Eikenberry  and  C.  J. 
Pieper).     Svo,  xi  +  134.     Boston:   Ginn  &  Co.,  1915. 

Essentials  of  Agriculture  (with  H.  J.  Waters).     8vo,  455.     Boston:   Ginn 
&  Co.,  1915. 

Microcycas  calocoma,  Botanical  Gazette,  XLIV  (1907),  118-41. 

The  Teaching  of  Botany  in  the  High  School,  School  Rrcinv,  X\'  (1907), 
661-70. 

The  Criteria  of  Selection  of  Material  for  Teaching  of  Nature-Study  and 
Geography,  Nature-Study  Rcviru.',  Ill  (1907),  252-59. 

The  School  Garden,  Bulletin  of  the  Eastern  Illinois  State  Xornuil  School, 
No.  20  (1908). 

The  High-School  Course  in  Botany,  Bulletin  of  the  Office  of  the  State 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  Wisconsin  (1908),  1-8. 

The  Relation  of  the  Doctorate  to  Teaching,  University  of  Chicago  Maga- 
zine, I  (1908),  58-64. 

The  Course  in  Botany,  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  IX  (1909),  54-66. 

A  Study  of  Microcycas  calocoma  (with  28  ligs.),  Reports  of  the  "  Estacion 
Central  Agronomica,"  Cuba,  Part  II  (1909),  122-32. 


480  PUBLICATIONS 

An  Investigation  of  the  Teaching  of  the  Biological  Subjects  in  Secondary 
Schools,  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  IX  (1909),  581-97. 

General  Science  for  the  First  Year  of  the  High  School,  Proceedings  of  the 
Central  Association  of  Science  and  Mathematics  Teachers  (1909), 
115-27. 

Natural  History  in  the  Grades  (seven  articles),  Elementary  School  Teacher, 
X  (1909-10),  131-38, 157-62,  270-76, 316-25, 493-500;  XI  (1910-11), 
1-7,  49-62. 

Should  the  Nature-Study  Course  Be  Organized  with  Definiteness? 
Nature-Study  Review,  VI  (1910),  187-89. 

Organization  in  the  Course  in  Nature-Study,  ibid.,  VII  (191 1),  87-90. 

Botany  in  the  Schools,  AfnericanCyclopaediaof  Education,!  (igii) ,42g-^7,. 

The  Product  of  Our  Botanical  Teaching,  Science,  XXXIII  (191 1),  639-42. 

The  Laboratory  Method  and  High-School  Efficiency,  Popular  Science 
Monthly,  LXXXXII  (1913),  243-51. 

The  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  Science,  XXXVII  (1913),  496-98. 

The  Course  in  Botany,  Proceedings  of  Illinois  High-School  Conference 

(1913),  89-92. 

Rural  Extension,  Journal  of  Home  Economics,  VI  (1914),  99-109. 

Investigations  regarding  General  Science,  High-School  Quarterly,  IV 
(1916),  94-101. 

George  William  Myers  [1901-],  Professor  of  the  Teaching  of  Mathe- 
matics and  Astronomy,  and  Mathematical  Supervisor,  School  of 
Education. 

B.L.  Illinois,  1888;  Ph.D.  Munich,  1896;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Illinois,  1890-QS;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1895-96;  Associate  Professor  of 
Astronomy  and  Mathematics,  and  Director  of  Observatory,  ibid.,  1895-97;  Pro- 
fessor of  Astronomy  and  Applied  Mathematics,  ibid.,  1897-1900;  Head  of  Astron- 
omy and  Mathematics,  Chicago  Institute,  igoo-1901;  Professor  of  the  Teaching 
of  Mathematics  and  Astronomy,  and  Mathematical  Supervisor,  the  School  of 
Education,  Chicago,  1901-. 

Editor,  Mathematical  department.  School  Science  and  Mathematics, 
1901-9;  Astronomical  department,  ibid.,  1901-;  Mathematical 
publications  of  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  Chicago;  The  School  of 
Education  Texts  and  Manuals  ("University  of  Chicago  Mathe- 
matical Series"). 

The  Rational  Arithmetics  (with  Sarah  C.  Brooks).  Svo,  600.  Chicago: 
Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1902,  1904. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  481 

The  Myers  Arithmetics.  Books  I,  II,  III.  8vo,  777.  Chicago:  Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co.,  1905,  1907,  1908. 

Teachers'  Manual  and  Key  to  Myers'  Arithmetics,  1907.  Revised,  1908. 
8vo,  200.     Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co. 

First-Year  Mathematics  for  Secondary  Schools  (with  members  of  the 
University  High  School  Faculty),  1907.  Revised,  1909.  8vo,  365. 
Chicago:    University  Press. 

Geometric  Exercises  for  Algebraic  Solution  (with  members  of  the  Uni- 
versity High  School  Faculty).  8vo,  i.\+7o.  Chicago:  University 
Press,   1907. 

Secotid-Vear  Mathematics  for  Secondary  Schools  (with  members  of  the 
University  High  School  Faculty).  Svo,  282.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1910. 

Teachers'  Manual  for  First-Year  Mathematics  (with  members  of  the 
University  High  School  Faculty).  8vo,  x+164.  Chicago:  Uni- 
versity Press,  191 1. 

Elementary  Algebra  (with  G.  E.  Atwood).  Svo,  287.  Chicago:  Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co.,  19 16. 

Logarithms  in  the  First  Year  of  the  Secondary  School,  School  Science  and 
Mathematics,  V  (1905),  701-11;  VI  (1906),  99-104. 

Mathematics  in  the  University  High  School,  School  Review,  XIV  (1906), 

57-64- 
Rapidity  in  Arithmetic,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  VI  (1906),  253-58. 

Mathematics  of  the  Kindergarten,  Chicago  Normal  School  Bulletin,  I 
(1906). 

Mathematics  in  the  Grades  for  Pupils:  (a)  Leaving  School  at  Eighth 
Grade;   {b)  Going  On  to  High  School,  ibid.,  II  (1906). 

Elementary-School  Mathematics  for  Pupils,  Educational  Bi-Monthly,  I 
(1900),  1-22. 

Mathematics  in  Elementary  School  and  Kindergarten,  ibid.,  80-88. 

A  Class  of  Content  Problems  for  High-School  Algebra,  School  Review, 
XIV  (1906),  5O3-77;  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  VII  (1907), 
19-33- 

A  Study  of  Ideas  Organizing  and  Controlling  the  Mathematical  Work  of 
Elementary  Schools,  FduciUional  Bi-Monthh\  II  (1908),  295-343. 


482  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Deeper  and  the  Richer  Meanings  of  Mathematical  Teaching  in 
Elementary  Schools,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  VIII  (1908),  301-15, 
367-80. 

The  Year's  Progress  in  University  High-School  Mathematics,  School 
Review,  XVII  (1909),  99-118. 

Arithmetic  in  Public  Education,  Proceedings  of  the  State  Teachers^  Associa- 
tion of  Texas  (1909),  20. 

Two  Year's  Progress  in  Mathematics  in  the  University  High  School, 
School  Science  and  Mathematics,  XI  (1911),  64-72. 

Early  Impressions  of  Teaching  Secondary-School  Mathematics  in  Paris, 
ibid.,  285-93. 

Teaching  Secondary  Mathematics  in  France,  School  Review,  XIX  (191 1), 

433-53- 
History  of  Arithmetic  as  an  Aid  in  Teaching,  Educational  Bi-Monthlyj 

V  (1911),  305-15- 

Unification  of  Mathematics  in  Secondary  School,  School  Science  and 
Mathematics,  XI  (191 1),  777-90. 

A  Plan  for  Testing  Methods  of  Teaching  Mathematics,  School  Review, 
XXII  (1914),  91-98. 

Reviews  in:  School  Review,  XIII,  85-87;  XIV,  379;  XXI,  71-72, 
72-73;  XXII,  208^9;  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  VI,  332-33; 
VII,  74-77,  244,  435-36,  621-25,  711;  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  XIV,  24-29,  35-39. 

Samuel  Chester  Parker  [1909-],  Professor  of  Education.  See  under 
Department  of  Education,  p.  25. 

Walter  Sargent  [1909-],  Professor  of  Art  Education. 

State  Supervisor  of  Manual  Arts,  Massachusetts,  1903-6;  Director  of  Drawing 
and  Manual  Training,  Boston,  1906-9;  Professor  of  Fine  and  Industrial  Art  in 
Relation  to  Education,  Chicago,  1909-. 

Fine  and  Industrial  Arts  in  Elementary  Schools.  8vo,  132.  Boston: 
Ginn  &  Co.,  1912. 

How  Children  Learn  to  Draw  (with  Elizabeth  E.  Miller).  8vo,  264. 
Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1916. 

Value  of  Art  in  the  Industrial  School,  Proceedings  and  Addresses  of  the 
National  Education  Association  (19 12),  988-99. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATIOxN  483 

Problems  in  Experimental  Pedagogy  in  Drawing,  Journal  of  Educational 
Psychology,  III  (1912),  264-76. 

One  Contribution  Which  Art  Makes  to  Religion,  Biblical  World,  XLI 

(1913),  359-65- 
Course  of  Study  in  Drawing  in  the  Elementary  School  (with  Elizabeth  E. 

Miller   and    Margaret    Gordon),  Elementary   School  Journal,  XVI 

(1916),  412-23,  475-90,  533-41- 

Art  Courses  in  High  Schools,  School  Review,  XXIV  (1916),  107-15. 

Course  of  Study  in  Art  in  the  High  School,  School  of  Education,  the 
University  of  Chicago  (with  Nama  A.  Lathe),  ibid.,  409-25. 

James  Hayden  Tufts  [189 2-],  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department 
of  Philosophy.     See  under  Department  of  Philosophy,  p.  3. 

ZoNiA  Barer  [1901-],  Associate  Professor  of  the  Teaching  of  Geography 

and  Geology,  College  of  Education. 

S.B.  Chicago,  1904;  Associate  Professor  of  the  Teaching  of  Geography  and 
Geology,  ibid.,  1901-. 

A  Lesson  in  Geography — From  Chicago  to  the  Atlantic,  Elementary 
School  Teacher,  VII  (1907),  458-73. 

The  Teaching  of  the  Continent  of  Eurasia,  ibid.,  518-47. 

Lost  Opportunities  in  Teaching  Geography,  Journal  of  Geography, 
XIV  (1916),  295-98. 

The  Oceans:   Our  Future  Pastures,  Scientific  Monthly.     In  Press. 

John  Fr-VNKLIN  Bobbitt  [1910-],  Associate  Professor  of  School  Adminis- 
tration.    See  under  Department  of  Education,  p.  26. 

Walter  Fen'NO  Dearborn  [1909-12],  Associate  Professor  of  Educa- 
tion; Professor  of  Education,  Harvard  University.  See  under 
Department  of  Education,  p.  27. 

Elliot  Rowland  Downing   [1911-],  Associate  Professor  of  Natural 

Science,  College  of  Education. 

S.B.  .Mbion,  iSSq;  Ph.D.  Chicago.  iQoi;  Professor  of  Biolop>-,  N'orthern  State 
Normal  School,  .Michigan,  iqoi-ii;  .\ssistant  Professor  of  Zoology,  College  of 
Education,  Chicago,  1911-14;  .\ssociate  Professor  of  Natural  Science,  »7>k/.,  1914-. 

Editor,  Xature-Study  Review,  191 1-17. 


484  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Formation  of  the  Spermatophore  in  Aremcola  and  a  Theory  of  the 
Alternation  of  Generations  in  Animals,  Journal  of  Morphology, 
XXII  (191 1),  1001-43,  4  plates. 

Children's  Pets,  Nature-Study  Review,  VII  (19 n),  1-15. 

Children's  Interest  in  Nature  Material,  ibid.,VIll  (1912),  334-37- 

The  Home  Garden  and  Experimental  Plats,  Journal  of  the  Proceedings 
and  Addresses  of  the  National  Education  Association  (1912),  1381-86. 

A  Study  of  an  Attempt  at  Uniformity  in  Grading  Students,  School 
Science  and  Mathematics,  XIII  (1913),  290-93. 

The  Beaver,  Guide  to  Nature,  IV  (1914),  No.  9. 

The  Scientific  Trend  in  Secondary  Education,  Science,  XLI  (1915), 
232-35- 

Some  Data  regarding  the  Teaching  of  Zoology  in  Secondary  Schools, 
School  Science  and  Mathematics,  XV  (19 15),  36-43. 

Nature  Study  and  High-School  Science,  School  Review,  XXIII  (1915), 
272-75. 

Present  Requirements  in  the  United  States  in  Instruction  in  Nature 
Study  and  Elementary  Agriculture,  Nature-Study  Review,  XI  (1915), 
297-99. 

A  List  of  Teachers  of  Nature  Study  in  the  United  States,  ibid.,  XII 
(1916),  69-78. 

An  Analysis  of  Zoology  Texts  for  Secondary  Schools,  School  Review, 

XXIV  (1916),  375-85- 

How  to  Teach  Nature  Study.  A  Chapter  in  Teaching  Elementary 
School  Subjects  (edited  by  L.  W.  Rapeer;  New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  1917),  pp.  341-56. 

Reviews  in:    Nature-Study  Review,  VIII,  245,  278;    IX,   93;   X, 
378;  XI;   and  many  others  in  the  same  journal,  1914-. 

Frank  Nugent  Freeman  [1909-],  Associate  Professor  of  Educational 
Psychology.     See  under  Department  of  Education,  p.  27. 

Marcus  Wilson  Jernegan  [1902-6;  1908-],  Associate  Professor  of 
History.     See  under  Department  of  History,  p.  60. 


THE  SCHOOL  or  EDUCA'llOX  485 

Carl  Johannks  Kroh  [iqoi-j],  Assistant  Professor  of  the  Teaching  of 

Physical  Training,  College  of  Education;    Department  of  Physical 

Training,  Indianapolis  Public  Schools. 

Fricdrich  Knopp's  Institute,  Haltimore,  i&6o-()-j;  Turnlchrcr  Seminar,  Mil- 
waukee, 1878-79;  Head  of  Department  of  Physical  Training,  Cook  County  and 
Chicago  Normal  School,  1891-99;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Training, 
University  of  Chicago,  1901-7. 

Physical  Training  a  Department  of  Education,  Elementary  School 
Teacher,  VH  (1907),  241-46. 

Physical  Training — A  Question  of  Judicious  Support,  ibid.,  379-84. 

A  Review  of  the  Work  of  Physical  Training  in  the  University  of  Chicago 
School  of  Education,  Mind  and  Body,  XIV  (1907),  33-38,  80-84, 
119-25. 

Frank  Mitchell  Leavitt  [1910-],  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial 
Education  and  Supervisor  of  Industrial  Education.  See  under 
Department  of  Education,  p.  29. 

George  Herbert  Locke  [1899-1905],  Associate  Professor  of  Educa- 
tion; Dean  of  the  College  of  Education;  Chief  Librarian,  Public 
Library,  Toronto. 

A.B.  Toronto,  1893;  A.M.  ibid.,  1896;  Instructor  in  the  Historj'  and  Art  of 
Teaching,  Harvard,  1897-99;  Instructor  in  Pedagogy,  Chicago,  1899-1901 ;  .Assist- 
ant Professor  of  Education,  ibid.,  1901-4;  Associate  Professor,  ibid.,  1904-5. 

Editor,  School  Review,  1900-1905. 

A  Bibliography  of  Secondary  Education.  8vo,  42.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1903. 

High  School  of  Commerce,  New  York  City,  School  Review,  XI  (1903), 
555-62. 

A  Backward  Step  in  English  Education,  ibid.,  606-8. 

Non-Conformists  and  the  Relationship  between  Religion  and  Educa- 
tion, ibid.,  856-59. 

The  Place  of  Instruction  in  the  Organization  and  Administration  of 
Schools  and  School  Systems,  Educational  Review,  XX\1I  (1904), 
456-67. 

Herman  Campbell  Stevens  [1913-],  Associate  Professor  of  Education. 
Sec  under  Department  of  Education,  p.  30. 


486  PUBLICATIONS 

Katharine  Blunt  [1913-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Food  Chemistry; 

Home  Economics. 

A.B.  Vassar,  1898;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1907;  Assistant  in  Chemistry,  Vassar,  1903-5; 
Instructor  in  Chemistty,  Pratt  Institute,  1907-8;  Instructor  in  Chemistry, 
Vassar,  1908-13,  Assistant  Professor  of  Food  Chemistry-,  Chicago,  1913-. 

The  Smoking  Temperatures  of  Edible  Fats  (with  Clara  M.  Feeney), 
Journal  oj  Home  Economics,  VII  (19 15),  535-41. 

Chemistry  as  a  Field  for  Women,  Chicago  Chemical  Bulletin,  III  (19 16), 
48-51. 

Recent  Work  on  Normal  Adult  Nutrition,  Journal  of  Home  Economics, 
VIII  (1916),  623-34. 

Chinese  Preserved  Eggs,  Pidan  (with  Chi  Chi  Wang),  Journal  of  Bio- 
logical Chemistry,  XXVIII  (1916),  125-34. 

WiLLARD  Clark  Gore  [1902-16],  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology, 
College  of  Education.    See  under  Department  of  Education,  p.  31. 

William  Scott  Gray  [19 14-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Education;  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Education.  See  under  Department  of  Education, 
P-3I. 

Alice  Peloubet  Norton  [i  901-13],  Assistant  Professor  of  Household 
Administration.    See  under  Household  Administration,  p.  86. 

Harold  Ordway  Rugg  [191 5-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 
See  under  Department  of  Education,  p.  32. 

Rolla  Milton  Tryon  [1913-],  Assistant  Professor  of  the  Teaching  of 

History,  College  of  Education. 

A.B.  Indiana,  1907;  Ph.D.  Chicago,  1915;  Superintendent,  City  Schools,  Madi- 
son, Indiana,  1909-11;  Instructor  in  the  Teaching  of  History,  Chicago,  1913-15; 
Assistant  Professor,  ibid.,  1915-. 

Materials,  Methods,  and  Administration  for  History  Study  in  the  Ele- 
mentary Schools  of  the  United  States.  8vo,  62.  Indiana  University 
Studies,  No.  17  (1913). 

Household  Manufactures  in  the  United  States,  1640-1860.  A  Study  in 
Industrial  History.  Doctor's  thesis.  i2mo,  xii+4i3-  Chicago: 
University  Press,  1917. 

The  Teacher's  Conception  of  History,  Educator-Journal,  XIV  (1913), 
88-93. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION'  487 

Aids  for  Grammar-Grade  History  Teachers  and  Supervisors,  Elementary 
School  Journal,  XV  (1915),  400-407. 

The  Organization  of  United  States  History  for  Teaching  Purjjoses  in 
Grades  Seven  and  Eight,  ibid.,  XVI  (1916),  247-56. 

History  in  the  Junior  High  School,  ibid.,  491-508. 

The  High-School  History  Recitation,  History  Teachers'  Magazine, 
Vn  (191O),  236-43. 

Lillian  Cushm.vn  Brown  [1897-];    Instructor  in  Art. 

Ph.B.  ChicaRo,  igog;  Instructor  in  Drawing,  Art  Institute,  1891;  Art  Instructor, 
Kemper  Hall,  Kenosha,  Wis.,  1893;  Supervisor  of  .Vrt  and  Grammar  in  High 
Schools,  Highland  Park,  1897-1902;  Instructor  in  Art,  Chicago,  1903-. 

Elementary  Art  Teaching  in  the  Laboratory  School,  Elementary  School 
Teacher,  III  (1903),  680-85. 

A  Discussion  of  Mr.  FenoIIosa's  Theory  of  Art  Development  and  Its 
Relation  to  Certain  Problems  of  Elementary  Education,  ibid.,  V 
(1905),  473-81. 

The  Art  Impulse:  Its  Early  Forms  and  Relation  to  Mental  Develop- 
ment, Journal  of  the  Proceedings  afid  Addresses  of  the  Xalional 
Education  Association  (1908),  515-23. 

A  Report  of  the  Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  National  Society  for  the 
Promotion  of  Industrial  Education,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  DC 
(1909),  233-49. 

A  Test  of  Efficiency  for  the  Industrial  Arts,  Industrial  Arts  Magazine, 
III  (1915),  49-51. 

Clar.\  May  Feeney,  [1913-16],  Instructor  in  Home  Economics  and 

Household  Art;  Director,  Institution  Economics,  Miami  University, 

Oxford,  Ohio. 

.•\.B.  Miami,  iqoS;  B.S.  and  Diploma  in  Teaching  Domestic  Science,  Teachers 
College,  Columbia,  191 1;  Laboratory  .Assistant  in  Zoology,  Miami,  190S;  In- 
structor, Stout  Institute,  191  2;  Instructor,  Western  College  for  Women,  1913; 
Instructor  in  Home  Lconomics  and  Household  Art,  Chicago,  1913-16. 

Corn  and  Its  Products,  Elementary  School  Journal,  X\T  (1915),  74-Si. 

The  Smoking  Temi)eratures  of  Edible  Fats  (with  Katharine  Blunt), 

Journal  of  Home  Eiononiics,  \TI  (1915),  535-41. 


488  PUBLICATIONS 

Grace    Gordon   Hood   [1913-14],   Instructor   in   Home   Economics; 

Assistant  Professor,  Domestic  Science,  Lewis  Institute,  Chicago. 

B.S.  Columbia,  191 2;  A.M.  ibid.,  1913;  Associate  in  Arts,  Lewis  Institute, 
1907;  Associate  in  Domestic  Economy,  ibid.,  1908;  Instructor  in  Cooking, 
ibid.,  1909-11;  Instructor  in  Cooking,  Speyer  School,  New  York,  1911-12; 
Instructor  in  Domestic  Science  and  Art,  Berkeley  Institute,  191 2-13;  Instructor 
in  Home  Economics,  Chicago,  1913-14. 

Experimental  Cooking  in  the  High  School,  School  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, XIV  (1914),  613. 

Ira  Benton  Meyers  [1902-11],  Instructor  in  the  Teaching  of  Natural 

Science,  School  of  Education;   Curator  of  the  Museum. 

B.E.  Cook  County  Normal  School,  1894;  Curator  of  Chicago  Institute,  1900-1901 ; 
Instructor,  School  of  Education,  1902-11. 

The  Evolution  of  Aim  and  Method  in  the  Teaching  of  Nature  Study  in 
the  Common  Schools  of  the  United  States,  Elementary  School  Teacher, 
XI  (1911),  205-13,  237-48. 

Jonathan  French  Scott  [1910-13],  Instructor  in  the  History  of  Educa- 
tion; Cambridge,  Mass.    See  under  Department  of  Education,  p.  32. 

Eleanor  Smith  [1902-10],  Instructor  in  Music;  Hull-House,  Chicago. 

Instructor  in  Music,  Chicago  Kindergarten  College,  Froebel  Kindergarten 
School,  1893-94;  Founder  of  Hull-House  Music  School,  1895;  Instructor  in 
Music,  Chicago,  1902-10. 

"Eleanor  Smith  Music  Series":  Manual,  117  pp.;  Book  I,  112  pp.; 
Book  II,  151  pp.;  Book  III,  199  pp.;  Book  IV,  255  pp.,  1906. 
Primer,  112  pp.;  Alternate  Book  II,  160  pp.  New  York:  American 
Book  Co.,  1907. 

Ida  Cassa  Hefferan  [1902],  Assistant  in  Art;  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

Lessons  in  Chalk  Modeling:  The  New  Method  of  Map  Drawing.  i2mo, 
138.     Boston:  Educational  Publishing  Co.,  1903. 

Howard  Mumford  Jones  [1914-16],  Assistant  in  English. 

A.B.  Wisconsin,  1914;   A.M.  Chicago,  1915;  Assistant  in  English,  ibid.,  1914-16. 

Editorial  Board,  School  Review,  1914-16, 
A  Little  Book  of  Local  Verse.     i6mo,  32.     LaCrosse:   Inland  Printing 

Co.,  1915. 
A  Mississippi  Holiday,  Mid-West  Quarterly,  III  (1915),  45-58. 
Love  Divided:   A  Sequence  of  Sonnets,  Midland  Magazine,  I  (191 5), 

281-308. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  489 

Translation  of  Heine's  Die  Nordsee  in   the  Original  Meters.     16  mo., 
129.     Chicago:  Open  Court  Publishing  Co.,  1916, 

University  Sketches,  Poetry,  VIII  (1916),  7-12. 

The  Convocation  Ode,  University  Record,  l^itwS^tTits,  II,  (1916),  145-55. 

Reviews  in:  School  Review,  XXIII,  58-59,    210,   351-52,  354-55; 

XXIV,  82-85, 398-99. 

Hazel  Byrde  Smith  [1915-16],  Assistant  in  Music,  School  of  Education. 
A  Visit  to  the  Gary  Public  Schools,  Unity,  LXXV  (1915),  281-82. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  HIGH  SCHOOL 

Franklin   Winslow  Johnson   [1905-],   Principal   of   the   University 

High  School;  Lecturer  in  Secondary  Education. 

A.B.  Colby  College,  1891;  L.H.D.  ibid.,  1016;  Principal,  High  School,  Calais,  Me.. 
1891-94;  Principal,  Coburn  Classical  Institute,  Watcrville,  Me.,  1894-1905; 
Principal,  .Vcademy  for  Boys,  Morgan  Park,  1905-7;  .\ssistant  Dean,  University 
High  School,  Chicago,  1907-9;  Principal,  ibid.,  1909-. 

Member  of  the  Editorial  Board,  School  Review,  1910-. 

The  Problems  of  Boyhood.  i2mo,  xxv-l-130.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1914. 

The  Social  Organization  of  the  High  School,  School  Review,  XVII  (1909), 
665-80. 

A  Comparative  Study  of  the  Grades  of  Pupils  from  Different  Elementary 
Schools  in  the  Subjects  of  the  First  Year  in  High  School,  Elementary 
School  Teacher,  XI  (1910),  63-78. 

The  School  Party— Its  Effect  upon  Manners  and  Morals,  Educational 
Bi-Monthly,  V  (1910),  165-68. 

A  Study  of  High-School  Grades,  School  Review,  XIX  (1911),  13-24. 

Significant  E.xperiments  in  the  State  of  Illinois,  Religious  Education,  V 
(1911),  704-8. 

The  Conference  on  Moral  Education,  School  Revieiv,  XIX  (1911),  347-49. 

The  New  Harvard  Entrance  Requirements,  ibid.,  412-13. 

The  High-School  Boys'  Morals,  ibid.,  XX  (19 12),  81-89. 

Moral  Education  through  School  Activities,  Religious  Education,  \1 
(1912),  493-502. 


490  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Hillegas-Thorndike  Scale  for  Measurement  of  Quality  in  English 
Composition  by  Young  People,  School  Review,  XXI  (1913),  39-49. 

A  Preliminary  Study  in  Moral  Education,  Religious  Education,  VII 

(1913),  621-25. 

Methods  of  Social  Training  in  High  Schools,  ibid.,  VIII  (1913),  200-209. 

Supervised  Study,  University  of  Illinois  Bulletin,  XII  (1915),  78-84. 

Moral  and  Social  Values  of  Physical  Education  in  the  Secondary  Schools, 
American  Physical  Education  Review,  XX  (1915),  477-87. 

The  Moral  Situation  in  High  Schools,  Religious  Education,  X  (1915), 
515-26. 

Reviews  in:  School  Review,  yiVill,2o^-?>^,  XXHI,  276-77;  XXIV, 
240-41,  241-42. 

Frances  Ramsay  Angus,  A.B.  [1902-],  Instructor  in  French. 

Fundamentals  of  French.  i2mo,  280.  New  York:  Henry  Holt  &  Co., 
1916. 

Arthur  Fairchild  Barnard,  A.B.  [1903-],  Instructor  in  History. 

Ancient  History  and  the  Classics,  School  Review,  XV  (1907),  78-82. 

Review:  Ibid.,  XVI,  482-83. 

fEDWiN  Sherwood  Bishop,  Ph.D.  [1909-16],  Instructor  in  Physics. 

A  Laboratory  Course  in  Physics  for  Secondary  Schools  (with  R.  A.  Millikan 

and  H.  G.  Gale).     8vo,  vi+135.     Boston:    Ginn  &  Co.,  1914. 

Beginnings  of  Electricity  (joint  author),  ii+66.  Chicago:  American 
School  of  Correspondence,  1916. 

Measurement  and  Application  of  the  Electric  Current  (joint  author). 
ii+8o.     Chicago:    American  School  of  Correspondence,   1916. 

Induced  Currents  and  Electric  Power  (joint  author),  ii+87.  Chicago: 
American  School  of  Correspondence,  1916. 

An  Absolute  Determination  of  the  Minimum  Ionizing  Energy  of  an 
Electron,  and  an  Application  of  the  Theory  of  Ionization  by  Collision 
to  Mixtures  of  Gases.  Doctor's  thesis.  Physical  Review,  XXXIII 
(1911),  325-53- 

Mary  Putnam  Blount,  Ph.D.  [1906-12],  Instructor  in  Biology;  In- 
structor in  Science,  Chicago  Normal  School. 

t  Deceased. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  491 

The  Early  Development  of  the  Pigeon's  Egg,  with  Especial  Reference 
to  Polyspermy  and  the  Origin  of  the  Periblast  Nuclei.  Doctor's 
thesis.     Journal  of  Morphology,  XX  (1909),  1-64. 

Arthur  Gibbon  Bovee,  Ph.B.  (191  i-],  Instructor  in  French. 
Phonetic  Chart  for  French    Vowel  and  Consonant  Sounds.     Privately 

printed,  1914. 
French  Phonetic  Training  in  the  University  High  School,  School  Review, 

XXIV  (1916),  675-79. 

Ernst  Rudolph  Breslich,  A.M.  [1904-],  Instructor  in  Mathematics. 
Geometric  Exercises  for  Algebraic  Solution  (with  G.  W.  Myers  and  others). 

i2mo,x+72.     Chicago:  University  Press,  1907. 
First-Year    Mathematics    for    Secondary    Schools.     i2mo,    xxiv+342. 

Chicago:    University  Press,  191 5. 
Second-Year    Mathematics    for    Secondary    Schools.     i2mo,    xx+348. 

Chicago:    University  Press,  1916. 
Teacher's    Guide  for  First-Year   M athejnatics .     12 mo,    67.     Chicago: 

University  Press,  1916. 
Teaching  High-School  Students  How  to  Study,  School  Review,  XX  (191 2), 

505-15- 
Supervised  Study  as  Supplementary  Instruction,  Thirteenth  Yearbook 

of  the  National  Society  for  the  Study  of  Education  (1913),  32-72. 

Chicago:    University  Press. 
Supervised  Study  in  Mathematics,  University  of  Illinois  Bulletin,  XII 

(1915),  247-58. 
Course  of  Study  in  Secondary  Mathematics,  School  Review,   XXIV 

(1916),  1-27. 
Forward  Movements  in  Secondary  Mathematics,  ibid.,  283-97. 

Roy  Hutchison  Brownlee,  Ph.D.  [1901-7],  Instructor  in  Chemistry; 

President,  R.  H.  Brownlee  Laboratory,  Pittsburgh. 
Qualitative  Electrolysis  of  Hydrochloric  Acid.     Journal  of  the  .imerican 

Chemical  Society,  XXIX  (1907),  236-38. 
On  Precipitated  Sulphur.     Doctor's  thesis.     Ibid.,  1032-52. 

WiLBERT  Lester  Carr,  A.M.  [1909-],  Instructor  in  Latin  and  Greek; 
Assistant  to  the  Principal. 


492  PUBLICATIONS 

Latin  Prose  Composition  (with  W.  G.  Hale  and  C.  H.  Beeson).  i6mo, 
xiii+137.     Chicago:  Atkinson,  Mentzer  &  Co.,  19 10. 

Syntax  in  Caesar:   The  Uses  of  the  Subjunctive,  School  Review,  XVII 

(1909),  564-69. 
The  DesirabiUty  of  Latin  in  the  Eighth  Grade,  Classical  Journal,  IX 

(1914),  385-394- 

John  Maxwell  Crow^,  A.M.  [1903-],  Instructor  in  English. 

Report  of  the  Conference  Committee  on  High-School  EngHsh  (with 
Mrs.  E.  H.  Broadus  and  J.  F.  Hosic},  School  Review,  XVII  (1909), 

.       85-88. 

Reviews:    Ibid.,  XIII,   579,  580;    XIV,  698-99;    XVI,  674-75; 

xvm,  575-77. 

Arnold  Dresden,  Ph.D.  [1907-9],  Instructor  in  Mathematics;  Assist- 
ant Professor  of  Mathematics,  University  of  Wisconsin. 

The  Second  Derivatives  of  the  Extremal  Integral.  Doctor's  thesis. 
Transactions  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society,  IX  (1908),  467-86. 

Second-Year  Mathematics  for  Secondary  Schools  (joint  author).  i2mo, 
296.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1910. 

First-Year  Mathematics  for  Secondary  Schools  (joint  author).  3d  ed. 
i2mo,  xii+365.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1913. 

William  Lew^is  Eikenberry,  S.B.  [1914-16],  Instructor  in  Botany; 

School  of  Education,  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence. 

Editor  of  the  Botanical  department,  School  Science  and  Mathematics, 

1911-. 
Elements  of  General  Science  (with  O.  W.  Caldwell).     8vo,  xiv+308. 

Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1914- 
A  Laboratory  Manual  for  General  Science  (with  O.  W.  Caldwell  and 

C.  J.  Pieper).     8vo,  xi+i34.     Boston:   Ginn  &  Co.,  1915. 

Variation  as  a  Topic  in  High-School  Botany,  School  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, XI  (1911),  24-37. 

Some  Notes  on  the  Forests  of  Ogle  County,  Transactions  of  the  Illinois 
State  Academy  of  Science,  V  (1912),  6  pp. 

The  School  and  the  Community,  Mt.  Morris  College  Bulletin,  I  (191 2), 
6-12. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  493 

The  General-Science  Course  in  the  University  High  School,  School 
Reviav,  XX  (1912),  2i'j-2-]. 

The  Statistical  Investigation  of  School  Grades,  School  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, XIII  (1913),  27-36. 

First- Year  Science  in  Illinois  High  Schools,  School  Review,  XXI  (19 13), 
542-48. 

Some  Facts  about  the  General-Science  Situation,  ibid.,  XXIII  (1915), 
181-91. 

Further  Discussion  of  General  Science,  School  and  Society,  I  (1915), 
417-20. 

Reviews  in:  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  X,  565;  XI,  182,  280, 
480,  577,  580;  XII,  84.  254,  255,  258,  350,  352,  444;  XIII,  368,  460,  551, 
552,  842,  844;  XIV,  831;  XV,  370,  462,  464,  542. 

Earl  Bixby  Ferson  [1903;    1907-14],  Instructor  in  Drawing. 
The    Tower   Clock  for   the    University   of  Chicago,     iv-i-52.     Chicago: 
American  Jeweler,  1903. 

Glen  Moody  Hobbs,  Ph.D.  [1893-1906],  Instructor  in  Physics;  Secre- 
tary and  Educational  Director,  American  School  of  Correspondence, 
Chicago. 

The  Relation  between  P.D.  and  Spark-Length  for  Small  \'alues  of  the 
Latter.     Doctor's  thesis.    Philosophical  Magazine,  X.  (1905),  617-31. 

Samuel  Carlisle  Johnston,  A.M.  [1903-10],  Instructor  in  Greek. 
Equal  Recognition  for  Greek  without  Discrimination,  School  Review, 
XV  (1907),  74-77- 

Nama  a.  Lathe  [1913-],  Instructor  in  Drawing. 

Course  of  Study  in  Art  in  the  High  School,  School  of  Education,  the 
University  of  Chicago  (with  Walter  Sargent),  School  Reviru\  XX I\' 
(1916),  409-25- 

Harris  Franklin  MacXeish,  Ph.D.  [1903-8],  Instructor  in  Mathe- 
matics; Instructor  in  Mathematics,  DeWitt  Clinton  High  School, 
New  York. 

First-Year  Mathematics  for  Secondary  Schools  (joint  author).  .\ii+ 
365.     Chicago:    L'nivcrsity  Press,   1909. 


494  PUBLICATIONS 

Linear  Polars  of  the  K-hedron  in  N-space.  Doctor's  thesis,  iii+25. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  191 2. 

On  the  Determination  of  a  Catenary  with  Given  Directrix  and  Passing 
through  Two  Given  Points,  Annals  of  Mathematics,  VTI  (1906), 65-71. 

Concerning  the  Discontinuous  Solution  in  the  Problem  of  the  Minimum 
Surface  of  Revolution,  ibid.,  71-80. 

Arthur  Wesley  Martin,  Ph.D.  [1913-14],  Assistant  in  Chemistry; 
Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Physics,  University  of  Nanking,  Nanking, 
China. 

The  Conductivity  {and  Viscosity)  of  Some  Formates  and  of  Hydrogen 
Chloride  in  {Anhydrous)  Formic  Acid.  Cases  of  Apparent  Agreement 
of  Strong  Electrolytes  with  the  Mass  Law.  Doctor's  thesis.  8vo,  34. 
Easton,  Pa.:  Eschenbach  Printing  Co.,  1914. 

Robert  Maurice  Mathews,  A.B.  [1909-12],  Instructor  in  Mathe- 
matics. 

Second-Year  Mathematics  for  Secondary  Schools  (joint  author).  i2mo, 
xi+282.     Chicago:   University  Press,  1911. 

Teacher's  Manual  for  First-Year  Mathematics  (joint  author).  i2mo, 
ix+164.     Chicago:    University  Press,  191 1. 

Sarah  Louise  Mitchell,  Ph.B.  [1909-13],  Librarian;  Art  Institute, 
Chicago. 

A  List  of  Books  Suited  to  a  High-School  Library  (with  instructors  in  the 
University  High  School),  United  States  Bureau  of  Education 
Bulletin,  No.  545,  1913. 

William  James  Monilaw,  M.D.  [1910-],  Instructor  in  Physical  Edu- 
cation. 

Course  of  Study  in  Physical  Training,  University  of  Illinois  Bulletin, 
XIII  (1916),  65-78. 

The  Effects  of  Training  Down  in  Weight  on  the  Growing  Boy,  School 
Review,  XXV  (1916),  350-60. 

Walter  Piety  Morgan,  Ph.M.  [1908-10],  Assistant  in  Mathematics; 
President,  Western  Illinois  State  Normal  School,  Macomb,  111. 

Conditional  Promotions  in  llie  University  High  School,  School  Review, 
XIX  (1911),  238-47. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  495 

Rf.view  of:    Slau^ht  and  Lennes'  Plane  Geometry,  School  Science 
and  Mathematics,  X,  566-67. 

Julia  Anna  NoRRis,  M.D.  [1907-12],  Instructor  in  Hygiene  and  Physical 
Education;  School  Physician;  Director  and  Assistant  Professor  in 
the  Department  of  Physical  Education  for  Women,  University  of 
Minnesota. 

A  Graded  Course  in  Schoolroom  Gymnastics  (five  articles),  Elementary 
School  Teacher,  XI  (1910),   105-18,  186-204;    XI   (191 1),  341-59. 
485-95»  505-16. 
Review  in:   American  Physical  Education  Revirw,  X\'I,  351. 

William  David  Reeve,  S.B.  [1910-15],  Instructor  in  Mathematics; 
University  High  School,  University  of  Minnesota. 

A  Review  of  High-School  Mathematics  (with  R.  Schorling).  1 2mo,  .\+  70. 
Chicago:   University  Press,  191 5. 

E.xhibit  of  High-School  Mathematics;  Its  History  and  Educational 
Value,  School  and  Society,  II  (1915),  191-97. 

Courses  in  Special  Methods  of  Teaching  for  High  Schools,  with  Refer- 
ence to  Mathematics,  School  Review,  XXIV  (1916),  89-106. 

Unification  of  Mathematics  in  the  High  School,  School  and  Society,  IV 
(1916),  203-12. 

Lydia  Marie  Schmidt,  Ph.B.  [1903-],  Instructor  in  German. 
A  Practical  Course  in  Phonetics,  School  Review,  XXIII  (191 5),  555-58. 
Reviews:  Ibid.,  XXI,  282-84;  XXII,  130-31,  131-32. 

Raleigh  Schorling,  A.B.  [191 2-1 7],  Instructor  in  Mathematics; 
Lincoln  School,  New  York. 

A  Review  of  High-School  Mathematics  (with  W.  I).  Recve^.  1 2mo,  x-f  70- 
Chicago:  University  Press,  191 5. 

The  Problem  of  Individual  DiHerences,  School  Review,  XXIII  (1915). 

535-49,  649-63. 
Mathematics  Contests,  School  Science  and  Mathematics,  XVI  (191 5), 

794-97- 


496  PUBLICATIONS 

Harry  Fletcher  Scott,  A.M.  [1903-],  Instructor  in  Latin. 

A  Caesar  Composition  (with  C.  H.  Van  Tuyl).  i6mo,  120.  Chicago: 
Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  19 10. 

A  Cicero  Composition  (with  C.  H.  Van  Tuyl).  i6mo,  106;  191 2.  Re- 
vised edition,  with  title  A  Latin  Composition  for  the  Third  Year 
(with  C.  H.  Van  Tuyl).  i6mo,  130;  1917.  Chicago:  Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co. 

Elementary  Latin.    i6nio,  348.     Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  1915. 

A  New  Second  Latin  Book  (with  Charles  H.  Beeson).  i6mo,  542  +  117. 
Chicago:  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.,  19 16. 

A  Latin  Composition  for  the  Second  Year.  i6mo,  131.  Chicago:  Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co.,  1917. 

Frank  Henry  Selden  [1905-7],  Instructor  in  Shopwork  and  Drawing; 
Valley  City,  S.D. 

Elementary  Woodwork.  i6mo,  206.  Chicago:  Rand  McNally  &  Co., 
1906. 

Elementary  Turning.     i6mo,  197.     Rand  McNally  &  Co.,  1907. 

Charles  Henry  Van  Tuyl,  A.B.  [1902-13],  Instructor  in  Latin. 

A  Caesar  Composition  {vf\\h'H..Y.^cot\^.  i6mo,  120.  Chicago:  Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co.,  19 10. 

A  Cicero  Composition  (with  H.  F.  Scott).  i6mo,  106.  Chicago:  Scott, 
Foresman  &  Co.,  191 2. 

First-Year  Latin  for  Correspondence  Schools.  170.  Chicago:  American 
School  of  Correspondence,  191 2. 

Caesar  for  Correspondence  Schools.  160.  Chicago:  American  School  of 
Correspondence,  19 13. 

William  Rockwell  Wickes,  A.M.  [1903-12],  Instructor  in  Mathe- 
matics; Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

First-Year  Mathematics  for  Secondary  Schools  (joint  author).  1 2mo,  181. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  1907. 

Geometric  Problems  for  Algebraic  Solution  (joint  author).  i2mo,  ix+71. 
Chicago:  University  Press,  1907. 

Second-Year  Mathematics  for  Secondary  Schools  (joint  author).  i2mo, 
xi+282.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1910. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  497 

Teacher^ s  Manual  for  First-Year  Mathematics   (joint  author).     i2mo, 
xi+164.     Cliicago:    University  Press,  191 1. 

Horace  Carpenter  Wright,   Ph.B.    [1914-],  Instructor  in  Mathe- 
matics. 

Mathematical  Equipment  and  Its  Uses,  School  Science  and  Mathematics, 
XV  (1915),  500-505. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

Harry  Orrin  Gillkt,  S.B.  [1900-],  Principal  of  the  University  Ele- 
mentary School. 

Practical  English  (with  Potter  and  Jeschke).     Books  I  and  H.     i2mo, 

xv-f  280,  x-f-413.     Boston:    Ginn  &  Co.,  1916. 
Oral  and  Written  English  (with  Potter  and  Jeschke).     Books  I  and  11. 

i2mo,    xix-f 329+xviii,    viii-f420+xxvi.     Boston:    Ginn   &    Co., 

1917. 

fWiLBUR    Samuel   Jackman    [1901-7],    Principal   of    the    University 

Elementary  School;   Professor  of  the  Teaching  of  Natural  Science. 

State  Normal  School,  California,  1877;  .\.B.  Harvard,  1884;  Dean  and  Head  of 
the  Department  of  Natural  Science,  Chicago  Institute,  igoo-igoi;  Dean  of  the 
College  of  Education,  Chicago,  1901-4;  Principal  of  the  Elementary  School, 
ibid.,  1904-7. 

Editor,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  1904-7. 

Nature  Study.  Part  II  of  the  Third  Yearbook  of  the  National  Society 
for  Scientific  Study  of  Education.  8vo,  103.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1905. 

Fall  Planting,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  V  (1904),  1 14-17. 

The  University  Elementary  School,  ibid.,  585-96. 

Relation  of  Xature  Study  to  Religious  Training,  Educational  Rrciew, 
XXX  (1905),  12-30. 

William  Rainey  Harper,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  VI  (1906),  275-77, 

The  Vernal  Equinox,  ibid.,  398-99. 

The  Year  in  Review:    1905-6  in  the  University  Elementary  School, 
ibid.,  489-500. 
Reviews:   Ibid.,  VI,  439-40,  440;  VII,  48,  11 1. 

t  Deceased. 


498  PUBLICATIONS 

Anne  Elizabeth  Allen  [1901-12],  Instructor,  Kindergarten;  Chicago 
Kindergarten  Institute. 

The  Three  Neighbors  and  Other  Stories.  i6mo,  104.  Springfield,  Mass.: 
Milton  Bradley  Co.,  1910,  1916. 

Margaret  McPherson  Gordon  [191  i-],  Kindergarten. 

Course  of  Study  in  Drawing  in  the  Elementary  School  (with  Walter 
Sargent  and  Elizabeth  Miller),  Elementary  School  Journal,  XVI 
(1916),  412-23,  475-90,  533-41. 

Out-of-Door  Work  and  Play  in  the  Kindergarten,  Bureau  of  Education 
Bulletin.    In  Press. 

Anna  Talea  Scherz  Gronow,  Ph.B.  [1907-],  Instructor  in  German. 
Jung  Deutschland.     264.     Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1914. 
Filr  kleine  Leute.     194.    Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1915. 
Geschichte  und  Sage.    350.     Boston:  Ginn  &  Co.,  1916. 

Annas  Higgins,  Ph.B.  [1903-11],  Mathematics  in  Upper  Grades; 
Department  of  Mathematics,  University  College. 

Plea  for  Opportunity  for  Greater  Initiative  in  Solution  of  Problems, 
Educational  Bi- Monthly,  V  (1911),  344-50. 

Survey  of  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  and  High  Schools,  Annual 
Report  of  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  City  of  Chicago,  1914. 

The  Relation  of  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  Schools  to  Mathe- 
matics in  the  High  Schools,  Report  of  the  Twenty-seventh  Educational 
Conference  of  the  Academies  and  High  Schools  in  Relation  to  the 
University  of  Chicago,  19 15. 

Eleanor  Lally,  A.B.  [1912-],  Seventh  Grade. 

A  Type  Study  in  English  Composition,  Elementary  School  Journal,  XVI 
(1916),  469-74- 

Melva  Latham  [1905-14],  Seventh  Grade;  Instructor  in  History,  State 
Normal,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

Course  of  Study,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  VI  (1906),  542-44;  545-46; 
VII  (1907),  633-36;  VIII  (1908),  522-23,  532. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  499 

Home  Economics  and  the  Grade  Teacher,  Journal  of  Uome  Economics^ 
III  (1911),  431-40. 
Review  in:  Elementary  School  Teacher,  V'lII,  466. 

Mary  Root  Kern  [1898-],  Instructor  in  Music  in  the  Primary  Grades. 

Child  Religion  in  Son^  and  Story  (with  Georgia  L.  Chamberlin).  Vol.  I, 
The  Child  in  His  World.  8vo,  xvi+252.  Vol.  II,  Walks  with 
Jesus  in  His  Home  Country.  8vo,  xviii+256.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1907,  1909. 

Wade  McNutt,  S.M.  [191 2-14],  Assistant  in  Museum. 

Evaporation  and  Soil  Moisture  in  an  Oak  Forest,  Transactions  of  the 
Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  V  (1912),  127-37. 

Stratification  of  Atmospheric  Humidity  in  the  Forest  (joint  author), 
Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Academy  of  Science,  VI  (1913), 
100-102. 

Katharine  Martin  [1906-],  Instructor  in  Kindergarten  Education. 
The  Kindergarten,  Public  School  Methods,  I  (1916),  i-ioo. 

Elizabeth  Erwin  Miller  [1910-],  Supervisor  of  Art. 

How  Children  Learn  to  Draw  (with  Walter  Sargent).    Svo,  264.     Boston: 

Ginn  &  Co.,  1916. 
Progressive   Drawing   for   Little   Children,   I,   School  Arts   Magazine, 

XIII  (1913),  266-73;   II,  ibid.  (1914),  354-58;   in,  ibid.,  502-7; 

IV,  ibid.,  588-91. 

Course  of  Study  in  Drawing  in  the  Elementary  School  (with  Walter 
Sargent  and  Margaret  Gordon),  Elementary  School  Journal,  X\T 
(1916),  412-23,  475-90,  533-41. 

Edith  Whitten  Osgood,  A.M.  [1913-],  Sixth  Grade. 
The  Development  of  Historical  Study  in  the  Secondary  Schools  of  the 
United  States,  School  Review,  XXII  (1914),  444-54,  511-26. 

Edith  P.vrkkr,  Ph.B.  [191 2-],  Sixth  Grade. 

A  Sixth-Grade  English  Unit,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  XV  (1914-15), 
82-93. 

Charles  Fr.vnk  Piiipps,  S.B.  [1910-16],  Instructor  in  Natural  History; 
State  Normal  School,  DeKalb,  111. 


500  PUBLICATIONS 

A  Seventh-Grade  Soil  Experiment,  Nature-Study  Review,  VIII  (191 2), 

154-56. 
An  Experimental  Study  of  the  Behavior  of  Amphipods  with  Respect  to 

Light  Intensity,  Direction  of  Rays,  and  Metabolism,  Biological 

Bulletin,  XXVIII  (1915),  210-23. 

Practical  Electricity  for  Seventh  and  Eighth  Grades,  Elementary  School 
Journal,  XV  (1915),  407-20. 

Caroline  May  Pierce  (Mrs.  Eugene  Baker),  Ed.B.  [1904-7], 
Associate,  Fifth  Grade. 

History  in  the  Fifth  Grade,  Elementary  School  Teacher,  V  (1905),  540-43. 

Outline  of  Work  for  the  School  Year,  Division  D,  Section  7,  ibid.,  639-46. 

Myrtle  Sholty,  Ph.B.  [191 2-13;   1914-],  Fifth  Grade. 

A  Study  of  the  Reading  Vocabulary  of  Children,  Elementary  School 
Teacher,  XII  (191 2),  272-77. 

Josette  Eugenie  Spink  [1907-],  Instructor  in  French. 

French  Plays  for  Children.    i2mo,  vi+79,    Boston:  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co., 

1915- 
Dramatizing  the  Story  of  Jeanne  d'Arc,  Atlantic  Educational  Journal, 

vm  (1913),  7-9. 

Grace  Emily  Storm,  Ph.B.  [191 2-],  Fourth  Grade. 

Roman  History  in  the  Fourth  Grade,  Elementary  School  Journal,  XVI 
(1915),  132-46. 

Amy  Rachel  Whittier  [1910-13;  1914;  191 5],  Instructor  in  Art; 
Instructor  and  Supervisor  of  Normal  Methods  in  the  Teaching  of 
Art,  Massachusetts  Normal  Art  School,  Boston. 

Insurance  against  Failure  in  Nature  Drawing,  School  Arts  Magazine, 

xm  (1913),  14-18. 


ADMINISTRATIVE   OFFICERS 


ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICERS 

Thomas  VVakkfield  Goodspeed  [1890-],  Corresponding  Secretary, 
Board  of  Trustees. 

A.H.  Rochester,  1863;  Graduate  Rochester  Theological  Seminar}',  1866;  D.D. 
Old  University  of  Chicago,  1885;  LL.D.  Rochester,  1913;  Secretary,  Board  of 
Trustees,  University  of  Chicago,  1890-1913;  Registrar,  ibid.,  1897-1913; 
Corresponding  Secretary,  Board  of  Trustees,  1913-. 

A  History  of  the  University  of  Chicago.  Founded  by  John  D.  Rockefeller: 
The  First  Quarter-Century.  8vo,  xvii+522.  Chicago:  University 
Press,    1916. 

Trevor  Arnett  [1901-],  University  Auditor. 

A.B.  Chicago,  1898;  Fellow  in  Political  Economy,  ibid.,  1899-1900;  University 
Auditor,  ibid.,  1901-. 

College  Finance.  Address  delivered  before  the  Illinois  Federation  of 
Colleges,  May,  191 5.  Published  by  the  Board  of  Education  of  the 
Northern  Baptist  Convention,  1915. 

Review  in:   Journal  of  Political  Economy,  XVII,  166-67. 

John  Milton  Dodson  [1901-],  Dean  of  Medical  Students;  Professorial 

Lecturer  on  Medicine. 

A.B.  Wisconsin,  1880;  M.D.  Rush  Medical  College,  1882;  Lecturer  on  .Vnatomy 
and  Demonstrator,  ibid.,  1889-93;  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Demonstrator  of 
Anatomy,  ibid.,  1893-94;  Professor  of  Physiology  and  Histology,  ibid.,  1894- 
1904;  Professor  of  Medicine  (Pediatrics),  ibid.,  1900-;  Junior  Dean,  ibid., 
1898-99;  Dean,  ibid.,  1899-;  Professor  of  Diseases  of  Children,  Northwestern 
University  Woman's  Medical  School,  1893-97;  Dean  of  Medical  Students, 
Chicago,  1901-;    Professorial  Lecturer  on  Medicine,  ibid.,  1901-. 

The  Modern  University  Medical  School:  Its  Purposes  and  Methods, 
Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  XXXIX  (1902),  521-28. 

The  Research  Idea  in  Medical  Education  and  Practice,  ibid.,  XL\' 
(1905),  81-87. 

The  Course  Symptoms  and  Diagnosis  of  Scarlet  Fever,  Illinois  Medical 
Journal,  XII  (1907),  522-28. 

The  Combined  Course  for  the  Degrees  of  A.B.,  or  B.S.,  and  M.D., 
Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  LII  (1909),  1636-42. 

503 


504  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Addition  of  a  Fifth  Year  to  the  Medical  Curriculum,  Journal  of 
the  American  Medical  Association,  LVIII  (1912),  968. 

The  Pedagogics  of  Pathology,  Science,  XLII  (1915),  773-80, 

Georgia  Louise  Cila.mberlin  [1891-],  Secretary,  American  Institute 

of  Sacred  Literature. 

Reader,  Chautauqua  Literary  and  Scientific  Circle,  1882-90;  Secretary,  Chau- 
tauqua Summer  Schools,  1883-98;  Secretary,  American  Institute  of  Sacred 
Literature,  1891-. 

Editor  of  Ordered  to  China.  Letters  of  W.  J.  Chamberlin,  war  correspond- 
ent of  the  New  York  Sun,  in  the  Boxer  Rebellion  of  1900.  i2mo, 
200.     New  York:   F.  A.  Stokes  &  Co.,  1902. 

An  Introduction  to  the  Bible  for  Teachers  of  Children.  "Constructive 
Bible  Studies."     i2mo,  206.     Chicago:    University  Press,  1904. 

Child  Religion  in  Song  and  Story  (with  Mary  R.  Kern).  Vol.  I,  The 
Child  in  His  World.  8vo,  xvi+252.  Vol.  II,  Walks  with  Jesus  in 
His  Home  Country.  8vo,  xviii+256.  Chicago:  University  Press, 
1907,  1909. 

The  Origin  and  Teaching  of  the  Old  Testament  Books.  "American  Insti- 
tute of  Sacred  Literature  Series."  8vo,  70.  Chicago:  University 
Press,  1908. 

The  Hebrew  Prophets.  "Constructive  Studies."  8vo,  xviii+238. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  191 1. 

Horace  Spencer  Fiske  [1894-.],  Publication  Department,  University 

Press. 

A.B.  Beloit,  1882;  A.M.  Michigan,  1885;  Extension  Lecturer  in  English  Litera- 
ture, Chicago,  1894-1912;  Assistant  Recorder,  1903-13;  Pubhcation  Depart- 
ment, University  Press,  1913-. 

Literary  Editor,  World  Review,  1901-2;    Editor,  University  Record, 

Chicago,    1903-8;    Joint  Editor,    University  of  Chicago  Magazine, 

1908-14. 

Provincial  Types  in  A^nerican  Fiction.  i2mo,  vi-l-264.  Chautauqua: 
Chautauqua  Press,  1903. 

Chicago  in  Picture  and  Poetry.  4to,  xv-l-i72.  Chicago:  R.  F.  Sey- 
mour, 1903. 

Poems  on  the  University  of  Chicago.     i6mo,  15.     Privately  printed. 

Rudyard  Kipling  as  a  Poet,  Philharmonic,  III  (1903),  117. 


ADMIXISTRATIVE  OlIICERS 


:)"D 


Recollections  of  Edward  Dowden,  Nation,  XCVI  (1913),  520-21. 

Focm^'m C/iaulauquan,XXX'V  (1902),  223;  ibid.,  XXXVII  fioo^),  472; 
Mdropoliian,    XVIII  (1903),  360;  Harper's    Weekly,   LIII  (1909), 

17,  31- 

fLESTER  Bartlett  Jones  [1901-10],  Associate,  and  Director  of  Music. 
A.  B.  Knox,  1897;  Associate,  and  Director  of  Music,  Chicago,  1901-10. 

Scripture  and  Song  in  Worship  (with  F.  W.  Shepardson).  i6mo,  144. 
Chicago:    University  Press,  1909. 

Josephine  Estabrook  Young  [1913-],  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine 

in  Rush  Medical  College;    Medical  Adviser  for  Women. 

M.D.  Northwestern  University  Woman's  Medical  School,  1S96;  .\ssistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Medicine,  ibid.,  1897-1900;  .\ssistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics,  and  later 
of  Xeurology,  Rush  Medical  College,  1904-13;  .Assistant  Professor  of  .Medicine, 
ibid.,  1913-;  Medical  Director,  University  Elementary  and  High  Schools,  Chicago, 
1913-;   Medical  .\dviser  for  VVomen,  University  of  Chicago,  1913-. 

Supernormal  Environment  in  Its  Relation  to  the  Growing  Child,  Trans- 
actions of  the  Fourth  International  Congress  on  School  Hygiene,  II 
(1913),  17-30- 

t  Deceased. 


INDEX 


INDEX 


(Figures  in  parentheses  indicate  mere  mention  of  a  name  on  the  page  cited.] 


Aase,  Hannah  Caroline,  410 

Abbott,  Edith,  (40),  79 

Abbott,  Edwina(Mrs.  Austin  M.  Cowan), 

17 
Abbott,  Frank  Frost,  133 
Abbott,  James  Francis,  339 
Abetti,  Giorgio,  245 
Acree,  Solomon  Farley,  285 
Adams,  Charles  Christopher,  339 
Adams,  Charles  Frederick,  336 
Adams,  Elizabeth  Kemper,  8 
Adams,  Harold  Stanard,  (278),  374 
Adams,  Henry  P'oster,  17 
Adams,  Maxwell,  285 
Adams.  Romanzo  Colfax,  81 
Adams,  Walter  Sydney,  239 
Albright,  Evelyn  May,  176 
Alden,  Harold  Lee,  250 
Alden,  William  Clinton,  308 
Allee,  Warder  Clyde.  336 
Allen,  Anne  Elizabeth,  498 
Allen,  Bennett  Mills,  339 
Allen,  Hamilton  Ford,  115 
Allen,     Jessie     Blount     (Mrs.     W.     W. 

Charters),  18 
Allen,  Philip  Schuyler,  156 
Allen,  Thomas  George,  102 
Allison,  ^\'iIliam  Henry,  457 
Allyn,  Harriett  May,  339 
Altrocchi,  Rudolph,  148 
Ames,  Edward  Scribner,  7 
Anderson,  Dice  Robins,  63 
Anderson,  Ernest,  278 
Anderson,  Galusha.  460 
Angell,  James  Rowland,  11 
Angus,  Frances  Ramsay,  490 
Appleman,  Charles  Orval,  410 
Applcton,  Lilla  Estelle,  ^^ 
Arkin,  .Xaron,  435 
Arnett,  Trevor,  503 
Arnold,  Harold  I )c Forest,  263 
Arnoldson,  Torild  Washington,  162 
Ashley,  Myron  Lucius,  8 
Ashman,  George  Cromwell,  286 
Atherton,  Lewis,  34 
Atkins,  Kenneth  Xoel,  445 
Atwood,  Wallace  Walter,  301 
Atwood.  Winfred  McKenzie,  410 
Axtell.  Harold  Lucius,  140 
Ayer,  Fred  Carleton,  3^ 
Ayers,  Samuel  Henry,  443 


Babcock,  Earlc  BrowncU,  148 

Baber,  Zonia,  483 

Bacon,  Raymonrl  Foss,  281 

liailey,  John  William,  115 

Bailey,  Percival,  355 

Baker,    Mrs.     F^ugene    (Caroline    May 

Pierce),  500 
Baker,  Richard  Philip,  205 
Baldwin,  Florence  Levina,  251 
Ballou,  Susan  Helen,  139 
Barker,  Lewellys  Franklin,  344 
Barnard,  .Arthur  Fairchild,  490 
Barnard,  Edith  ICthel,  279 
Barnard,  Edward  Emerson,  217 
Barnes,  Charles  Reid,  396 
Barnes,  Jasper  Converse,  18 
Barrett,  Storrs  Barrows,  234 
Barrows,  Harlan  H.,  315 
Bartelmez,  George  William,  (339),  347 
Bartlett,  Frank  Kaiser,  429 
Basinger,  Harvey  Raymond,  381 
Baskervill,  Charles  Reid,  171 
Bastin,  Edson  Sunderland,  307 
Bates,  William  Hunt,  205 
Baumgartner,  Milton  D.,  164 
Beale,  Joseph  Henry.  Jr.,  469 
Beatty,  Wallace  .\ppleton,  286 
Becht,  Frank  Christian,  370 
Bechtel,  Edward  .Ambrose,  139 
Becker,      Henrietta      Katherine      (Mrs. 

Camillo  von  Klenze),  163 
Bedford,  Scott  Elias  William,  74,  (467) 
Beers,  Ethel  Ella.  120 
Beeson,  Charles  Henrj-,  138 
Begeman,  Louis,  263 
Bengtson,  Ida  .Mbertina,  445 
Bensley,  Robert  Russell,  341 
Bernard,  Luther  Lee,  8i 
Bernard,  Mrs.  L.  L.  (Frances  Fenton),  81 
BcrnstortT.  Frank  .\dolph,  1&4 
Best,  Charles  L.,  430 
Bigelow,  Harry  .Augustus,  470 
Bingham,  Walter  \'an  Dyke,  17 
BirkhotT,  George  David,  205 
Bishop.  Edwin  Sherwood,  (263),  490 
Bishop,  Frederic  Lendall,  263 
Blackburn,  Francis  Adelbcrt,  172 
Black  welder,  Eliot,  308 
Bl.iir.  \\  illiam  Richards,  263 
Bliss,  Gilbert  .Ames.  1S4 
Bloomticld,  Leonard,  163 


509 


5IO 


PUBLICATIONS 


Blount,  Mary  Putnam,  (339),  490 

Blunt,  Katharine,  486 

Bobbitt,  John  Franklin,  26,  (483) 

Borger,  Robert  Lacey,  205 

Bogardus,  Emory  S.,  (21),  81 

Bolza,  Oskar,  186 

Bondurant,  Bernard  Camillus,  140 

Bonner,  Robert  Johnson,  126 

Bovee,  Arthur  Gibbon,  491 

Bowden,  Josephine  H.,  34 

Boynton,  Percy  Holmes,  173 

Bramhall,  Frederick  Dennison,  54 

Brannon,  IMelvin  Amos,  411 

Branson,  Edwin  Bayer,  308 

Braunlich,  Alice  Freda,  140 

Breasted,  James  Henry,  (55),  (67),  90 

Breckinridge,  Sophonisba  Preston,  84 

Breslich,  Ernst  Rudolph,  491 

Bretz,  J  Harlen,  304 

Bretz,  Julian  Pleasant,  63 

Breyfogle,  Caroline  May,  102 

Bridgman,  Donald  Elliott,  49 

Brokaw,  Albert  Dudley,  304 

Brookover,  Charles,  355 

Brooks,  Richard  Clyde,  383 

Brown,  B.  Warren,  80 

Brown,  Edward  Vail  Lapham,  426 

Brown,  F.  E.,  279 

Brown,  Frank  Clyde,  178 

Brown,  Hazel  Louise,  129 

Brown,  Julius  Arthur,  245 

Brown,  Lillian  Cushman,  487   . 

Brown,  Orville  Harry,  383 

Brownlee,  Roy  Hutchison,  (281),  (286), 

491 
Bruce,  William  McAfee,  286 
Bruere,  Robert  Walter,  176 
Brush,  Henry  Raymond,  151 
Bryan,  George  Smith,  411 
Bryan,  William  Frank,  178 
Buchanan,  Daniel,  248 
Buchanan,  Herbert  Earle,  248 
Buchanan,  Milton  Alexander,  150 
Buchanan,  Robert  Earle,  443 
Buck,  Carl  Darling,  118 
Buck,  Thomas,  206 
Buckley,  Edmund,  88 
Bunzel,  Herbert  Horace,  384 
Burgess,  I">nest  Watson,  77,  (467) 
Burlingame,  Leonas  Lancelot,  407 
Burnham,  Sherburne  Wesley,  228 
Burton,  Ernest  DeWitt,  105 
Burwash,  Edward  Moore  Jackson,  309 
Bushong,  Francis  William,  290 
Bussey,  William  Henry,  206 
Butler,  Nathaniel,  24,  (478) 

Caldwell,  G.  H.,  391 
Caldwell,  George  Thomas,  427 
Caldwell,  Joseph  Stuart,  411 


Caldwell,  Otis  William  (397),  478 
Caldwell,  William,  103 
Calhoun,  Fred  Harvey  Hall,  309 
Calhoun,  George  Miller,  128 
Calvert,  R.  P.,  290 
Campbell,  Charles  Boyle,  164 
Campbell,  E.  E.,  34 
Campbell,  John  William,  248 
Canning,  John  Bennet,  48 
Cannon,  Paul  R.,  445 
Capps,  Edward,  127 
Capps,  Stephen  Reid,  Jr.,  309 
Carlson,  Anton  Julius,  361 
Carman,  Joel  Ernest,  309 
Carpenter,  Allen  Fuller,  206 
Carpenter,  Clifford  Daniel,  286 
Carpenter,  Frederic  Ives,  168 
Carr,  Emma  Perry,  286 
Carr,  Harvey,  13 
Carr,  Wilbert  Lester,  491 
Carr6,  Henry  Beach,  116 
Carrell,  Alexis,  375,  376 
Carson,  Charles  MacDonald,  281 
Carter,  Ralph  E.,  34 
Cary,  William  Ernest,  440 
Case,  Shirley  Jackson,  107 
Castle,  Clarence  Fassett,  128 
Castro,  Matilde,  8 
Chamberlain,  Charles  Joseph,  397 
Chamberlin,  Georgia  Louise,  504 
Chamberlin,  RoUin  Thomas,  305 
Chamberlin,  Thomas  Chrowder,  291 
Chamberlin,  Willis  Arden,  164 
Chandler,  Elbert  Edwin,  286 
Charles,  Grace  Miriam,  411 
Charters,  Mrs.  W.  W.,  18 
Child,  Charles  Manning,  324 
Chittenden,  Edward  Wilson,  206 
Chrysler,  Mintin  Asbury,  411 
Claassen,  Peter  A.,  164 
Clapp,  Grace  Lucretia,  412 
Clark,  Elbert,  348 
Clark,  Frederick  William,  140 
Clark,  George  L.,  290 
Clark,  John  Maurice,  39 
Clark,  Solomon  Henry,  446 
Clark,  Weaker  Eugene,  120 
Clement,  John  Addison,  ^^ 
Cleveland,  Catharine  Caroline,  64 
Clifford,  Oliver  Charles,  263 
Clo,  J.  Harry,  261 
Coffman,  Bertha  Reed,  164 
Coffman,  George  Raleigh,  179 
Cohoe,  Benson  Ambrose,  349 
Colby,  Charles  C,  319 
Coleman,  Algernon,  148 
Coleman,  Clyde,  286 
Colman,  George  Tilden,  9 
Conant,  Carlos  Everett,  120 
Conard,  Lactitia  Moon,  88 


INDEX 


511 


Conrad,  Clinton  C,  140 

Cook,  WalttT  Wheeler,  470 

Cooke,  Harold  Caswell,  30Q 

Cooper,  Clyde  Harnes,  170 

Cooper,  William  Skinner,  412 

Corper,  Harry  John,  431 

Corwin,  Rebecca,  103 

Coulter,  John  Merle,  303 

Cowan,     Mrs.      Austin      M.      (Edwina 

Abbott),  17 
Cowdry,  Kdmund  Vincent,  349 
Cowles,  Henry  Chandler,  399 
Craip,  Wallace,  337 
Crawford,  John  Forsyth,  9 
Cressey,  I-'rank  Graves,  467 
Crocker,  William,  400 
Crosby,  Elizabeth  Caroline,  358 
Cross,  Tom  Pecte,  174 
Crowe,  John  Maxwell,  492 
Cumminps,  John,  44 
Curmc,  George  Oliver,  Jr.,  282 
Cutting,  Starr  Willard,  152 

Dargan,  Edwin  Preston,  147 
Davenport,  Charles  Benedict,  331 
Davenport,  Frances  Gardiner,  64 
Davenport,  Harriet  Crandall,  175 
Davenport,  Herbert  Joseph,  39 
David,  Henri  Charles  Edouard,  148 
Davis,  Benjamin  Franklin,  429 
Davis,  Bradley  Moore,  402 
Davis,  David  John,  435 
Davis,  Wilmer  E.,  420 
Day,  Dudley  Watson,  445 
Day,  Edna  Daisy,  86 
Dearborn,  Walter  Fenno,  27,  (483) 
Deason,  John.  391 
Dempster,  .\rthur  JefTery,  261 
Denis,  Willey,  2S7 
Denny,  Frank  Earl,  412 
Derby,  Ira  Harris,  2S2 
Deutsch,  Hermann  Bachcr,  412 
De  V'ries,  Tiemen,  1O2 
Dewey,  John,  5,  (24),  (478) 
DeWitt,  Lydia  M.,  433 
DeWitt,  N'orman  Wentworth,  141 
Dewsnup,  Ernest  Ritson,  39 
Dick,  (ieorge  Frederick,  428 
Dickson,  Leonard  Eugene,  187 
Dignan,  Frank  Winans,  129 
Dines,  Charles  Ross,  206 
Dines,  Lloyd  Lyne,  206 
Dobbin,  Emily  Elisabeth,  244 
Dodd,  Walter  Fairleigh,  53 
Dodd,  William  Edward,  55 
Dodson,  John  Milton,  503 
Donald,  William  John  .\lexander,  49 
Donaldson,  Henry  Herlnrrt,  345 
Depp,  Katharine  E.,  ^2 
Dorety,  Sister  Helen  Angela,  412 


Dorscy,  George  Amos,  74 
Doubt,  Sarah  Lucinda,  413 
Doubt,  Thomas  Eaton,  264 
Dougherty,  Mary  L.,  34 
Downey,  June  Etta,  iH 
Downing,  Elliot  Rowland,  (331),  483 
Drennan,  Fred  Miller,  385 
Dresden,  Arnold,  (206),  492 
Dubedout,  Ernest  Jean,  150 
Dudley,  Gertrude,  446 
Duncan,  Carson  S.,  48,  (179) 
Dungay,  N'eil  Stanley,  337 
Dunn.  Elizabeth  Hopkins,  350 
Dutt,  N.  X.,  290 
Dutton,  Emily  Helen,  129 

Earlc,  Richard  Blair,  2S2 
Ecker,  Enrique  Eduardo,  444 
Eckerson,  Sophia  Hennion,  404 
Eckstein,  Oskar,  282 
Eikenberry,  William  Lewis,  492 
Ellerman,  Ferdinand,  240 
Elliott,  Chester  IE,  430 
Ellison,  Lee  Monroe,  179 
Elmer,  Manuel  Conrad,  81 
Elsesser,  Oscar  Jacob,  430 
J^merson,  Frederick  Valentine,  320 
Emge,  Ludwig  .\ugustus,  355 
Emmons,  William  Harvey,  302 
Epstcen,  Saul,  203 
Erb,  Frank  Otis,  462 
Eskridge,  James  Burnette,  141 
Espinosa,  .\ureIio  Macedonio,  151 
Evans,  P.ldon  Cobb,  54 
Evans,  Herbert  Francis,  460 
Evans,  William  Lloyd,  287 

Faris,  Ellsworth,  16 

Feeney,  Clara  May,  4S7 

Fenneman,  Xevin  M.,  310 

Fenton,  Frances  (Mrs.  L.  L.  Bernard),  81 

Ferguson,  William  Duncan,  116 

Pernald.  Grace  Maxwell,  18 

Fernald,  Mabel  Ruth,  iS 

Person,  Earl  Bixby,  493 

Field,  James  .\lfred,  40 

Fink,  Emanuel  B..  430 

Fischer,  Charles  .Mlx-rt,  207 

Fiske.  Horace  Spencer,  504 

Fite,  Warner.  16 

Fjeldstad,  C.  .\..  301 

Fleming,  Daniel  Johnson.  462 

Fleming,  Herlx-rt  Easton,  81 

Fletcher,  Harvey.  264 

Flickinger,  Roy  Caston,  128 

Flint.  Nott,  170 

F"ors,  Andrew  Peter,  88 

Foster,  George  Burman.  86 

Foster,  Mary  Louise,  389 

Fox.  Philip.  240 

Frank,  Tcnney,  139 


512 


PUBLICATIONS 


Freas,  Thomas  Bruce,  279 

Freeman,  Frank  Nugent,  27,  (484) 

French,  H.  E.,  391 

Freund,  Ernst,  (51),  471 

Frisbie,  Fannie  Cornelia  (Mrs.  Frank  B. 

Jewett),  264 
Frost,  Edwin  Brant,  213 
Frye,  Theodore  Christian,  413 
Fuller,  George  Damon,  404 

Gaba,  Meyer  Grupp,  207 
Gaenssle,  Carl,  103 
Gaines,  Walter  Lee,  389 
Gale,  Henry  Gordon,  253 
Galloway,  T.  C,  392 
Gano,  Laura  Campbell,  413 
Garber,  John  Frederick,  413 
Gates,  Errett,  456 
Gates,  Reginald  Ruggles,  407 
Gilchrist,  Lachlan,  264 
Gillet,  Harry  Orrin,  497 
Gingrich,  Curvin  Henry,  248 
Ginsburg,  Harry,  385 
Glattfeld,  John  William  Edward,  279 
Glenn,  Thomas  Haigh,  444 
Godbey,  Allen  Howard,  103 
Goetsch,  Emil,  354 
Goettsch,  Charles,  157 
Goettsch,  Henry  Max,  287 
Going,  M.  Chase,  51 
Goldthwaite,  Nellie  Esther,  287 
Gomez  e  Pineda,  Liborio,  435 
Goode,  John  Paul,  315 
Goodman,  Herbert  Marcus,  445 
Goodspeed,  Edgar  Johnson,  109 
Goodspeed,  George  Stephen,  (56),  87 
Goodspeed,  Thomas  Wakefield,  503 
Cordis,  Warren  Stone,  141 
Gordon,  Kate,  18 

Gordon,  Margaret  McPherson,  498 
Gore.  Willard  Clark,  31,  (486) 
Gould,  Chester  Nathan,  158 
Grabo,  Carl  Henry,  177 
Graham,  Katharine,  178 
Granbery,  John  Cowper,  116 
Graves,  Thornton  Shirley,  179 
Gray,  Charles  Henry,  180 
Gray,  Clarence  Truman,  32 
Gray,  Mason  D.,  141 
Gray,  William  Scott,  31,  (486) 
Greene,  Benjamin  Allen,  461 
Grccnman,  Jesse  More,  403 
Greer,  James  Richard,  385 
Gregg,  F.  M.,  21 
Grinin,  Frank  Loxiey,  248 
Grillith,  Elmer  Cummings,  64 
GriiTitli,  Reginald  Harvey,  iSo 
Gronow,  Anna  Talea  Scherz,  498 
Gronow,  Hans  I'^nst,  158 
Groves,  James  Frederick,  413 


Gunnerson,  William  Cyrus,  121 
Gurney,  Lawrence  Emery,  264 
Guthrie,  Charles  Claude,  374 

Hague,  Stella  Mary,  413 

Hale,  George  Ellery,  216 

Hale,  William  Gardner,  131 

Hall,  Arthur  Jackson,  462 

Hall,  Charles  Cuthbert,  88 

Hall,  Elliot  Snell,  283 

Hall,  Frank  J.,  430 

Hall,  James  Parker,  468 

Hall,  Ralph  Edwin,  281 

Ham,  William  Ross,  262 

Hamburger,  Walter  W.,  391 

Hamilton,  Clarence  Herbert,  9 

Hamilton,  Walton  Hale,  45 

Hamilton,  William  Albert,  248 

Hammond,  Eleanor  Prescott,  178 

Hance,  James  Harold,  307 

Hancock,  John  Leonard,  130 

Hardt,  Leo  Lewis  John,  386 

Harkins,  William  Draper,  269 

Harlan,  Rolvix,  457 

Harper,  Robert  Francis,  92 

Harper,  Samuel  Northrup,  99 

Harper,  William  Rainey,  89 

Harrington,  Ertle  Leslie,  264 

Harris,  Norman  MacLeod,  439 

Hart,  Joseph  Kinmont,  33 

Hart,  William  Leroy,  207 

Harvey,  Andrew  Edward,  63 

Harvey,  Basil  Coleman  Hyatt,  346 

Harvey,  Edward  Maris,  413 

Harvey,  LeRoy  Harris,  414 

Hasselbring,  Heinrich,  408 

Hassler,  Jasper  Ole,  207 

Hatai,  Shinkishi,  356 

Hatcher,  Orie  Latham,  180 

Hatfield,  Henry  Rand,  45 

Hatton,  Augustus  Raymond,  53 

Haxo,  Henry  Emil,  151 

Hayes,  Joseph  Wanton,  14 

Hayes,  Mary  Holmes  Stevens,  19 

Hayhurst,  Emery  Roe,  445 

Hazlett,  Olive  Clio,  207 

Hearon,  Cleo  Carson,  65 

Hebb,  Thomas  Carlyle,  264 

Hedeen,  Olaf,  462 

Hedenburg,  Oscar  Fred,  279 

HclTeran,  Ida  Cassa,  488 

Hefferan,  Marj',  444 

Heill)runn,  Lewis  Victor,  336 

Heinemann,  Paul  Gustav,  441 

Heinzelmann,  Jacob  ILarold,  162 

Hcmcnway,  Ansel  Francis,  414 

Henderson,  Arcliil)a](l,  207 

Henderson,  Charles  Richmond,  (71),  464 

Hendrickson,  George  Lincoln,  134 

Henke,  Frederick  Goodrich,  9,  (21) 


INDEX 


513 


Hcnnlngs,  Albert  Kdward,  265 
Herrick,  Charles  Judson,  343 
Herrick,  Robert,  108 
Hersman,  Anne  Bates,  130 
Hess,  Carl  L.  von,  jyi 
Hessler,  John  Charles,  280 
Hicks,  Clarence  J.,  391 
Hicks,  V'innie  C,  21 
Hig^ins,  Annas,  498 
Higiey,  Louis  Allen,  287 
Hildebramh,  rheoi)hil  ilenry,  205 
Hill,  Herbert  Wynl'ord,  180 
Hill,  John  lienjamin,  414 
Hill,  William,  41 
Hilpert,  Willis  Stose,  287 
Hinton,  Kdward  Wilcox,  473 
Hirsch,  Arthur  Henry,  458 
Hirsch,  Kdwin  Trederick,  428 
Hobbs,  (Jlenn  Moody,  (260),  493 
Hoben,  Allan,  461 
Hobson,  Ali)honzo  Augustus,  116 
HotTstadt,  Rachel  Emilie,  414 
Hole,  Allen  David,  310 
Holferty,  Ceorge  Mellinger,  414 
Hollingsworth,  John  Emory,  130 
Holmes,  Harriet  Fay,  428 
Holmes,  Willis  Uoit^  281 
Holt,  Arthur  Erastus,  454 
Holt,  Ivan  Lee,  103 
Holtz,  Adrian  Augustus,  463 
Hood,  Grace  Gordon,  488 
Hopkins,  Annette  Brown,  180 
Hopkins,  Louis  Allen,  249 
Hopkins,  Mary  Murray,  245 
House,  Ralph  Emerson,  149 
Howard,  Earl  Dean,  50 
Howard,  George  Elliott,  60 
Howe,  Clifton  Durant,  405 
Howell,  Katherine,  445 
Howerth,  Ira  Woods,  77 
Howland,  George  Carter,  183 
Hoxie.  Robert  Eranklin,  42 
Hoyt,  Homer,  48 
Hubble,  Edwin  Powell,  250 
Huber,  Harry  Lee,  430 
Hulbert,  Eri  Baker,  456 
Hulbert,  James  Root,  175 
Humphery,  Edmund  Charles,  283 
Hunter,  Walter  Samuel,  19 
Hutchins,  William  Xorman,  463 
Hutchinson,  Andrew  Henderson,  414 
Huth,  Carl  Frederick,  Jr.,  02 
Hyman,  Libbie  Henrietta,  337 

Ichinohe,  Naoza,  250 
Iddings,  Joseph  I'axson,  294 
Ihrig,  Roscoe  Myrl,  1O4 
Ingbcrt,  Charles,  356 
Ingold,  Louis,  207 
Ingres,  Maximc,  149 


Ireland,  Alleyne,  53 
Irons,  Ernest  Edward,  444 

Jackman,  Wilbur  Samuel,  (478),  497 
Jackson,  Dennis  Emerson,  386 
Jackson,  George  I'uilcn,  165 
Jacobson,  Clara,  389 
Jameson,  John  Franklin,  56 
Jenkins,  Thomas  Atkinson,  144 
Jensen,  Hemming  Gerhard,  415 
Jernegan,  Marcus  Wilson,  (28),  60,  (484) 
Jewett.  Mrs.  Frank  B.  (Fannie  Cornelia 

F'risbie),  264 
Jewett,  Frank  Baldwin,  262 
Jewett,  James  Richard,  93 
Johannsen,  Albert,  303 
Johnson,  Alvin  Saunders,  43 
Johnson,  Edgar  Hutchinson,  49 
Johnson,  Franklin,  455,  (460) 
Johnson,  F'ranklin  Winslow,  (24),  (478), 

489 
Johnston,  Samuel  Carlisle,  493 
Jones,  Florence  Nightingale,  151 
Jones,  Howard  Mumford,  488 
Jones,  J  Claude,  307 
Jones,  Lester  Bartlett,  505 
Jones,  Lynds,  339 
Jones,  Mabel,  445 
Jones,  Roger  Miller,  128 
Jones,  Wellington  Downing,  319 
Jordan,  FMwin  Oakes,  436 
Jordan,  lilijah,  9 
Jordan,  Frank  Craig,  249 
Jordan,  Herbert  Edwin,  208 
Joy,  Alfred  Harrison,  241 
Judd,  Charles  Hubbard,  22,  (478) 
Just,  Ernest  Everett,  340 

Kadesch,  William  Henr>',  265 

Kato,  Katsuji,  463 

Kawaguchi,  Ukichi,  454 

Kay,  George  Frederick,  310 

Kceton,  R.  W.,  391 

Keirstead,  Wilfred  Currier,  454 

Keith,  Arthur  Leslie.  130 

Kellerman,  Ivy  (Mrs.  Edwin  C.  Reed), 

121 
Kelly,  R.  L.,  21 
Kennedy,  Mary  Jackson,  141 
Kcnoyer,  Leslie  Alva,  415 
Kent,  Norton  .Adams,  247 
Kern,  Mary  Root,  499 
Kern.  Paul  Gskar,  159 
Key.  Jt>hn  .Mbert,  357 
Kildahl,  Nielsine  Johanna,  415 
King,  Charles  Edwin,  380 
King,  Irving.  9 

Kingston,  Harold  Reynolds,  208 
Kinsley,  Carl,  257 
Kirk,  Edwin  Garvcy,  350 


SH 


PUBLICATIONS 


Kitch,  Ethel  IMay,  lo 

Kite,  George  Lester,  386,  (435) 

Kitson,  Harry  Dexter,  16 

Klein,  Sidney,  358 

Klenze,  Camillo  von,  158 

Klenze,    Mrs.    Camillo    von    (Henrietta 

Katherine  Becker),  163 
Knight,  Lee  Irving,  404 
Knott,  Thomas  Albert,  175 
Knowlton,  Ansel  i\lphonso,  265 
Koch,  Fred  Conrad,  371 
Koch,  Mathilde,  387 
Koch,  Waldemar,  368 
Koos,  Leonard  V.,  ^3 
Kracher,  Francis  Waldemar,  165 
Krathwohl,  William  Charles,  208 
Krehbiel,  Edward  Benjamin,  64 
Kroesch,  Samuel,  165 
Kroh,  Carl  Johannes,  485 
Kueffner,  Louise  Mallinckrodt,  165 
Kuehne,  John  Matthias,  265 
Kyes,  Preston,  347,  (426) 

Laing,  Gordon  Jennings,  135 
Lake,  Gleason  Chandler,  430 
Lally,  Eleanor,  498 
Land,  William  Jesse  Goad,  401 
Landacre,  Francis  LeRoy,  340 
Lanier,  Mary  Jean,  320 
Latham,  Melva,  498 
Lathe,  Nama  A.,  493 
Laughlin,  James  Laurence,  35 
Laves,  Kurt,  233 
Lawdahl,  Nels  Sorenson,  457 
Lawrie,  James  Wright,  283 
Leavenworth,  Francis  P.,  230 
Leavitt,  Frank  Mitchell,  29,  (485) 
Lebensohn,  James  E.,  391 
Lee,  John  Yiubong,  262 
Lee,  Oliver  Justin,  242 
Leech,  Paul  Nicholas,  Jr.,  284 
Lees,  James  Henry,  308 
Leman,  Edwin  Daniel,  284 
Lemon,  Harvey  Brace,  261 
Lennes,  Nels  Johann,  208 
Lewis,  Dean  DeWitt,  351 
Lewis,  Frank  Grant,  115 
Lewis,  Julian  Herman,  433 
Lewis,  Winford  Lee,  288 
Lifscliitz,  Jacob,  392 
Lillie,  Frank  Rattray,  321 
Lincoln,  Mary  C,  446 
Lindquist,  Theodore,  208 
Lingle,  David  Judson,  371 
Link,  George  Konrad  Karl,  415 
Linn,  James  Weber,  174 
Li[)i)incott,  Isaac,  50 
Livingston,  Burton  Edward,  406 
Lloyd,  Stewart  Joseph,  284 
Lo,  Pan  Hui,  54 


Locke,  George  Herbert,  (30),  485 
Loeb,  Leonard  Benedict,  265 
Long,  Esmond  Ray,  431 
Longley,  William  Raymond,  208 
Lovett,  Robert  Morss,  169 
Lovitt,  William  Vernon,  208 
Lowater,  Frances,  245 
Luckenbill,  Daniel  David,  99 
Luckhardt,  Arno  Benedict,  372 
Luebke,  William  Ferdinand,  165 
Lunn,  Arthur  Constant,  202,  (249) 
Lussky,  Herbert  Otto,  381 
Lutz,  Frank  Eugene,  340 
Lynde,  Carleton  John,  265 
Lyon,  Elias  Potter,  371 
Lyon,   Florence  May   (Mrs.   Strong  V. 
Norton),  407 

Macarthur,  John  Robertson,  180 
McCallum,  William  Burnett,  408 
McCampbell,  Eugene  Franklin,  435 
MacClintock,  Samuel,  54 
McCormick,  Florence  Anna,  409 
McCoy,  Herbert  Newby,  271 
McCracken,  William,  288 
McDowell,  Mary  E.,  80 
MacGibbon,  Duncan  Alexander,  49 
McGrane,  Reginald  Charles,  65 
McGuigan,  Hugh,  387 
Macintosh,  Douglas  Clyde,  454 
Mcintosh,  John  Strayer,  141 
Mack,  Julian  W^illiam,  473 
McKibben,  George  Fitch,  151 
McKibben,  Paul  Stilwell,  351 
McKinney,  Thomas  Emery,  209 
McKnight,  Robert  James  George,  103 
McLaughlin,  Andrew  Cunningham,  54, 

(455) 
MacLean,  Annie  Marion,  78 
McLean,  Franklin  Chambers,  389 
McLeod,  Andrew  Friedley,  280 
MacMillan,  William  Duncan,  234 
McNeal,  Edgar  Holmes,  65 
MacNeill,  Harris  Lachlan,  116 
MacNeish,  Harris  Franklin,  (209),  493 
McNutt,  Wade,  499 
McPheeters,  C.  A.,  21 
MacPherson,  Hector,  8i 
Magee,  James  Dysart,  50 
Maney,  Charles  Albert,  246 
Manly,  John  Matthews,  166 
Mann,  Charles  Riborg,  258 
Manning,  William  Ray,  65 
Manuel,  Ilcrsciicl  T.,  34 
Markle,  Millard  S.,  415 
Marsh,  Charles  Dwight,  340 
Marsh,  George  Linnaeus,  174 
Marshall,  Leon  Carroll,  38 
Martin,  Arthur  Wesley,  (288),  494 
Martin,  Bertha  Edith,  340 


INDEX 


515 


Martin,  John  Nathan,  416 
Martin,  Katluirine,  4qq 
Maschke,  Ilcinrich,  195 
Mather,  Kirtley  Fletcher,  310 
Mathews,  Albert  Prescott,  358 
Mathews,  Robert  Maurice,  494 
Mathews,  Shailer,  (113),  449 
Matson,  George  Charlton,  312 
Matthews,  Isaac  George,  103 
Matthews,  Samuel  Alexander,  373 
Maulsby,  Uavid  Lee,  181 
Mead,  George  Herbert,  5 
Mechem,  Floyd  Russell,  474 
Meek,  Theophile  James,  104 
Meek,  Walter  Joseph,  390 
Mehl,  Maurice  Goldsmith,  306 
Mellish,  John  Edward,  245 
Menten,  Maud  Leonora,  390 
Menzies,  Alan  \V.  C,  276 
Merrifield,  Fred,  1 14 
Merriam,  Charles  Fdward,  51 
Merrill,  Elmer  Truesdell,  136 
Merritt,  Albert  Newton,  50 
Meyer,  Hugo  Richard,  45 
Meyer,  John  Jacob,  (120),  159 
Meyers,  Ira  Benton,  488 
Michclson,  Albert  Abraham,  251 
Miles,  F^gbert  J.,  209 
Miller,  Carl  Danforth,  262 
Miller,  Edwin  M.,  388 
Miller,  Elizabeth  Erwin,  499 
Miller,  Frank  Justus,  137 
Miller,  Irv-ing  Elgar,  10 
Alillikan,  Robert  Andrews,  254 
Milyoukov,  Paul  Nicolas,  99 
Misener,  Geneva,  130 
Miser,  Wilson  Lee,  209 
Mitchell,  James  Herbert,  431 
Mitchell,  Samuel  Alfred,  246 
Mitchell,  Sarah  Louise,  494 
Mode,  Peter  George,  457 
Moenkhaus,  William  J.,  340 
Monilaw,  William  James,  494 
Monroe,  Walter  Scott,  a 
Moodie,  Roy  Lee,  310 
Moody,  Howard  Wilson,  265 
Moody,  William  \'aughn,  175 
Moore,  Addison  Webster,  6 
Moore,  Carl  Richard,  336 
Moore,  David  Richard,  65 
Moore,  Edward  James,  200 
Moore,  Eliakim  Hastings,  183 
Moore,  Elwood  S.,  311 
Moore,  Raymond  Cecil,  308 
Moore,  Robert  Lee,  209 
Moore,  Underbill,  475 
Moore,  William  Cabler,  288 
Moorehead,  Louis  I).,  392 
Morehouse,  Daniel  Walter,  246 
Morgan,  Agnes  Fay,  284 


Morgan,  Walter  Piety,  494 
Morris,  Robert,  48 
MorriMjn,  Frank  Marion,  209 
Morton,  Edward  Payson,  181 
Moulton,  Elton  James,  209 
Moulton,  Forest  Ray,  230 
Moulton,  Harold  Glenn,  46 
Moulton,  Richard  (irccn,  182 
Mulfmger,  (Jeorge  Abraham,  165 
Mumford,  Eben,  82 
Muss-Arnolt,  William,  loi 
Mustard,  H.  J.,  392 
Myers,  (ieorge  William,  (195),  480 
Myers,  Walter  Raleigh,  166 

Nabours,  Robert  Kirkland,  337 
Nef,  John  Ulric,  267 
Neff,  Theodore  Lee,  149 
Neilson,  Charles  Hugh,  381 
Nelson,  Alfred  Lewis,  210 
New,  Chester  William,  458 
Newman,  Horatio  Hackett,  330 
Nicholson,  George  Albert,  181 
Nitze,  William  Albert,  143 
N06,  Adolf  Carl  von,  160 
Norris,  Julia  Anna,  495 
North,  Cecil  Clare,  82 
Northup,  George  Tyler,  152 
Norton,  Alice  Peloubet,  86,  (486) 
Norton,  Frederick  Owen,  117 
Norton,  Mrs.  Strong  V.  (Florence  May 
Lyon),  407 

Obenchain,  Jeannette  Brown,  357 
Oberholtzer,  F^  E.,  34 
OlTner,  Richard,  67 
Olds,  W.  H.,  Jr.,  392 
Oliphant,  Herman  Enzla,  477 
Olson,  Oscar  Ludvig,  iSi 
Opitz,  Russell  Burton,  390 
Osgood,  Edith  Whitten,  499 
Otten,  H.,  392 
Owen,  Roberts  Bishop,  19 
Owens,  Frederick  William,  210 

Pace,  Lula,  416 
Packard,  Wales  Harrison,  390 
Park,  Robert  Ezra,  73 
Parker,  Edith,  499 
Parker,  Samuel  Chester,  25,  (482) 
Parkhurst,  John  .Xdelbcrt,  235 
Parkins,  .Mmon  Ernest,  320 
Parsons,  Ernest  William.  117 
Parsons,  Harriet  Mc Williams,  251 
Patterson,  James,  351 
Patterson,  John  Thomas,  338 
Patterson,  Shirley  Gale,  150 
Patterstm,  Thomas  L.,  392 
Paullin,  Charles  Oscar,  05 
Peabody,  Susan  Wade,  54 


Si6 


PUBLICATIONS 


Peaks,  ^fary  Bradford,  141 

Pearce,  Wiliiam  Tudor,  288 

Pease,  Theodore  Calvin,  65 

Pechstein,  Louis  Augustus,  19 

Peckham,  George  Alfred,  104 

Pell,  Anna  Johnson,  210 

Penrose,   Richard  Alexander   Fuller  ton, 

Jr.,  294 
Perkins,  M.  L.,  35 
Perkins,  Richard  Roy,  467 
Perrin,  Fleming  Allen  Clay,  19 
Peterson,  Harvey  Andrew,  19 
Peterson,  Joseph,  20 
Peterson,  Peter  Powell,  288 
Petry,  Loren  Clifford,  416 
Pfeiffer,  Norma  Etta,  416 
Pfeiffer,  Wanda  May,  405 
Phillips,  C.  A.,  35 
Phillipson,  Paul  Herman,  162 
Phipps,  Charles  Frank,  499 
Pierce,    Caroline    May    (Mrs.    Eugene 

Baker),  500 
Pietsch,  Karl,  145 
Pike,  Frank  Henry,  377 
Pitcher,  Arthur  Dunn,  210 
Plum,  Harley  Martin,  288 
Potter,  Paul  David,  288 
Pound,  Roscoe,  476 
Powell,  John  Arthur,  178 
Prescott,  Henry  Washington,  127,  (138) 
Preston,  Keith,  142 
Price,  Ira  Maurice,  94 
Proctor,  Charles  Albert,  262 

Quaife,  Milo  Milton,  66 

Rabens,  Isidore,  392 

Rahn,  Carl  Leo  Stahr,  20 

Raiford,  Lemuel  Charles,  280 

Randall,  James  Garfield,  66 

Ransom,   Caroline  Louise   (Mrs.   Grant 

Williams),  67 
Ranson,  Stephen  Walter,  358 
Ranum,  Arthur,  210 
Rapp,  Isaiah  March,  266 
Read,  Conyers,  61 
Reaves,  Samuel  Watson,  210 
Reed,  Mrs.  Edwin  C.  (Ivy  Kellerman), 

121 
Reed,  Homer  Blosser,  10 
Reep,  Samuel  Nicholas,  467 
Rees,  Kclley,  130 
Reese,  Herbert  Meredith,  244 
Reeve,  William  David,  495 
Revell,  Daniel  Graisberry,  352 
Reynolds,  George  Fullmer,  181 
Reynolds,  Myra,  170 
Rhoades,  Mabel  Carter,  82 
Richardson,  Florence  Ella,  20 
Rickctts,  Howard  Taylor,  426 


Riddle,  Oscar,  332 
Rigg,  George  Burton,  416 
Riley,  Elmer  Arthur,  66 
Riley,  Thomas  James,  82 
Ritchey,  George  Willis,  237 
Ritter,  Sarah  Margaret,  20 
Robb,  L.  G.,  391 
Robbins,  Frank  Egleston,  129 
Roberts,  Edith  Adelaide,  417 
Robins,  Henry  Burke,  455 
Robinson,  Benjamin  Willard,  117 
Robinson,  David  M.,  130 
Robison,  Henry  Barton,  117 
Roe,  Edward  Drake,  Jr.,  244 
Roe,  Mabel  Lewis,  417 
Roehm,  Alfred  Isaac,  166 
Rogers,  Fred  Terry,  382 
Root,  Ralph  Eugene,  211 
Rose,  Rial  Catlin,  420 
Ross,  William  Horace,  289 
Royster,  James  Finch,  181 
Rudd,  Herbert  Finley,  463 
Ruediger,  Gustav  Ferdinand,  436 
Rugg,  Harold  Ordwaj',  32,  (486) 
Ryan,  J.  G.,  392 

Sage,  Evan  Taylor,  142 
Salisbury,  RoUin  D.,  (295),  313 
Sanderson,  Mildred  Leonora,  211 
Sanford,  Frederick  Warren,  139 
Sargent.  Walter,  (26),  482 
Sauer,  Carl  Ortwin,  320 
Schevill,  Ferdinand,  56 
Schlesinger,  Frank,  244 
Schlesinger,  Hermann  Irving,  277 
Schley,  Eva  Ormenta,  388,  (417) 
Schmidt,  Lydia  Marie,  495 
Schmitt,  Clara,  33 
Schoch,  Eugene  Paul,  289 
Schoell,  Franck  Louis,  150 
Schoemaker,  William  Ross,  455 
Schoonover,  Draper  Talman,  142 
Schorling,  Raleigh,  495 
Schiitze,  Martin,  153 
Schultz,  Alfred  Reginald,  311 
Schwabe,  Henry  Otto,  166 
Schweitzer,  Arthur  Richard,  211 
Scott,  E.  L.,  392 
Scott,  Harry  Fletcher,  496 
Scott,  Jonathan  French,  32,  (488) 
Scott,  John  William,  341 
Selden,  Frank  Henry,  496 
Senior,  James  Kuhn,  289 
Shackelford,  Benjamin  Estill,  266 
Shambaugh,  George  Elmer,  352 
Sharman,  Henry  Burton,  115 
Sharp,  Lester  Whyland,  417 
Sharp,  William  IJarnard,  443 
Sharpc,  Ciiarles  Manford,  455 
Shattuck,  Charles  Houston,  417 


IX  D  EX- 


SI? 


Sheldon,  Ralph  Edward,  354 
Shelford,  X'ictor  lirncst,  ^^^i 
Shepardson,  I-'rancis  W'ayland,  6i 
Sherburn,  (Jeorf^c  Wiley,  177 
ShertT,  Karl  I'ldward,  417 
Sherniati,  Hope,  434 
Sholty,  iMyrtlc,  500 
Shorey,  Marian  Lydia,  341 
Shorey,  Paul,  121 
Short,  Jessie  May,  251 
Shull,  Charles  Albert,  417 
ShuU,  George  Harrison,  409 
Silvcy,  Oscar  \\  illiam,  266 
Simons,  Ktoilc  Bessie,  418 
Sinclair,  John  (Jeorge,  338 
Sinclair,  Mary  Emily,  211 
Skelton,  Oscar  Douglas,  50 
Slater,  John  Rothwell,  104 
Slaught,  Herbert  Ellsworth,  196 
Slimmer,  Max  Darwin,  290 
Sloan,  LeRoy  He nd rick,  388 
Slocum,  Frederick,  2^& 
Slonaker,  James  Rollin,  355 
Slosson,  Edwin  Emery,  289 
Slye,  Maud,  (33S).  434 
Small,  Albion  Woodbury,  68,  (464) 
Smart,  Walter  Kay,  iSi 
Smith,  Alexander,  274 
Smith,  Arthur  Whipple,  211 
Smith,  C.  Henry,  66 
Smith,  David  Melville,  211 
Smith,  Eleanor,  4S8 
Smith,  Erances  (jrace,  418 
Smith,  G.  Bertrand,  446 
Smith,  Gerald  Hirney,  453 
Smith,  Hazel  Hyrde,  489 
Smith,  Isabel  Seymour,  420 
Smith,  John  Merlin  Powis,  96 
Smith,  Leon  P.,  313 
Smith,  \ewland  Farnsworth,  266 
Snider,  Luther  Crocker,  311 
Snow,  Laetitia  AL,  418 
Scares,  Theodore  Gerald,  458 
Sorrell,  Lewis  C,  51 
Souder,  Wilmer  Henry,  262 
Sparks,  Edwin  Erie,  57 
Spencer,  Matthew  Lyle,  182 
Sperry,  Earl  Evelyn,  02 
Spink,  Josettc  Eugenie,  500 
Spochr,  Herman  Augustus,  285 
Sprengling,  Martin,  loi 
Squire,  C.  R.,  22 
Squire,  Carrie  Ransom,  35 
Staples,  Otha  Bowman,  35 
Stark,  Alonzo  Rosecrans,  117 
Starr,  Anna  Morse.  418 
Starr,  Frederick,  75 
Staudt,  Calvin  Kiopp,  117 
StaulTer,  Clinton  Raymond,  311 
Steadman,  John  Marcellus,  Jr.,  182 


Sleclman,  .\lbcrt  Juds<jn,  467 
Steiner,  Jesse  Frederick,  463 
Stephenson,  Eugene  Austin,  306 
Stephens,  George  .\sbury,  51 
Stetson,  Harlan  True,  247 
Stevens,  David  Harrison,  177 
Stevens,  Frank  Lincoln,  419 
Stevens,  Herman  Campljcll,  30,  (4SS) 
Stewart,  George  .Veil  Innes,  366 
Stieglitz,  Julius,  207 
Stillhamer,  .Arthur  Grant,  247 
Stober,  James  Palm,  419 
Stokes,  Ella  Harris<jn,  10 
Stokey,  .Mma  Gracey,  419 
Stoland,  Ole  01afs<jn,  388 
Storm,  Grace  Emily,  500 
Strong,  ,\nna  Louise,  10 
Strong,  Reuben  Myron,  334 
Sullivan,  Charles  Thompson,  211 
Sundwall,  John,  357 
Sunne,  Dagny  Gunhilda,  10 
Sutherland,  .\rthur  Howard,  20 
Sutherland,  Edwin  Hardin,  82 
Swaim,  X'erne  Frank,  266 
Swanson,  William  Walker,  51 
Swift,  Charles  Henry,  354 

Taft,  Julia  Jessie,  10 
Talbert,  Ernest  Lynn,  10,  (14) 
Talbot,  Marion,  (71),  83 
Tannreuther,  George  Washington,  338 
Tarbell,  Frank  Bigelow,  66,  (128) 
Tashiro,  Shiro,  379 
Tatuni,  .\rthur  Lawrie,  390 
Taylor,  (ieorge  Coflin,  182 
Taylor,  ^hlrion  Lee,  lOO 
Tear,  Daniel  .\mbrose,  34 
Terry,  Benjamin,  58 
Terry,  Schuyler  Baldwin,  66 
Thatcher,  Oliver  Joseph,  62 
Thiessen,  Reinhardt,  419 
Thomas,  .\bram  Owen,  313 
Thomas,  David  Edward,  104 
Thomas,  William  Is;iac,  71 
Thompson,  Etlie  Freeman,  118 
Thompson,  Guy  .\ndrew,  182 
Thompson,  Helen  Bradford  (Mrs.  Paul 

Wooley),  20 
Thompson,  James  Westfall,  58 
Thompson,  Reginald  Campbell,  102 
Tight,  Cieorge  William,  312 
Tilton,  John  Littlelield,  312 
Tixld,  Clare  Chrisman,  2S9 
Todd,  David  Duke,  44O 
TolTteen,  Olaf  Alfred,  104 
Tolman,  .Mberl  Harris,  170 
Tolman,  Juilson  .\llen,  142 
Tomlinson,  Charles  W.,  312 
Tower,  Walter  Sheldon,  319 
Tower,  William  Lawrence,  ii2 


5i8 


PUBLICATIONS 


Towie,  Elizabeth  W.,  392 
Trever,  Albert  Augustus,  129 
Triggs,  Oscar  Lovell,  177 
Trowbridge,  Arthur  Carleton,  306 
Tryon,  RoUa  Milton,  (34),  486 
Tufts,  James  Hayden,  3,  (483) 
Turner,  Charles  Henry,  341 
Twiss,  Edith  Minot,  419 
Tyree,  Joseph  Edgar,  436 

Ullman,  Berthold  Louis,  140 
Umpleby,  Joseph  Bertram,  312 
Underhill,  Anthony  Lispenard,  212 
Upson,  Frederick  Wilbert,  280 
Upson,  Henry  Taber,  289 

Van  Biesbroeck,  Georges,  232 
Van  de  Erve,  J.,  393 
Van  Hook,  LaRue,  131 
van  Maanen,  Adriaan,  247 
Van  Riper,  Benjamin  Whitman,  11 
Van  Tuyl,  Charles  Henry,  496 
Veblen,  Oswald,  204 
Veblen,  Thorstein  B.,  47 
Vestal,  Arthur  Gibson,  419 
Vincent,  George  Edgar,  72 
Vincent,  Stella  Burnham,  21,  (389) 
Viol,  Charles  Herman,  285 
Visher,  John  W.,  391 
Visher,  Stephen  Sargent,  320 
Votaw,  Clyde  Weber,  113 

Waldo,  K.  D.,  35 
Walker,  Buzz  M.,  212 
Walker,  Curtis  Howe,  62,  (457) 
Wallace,  Elizabeth,  147 
Wallace,  Robert  James,  243 
Ward,  Charles  Frederick,  152 
Wardle,  Addie  Grace,  463 
Warren,  Joseph  Parker,  63 
Warren,  Lloyd  Arthur  Heber,  249 
Warren,  Maude  Radford,  177 
Waterman,  Leroy,  104 
Watson,  Arthur  Clinton,  455 
Watson,  John  Broadus,  14 
Watson,  Joseph  Ralph,  420 
Watts,  Clyde  F.,  393 
Waugh,  Karl  Tinsley,  17 
Weaver,  S.  Roy,  51 
Webster,  Ralph  Waldo,  382 
Weidcnsall,  Clara  Jean,  21 
Wcigel,  John  Conrad,  163 
Wcllcr,  Stuart,  295 
Wells,  Harry  Gideon,  421 
Wells,  Mary  Evelyn,  212 
Wells,  Morris  Miller,  335 
Wergcland,  Agnes  M.,  64 
West,  Franklin  Lorenzo,  289 


White,  Marion  Ballantyne,  212 
Whitehead,  R.  H.,  358 
\\Tiitford,  Harry  Nichols,  409 
Whitman,  Charles  Otis,  323 
Whittier,  Amy  Rachel,  500 
Whittier,  Clarke  Butler,  475 
Wickes,  Dean  Rockwell,  118 
Wickes,  William  Rockwell,  496 
Wieman,  Harry  Lewis,  339 
Wilczynski,  Ernest  Julius,  198 
Wilder,  Frank  Alonzo,  312 
Wilder,  Russell  Morse,  357,  (436) 
Wildman,  Murray  Shipman,  51 
Wiley,  Forbes  Bagley,  212 
Wilkins,  Ernest  Hatch,  146 
Wilkinson,  William  Cleaver,  171 
Willcox,  Oswin  William,  290 
Willett,  Herbert  Lockwood,  98 
Williams,  Charles  Bray,  118 
Williams,  Mrs.  Grant  (Caroline  Louise 

Ransom),  67 
Williamson,  Edward  John,  166 
Williston,  Samuel  Wendell,  297 
Wilson,  Albert  Harris,  212 
Wilson,  Delonzo  Tate,  250 
Wilson,  Ernest  Dana,  285 
Wilson,  Herrick  East,  312 
Wilson,  John  Gordon,  348 
Wilson,  Norman  Richard,  213 
Wilson,  Thomas  Matheson,  382 
Winchester,  George,  266 
Witter,  Charles  Edgar,  11 
Woelfel,  Albert,  380 
Wood,  Francis  Asbury,  (120),  154 
Wood,  Irving  Francis,  118 
Woods,  Erville  Bartlett,  82 
Wooley,    Mrs.    Paul    (Helen    Bradford 

Thompson),  20 
Wright,  Chester  Whitney,  44 
Wright,  Horace  Carpenter,  497 
Wright,  James  Remus,  266 
Wright,  William  Kelley,  8 
Wyczolkowska,  Anna,  22 
Wylie,  Robert  Bradford,  409 

Yamanouchi,  Shig^o,  410 
Yeaton,  Chester  Henry,  213 
Yoakum,  Clarence  Stone,  21 
Yoshioka,  Ghen-ichiro,  120 
Young,  Jacob  William  Albert,  200 
Young,  Jeremiah  Simeon,  54 
Young,  Josephine  Estabrook,  505 
Young,  Mary  Sophie,  420 
Youngman,  Anna  Pritchett,  51 

Zeleny,  Charles,  341 
Zueblin,  Charles,  73 
Zug,  George  Breed,  67 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


MftR  2  5  B88 


Form  L9-42th^8,'49(B5573)444 


THE  LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


z 

Chica 

.go  Univer- 

5055 

sity 

- 

U5C4 
1917 

?Vr-' 

"  *         '   "^ '    '^.           , 

tl. 

'- 

the  I 

X   .                                                                               • 

Z 

5055 

U5C4 

IVI7 

3   1158  01239  4036 


IM 

AA 

1(1)0  ' 

no '. 

Iw 

